diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:18:12 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:18:12 -0700 |
| commit | 7be6e73ce224d042131c58f98070e128e5972140 (patch) | |
| tree | d84b5e0aa999445026c8035190d03f760dc951c8 /25645-h | |
Diffstat (limited to '25645-h')
| -rw-r--r-- | 25645-h/25645-h.html | 30359 |
1 files changed, 30359 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/25645-h/25645-h.html b/25645-h/25645-h.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000..acc75c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/25645-h/25645-h.html @@ -0,0 +1,30359 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en" xml:lang="en"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /><meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /><link rel="schema.DC" href="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" /><meta name="DC.Creator" content="Richard Hakluyt" /><meta name="DC.Title" content="The Principal Navigations, Voyages, Traffiques and Discoveries of the English Nation. Vol. XIII. America. Part II." /><meta name="DC.Date" content="May 29, 2008" /><meta name="DC.Language" content="English" /><meta name="DC.Publisher" content="Project Gutenberg" /><meta name="DC.Identifier" content="http://www.gutenberg.org/etext/25645" /><meta name="DC.Rights" content="This text is in the public domain." /><title>The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Principal Navigations, Voyages, Traffiques and Discoveries of the English Nation. Vol. XIII. America. Part II. by Richard Hakluyt</title><style type="text/css">/* +The Gnutenberg Press - default CSS2 stylesheet + +Any generated element will have a class "tei" and a class "tei-elem" +where elem is the element name in TEI. +The order of statements is important !!! +*/ + +.tei { margin: 0; padding: 0; + font-size: 100%; font-weight: normal; font-style: normal } + +.block { display: block; } +.inline { display: inline; } +.floatleft { float: left; margin: 1em 2em 1em 0; } +.floatright { float: right; margin: 1em 0 1em 2em; } +.shaded { margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; + padding: 1em; background-color: #eee; } +.boxed { margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; + padding: 1em; border: 1px solid black; } + +body.tei { margin: 4ex 10%; text-align: justify } +div.tei { margin: 2em 0em } +p.tei { margin: 0em 0em 1em 0em; text-indent: 0em; } +blockquote.tei { margin: 2em 4em } + +div.tei-lg { margin: 1em 0em; } +div.tei-l { margin: 0em; text-align: left; } +div.tei-tb { text-align: center; } +div.tei-epigraph { margin: 0em 0em 1em 10em; } +div.tei-dateline { margin: 1ex 0em; text-align: right } +div.tei-salute { margin: 1ex 0em; } +div.tei-signed { margin: 1ex 0em; text-align: right } +div.tei-byline { margin: 1ex 0em; } + + /* calculate from size of body = 80% */ +div.tei-marginnote { margin: 0em 0em 0em -12%; width: 11%; float: left; } + +div.tei-sp { margin: 1em 0em 1em 2em } +div.tei-speaker { margin: 0em 0em 1em -2em; + font-weight: bold; text-indent: 0em } +div.tei-stage { margin: 1em 0em; font-weight: normal; font-style: italic } +span.tei-stage { font-weight: normal; font-style: italic } + +div.tei-eg { padding: 1em; + color: black; background-color: #eee } + +hr.doublepage { margin: 4em 0em; height: 5px; } +hr.page { margin: 4em 0em; height: 2px; } + +ul.tei-index { list-style-type: none } + +dl.tei { margin: 1em 0em } + +dt.tei-notelabel { font-weight: normal; text-align: right; + float: left; width: 3em } +dd.tei-notetext { margin: 0em 0em 1ex 4em } + +span.tei-pb { position: absolute; left: 1%; width: 8%; + font-style: normal; } + +span.code { font-family: monospace; font-size: 110%; } + +ul.tei-castlist { margin: 0em; list-style-type: none } +li.tei-castitem { margin: 0em; } +table.tei-castgroup { margin: 0em; } +ul.tei-castgroup { margin: 0em; list-style-type: none; + padding-right: 2em; border-right: solid black 2px; } +caption.tei-castgroup-head { caption-side: right; width: 50%; text-align: left; + vertical-align: middle; padding-left: 2em; } +*.tei-roledesc { font-style: italic } +*.tei-set { font-style: italic } + +table.rules { border-collapse: collapse; } +table.rules caption, +table.rules th, +table.rules td { border: 1px solid black; } + +table.tei { border-collapse: collapse; } +table.tei-list { width: 100% } + +th.tei-head-table { padding: 0.5ex 1em } + +th.tei-cell { padding: 0em 1em } +td.tei-cell { padding: 0em 1em } + +td.tei-item { padding: 0; font-weight: normal; + vertical-align: top; text-align: left; } +th.tei-label, +td.tei-label { width: 3em; padding: 0; font-weight: normal; + vertical-align: top; text-align: right; } + +th.tei-label-gloss, +td.tei-label-gloss { text-align: left } + +td.tei-item-gloss, +th.tei-headItem-gloss { padding-left: 4em; } + +img.tei-formula { vertical-align: middle; } + +</style></head><body class="tei"> + + + + + + + + +<div lang="en" class="tei tei-text" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em" xml:lang="en"> + <div class="tei tei-front" style="margin-bottom: 6.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"> + <div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em"> + <div id="pgheader" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em">The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Principal Navigations, Voyages, Traffiques and Discoveries of the English Nation. Vol. XIII. America. Part II. by Richard Hakluyt</p></div><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost + and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, + give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project + Gutenberg License <a href="#pglicense" class="tei tei-ref">included with this + eBook</a> or online at <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.gutenberg.org/license</a></p></div><pre class="pre tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em">Title: The Principal Navigations, Voyages, Traffiques and Discoveries of + the English Nation. Vol. XIII. America. Part II. + +Author: Richard Hakluyt + +Release Date: May 29, 2008 [Ebook #25645] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PRINCIPAL NAVIGATIONS, VOYAGES, TRAFFIQUES AND DISCOVERIES OF THE ENGLISH NATION. VOL. XIII. AMERICA. PART II.*** +</pre></div> + </div> + <div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em"> + + </div> + + <hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em"> + <p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.73em"><span style="font-size: 173%">The Principal</span></p> + <p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.73em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Navigations, Voyages, Traffiques,</span></p> + <p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.20em"><span style="font-size: 120%">And</span></p> + <p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.73em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Discoveries</span></p> + <p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.73em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Of The English Nation</span></p> + <p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.20em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Collected By</span></p> + <p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.73em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Richard Hakluyt, Preacher</span></p> + <p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.20em"><span style="font-size: 120%">And Edited By</span></p> + <p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.73em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Edmund Goldsmid, F.R.H.S.</span></p> + <p class="tei tei-p" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 1.20em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Vol. XIII. America. Part II.</span></p> + </div> + <hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em"> + <h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Contents</span></h1> + <ul class="tei tei-index tei-index-toc"><li><a href="#toc1">Transcriber's Note.</a></li><li><a href="#toc3">Part I.</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc5">I. Sir George Peckham's true Report of the late discoueries. +continued.</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc7">II. A letter of Sir Francis Walsingham to M. Richard Hakluyt +then of Christchurch in Oxford, incouraging him in the +study of Cosmographie, and of furthering new discoueries, +&c.</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc9">III. A letter of Sir Francis Walsingham to Master Thomas Aldworth +merchant, and at that time Maior of the Citie of Bristoll, +concerning their aduenture in the Westerne discouerie.</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc11">IV. A letter written from M. Thomas Aldworth merchant and Maior +of the Citie of Bristoll, to the right honourable Sir Francis +Walsingham principall Secretary to her Maiestie, concerning +a Westerne voyage intended for the discouery of the +coast of America, lying to the Southwest of Cape Briton.</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc13">V. A briefe and summary discourse vpon the intended voyage to the +hithermost parts of America: written by Captaine Carlile +in April, 1583. for the better inducement to satisfie such +Merchants of the Moscouian companie and others, as in +disbursing their money towards the furniture of the present +charge, doe demand forthwith a present returne of gaine, +albeit their said particular disbursements are required but +in very slender summes, the highest being 25. li. the second +at 12. li. 10. s. and the lowest at 6. pound fiue shilling. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc15"> +VI. Articles set downe by the Committies appointed in the behalfe +of the Companie of Moscouian Marchants, to conferre +with M. Carlile, vpon his intended discouerie and attempt +into the hithermost parts of America. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc17"> +VII. A relation of the first voyage and discouerie of the Isle Ramea, +made for Monsieur de La Court Pre Ravillon +and Grand Pre, with the ship called the Bonauenture, to +kill and make Traine oyle of the beasts called the Morses +with great teeth, which we haue perfourmed by Gods +helpe this yeere 1591. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc19"> +VIII. A letter sent to the right Honourable Sir William Cecil Lord +Burghley, Lord high Treasurer of England &c. From +M. Thomas Iames of Bristoll, concerning the discouerie +of the Isle of Ramea, dated the 14 of September. 1591. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc21"> +IX. A briefe note of the Morsse and the vse thereof. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc23"> +X. The voyage of the ship called the Marigold of M. Hill of Redrife +vnto Cape Briton and beyond to the latitude of 44 degrees +and an halfe, 1593. Written by Richard Fisher Master +Hilles man of Redriffe. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc25"> +XI. A briefe note concerning the voyage of M. George Drake of +Apsham to Isle of Ramea in the aforesayd yere 1593. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc27"> +XII. The voyage of the Grace of Bristoll of M. Rice Iones, a Barke of +thirty-fiue Tunnes, vp into the Bay of Saint Laurence to +the Northwest of Newfoundland, as farre as the Ile of +Assumption or Natiscotec, for the barbes or fynnes of +Whales and traine Oyle, made by Siluester Wyet, Shipmaster +of Bristoll. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc29"> +XIII. The voyage of M. Charles Leigh, and diuers others to Cape +Briton and the Isle of Ramea. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc31"> +XIV. The first relation of Iaques Carthier of S. Malo, of the new land +called New France, newly discovered in the yere of our +Lord 1534. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc33"> +XV. A shorte and briefe narration of the Nauigation made by the +commandement of the King of France, to the Islands of +Canada, Hochelaga, Saguenay, and diuers others which +now are called New France, with the particular customes, +and maners of the inhabitants therein. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc35"> +XVI. The third voyage of discouery made by Captaine Iaques Cartier, +1540. vnto the Countreys of Canada, Hochelaga, and +Saguenay. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc37"> +XVII. A letter written to M. Iohn Growte student in Paris, by Iaques +Noel of S. Malo, the nephew of Iaques Cartier, touching +the foresaid discouery. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc39"> +XVIII. Vnderneath the aforesaid vnperfite relation that which followeth +is written on another letter sent to M. Iohn Growte student +in Paris from Iaques Noel of S. Malo, the grand nephew +of Iaques Cartier. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc41"> +XIX. Here followeth the course from Belle Isle, Carpont, and the +Grand Bay in Newfoundland vp the Riuer of Canada for +the space of 230. leagues, obserued by Iohn Alphonse of +Xanctoigne chiefe Pilote to Monsieur Roberual, 1542. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc43"> +XX. The Voyage of Iohn Francis de la Roche, knight, Lord of +Roberual, to the Countries of Canada, Saguenai, and +Hochelaga, with three tall Ships, and two hundred +persons, both men, women, and children, begun in April, +1542. In which parts he remayned the same summer, +and all the next winter. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc45"> +XXI. The voyage of Monsieur Roberual from his Fort in Canada vnto +Saguenay, the fifth of Iune, 1543. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc47"> +XXII. A Discourse of Western Planting, written +by M. Richard Hakluyt, 1584. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc49"> +XXIII. The letters patents, granted by the Queenes Maiestie to M. Walter +Ralegh now Knight, for the discovering and planting of +new lands and Countries, to continue the space of 6. yeeres +and no more. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc51"> +XXIV. The first voyage made to the coasts of America, with two barks, +wherein were Captaines M. Philip Amadas, and M. +Arthur Barlowe, who discouered part of the Countrey now +called Virginia Anno 1584. Written by one of the said +Captaines, and sent to sir Walter Ralegh knight, at whose +charge and direction, the said voyage was set forth. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc53">XXV. The voiage made by Sir Richard Greenuile, +for Sir Walter +Ralegh, to Virginia, in the yeere 1585. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc55">XXVI. An extract of Master Ralph Lanes letter to M. Richard Hakluyt +Esquire, and another Gentleman of the middle Temple, +from Virginia.</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc57"> +XXVII. An account of the particularities of the imployments of the +English men left in Virginia by Richard Greeneuill vnder +the charge of Master Ralph Lane Generall of the same, +from the 17. of August 1585. vntil the 18. of Iune 1586. +at which time they departed the Countrey; sent and +directed to Sir Walter Ralegh. +</a></li><li><a href="#toc59">Part II.</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc61"> +XXVIII. The third voyage made by a ship sent in the yeere 1586, to the +reliefe of the Colony planted in Virginia at the sole +charges of Sir Walter Ralegh. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc63"> +XXIX. A briefe and true report of the new found land of Virginia: of +the commodities there found, and to be raised, aswell +merchantable as others: Written by Thomas Heriot, +seruant to Sir Walter Ralegh, a member of the Colony, +and there imployed in discouering a full tweluemonth. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc65"> +XXX. The fourth voyage made to Virginia with three ships, in yere +1587. Wherein was transported the second Colonie. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc67">XXXI. The names of all the men, women and children, which safely arriued +in Virginia, and remained to inhabite there. 1587. Anno +regni Reginæ Elizabethæ. 29.</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc69">XXXII. A letter from John White to M. Richard Hakluyt.</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc71"> +XXXIII. The fift voyage of M. Iohn White into the West Indies and parts +of America called Virginia, in the yeere 1590. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc73">XXXIV. The relation of John de Verrazano of the land by him discovered.</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc75"> +XXXV. A notable historie containing foure voyages made by certaine +French Captaines into Florida: Wherein the great riches +and fruitefulnesse of the Countrey with the maners of +the people hitherto concealed are brought to light, written +all, sauing the last, by Monsieur Laudonniere, who +remained there himselfe as the French Kings Lieutenant +a yeere and a quarter. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc77"> +XXXVI. The relation of Pedro Morales a Spaniard, which sir Francis +Drake brought from Saint Augustines in Florida, where +he had remayned sixe yeeres, touching the state of those +parts, taken from his mouth by Master Richard Hakluyt +1586. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc79"> +XXXVII. The relation of Nicholas Burgoignon, aliâs Holy, whom sir +Francis Drake brought from Saint Augustine also in +Florida, where he had remayned sixe yeeres, in mine and +Master Heriots hearing. +</a></li><li style="margin-left: 2em"><a href="#toc81"> +XXXVIII. Virginia Richly Valued, by the Description of the Maine Land of Florida, +Her Next Neighbour: Out of the Foure Yeeres Continuall Trauell +and Discouuerie, For Aboue One Thousand Miles East and West, +of Don Ferdinando De Soto, and Sixe Hundred Able Men in his Companie. +</a></li><li><a href="#toc83">Footnotes</a></li></ul> + </div> + </div> +<div class="tei tei-body" style="margin-bottom: 6.00em; margin-top: 6.00em"> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page005">[pg 005]</span><a name="Pg005" id="Pg005" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<hr class="page" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em"> +<a name="toc1" id="toc1"></a> +<a name="pdf2" id="pdf2"></a> +<h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Transcriber's Note.</span></h1> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This book is a transcription of a 17th century book, which had the spelling +and printing conventions of that time: our <span class="tei tei-q">“v”</span> was often printed as a <span class="tei tei-q">“u”</span>, +and sometimes vice versa, our <span class="tei tei-q">“j”</span> was printed as an <span class="tei tei-q">“i”</span>, etc. Those have been +preserved in this book. There are other conventions which are converted into +more modern usage; for instance, several words (such as <span class="tei tei-q">“Lord”</span> and <span class="tei tei-q">“which”</span>) +were often printed in abbreviated form (such as an <span class="tei tei-q">“L”</span> and a superscript <span class="tei tei-q">“d”</span>, +or <span class="tei tei-q">“w”</span> with a superscript <span class="tei tei-q">“ch”</span>), which have been transcribed in expanded +form (such as <span class="tei tei-q">“Lord”</span> and <span class="tei tei-q">“which”</span>). In the plain ASCII version, indicators +like (M10) refer to marginal notes, originally printed in the left or right margins of +the page, and here printed at the end of the book; similarly, indicators like (10) +refer to footnotes, also printed at the end of the book. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em"> +<a name="toc3" id="toc3"></a> +<a name="pdf4" id="pdf4"></a> +<h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Part I.</span></h1> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc5" id="toc5"></a> +<a name="pdf6" id="pdf6"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">I. Sir George Peckham's true Report of the late discoueries. +continued.</span></h2> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The second Part or Chapter sheweth, that it is lawfull and +necessarie to trade and traffique with the Sauages: And +to plant in their Countries: And diuideth planting into +two sorts. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And first for traffique, I say that the Christians may lawfully +trauell into those Countries and abide there: whom the Sauages +may not iustly impugne and forbidde in respect of the mutuall +societie and fellowshippe betweene man and man prescribed by +the Law of Nations. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For from the first beginning of the creation of the world, and +from the renewing of the same after Noes flood, all men haue +agreed, that no violence should be offered to Ambassadours: +That the Sea with his Hauens should be common: That such as +should fortune to be taken in warre, should be seruants or slaues: +And that strangers should not be driuen away from the place or +Countrey whereunto they doe come. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page006">[pg 006]</span><a name="Pg006" id="Pg006" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +If it were so then, I demaund in what age, and by what Law +is the same forbidden or denied since? For who doubteth but +that it is lawfull for Christians to vse trade and traffique with +Infidels or Sauages, carrying thither such commodities as they +want, and bringing from thence some part of their plentie? +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +A thing so commonly and generally practised, both in these +our dayes, and in times past, beyond the memorie of man, both +by Christians and Infidels, that it needeth no further proofe. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And forasmuch as the vse of trade and traffique (be it neuer +so profitable) ought not to be preferred before the planting of +Christian faith: I will therefore somewhat intreate of planting, +(without which, Christian Religion can take no roote, be the +Preachers neuer so carefull and diligent) which I meane to diuide +into two sortts. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The principall causes why this voyage is vndertaken.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The first, when Christians by the good liking and willing +assent of the Sauages, are admitted by them to quiet +possession. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The second, when Christians being vniustly +repulsed, doe seeke to attaine and mainteine the +right for which they doe come. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And though in regard of the establishment of Christian Religion, +eyther of both may be lawfully and iustly exercised: (Whereof +many examples may be found, as well in the time of Moyses and +Iosua, and other rulers before the birth of Christ, as of many +vertuous Emperours and Kings sithence his incarnation:) yet +doe I wish, that before the second be put in practise, a proofe +may be made of the first, sauing that for their safetie as well +against the Sauages, as all other foreigne enemies, they should +first well and strongly fortifie themselues: which being done, then +by all fayre speeches, and euery other good meanes of perswasion +to seeke to take away all occasions of offence. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +As letting them to vnderstand, how they came, not to their +hurt, but for their good, and to no other ende, but to dwell +peaceably amongst them, and to trade and traffique with them +for their owne commoditie, without molesting or grieuing them +any way: which must not be done by wordes onely but also by +deedes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For albeit, to maintaine right and repell iniury, be a iust cause +of warre: yet must there hereof be heedefull care had, that +whereas the Sauages be fearefull by nature, and fond otherwise, +the Christians should doe their best endeuour to take away such +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page007">[pg 007]</span><a name="Pg007" id="Pg007" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +feare as may growe vnto them by reason of their strange apparell, +Armour, and weapon, or such like, by quiet and peaceable conuersation, +and letting them liue in securitie, and keeping a +measure of blamelesse defence, with as little discommoditie to the +Sauages as may bee: for this kinde of warre would be onely +defensiue and not offensiue. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And questionlesse there is great hope and likelyhoode, that by +this kinde of meanes we should bring to passe all effects to our +desired purposes: Considering that all creatures, by constitution +of nature, are rendred more tractable and easier wonne for all +assayes, by courtesie and mildnesse, then by crueltie or roughnesse: +and therefore being a principle taught vs by naturall +reason, it is first to be put in vse. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For albeit as yet the Christians are not so thoroughly furnished +with the perfectnesse of their language, eyther to expresse their +mindes to them, or againe to conceiue the Sauages intent: Yet +for the present opportunitie, such policie may be vsed by friendly +signes, and courteous tokens, towards them, as the Sauages may +easily perceiue (were their sences neuer so grosse) an assured +friendship to be offered them, and that they are encountered with +such a nation, as brings them benefite, commoditie, peace, +tranquilitie and safetie. To further this, and to accomplish it in +deedes, there must bee presented vnto them gratis, some kindes +of our pettie marchandizes and trifles: As looking glasses, Belles, +Beades, Bracelets, Chaines, or collers of Bewgle, Chrystall, +Amber, Iet, or Glasse, &c. For such be the things, though to vs +of small value, yet accounted by them of high price and estimation: +and soonest will induce their Barbarous natures to a +liking and a mutuall societie with vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreouer, it shall be requisite eyther by speeche, if it be +possible either by some other certaine meanes, to signifie vnto +them, that once league of friendship with all louing conuersation +being admitted betweene the Christians and them: that then the +Christians from thenceforth will alwayes be ready with force of +Armes to assist and defend them in their iust quarrels, from all +inuasions, spoyles and oppressions offered them by any Tyrants, +Aduersaries, or their next borderers: and a benefite is so much +the more to be esteemed, by how much the person vpon whom +it is bestowed standeth in neede thereof. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For it appeareth by the relation of a Countreyman of ours, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page008">[pg 008]</span><a name="Pg008" id="Pg008" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +namely Dauid Ingram, (who trauelled in those countries xi. +Moneths and more) That the Sauages generally for the most +part, are at continuall warres with their next adioyning neighbours, +and especially the Cannibals, being a cruell kinde of people whose +foode is mans flesh, and haue teeth like dogges, and doe pursue +them with rauenous mindes to eate their flesh, and deuoure +them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And it is not to be doubted, but that the Christians may in this +case iustly and lawfully ayde the Sauages against the Cannibals. +So that it is very likely, that by this meanes we shall not only +mightily stirre and inflame their rude mindes gladly to embrace +the louing company of the Christians, proffering vnto them both +commodities, succour and kindnesse: But also by their franke +consents shall easily enioy such competent quantity of Land, as +euery way shall be correspondent to the Christians expectation +and contentation, considering the great abundance that they haue +of Land, and how small account they make thereof, taking no +other fruites thereby then such as the ground of it selfe doeth +naturally yeelde. And thus much concerning the first sort of +planting, which as I assuredly hope, so I most heartily pray may +take effect and place. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The seconde kinde of planting</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But if after these good and fayre meanes vsed, the Sauages +neuerthelesse will not bee herewithall satisfied, but +barbarously will goe about to practise violence eyther +in repelling the Christians from their Ports and safe-landings, +or in withstanding them afterwards to enioy the rights +for which both painfully and lawfully they haue aduentured +themselues thither. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Then in such a case I holde it no breach of equitie for +the Christians to defend themselues, to pursue reuenge with force, +and to doe whatsoeuer is necessarie for the attaining of their saftie: +For it is allowable by all Lawes in such distresses, to resist +violence with violence: And for their more securitie to increase +their strength by building of Forts for auoyding the extremitie of +iniurious dealing. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wherein if also they shal not be suffered in reasonable quietnesse +to continue, there is no barre (as I iudge) but that in stoute +assemblies the Christians may issue out, and by strong hand +pursue their enemies, subdue them, take possession of their +Townes, Cities, or Villages, and (in auoyding murtherous tyrannie) +to vse the Law of Armes, as in like case among all Nations at +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page009">[pg 009]</span><a name="Pg009" id="Pg009" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +this day is vsed: and most especially to the ende they may with +securitie holde their lawfull possession, lest happily after the +departure of the Christians, such Sauages as haue bene conuerted +should afterwards through compulsion and enforcement of their +wicked Rulers, returne to their horrible idolatrie (as did the +children of Israel, after the decease of Ioshua) and continue +their wicked custome of most vnnaturall sacrificing of humane +creatures. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And in so doing, doubtlesse the Christians shall no whit +transgresse the bonds of equitie or ciuilitie, forasmuch as in +former ages, (yea, before the incarnation of Christ) the like hath +bene done by sundry Kings and Princes, Gouernours of the +children of Israel: chiefly in respect to begin their planting, for +the establishment of Gods worde: as also since the Natiuitie of +Christ, mightie and puissant Emperours and kings haue performed +the like, I say to plant, possesse, and subdue. For proofe +whereof, I wilt alledge you examples of both kindes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wee reade in the olde Testament, how that after Noes flood +was ceased, restauration of mankinde began onely of those fewe +of Noes children and familie as were by God preelected to bee +saued in the Arke with him, whose seede in processe of time, was +multiplyed to infinite numbers of Nations, which in diuers sortes +diuided themselues to sundry quarters of the earth. And foreasmuch +as all their posteritie being mightily encreased, followed +not the perfect life of Noe their predecessour, God chose out of +the multitude a peculiar people to himselfe, to whom afterwardes +being vnder the gouernment of Moyses in Mount Sinay, hee +made a graunt to inherite the Land of Canaan, called the Land +of promise, with all the other rich and fertile Countries next +adioyning thereunto. Neuerthelesse, before they came to +possession thereof, hauing bene afflicted with many grieuous +punishments and plagues for their sinnes, they fell in despayre +to enioy the same. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But being encouraged and comforted by their rulers, (men of +God) they proceeded, arming themselues with all patience, to +suffer whatsoeuer it should please God to send: and at last +attaining to the Land, they were encountered with great numbers +of strong people, and mighty Kings. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Iosua 4.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Notwithstanding, Iosua their Leader replenished with the +Spirite of God, being assured of the iustnesse of his +quarrell, gathered the chiefe strength of the children +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page010">[pg 010]</span><a name="Pg010" id="Pg010" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Iosua 6.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +of Israel together, to the number of 40000. with whom he safely +passed the huge riuer Iordon, and hauing before sent priuie spies +for the discouerie of the famous citie Ierico, to vnderstand +the certaintie of the Citizens estate, he forthwith +came thither, and enuironed it round about with his whole power +the space of seuen dayes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In which respite, perceiuing none of the Gentiles disposed to +yeeld or call for mercie, he then commanded (as God before had +appointed) that both the citie Ierico should be burned, yea, and +all the inhabitants, as well olde as young, with all their cattell +should be destroyed, onely excepted Rahab, her kindred and +familie, because shee before had hid secretly the messengers of +Iosua, that were sent thither as spies. As for all their golde, +siluer, precious stones, or vessels of brasse, they were reserued +and consecrated to the Lords treasurie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Ioshua 8.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In like maner he burned the citie Hay, slew the inhabitants +thereof, and hanged vp their King. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Ioshua 9.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But for so much +as the Gebionites (fearing the like euent) sent +Ambassadours vnto Iosua to entreate for grace, fauour, and +peace: hee commaunded that all their liues should +bee saued, and that they should be admitted to the +children of Israel. Yet vnderstanding afterwards they wrought +this by a pollicie, he vsed them as drudges to hewe wood and to +carie water, and other necessaries for his people. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Iudg. 11. 13.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus beganne +this valiant Captaine his conquest, which he pursued and neuer +left till hee had subdued all the Hethites, Cananites. +Peresites, Heuites, and Iebusites, with all their princes +and Kings, being thirtie and one in number, and diuers other +strange nations, besides whose lands and dominions he wholy +diuided among Gods people. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Iudg. 1.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After that Iosua was deceased, Iuda was constituted Lord ouer +the armie, who receiuing like charge from God, pursued the proceedings +of the holy captaine Iosua, and vtterly vanquished many +Gentiles, Idolaters, and aduersaries to the children of Israel, with +all such Rulers or Kings as withstoode him, and namely Adonibezek +the most cruell tyrant: whose thumbes and +great toes he caused to be cut off, for so much as hee +had done the like before vnto seuentie Kings, whom being his +prisoners, he forced to gather vp their victuals vnderneath +his table. In this God shewed his iustice to reuenge +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page011">[pg 011]</span><a name="Pg011" id="Pg011" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +tyrannie. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A good note for al Conquerers to be mercifull. Iudg. 6. 7.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We reade likewise, that Gedeon a most +puissant and noble warriour so behaued himselfe in +following the worthy acts of Iosua and Iuda, that in +short time he not only deliuered the children of +Israel from the hands of the multitude of the fierce Madianites, +but also subdued them and their Tyrants, whose landes he caused +Gods people to possesse and inherite. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I could recite diuers other places out of the Scripture, which +aptly may be applyed hereunto, were it not I doe indeuour my +selfe by all meanes to be briefe. Now in like maner will I alledge +some fewe Inductions out of the autenticall writings of the +Ecclesiasticall Historiographers, all tending to the like argument. +And first to begin withall, we doe reade: That after our Sauiour +Iesus Christ had suffered his passion, the Apostles being inspired +with the holy Ghost, and the knowledge of all strange languages, +did immediatly disperse themselues to sundry parts of the world, +to the preaching of the Gospel. Yet not in so generall a maner, +but that there remayned some farre remote Countries vnvisited +by them, among the which it is reported that India the great, +called the vttermost India, as yet had received no light of the +word. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Ruffinus lib. I. cap. 9.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But it came to passe, that one Metrodorus, a very learned +and wise Philosopher in that age, being desirous to +search out vnknowen lands, did first discouer the +same finding it wonderfull populous and rich, which vpon his +returne being published, and for certaine vnderstood, there was +another graue Philosopher of Tyrus called Meropius, being a +Christian, who did resolue himselfe (following the example of +Metrodorus) to trauaile thither, and in a short time assisted but +with a fewe, in a small Vessel arriued there, hauing in his +company two yong youths, Edesius and Frumentius, whom (being +his schollers) he had thoroughly instructed both in liberall +Sciences, and christian Religion. Now after that Meropius +somewhile staying there, had (as hee thought) sufficient vnderstanding +of the Indians whole estate: He determined to depart, +and to bring notice thereof vnto the Emperour, whom he meant +to exhort to the conquest of the same. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But by misfortune he was preuented, for being in the middest +of his course on the Sea homeward, a sore tempest arose, and +perforce droue him backe againe, to an unknowen Port of the +said land: where he by the most cruell barbarous Indians on +the sudden was slaine with all his company, except the two young +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page012">[pg 012]</span><a name="Pg012" id="Pg012" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Meropius slaine; +Edesius and Frumentius preserued by the Indians.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +schollers aforesayde, whom the barbarous Indians, +by reason they were of comely stature and beautifull +personages, tooke, and forthwith presented them to +their King and Queene: which both being very well +liked of, the King courteously entreated, and +ordeined Edesius to be his Butler, and Frumentius +his Secretarie, and in few yeeres by reason of their learning and +ciuill gouernment, they were had in great fauour, honour, and +estimation with the Princes. But the King departing this life, +left the Queene his wife with her yong sonne to gouerne, and +gaue free scope and liberty to the two Christians, at their best +pleasure to passe to their natiue soyles, allowing them all +necessaries for the same. Yet the Queene who highly fauoured +them was very sorrowfull they should depart, and therefore most +earnestly intreated them to tarie and assist her in the gouernment +of her people, till such time as her yong sonne grewe to ripe +yeeres, which request they fulfilled. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Frumentius in great fauour with the Queene of the Indias; +Another great worke begunne by a man a meane birth.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And Frumentius excelling Edesius farre in all wisedome, ruled +both the Queene and her subiects at his discretion, +whereby he tooke occasion to put in practise priuily, +that the foundation of Christian religion might be +planted in the hearts of such as with whom he thought +his perswasion might best preuaile, and that soonest +would giue eare vnto him: which being brought to passe accordingly, +hee then with his fellow Edesius tooke leaue +of the Queene to returne to his natiue countrey. +And so soone as he was arriued there, he reuealed to +the Emperour Constantine, the effect of all those +euents: who both commending his deedes and +wholy allowing thereof, by the aduise and good liking of +Athanasius then Bishop of Alexandria, did arme and set forth a +conuenient power for the ayde of Frumentius, in this his so godly +a purpose. And by this meanes came the Emperour +afterwards by faire promises, and by force of armes +together, vnto the possession of all the Indians +countrey. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Ruffinus the Author of this storie.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The author of this storie Ruffinus receiued the trueth +hereof from the very mouth of Edesius companion to Frumentius. +Moreouer Eusebius in his Historie +Ecclesiasticall<a id="noteref_1" name="noteref_1" href="#note_1"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">1</span></span></a> +in precise +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page013">[pg 013]</span><a name="Pg013" id="Pg013" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +termes, and in diuers places maketh mention how Constantine +the great not onely enlarged his Empire by the subduing of his +next neighbours, but also endeauoured by all meanes to subiect +all such remote Barbarous and Heathen nations, as then inhabited +the foure quarters of the worlde. For (as it is written) the +Emperour thoroughly ayded with a puissant armie of valiant +souldiers whom he had before perswaded to Christian religion, in +proper person himselfe came euen vnto this our country of England, +then called the Island of Britaines, bending from him full +West, which he wholy conquered, made tributarie, and setled +therein Christian faith, and left behinde him such Rulers thereof, +as to his wisedome seemed best. From thence hee turned his +force towardes the North coast of the world, and there vtterly +subdued the rude and cruell Nation of the Scythians, whereof +part by friendly perswasions, part by maine strength, hee reduced +the whole to Christian faith. Afterwards he determined with +himselfe to search out what strange people inhabited in the +vttermost parts of the South. And with great hazard and labour, +making his iourney thither, at last became victour ouer them all +euen to the countrey of the Blemmyans, and the remote Æthiopians, +that now are the people of Presbyter Iohn, who yet till this +day continue and beare the name of Christians. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the East likewise, what Nation soeuer at that time he could +haue notice of, he easily wonne and brought in subiection to the +Empire. So that to conclude, there was no region in any part of +the world, the inhabitants whereof being Gentiles, though vnkowen +vnto him, but in time he ouercame and vanquished. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This worthy beginning of Constantine, both his sonnes succeeding +his roome, and also diuers other Emperours afterward to +their vttermost endeauour followed and continued, which all the +bookes of Eusebius more at large set foorth. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Theodoret in eccle. lib. 5. cap 20.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Theodoretus likewise in his Ecclesiasticall historie +maketh mention how Theodosius the vertuous +Emperour imployed earnestly all his time, as well in conquering +the Gentiles to the knowledge of the holy Gospel, vtterly subuerting +their prophane Temples and abominable Idolatry, as also in +extinguishing of such vsurping tyrants as with Paganisme withstoode +the planting of Christian religion. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Theodoretus cap. 26. eodem lib.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After whose +decease his sonnes Honorius and Arcadius were +created Emperours, the one of the East, the other +of the West, who with all the stout godlinesse most carefully +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page014">[pg 014]</span><a name="Pg014" id="Pg014" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +imitated the foresteps of their Father; eyther in enlarging theyr +territories, or increasing the christian flocke. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreouer, it is reported by the sayd author, that Theodosius +iunior the Emperour, no whit inferior in vertuous life to any of +the aboue named Princes, with great studie and zeale pursued +and prosecuted the Gentiles, subdued their tyrants and countries, +and vtterly destroyed all their idolatry, conuerting their soules to +acknowledge their onely Messias and Creator, and their Countries +to the enlargement of the Empire. To be briefe, who so listeth +to read Eusebius Pamphilus, Socrates Scholasticus, Theodoritus +Hermia, Sozomen, and Euagrius Scholasticus, which all were +most sage Ecclesiasticall writers, shall finde great store of examples +of the worthy liues of sundry Emperours, tending all to the confirmation +of my former speeches. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And for like examples of later time, (yea euen in the memorie +of man) I shall not neede to recite any other then the conquest +made of the West and East Indies by the Kings of Spaine +and Portugall, whereof there is particular mention made in the +last chapter of this booke. Herein haue I vsed more copy +of examples then otherwise I would haue done, sauing +that I haue bene in place, where this maner of planting the +Christian faith hath bene thought of some to be scarce lawfull, +yea, such as doe take vpon them to be more then meanely +learned. To these examples could I ioyne many moe, but +whosoeuer is not satisfied with these fewe, may satisfie himselfe +in reading at large the authors last aboue recited. Thus haue I +(as I trust) prooued that we may iustly trade and traffique with +the Sauages, and lawfully plant and inhabite their Countries. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The third Chapter doeth shew the lawfull title which the Queenes +most excellent Maiestie hath vnto those countries, which +through the ayde of Almighty God are meant to be +inhabited. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">1170. Owen Guyneth was then Prince of Northwales.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And it is very euident that the planting there shal in time +right amply enlarge her Maiesties Territories and +Dominions, or (I might rather say) restore to her +Highnesse ancient right and interest in those +Countries, into the which a noble and worthy +personage, lineally descended from the blood royall, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page015">[pg 015]</span><a name="Pg015" id="Pg015" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Nullum tempus occurrit Regi. +This Island was discouered by Sir Humfrey and his company, in this his last +iourney.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +borne in Wales named Madock ap Owen Gwyneth, +departing from the coast of England, about the yeere +of our Lord God 1170. arriued and there planted +himselfe and his Colonies, and afterward returned himselfe into +England, leauing certaine of his people there, as +appeareth in an ancient Welsh Chronicle, where he +then gaue to certaine Ilands, beastes, and foules +sundry Welsh names, as the Iland of Pengwin, which +yet to this day beareth the same. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There is likewise a foule in the saide countreys +called by the same name at this day, and is as much +to say in English, as Whitehead, and in trueth the said foules +haue white heads. There is also in those countreis a fruit called +Gwynethes which is likewise a Welsh word. Moreouer, there are +diuers other Welsh wordes at this day in vse, as Dauid Ingram +aforesaid reporteth in his relations. All which most strongly +argueth, the sayd prince with his people to haue inhabited there. +And the same in effect is confirmed by Mutezuma<a id="noteref_2" name="noteref_2" href="#note_2"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">2</span></span></a> +that mightie +Emperour of Mexico, who in an Oration vnto his subiects for the +better pacifying of them, made in the presence of Hernando +Cortes, vsed these speeches following. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Mutezuma his Oration to his subiects in presence of +Hermando Cortes, which Oration was made about the yeere 1520.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +My kinsmen, friends, and seruants, you doe well know that +eighteene yeres I haue bene your King, as my fathers +and grandfathers were, and alwayes I haue bene vnto +you a louing Prince, and you vnto me good and +obedient subiects, and so I hope you will remaine +vnto mee all the dayes of my life. You ought to +haue in remembrance, that either you haue heard of +your fathers, or else our diuines haue instructed you, +that wee are not naturally of this countrey, nor yet +our kingdome is durable, because our forefathers +came from a farre countrey, and their King and +Captaine, who brought them hither, returned againe to his +naturall Countrey, saying that he would send such as should +rule and gouerne vs, if by chance he himselfe returned not, &c. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +These be the very wordes of Mutezuma set downe in the +Spanish Chronicles, the which being thoroughly considered, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page016">[pg 016]</span><a name="Pg016" id="Pg016" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +because they haue relation to some strange noble person, who +long before had possessed those countreys, doe all sufficiently +argue the vndoubted title of her Maiestie: forasmuch as no other +Nation can truely by any Chronicles they can finde, make +prescription of time for themselues, before the time of this +Prince Madoc. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">M. Oliuer Dalbony. M. Edward Reow. M.R.H. M.I.A.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Besides all this, for further proofe of her +highnesse title sithence the arriuall of this noble Briton into +those parts (that is to say) in the time of the Queenes grandfather +of worthy memory, King Henry the seuenth, Letters patents were +by his Maiestie granted to Iohn Cabota an Italian, to Lewis, +Sebastian and Sancius, his three sonnes, to discouer remote, +barbarous and heathen Countreys, which discouery was afterwardes +executed to the vse of the Crowne of England, in the sayde +Kings time, by Sebastian and Sancius his sonnes, +who were borne here in England: in true testimony +whereof there is a faire hauen in Newfoundland, +knowen, and called vntill this day by the name of +Sancius hauen, which proueth that they first discouered +vpon that coast from the height of 63 vnto the cape of +Florida, as appeareth in the Decades. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And this may stand for another title to her Maiesty: but any +of the foresayd titles is as much or more then any other Christian +Prince can pretend to the Indies, before such time as they had +actuall possession thereof, obtained by the discouery +of Christopher Columbus, and the conquest of Vasques Nunnes de Balboa, +Hernando Cortes, Francisco Pizarro, and others. And therefore +I thinke it needlesse to write any more touching the lawfulnesse +of her Maiesties title. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The fourth chapter sheweth how that the trade, traffike, and +planting in those countreys is likely to proue very profitable +to the whole realme in generall. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Now to shew how the same is likely to prooue very profitable +and beneficiall generally to the whole realme: it is very certaine, +that the greatest iewell of this realme, and the chiefest strength +and force of the same, for defence or offence in marshal matter +and maner, is the multitude of ships, masters and mariners, +ready to assist the most stately and royall nauy of her Maiesty, +which by reason of this voyage shall haue both increase and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page017">[pg 017]</span><a name="Pg017" id="Pg017" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +maintenance. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Cox the master.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And it is well knowen that in sundry places of +this realme ships haue beene built and set forth of +late dayes, for the trade of fishing onely: yet notwithstanding +the fish which is taken and brought into +England by the English nauy of fishermen, will no suffice for +the expense of this realme foure moneths, if there were none els +brought of strangers. And the chiefest cause why our English +men doe not goe so farre Westerly as the especiall fishing places +doe lie, both for plenty and greatnesse of fish, is for that they +haue no succour and knowen safe harbour in those parts. But +if our nation were once planted there, or neere thereabouts; +whereas they now fish but for two moneths in the yeere, they +might then fish as long as pleased themselues, or rather at their +comming finde such plenty of fish ready taken, salted, and dried, +as might be sufficient to fraught them home without long delay +(God granting that salt may be found there) whereof Dauid +Ingram (who trauelled in those countreys as aforesayd) sayth that +there is great plenty: and withall the climate doth giue great +hope, that though there were none naturally growing, yet it might +as well be made there by art, as it is both at Rochel and Bayon, +or elsewhere. Which being brought to passe, shall increase the +number of our shippes and mariners, were it but in respect of fishing +onely: but much more in regard of the sundry merchandizes and +commodities which are there found, and had in great abundance. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreouer, it is well knowen that all Sauages, aswell those that +dwell in the South, as those that dwell in the North, so soone as +they shall begin but a little to taste of ciuility, will take maruelous +delight in any garment, be it neuer so simple; as a shirt, +a blew, yellow, red, or greene cotton cassocke, a cap, or such +like, and will take incredible paines for such a trifle. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For I my selfe haue heard this report made sundry times by +diuers of our countreymen, who haue dwelt in the Southerly +parts of the West Indies, some twelue yeeres together, and some +of lesse time; that the people in those parts are easily reduced +to ciuility both in maners and garments. Which being so, what +vent for our English clothes will thereby ensue, and how great +benefit to all such persons and artificers, whose names are quoted in +the margent,<a id="noteref_3" name="noteref_3" href="#note_3"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">3</span></span></a> +I do leaue to the iudgement of such as are discreet +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page018">[pg 018]</span><a name="Pg018" id="Pg018" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and questionlesse; hereby it will also come to passe, that all +such townes and villages as both haue beene, and now are +vtterly decayed and ruinated (the poore people thereof being +not set on worke, by reason of the transportation of raw wooll of +late dayes more excessiuely then in times past) shal by this +meanes be restored to their pristinate wealth and estate: all +which doe likewise tend to the inlargement of our nauy, and +maintenance of our nauigation. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To what end need I endeuour my selfe by arguments to proue +that by this voyage our nauie and nauigation shalbe inlarged, +when as there needeth none other reason then the manifest and +late example of the neere neighbours to this realme, the kings of +Spaine and Portugall, who since the first discouery of the Indies, +haue not onely mightily inlarged their dominions, greatly inriched +themselues and their subiects: but haue also by iust account +trebled the number of their shippes, masters and mariners, a +matter of no small moment and importance? +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The idle persons of this realme shall by +occasion of this iourney bee well imployed and set on worke.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Besides this, it will prooue a generall benefit vnto our countrey, +that through this occasion, not onely a great number +of men which do now liue idlely at home, and are +burthenous, chargeable, and vnprofitable to this +realme, shall hereby be set on worke, but also +children of twelue or fourteene yeeres of age, or +vnder, may bee kept from idlenesse, in making of a +thousand kindes of trifling things, which wil be +good merchandize for that countrey. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Hempe doeth growe neere S. Laurence riuer naturally.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And moreouer, +our idle women (which the Realme may well spare) shall +also be imployed on plucking, drying, and sorting of +feathers, in pulling, beating, and working of hempe, +and in gathering of cotton, and diuers things right +necessary for dying. All which things are to be +found in those countreys most plentifully. And the +men may imploy themselues in dragging for pearle, woorking for +mines, and in matters of husbandry, and likewise in hunting the +whale for Trane, and making casks to put the same in: besides +in fishing for cod, salmon, and herring, drying, salting and +barrelling the same, and felling of trees, hewing and sawing of +them, and such like worke, meete for those persons that are no +men of Art or Science. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Many other things may bee found to the great reliefe and good +employments of no small number of the naturall Subiects of this +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page019">[pg 019]</span><a name="Pg019" id="Pg019" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Realme, which doe now liue here idlely to the common +annoy of the whole state. </p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Read the beginning of the +booke intituled Diuers touching the discouery of America.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> Neither may I here +omit the great hope and likelyhood of a passage +beyond the Grand Bay into the South Seas, confirmed +by sundry authors to be found leading to Cataia, +the Molluccas and Spiceries, whereby may ensue as +generall a benefite to the Realme, or greater then yet +hath bene spoken of, without either such charges, or other +inconueniences, as by the tedious tract of time and perill, which +the ordinary passage to those parts at this day doeth minister. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And to conclude this argument withall, it is well knowen to all +men of sound iudgement, that this voyage is of greater +importance, and will be found more beneficiall to our countrey, then +all other voyages at this day in vse and trade amongst vs. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The fift chapter sheweth, that the trading and planting in those +countreis is likely to proue to the particular profit of all +aduenturers. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I must, now according to my promise shew foorth some probable +reasons that the aduenturers in this iourney are to take +particular profit by the same. It is therefore conuenient that +I doe diuide the aduenturers into two sorts: the noblemen and +gentlemen by themselues, and the Merchants by themselues. +For, as I doe heare, it is meant that there shall be one societie of +the Noblemen and Gentlemen, and another societie of the +merchants. And yet not so diuided, but that eche society +may freely and frankely trade and traffique one with the other. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And first to bend my speech to the noblemen and gentlemen, +who doe chiefly seeke a temperate climate, wholesome ayre, +fertile soile, and a strong place by nature whereupon they may +fortifie, and there either plant themselues, or such other persons +as they shall thinke good to send to bee lords of that place and +countrey: to them I say, that all these things are verie easie to +be found within the degrees of 30 and 60 aforesaid, either by +South or North, both in the Continent, and in Islands thereunto +adioyning at their choise: but the degree certaine of the +eleuation of the pole, and the very climate where these places of +force and fertility are to be found, I omit to make publike, for +such regard as the wiser sort can easily coniecture: the rather +because I doe certainly vnderstand, that some of those which +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page020">[pg 020]</span><a name="Pg020" id="Pg020" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +haue the managing of this matter, knowe it as well or better then +I my selfe, and do meane to reueale the same, when cause shall +require, to such persons whom it shall concerne, and to no other: +so that they may seat and settle themselues in such climate as +shall best agree with their owne nature, disposition, and good +liking: and in the whole tract of that land, by the description of +as many as haue bene there, great plentie of minerall matter of +all sorts, and in very many places, both stones of price, pearle +and christall, and great store of beasts, birds and fowles both for +pleasure and necessary for vse of man are to be found. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Beasts for pleasure.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And for such as take delight in hunting, there are Stagges, +Wilde bores, Foxes, Hares, Cunnies, Badgers, Otters, +and diuers other such like for pleasure. Also for +such as haue delight in hauking, there are haukes of +sundry kinds, and great store of game, both for land and riuer, +as Fezants, Partridges, Cranes, Heronshawes, Ducks, Mallards, +and such like. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Hides solde for forty shillings a piece.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There is also a kinde of beast much bigger then +an Oxe, whose hide is more then eighteene foote long, of which +sort a countreyman of ours, one Walker a sea man, who was +vpon that coast, did for a trueth report in the presence of diuers +honourable and worshipfull persons, that he and his +company did finde in one cottage aboue two hundred +and fortie hides, which they brought away and +solde in France for fortie shillings an hide: and with +this agreeth Dauid Ingram, and describeth that beast at large, +supposing it to be a certaine kinde of Buffe; +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Great grapes. Wine of the Palme tree.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +there are likewise +beasts and fowles of diuers kinds, which I omit for breuities +sake, great store of fish both in the salt water and in the fresh, +plentie of grapes as bigge as a mans thumbe, and the +most delicate wine of the Palme tree, of which wine +there be diuers of good credit in this realme that +haue tasted: and there is also a kind of graine called Maiz, +Potato rootes, and sundry other fruits naturally growing there: +so that after such time as they are once settled, they shall neede +to take no great care for victuall. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And now for the better contentation and satisfaction of such +worshipfull, honest minded, and well disposed Merchants, as +haue a desire to the furtherance of euery good and commendable +action, I will first say vnto them, as I haue done before to the +Noblemen and Gentlemen, that within the degrees abouesayde, +is doubtlesse to bee found the most wholesome and best temperature +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page021">[pg 021]</span><a name="Pg021" id="Pg021" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +of ayre, fertilitie of soyle, and euery other commoditie +or merchandize, for the which, with no small perill we doe +trauell into Barbary, Spaine, Portugall, France, Italie, Moscouie +and Eastland. All which may be either presently had, or at the +least wise in very short time procured from thence with lesse +danger then now we haue them. And yet to the ende my +argument shall not altogether stand vpon likelihoods and presumptions, +I say that such persons as haue discouered and +trauelled those partes, doe testifie that they haue found in those +countreys all these things following, namely: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Of beasts for furres: +Marterns, Beauers, Foxes, blacke and white, Leopards. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Of wormes: +Silke wormes great and large. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Of Birds: +Hawkes, Bitters, Curlewes, Herons, Partridges, Cranes, Mallards, +Wilde geese, Stocke dooues, Margaus, Blacke birds, Parrots, +Pengwins. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Of Fishes: +Codde, Salmon, Seales, Herrings. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Of Trees: +Palme trees yeelding sweet wines, Cedars, Firres, Sasafras, +Oake, Elme, Popler, and sundry other strange Trees to vs +vnknowen. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Of fruites: +Grapes very large, Muskemellons, Limons, Dates great, +Orrenges, Figges, Prunes, Raisins great and small, Pepper, +Almonds, Citrons. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Of Mettals: +Golde, Siluer, Copper, Lead, Tinne. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Of Stones: +Turkeis, Rubies, Pearls great and faire, Marble of diuers +kindes, Iasper, Christall. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Sundry other commodities of all sorts: +Rosen, Pitch, Tarre, Turpentine, Frankincense, Honny, Waxe, +Rubarbe, Oyle Oliue, Traine oyle, Muske codde, Salt, Tallow, +Hides, Hempe, Flaxe, Cochenello and dies of diuers sorts, +Feathers of sundrie sorts, as for pleasure and filling of Featherbeds. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And seeing that for small costs, the trueth of these may be +vnderstood (whereof this intended supply will giue vs more certaine +assurance) I doe finde no cause to the contrary, but that all well +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page022">[pg 022]</span><a name="Pg022" id="Pg022" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +minded persons should be willing to aduenture some competent +portion for the furtherance of so good an enterprise. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Now for the triall hereof, considering that in the articles of the +societie of the aduenturers in this voyage, there is prouision made, +that no aduenturer shall be bound to any further charge then his +first aduenture: and yet notwithstanding keepe still to himselfe +his children, his apprentises and seruants, his and their freedome +for trade and traffique, which is a priuiledge that aduenturers in +other voyages haue not: and in the said articles it is likewise +prouided, that none other then such as haue aduentured in the +first voyage, or shal become aduenturers in this supply, at any +time hereafter are to be admitted in the said society, but as +redemptionaries, which will be very chargeable: therefore generally +I say vnto all such according to the olde prouerbe, Nothing +venture, nothing haue. For if it do so fall out, according to the +great hope and expectation had, (as by Gods grace it will) the +gaine which now they reap by traffique into other farre countries, +shal by this trade returne with lesse charge, greater gaine, and +more safety: Lesse charge, I say, by reason of the ample and +large deepe riuers at the very banke, whereof there are many, +whereby both easily and quietly they may transport from the +innermost parts of the main land, all kind of merchandize, yea in +vessels of great burden, and that three times, or twise in the yere +at the least. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Commodities found in August last.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But let vs omit all presumptions how vehement +soeuer, and dwel vpon the certainty of such commodities as were +discouered by S. Humfrey Gilbert, and his assistants +in Newfound land in August last. For there may be +very easily made Pitch, Tarre, Rosen, Sope ashes in +great plenty, yea, as it is thought, inough to serue the +whole realme of euery of these kindes: And of Traine oyle such +quantity, as if I should set downe the value that they doe +esteeme it at, which haue bene there, it would seeme incredible. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +It is hereby intended, that these commodities in this abundant +maner, are not to be gathered from thence, without planting and +setling there. And as for other things of more value, and that +of more sorts and kindes then one or two (which were likewise +discouered there) I doe holde them for some respects, more +meete for a time to be concealed then vttered. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Of the fishing I doe speake nothing, because it is generally +knowen: and it is not to be forgotten, what trifles they be that +the Sauages doe require in exchange of these commodities: yea, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page023">[pg 023]</span><a name="Pg023" id="Pg023" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +for pearle, golde, siluer, and precious stones. All which are +matters in trade and traffique of great moment. But admit that +it should so fall out, that the aboue specified commodities shall +not happily be found out within this first yeere: Yet it is very +cleere that such and so many may be found out as shall minister +iust occasion to thinke all cost and labour well bestowed. For +it is very certaine, that there is one seat fit for fortification, of +great safety, wherein those commodities following, especially are +to be had, that is to say, Grapes for wine, Whales for oyle, +Hempe for cordage, and other necccessary things, and fish of +farre greater sise and plenty, then that of Newfound land, and of +all these so great store, as may suffice to serue our whole realme. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Besides all this, if credit may be giuen to the inhabitants of the +same soile, a certaine riuer doth thereunto adioyne, which leadeth +to a place abounding with rich substance: I doe not hereby +meane the passage to the Molluccaes, whereof before I made +mention. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And it is not to be omitted, how that about two yeeres past, +certaine merchants of S. Malo in France, did hyre a ship out of +the Island of Iersey to the ende that they would keepe that +trade secret from their Countreymen, and they would admit no +mariner, other then the ship boy belonging to the said ship, to +goe with them, which shippe was about 70. tunne. I doe know +the shippe and the boy very well, and am familiarly acquainted +with the owner, which voyage prooued very beneficiall. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To conclude, this which is already sayd, may suffice any man +of reasonable disposition to serue for a taste, vntill such time as it +shall please almighty God through our owne industrie to send vs +better tydings. In the meane season, if any man well affected +to this iourney, shall stand in doubt of any matter of importance +touching the same, he may satisfie himselfe with the iudgement +and liking of such of good calling and credite, as are principall +dealers herein. For it is not neccessary in this treatise, publikely +to set forth the whole secrets of the voyage. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The sixth Chapter sheweth that, the traffique and planting +in those countries, shall be vnto the Sauages themselues +very beneficiall and gainefull. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Now to the end it may appeare that this voyage is not +vndertaken altogether for the peculiar commodity of our selues and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page024">[pg 024]</span><a name="Pg024" id="Pg024" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +our countrey (as generally other trades and iournies be) it shall +fall out in proofe, that the Sauages shall hereby haue iust cause +to blesse the houre when this enterprise was vndertaken. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +First and chiefly, in respect of the most happy and gladsome +tidings of the most glorious Gospel of our Sauiour Iesus Christ, +whereby they may be brought from falshood to trueth, from +darknesse to light, from the hie way of death to the path of life, +from superstitious idolatrie to sincere Christianity, from the deuill +to Christ, from hell to heauen. And if in respect of all the +commodities they can yeelde vs (were they many moe) that they +should but receiue this onely benefit of Christianity, they were +more then fully recompenced. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But hereunto it may bee obiected, that the Gospel must bee +freely preached, for such was the example of the Apostles: vnto +whom although the authorities and examples before alledged of +Emperors, Kings and Princes, aswel before Christs time as since, +might sufficiently satisfie: yet for further answere, we may say +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">2 Corinth. 9.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +with S. Paul, If wee haue sowen vnto you heauenly +things, doe you thinke it much that we should reape +your carnall things? And withall, The workman is worthy of his +hire. These heauenly tidings which those labourers our countreymen +(as messengers of Gods great goodnesse and mercy) will +voluntarily present vnto them, doe farre exceed their earthly +riches. Moreouer, if the other inferiour worldly and temporall +things which they shall receiue from vs, be weighed in equall +ballance, I assure my selfe, that by equal iudgement of any +indifferent person, the benefits which they then receiue, shall +farre surmount those which they shall depart withall vnto vs. +And admit that they had (as they haue not) the knowledge to +put their land to some vse: yet being brought from brutish +ignorance to ciuilitie and knowledge, and made then to vnderstand +how the tenth part of their Land may be so manured and +employed, as it may yeeld more commodities to the necessary +vse of mans life, then the whole now doeth: What iust cause of +complaint may they haue? And in my private opinion, I do +verily thinke that God did create land, to the end that it should +by culture and husbandry yeeld things necessary for mans life. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But this is not all the benefit which they shall receiue by the +Christians: for, ouer and beside the knowledge how to till and +dresse their grounds, they shal be reduced from vnseemly +customes to honest maners, from disordered riotous routs and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page025">[pg 025]</span><a name="Pg025" id="Pg025" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">This bargen cannot be uniust, where both parties are gainers.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +companyes to a well gouerned common wealth, and withall, shalbe +taught mechanicall occupations, arts, and liberall sciences: and +which standeth them most vpon, they shalbe defended +from the cruelty of their tyrannicall and bloodsucking +neighbors the Canibals, whereby infinite number of +their liues shalbe preserued. And lastly, by this +meanes many of their poore innocent children shall +be preserued from the bloody knife of the sacrificer, a most +horrible and detestable custome in the sight of God and man, +now and ever heretofore vsed amongst them. Many other things +could I heere alledge to this purpose were it not that I doe +feare lest I haue already more then halfe tired the reader. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The seuenth Chapter sheweth that the planting there, is not a +matter of such charge or difficultie, as many would make +it seeme to be. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Now therefore for proofe, that the planting in these parts is +a thing that may be done without the ayde of the Princes power +and purse, contrary to the allegation of many malicious persons, +who wil neither be actors in any good action themselues, nor so +much as afoord a good word to the setting forward thereof: and +that worse is, they will take vpon them to make molehilles seeme +mountaines, and flies elephants, to the end they may discourage +others, that be very well or indifferently affected to the matter, +being like vnto Esops dogge, which neither would eate Hay +himselfe, nor suffer the poore hungry asse to feede thereon: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I say and affirme that God hath prouided such meanes for the +furtherance of this enterprise, as doe stand vs in stead of great +treasure: for first by reason that it hath pleased God of his great +goodnesse, of long time to hold his merciful hand ouer this +realme, in preseruing the people of the same, both from slaughter +by the sword, and great death by plague, pestilence, or otherwise, +there are at this day great numbers (God he knoweth) which liue +in such penurie and want, as they could be contented to hazard +their liues, and to serue one yeere for meat, drinke and apparell +only, without wages, in hope thereby to amend their estates: +which is a matter in such like iourneyes, of no small charge to +the prince. Moreouer, things in the like iourneyes of greatest +price and cost as victuall (whereof there is great plentie to be had +in that countrey without money) and powder, great artillery, or +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page026">[pg 026]</span><a name="Pg026" id="Pg026" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +corselets are not needefull in so plentifull and chargeable maner, +as the shew of such a iourney may present: for a small quantitie +of all these, to furnish the Fort only, will suffice vntill such time +as diuers commodities may be found out in those parts, which +may be thought well worthy a greater charge. Also the peculiar +benefit of archers which God hath blessed this land withall before all +other nations, will stand vs in great stead amongst those naked people. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Another helpe we haue also, which in such like cases is a +matter of marueilous cost, and will be in in this iourney procured +very easily (that is to say) to transport yeerely as well our people, +as all other necessaries needfull for them into those parts by the +fleet of merchants, that yeerely venture for fish in Newfound-land, +being not farre distant from the countrey meant to be inhabited, +who commonly goe with emptie vessels in effect, sauing some +litle fraight with salt. And thus it appeareth that the souldier, +wages, and the transportation may be defrayed for farre lesse +summes of money then the detractors of this enterprise haue +giuen out. Againe, this intended voyage for conquest, hath in +like maner many other singular priuiledges wherewith God hath, +as it were, with his holy hand blessed the same before all others. +For after once we are departed the coast of England, wee may +passe straight way thither, without danger of being driuen into +any the countries of our enemies, or doubtfull friends: for commonly +one winde serueth to bring vs thither, which seldome +faileth from the middle of Ianuarie to the middle of May, a +benefite which the mariners make great account of, for it is a +pleasure that they haue in a few or none of other iourneyes. Also +the passage is short, for we may goe thither in thirtie or fortie +dayes at the most, hauing but an indifferent winde, and returne +continually in twentie or foure and twentie dayes at the most. +And in the same our iourney, by reason it is in the Ocean, +and quite out of the way from the intercourse of other +countreyes, we may safely trade and traffique without peril +of piracy: neither shall our ships, people, or goods there, be +subiect to arrest or molestation of any Pagan potentate, Turkish +tyrant, yea, or Christian prince, which heretofore sometimes vpon +slender occasion in other parts haue stayed our ships and +merchandizes, whereby great numbers of our countrymen haue +bene vtterly vndone, diuers put to ransome, yea, and some lost +their liues: a thing so fresh in memorie as it neede no proofe, +and is well worthy of consideration. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page027">[pg 027]</span><a name="Pg027" id="Pg027" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Besides, in this voyage we doe not crosse the burnt +line,<a id="noteref_4" name="noteref_4" href="#note_4"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">4</span></span></a> +whereby commonly both beuerage and victuall are corrupted, and +mens health very much impayred, neither doe we passe the frozen +seas, which yeelde sundry extreame dangers but haue a temperate +climate at all times of the yeere, to serue our turnes. And +lastly, there neede no delayes by the way for taking in of fresh +water and fewell, (a thing vsually done in long iournies) because, +as I sayd aboue, the voyage is not long, and the fresh waters +taken in there, our men here in England at their returne home +haue found so wholesome and sweete, that they haue made +choise to drinke it before our beere and ale. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Behold heere, good countreymen, the manifold benefits and +commodities and pleasures heretofore vnknowen, by Gods especiall +blessing not onely reueiled vnto vs, but also as it were infused +into our bosomes, who though hitherto like dormice haue +slumbred in ignorance thereof, being like the cats that are loth +for their prey to wet their feet: yet if now therefore at the last +we would awake, and with willing mindes (setting friuolous +imaginations aside) become industrious instruments to our selues, +questionlesse we should not only hereby set forth the glory of +our heauenly father, but also easily attaine to the end of all good +purposes that may be wished or desired. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And may it not much encourage vs to hope for good successe +in the countrey of the Sauages, being a naked kinde of people, +voyde of the knowledge of the discipline of warre, seeing that a +noble man, being but a subiect in this realme (in the time of our +king Henry the second) by name Strangbow, then earle of +Chepstow in South Wales, by himselfe and his allies and assistants, +at their owne proper charges haue passed ouer into Ireland, and +there made conquest of the now countrey, and then kingdome of +Lynester, at which time it was very populous and strong, which +History our owne chronicles do witnesse: And why should we +be dismayed more then were the Spanyards, who haue bene able +within these few yeeres to conquer, possesse, and enioy so large +a tract of the earth, in the West Indies, as is betweene the two +tropikes of Cancer and Capricorne, not onely in the maine firme +land of America, which is 47. degrees in latitude from South to +North, and doth containe 2820. English miles at the least, that +the king of Spaine hath there in actuall possession, besides many +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page028">[pg 028]</span><a name="Pg028" id="Pg028" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +goodly and rich Islands, as Hispaniola, now called S. Domingo, +Cuba, Iamaica, and diuers other which are both beautifull and +full of treasure, not speaking any whit at all, how large the said +land is from East to West, which in some places is accounted to +be 1500. English miles at the least from East to West, betweene +the one Sea and the other. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">2. Decad. lib. 5. fol. 77. of the +West Indies in English. Canoa is a kind of boat. +3. Decad. lib. I. fol. 97. About the yere of our Lord 1511.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Or why should our noble nation be dismaid, more then was +Vasques Nunnes de Valboa, a priuate gentleman of +Spaine, who with the number of 70. Spaniards at +Tichiri, gaue an ouerthrow vnto that mighty king +Chemaccus, hauing an armie of an hundred Canoas +and 5000. men, and the said Vasques Nunnes not +long after, with his small number, did put to flight +king Chiapes his whole armie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Conquest of the West Indies. fol. 43. and 45. English.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Likewise Hernando Cortes, being also but a priuate +gentleman of Spaine, after his departure from the +Islands of Cuba and Acuzamil, and entring into the +firme of America, had many most victorious and triumphant conquests, +as that at Cyntla, where being accompanied with lesse +then 500. Spanish footmen, thirteene horsemen and sixe pieces of +Ordinance only, he ouerthrew 40000. Indians. The +same Cortes with his sayd number of Spanyards, tooke +prisoner that mighty Emperour Mutezuma in his most +chiefe and famous citie of Mexico, which at that +instant had in it aboue the number of 50000. Indians +at the least, and in short time after obtained not onely the quiet +possession of the said citie, but also of his whole Empire. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A marueilous victorie.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And in like maner in the Countrey of Peru, which the king of +Spaine hath now in actuall possession, Francisco Pysarro, with +the onely ayd of Diego de Almagro, and Hernando Luche, being +all three but priuate gentlemen, was the principall person that +first attempted discouerie and conquest of the large and rich +countrey of Peru, which through the ayd of the almighty, he +brought to passe and atchieued in the Tambo of Caxamalca, +(which is a large place of ground, enclosed with walles) in which +place he tooke the great and mightie prince Atabalipa prisoner, +midst the number of 60000. Indians his subiects, +which were euer before that day accounted to bee a +warlike kind of people, which his great victorie it +pleased God to grant vnto him in the yeere of our Lord God +1533. he not hauing in his company aboue the number of 210. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page029">[pg 029]</span><a name="Pg029" id="Pg029" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Spaniards, whereof there were not past threescore horsemen +in all: after the taking of which prince Atabalipa, he offered +vnto Pyzarro for his ransome, to fill a great large hall full +of gold and siluer, and such golde and siluer vessels as +they then vsed, euen as high as a man might reach with his +arme. And the sayd prince caused the same hall to be marked +round about at the sayd height, which ransome Pyzarro granted +to accept. And after when as this mighty prince had sent to +his vassals and subiects to bring in gold and siluer for the +filling of the hall, as aforesaid, as namely to the cities or townes +of Quito, Paciacama and Cusco, as also to the Calao of Lima, +in which towne, as their owne writers doe affirme, they +found a large and faire house, all slated and couered with gold: +and when as the said hall was not yet a quarter ful, a mutinie +arose amongst the Spanyards, in which it was commonly giuen +out, that the said prince had politikely offered this great ransome +vnder pretence to raise a much more mightie power, whereby +the Spanyards should be taken, slaine and ouerthrowen: wherevpon +they grew to this resolution, to put the sayd prince to death, +and to make partition of the golde and siluer already brought in, +which they presently put in execution. And comming to make +perfect Inuentorie of the same, as well for the Emperour then +king of Spaine, his fift part, as otherwise, there was found to be +already brought in into the sayd hall, the number of 132425. +pound weight of siluer, and in golde the number of 1828125. +pezos, which was a riches neuer before that nor since seene of +any man together, of which there did appertaine to the Emperour +for his fift part of golde 365625. pezos, and for his fift part of, +siluer 26485. pound waight, and to euery horseman eight thousand +pezos of gold, and 67. pound waight of siluer. Euery souldier +had 4550. pezos of gold and 280. pound waight of siluer. Euery +Captaine had some 30000. some 20000. pezos of gold and siluer +proportionally answerable to their degrees and calling, according +to the rate agreed vpon amongst them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Francis Pizarro as their generall, according to his decree and +calling proportionally, had more then any of the rest, ouer and +besides the massie table of gold which Atabalipa had in his Letter, +which waighed 25000. pezos of gold: neuer were there before that +day souldiers so rich in so small a time, and with so little danger +And in this iourney for want of yron, they did shoe their horses, +some with gold, and some with siluer. This is to be seene in the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page030">[pg 030]</span><a name="Pg030" id="Pg030" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +generall historie of the West Indies, where as the doings of +Pizarro, and the conquest of Peru is more at large set forth. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To this may I adde the great discoueries and conquests which +the princes of Portugall haue made round about the West, the +South, and the East parts of Africa, and also at Callicut and in +the East Indies, and in America, at Brasile and elsewhere in +sundry Islands, in fortifying, peopling and planting all along the +sayd coastes and Islands, euer as they discouered: which being +lightly weyed and considered, doth minister iust cause of +yncouragement to our Countreymen, not to account it so hard +and difficult a thing for the subiects of this noble realme of +England, to discouer, people, plant and possesse the like goodly +lands and rich countreys not farre from vs, but neere adioyning +land offring themselues vnto vs (as is aforesayd) which haue neuer yet +heretofore bene in the actuall possession of any other Christian +prince, then the princes of this Realme. All which (as I +thinke) should not a little animate and encourage vs to looke out +and aduenture abroad, vnderstanding what large Countreys and +Islands the Portugals with their small number haue within these +few yeeres discouered, peopled and planted, some part whereof I +haue thought it not amisse, briefly in particular to name both the +Townes, Countreys, and Islands, so neere as I could vpon the +sudden call them to remembrance: for the rest I doe referre the +Reader to the histories, where more at large the same is to be +seene. First, they did winne and conquere from the princes of +Barbary the Island of Geisera and towne of Arzila, not past an +140. mile distant from their Metropolitane and chiefe citie of +Fesse: and after that they wonne also from the said princes the +townes of Tanger, Ceuta, Mazigan, Azamor, and Azaffi, all alongst +the Sea coasts. And in the yeere of our Lord, 1455. Alouis de +Cadomosta<a id="noteref_5" name="noteref_5" href="#note_5"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">5</span></span></a> +a Gentleman Venetian, was hee that first discouered +for their vse Cape Verd, with the Islands adioyning, of which he +then peopled and planted those of Bonauista and Sant Iago discouering +also the riuer Senega, otherwise called Niger, and Cape +Roxo and Sierra Leone, and in few yeeres after they did +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page031">[pg 031]</span><a name="Pg031" id="Pg031" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +discouer the coast of Guinea, and there peopled and built the +castle of Mina: then discouered they further to the countreys of +Melegettes, Benin, and Congo, with the Islands of Principe, da +Nabon, S. Matthewe, and S. Thomas vnder the Equinoctiall line, +which they peopled, and built in the said Island of S. Thomas the +hauen towne or port of Pauosan. After that, about the yeere of +our Lord, 1494. one Bartholomew Dias was sent forth, who was the +first man that discouered and doubled that great and large Cape +called de Bon Esperanze, and passing the currents that run vpon +the said coast, on the Southeast part of Africa, betweene the said +maine land and the Island of S. Laurence, otherwise called of the +ancients, Madagascar, he discouered to the harbor named the +Riuer of the Infant. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Ceffella accompted to be the place where the noble and +wise king Salomon did fetch his gold.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After that since the yeere of our Lord God, +1497. and before the ful accomplishment of the yeere of Christ, +1510. through the trauailes and discoueries of Vasques de Gama,<a id="noteref_6" name="noteref_6" href="#note_6"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">6</span></span></a> +Peter Aluares, Thomas Lopes, Andrew Corsale, Iohn de Empoli, +Peter Sintia, Sancho de Toar, and that noble and worthy gentleman +Alonzo de Albuquerque,<a id="noteref_7" name="noteref_7" href="#note_7"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">7</span></span></a> +they did discouer, people, and plant +at Ceffala, being vpon the East side of Africa, in the twenty degrees +of latitude of the South Pole, and direct West from the Island of +S. Laurence (at which port of Ceffala, diuers doe +affirme that king Salomon did fetch his gold) as also +vpon the said East side of Africa, they did afterward +discouer people, and plant at Mozambique, Quiola, +Monbaza, and Melinde, two degrees of Southerly +latitude, and so vp to the Streight of Babell-Mandell +at the entring of the red sea, all vpon the East coast +of Africa, from whence they put off at the Cape Guarda Fu, and +passed the great gulfe of Arabia and the Indian Sea East to Sinus +Persicus, and the Island of Ormus, and so passing the large and +great riuer Indus, where he hath his fall into the maine Ocean, in +23. degrees and an halfe, vnder the tropike of Cancer, of Septentrional +latitude, they made their course againe directly towardes +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page032">[pg 032]</span><a name="Pg032" id="Pg032" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the South, and began to discouer, people, and plant vpon the +West side of the hither India at Goa, Mangolar, Cananor, Calecut +and Cochin, and the Island of Zeilam.<a id="noteref_8" name="noteref_8" href="#note_8"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">8</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And here I thinke good to remember to you, that after their +planting vpon this coast, their forces grewe so great that they +were able to compel all the Moores, the subiectes of the mightie +Emperour of the Turkes to pay tribute vnto them, euer as they +passed the gulfe of Arabia, from the port of Mecca in Arabia +Foelix, where Mahomet lieth buried, or any of the other portes +of the sayd land, euer as they passed to and from the hauens of +Cochin, Calecut, and Cananor, and by their martiall maner of +discipline practised in those partes, the great and mightie prince +the Sophie Emperour of the Persians, and professed enemie to +the Turke, came to the knowledge and vse of the Caliuer shot, +and to interlace and ioyne footemen with his horsemen, sithence +which time the Persians haue growen to that strength and force, +that they haue giuen many mighty and great ouerthrowes to the +Turke, to the great quiet of all Christendome. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">These are the furthest parts of the world from England. +At these Islands hath sir Francis Drake bene, where the fame of the +Queenes most excellent Maiestie was renowmed.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And from the Island of Zeilam aforesayd they all discouered +more East in passing the gulfe of Bengala, and so passed the +notable and famous riuer of Ganges, where hee hath his fall into +the maine Ocean, vnder the tropike of Cancer, and to the Cape +of Malaca, and vnto the great and large Islands of +Sumatra, Iaua maior, Iaua minor, Mindanao, Palobane, +Celebes, Gilolo, Tidore, Mathin, Borneo, +Machian, Terenate, and all other the Islands of +Molucques and Spiceries, and so East alongst the +coasts of Cathaia, to the portes of China, Zaiton and +Quinsay, and to the Island of Zipango and Iapan, +situate in the East, in 37. degrees of Septentrionall +latitude and in 195. of longitude. These are their +noble and worthie discoueries. Here also is not to +bee forgotten, that in the yeere of our Lord. 1501, +that famous and worthy gentleman Americus Vespucius +did discouer, people, and plant to their vse the holdes +and forts which they haue in Brasill, of whom (he but being a +priuate gentleman) the whole countrey or firme land of the West +Indies, is commonly called and knowen by the name of America. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I doe greatly doubt least I seeme ouer tedious in the recitall of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page033">[pg 033]</span><a name="Pg033" id="Pg033" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the particular discoueries and Conquests of the East and West +Indies, wherein I was the more bold to vrge the patience of the +Reader, to the end it might most manifestly and at large appeare, +to all such as are not acquainted with the histories, how the king +of Portugall, whose Countrey for popularity and number of +people, is scarce comparable to some three shires of England, +and the king of Spaine likewise, whose natural Countrey doth +not greatly abound with people, both which princes by means of +their discoueries within lesse then 90. yeeres past, haue as it +appeareth both mightily and marueilously enlarged their territories +and dominions through their owne industrie by the assistance of +the omnipotent, whose aid we shall not need to doubt, seeing +the cause and quarrell which we take in hand tendeth to his +honour and glory, by the enlargement of the Christian faith. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To conclude, since by Christian dutie we stand bound chiefly +to further all such acts as do tend to the encreasing the true flock +of Christ by reducing into the right way those lost sheepe which +are yet astray: And that we shall therein follow the example of +our right vertuous predecessors of renowned memorie, and leaue +vnto our posteritie a diuine memoriall of so godly an enterprise: +Let vs I say for the considerations alledged, enter into iudgement +with our selues, whether this action may belong to vs or no, the +rather for that this voyage through the mighty assistance of the +omnipotent God, shall take our desired effect (whereof there is +no iust cause of doubt.) Then shal her Maiesties dominions be +enlarged, her highnesse ancient titles iustly confirmed, all odious +idlenesse from this our Realme vtterly banished, diuers decayed +townes repaired, and many poor and needy persons relieued, and +estates of such as now liue in want shail be embettered, the +ignorant and barbarous idolaters taught to know Christ, the +innocent defended from their bloodie tyrannical neighbours, the +diabolicall custome of sacrificing humane creatures abolished. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +All which (no man doubteth) are things gratefull in the sight of +our Sauiour Christ, and tending to the honour and glory of the +Trinitie. Bee of good cheere therefore, for he that cannot erre +hath sayd: That before the ende of the world, his word shall bee +preached to all nations. Which good work I trust is reserued +for our nation to accomplish in these parts: Wherefore my deere +countreymen, be not dismayed: for the power of God is nothing +diminished, nor the loue that he hath to the preaching and +planting of the Gospel any whit abated. Shall wee then doubt +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page034">[pg 034]</span><a name="Pg034" id="Pg034" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +he will be lesse ready most mightily and miraculously to assist +our nation in this quarell, which is chiefly and principally vndertaken +for the enlargement of the Christian faith abroad, and the +banishment of idlenes at home, then he was to Columbus, Vasques, +Nunnes, Hernando Cortes, and Francis Pizarro in the West: and +Vasques de Gama, Peter Aluares, et Alonso de Albuquerque in +the East: Let vs therefore with cheerefull minds and couragious +hearts, giue the attempt, and leaue the sequell to Almightie God: +for if he be on our part, what forceth it who bee against vs: Thus +leauing the correction and reformation vnto the gentle Reader, +whatsoeuer is in this treatise too much or too little, otherwise +vnperfect, I take leaue and so end. +</p> + +</div> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc7" id="toc7"></a> +<a name="pdf8" id="pdf8"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">II. A letter of Sir Francis Walsingham to M. Richard Hakluyt +then of Christchurch in Oxford, incouraging him in the +study of Cosmographie, and of furthering new discoueries, +&c.</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I vnderstand aswel by a letter I long since receiued from the +Maior of Bristoll, as by conference with Sir Iohn Pekham, that +you haue endeuoured, and giuen much light for the discouery of +the Westerne partes yet vnknowen: as your studie in those things +is very commendable, so I thanke you much for the same; wishing +you do continue, your trauell in these and like matters, which are +like to turne not only to your owne good in priuate, but to the +publike benefice of this Realme. And so I bid you farewell. +From the Court the 11. of March. 1582. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Your louing Friend,<br /> +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Francis Walsingham.</span></span> +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc9" id="toc9"></a> +<a name="pdf10" id="pdf10"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">III. A letter of Sir Francis Walsingham to Master Thomas Aldworth +merchant, and at that time Maior of the Citie of Bristoll, +concerning their aduenture in the Westerne discouerie.</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After my heartie commendations, I haue for certaine causes +deferred the answere of your letter of Nouember last till now, +which I hope commeth all in good time. Your good inclination +to the Westerne discouerie I cannot but much commend. And +for that sir Humfrey Gilbert, as you haue heard long since, hath +bene preparing into those parts being readie to imbarke within +these 10. dayes, who needeth some further supply of shipping then +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page035">[pg 035]</span><a name="Pg035" id="Pg035" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +yet he hath, I am of opinion that you shall do well if the ship or +2. barkes you write of, be put in a readinesse to goe alongst with +with him, or so soone after as you may. I hope this trauell wil +prooue profitable to the Aduenturers and generally beneficiall to +the whole realme: herein I pray you conferre with these bearers +M. Richard Hackluyt, and M. Thomas Steuenton, to whome I +referre you: And so bid you heertily farewell. Richmond the +11. of March. 1582. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Your louing Friend,<br /> +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Francis Walsingham.</span></span> +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc11" id="toc11"></a> +<a name="pdf12" id="pdf12"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">IV. A letter written from M. Thomas Aldworth merchant and Maior +of the Citie of Bristoll, to the right honourable Sir Francis +Walsingham principall Secretary to her Maiestie, concerning +a Westerne voyage intended for the discouery of the +coast of America, lying to the Southwest of Cape Briton.</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Right honourable, vpon the receit of your letters directed vnto +me and deliuered by the bearers hereof M. Richard Hakluyt and +M. Steuenton, bearing the date the 11. of March, I presently +conferred with my friends in priuate, whom I know most affectionate +to this most godly enterprise, especially with M. William +Salterne deputie of our company of merchants: whereupon my +selfe being as then sicke, with as conuenient speede as he could, +hee caused an assembly of the merchants to be gathered: where +after dutifull mention of your honourable disposition for the +benefite of this citie, he by my appointment caused your letters +being directed vnto me priuately, to be read in publike, and after +some good light giuen by M. Hakluyt vnto them that were ignorant +of the Countrey and enterprise, and were desirous to be resolued +the motion grew generally so well to be liked, that there was +eftsoones set downe by mens owne hands then present, and +apparently knowen by their own speach, and very willing offer, +the summe of 1000. markes and vpward: which summe if it +should not suffice, we doubt not but otherwise to furnish out for +this Westerne discouery, a ship of threescore, and a barke of 40. +tunne, to bee left in the countrey vnder the direction and gouernment +of your sonne in law M. Carlile, of whom we haue heard +much good, if it shall stand with your honors good liking and his +acceptation. In one of which barks we are also willing to haue +M. Steuenton your honours messenger, and one well knowen to vs +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page036">[pg 036]</span><a name="Pg036" id="Pg036" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +as captaine. And here in humble maner, desiring your honour to +vouchsafe vs of your further direction by a generall letter to my +selfe, my brethren, and the rest of the merchants of this city, at +your honors best and most conuenient leisure, because we meane +not to deferre the finall proceeding in this voyage, any further +then to the end of April next comming, I cease, beseeching God +long to blesse and prosper your honourable estate. Bristol. +March 27. 1583. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc13" id="toc13"></a> +<a name="pdf14" id="pdf14"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">V. A briefe and summary discourse vpon the intended voyage to the +hithermost parts of America: written by Captaine Carlile +in April, 1583. for the better inducement to satisfie such +Merchants of the Moscouian companie and others, as in +disbursing their money towards the furniture of the present +charge, doe demand forthwith a present returne of gaine, +albeit their said particular disbursements are required but +in very slender summes, the highest being 25. li. the second +at 12. li. 10. s. and the lowest at 6. pound fiue shilling. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +When the Goldsmith desireth to finde the certaine goodnesse +of a piece of golde, which is newly offered vnto him, he presently +bringeth the same to the touchstone, where by comparing the +shewe or touch of this new piece with the touch or shew of that +which he knoweth of old, he forthwith is able to iudge what the +value is of that, which is newly offered vnto him. After the +example whereof I haue thought it good to make some briefe +repetition of the particular estate of many other forren voyages +and trades already frequented and knowen vnto vs, whereby we +may be the better able to conceiue and iudge what certaine likelihood +of good there is to be expected in the voyage, which is +presently recommended vnto your knowledge and resolution. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And first to lay downe that of Moscouia, whose beginning is +yet in the remembrance of many: It is well knowen, that what +by the charges of the first discouery, and by the great gifts +bestowed on the Emperour and his Nobilitie, togither with the +leud dealing of some of their seruants, who thought themselues +safe enough from orderly punishment, it cost the company aboue +fourescore thousand pounds, before it could be brought to any +profitable reckoning. And now that after so long a patience and +so great a burthen of expences, the same began to frame to some +good course and commoditie: It falleth to very ticklish termes, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page037">[pg 037]</span><a name="Pg037" id="Pg037" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and to as slender likelihood of any further goodnesse, as any +other trade that may be named. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For first the estate of those Countreys and the Emperours +dealings, are things more fickle then are by euery body vnderstood. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Next, the Dutchmen are there so crept in as they daily +augment their trade thither, which may well confirme that +vncertainty of the Emperours disposition to keepe promise with +our nation. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thirdly, the qualitie of the voyage, such as may not be performed +but once the yeere. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Fourthly, the charges of all Ambassadours betweene that Prince +and her Maiesty, are alwayes borne by the merchants stocke. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And lastly, the danger of the king of Denmarke, who besides +that presently he is like to enforce a tribute on vs, hath likewise +an aduantage vpon the ships in their voyage, either homewards or +outwards whensoeuer he listeth to take the opportunitie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The badde dealings of the Easterlings are sufficiently knowen +to be such towards our merchants of that trade, as they doe not +onely offer them many iniuries ouerlong to bee written, but doe +seeke all the meanes they can, to depriue them wholy of their +occupying that way: and to the same purpose haue of late cleane +debarred them their accustomed and ancient priuiledges in all +their great townes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The traffique into Turkie, besides that by some it is thought a +hard point to haue so much familiaritie with the professed and +obstinate enemie of Christ: It is likewise a voyage which can not +be made but at the deuotion, and as it were in the danger of +many states, who for sundry respects are apt to quarell with vs +vpon sudden occasions, and the presents to be giuen away in +Turkie this yeere, cost little lesse then two thousand pounds. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +As for the trades into all the parts of Italie, it may easily be +considered by euery one of iudgement, that the same stand in the +like termes touching the passages, as that of Turkie, and that +many times our shippes being taken in the way by the Gallies of +Alger, our poore Mariners after the losse of their goods and +trauell, are set at such excessiue ransoms before they can bee +freed of their slauerie, as for the most part they are no way able to +discharge. As for example, at this instant there are some +prisoners, poore ordinarie Mariners, for whose releasing there +must be payed two hundred Duckets the man, for some three +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page038">[pg 038]</span><a name="Pg038" id="Pg038" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +hundred, yea, foure or fiue hundred Duckets the man for some of +them. And how enuiously the Venetians doe already oppose +themselues against our frequenting into their parts, may appeare +by the late customs which they haue imposed as well vpon our +English merchandize which we bring them, as also vpon such +their merchandize which we fetch from them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The trade into Barbarie groweth likewise to worse termes then +before times, and when it was at the best, our merchants haue +bene in danger of all their goods they had there, whensoever it +happened the king to die. For vntill a new were chosen, the +libertie of all disordered persons is such, as they spoile and wrong +whom they list, without any redresse at all. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Remember the great arrest of the Hollanders. An. 1598.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Touching Spaine and Portugall, with whom wee haue very +great trade, and much the greater, by meanes of their venting a +good part of our wares in their Indies, as also of the prouision +they haue from the same, wherewith are made many of our +returnes from them againe: It falleth out that twise the yeere +ordinarily we send our Fleetes into those parts: So that whensoeuer +the king of Spaine listeth to take the opportunitie, hee may +at these seasons depriue vs not onely of a great number +of our very good ships, but also of our honestest and +ablest sort of Mariners that are to bee found in our +whole Realme againe, which is a matter of no small +consequence: for it is to bee noted, that when hee +shall take a quarrell in hand, though it be but his owne particularly, +yet hath he the meanes to put in hazard as well those our shippes +which are in his owne Countreys of Spaine and Portugall, as also +all others which shall bee bound to any the partes of all Italie or +of Turkie either. And further whosoeuer hee bee that is but +meanely affected in Religion, as of necessitie becommeth euery +ordinarie man and good Christian to be, cannot but be agrieued +in his heart to consider, that his children and seruants whom hee +desireth to haue well brought vp, are in these trades of Spaine +and Portugall, and all Italie, forced to denie their owne profession, +and to acquaint themselues with that which the Parents and +Masters doe vtterly deny and refuse, yea which many of them +doe in their owne hearts abhorre as a detestable and most wicked +doctrine. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But who shall looke into the qualitie of this voyage, being +directed to the latitude of fortie degrees or thereaboutes, of that +hithermost part of America, shal find it hath as many points of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page039">[pg 039]</span><a name="Pg039" id="Pg039" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +good moment belonging vnto it, as may almost be wished +for. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Commodities of this voyage in shortnesse.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +1 As first it is to be vnderstood, that it is not any +long course, for it may be perfourmed too and fro in +foure moneths after the first discouerie thereof. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +2 Secondly, that one wind sufficeth to make the passage, +whereas most of your other voyages of like length, are subiect to +3. or 4. winds. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +3 Thirdly, that it is to be perfourmed at all times of the yeere. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +4 Fourthly, that the passage is vpon the high sea, wherby you +are not bound to the knowledge of dangers, on any other coast, +more then of that Countrey, and of ours here at home. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +5 Fiftly, that those parts of England and Ireland, which lie +aptest for the proceeding outward or homeward vpon this voyage. +are very well stored of goodly harbours. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +6 Sixtly, that it is to bee accounted of no danger at all as +touching the power of any foreine prince or state, when it is compared +with any the best of all other voyages before recited. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +7 And to the godly minded, it hath this comfortable commoditie, +that in this trade their Factours, bee they their seruants or children, +shall haue no instruction or confessions of Idolatrous +Religion enforced vpon them, but contrarily shall be at their free +libertie of conscience, and shall find the same Religion exercised, +which is most agreeable vnto their Parents and Masters. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +As for the merchandising, which is the matter especially looked +for, albeit that for the present we are not certainely +able to promise any such like quantitie, as is now at +the best time of the Moscouian trade brought from +thence: So likewise is there not demanded any such +proportion of daily expences, as was at the first, and +as yet is consumed in that of Moscouia and other. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Commodities of the countrey more then those of Moscouie.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But when this of America shall haue bene haunted and practised +thirtie yeeres to an ende as the other hath bene, I doubt not +by Gods grace, that for the tenne shippes that are now commonly +employed once the yeere into Moscouia, there shall in this voyage +twise tenne be imployed well, twise the yeere at the least. And +if for the present there doe fall out nothing els to bee found then +the bare Fishing, yet doubt I not after the first yeeres planting +but by that matter only to serue halfe a dozen of your best sorts +of ships, although my supply of people doe not follow me so +substantially, as in all reason may be well looked for. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page040">[pg 040]</span><a name="Pg040" id="Pg040" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The seuerall merchandise.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But when it is asked what may be hoped from thence after +some yeeres, it is first to be considered, that this +situation in fourtie degrees, shall bee very apt to gather +the commodities either of those parts which stand to +the Southward of it, as also of those which are to the Northward. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the Northerlie may be expected not onely an especiall good +fishing for Salmon, Codde, and Whales, but also any other +such commodities, as the Easterne Countreys doe yeeld vs now: +as Pitch, Tarre, Hempe, and thereof cordage, Masts, Losshe +hides, rich Furres, and other such like without being in any +son beholding to a king of Denmarke, or other prince or state +that shall be in such sort able to command our shippes at their +pleasure, as those doe at this day, by meanes of their strait +passages and strong shipping. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +As for those partes which lie West and to the Southwardes, it +may well bee hoped they will yeeld Wines with a small helpe, +since the grapes doe growe there of themselues alreadie very faire +and in great abundance. Oliues being once planted, will yeelde +the like Oyle as Spaine, Prouince and Italie. The Countrey +people being made to know, that for Waxe and honie, we will +giue them such trifling things as they desired of vs, and shewing +them once the means how to prouide the same, the labour thereof +being so light, no doubt but in short time they will +earnestly care to haue the same in good quantitie for +vs. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A lake of salt in Vasques his voyage.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Besides, what great likelihoode there is of good +meanes to make Salt, which may serue for the fishing of those +partes, may well appeare vnto them, who can iudge the qualitie of +such places as are required to make the same in. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus much for the beginning, because they may bee had with +an easie kinde of trauell: but when it may haue pleased God to +establish our people there any such time as they may haue planted +amongst them in sundry partes of the Countrey, and that by +gentle and familiar treating them, they bee made to see what is +better for them then they doe as yet vnderstand of, and that in +so many sorts of occasions as were infinite to be set downe: It +is to bee assuredly hoped, that they will daily by little and little +forsake their barbarous and sauage liuing, and growe to such +order and ciuilitie with vs, as there may be well expected from +thence no lesse quantitie and diuersitie of merchandize then is +now had out of Dutchland, Italie, France or Spaine. And as the +bordering neighbours are commonly the aptest to fall out with vs, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page041">[pg 041]</span><a name="Pg041" id="Pg041" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +so these parts being somewhat remote, are the liker to take, or +giue lesse occasion of disquiet. But when it is considered that +they are our own kindred, and esteemed our own countrey +nation which haue the government, meaning by those who shall +be there planted, who can looke for any other then the dealing of +most louing and most assured friends? +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There are further to be considered these two poynts of good +importance, concerning the matter of trade. The one is, that by +the good prospering of this action, there must of necessitie fall +but a very liberall vtterance of our English Clothes into a maine +Country, described to bee bigger then all Europe, the larger part +whereof bending to the Northward, shall haue wonderfull great +vse of her sayde English Clothes, after they shall come once to +knowe the commoditie thereof. The like will bee also of many +other things, ouer many to bee reckoned, which are made here by +our Artificers and labouring people, and of necessitie must bee +prouided from hence. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The other is, if there be any possible meanes to finde a sea +passage or other fresh water course, which may serue in some +reasonable and conuenient sort, to transport our Merchandize +into the East Indian Sea, through any of these Northerly partes +of America, it shall be soonest and most assuredly perfourmed by +these who shall inhabite and first grow into familiaritie with the +Inland people. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +What minerall matter may fall out to bee found, is a thing left +in suspence, vntill some better knowledge, because there be many +men, who hauing long since expected some profits herein, vpon +the great promises that haue bene made them, and being as yet +in no point satisfied, doe therevpon conceiue that they be but +wordes purposely cast out for the inducing of men to bee the +more ready and willing to furnish their money towards the charge +of the first discouerie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But nowe to answere some others who begin with an other +objection, saying: That it is not for the Marchants purse to +continue the charges of transporting and planting: and that +once these hundred men which are nowe to bee planted will +cost foure thousand pound: It is then to bee thought, that the +charge of a farre greater number, will bee also a farre greater +summe of money. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Whereunto I answere, that in all attempts vnknowen, especially +such a one as this is, wherewith wee are presently in hand, the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page042">[pg 042]</span><a name="Pg042" id="Pg042" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +first charges are commonly aduentured in more desperate kinde, +then those that followe vpon some better knowledge: and therewith +it falleth out, that whereas one aduentureth in the first enterprise, +an hundred for that one will of themselues bee willing and +desirous to aduenture in the next, if there bee neuer so little +more appearance, that the intended matter is by some knowledge +of our owne, found true in some poynts of our first presumption. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The examples are many, and may easily bee remembred by +those who be Merchants, euen in their ordinarie and dayly trades, +as well as in extraordinarie attempts, which of late yeeres haue +fallen into those termes of some likelyhood, as is +aforesayde.<a id="noteref_9" name="noteref_9" href="#note_9"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">9</span></span></a> +So then no doubt, but when certaine reports shall bee brought +by them who directly came from thence, that such a Countrey +and people they haue themselues seene, as is by vs spoken of, +but that then there will come forwarde a greater number +of those, who haue nowe neither heard any thing of the +matter, as also of others, who presently make such friuolous +scruple, and will not otherwise be satisfied, then by the report of +Saint Thomas. I speake not this by the Marchants whom for their +fredoms of trade I would not haue pressed to any further charge +then this first preparation, but rather as such as haue great affection +to hazard the changing of their estates, and would be well +content to goe in the voyage if they might onely be assured that +there is such a Countrey, and that their money should not be +wasted to nothing in the preparations. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The right examination of this point must bee the contrary +sequell of the common Prouerbe that is vsed, Nothing venture, +nothing haue: so on the other side by venturing, many great good +profites are found out, to the wonderfull benefite of Common +weale, and to those especially in priuate, who take on them the +hazard of their life and trauell, or substance in the first attempts: +and therefore I would wish that they, who (God be thanked) are +well able to spare that which is required of each one towardes +the vndertaking of this aduenture, be well content and willing to +imploy the same, since the sequell in good and substantiall reasons +doth promise, not onely a great commoditie in particular to the +Marchant, who shall here at home exercise the trade of Marchandise: +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page043">[pg 043]</span><a name="Pg043" id="Pg043" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +but also to an infinite number of other, who presently liue in +poore estate, and may by taking the opportunitie of this discouerie, +alter the same to a far better degree. Wherefore to make some +conclusion vpon this point of the Marchants misdoubt, who +suspecteth lest this first disbursement without returne of present +gaine, should not be all his charge, but that afterwards he might +yet further be vrged to continue the like again, as hath happened +in the discouery of the Moscouian trade: It may suffice to consider, +that this is not an action which concerneth onely the +Marchants particularly, but a great deale more the generall sort +of people throughout all England: And that when such relation +shall be returned, as that it may bee found a matter worthy the +following, the whole generalitie will not refuse to contribute +towards the furtherance thereof, rather then it should sinke, for +want of any reasonable supply. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But as it is a very little time, since I haue beene throughly +resolued to trie my fortune in the matter, so it is more then time +the preparation were in hand already, and therefore no fit time +now to make any number of ignorant men to vnderstand with +reason the circumstance that belongeth to a matter of so great +consideration and importance. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To those who haue any forward mindes in well doing to the +generalitie of mankind, I say thus much more, that Christian +charitie doth as greatly perswade the furtherance of this action, +as any other that may be layed before vs, in as much as thereby +wee shall not onely doe a most excellent worke, in respect of +reducing the sauage people to Christianitie and ciuilitie, but also +in respect of our poore sorte of people, which are very many +amongst vs, liuing altogether vnprofitable, and often times to the +great disquiet of the better sort. For who knoweth not, how by +the long peace, happie health, and blessed plentifulnesse, wherewith +God hath endued this Realme, that the people is so mightily +encreased, as a great number being brought vp, during their +youth in their parents houses, without any instruction how to get +their liuings after their parents decease, are driuen to some +necessitie, whereby very often for want of better education they +fall into such disorders, and so the good sort of people, as I sayde +before, are by them ordinarily troubled, and themselues led on +to one shamefull ende or other, whereas if there might bee found +some such kinde of imployment as this would be, no doubt but +a greater part of them would be withheld from falling into such +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page044">[pg 044]</span><a name="Pg044" id="Pg044" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +vile deedes: and insteade thereof, prooue greatly seruiceable in +those affaires, where they might be so imployed. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Master Carliles owne experience</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This I speake of mine owne experience, hauing +seene diuers come ouer to the warres of the lowe +Countreys during my residence in the same, who +here had bene very euill and idle liuers, and by some little continuance +with vs, haue growen to be very industrious in their +facultie, which I can assure you, was a more painefull maner of +liuing then in this action is like to fall out, and withall to a +purpose of farre lesse value, in respect of their particular recompence, +then with an assured kind of good hope is looked for in +this. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus you see in euery point that may bee wished for in a good +action and voyage, there is matter and reason enough to satisfie +the well disposed. But nowe to growe somewhat neerer the +quicke, and to shewe you some greater appearance, then hath +bene yet spoken of touching the trade which is the onely subiect +wherewith I doe meane to intermeddle at this time, because my +addresse hereby is chiefly to men of such like facultie: you may +vnderstande by that which followeth, the circumstance of a little +discourse, which doeth concerne these matters, very directly. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the yeere 1534. Iames Carthier, of S. Malo made his first +discouerie of those partes of America, which lie to the Westwardes, +and as it were on the backside of Newfoundland. In which +voyage his principall intention was to seeke out the passage, +which hee presumes might haue bene found out into the East +Indian Sea, otherwise called the passage to Cathaya, but this +yeere he went no higher then the Island of the Assumption in the +great bay of S. Laurence, and so returned backe into France. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next yeere following hee went with greater prouision into +the Grand bay againe, where he keping the Northerly shoare, ran +vp the great Riuer that comes downe from Canada and other +places, vntill at last with his small pinnesses, (hauing left his +great shipping by the way) be arriued at Hochelaga towne, being +three hundreth leagues within the entrance of the Grand bay. In +which trauaile he had spent so much of the yeere, that it was +nowe the moneth of October, and therefore thought it conuenient +for the better enforming himselfe at large in this discouerie, to +winter it out in those partes, which he did at a place called by +himselfe Holy Crosse. This winter fell out to bee a very long +and hard winter, as many times the like happeneth with vs in these +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page045">[pg 045]</span><a name="Pg045" id="Pg045" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +partes, and the sauage people, who for the most part make but +a slender kinde of prouision, euen as it were from hande to mouth, +fell into some scarcitie of victuals; yet did they not refuse to serue +the Frenchmen, with any thing they had all the winter long, albeit +at somewhat higher prices towardes the ende when the neede was +most, as with our selues the like happeneth at such times. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But when the French had their wants serued all the yeere +and that as yet they sawe not any appearance of their intended +matter, which was the discouerie of the passage, +and yet imagining by the signes, wherewith the willing people endeuoured to +declare their knowledge in that poynt, that some good matter +might bee had from them, if they might haue beene +well vnderstoode, they resolued with themselues to take some of the +sufficientest men of that countrey home into France, and there to +keepe them so long, as that hauing once atchieued the French +tongue, they might declare more substantially their minde, and +knowledge in the sayde passage, concluding this to be the meane +of least charge, of least trauaile, and of least hazard. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And when they came to bethinke themselues, who might bee +meetest for it, they determined to take the King, as the person +who might bee best infourmed of such partes as were somewhat +remote from his owne Countrey, as also that for the respect of +him, the people would bee alwayes readie, and content to doe +them any further seruice, when it should happen them to returne +thither againe about the discouerie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus the poore king of the Countrey, with two or three others +of his chiefe companions comming aboorde the French shippes, +being required thither to a banquet, was traiterously caryed away +into France, where hee liued foure yeeres, and then dyed a +Christian there, as Theuet the French Kings Cosmographer +doeth make mention. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Frenchmens trade renewed in Canada, in the yeere 1581.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This outrage and iniurious dealing did +put the whole Countrey people into such dislike with the French, +as neuer since they would admit any conuersation or familiaritie +with them, vntill of late yeeres, the olde matter beginning to +grow out of minde, and being the rather drawen on +by gifts of many trifling things, which were of great +value with them, they are as (I sayde) within these +two or three yeeres content againe to admit a +traffique, which two yeeres since was begunne with +a small barke of thirtie tunnes, whose returne was found so +profitable, as the next yeere following, being the last yeere, by +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page046">[pg 046]</span><a name="Pg046" id="Pg046" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +those Marchants, who meant to haue kept the trade secret vnto +themselves, from any others of their owne Countrey men, there +was hired a shippe of fourescore tunnes out of the Isle of Iersey, +but not any one Mariner of that place, sauing a shipboy. This +shippe made her returne in such sorte, as that this yeere they +haue multiplyed three shippes, to wit, one of nine score tunnes, +another of an hundreth tunnes, and a third of fourescore tunnes: +which report is giuen by very substantiall and honest men of +Plimmouth, who sawe the sayd shippes in readinesse to depart +on their voyage, and were aboord of some of them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Here is at this instant in the towne a man of Guernsey, Lewis +de Vike, who reporteth to haue credibly heard, that by this last +yeeres voyage the Frenchmen got foureteene or fifteene hundreth +for euery one hundreth: But how soeuer it be, it carrieth +good likelyhood of some notable profite, in asmuch as they doe +so greatly, and thus suddenly encrease the burthen and number +of their ships this present yeere. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The South part best for inhabiting and traffique.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe if in so little as two yeeres time this voyage of the +Northerne partes bee growen to such good passe as hath beene +declared vnto you: it is worth the thinking on to +consider what may be hoped for from the Southerne +part, which in all reason may promise a great deale +more. And so, as one who was neuer touched with +any indirect meaning, I presume to wish and perswade you to +some better taking of this matter to heart, as a thing which I do +verely thinke will turne to your greater and more +assured commodity, then you receiue by any other voyage, as yet frequented +of so short and safe a course as this hath: dealing herein no +otherwise with you for your seuerall small summes, then I doe +with myselfe, both for more of mine owne, then is required of +any one of you: besides the hazard and trauaile of my person, +and the totall imployment of my poore credit, which (I thanke +God) hath hitherto passed cleare and vnspotted in matters of +greater importance and difficultie, then is like to fall out in this +matter betweene you and me. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page047">[pg 047]</span><a name="Pg047" id="Pg047" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc15" id="toc15"></a> +<a name="pdf16" id="pdf16"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +VI. Articles set downe by the Committies appointed in the behalfe +of the Companie of Moscouian Marchants, to conferre +with M. Carlile, vpon his intended discouerie and attempt +into the hithermost parts of America. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The names of the Committies. +</p> + +<table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Alderman Hart.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Alderman Spencer.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Hoddesden.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master William Burrough.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Slany.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Towerson.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Staper.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Iohn Castelin.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Leake.</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +First the Committies are well perswaded, that the Countrey +whereunto this action is intended, is very fruitfull, inhabited with +sauage people of a milde and tractable disposition. And that of +all other places which are vnfrequented at this day, it is the +onely most fit and most commodious for vs to intermeddle +withall. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The conuenientest manner of attempting this enterprise is +thought to bee thus: That there should be one hundreth men +conueyed thither to remaine there one whole yeere: who with +friendly intreatie of the people, may enter into better knowledge +of the particular estate of the Countrey, and thereby gather what +commoditie may be hereafter, or presently looked for. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The furnishing foorth of 100. men for one yeere will cost +4000. li.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The charge to transport these hundreth men, to victuall them, +and to furnish them of munition and other needefull +things, will not be lesse then foure thousand poundes: +whereof hath bene very readily offered by the Citie +of Bristoll one thousand poundes, the residue being +three thousande poundes, remaineth to bee furnished +by this Citie of London, or any others who will aduenture their +money in this first preparation. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Committies thinke it conuenient that a Priuilege should +be procured by Master Carlile from her Maiesty, by vertue +whereof these conditions and Articles following may be effectually +prouided for. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page048">[pg 048]</span><a name="Pg048" id="Pg048" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +First, that they who shall disbursse their money for the first +preparation shall be named Aduenturers, and shall haue the one +halfe of all such landes, territories, townes, mines of gold and +siluer, and other metals whatsoeuer, as shall bee found, gotten, +obtained, as conquered by this discouery: yeelding to her +Maiestie the fift part of all such gold and siluer, as shall happen +to be had out of any mines that so shall be found. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That those parties which doe employ themselues personally in +the present discouerie, shall be named Enterprisers, and shall +haue the other halfe, of all the Lands, Territories, Townes, Mines +of Gold and Siluer and other mettals, yeelding to her Maiestie the +fift part of the Gold and Siluer as the Aduenturers do: The +same to bee distributed by the Generall, with the consent of the +greatest part of twelue discreet persons to bee chosen out of the +whole number of the Enterprisers. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Also, that all trade of Merchandise which shall be vsed to and +from those partes, which by this discouerie shall bee found out, +shall apperteine onely to the Aduenturers which first shall disbursse +their money for this discouery, which prohibition to all +other her Maiesties subiects, and other Marchants to deale in the +sayd parts, without the consent of the first Aduenturers, vpon +losse of shippe and goods, and punishment of their persons, that +so shall aduenture in trade of merchandise: or otherwise by +imprisonment at the Companies pleasure. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That no person shall hereafter aduenture in this discouerie as +Aduenturers for the profits mentioned in the first Articles, but +such onely as doe disbursse their money in the first preparation: +and they shall not aduenture hereafter any greater summe, then +ratably according to their proportion of this their first aduenture. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Also, the profite which by this discouerie shall be attained vnto, +either by lande which may bee conquered, or otherwise gotten: +as also such profite which by this discouerie shall bee obtained +by mines, or otherwise gotten, that eche one shall haue his part +rate and rate, like, according to the proportion of their first +aduenture, and not otherwise. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Aduenturers in this first preparation shall at their owne +free will and libertie, choose whether they will supply hereafter +any further charge or not: if there doe fall out any such occasion +to require the same. And yet withall shall for euer holde to +them the freedome of the trade which shall growe in any of these +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page049">[pg 049]</span><a name="Pg049" id="Pg049" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +partes: notwithstanding their sayd refusall to beare any further +charge. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That in the Patent which is to bee obteined, be graunted, that +all her Maiesties subiects may transport themselues thither that +shall be contented to goe. And that the Patentee or his assignes +may shippe thither from time to time, so many and such persons, +men, women, and children, as they shall thinke meete. And the +same persons to inhabite or remaine there at their pleasure, any +lawe to the contrary notwithstanding, with expresse prohibition, +as is mentioned in the third article, against all others, which shall +go thither without the licence of the patentee or his assignes first +obteined. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That it shall not be lawful for any of her Maiesties subiects, or +any other to inhabite or traffique within one hundred leagues any +way of the place, where the Generall haue setled his chiefest +being or residence. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc17" id="toc17"></a> +<a name="pdf18" id="pdf18"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +VII. A relation of the first voyage and discouerie of the Isle Ramea, +made for Monsieur de La Court Pre Ravillon +and Grand Pre, with the ship called the Bonauenture, to +kill and make Traine oyle of the beasts called the Morses +with great teeth, which we haue perfourmed by Gods +helpe this yeere 1591. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The fleete of Canada.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For the performance of our said voyage, we departed from S. Malo +with the fleete that went for Canada, and kept +companie with the ships called The Soudil and the +Charles halfe the way, and then lost them, a violent +wind arising at Northwest, which separated vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After which we had faire wether, and came to the coast of +Cape Rase, and had no further knowledge thereof, because the +winde was at the Southwest but a scarce gale: and we came to +the sounding Southwest of the Isles of S. Peter about 10. leagues, +where we found 20. fathoms water, and we sayled Northwest +one quarter of the North, and came within 12. leagues of Cape +de Rey. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day being the 6. of May 1591. we were come to +Cape de Rey, and saw a ship Southwest of vs, and stayed there +that night. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day being the seuenth of the sayd moneth, we came +to the Isles of Aponas, where we put foorth our boat, because +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page050">[pg 050]</span><a name="Pg050" id="Pg050" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +we had not past 8. leagues to our hauen, which we kenned very +clearly, although the coasts lay very low: and because the night +approched, and the wind grew very high, we sought not to seeke +our port, because it is very hard to find it when the wind is lofty, +because of the shoalds that are about it. And we thought to +keepe our course vntill the next morning between the Isle of +Biton and the Isle of Aponas. But there arose so great a +tempest at the Southwest, that without the helpe of God we had +bene in great danger among these Isles. And we trauersed vp +and downe eleuen dayes, making our prayers vnto God to ende +the tempest and to send vs faire weather, that we might obteine +our hauen: which of his goodnesse he gaue vs. The last of +May we ranged the Isle Ramea on the Northnorthwest side, +vnto the contrary part of the land, where it trendeth to the +Southsoutheast: and seeing no land on the West side, wee +ranged the sayd land to the East one quarter to the North at +the least 15. leagues, and being from the shore some eight +leagues, we found 15 fathoms water, and passed betweene the +Isle of Duoron and the Isle of Ramea, where goeth a chanel of +3. leagues bredth; in the midest whereof you shall haue 7. 8. +and 9. fathoms water. And the lowe poynt of the Isle Ramea, +and the Isle Duoron lie Northnortheast, and Southsouthwest. +And take heede you come not neere the low point of the Isle +Ramea by a great league, for I haue sounded it at 3. fathoms +water. The Isle is marked. And the harbour of the Isle +Ramea lyeth Northeast and Southwest, one quarter to the East +and West. And if you would enter the sayd harbour, keepe +you a league off the shoare: for often times there is great +danger. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The markes of the harbour of the Isle Ramea.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And that you may know the sayd hauen, to the Eastnortheast +of the sayde Isle there are high lands appearing to +them that are without on all sides like a number of +Islands, but in very deede they are all firme land: +and if you come on the South and Southwest side, +you shall see a hill diuided into 3. parts, which I called The +three hillockes, which is right within the hauen. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">An Isle like a Floure de lice.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And for +another better marke of the sayd harbour, you shall +see an Isle like vnto a Floure de lice, distant from the +sayd hauen 6. leagues at the least: and this Isle and +the sayd hauen lie Northeast and Southwest, a quarter to the +North and South. And on the sayd Isle there is good pebble +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page051">[pg 051]</span><a name="Pg051" id="Pg051" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A banke of sand.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +stone to drie fish vpon: But to the West thereof +there is a very faire countrey: and there is a banke +of sande, which runneth the length of a cable, hauing +not past one fathom water vpon it. From the sayd Isle along +the firme land the coast lyeth East and West, and you shall see +as it were a great forrest running eastward: and the Easterne +Cape is called Cape du Chapt, and is great and red toward the +Sea. And betweene the sayd lands you shall see as it were a +small Island, but it ioyneth to the firme land on the Southwest +part: and there is good shingle to drie fish on. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The maine a shold coast.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> And you must +coast the shore with boates and not with ships, by +reason of the shallowes of the sayd coast. For I +haue seene without Cape du Chapt in faire weather +the ground in two fathoms water, neere a league and an halfe +from shore, and I iudged by reason of the highnesse of the land, +that there had bene aboue thirtie fathoms water, which was +nothing so: and I haue sounded comming neere the shore, in +more or lesse depth. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Lisle Blanche. The place where they killed 1500. Morses.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The coast stretcheth three +leagues to the West from Lisle Blanche or the white +Isle, vnto the entrance of a riuer, where we slewe +and killed to the number of fifteene hundred Morses +or Sea oxen, accounting small and great, where at +full sea you may come on shoare with boates, and within are +two or three fathoms water. From thence the coast trendeth +foure leagues to the West 1/4 to the Northwest vnto the Isle +Hupp, which is twentie leagues in circuit, and is like the edge of +a knife: vpon it there is neither wood nor grasse: there are +Morses vpon it, but they bee hard to be taken. From thence +the coast trendeth to the Northwest and Northnorthwest: which +is all that I haue seene, to wit, the two sides and one ende of +the Isle. And if I had had as good lucke as my Masters, when +I was on the Northwest side with my shippe, I would haue +aduentured to haue sayled South-southeast, to haue discouered +the Easterne shoare of the sayd Isle. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Sands and sholds. A smal Island conteining a league of +ground.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> In your returne to the East, as you come from the hauen of +Cape du Chapt vnto the sayde hauen are sandes and +sholds. And three good leagues from Cape du +Chapt there is a small Island conteining about a +league of ground: where there is an hauen toward +the Southeast: and as you enter into the sayd +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page052">[pg 052]</span><a name="Pg052" id="Pg052" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +hauen on the starreboord side; a dented Cape all of +redde land. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A hard hauen.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And you cannot enter into the sayd hauen but +with the flood, because of a barre which lieth halfe a +league without the poynts of the sayd hauen. The +tydes are there at Southeast and Northwest; but +when the wind is very great, it bloweth much into the hauen at +halfe flood. But ordinarily it floweth fiue foote and an halfe. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Markes to come into the hauen.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The markes to enter into the sayd hauen are to leaue +the Isle Blanche or White Island at your comming +in on the starreboord; and the poynt of the hauen +toward the West hath a thick Island, which you shall see on the +other side, and it hath a little round Buttresse, which lyeth on +the East side of the Island. There are also two other buttresses +more easie to be seene then hidden: these are not to the East +but to the West, and they haue markes on them. Here you +shall not haue aboue two fathom and an halfe at a full sea vpon +this barre. And the sounding is stone and rough ground. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The barre.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +At your entring in, when you shall finde white sand which lyeth next +the Southeast of the Cape, then you are vpon the +barre: and bee not afrayd to passe vp the chanell. +And for markes towarde the West athwart the barre, when you +haue brought an Island euen, which lyeth to the westward +without, with the thicke part of the high land which lyeth most +to the West, you shall bee past the barre: and the chanell +runneth due North. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The best anchorage.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And for your anchoring in the +sayd hauen, see that you carefully seeke the middest +of the sayd Thicke land, which lyeth in the bottome +of the sayd hauen: for you must anchor betweene two bankes of +sand, where the passage is but narrow. And you must anker +surely: for there goeth a great tyde: for the Sea runneth there +as swiftly. +There is good ground and +ankorage here: and you shall ride in three fathom water. And +within the sayde hauen there is nothing to hurt you, for you are +free from all winds. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Another entrance. The Isle of Cormorants.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And if by chance you should be driuen +Westward of the sayd hauen, you may seeke an +entrance, which is right ouer against the small Island +named before, which is called The Isle of Cormorants; +and you may enter in there as at the other +hauen at a full sea: And you must passe vpon the West side, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page053">[pg 053]</span><a name="Pg053" id="Pg053" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and you shall finde on the Barre at a full sea fourteene foote +water, and great depth when you are entred in: for the Sea +runneth very swiftly in that place: and the entrie thereof lyeth +Southeast and Northwest. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Right ouer against you on the other side, you may passe with +boates at a full sea. And all these entrances make all but one +hauen, which is good within. I say this, because I haue passed +into the maine Sea by the one and the other passage. And the +said Isle is not past two leagues ouer in the middest. It is but +two bankes of sande, whereof one is like to that of S. Malo, +which let the Sea from passing through the middest of all the +Isle: But the two endes are high mountaines with Islands +altogether cut and separated with streames and riuers. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To anker in the sayd harbour, you must not ride farther then +fiue or sixe cables length from the sayd hauen. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc19" id="toc19"></a> +<a name="pdf20" id="pdf20"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +VIII. A letter sent to the right Honourable Sir William Cecil Lord +Burghley, Lord high Treasurer of England &c. From +M. Thomas Iames of Bristoll, concerning the discouerie +of the Isle of Ramea, dated the 14 of September. 1591. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Right Honourable, my humble duetie to your good Lordship +done, I thought good humbly to aduertise your honour of the +discouery of an Island made by two smal shippes of Saint Malo; +the one 8 daies past being prised neare Silley by a ship of which +I am part owner, called the Pleasure, sent by this citie to my +Lord Thomas Howard, for her Maiesties seruice. Which prise +is sent backe to this Port by those of the sayd shippes, with +upwards of fortie tunnes of Traine. The Island lyeth in 47. +degrees, some fiftie leagues from the grand Bay, neere Newfoundland: +and is about twentie leagues about, and some part +of the Island is flat Sands and shoulde: and the fish commeth +on banke (to do their kinde) in April May and Iune, by numbers +of thousands, which fish is very big: and hath two great teeth: +and the skinne of them is like Buffes leather: and they will not +away from their yong ones. The yong ones are as good meat as +Veale. And with the bellies of fiue of the saide fishes they +make a hogshead of Traine, which Traine is very sweet, which if +it will make sope, the king of Spaine may burne some of his +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page054">[pg 054]</span><a name="Pg054" id="Pg054" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Oliue trees. Humbly praying your Lordship to pardon herein +my boldnes, betaking your Honour to the keeping of the +Almightie. From Bristoll this 14 of September. 1591. +Your Honours most humbly at commandement. +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Thomas Iames.</span></span> +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc21" id="toc21"></a> +<a name="pdf22" id="pdf22"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +IX. A briefe note of the Morsse and the vse thereof. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the first voyage of Iaques Carthier, wherein he discouered +the Gulfe of S. Laurence and the said Isle of Ramea, in the +yeere 1534. as you may reade in pag. 250 of this present +volume,<a id="noteref_10" name="noteref_10" href="#note_10"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">10</span></span></a> +he met with these beasts, as he witnesseth in these words. About +the said Island are very great beasts as great as oxen, which haue +two great teeth in their mouthes like vnto Elephants teeth, and +liue also in the sea. Wee sawe one of them sleeping vpon the +banke of the water, and thinking to take it, we went to it with +our boates, but so soone as he heard vs, he cast himselfe into the +sea. Touching these beasts which Iaques Carthier saith to be as +big as Oxen, and to haue teeth in their mouthes like Elephants +teeth: True it is that they are called in Latine Boues Marini, or +Vaccæ Marinæ, and in the Russian tongue Morsses, the hides +whereof I haue seene as big as any Oxe hide, and being dressed +I haue yet a piece of one thicker then any two Oxe or Buls hides +in England. The Leather dressers take them to be excellent +good to make light targets against the arrowes of the Sauages; +and I hold them farre better then the light leather targets which +the Moores vse in Barbarie against arrowes and lances, whereof +I haue seene diuers in her Maiesties stately Armorie in the towre +of London. The teeth of the sayd fishes, whereof I haue seene +a dry flat full at once, are a foote and some times more in +length: and haue bene sold in England to the combe and knife +makers, at 8 groats and 3 shillings the pound weight, whereas +the best Iuory is solde for halfe the money: the graine of the +bone is somewhat more yellow then the Iuorie. One M. +Alexander Woodson of Bristoll my old friend, an excellent +Mathematician and skilful Phisition, shewed me one of these +beasts teeth which were brought from the Isle of Ramea in the +first prize, which was half a yard long or very little lesse: and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page055">[pg 055]</span><a name="Pg055" id="Pg055" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +assured mee that he had made tryall of it in ministering medicine +to his patients, and had found it as soueraigne against poyson as +any Vnicornes horne.<a id="noteref_11" name="noteref_11" href="#note_11"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">11</span></span></a> +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc23" id="toc23"></a> +<a name="pdf24" id="pdf24"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +X. The voyage of the ship called the Marigold of M. Hill of Redrife +vnto Cape Briton and beyond to the latitude of 44 degrees +and an halfe, 1593. Written by Richard Fisher Master +Hilles man of Redriffe. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The voyage of M. Drake of Apsham to Ramea.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The ship called the Marigold of 70 tunnes in burthen furnished +with 20 men, wherof 10 were mariners, the Masters name +being Richard Strong of Apsham, the Masters mate Peter Langworth +of Apsham, with 3 coopers, 2 butchers to flea the Morsses +or sea Oxen (whereof diuers haue teeth aboue a cubit long and +skinnes farre thicker then any buls hide) with other necessary +people, departed out of Falmouth the 1 of Iune 1593 +in consort of another ship of M. Drakes of Apsham, +which vpon some occasion was not ready so soone as +shee should haue bene by two moneths. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Isle of Ramea, or Menquit.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The place +for which these two ships were bound was an Island within the +streightes of Saint Peter on the backe side of Newfoundland to +the Southwest in the latitude of fortie seuen degrees, +called by the Britons of Saint Malo the Isle of +Ramea, but by the Sauages and naturals of the Continent +next adioyning Menquit: On which Isle are so great +abundance of the huge and mightie Sea Oxen with great teeth +in the moneths of April, May and Iune, that there haue bene +fifteene hundreth killed there by one small barke, in the yeere +1591. The two English shipps aforesayde, lost companie before +they came to Newfoundland: and neuer came after together in +all their voyage. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The ship of M. George Drake fell first with New-foundland, +and afterward very directly came to the Isle Ramea, though too +late in the yeere to make her voyage: where shee found a +shippe of Saint Malo three parts fraighted with these fishes: the +men whereof enquiring whence our shippe was and who was the +Master thereof, being answered that shee was belonging to +Master George Drake of Apsham, fearing to bee taken as good +prize being of a Leaguer towne, and at that time out of league +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page056">[pg 056]</span><a name="Pg056" id="Pg056" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +with England, fled so hastily that present night that they left +three and twentie men and three Shallops behinde them, all +which our men seazed vpon and brought away as good prises +home. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Here our men tooke certaine Sea-Oxen, but nothing such +numbers as they might haue had, if they had come in due season, +which they had neglected. The shippe called the Marigolde fell +with Cape Saint Francis in Newfoundland the eleuenth of Iulie, +and from thence wee went into the Bay Rogneuse, and afterward +doubled Cape Razo, and sayling toward the straight of Saint +Peter (which is the entrance betweene Newfoundland and Cape +Briton,) being vnacquainted with the place, beate vp and downe +a very long time, and yet missed it, and at length ouer shot it, +and fell with Cape Briton. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The English men land vpon Cape Briton.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Here diuerse of our men went on land vpon the very Cape, +where, at their arriuall they found the spittes of Oke +of the Sauages which had roasted meate a litle before. +And as they viewed the countrey they sawe diuers +beastes and foules, as blacke Foxes, Deere, Otters, +great Foules with redde legges, Pengwyns, and certaine others. +But hauing found no people here at this our first landing wee +went againe on shipboorde, and sayled farther foure leagues to +the West of Cape Briton, where wee sawe many Seales. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They goe on shore in another place.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And here hauing neede of fresh water we went againe on +shore. And passing somewhat more into the land, +wee founde certaine round pondes artificially made +by the Sauages to keepe fish in, with certaine weares in them +made to take fish. To these pondes wee repayred to fill our +caske with water. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The people of the countrey came downe to our men.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wee had not bene long here, but there came +one Sauage with blacke long hayre hanging about his +shoulders who called vnto vs, weauing his handes +downewardes towardes his bellie, vsing these wordes, +Calitogh Calitogh: as wee drewe towardes him one +of our mens musket vnawares shot off: wherevpon hee fell +downe, and rising vp suddenly againe hee cryed thrise with a +loude voyce Chiogh, Chiogh, Chiogh. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Blacke dogs.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thereupon nine or tenne +of his fellowes running right vp ouer the bushes with great +agilitie and swiftnesse came towardes vs with white staues in +their handes like halfe pikes, and their dogges of +colour blacke not so bigge as a grey-hounde followed +them at the heeles; but wee retired vnto our boate without any +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page057">[pg 057]</span><a name="Pg057" id="Pg057" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +hurt at all receiued. Howbeit one of them brake an hogshead +which wee had filled with fresh water, with a great branche of a +tree which lay on the ground. Vpon which occasion we bestowed +halfe a dozen muskets shotte vpon them, which they avoyded by +falling flatte to the earth, and afterwarde retired themselues to +the woodes. One of the Sauages, which seemed to bee their +Captaine, ware a long mantle of beastes skinnes hanging on one +of his shoulders. The rest were all naked except their priuities, +which were couered with a skinne tyed behinde. After they had +escaped our shotte they made a great fire on the shore, belike to +giue their fellowes warning of vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The kindes of trees that wee noted to bee here, were goodly +Okes, Firre trees of a great height, a kinde of tree called of vs +Quickbeame, and Cherie trees, and diuerse other kindes to vs +vnknowne, because wee stayed not long with diligence to obserue +them: and there is great shewe of rosen, pitch, and tarre. Wee +found in both the places where wee went on land abundance of +Raspeses, Strawberies, Hurtes, and herbes of good smell, and +diuers good for the skuruie, and grasse very ranke and of great +length. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A secret trade to the Southwest of Cape Briton.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wee sawe fiue or sixe boates sayling to the +Southwestwardes of Cape Briton, which wee iudged +to bee Christians, which had some trade that way. +Wee sawe also, while wee were on shore, the manner +of their hanging vp their fish and flesh with withes to dry in the +ayre: they also lay them vpon raftes and hurdles and make a +smoake vnder them, or a softe fire, and so drie them as the +Sauages vse to doe in Virginia. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Soundings to the South and Southwestward of Cape Briton.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +While wee lay foure leagues South of Cape Briton +wee sounded and had sixtie fathomes black ozie +ground. And sayling thence Westwarde nine or ten +leagues off the shore, we had twenty foure fathomes +redde sande, and small whitish stones. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They sayle 50 or 60 leagues to the South-West of Cape Briton.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wee continued +our course so farre to the Southwest, that wee +brought ourselues into the latitude of fourtie foure +degrees and an half, hauing sayled fiftie or sixtie +leagues to the Southwest of Cape Briton. We found +the current betweene this Cape Briton and Cape +Rey to set out toward the Eastsoutheast. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Great store of Seales, Porposes, Whales and Cods.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In our course to the +West of Cape Briton we saw exceeding great store +of seales, and abundance of Porposes, whereof we +killed eleuen. We sawe Whales also of all sortes +aswel small as great: and here our men tooke many +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page058">[pg 058]</span><a name="Pg058" id="Pg058" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Iberded Coddes with one teate vnderneath, which are like to the +Northeast Cods, and better then those of Newfoundland. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They continue on the coast from Cape Briton +Westwards full eleuen weekes.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From our arriuall at the hauen of Saint Francis in Newfoundland, +(which was as is aforesayde the eleuenth of +Iuly) we continued beating vp and downe on the +coast of Arambec to the West and Southwest of Cape +Briton vntil the twentie eight of September, fully by +the space of eleuen weekes: and then by the perswasion +of our Master and certaine others wee +shaped our course homeward by the Isles of the Açores, and +came first to Coruo and Flores, where beating vp and downe, +and missing of expected pray, we sayled by Tercera, and from +thence to Saint Michael, where we sought to boorde a Portugall +shippe, which we found too well appointed for vs to bring along +with vs, and so being forced to leaue them behinde and hauing +wasted all our victuals, wee were constrained against our willes +to hasten home vnto our narrowe Seas: but it was the two and +twentieth of December before wee could get into the Downes: +where for lacke of winde wee kept our Christmas with dry +breade onely for dropping of our clothes. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">An huge Whale pursued their ship by the space of many +dayes till one of their men fell ouerboord.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +One thing +very strange hapened in this voyage: to witte, that +a mightie great Whale followed our shippe by the +space of many dayes as we passed by Cape Razo, +which by no meanes wee coulde chase from our +ship, untill one of our men fell ouerboord and was +drowned, after which time shee immediatly forsooke +vs, and neuer afterward appeared vnto vs.<a id="noteref_12" name="noteref_12" href="#note_12"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">12</span></span></a> +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc25" id="toc25"></a> +<a name="pdf26" id="pdf26"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XI. A briefe note concerning the voyage of M. George Drake of +Apsham to Isle of Ramea in the aforesayd yere 1593. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the beginning of the former relation written by Richard +Fisher seruant to the worshipfull Master Hill of Redriffe is, as +you reade, a briefe reporte of their loosing of their consort the +shippe of Master George Drake of Apsham: which though shee +came directly to the Isle of Ramea, yet because shee was not +ready so soone by two moneths as she ought to haue bene, she +was not onely the hinderance of her consort the Marigolde, and +lost the season of the yere for the making of her voyage of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page059">[pg 059]</span><a name="Pg059" id="Pg059" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +killing the Morses or Sea Oxen, which are to be taken in Aprill, +May, and Iune: but also suffered the fit places and harboroughs +in the Isle which are but two, as farre as I can learne, to be +forestalled and taken vp by the Britons of Saint Malo and the +Baskes of Saint Iohn de Luz, by comming a day after the +Fayre, as wee say. Which lingering improuidence of our men +hath bene the ouerthrowe of many a worthy enterprize and of +the vndertakers of the same. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The relation of this voyage at large I was promised by the +Authour himselfe: but the same not comming to my handes in +tyme I am constrained to leaue it out. The want whereof, for +the better vnderstanding of the state of the sayde Island, the +frequenting of that gainefull trade by the aforesayd nations of the +Britons and Baskes, may in part be supplyed by the voyage of +Master Charles Leigh to the sayde Island of Ramea: which also +comming much too late thither, as Master George Drake had +done, was wholly preuented and shutte out to his and his +friendes no small detriment and mischiefe, and to the discouraging +of others hereafter in the sayde gainefull and profitable +trade. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Neuerthelesse albeit hitherto the successe hath not answered +our expectation through our owne default, as is abouesaid, yet I +was very willing to set downe in briefe and homely stile some +mention of these three voyages of our owne men. The first of +M. George Drake, the second of M. Siluester Wyet, the third of +M. Charles Leigh, because they are the first, for ought that +hitherto is come to my knowledge, of our own Nation, that haue +conducted English ships so farre within this gulfe of S. Laurence, +and haue brought vs true relation of the manifold gaine which +the French, Britaynes, Baskes, and Biskaines do yerely returne +from the sayd partes; while wee this long time haue stood still +and haue bene idle lookers on, making courtesie who should +giue the first aduenture, or once being giuen, who should continue +or prosecute the same. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page060">[pg 060]</span><a name="Pg060" id="Pg060" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc27" id="toc27"></a> +<a name="pdf28" id="pdf28"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XII. The voyage of the Grace of Bristoll of M. Rice Iones, a Barke of +thirty-fiue Tunnes, vp into the Bay of Saint Laurence to +the Northwest of Newfoundland, as farre as the Ile of +Assumption or Natiscotec, for the barbes or fynnes of +Whales and traine Oyle, made by Siluester Wyet, Shipmaster +of Bristoll. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wee departed with the aforesaid Barke manned with twelue +men for the place aforesaid from Bristoll the 4 of Aprill 1594 +and fell with Cape d'Espere on the coast of Newefoundland the +nineteenth of May in the heighth of 47. We went thence for +Cape Raz, being distant from thence 18 or 19 leagues, the very +same day. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 20 day we were thwart of Cape Raz. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Then we set our course Northwest for Cape S. Marie, which +is distant from Cape Raz 19 leagues, and is on the Eastside of the +great bay of Placentia almost at the entrie thereof. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Islands of the Martyers. The Isles of S. Peter.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From thence we shaped our course for the Islands of S. +Pedro passing by the broken Islands of the Martyers, +our course to the Isles of S. Pedro was West and by +North. In these Isles of S. Pedro there is a faire +harbour, which we went into with our barke, and found +there 2 ships of Sibiburo fishing for Cod: where we +stayed 2 dayes, and tooke in balest for our ship. There are as +faire and tall firre trees growing therein, as in any other part of +Newfoundland. Then wee departed thence, and as we came out +of the harbours mouth we laid the ship vpon the lee, and in 2 +houres space we tooke with our hookes 3 or 4 hundred great +Cods for our prouision of our ship. Then we departed from the +Isle of S. Pedro to enter into the gulffe of S. Laurence betweene +Cape Briton and the said Isle, and set our course West North +West, and fel with Cape de Rey which wee found to be distant +from the Isles of S. Pedro 42 leagues. From Cape de Rey to +Cape de Angullie we set our course Northnorthwest being distant +thence 12 or 13 leagues. From the Cape de Angullie into the +Bay of S. George we ran Northeast and by East some 18 or 19 +leagues. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In this bay of Saint George, we found the wrackes of 2 great +Biskaine ships, which had bene cast away three yeeres before: +where we had some seuen or eight hundred Whale finnes, and +some yron bolts and chaines of their mayne shrouds and fore +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page061">[pg 061]</span><a name="Pg061" id="Pg061" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +shroudes: al their traine was beaten out with the weather but the +caske remained still. Some part of the commodities were spoiled +by tumbling downe of the clifts of the hils, which couered part of +the caske, and the greater part of those Whale finnes, which we +vnderstood to be there by foure Spaniards which escaped, and +were brought to S. Iohn de Luz. Here we found the houses of +the Sauages, made of firre trees bound together in the top and set +round like a Doue-house, and couered with the barkes of firre +trees, wee found also some part of their victuals, which were +Deeres flesh roasted vpon wooden spits at the fire, and a dish +made of a ryne of a tree, sowed together with the sinowes of the +Deere, wherein was oile of the Deere. There were also foules +called Cormorants, which they had pluckt and made ready to +haue dressed, and there we found a wooden spoone of their +making. And we discerned the tracks of the feete of some fortie +or fiftie men, women and children. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +When we had dispatched our businesse in this bay of S. George +and stayed there ten dayes, wee departed for the Northern point +of the said Bay, which is nine or ten leagues broade. Then being +enformed, that the Whales which are deadly wounded in the +grand Bay, and yet escape the fisher for a time, are woont vsually +to shoot themselues on shore on the Isle of Assumption, or +Natiscotec, which lieth in the very mouth of the great riuer that +runneth vp to Canada, we shaped our course ouer to that long +Isle of Natiscotec, and wee found the distance of the way to the +Estermost ende thereof to be about fourty foure leagues: and it +standeth in the latitude of 49. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They land on the Isle of Natiscotec.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Here wee arriued about the +middest of Iune at the East end, and rode in eighteene fadome +water, in faire white sand and very good ankerage, and for tryall +heaued a lyne ouerboorde and found wonderfull faire and great +Cod fish: we went also seuen of vs on shore and +found there exceeding fayre great woods of tall firre +trees, and heard and sawe store of land and sea foules, +and sawe the footing of diuers beastes in the sand when we were +on shore. From the Easter end we went to the Norther side of +the Island, which we perceiued to be but narrow in respect of +the length thereof. And after wee had searched two dayes and a +night for the Whales which were wounded which we hoped to +haue found there, and missed of our purpose, we returned backe +to the Southwarde, and were within one league of the Island of +Penguin, which lyeth South from the Eastermost part of Natiscoter +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page062">[pg 062]</span><a name="Pg062" id="Pg062" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +some twelue leagues. From the Isle of Penguin wee shaped +our course for Cape de Rey and had sight of the Island of Cape +Briton: then returned wee by the Isles of Saint Pedro, and so +came into the Bay of Placentia, and arriued in the Easterside +thereof some ten leagues vp within the Bay among the fishermen +of Saint Iohn de Luz and of Sibiburo and of Biskay, which were +to the number of threescore and odde sayles, whereof eight +shippes onely were Spaniardes, of whom we were very well vsed +and they wished heartily for peace betweene them and vs. There +the men of Saint Iohn and Sibiburo men bestowed two pinnesses +on vs to make vp our voyage with fish. Then wee departed ouer +to the other side of the Bay, where we arriued in an harbour +which is called Pesmarck, and there made our stage and fished +so long, that in the ende the Sauages came, and in the night, +when our men were at rest, cut both our pinnesse and get them +againe. Then for feare of a shrewder turne of the Sauages, we +departed for Cape Saint Marie, and hauing passed Cape Kaz, we +passed Northwarde foureteene leagues and arriued in Farrillon, +and finding there two and twentie sayles of Englishmen, wee +made vp our fishing voyage to the full in that harborough the +twentieth foure of August to our good content: and departing +thence we arriued first in Combe and staied there a seuen night, +and afterward in Hungrod in the riuer of Bristoll by the grace of +God the 24 of September. 1594. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc29" id="toc29"></a> +<a name="pdf30" id="pdf30"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XIII. The voyage of M. Charles Leigh, and diuers others to Cape +Briton and the Isle of Ramea. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Hopewell of London of the burthen of 120 tunnes, +whereof was M. William Crafton, and the Chancewel of London +of the burthen of 70 tunnes, whereof was M. Steuen Bennet, +bound vnto the riuer of Canada, set to sea at the sole and +proper charge of Charles Leigh and Abraham Van Herwick of +London merchants (the saide Charles Leigh himselfe, and Steuen +Van Herwick brother to the sayd Abraham, going themselues in +the said ships as chiefe commanders of the voyage) departed +from Graues-end on Fryday morning the 8 of April 1597. And +after some hindrances, arriuing at Falmouth in Cornewal the 28 +of the said moneth put to sea againe. And with prosperous +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page063">[pg 063]</span><a name="Pg063" id="Pg063" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +windes the 18 of May we were vpon the Banke of Newfoundland. +The 19 we lost the Chancewel. The 20 we had sight of +land and entred within the bay of Assumption, where our men +contrary to my knowledge fought with a French ship: and afterward +in the same bay wee met with our consort. Whereupon +we presently put to sea againe: and the next day we arriued at +Caplen bay, where we remained by extremitie of foule weather, +and to mend a pinnes of 7 or 8 tunnes (which was giuen vs at +Farrillon by M. Wil. Sayer of Dartmouth the Admiral of that +place) vntill the last of May. On which day departing from +thence in the afternoone we put in to Rogneuse to seeke Shallops +but could find none. The first of Iune we set saile from +Rogneuse, and the second we put roome to a bay vnder the +Northside of Cape Raz being inforced in by an extreme storme. +The 4 we set saile, and this day we saw a great Island of yce. +The 5 at night we lost the Chancewell in a fog at the mouth of +the bay of Placentia. The 11 at Sunne setting we had sight of +Cape Briton. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Isle of Menego.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And the 12 by reason of contrary windes we cast +anker vnder the Northeast ende of the Isle of +Menego to the North of Cape Briton in 16 fathome +reasonable ground. In that place we caught great +store of Cods, which were larger and better fish then any in +Newfoundland. The 13 wee weyed anker againe, and being +becalmed about a league from the shore we fell to fishing where +the Cods did bite at least 20 fathomes aboue ground, and +almost as fast as we could hale them into the ship. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The 2 Islands of Birdes.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 14 we came to the two Islands of Birds, +some 23 leagues from Monego: where there were +such abundance of Birds, as is almost incredible to report. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Store of Morsses.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And vpon the lesse of these Islands of Birds, +we saw great store of Morsses or sea Oxen, +which were a sleepe vpon the rockes: but when +we approched nere vnto them with our boate they cast themselues +into the sea and pursued vs with such furie as that we were glad +to flee from them. The 16 we arriued at Brians Island, which +lyeth 5 leagues West from the Island of Birds. About this +Island ther is as great aboundance of cods as in any place can be +found. In litle more then an houre we caught with 4 hookes +250 of them. Here we caught also a great Turbut which was an +elle long and a yard broad: which was so great that the hooke +could not hold her into the ship: but when she was aboue water +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page064">[pg 064]</span><a name="Pg064" id="Pg064" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +she bent the hooke and escaped. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">In Bryans Island excellent ground for corne and meadow.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In this Island we +found exceeding good ground both for corne and +meadow, and great store of wood, but of smal groweth. +Springes of fresh water we found none in all the +Island, but some standing pooles of raine water. The +same day at night we weighed anker againe. The 17 we had +stormy weather. The 18 we came to the Isle of Ramea, where +we appointed to meet with our consort. And approching neere +vnto the harborough of Halabolina we cast anker in 3 fadomes +water and sent our great boate into the harborough, with the +masters mate and some dozen more of the company: who when +they came in, found 4 ships. Namely 2 of Saint Malo in +Britaigne, and two of Sibiburo adioyning to Saint Iohn de Luz +being the French Kings subiects, whom they supposed to haue +bene of Spaine, and so affirmed vnto vs. Whereupon wee went +presently into harborough, finding but eleuen foote and an halfe +of water vpon the barre and a mightie great current in, when wee +had cast anker we sent presently to speake with the masters of all +the ships: but those only of Saint Malo came aboord, whom wee +entertained very friendly, and demaunded of whence the other +two shippes were. They sayde as they thought of Saint Iohn de +Luz or Sibiburo. Then we presently sent our boate for the +Masters of both the sayd shippes, to request them to come +aboord, and to bring with them there Charters parties and other +euidences, to the ende we might knowe of whence they were. +At which message one of the sayde Masters came aboord, with +the Pilote and Masters mate of the other shippe: whom when +we had examined, they sayd that they were of Sibiburo, and the +French Kings subiects. We requested them for our better +securitie in the harborough peaceably to deliuer up their powder +and munition: promising them that if we found them to be the +French Kings subiects it shoulde be kept in safetie for them +without diminishing. But they woulde not consent thereunto: +whereunto we replyed, that vnlesse they would consent thereunto +we would hold them to be our enemies. They not consenting, +we sent the boate well manned to fetch their powder and +munition from aboorde their ship; but straightly commanded +our men not to touch anything else in the ship vpon their further +perill: which they promised to performe. When they came +aboorde the said ships which were mored together, they were +resisted by force of armes, but quickly they got the victorie: +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page065">[pg 065]</span><a name="Pg065" id="Pg065" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +which done, they fell presently to pillaging of the Baskes, +contrary to their promise: whereupon we sent another to forbidde +them: but when he came to them, none was more ready +of pillage then he. Whereupon I went my selfe, and tooke +away from our men whatsoever they had pillaged, and gaue it +againe to the owners: onely I sent aboord our owne ship their +powder and munition to be kept in safetie vntil we knew farther +what they were. When I had done, I gaue the Baskes possession +of their shippe againe, and tolde them they should not loose the +valewe of one peny if they were the French Kings subjects. +Then I caryed away all our men, and also tooke with me two or +three of the chiefest of them, and when I came aboord went to +examining of them, and by circumstances found one of the ships +to belong to France: whereupon I tolde the master of the said +ship, that I was throughly satisfied that he was of France and so +dismissed him in peace. Of the other ship we had great presumption +that she was of Spaine, but had no certaine proofe +thereof, wherefore wee dismissed them likewise in peace. After +I had thus dismissed them, our ships company fell into a mutiny, +and more then half of them resolued to cary one of those ships +away. But they were preuented of their euill purpose by ayde +which the saide ships receiued from their countreymen in the +other harborough: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Another harbourough in Ramea.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For the next morning, which was +the twentieth of Iune, very early there were gathered +together out of all the ships in both harboroughs, at +the least 300 Frenchmen and Britons, who had planted vpon the +shore three pieces of Ordinance against vs, and had prepared +them selues in al readinesse to fight with vs, which so soone as +as we had discried them gaue the onset vpon vs with at least an +hundred small shot out of the woods. There were +also in a readines to assault vs about three hundred +Sauages. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A skirmish betweene the French men and vs.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But after we had skirmished a while with +them, we procured a parley by one of the men of +Saint Malo, whose ship rowed hard by vs: In which parley they +required some of our men to come on shore vnto them: wherevpon +wee requested M. Ralph Hill and the Boatswaines mate to +go on shore to them: whom when they had they detained as +prisoners; and then required the powder and munition, which +we had of the Baskes in possession; which we surrendered vnto +them in safetie as our intent alwayes was, which done, there +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page066">[pg 066]</span><a name="Pg066" id="Pg066" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A new treason of the Britons.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +came aboord vnto vs one Captaine Charles, who was +captaine of the great ship of Saint Malo, which rode +in the other harborough: who challenged our great +boate which we had at Farillon to be his. And while we were +in talke with him about the two Baskes which at first we thought +to be Spaniards, wee had almost bene betraied. For the said +Captaine Charles with halfe a dozen more of his company kept +themselues aboord of our ship and held vs in a talke, while +thirtie or fortie others should haue entred our ship vnawares +from one of the ships of S. Malo, which professed to be our +friend, and vnto whom we shewed all courtesie. But we +perceiuing their treacherous intent, threatned to set fire on the said +ship, which was then thwart our hawse, from which they would +haue entred. By which resolution of ours God did discourage +them from effecting their mischieuous purposes. Now the said +captaine Charles when he saw himself preuented of his wicked +intents, took his boat presently to go on shore, and promised +that all things should be ended in peace betweene vs, and that +he would send vs our two men againe. But when he was on +shore he presently sent for our great boat which he claimed to +be his, and withall commanded vs out of the harborough, but he +sent not our men as he promised, we being now the weaker side +did not only deliuer his boat but also determined to be gon and +then requested them to help vs with our anker which was on +shore; but they would not. Then we desired them to cut the +bent of the cable vpon the anker on shore (for we durst not send +our boat lest they should haue kept from vs both our boat and +men) which they promised to do for vs, as also to send our men; +but when they were on shore, they would do neither. We therefore +seeing their falshood in euery thing, durst no longer tary for +feare of farther treachery; wherefore we concluded to cut our +cable in the hawse: which we did, and so departed the harborow +about 9 of the clock, leauing two of our men with our cable and +anker, and 20 fathoms of a new hawser behind vs. And as we +were going away, they made great shewes of friendship, and +dranke vnto vs from the shore; but more for feare then loue, +and requested vs to come on shore for our men, whom then they +deliuered. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The bar of the hauen of Ramea.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The same morning in passing ouer the +barre before the harborowes mouth, and by that time +that we had all our men aboord, our ship came on +ground vpon the sands; where we lay some 8 houres: during +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page067">[pg 067]</span><a name="Pg067" id="Pg067" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +which time, at low water we trimmed our ship without boord, +and by the great prouidence of God found our leake which then +we stopped. About sixe of the clocke at night we got our ship +on float againe, and that night ankered within part of +the barre, which then because of the wind we could +not passe. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They depart from Ramea.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But it pleased God to send vs faire +weather all that night, and the next day by noone we had gotten +our ship cleane ouer the bar. The 21 day after we got ouer the +barre the wind arose at east and eastsoutheast, we blew right into +the bay: which if it had come before we were cleere of the bar, +we had both ship and men perished in the sands. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Isle Blanch or the White Isle.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The same +day, because the wind kept vs within the bay, we +went to the Isle Blanch, where the ships of the other +harborow had their stages: but it was at least two +leagues from their ships: where we hoped by friendship to +procure a shallope and assurance of our cable and anker againe. +But when we had approched nere the shore with our ship, and +weaued them with a white flag, they in sted of comming vnto vs, +sent their message by a bullet out of a piece of great ordinance, +which they had placed on shore of purpose against vs; so that +they would neither speake with vs, nor permit vs to come nere +them. Thus we departed, and would haue put to sea that +night: but there was much wind at East, which kept vs +within the bay, and inforced vs to come to an anker vnder Isle +Blanch. The next morning being the 22. we put to sea, and +about 12 of the clocke the same day, the wind being at Northeast +and foule weather, the master sayd he could not ply vp to +Grande Coste, because of the leeshore, and the wind against vs, +and therefore asked what we should do. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The riuer of Cape Briton.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I asked +then how farre we had to the river of cape Briton: +he sayd a little way. Then sayd I, If it be not farre, +we were best to go thither to trade with the Sauages while the +wind is contrary, and to take in water and balist, which we +wanted. To which the master sayd, that if I would he would +cary vs thither. I thinking it to be the best course, sayd I was +content, so farre forth as that from thence we tooke the first +faire wind for Grande Coste. Hereupon the master willed him +at the helme to keepe his course southeast and southeast and by +south. Presently after I asked him how many leagues we had +to the sayd riuer, and from the sayd riuer to Grande Coste. He +then sayd that we had 40. leagues to the riuer, and from the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page068">[pg 068]</span><a name="Pg068" id="Pg068" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +riuer to Grande Coste 120 leagues. Hereupon I said I would +not consent to go so far out of our way, but willed him to keep +his directest course for Grande Coste; which he did. Within +one halfe houre afterwards the 23 day the gunner and company +of the ship presented me and the master with a request in +writing to returne for England or to goe for the Islands of Açores +for a man of war, for they would not proceed on their voyage to +Grande Coste; and therefore do what I could they turned the +the helme homewards. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their arriuall in the Isle of Cape Briton.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 14 of Iune we sent our boat +on shore in a great bay vpon the Isle of Cape +Briton for water. The 25 we arriued on the West +side of the Isle of Menego, where we left some caske +on shore in a sandy bay, but could not tary for foule weather. +The 26 we cast anker in another bay vpon the maine of Cape +Briton. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Chancewel cast away 18 leagues within Cape Briton.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 27 about tenne of the clocke in the morning we +met with eight men of the Chancewell our consort +in a shallope; who told vs that their ship was cast +away vpon the maine of Cape Briton, within a great +bay eighteene leagues within the Cape, and vpon a +rocke within a mile of the shore, vpon the 23 of this +moneth about one of the clocke in the afternoon: and that +they had cleered their ship from the rocke: but being bilged +and full of water, they presently did run her vp into a +sandy bay, where she was no sooner come on ground, but +presently after there came aboord many shallops with store +of French men, who robbed and spoiled all they could lay +hands on, pillaging the poore men euen to their very +shirts, and vsing them in sauage maner: whereas they should +rather as Christians haue aided them in that distresse. Which +newes when we heard, we blessed God, who by his diuine +prouidence and vnspeakeable mercy had not onely preserued all +the men, but brought vs thither so miraculously to ayd and comfort +them. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Woods on the Isle of Cape Briton.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +So presently we put into the road where the Chancewell +lay; where was also one ship of Sibiburo, whose men that +holpe to pillage the Chancewell were runne away into +the woods. But the master thereof which had dealt +very honestly with our men stayed in his ship, and +came aboord of vs whom we vsed well, not taking any thing +from him that was his, but onely such things as we could finde of +our owne. And when we had dispatched our businesse, we gaue +him one good cable, one olde cable and an anker, one shallop +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page069">[pg 069]</span><a name="Pg069" id="Pg069" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +with mast, sailes, and other furniture, and other things which +belonged to the ship. In recompence whereof he gaue vs two +hogsheads of sider, one barrel of peaze, and 25 score of fish. The +29 betimes in the morning we departed from that road toward a +great Biskaine some 7 leagues off of 300 tun, whose men dealt +most doggedly with the Chancewels company. The same night +we ankered at the mouth of the harborow, where the Biskain was. +The 30 betimes in the morning we put into the harborow; and +approching nere their stage, we saw it vncouered, and so suspected +the ship to be gone: whereupon we sent our pinnesse on shore +with a dozen men, who when they came, found great store of fish +on shore, but all the men were fled: neither could they perceiue +whether the ship should be gone, but as they thought to sea. +This day about twelue of the clocke we tooke a Sauages boat +which our men pursued: but all the Sauages ran away into the +woods, and our men brought their boat on boord. The same +day in the afternoone we brought our ship to an anker in the +harborow: and the same day we tooke three hogsheads and an +halfe of traine, and some 300 of greene fish. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Sauages of Cape Briton come aboord of our ship.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Also in the euening three of the Sauages, whose boat we +had, came vnto vs for their boat; to whom we +gaue coats and kniues, and restored them their +boate againe. The next day being the first of +Iuly, the rest of the Sauages came vnto vs, among whom +was their king, whose name was Itarey, and their queene, +to whom also we gaue coats and kniues, and other trifles. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Cibo an harborow in the Isle of Cape Briton.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +These Sauages called the harborow Cibo. In this place are +the greatest multitude of lobsters that euer we heard +of: for we caught at one hawle with a little draw net +aboue 140. The fourth of Iuly in the morning we +departed from Cibo. And the fift we cast anker in a reasonable +good harborow called New Port vnder an Island some eight +leagues from Cibo, and within three leagues from the English +port. At this place in pursuing certaine shallops of a ship of +Rochel, one of them came aboord, who told vs, that the Biskainer +whom we sought, was in the English port with two Biskainers +more, and two ships of Rochel. Thereupon wee sent one of our +men in the Rochellers shallop to parle with the admiral and others +our friends in the English port, requesting them ayd for the +recouery of our things, which the other ship called the Santa +Maria of S. Vincent (whereof was Master Iohannes de Harte, and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page070">[pg 070]</span><a name="Pg070" id="Pg070" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Pilot Adame de Lauandote) had robbed from the Chancewell. +To which they answered, that if we would come in vnto them in +peace, they would assist vs what they might. This answere we +had the sixt day: and the seuenth in the fornoone we arriued in +the English port, and cast anker aloofe from the other ships: +which done, I went aboord the Admirall, to desire the performance +of his promise: who sent for Iohannes de Harte, who was +contented to restore most of our things againe: whereupon I +went aboord his ship to haue them restored. This day and the +eighth I spent in procuring such things as they had robbed; but +yet in the end we wanted a great part thereof. Then we were +briefe with them, and willed them either to restore vs the rest of +our things which they had, or els we would both inforce them to +doe it, and also haue satisfaction for our victuals and merchandises +which by their meanes were lost in the Chancewell. The ninth +in the morning wee prepared our ship to goe neere vnto them. +Whereupon their Admirall sent his boat aboord, and desired to +speake with mee: then I went aboord vnto him, and desired to +haue our things with peace and quietnesse, proffering to make +him and the Masters of the two ships of Rochel our vmpires, and +what they should aduise I would stand vnto. Heereupon he went +aboord the other ship to make peace; but they would heare no +reason, neither yet condescend to restore any thing els which they +had of ours. Then I desired that as I came in peace vnto them, +they would so set me aboord my ship againe: which they denied +to doe, but most vniustly detained me and Stephen van Herwicke +who was with me. A while after our shallop came with foure +men to know how I did, and to fetch me aboord: but so soone +as she came to the Admirals ships side, his men entred, and +tooke her away, detaining our men also as prisoners with vs. +Then presently all the three Biskainers made toward our ship, +which was not carelesse to get the winde of them all: and hauing +by the mercy of God obtained the same, shee then stayed for +them: but when they saw they had lost their aduantage, they +presently turned their course, making as great haste in againe as +they did out before. Afterwards I attempted twise to goe +aboord, but was still enforced backe by the two other Biskainers, +who sought our liues: so that in the end the Master of the +Admirall was inforced to man his great boat to waft vs: and yet +notwithstanding they bent a piece of great ordinance at vs: for +we were to passe by them vnto our ship: but we rescued our +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page071">[pg 071]</span><a name="Pg071" id="Pg071" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +shallop vnder our Masters great boat; and by that meanes passed +in safety. The next morning being the tenth of the moneth, we +purposed if the winde had serued our turne, to haue made them +to repent their euill dealing, and to restore vs our owne againe, +or els to haue suncke their ships if we could. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They departed from Cape Briton.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But the winde +serued not our turne for that purpose; but caried vs to sea: so +that the same morning wee tooke our course toward +the bay of S. Laurence in Newfoundland: where wee +hoped to finde a Spanish ship, which as we had +intelligence, did fish at that place. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">S. Peters Islands.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The thirteenth day we had +sight of S. Peters Islands. And the foureteenth day +being foggy and misty weather, while we made +towards the land, we sent our shallop before the +shippe to discouer dangers: but in the fogge, through the mens +negligence which were in her, she lost vs: yet we kept on our +course, thinking that although we could not see them, yet they +might see our ship: and comming into sixteene fathoms water +we cast anker, supposing our selues to be neere the shore: and +in the euening it pleased God to giue vs for the space of one +quarter of an houre clere weather, by which we found our selues +to be imbayed, and also had sight of our shallop, which was at +the point of a land about one league from vs. The same night +we went further into the same bay, where we had very good +riding. The fifteenth we went on shore, and in that place found +footing of deere, and before we returned we killed one. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A Spanish ship taken.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The eighteenth we departed toward S. Laurence: the same euening +we had sight of S. Laurence, and sent off our boat in the night +with our Master and sixteene men to surprise the +Spanyard, which lay in Litle S. Laurence: who presently +vpon the entrance of our men surrendered vp +their ship and goods. The nineteenth in the morning before +day, the Master of our ship with two more, and three Spanyards, +tooke a boat and came foorth to meet our shippe, but being +foggy, he cast anker by the mouth of the harborow, thinking in +faire weather to put out to our ship, which through the current +and foggy weather was put fiue or sixe leagues to leeward: and +while they were at anker in the boat they were surprised again +by certaine Basks of S. Iohn de Luz who were in Great S. +Laurence hard by. These Basks with their forces (hauing receiued +intelligence by one of the Spanyards, who sleeping on shore, +escaped vnto them ouerland) on the sudden surprised the sayd +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page072">[pg 072]</span><a name="Pg072" id="Pg072" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +boat with our Master and others: and then presently made vnto +the ship; but our men aboord defended them off. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">M. Crafton.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the end +they threatned that vnlesse they would yeeld, they would kill M. +Crafton and our other men before their eyes. So at +last vpon M. Craftons intreaty and our mens, to saue +their liues, they yeelded vp the ship againe, vpon condition, that +they should not iniure any of our men, but should let them all +with their weapons peaceably depart: yet when our men had +yeelded, they brake their couenant, profering them great violence, +threatning to kill them, disarming them, stripping their clothes +from their backs, and vsing them more like dogs then men. +After they had thus robbed our men of their prize and weapons, +they presently towed the shippe with their boats out of that harborow +into Great S. Laurence, where their owne shippes did ride, +and within lesse then an houre after they had caried our prize +away, our shippe arriued in the bay: where after we had bene a +while at anker, our shallop came aboord vnto vs, with most part +of our sixteene men, who tolde vs the whole story before recited, +as also that captaine Laurence had caried away our Master, and +Stephen van Herwicke prisoners, and turned the rest of our +men on shore in the woods, without either meat, drinke, or +almost any apparell. The 20 all our men came aboord, except +the two prisoners: and the same day we tooke with our boats +three of the Spanyards shallops, with fiue hogsheads of traine +oile in ech of them, and in one boat foure Spanyards; but the +men of the other two shallops fled on shore. The same day +also we tooke the Master of one of the ships which was in the +harborow with three other of his men, whom we detained +prisoners to ransome M. Crafton and Stephen van Henrick: The +22 captaine Laurence sent them aboord, and we also released all +our prisoners, except one Spanyard, who was boatswaine of the +Spanish ship, whom we kept with vs: and the same day we set +from thence. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The harborow of Cape S. Marie.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 24 we had aduice of our Spanyard of certain +Leagers which were in the harborow of cape S. Mary. +Whereupon the same night, being within fiue or six +leagues of the harborow, I sent off our two shallops +with thirty men to discouer the harborow, and to surprise the +enemy. The 25 in the morning we approched the harborow +with our ship, and in the mouth thereof we espied three shallops, +two whereof were ours, and the third of a ship of Rochel, which +they had surprised with foure men in her: who told them that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page073">[pg 073]</span><a name="Pg073" id="Pg073" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +there were but two ships in the harborow, whereof one was of +Rochel, and the other of Bell isle. And as we were discoursing +with the Rochellers, we had sight of the ships: whereupon we +sent our boat aboord the Rocheller to certifie him that we were +his friends, and to request him not to hinder our fight with the +enemy. This message being sent, we made all the haste we +could vnto the ship of Belle isle, which first began with vs with +three great shot, one whereof hit our maintopsaile, but both the +other missed vs. And we also sent one vnto them: then being +approched nere vnto them ten or twelue of vs went in a shallop +to enter them, and we caried also a warpe with vs to make fast +vnto their ship, whereby our ship might the better come vp to +ayd vs. And when we boorded them in our boat, they betooke +themselues to their close fights, playing chiefly vpon vs with shot +and pikes out at two ports, between which we entred very dangerously, +escaping neere dangers both by shot and pike. Some +of our men were wounded, but no great harme was done. And +mine owne piece in entring, was shot out of my hand into the +sea: which shot also burst one side of the ladder, by which I +entred. We had not long bene aboord, but through the helpe +of God we caused them to yeeld vnto our mercy. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A Briton ship of 200 tunnes taken.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There were +of them in the ship aboue forty men, most whereof +we sent aboord our shippe, there to be kept in +holde, with order to our chyrurgion to dresse +the wounded men, one of which was wounded +vnto death. That done, we had then time to view our prize, +which we found of great defence, and a notable strong ship, +almost two hundred tun in burden, very well appointed, and +in all things fitted for a man of warre. They had also foureteene +or fifteene men more, which were then absent from the +ship; otherwise we should haue had the hoter fight. The same +day we got our sailes to the yard, and our top masts on end, and +rigged the shippe what we could. The 26 day we got some oile +aboord, and there we taried vntill the second of August, fitting +our selues for the sea, and getting fish aboord as weather serued +vs. During our abode there we diuided our men, and appointed +to ech ship their company, my selfe and my friends being +resolued to take our passage in the prize; wherein when we were +shipped, and the company, there arose great enmity against vs by +the other shippe, which afterward was quieted. The second day +of August, hauing taken in water and wood, we put to sea from +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page074">[pg 074]</span><a name="Pg074" id="Pg074" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +that harborow in company of the Hopewell, with purpose to go +directly to Parlican, which is an harborow in the North part of +Newfoundland, where we expected another prize. But when we +came to sea we found our sailes so olde, our ropes so rotten, and +our prouision of bread and drinke so short, as that we were constrained +to make our resolution directly for England: whereupon +we drew out our reasons the fourth day of August, and sent them +aboord the Hopewell, to certifie them the cause of our resolution +for England: wherat they were generally offended, thinking and +saying, that we in the prize went about to cousin and deceiue +them. To conclude, they sent vs word that they would keepe vs +company for England. But I had giuen William Crafton commission +before to go for the Island of the Açores, and there to +spend his victuals for a man of warre. The next day being the +fift of August, hauing a faire winde, we put off from the coast of +Newfoundland, and kept our course directly for England, the +Hopewell keeping vs company vntill midday, whenas hauing lost +vs in a fogge, she shot off two pieces of ordinance, and we +answered her with three: afterwards we spake not with her, +supposing that she went for the Islands. The 27 of August, +drawing neere the coast of England, we sounded and found +ground at seuenty fadoms. Some of the mariners, thinking we +were in Bristow channell, and other in Silly channell: so that +through variety of iudgements, and euil marinership we were +faine to dance the hay foure dayes together, sometimes running +to the Northeast, sometimes to the Southeast, then againe to the +East and Eastnortheast. Thus did we spend faire winds, and +lose our time vntill the last of August. And then it pleased +God that we fell with the Island of Lundy within the channell of +Bristoll; from whence we shaped our course: and after diuers +dangers, the third of September we met with the Tramontane of +the Queene off Dartmouth; to the captaine whereof we gaue +certaine things that he had need of. The fift of September I +landed on the outside of the Isle of Wight, and within few dayes +after it pleased God to bring the ship in safety to London, where +she was made prize as belonging to the enemies of this land. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Certaine obseruations touching the countreys and places +where we trauelled. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Newfoundland we found very subiect to fogs and mists. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page075">[pg 075]</span><a name="Pg075" id="Pg075" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +The ground of it is very rocky: and vpon it there is great store +of firre trees, and in some places red; and about the shore it +hath great abundance of cod fish. We were on land in it in +foure seuerall places: 1 At Caplin bay and Farrillon: 2 At Cape +Rase: 3 At the harborow of Lano, which lieth foure leagues to +the West of Cape Laurence: 4 At S. Marie port. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Island of Monego for the soile is much like Newfoundland, +but the fish about it, as also throwout the Grande Bay +within Cape Briton, is much larger and better than that of the +Newfoundland. This Island is scant two leagues long, and very +narrow. In the midst of it, a great way within the wood is a +great poole. Here we were thrise on shore: once at the East +side, and twise at the West. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The three Islands of birds are sandy red, but with the multitude +of birds vpon them they looke white. The birds sit there +as thicke as stones lie in a paued street. The greatest of the +Islands is about a mile in compasse. The second is little less. +The third is a very little one, like a small rocke. At the second +of these there lay on the shore in the Sunshine about thirty or +forty sea-oxen or morses: which when our boat came nere them, +presently made into the sea, and swam after the boat. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Brions Island wee found to be very good, and sandy ground. +It hath in it store of firre trees. It is somewhat more than a +league long, and about three leagues in compasse. Here we +were on land once, and went from the one side of it to the other. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Island of Ramea we tooke to be like ground as Brions +Island, hauing also abundance of firre trees. It seemeth to be +in length about twelue or thirteene leagues at least. We were +there in harborow, but not on shore, which we much desired, +and hoped to haue bene: but the conflict which we had there +with the Basks and Britons, mentioned before, preuented vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Isle Blanche likewise seemeth in quality of the ground +and bignesse of it to be much like Brions Island aforesayd, but +somewhat lesse. We were not on shore vpon it, but rode before +it at anker. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The land of Cape Briton we found to be somewhat like the +Newfoundland, but rather better. Here toward the West end of +it we saw the clouds lie lower then the hils: as we did also at +Cape Laurence in Newfoundland. The Easterly end of the +land of Cape Briton is nothing so high land, as the West. We +went on shore vpon it in fiue places: 1 At the bay where the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page076">[pg 076]</span><a name="Pg076" id="Pg076" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Chancewell was cast away: 2 At Cibo: 3 At a little Island +betweene Cibo and the New port: 4 At the New port: And 5 at +Port Ingles, or the English port. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Concerning the nature and fruitfulnesse of Brions Island, Isle +Blanche, and of Ramea, they do by nature yeeld exceeding +plenty of wood, great store of wild corne like barley, strawberries, +gooseberries, mulberies, white roses, and store of wilde peason. +Also about the sayd Islands the sea yeeldeth great abundance of +fish of diuers sorts. And the sayd Islands also seeme to proffer, +through the labour of man, plenty of all kinde of our graine, of +roots, of hempe, and other necessary commodities. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Charles Leigh. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page077">[pg 077]</span><a name="Pg077" id="Pg077" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc31" id="toc31"></a> +<a name="pdf32" id="pdf32"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XIV. The first relation of Iaques Carthier of S. Malo, of the new land +called New France, newly discovered in the yere of our +Lord 1534. +</span></h2> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +How M. Iaques Carthier departed from the Port of S. Malo, +with two ships, and came to Newfoundland, and how he +entred into the Port of Buona Vista. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After that Sir Charles of Mouy knight lord of Meylleraye, and +Viceadmirall of France had caused the Captaines, Masters, and +Mariners of the shippes to be sworne to behaue themselues +truely and faithfully in the seruice of the most Christian King of +France, vnder the charge of the sayd Carthier, vpon the twentieth +day of Aprill 1534, we departed from the Port of S. Malo with +two ships of threescore tun apiece burden, and 61 well appointed +men in each one: and with such prosperous weather we sailed +onwards, that vpon the tenth day of May we came to Newfoundland, +where we entred into the Cape of Buona Vista, which is in +latitude 48 degrees and a halfe, and in longitude +——.<a id="noteref_13" name="noteref_13" href="#note_13"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">13</span></span></a> But because +of the great store of the ice that was alongst the sayd land, we +were constrayned to enter into an hauen called S. Katherins +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page078">[pg 078]</span><a name="Pg078" id="Pg078" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Hauen, distant from the other Port about fiue leagues toward +Southsoutheast: there did we stay tenne days looking for faire +weather; and in the meanwhile we mended and dressed our +boats. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +How we came to the Island of Birds, and of the great quantity +of birds that there be. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon the 21 of May the wind being in the West, we hoisted +saile, and sailed toward North and by East from the cape of +Buona Vista vntil we came to the Island of Birds, which was +enuironed about with a banke of ice, but broken and crackt: +notwithstanding the sayd banke, our two boats went thither to +take in some birds, whereof there is such plenty, that vnlesse a +man did see them, he would thinke it an incredible thing: for +albeit the Island (which containeth about a league in circuit) be +so full of them, that they seeme to haue been brought thither, +and sowed for the nonce, yet are there an hundred folde as +many houering about as within; some of which are as big as +iayes, blacke and white, with beaks like vnto crowes: they lie +alwayes upon the sea; they cannot flie very high, because their +wings are so little, and no bigger then halfe ones hand, yet do +they flie as swiftly as any birds of the aire leuell to the water; +they are also exceeding fat: we named them Aporath. In lesse +then halfe an houre we filled two boats full of them, as if they +had bene with stones: so that besides them which we did eat +fresh, euery ship did powder and salt fiue or sixe barrels full of +them. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of two sorts of birds, the one called Godetz, the other +Margaulx; and how we came to Carpunt. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Besides these, there is another kinde of birds which houer in +the aire, and ouer the sea, lesser than the others; and these doe +all gather themselves together in the Island, and put themselues +vnder the wings of birds that are greater: these we named +Godetz. There are also of another sort, but bigger, and white, +which bite euen as dogs: those we named Margaulx. And +albeit the sayd island be 14 leagues from the maine land, notwithstanding +beares come swimming thither to eat of the sayd +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page079">[pg 079]</span><a name="Pg079" id="Pg079" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A great white bear.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +birds: and our men found one there as great as any +cow, and as white as any swan, who in their presence +leapt into the sea: and vpon Whitsunmunday (following our +voyage toward the land) we met her by the way, swimming +toward land as swiftly as we could saile. So soone as we saw +her, we pursued her with our boats, and by maine strength tooke +her, whose flesh was as good to be eaten as the flesh of a calf of +two yeres olde. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Les Chasteaux.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Wednesday following, being the 27 of the +moneth, we came to the entrance of the bay of the +Castles; but because the weather was ill and the +great store of ice we found, we were constrained to +enter into an harborow about the sayd entrance called Carpunt, +where, because we would not come out of it, we stayed til the +ninth of Iune, what time we departed, hoping with the helpe of +God to saile further then the said Carpunt, which is latitude 51 +degrees. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The description of Newfoundland, from Cape Razo to +Cape Degrad. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The land from Cape Razo to Cape Degrad, which is the point +of the entrance of the bay that trendeth from head to head +toward Northnortheast, and Southsouthwest. All this part of +land is parted into Islands one so near the other, that there are +but small riuers betweene them: thorow the which you may +passe with little boats, and therefore there are certaine good +harborows, among which are those of Carpunt and Degrad. In +one of these Islands that is the highest of them all, being the top +of it you may plainly see the two low Islands that are nere to +Cape Razo, from whence to the port of Carpunt they count it +fiue and twenty leagues; and there are two entrances thereat, +one on the East, the other on the South side of the Island. But +you must take heed of the side and point of the East, because +that euery where there is nothing els but shelues, and the water +is very shallow: you must go about the Island toward the +West the length of halfe a cable or thereabout, and then to goe +toward the South to the sayd Carpunt. Also you are to take +heed of three shelues that are in the chanell vnder the water: +and toward the Island on the East side in the chanell, the water +is of three or four fadome deepe, and cleere ground. The other +trendeth toward Eastnortheast, and on the West you may go on +shore. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page080">[pg 080]</span><a name="Pg080" id="Pg080" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of the Island which is now called S. Katherins Island. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Going from the point Degrad, and entring into the sayd bay +toward the West and by North: there is some doubt of two +Islands that are on the right side, one of the which is distant +from the sayd point three leagues, and the other seuen, either +more or lesse then the first, being a low and plaine land, and it +seemeth to be part of the maine land. I named it Saint +Katherines Island; in which, toward the Northeast there is very +dry soile; but about a quarter of a league from it, very ill ground +so that you must go a little about. The sayd Island and the +Port of Castles trend toward North northeast, and South southwest, +and they are about 15. leagues asunder. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Blanc Sablon or white Sands.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From the said +port of Castles to the port of Gutte, which is in the northerne +part of the said Bay, that trendeth toward East northeast, and +West southwest, there are 12. leagues and an halfe: and about +two leagues from the port of Balances, that is to say, the third +part athwart the saide Bay the depth being sounded it is about +38. fadomes: and from the said port of Balances to +the white Sands towards West southwest there is 15. +leagues, but you must take heed of a shelfe that +lyeth about 3. leagues outward from the said white +Sands on the Southwest side aboue water like a boat. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of the place called Blanc Sablon or the white Sand: of the +Iland of Brest, and of the Iland of Birds, of the sorts and +quantitie of birds that there are found: and of the Port +called the Islettes. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +White Sand is a Road in the which there is no place guarded +from the South, nor southeast. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Brest a place to the North in Newfoundland.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But toward South southwest +from the saide road there are two Ilands, one of the which is +called Brest Iland, and the other the Iland of Birds, in which +there is great store of Godetz, and crowes with red beakes and +red feete: they make their nestes in holes vnder the ground +euen as Conies. A point of land being passed about +a league from white Sand, there is a Port and +passage found called the Islettes, a better place then +white Sand: and there is great fishing. From the +said Port of the Islettes vnto another called Brest, the circuit is +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page081">[pg 081]</span><a name="Pg081" id="Pg081" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +about ten leagues. This Port is in latitude 51. degrees and 55. +minutes, and longitude ——.<a id="noteref_14" name="noteref_14" href="#note_14"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">14</span></span></a> +From the Islettes to that place +there are many other Ilands: and the saide Port of Brest is also +amongst those Ilands. Moreouer the Ilands do compasse more +then 3. leagues from the said Brest, being low, and ouer them +are the other lands aboue mentioned seene. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +How we with our ships entred into the Port of Brest, and sayling +onward toward the West we passed amidst the Islettes, +which were so many in number, that it was not possible +to tell them: and how we named them the Islettes. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon the 10. of June wee with our ships entred into the Port +of Brest, to furnish our selues with water and wood, and to +make vs ready to passe the said Bay. Vpon S. Barnabas day +Seruice being heard, we with our boats went beyond the said +Port toward the west, to see what harboroughes were there: +wee passed through the midst of the Islettes, which were so +many in number that it was not possible they might be tolde, +for they continued about 10. leagues beyond the said Port. We +to rest our selues stayed in one of them a night, and there we +found great store of ducke egges, and other birds that there do +make their nests, we named them all The Islettes. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of the Port called S. Antonies Port, S. Seruans Port, Iames +Cartiers Port: of the riuer called S. Iames: of the +customes and apparell of the inhabitants in the Iland +of White Sand. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day we passed the said Ilands, and beyond them all +we found a good hauen, which we named S. Antonies Hauen, +and one or two leagues beyond wee found a little riuer towarde +the southwest coast, that is betweene two other Ilands, +and is a good harborough. There we set vp a Crosse, and +named it S. Seruans Port: and on the Southwest side of +the said Port and riuer, about one league there is a small +Iland as round as an Ouen, enuironed about with many +other litle Ilands that giue notice to the said Ports. +Further about two leagues there is another greater riuer, in +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page082">[pg 082]</span><a name="Pg082" id="Pg082" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The riuer of S. Iaques.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +which we tooke a good store of salmon, that we +named S. Iames his Riuer. Being in the said riuer, +we saw a ship of Rochel that the night before had +passed the Port of Brest, where they thought to haue gone a +fishing: but the Mariners knew not where they were. We with +our boats approched neere vnto it, and did direct it to another +Port one league more toward the West than the said riuer of S. +Iames, which I take to be one of the best in all the world, and +therefore wee named it Iames Carthiers Sound. If the soile +were as good as the harboroughes are, it were a great commoditie: +but it is not to be called The new Land, but rather +stones and wilde cragges, and a place fit for wilde beastes, for in +all the North Iland I did not see a Cart-load of good earth: yet +went I on shoare in many places, and in the Iland of White +Sand, there is nothing else but mosse and small thornes scattered +here and there, withered and dry. To be short, I beleeue that +this was the land that God allotted to Caine. There are men of +an indifferent good stature and bignesse, but wilde and vnruly: +they weare their haire tied on the top like a wreath of hay, and +put a wooden pinne within it, or any other such thing instead of +a naile, and with them they binde certaine birdes feathers. They +are clothed with beastes skinnes as well the men as women, but +that the women go somewhat straiter and closer in their garments +than the men do, with their wastes girded: they paint themselues +with certaine Roan colours: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Boats made of the barke of birch trees.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +their boates are made +of the barke of birch trees, with the which they fish +and take great store of Seales, and as farre as we +could vnderstand since our comming thither, that is +not their habitation, but they come from the maine +land out of hotter countreys, to catch the saide seales and other +necessaries for their liuing. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of certaine Capes, that is to say, The double Cape, The pointed +Cape, Cape Royal, and the Cape of Milke: of the +mountaines of Granges: of the Ilands of Doue houses: +and of the great fishing of Cods. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon the 13. of that moneth we came to our ships againe +with our boats on purpose to saile forwards because the weather +was faire, and vpon Sunday we caused Seruice to be saide; then +on Munday being the 15. of the moneth we departed from Brest, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page083">[pg 083]</span><a name="Pg083" id="Pg083" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and sailed toward the South to take a view of the lands that there +wee had seene, that seemed vnto vs to bee two Ilands: but when +we were amidst the Bay, we knew it to be firme land, where was +a great double Cape one aboue the other, and therefore wee +named it The double Cape. In the entrance of the Bay wee +sounded, and found it to be an hundred fadome round about vs. +From Brest to The double Cape there is about 20 leagues, and +about fiue or sixe leagues beyond we sounded againe and found +40 fadome water. The said land lieth Northeast and Southwest. +The next day being the 16 of the moneth we sailed along the +said coast toward the Southwest, and by South about 35 leagues +from the double Cape, where we found very steepe and wilde +hilles, among the which were seene certaine smal cabbans, which +we in the countrey call Granges, and therefore we named them +The hilles of the Granges. The other lands and mountaines are +all craggie, cleft and cut, and betwixt them and the Sea, there are +other Ilands, but low. The day before through the darke mists +and fogges of the weather, we could not haue sight of any land, +but in the euening we spied an entrance into the land, by a +riuer among the said Hilles of Granges, and a Cape lying toward +the Southwest about 3 leagues from vs. The said Cape is on +the top of it blunt-pointed, and also toward the Sea it endeth in +a point, wherefore wee named it The pointed Cape, on the +North side of which there is a plaine Iland. And because we +would haue notice of the said entrance, to see if there were any +good hauens, we strooke saile for that night. The next day +being the 17 of the moneth we had stormie weather from +Northeast, wherefore we tooke our way toward the Southwest, +vntill Thursday morning, and we went about 37 leagues, till wee +came athwart a Bay full of round Ilands like doue houses, and +therefore wee named them The doue houses. And from the +Bay of S. Iulian, from the which to a Cape that lieth South and +by West, which wee called Cape Roial, there are 7. leagues, and +toward the West southwest side of the saide Cape, there is +another that beneath is all craggie, and aboue round. On the +North side of which about halfe a league there lieth a low Iland: +that Cape we named The Cape of milke. Betweene these two +Capes there are certaine low Ilands, aboue which there are also +certaine others that shew that there be some riuers. About two +leagues from Cape royall wee sounded and found 20 fadome +water, and there is the greatest fishing of Cods that possible may +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page084">[pg 084]</span><a name="Pg084" id="Pg084" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +be: for staying for our company, in lesse then an houre we tooke +aboue an hundreth of them. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of certaine Ilands that lie betweene Cape Royall, and +The Cape of milke. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day being the 18 of the moneth, the winde with +such rage turned against vs, that we were constrained to go backe +towards Cape Royal, thinking there to finde some harborough, +and with our boates went to discouer betweene the Cape Royal, +and the Cape of Milke, and found that aboue the low Ilands +there is a great and very deepe gulfe, within which are certaine +Ilands. The said gulfe on the Southside is shut vp. The foresaid +low grounds are on one of the sides of the entrance, and +Cape Royal is on the other. The saide low grounds doe stretch +themselues more then halfe a league within the Sea. It is a +plaine countrey, but an ill soile: and in the middest of the +entrance thereof, there is an Iland. The saide gulfe in latitude +is fourtie eight degrees and an halfe, and in +longitude ——.<a id="noteref_15" name="noteref_15" href="#note_15"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">15</span></span></a> That +night we found no harborough, and therefore we lanched out +into the Sea, leauing the Cape toward the West. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of the Iland called S. Iohn. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From the said day vntill the 24 of the moneth being S. Iohns +day we had both stormie weather and winde against vs, with +such darknesse and mistes, that vntill S. Iohns day, we could +haue no sight of any land, and then we had sight of a Cape of +land, that from Cape Royal lieth Southwest about 35 leagues, +but that day was so foggie and mistie, that we could not come +neere land, and because it was S. Iohns day, we named it Cape +S. Iohn. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of certaine Ilands called the Ilands of Margaulx, and of the kinds +of beas and birds that there are found. Of the Iland of +Brion, and Cape Dolphin. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day being the 25. of the moneth, the weather was +also stormie, darke, and windy, but yet we sailed a part of the +day toward West North west, and in the euening wee out our +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page085">[pg 085]</span><a name="Pg085" id="Pg085" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +selues athwart vntill the second quarter: when as we departed, +then did we by our compasse know that we were Northwest and +by West about seuen leagues and an halfe from the Cape of S. +Iohn, and as wee were about to hoise saile, the winde turned +into the Northwest, wherefore we went Southeast, about 15. +leagues, and came to three Ilands, two of which are as steepe +and vpright as any wall, so that it was not possible to climbe +them: and betweene them there is a little rocke. These Ilands +were as full of birds, as any field or medow is of grasse, +which there do make their nestes: and in the greatest of them, +there was a great and infinite number of those that wee call +Margaulx, that are white, and bigger then any geese, which +were seuered in one part. In the other were onely Godetz, but +toward the shoare there were of those Godetz, and great +Apponatz, like to those of that Iland that we aboue haue mentioned: +we went downe to the lowest part of the least Iland, +where we killed aboue a thousand of those Godetz, and Apponatz. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Islands of Margaulx.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We put into our boates so many of them as we pleased, for in +lesse then one houre we might haue filled thirtie such +boats of them: we named them The Ilands of Margaulx. +About fiue leagues from the said Ilands on +the West, there is another Iland that is about two leagues in +length, and so much in breadth: there did we stay all night to +take in water and wood. That Iland is enuironed round about +with sand, and hath a very good road about it three or foure +fadome deepe. Those Ilands haue the best soile that euer we +saw, for that one of their fields is more worth then all the New +land. We found it all full of goodly trees, medowes, fields full +of wild corne and peason bloomed, as thicke, as ranke, and as +faire as any can be seene in Britaine, so that they seemed to +haue bene plowed and sowed. There was also a great store of +gooseberies, strawberies, damaske roses, parseley, with other very +sweete and pleasant hearbes. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Morses or Sea oxen.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +About the said Iland +are very great beastes as great as oxen, which haue +two great teeth in their mouths like vnto Elephants +teeth, and liue also in the Sea. We saw one of them sleeping +vpon the banke of the water: wee thinking to take it, went to it +with our boates, but so soone as he heard vs, he cast himselfe +into the Sea. We also saw beares and wolues: we named it +Brions Iland. About it toward Southeast, and Northwest, there +are great lakes. As farre as I could gather and comprehend, I +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page086">[pg 086]</span><a name="Pg086" id="Pg086" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +thinke that there be some passage betweene New found land, +and Brions land. If so it were, it would be a great shortening, +aswel of the time as of the way, if any perfection could be found +in it. About foure leagues from that Iland toward West-South-west +is the firme land, which seemeth to be as an Iland compassed +about with litle Ilands of sands. There is a goodly Cape which +we named Cape Dolphin, for there is the beginning of good +grounds. On the 27. of Iune we compassed the said lands +about that lie West Southwest: and a farre off they seeme to be +little hilles of sand, for they are but low landes: wee could +neither goe to them, nor land on them, because the winde was +against vs. That day we went 15. leagues. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of the Iland called Alezai, and of the cape of S. Peter. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day we went along the said land about 10. leagues, +till we came to a Cape of redde land, that is all craggie, within +the which there is a bracke looking toward the North. It is a +very low countrey. There is also betweene the Sea and a certaine +poole, a plaine field: and from that Cape of land and the poole +vnto another Cape, there are about 14 leagues. The land is +fashioned as it were halfe a circle, all compassed about with sand +like a ditch, ouer which as farre as ones eye can stretch, there is +nothing but marrish grounds and standing pooles. And before +you come to the first Cape very neere the maine land there are +two little Ilands. About fiue leagues from the second Cape +toward the Southwest, there is another Iland very high and +pointed, which we named Alezai. The first Cape we named +S. Peters Cape, because vpon that day we came thither. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of the Cape called Cape Orleans: of the Riuer of boates: of Wilde +mens Cape: and of the qualitie and temperature of the +countrey. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From Brions Iland to this place there is good anckorage of +sand, and hauing sounded toward Southwest euen to the shoare +about fiue leagues, wee found twentie and fiue fadome water, +and within one league twelue fadome, and very neere the shoare +six fadome, rather more then lesse, and also good anckorage. +But because wee would bee the better acquainted with this +stonie and rockie ground, wee strooke our sailes lowe and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page087">[pg 087]</span><a name="Pg087" id="Pg087" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +athwart. The next day being the last of the moneth saue one, +the winde blewe South and by East. Wee sailed Westward +vntill Tuesday morning at Sunne rising, being the last of the +moneth, without any sight or knowledge of any lande except in +the euening toward Sunne set, that wee discouered a lande +which seemed to be two Ilands, that were beyond vs West +southwest, about nine or tenne leagues. All the next day till +the next morning at sunne rising wee sailed Westward about +fourtie leagues, and by the way we perceiued that the land we +had seene like Ilands, was firme land, lying South southeast, and +North northwest, to a very good Cape of land called Cape +Orleans. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">An exceeding goodly land.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Al the said land is low and plaine, and the +fairest that may possibly be seene, full of goodly +medowes and trees. True it is that we could finde +no harborough there, because it is all full of shelues +and sands. We with our boats went on shore in many places, +and among the rest wee entred into a goodly riuer, but very +shallow, which we named The riuer of boats, because that there +wee saw boates full of wild men that were crossing the riuer. +We had no other notice of the said wild men: for the wind +came from the sea, and so beat vs against the shore, that wee +were constrained to retire our selues with our boates toward our +ships. Till the next day morning at Sunne rising, being the first +of Iuly we sailed Northeast, in which time there rose great mistes +and stormes, and therefore wee strucke our sailes till two of the +clocke in the afternoone, that the weather became cleare, and +there we had sight of Cape Orleans, and of another about seuen +leagues from vs, lying North and by East, and that we called +Wilde mens Cape. On the Northside of this Cape about halfe a +league, there is a very dangerous shelfe, and banke of stones. +Whilst wee were at this Cape, we sawe a man running after +our boates that were going along the coast, who made signes +vnto vs that we should returne toward the said Cape againe. +We seeing such signes, began to turne toward him, but he +seeing vs come, began to flee: so soone as we were come +on shoare, we set a knife before him and a woollen girdle +on a little staffe, and then came to our ships again. That +day we trended the said land about 9. or 10. leagues, hoping +to finde some good harborough, but it was not possible: for +as I haue said already, it is a very low land, and enuironed +round about with great shelues. Neuerthelesse we went that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page088">[pg 088]</span><a name="Pg088" id="Pg088" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Varietie of goodly trees.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +day on shore in foure places to see the goodly and +sweete smelling trees that were there: we found +them to be Cedars, ewetrees, Pines, white elmes, +ashes, willowes, with many other sorts of trees to vs vnknowen, +but without any fruit. The grounds where no wood is, are very +faire, and all full of peason, white and red gooseberies, strawberies, +blackeberies, and wilde corne, euen like vnto Rie, which +seemed to have bene sowen and plowed. This countrey is of +better temperature then any other that can be seene, and very +hote. There are many thrushes, stockdoues, and other birds: +to be short, there wanteth nothing but good harboroughs. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of the Bay called S. Lunario, and other notable Bayes and +Capes of land, and of the qualitie, and goodnesse of those +grounds. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day being the second of Iuly we discouered and had +sight of land on the Northerne side toward vs, that did joyne +vnto the land abouesaid, al compassed about, and we knew that +it had about ——<a id="noteref_16" name="noteref_16" href="#note_16"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">16</span></span></a> +in depth, and as much athwart, and we named it +S. Lunarios Bay, and with our boats we went to the Cape toward +the North, and found the shore so shallow, that for the space of +a league from land there was but a fadome water. On the +Northeast side from the said Cape about 7. or 8. leagues there +is another Cape of land, in the middst whereof there is a Bay +fashioned trianglewise, very deepe, and as farre off, as we could +ken from it the same lieth Northeast. The said Bay is compassed +about with sands and shelues about 10. leagues from +land, and there is but two fadome water: from the said Cape to +the bank of the other, there is about 15. leagues. We being a +crosse the said Capes, discouered another land and Cape, and as +farre as we could ken, it lay North and by East. All that night +the weather was very ill, and great winds, so that wee were +constrained to beare a smal saile vntil the next morning, being +the thirde of July when the winde came from the West: and we +sailed Northward to haue a sight of the land that we had left +on the Northeast side, aboue the low lands, among which high +and low lands there is a gulfe or breach in some places about +55. fadome deepe, and 15. leagues in bredth. By reason of the +great depth and bredth of the gulfe, and change of the lands, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page089">[pg 089]</span><a name="Pg089" id="Pg089" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The passage de Chasteaux.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +we conceiued hope that we should finde a passage, +like vnto the passage of The Castles. The said +gulfe lieth East Northeast, and West southwest. +The ground that lieth on the Southside of the said gulfe, is as +good and easie to be manured, and full of as goodly fields and +meadowes, as any that euer wee haue seene, as plaine and +smooth as any die: and that which lyeth on the North is a +countrey altogether hilly, full of woods, and very high and great +trees of sundry sorts: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Trees able to mast ships of 300. tunnes.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +among the rest there are as +goodly Ceders, and Firre trees, as possibly can be +seene, able to make mastes for ships of three +hundred Tunne: neither did we see any place that +was not full of the saide trees, except two onely that were full of +goodly medowes, with two very faire lakes. The middest of the +said Bay is 47. degrees and halfe in latitude. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of the Cape D'Esperance, or the Cape of Hope, and of S. +Martins Creeke, and how seven boats full of wilde men +comming to our boat, would not retire themselues, but +being terrified with our Culuerins which we shot at them, +and our lances, they fled with great hast. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Cape of the said South land was called The Cape of +Hope, through the hope that there we had to finde some +passage. The fourth of Iuly we went along the coast of the said +land on the Northerly side to find some harborough, where wee +entred into a creeke altogether open toward the South, where +there is no succour against the wind: we thought good to name +it S. Martines Creeke. There we stayed from the fourth of Iuly +vntil the twelfth: while we were there, on Munday being the +sixth of the moneth, Seruice being done, wee with one of our +boates went to discouer a Cape and point of land that on the +Westerne side was about seuen or eight leagues from vs, to see +which way it did bend, and being within halfe a league of it, wee +sawe two companies of boates of wilde men going +from one land to the other: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Fortie or 50 boates of sauages.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +their boates were in +number about fourtie or fiftie. One part of the +which came to the said point, and a great number of men went +on shore making a great noise, beckening vnto vs that wee +should come on land, shewing vs certaine skinnes vpon pieces +of wood, but because we had but one onely boat, wee would not +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page090">[pg 090]</span><a name="Pg090" id="Pg090" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +goe to them, but went to the other side lying in the See: they +seeing vs flee, prepared two of their boats to follow vs, with +which came also fiue more of them that were comming from the +Sea side, all which approched neere vnto our boate, dancing, and +making many signes of ioy and mirth, as it were desiring our +friendship, saying in their tongue Napeu tondamen assurtah, +with many other words that we vnderstood not. But because +(as we haue said) we had but one boat, wee would not stand to +their courtesie, but made signes vnto them that they should +turne back, which they would not do, but with great furie came +toward vs: and suddenly with their boates compassed vs about: +and because they would not away from vs by any signes that we +could make, we shot off two pieces among them, which did so +terrifie them, that they put themselues to flight toward the sayde +point, making a great noise: and hauing staid a while, they +began anew, euen as at the first to come to vs againe, and being +come neere our boat wee strucke at them with two lances, which +thing was so great a terrour vnto them, that with great haste they +beganne to flee, and would no more follow vs. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +How the said wilde men comming to our ships, and our men +going toward them, both parties went on land, and how +the saide wilde men with great ioy began to trafique with +our men. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day part of the saide wilde men with nine of their +boates came to the point and entrance of the Creeke, where we +with our ships were at road. We being aduertised of their +comming, went to the point where they were with our boates: +but so soone as they saw vs, they began to flee, making signes +that they came to trafique with us, shewing vs, such skinnes as +they cloth themselues withall, which are of small value. We +likewise made signes vnto them, that we wished them no euill: +and in signe thereof two of our men ventured to go on land to +them, and carry them kniues with other Iron wares, and a red +hat to giue vnto their Captaine. Which when they saw, they +also came on land, and brought some of their skinnes, and so +began to deale with vs, seeming to be very glad to haue our iron +ware and other things, stil dancing with many other ceremonies, +as with their hands to cast Sea water on their heads. They gave +vs whatsoeuer they had, not keeping any thing, so that they were +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page091">[pg 091]</span><a name="Pg091" id="Pg091" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +constrained to go back againe naked, and made signes that the next +day they would come againe, and bring more skinnes with them. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +How that we hauing sent two of our men on land with wares, +there came about 300. wilde men with great gladnesse. +Of the qualitie of the countrey, what it bringeth forth, and +of the Bay called Baie du Chaleur, or The Bay of heat. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon Thursday being the eight of the moneth, because the +winde was not good to go out with our ships, we set our boates +in a readinesse to goe to discouer the said Bay, and that day +wee went 25. leagues within it. The next day the wind and +weather being faire, we sailed vntil noone, in which time we +had notice of a great part of the said Bay, and how that ouer +the low lands, there were other lands with high mountaines: +but seeing that there was no passage at all, wee began to turne +back againe, taking our way along the coast: and sayling, we +saw certaine wilde men that stood vpon the shoare of a lake, +that is among the low grounds, who were making fires and +smokes: wee went thither, and found that there was a channel +of the sea that did enter into the lake, and setting our boats at +one of the banks of the chanell, the wilde men with one of their +boates came vnto vs, and brought vp pieces of Seales ready +sodden, puttiug them vpon pieces of wood: then retiring themselues, +they would make signes vnto vs, that they did giue them +vs. We sent two men vnto them with hatchets, kniues, beads, +and other such like ware, whereat they were very glad, and by +and by in clusters they came to the shore where wee were, with +their boates, bringing with them skinnes and other such things as +they had, to haue of our wares. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Three hundred gentle Sauages.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They were more +than 300. men, women, and children: Some of the +women, which came not ouer, wee might see stand +vp to the knees in water, singing and dancing: the +other that had passed the riuer where we were, came very +friendly to vs, rubbing our armes with their owne handes, then +would they lift them vp toward heauen, shewing many signes of +gladnesse: and in such wise were wee assured one of another, +that we very familiarly began to trafique for whatsoeuer they had, +til they had nothing but their naked bodies; for they gaue vs all +whatsoeuer they had, and that was but of small value. We +perceiued that this people might very easily be conuerted to +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page092">[pg 092]</span><a name="Pg092" id="Pg092" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +our Religion. They goe from place to place. They liue +onely with fishing. They haue an ordinarie time to fish for +their prouision. The countrey is hotter than the countrey +of Spaine, and the fairest that can possibly be found, altogether +smooth, and leuel. There is no place be it neuer so little, but +it hath some trees (yea albeit it be sandie) or else is full of wilde +corne, that hath an eare like vnto Rie: the corne is like oates, +and smal peason as thicke as if they had bene sowen and plowed, +white and red gooseberies, strawberies, blackberies, +white and red Roses, with many other floures of very +sweet and pleasant smell. There be also many +goodly medowes full of grasse, and lakes wherein +great plentie of salmons be. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Bay du Chaleur, or the Bay of heat.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They call a hatchet in their tongue +Cochi, and a knife Bacon: we named it The bay of heat. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of another nation of wilde men: of their manners, liuing, +and clothing. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Being certified that there was no passage through the said +Bay, we hoised saile, and went from S. Martines Creeke vpon +Sunday being the 12. of July, to goe and discouer further beyond +the said Bay, and went along the sea coast Eastward about +eighteene leagues, till we came to the Cape of Prato, where we +found the tide very great, but shallow ground, and the Sea +stormie, so that we were constrained to draw toward shore, +between the said Cape and an Iland lying Eastward, about a +league from the said Cape, where we cast anker for that night. +The next morning we hoised saile to trend the said coast about, +which lyeth North Northeast. But there rose such a stormie +and raging winde against vs, that we were constrained to come +to the place againe, from whence we were come: there did we +stay all that day til the next that we hoised vp saile, and came to +the middest of a riuer fiue or sixe leagues from the Cape of +Prato Northward, and being ouerthwart the said Riuer, there +arose againe a contrary winde, with great fogges and stormes. +So that we were constrained vpon Tuesday being the fourteenth +of the moneth to enter into the riuer, and there did we stay till +the sixteenth of the moneth looking for faire weather to come +out of it: on which day being Thursday, the winde became so +raging that one of our ships lost an anker, and we were constrained +to goe vp higher into the riuer seuen or eight leagues, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page093">[pg 093]</span><a name="Pg093" id="Pg093" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +into a good harborough and ground that we with our boates +found out, and through the euill weather, tempest, and darkenesse +that was, wee stayed in the saide harborough till the fiue +and twentieth of the moneth, not being able to put out: in the +meane time wee sawe a great multitude of wilde men that were +fishing for mackerels, whereof there is great store. Their boates +were about 40, and the persons what with men, women, and +children two hundred, which after they had hanted our company +a while, they came very familiarly with their boats to the sides +of our ships. We gaue them kniues, combes, beads of glasse, +and other trifles of small value, for which they made many signes +of gladnesse, lifting their hands vp to heauen dancing and singing +in their boates. These men may very well and truely be +called Wilde, because there is no poorer people in the world. +For I thinke all that they had together, besides their boates and +nets was not worth fiue souce.<a id="noteref_17" name="noteref_17" href="#note_17"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">17</span></span></a> +They goe altogether naked +sawing their priuities, which are couered with a little skinne, and +certaine olde skinnes that they cast vpon them. Neither in +nature nor in language, doe they any whit agree with them +which we found first: their heads be altogether shauen, +except one bush of haire which they suffer to grow vpon +the top of their crowne as long as a horse taile, and then with +certaine leather strings binde it in a knot vpon their heads. +They haue no other dwelling but their boates, which they turne +vpside downe, and vnder them they lay themselues all along +vpon the bare ground. They eate their flesh almost raw, saue +onely that they heat it a little vpon imbers of coales, so doe they +their fish. Vpon Magdalens day we with our boates went to the +bancke of the riuer, and freely went on shore among them, +whereat they made many signs, and all their men in two or three +companies began to sing and dance, seeming to be very glad of +our comming. They had caused all the young women to flee +into the wood, two or three excepted, that stayed with them, to +ech of which we gaue a combe, and a little bell made of Tinne, +for which they were very glad, thanking our Captaine, rubbing +his armes and breasts with their hands. When the men saw vs +giue something vnto those that had stayed, it caused al the rest +to come out of the wood, to the end that that they should haue +as much as the others: These women are about twenty, who +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page094">[pg 094]</span><a name="Pg094" id="Pg094" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +altogether in a knot fell vpon our Captaine, touching and rubbing +him with their hands, according to their manner of cherishing +and making much of one, who gaue to each of them a little +Tinne bell: then suddenly they began to dance, and sing many +songs. There we found great store of mackrels, that they had +taken vpon the shore, with certaine nets that they made to fish, +of a kinde of Hempe that groweth in that place where ordinarily +they abide, for they neuer come to the sea, but onely in fishing +time. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Maize.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +As farre as I vnderstand, there groweth likewise a kind of +Millet as big as Peason, like vnto that which groweth +in Bresil, which they eate in stead of bread. They +had great store of it. They call it in their tongue Kapaige. +They haue also Prunes (that is to say Damsins) which they dry +for winter as we doe, they call them Honesta. They haue also +Figs, Nuts, Apples, and other fruits, and Beans, that they call +Sahu, their nuts Cahehya. If we shewed them any thing that +they haue not, nor know not what it is, shaking their heads, they +will say Nohda, which is as much to say, they haue it not, nor +they know it not. Of those things they haue, they would with +signes shew vs how to dresse them, and how they grow. They +eate nothing that hath any taste of salt. They are very great +theeues, for they will filch and steale whatsoeuer they can lay +hold of, and all is fish that commeth to net. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +How our men set vp a great Crosse vpon the poynt of the +sayd Porte, and the Captaine of those wild men, after a +long Oration, was by our Captain appeased, and contented +that two of his Children should goe with him. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">This hauen seemeth to be Gaspay.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon the 25 of the moneth, wee caused a faire high Crosse +to be made of the height of thirty foote, which was made in the +presence of many of them, vpon the point of the +entrance of the sayd hauen, in the middest whereof +we hanged vp a Shield with three Floure de Luces in +it, and in the top was carued in the wood with Anticke letters +this posie, Viue le Roy de France. Then before them all we set +it vpon the sayd point. They with great heed beheld both the +making and setting of it vp. So soone as it was vp, we altogether +kneeled downe before them, with our hands toward Heauen, +yeelding God thankes: and we made signes vnto them, shewing +them the Heauens, and that all our saluation, dependeth onely +on him which in them dwelleth: whereat they shewed a great +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page095">[pg 095]</span><a name="Pg095" id="Pg095" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +admiration, looking first one at another, and then vpon the +Crosse. And after wee were returned to our ships, their Captaine +clad with an old Beares skin, with three of his sonnes, and a +brother of his with him, came vnto vs in one of their boates, but +they came not so neere vs as they were wont to doe: there he +made a long Oration vnto vs, shewing vs the crosse we had set +vp, and making a crosse with two fingers, then did he shew vs +all the Countrey about vs, as if he would say that all was his, and +that wee should not set vp any crosse without his leaue. His +talke being ended, we shewed him an Axe, faining that we would +giue it him for his skin, to which he listned, for by little and +little hee came neere our ships. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Two sauages taken.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +One of our fellowes +that was in our boate, tooke hold on theirs, and +suddenly leapt into it, with two or three more, who +enforced them to enter into our ships, whereat they were greatly +astonished. But our Captain did straightwaies assure them, that +they should haue no harme, nor any iniurie offred them at all, +and entertained them very friendly, making them eate and +drinke. Then did we shew them with signes, that the crosse +was but onely set vp to be as a light and leader which wayes to +enter into the port, and that wee would shortly come againe, and +bring good store of iron wares and other things, but that we +would take two of his children with vs, and afterward bring them +to the sayd port againe: and so wee clothed two of them in +shirts, and coloured coates, with red cappes, and put about euery +ones necke a copper chaine, whereat they were greatly contented: +then gaue they their old clothes to their fellowes that +went backe againe, and we gaue to each one of those three that +went backe, a hatchet, and some kniues, which made them very +glad. After these were gone, and had told the newes vnto their +fellowes, in the after noone there came to our ships sixe boates +of them, with fiue or sixe men in euery one, to take their farewels +of those two we had detained to take with vs, and brought them +some fish, vttering many words which we did not vnderstand, +making signes that they would not remoue the crosse we had +set vp. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +How after we were departed from the sayd porte, following +our voyage along the sayd coast, we went to discover the +land lying Southeast, and Northwest. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day, being the 25 of the moneth, we had faire +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page096">[pg 096]</span><a name="Pg096" id="Pg096" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +weather, and went from the said port: and being out of the +riuer, we sailed Eastnortheast, for after the entrance into the said +riuer, the land is enuironed about, and maketh a bay in maner +of halfe a circle, where being in our ships, we might see all the +coast sayling behind, which we came to seeke, the land lying +Southeast and Northwest, the course of which was distant from +the riuer about twentie leagues. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of the Cape S. Aluise, and Cape Memorancie, and certaine +other lands, and how one of our Boates touched a Rocke +and suddenly went ouer it. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Munday being the 27 of the moneth, about sunne-set we +went along the said land, as we haue said, lying Southeast and +Northwest, till Wednesday that we saw another Cape where the +land beginneth to bend toward the East: we went along about +15 leagues, then doeth the land begin to turne Northward. +About three leagues from the sayd Cape we sounded, and found +24 fadome water. The said lands are plaine, and the fairest and +most without woods that we haue seene, with goodly greene +fields and medowes: we named the sayd Cape S. Aluise Cape, +because that was his day: it is 49 degrees and an halfe in latitude, +and in longitude ——.<a id="noteref_18" name="noteref_18" href="#note_18"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">18</span></span></a> +On Wednesday morning we were on +the East side of the Cape, and being almost night we went +Northwestward for to approch neere to the sayd land, which +trendeth North and South. From S. Aluise Cape to another +called Cape Memorancie, about fifteene leagues, the land +beginneth to bend Northwest. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Fifty degrees of latitude.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +About three leagues from the +sayd Cape we would needes sound, but wee could finde no +ground at 150 fadome, yet went we along the said +land about tenne leagues, to the latitude of 50 +degrees. The Saturday following, being the first of +August, by Sunne rising, wee had certaine other landes, lying +North and Northeast, that were very high and craggie, and +seemed to be mountaines: betweene which were other low lands +with woods and riuers: wee went about the sayd lands, as well +on the one side as on the other, still bending Northwest, to see +if it were either a gulfe, or a passage, vntill the fift of the moneth. +The distance from one land to the other is about fifteene leagues. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page097">[pg 097]</span><a name="Pg097" id="Pg097" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +The middle betweene them both is 50 degrees and a terce in +latitude. We had much adoe to go fiue miles farther, the winds +were so great and the tide against vs. And at fiue miles end, +we might plainely see and perceiue land on both sides, which +there beginneth to spread it selfe, but because we rather fell, +then got way against the wind, we went toward land, purposing +to goe to another Cape of land, lying Southward, which was the +farthermost out into the sea that we could see, about fiue leagues +from vs, but so soone as we came thither, we found it to be +naught else but Rockes, stones, and craggie cliffes, such as we +had not found any where since we had sailed Southward from +S. Iohns Cape: and then was the tide with vs, which caried vs +against the wind Westward, so that as we were sayling along the +sayd coast, one of our boats touched a Rocke, and suddenly +went ouer, but we were constrained to leape out for to direct it +on according to the tide. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +How after we had agreed and consulted what was best to be +done, we purposed to returne: and of S. Peters Streight, +and of Cape Tiennot. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After we had sailed along the sayd coast, for the space of two +houres, behold, the tide began to turne against vs, with so swift +and raging a course, that it was not possible for vs with 13 oares +to row or get one stones cast farther, so that we were constrained +to leaue our boates with some of our men to guard them, and 10 +or 12 men went ashore to the sayd Cape, where we found that +the land beginneth to bend Southwest, which hauing seene, we +came to our boats againe, and so to our ships, which were stil +ready vnder saile, hoping to go forward: but for all that, they +were fallen more then foure leagues to leeward from the place +where we had left them, where so soone as we came, wee +assembled together all our Captaines, Masters, and Mariners, to +haue their aduice and opinion what was best to be done: and +after that euery one had said, considering that the Easterly winds +began to beare away, and blow, and that the flood was so great, +that we did but fall, and that there was nothing to be gotten, +and that stormes and tempests began to reigne in Newfound +land, and that we were so farre from home, not knowing the +perils and dangers that were behind, for either we must agree to +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page098">[pg 098]</span><a name="Pg098" id="Pg098" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +returne home againe, or els to stay there all the yeere. Moreouer, +we did consider, that if the Northerne winds did take vs, +it were not possible for vs to depart thence. All which opinions +being heard and considered, we altogether determined to addresse +our selues homeward. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Streit of S. Peter.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe because vpon Saint Peters day wee +entred into the sayd Streite, wee named it Saint Peters +Streite. Wee sounded it in many places, in some +wee found 150 fadome water, in some 100, and neere +the shoare sixtie, and cleere ground. From that day till +Wednesday following, we had a good and prosperous gale of winde, so +that we trended the said North shore East, Southeast, West +Northwest: for such is the situation of it, except one Cape of low +lands that bendeth more toward the Southeast, about twenty fiue +leagues from the Streight. In this place we saw certaine smokes, +that the people of the countrey made vpon the sayd cape: but +because the wind blewe vs toward the coast, we went not to them, +which when they saw, they came with two boates and twelue men +vnto vs, and as freely came vnto our ships, as if they had bene +French men, and gaue vs to vnderstand, that they came from the +great gulfe,<a id="noteref_19" name="noteref_19" href="#note_19"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">19</span></span></a> +and that Tiennot was their Captaine, who then was +vpon that Cape, making signes vnto vs, that they were going +home to their Countreys whence we were come with our ships, +and that they were laden with Fish. We named the sayd Cape, +Cape Tiennot. From the said Cape all the land trendeth +Eastsoutheast, and Westnorthwest. All these lands lie low, very +pleasant, enuironed with sand, where the sea is entermingled with +marishes and shallowes, the space of twentie leagues: then doth +the land begin to trend from West to Eastnortheast altogether +enuironed with Islands two or three leagues from land, in which +as farre as we could see, are many dangerous shelues more then +foure or fiue leagues from land. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +How that vpon the ninth of August wee entred within White +Sands, and vpon the fift of September we came to the +Port of S. Malo. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From the sayd Wednesday vntill Saturday following, we had +a great wind from the Southwest, which caused vs to run Eastnortheast, +on which day we came to the Easterly partes of +Newfoundland, between the Granges and the Double Cape. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page099">[pg 099]</span><a name="Pg099" id="Pg099" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +There began great stormie windes comming from the East with +great rage: wherefore we coasted the Cape Northnorthwest, to +search the Northerne part, which is (as we haue sayd) all enuironed +with Islands, and being neere the said Islands and land, the +wind turned into the South, which brought vs within the sayd +gulfe, so that the next day being the 9 of August, we by the grace +of God entred within the white Sands. And this is so much as +we haue discouered. After that, vpon the 15 of August, being +the feast of the Assumption of our Lady, after that we had heard +seruice, we altogether departed from the porte of White Sands, +and with a happy and prosperous weather we came into the +middle of the sea, that is between Newfoundland and Britanie, in +which place we were tost and turmoyled three dayes long with +great stormes and windy tempests comming from the East, which +with the ayde and assistance of God we suffred: then had we +faire weather, and vpon the fift of September, in the sayd yere, +we came to the Port of S. Malo whence we departed. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The language that is spoken in the Land newly +discouered, called New France. +</span></h3> + +<a name="Pg100" id="Pg100" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><table summary="This is a table" cellspacing="0" class="tei tei-table" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"><colgroup span="2"></colgroup><tbody><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">God</td><td class="tei tei-cell">——</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Sunne</td><td class="tei tei-cell">Isnez</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Heauen</td><td class="tei tei-cell">camet</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Day</td><td class="tei tei-cell">——</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Night</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aiagla</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Water</td><td class="tei tei-cell">ame</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Sand</td><td class="tei tei-cell">estogaz</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a sayle</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aganie</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Head</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agonaze</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Throate</td><td class="tei tei-cell">conguedo</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Nose</td><td class="tei tei-cell">hehonguesto</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Teeth</td><td class="tei tei-cell">hesangue</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Nayles</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agetascu</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Feete</td><td class="tei tei-cell">ochedasco</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Legs</td><td class="tei tei-cell">anoudasco</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a dead man</td><td class="tei tei-cell">amocdaza</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Skinne</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aionasca</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">that Man</td><td class="tei tei-cell">yca</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Hatchet</td><td class="tei tei-cell">asogne</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Cod fish</td><td class="tei tei-cell">gadagoursere</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">good to be eaten</td><td class="tei tei-cell">guesande</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Flesh</td><td class="tei tei-cell">————</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Almonds</td><td class="tei tei-cell">anougaza</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Figs</td><td class="tei tei-cell">asconda</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Gold</td><td class="tei tei-cell">henyosco</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the priuie members</td><td class="tei tei-cell">assegnega</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">an Arrow</td><td class="tei tei-cell">cacta</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a greene Tree</td><td class="tei tei-cell">haueda</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">an earthen dish</td><td class="tei tei-cell">vndaco</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Bow</td><td class="tei tei-cell">————</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Brasse</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aignetaze</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Brow</td><td class="tei tei-cell">ansce</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Feather</td><td class="tei tei-cell">yco</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Moone</td><td class="tei tei-cell">casmogan</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Earth</td><td class="tei tei-cell">conda</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Wind</td><td class="tei tei-cell">canut</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Raine</td><td class="tei tei-cell">onnoscon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Bread</td><td class="tei tei-cell">cacacomy</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Sea</td><td class="tei tei-cell">amet</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Ship</td><td class="tei tei-cell">casaomy</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Man</td><td class="tei tei-cell">vndo</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Haires</td><td class="tei tei-cell">hoc hosco</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Eyes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">ygata</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Mouth</td><td class="tei tei-cell">heche</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Eares</td><td class="tei tei-cell">hontasco</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Armes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agescu</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Woman</td><td class="tei tei-cell">enrasesco</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a sicke Man</td><td class="tei tei-cell">alouedeche</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Shooes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">atta</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a skinne to couer a mans priuy members</td><td class="tei tei-cell">ouscozon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">red cloth</td><td class="tei tei-cell">cahoneta</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Knife</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agoheda</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Mackrell</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agedoneta</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Nuttes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">caheya</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Apples</td><td class="tei tei-cell">honesta</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Beanes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">sahe</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Sword</td><td class="tei tei-cell">achesco</td></tr></tbody></table> + +</div> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page101">[pg 101]</span><a name="Pg101" id="Pg101" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc33" id="toc33"></a> +<a name="pdf34" id="pdf34"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XV. A shorte and briefe narration of the Nauigation made by the +commandement of the King of France, to the Islands of +Canada, Hochelaga, Saguenay, and diuers others which +now are called New France, with the particular customes, +and maners of the inhabitants therein. +</span></h2> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap 1.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the yeere of our Lord 1535, vpon Whitsunday, being the +16. of May, by the commandement of our Captaine Iames +Cartier, and with a common accord, in the Cathedrall Church of +S. Malo we deuoutly each one confessed our selues, and receiued +the Sacrament: and all entring into the Quier of the sayd Church, +wee presented our selues before the Reuerend Father in Christ, +the Lord Bishop of S. Malo, who blessed vs all, being in his +Bishops roabes. The Wednesday following, being the 19. of +May, there arose a good gale of wind, and therefore we hoysed +sayle with three ships, that is to say, the great Hermina, being in +burden about a hundreth, or a hundreth and twentie tunne, +wherein the foresaid Captaine Iames Cartier was Generall, and +master Thomas Frosmont chiefe Master, accompanied with +master Claudius de Pont Briand, sonne to the Lorde of Montceuell, +and Cup-bearer to the Dolphin of France, Charles of +Pomeraies, Iohn Powlet, and other Gentlemen. In the second +ship called the little Hermina, being of threescore tunne burden, +were Captaines vnder the sayd Cartier, Mace Salobert, and +Master William Marie. In the third ship called the Hermerillon, +being of forty tunne in burden, were Captains M. William Britton, +and M. Iames Maringare. So we sayled with a good and prosperous +wind, vntill the 20 of the said moneth, at which time the +weather turned into stormes and tempests, the which with +contrary winds, and darkenesse, endured so long that our ships +being without any rest, suffered as much as any ships that euer +went on seas: so that the 25 of Iune, by reason of that foule and +foggie weather, all our ships lost sight one of another againe till +wee came to Newfoundland where wee had appointed to meete. +After we had lost one another, wee in the Generals ship were +with contrary winds tost to and fro on the sea, vntill the seuenth +of Iuly, vpon which lyeth from the maine land 14 leagues. This +Island is so full of birds, that all our ships might easily haue bene +fraighted with them, and yet for the great number that there is, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page102">[pg 102]</span><a name="Pg102" id="Pg102" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +it would not seeme that any were taken away. We to victuall +our selues filled two boats of them. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Isle of birds in 49 degrees 40 minutes.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This Island hath +the Pole eleuated 49 degrees, and 40 minutes. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Bay des Chasteaux or The Grant Bay.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon +the eight of the sayd moneth we sailed further, and +with a prosperous weather, came to the Port called +The Port of white sands, that is in the Bay called The +Bay of Castels, where we had purposed to meete and +stay together the 15 of the said moneth. In this place +therefore we looked for our fellowes, that is to say, the other two +ships, till the 26 of the moneth, on which day both came together. +So soone as our fellowes were come, we set our ships in a +readines, taking in both water, wood, and other necessaries. +And then on the 29 of the sayd moneth, early in the morning we +hoised saile to passe on further, and sayling along the Northerne +coast that runneth Northeast and Southwest, til two houres after +Sun-set or thereabouts, then we crossed along two Islands, which +doe stretch further foorth then the others, which we called S. +Williams Islands, being distant about 20 leagues or more from +the Port of Brest. All the coast from the Castels to that place +lieth East and West, Northeast and Southwest, hauing betweene +it sundry little Islands, altogether barren and full of stones, +without either earth or trees, except certain valleys only. The +next day being the 30 of Iuly, we sailed on Westward to find out +other Islands which as yet we had not found 12 leagues and a +halfe, among which there is a great Bay toward the North all full +of Islands and great creekes, where many good harboroughs +seeme to be: them we named S. Marthas Islands, from which +about a league and a halfe further into the sea there is a dangerous +shallow, wherein are fiue rockes, which lie from Saint Marthas +Islands about seuen leagues as you passe into the sayd Islands, +on the East and on the West side, to which we came the sayd +day an houre after noone, and from that houre vntill midnight we +sailed about fifteene leagues athwart a cape of the lower Islands, +which we named S. Germans Islands. Southeastward, from which +place about three leagues, there is a very dangerous shallow. +Likewise betweene S. Germans cape and Saint Marthas, about +two leagues from the sayd Islands, there lyeth a banke of sand, +vpon which banke the water is but foure fadome deepe, and +therefore seeing the danger of the coast, we strucke saile and +went no further that night: The next day being the last of Iuly, +we went all along the coast that runneth East and West, and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page103">[pg 103]</span><a name="Pg103" id="Pg103" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +somewhat Southeasterly which is all enuironed about with Islands +and drie sands, and in trueth is very dangerous. The length +from S. Germans Cape to the said Islands is about 17 leagues +and a halfe, at the end of which there is a goodly plot of ground +full of huge and high trees, albeit the rest of the coast be compassed +about with sands without any signe or shew of harboroughs, +till we came to Cape Thiennot, which trendeth Northwest about +seuen leagues from the foresaid Islands, which Cape Thiennot we +noted in our former voyage, and therefore we sailed on all that +night West and Westnorthwest, till it was day, and then the wind +turned against vs, wherefore we went to seeke a hauen wherein +we might harbour our ships, and by good hap, found one fit for +our purpose, about seuen leagues and a halfe beyond Cape +Thiennot, and that we named S. Nicholas Hauen, it lieth amidst +4 Islands that stretch into the sea: Vpon the neerest wee for a +token set vp a woodden crosse. But note by the way, that this +crosse must be brought Northeast, and then bending toward it, +leaue it on the left hand and you shall find sixe fadome water, +and within the hauen foure. Also you are to take heede of two +shelues that leane outward halfe a league. All this coast is full +of shoulds and very dangerous, albeit in sight many good hauens +seeme to be there, yet is there nought else but shelues and sands. +We staied and rested our selues in the sayd hauen, vntill the +seuenth of August being Sonday: on which day we hoysed sayle, +and came toward land on the South side toward Cape Rabast, +distant from the sayd hauen about twentie leagues Northnortheast, +and Southsouthwest: but the next day there rose a stormie +and a contrary winde, and because we could find no hauen there +toward the South, thence we went coasting along toward the +North, beyond the abouesayd hauen about ten leagues, where we +found a goodly great gulfe, full of Islands, passages, and entrances +toward what wind soeuer you please to bend: for the knowledge +of this gulfe there is a great Island that is like to a Cape of lande, +stretching somewhat further foorth than the others, and about two +leagues within the land, there is an hill fashioned as it were an +heape of corne. We named the sayd gulfe Saint Laurence his +bay. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A Cape of the Isle of Assumption.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The twelfth of the sayd moneth wee went from +the sayd Saint Laurence his Bay, or gulfe, sayling +Westward, and discouered a Cape of land toward the +South, that runneth West and by South, distant from the sayd +Saint Laurence his Bay, about fiue and twenty leagues. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page104">[pg 104]</span><a name="Pg104" id="Pg104" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +And of the two wilde men which wee tooke in our former +voyage, it was tolde vs, that this was part of the Southerne +coaste, and that there was an Island, on the Southerly +parte of which is the way to goe from Honguedo (where +the yeere before we had taken them) to Canada, and that +two dayes iourney from the sayd Cape, and Island began +the Kingdome of Saguenay, on the North shore extending toward +Canada, and about three leagues athwart the sayd Cape, there is +a hundreth fadome water. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A mighty skull of Whales.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreouer I beleeue +that there were neuer so many Whales seen as wee +saw that day about the sayd Cape. The next day +after being our Ladie day of August the fifteenth of the moneth, +hauing passed the Straight, we had notice of certaine lands that +wee left toward the South, which landes are full of very great and +high hilles, and this Cape wee named The Island of the +Assumption, and one Cape of the said high countreys lyeth Eastnortheast, +and Westsouthwest, the distance betweene which is about fiue +and twenty leagues. The Countreys lying North may plainely +be perceiued to be higher then the Southerly, more then thirty +leagues in length. We trended the sayd landes about toward the +South: from the sayd day vntill Tewesday-noone following, the +winde came West, and therefore wee bended toward the North, +purposing to goe and see the land that we before had spied. +Being arriued there, we found the sayd landes, as it were ioyned +together, and low toward the Sea. And the Northerly mountaines +that are vpon the sayd low lands stretch East, and West, and a +quarter of the South. Our wild men told vs that there was the +beginning of Saguenay, and that it was land inhabited, and that +thence commeth the red Copper, of them named Caignetdaze. +There is betweene the Southerly lands, and the Northerly about +thirty leagues distance, and more then two hundreth +fadome depth. </p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The mouth of the riuer of +Hochelaga about thirty leagues broad.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The sayd men did moreouer certifie +vnto vs, that there was the way and beginning of the +great riuer of Hochelaga and ready way to Canada, +which riuer the further it went the narrower it came, +euen vnto Canada, and that then there was fresh water, which +went so farre vpwards, that they had neuer heard of any man who +had gone to the head of it, and that there is no other passage but +with small boates. Our Captaine hearing their talke, and how +they did affirme no other passage to be there, would not at that +time proceede any further, till he had seene and noted the other +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page105">[pg 105]</span><a name="Pg105" id="Pg105" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +lands, and coast toward the North, which he had omitted to see +from S. Laurence his gulfe, because he would know, if between +the lands toward the North any passage anight be discouered. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 2. +How our Captaine caused the ships to returne backe againe, only +to know if in Saint Laurence gulfe there were any passage +toward the North. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon the 18 of August being Wednesday, our Captaine caused +his shippes to wind backe, and bend toward the other shore, so +that we trended the said Northerly cost, which runneth Northeast +and Southwest, being fashioned like vnto halfe a bowe, and is a +very high land, but yet not so high as that on the South parts. +The Thursday following we came to seuen very high Islands, +which we named The round Islands. These Islands are distant +from the South shore about 40 leagues, and stretch out into the +sea about 3 or 4 leagues. Against these there are goodly low +grounds to be seene full of goodly trees, which we the Friday +following, with our boats compassed about. Ouerthwart these +lands there are diuers sandy shelues more then two leagues into +the sea, very dangerous, which at a low water remaine almost dry. +At the furthest bounds of these lowe lands, that containe about +ten leagues, there is a riuer of fresh water, that with such swiftnesse +runneth into the sea, that for the space of one league within +it the water is as fresh as any fountaine water. We with our +boates entred in the sayd riuer, at the entrance of which we found +about one fadome and a halfe of water. There are in this riuer +many fishes shaped like horses, which as our wild men told vs, +all the day long lie in the water, and the night on land: of which +we saw therin a great number. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Isle of Assumption or Natiscotec.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day being the 21 of the +moneth, by breake of day we hoysed saile, and sailed so long +along the said coast, that we had sight of the rest of the sayd +Northerne coast, which as yet we had not seene, and of the +Island of the Assumption which wee went to discouer, +departing from the sayd land: which thing so soone +as we had done, and that we were certified no other +passage to be there, we came to our ships againe, +which we had left at the said Islands, where is a good harborough, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page106">[pg 106]</span><a name="Pg106" id="Pg106" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the water being about nine or ten fadome. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A hauen on the Southerne coast.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the same place by +occasion of contrary winds and foggie mists, we were constrained +to stay, not being either able to come out of it, or hoise saile, till +the 24 of the moneth: On which day we departed and came to a +hauen on the Southerly coast about 80 leagues from the said +Islands. This hauen is ouer against three flat Islands +that lie amidst the riuer, because on the midway +betweene those Islands, and the sayd hauen toward +the North, there is a very great riuer that runneth betweene the +high and low landes, and more then three leagues into the sea it +hath many shelues, and there is not altogether two fadome water, +so that the place is very dangerous: and neere vnto the said +shelues, there is either fifteene or 20 fadomes from shore to shore. +All the Northerly coaste runneth Northeast and by North, and +Southwest and by South. The said hauen wherin we stayed on +the South side, is as it were but a sluce of the waters that rise by +the flood, and but of smal accompt: we named them S. Iohns +Islets, because we found them, and entred into them the day of +the beheading of that Saint. And before you come to the said +hauen, there is an Island lying Eastward about 5 leagues distant +from the same: betweene which and the land there is no passage +sauing only for smal boats. The hauen of S. Iohns Islets dryeth +vp all the waters that rise by flowing, although they flow two +fadome at the least. The best place to harborough ships therein +is on the South part of a little Island that is ouer against the said +hauen, whereby the bancke or shore of the Island riseth. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">This is the riuer of Tadascu, or of Saguenay.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon +the first of September we departed out of the said hauen, purposing +to go toward Canada; and about 15 leagues from it toward the +West, and Westsouthwest, amidst the riuer, there are three +Islands, ouer against the which there is a riuer which +runneth swift, and is of a great depth, and it is that +which leadeth, and runneth into the countrey and +kingdome of Saguenay, as by the two wild men of +Canada it was told vs. This riuer passeth and runneth along +very high and steepe hils of bare stone, where very little earth is, +and notwithstanding there is great quantity of sundry sorts of +trees that grow in the said bare stones, euen as vpon good and +fertile ground, in such sort that we haue seene some so great as +wel would suffise to make a mast for a ship of 30 tunne burden, +and as greene as possibly can be, growing in a stony rocke +without any earth at all. At the entrance of the sayd riuer we met +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page107">[pg 107]</span><a name="Pg107" id="Pg107" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +with 4 boats ful of wild men, which as far as we could perceiue, +very fearfully came toward vs, so that some of them went backe +againe, and the other came as neere vs as easily they might heare +and vnderstand one of our wild men, who told them his name, +and then tooke acquaintance of them, vpon whose word they +came to vs. The next day being the 2 of September, we came +out of the sayd riuer to go to Canada, and by reason of the seas +flowing, the tide was very swift and dangerous, for that on the +South part of it there lie two Islands, about which, more then +three leagues compasse, lie many rocks and great stones, and but +two fadome water: and the flowing amidst those Islands is very +vnconstant and doubtful, so that if it had not bene for our boats, +we had been in great danger to lose our Pinnesse: and coasting +along the said drie sands, there is more then 30 fadom water. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +About fiue leagues beyond the riuer of Saguenay Southwest, +there is another Iland on the Northside, wherein are certaine high +lands, and thereabouts we thought to haue cast anker, on purpose +to stay the next tide, but we could sound no ground in a 120 +fadome, within a flight shoot from shore, so that we were +constrained to winde backe to the said Iland, where wee sounded +againe and found 35 fadome. The next morning we hoysed +saile and went thence, sayling further on, where we had notice of +a certaine kind of fish neuer before of any man seene or knowen. +They are about the bignesse of a porpose, yet nothing like them, +of body very well proportioned, headed like Grayhounds, altogither +as white as snow without any spot, within which riuer there is +great quantitie of them: they doe liue altogither betweene the +Sea and the fresh water. These people of the Countrey call +them Adhothuys, they tolde vs that they be very sauory and good +to be eaten. Moreouer they affirme none to be found elsewhere +but in the mouth of that riuer. The sixth of the month, the +weather being calme and faire, we went about 15 leagues more +vpward into the riuer, and there lighted on an Iland that +looketh Northward, and it maketh a little hauen or creeke +wherein are many and innumerable great Tortoyzes, continually +lying about that Iland. There are likewise great quantitie of the +said Adhothuys taken by the inhabitours of the countrey, and +there is as great a current in that place as is at Bordeux in France +at euery tide. This Iland is in length about three leagues, and +in bredth two, and is a goodly and fertile plot of ground, +replenished with many goodly and great trees of many sorts. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page108">[pg 108]</span><a name="Pg108" id="Pg108" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Ile of Condres or Filberds.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Among the rest there are many Filberd-trees, which we found +hanging full of them, somewhat bigger and better in sauour then +ours, but somewhat harder, and therefore we called it +The Iland of Filberds. The seuenth of the moneth +being our Ladies euen, after seruice we went from +that Iland to goe vp higher into the riuer, and came to 14 Ilands +seuen or eight leagues from the Iland of Filberds, where the +countrey of Canada beginneth, one of which Ilands is ten leagues +in length, and fiue in bredth, greatly inhabited of such men as +onely liue by fishing of such sorts of fishes as the riuer affordeth, +according to the season of them. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">This great Iland is called The Ile of Orleans. Maiz.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After we had cast +anker betwene the said great Iland, and the Northerly +coast, we went on land and tooke our two wild men +with vs, meeting with many of these countrey people, +who would not at all approch vnto vs, but rather fled from vs, +vntill our two men began to speake vnto them, telling them that +they were Taignoagoy and Domagaia, who so soone as they had +taken acquaintance of them, beganne greatly to reioyce, dancing +and shewing many sorts of ceremonies: and many of the chiefest +of them came to our boats and brought many Eeles +and other sorts of fishes, with two or three burdens of +great Millet wherewith they make their bread, and many great +muske millions. The same day came also many other boates full +of those countreymen and women, to see and take acquaintance +of our two men, all which were as courteously receiued and +friendly entertained of our Captaine, as possibly could be. And +to haue them the better acquainted with him, and make them his +friends, hee gaue them many small gifts, but of small value: +neuerthelesse they were greatly contented with them. The next +day following, the Lord of Canada (whose proper name was +Donnacona, but by the name of Lord they call him Agouhanna) +with twelue boats came to our ships, accompanied with many +people, who causing ten of his boates to goe backe with the other +two, approched vnto vs with sixteene men. Then beganne the +said Agouhanna ouer against the smallest of our ships, according +to their maner and fashion, to frame a long Oration, moouing all +his bodie and members after a strange fashion, which thing is a +ceremonie and signe of gladnesse and securitie among them, and +then comming to the Generals ship, where Taignoagny and +Domagaia were, he spake with them and they with him, where +they began to tell and shew vnto him what they had seene in +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page109">[pg 109]</span><a name="Pg109" id="Pg109" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +France, and what good entertainement they had had: hearing +which things the said Lord seemed to be very glad thereof, and +prayed our Captaine to reach him his arme, that he might kisse it, +which thing he did: their Lord taking it, laid it about his necke, +for so they vse to doe when they will make much of one. Then +our Captaine entred into Agouhannas boat, causing bread and +wine to be brought to make the said Lord and his companie to +eate and drinke, which thing they did, and were greatly thereby +contented and satisfied. Our Captaine for that time gaue them +nothing, because he looked for a fitter opportunity. These things +being done, ech one tooke leaue of others, and the said Lord +went with his boats againe to his place of abode. Our Captaine +then caused our boates to be set in order, that with the next tide +he might goe vp higher into the riuer, to find some safe harborough +for our ships: and we passed vp the riuer against the streame +about tenne leagues, coasting the said Iland, at the end whereof, +we found a goodly and pleasant sound, where is a little riuer and +hauen, where by reason of the flood there is about three fadome +water. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Santa Croix.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This place seemed to vs very fit and commodious to +harbour our ships therein, and so we did very safely, we named +it the holy Crosse, for on that day we came thither. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Goodly hemp.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Neere vnto it, there is a village, whereof Donnacona +is Lord, and there he keepeth his abode: it is called Stadacona, +as goodly a plot of ground as possibly may be seene, and therewithall +very fruitfull, full of goodly trees euen as in France, as +Okes, Elmes, Ashes, Walnut trees, Maple tres, Cydrons, Vines, +and white Thornes, that bring foorth fruit as bigge as any +damsons, and many other sortes of trees, vnder which +groweth as faire tall hempe, as any in France, without +any seede or any mans worke or labour at all. Hauing considered +the place, and finding it fit for our purpose, our Captaine +withdrew himselfe on purpose to returne to our ships: but behold, +as we were comming out of the riuer we met comming against vs +one of the Lords of the said village of Stadacona, accompanied +with many others, as men, women, and children, who after the +fashion of their country, in signe of mirth and ioy, began to make +a long Oration, the women still singing and dancing vp to the +knees in water. Our Captaine knowing their good will and +kindnesse toward vs, caused the boat wherein they were, to come +vnto him, and gaue them certaine trifles, as kniues, and beades of +glasse, whereat they were maruellous glad, for being gone about +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page110">[pg 110]</span><a name="Pg110" id="Pg110" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +leagues from them, for the pleasure they concerned of our comming +we might heare them sing, and see them dance for all they +were so farre. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 3. +How our Captaine went to see and note the bignesse of the Iland, +and the nature of it, and then returned to the ships, +causing them to be brought to the riuer of The holy +Crosse. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After we were come with our boats vnto our ships againe, our +Captaine caused our barks to be made readie to goe on land in +the said Iland, to note the trees that in shew seemed so faire, and +to consider the nature and qualitie of it: which things we did, +and found it full of goodly trees likes to ours. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Ile of Bacchus, or the Ile of Orleans.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Also we saw many +goodly Vines, a thing not before of vs seene in those +countries, and therefore we named it Bacchus Iland. +It is in length about twelue leagues, in sight very +pleasant, but full of woods, no part of it manured, +vnlesse it be in certaine places, where a few cottages be for +Fishers dwellings as before we haue said. The next day we +departed with our ships to bring them to the place of the holy +Crosse, and on the 14 of that moneth we came thither, and the +Lord Donnacona, Taignoagny, and Domagaia, with 25 boats full +of those people, came to meete vs, comming from the place +whence we were come, and going toward Stadacona, where their +abiding is, and all came to our ships, shewing sundry and diuers +gestures of gladnesse and mirth, except those two that he had +brought, to wit, Taignoagny, and Domagaia, who seemed to haue +altered and changed their mind, and purpose, for by no meanes +they would come vnto our ships, albeit sundry times they were +earnestly desired to doe it, whereupon we began to mistrust +somewhat. Our Captaine asked them if according to promise +they would go with him to Hochelaga? They answered yea, for +so they had purposed, and then ech one withdrew himselfe. The +next day being the fifteenth of the moneth, our Captaine went on +shore, to cause certaine poles and piles to be driuen into the +water, and set vp, that the better and safelier we might harbour +our ships there: and many of those countrey people came to +meete vs there, among whom was Donnacona and our two men, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page111">[pg 111]</span><a name="Pg111" id="Pg111" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +with the rest of their company, who kept themselues aside vnder +a point or nooke of land that is vpon the shore of a certaine riuer, +and no one of them came vnto vs as the other did that were not +on their side. Our Captaine vnderstanding that they were there, +commanded part of our men to follow him, and he went to the +saide point where he found the said Donnacona, Taignoagny, +Domagaia, and diuers other: and after salutations giuen on ech +side, Taignoagny setled himselfe formost to speake to our Captaine, +saying that the Lord Donnacona did greatly grieue and sorrow +that our Captaine and his men did weare warlike weapons, and +they not. Our Captaine answered, that albeit it did greeue them +yet would not he leaue them off, and that (as he knew) it was the +maner of France. But for all these words our Captaine and +Donnacona left not off to speake one to another, and friendly to +entertaine one another. Then did we perceiue, that whatsoeuer +Taignoagny spake, was onely long of himselfe and of his fellow, +for that before they departed thence our Captaine and Donnacona +entred into a maruellous stedfast league of friendship, whereupon +all his people at once with a loude voyce, cast out three great +cryes, (a horrible thing to heare) and each one hauing taken +leaue of the other for that day, we went aboord againe. The day +following we brought our two great shippes within the riuer and +harborough, where the waters being at the highest, are three +fadome deepe, and at the lowest, but halfe a fadome. We left +our Pinnesse without the road to the end we might bring it to +Hochelaga. So soone as we had safely placed our ships, behold +we saw Donnacona, Taignoagny and Domagaia, with more then +fiue hundred persons, men, women and children, and the said +Lord with ten or twelue of the chiefest of the countrey came +aboord of our ships, who were all courteously receiued, and +friendly entertained both of our Captaine and of vs all: and +diuers gifts of small value were giuen them. Then did Taignoagny +tell our Captaine, that his Lord did greatly sorrow that he would +go to Hochelaga, and that he would not by any meanes permit +that any of them should goe with him, because the riuer was of +no importance. Our Captaine answered him, that for all his +saying, he would not leaue off his going thither, if by any meanes +it were possible, for that that he was commanded by his king to +goe as farre as possibly he could: and that if he (that is to say +Taignoagny) would goe with him, as he had promised, he should +be very well entertained, beside that, he should haue such a gift +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page112">[pg 112]</span><a name="Pg112" id="Pg112" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +giuen him, as he should well content himselfe: for he should doe +nothing else but goe with him to Hochelaga and come againe. +To whom Taignoagny answered, that he would not by any meanes +goe, and thereupon they sodainly returned to their houses. The +next day being the 17 of September, Donnacona and his company +returned euen as at the first, and brought with him many Eeles, +with sundry sorts of other fishes, whereof they take great store in +the said riuer, as more largely hereafter shall be shewed. And +as soone as they were come to our ships, according to their +wonted use they beganne to sing and dance. This done, +Donnacona caused all his people to be set on the one side: then +making a round circle vpon the sand he caused our Captaine with +all his people to enter thereinto, then he began to make a long +Oration, holding in one of his hands a maiden child of ten or +twelue yeeres old, which he presented vnto our Captaine: then +sodainly beganne all his people to make three great shreeks, or +howles, in signe of ioy and league of friendship: presently vpon +that he did present vnto him two other young male children one +after another, but younger then the other, at the giuing of which +euen as before they gaue out shreeks and howles very loud, with +other cerimonies: for which presents, our Captaine, gaue the +saide Lorde great and hearty thankes. Then Taignoagny told +our Captaine, that one of the children was his owne brother, and +that the maiden child was daughter vnto the said Lords owne +sister, and the presents were only giuen him to the end he should +not goe to Hochelaga at all: to whom our Captaine answered, +that if they were only giuen him to that intent, if so he would, he +should take them againe, for that by no meanes he would leaue +his going off, for as much as he was so commanded of his King. +But concerning this, Domagaia told our Captaine that their Lord +had giuen him those children as a signe and token of goodwill +and security, and that he was contented to goe with him to +Hochelaga, vpon which talke great wordes arose betweene +Taignoagny and Domagaia, by which we plainely perceiued that +Taignoagny was but a crafty knaue, and that he intended but +mischiefe and treason, as well by this deede as others that we by +him had seene. After that our Captaine caused the said children +to be put in our ships, and caused two Swords and two copper +Basons, the one wrought, the other plaine, to be brought vnto +him, and them he gaue to Donnacona, who was therewith greatly +contented, yeelding most heartie thankes vnto our Captaine for +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page113">[pg 113]</span><a name="Pg113" id="Pg113" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +them, and presently vpon that he commanded all his people to +sing and dance, and desired our Captaine to cause a peece of +artillerie to be shot off, because Taignoagny and Domagaia made +great brags of it, and had told them maruellous things, and also, +because they had neuer heard nor seene any before: to whom +our Captaine answered, that he was content: and by and by he +commanded his men to shoot off twelue cannons charged with +bullets into the wood that was hard by those people and ships, at +whose noyse they were greatly astonished and amazed, for they +thought that heauen had fallen ypon them, and put themselues +to flight, howling, crying, and shreeking, so that it seemed hell +was broken loose. But before we went thence, Taignoagny +caused other men to tell vs, that those men which we had left in +our Pinnesse in the road, had slaine two men of their company, +with a peece of ordinance that they had shot off, whereupon the +rest had put themselues all to flight, as though they should all +haue bene slaine: which afterward we found vntrue, because our +men had not shot off any peece at all that day. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 4. +How Donnacona and Taignoagny with others, deuised a prettie +sleight or pollicie: for they caused three of their men to +be attired like Diuels, fayning themselues to be sent from +their God Cudruaigny, onely to hinder our voyage to +Hochelaga. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day being the eighteenth of September, these men still +endeuoured themselues to seeke all meanes possible to hinder +and let our going to Hochelaga, and deuised a prettie guile, as +hereafter shalbe shewed. They went and dressed three men like +Diuels, being wrapped in dogges skinnes white and blacke, their +faces besmeered as blacke as any coales, with hornes on their +heads more then a yard long, and caused them secretly to be put +in one of their boates, but came not neere our ships as they were +wont to doe, for they lay hidden within the wood for the space of +two houres, looking for the tide, to the end the boat wherein the +Diuels were, might approach and come neere vs, which when +time was, came, and all the rest issued out of the wood comming +to vs, but yet not so neere as they were wont to do. There began +Taignoagny to salute our Captaine, who asked him if he would +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page114">[pg 114]</span><a name="Pg114" id="Pg114" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +haue the boate to come for him; he answered, not for that time, +but after a while he would come vnto our ships: then presently +came that boat rushing out, wherein the three counterfeit Diuels +were with such long hornes on their heads, and the middlemost +came making a long Oration and passed along our ships with +out turning or looking toward vs, but with the boat went toward +the land. Then did Donnacona with all his people pursue them, +and lay hold on the boat and Diuels, who so soone as the men +were come to them, fell prostrate in the boate, euen as if they +had beene dead: then were they taken vp and carried into the +wood, being but a stones cast off, then euery one withdrew +himselfe into the wood, not one staying behind with vs, where being, +they began to make a long discourse, so loud that we might heare +them in our ships, which lasted aboue halfe an houre, and being +ended we began to espie Taignoagny and Domagaia comming +towards vs, holding their hands vpward ioyned together, carying +their hats vnder their vpper garment, shewing a great admiration, +and Taignoagny looking vp to heauen, cryed three times Iesus, +Iesus, Iesus, and Domagaia doing as his fellow had done before, +cryed, Iesus Maria, Iames Cartier. Our Captaine hearing them, +and seeing their gestures and ceremonies, asked of them what +they ailed, and what was happened or chanced anew; they +answered, that there were very ill tydings befallen, saying in +French, Nenni est il bon, that is to say, it was not good: our +Captaine asked them againe what it was, then answered they, +that their God Cudruaigny had spoken in Hochleaga: and that +he had sent those three men to shewe vnto them that there was +so much yce and snow in that countrey, that whosoeuer went +thither should die, which wordes when we heard, we laughed and +mocked them saying, that their God Cudruaigny was but a foole +and a noddie, for he knew not what he did or said; then bade +we them shew his messengers from vs, that Christ would defend +them all from colde, if they would beleeue in him. Then did +they aske of our Captaine if he had spoken with Iesus: he +answered no, but that his Priests had, and that he told them they +should haue faire weather: which wordes when they had heard, +they thanked our Captaine, and departed toward the wood to tell +those newes vnto their felowes, who sodainly came all rushing +out of the wood, seeming to be very glad for those words that +our Captaine had spoken, and to shew that thereby they had +had, and felt great ioy, so soone as they were before our ships, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page115">[pg 115]</span><a name="Pg115" id="Pg115" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +they altogether gaue out three great shreekes, and thereupon +beganne to sing and dance, as they were wont to doe. But for +a resolution of the matter Taignoagny and Domagaia tolde our +Captaine, that their Lord Donnacona would by no meanes +permit that any of them should goe with him to Hochelaga +vnlesse he would leaue him some hostage to stay with him: our +Captaine answered them, that if they would not goe with him +with a good will, they should stay, and that for all them he would +not leaue off his iourney thither. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap 5. +How our Captaine with all his Gentlemen and fiftie Mariners +departed with our Pinnesse, and the two boates from +Canada to goe to Hochelaga: and also there is +described, what was seene by the way vpon the said riuer. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Vines laden with grapes.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day being the 19 of September we hoysed saile, +and with our Pinnesse and two boates departed to goe vp the +riuer with the flood, where on both shores of it we beganne to +see as goodly a countrey as possibly can with eye be +seene, all replenished with very goodly trees, and +Vines laden as full of grapes as could be all along the +riuer, which rather seemed to haue bin planted by mans hand +than otherwise. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Hochelay.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +True it is, that because they are not dressed +and wrought as they should be, their bunches of grapes are not +so great nor sweete as ours: also we sawe all along the riuer +many houses inhabited of Fishers, which take all kindes of +fishes, and they came with as great familiaritie and kindnesse +vnto vs, as if we had beene their Countreymen, and brought vs +great store of fish, with other such things as they had, which we +exchanged with them for other wares, who lifting vp their hands +toward heauen, gaue many signes of ioy: we stayed +at a place called Hochelai, about fiue and twentie +leagues from Canada, where the riuer waxeth very narrow, and +runneth very swift, wherefore it is very dangerous, not onely for +that, but also for certaine great stones that are therein. Many +boates and barkes came vnto vs, in one of which came one of +the chiefe Lords of the contrey, making a long discourse, who +being come neere vs, did by evident signes and gestures shew +vs, that the higher the riuer went, the more dangerous it was, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page116">[pg 116]</span><a name="Pg116" id="Pg116" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and bade vs take heede of our selues. The said Lord presented +and gaue vnto our Capuine two of his owne children, of which +our Captaine tooke one being a wench 7 or 8 yeres old, the man +child he gaue him againe, because it was too yong, for it was but +two or three yeeres old. Our Captaine as friendly and as courteously +as he could did entertaine and receiue the said Lord and +his company, giuing them certaine small trifles, and so they +departed toward the shore againe. Afterwards the sayd Lord +and his wife came vnto Canada to visite his daughter, bringing +vnto our Captaine certaine small presents. From the nineteenth +vntill the eight and twentieth of September, we sailed vp along +the saide riuer, neuer losing one houre of time, all which time +we saw as goodly and pleasant a countrey as possibly can be +wished for, full (as we haue said before) of all sorts of goodly +trees, that is to say, Okes, Elmes, Walnut-trees, Cedars, Firres, +Ashes, Boxe, Willowes, and great store of Vines, all as full of +grapes as could be, so that if any of our fellowes went on shore, +they came home laden with them: there are likewise many +Cranes, Swannes, Geese, Duckes, Feasants, Partriges, Thrushes, +Blackbirds, Turtles, Finches, Redbreasts, Nightingales, Sparrowes +of diuerse kindes, with many other sorts of Birds, euen as in +France, and great plentie and store. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The lake of Angolesme.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon the 28 of +September we came to a great wide lake in the +middle of the riuer fiue or sixe leagues broad, and +twelue long, all that day we went against the tide, hauing but two +fadome water, still keeping the sayd scantling: being come to +one of the heads of the lake, we could espie no passage or going +out, nay, rather it seemed to haue bene closed and shut vp +round about, and there was but a fadome and an halfe of water, +little more or lesse. And therefore we were constrayned to cast +anker, and to stay with our Pinnesse, and went with our two +boates to seeke some going out, and in one place we found foure +or fiue branches, which out of the riuer come into the lake, and +they came from Hochelaga. But in the said branches, because +of the great fiercenesse and swiftnesse wherewith they breake +out, and the course of the water, they make certaine barres and +shoulds, and at that time there was but a fadome water. Those +Shouldes being passed, we found foure or fiue fadome, and as +farre as we could perceiue by the flood, it was that time of the +yeere that the waters are lowest, for at other times they flowe +higher by three fadomes. All these foure or fiue branches do +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page117">[pg 117]</span><a name="Pg117" id="Pg117" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +compasse about fiue or sixe Ilands very pleasant, which make the +head of the lake: about fifteene leagues beyond, they doe all +come into one. That day we landed in one of the saide Islands, +and met with fiue men that were hunting of wilde beastes, who +as freely and familiarly came to our boates without any feare, as +if we had euer bene brought vp togither. Our boates being +somewhat neere the shore, one of them tooke our Captaine in +his armes, and caried him on shore, as lightly and as easily as if +he had bene a child of fiue yeeres old: so strong and sturdie +was this fellow. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Wild rats as big as Conies.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We found that they had a great +heape of wild Rats that liue in the water, as bigge as +a Conny, and very good to eate, which they gaue +vnto our Captaine, who for a recompence gaue them kniues and +glassen Beades. We asked them with signes if that was the way +to Hochelaga, they answered yea, and that we had yet three +dayes sayling thither. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap 6. +How our Captaine caused our boates to be mended and dressed +to goe to Hochelaga: and because the way was somewhat +difficult and hard, we left our Pinnesse behinde: and how +we came thither, and what entertainment we had of the +people. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They leaue their Pinnesse behind.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day our Captaine seeing that for that time it was not +possible for our Pinnesse to goe on any further, he +caused our boates to be made readie, and as much +munition and victuals to be put in them, as they could +well beare: he departed with them, accompanyed with many +Gentlemen, that is to say, Cladius of Ponte Briand, Cup-bearer +to the Lorde Dolphin of France, Charles of Pommeraye, Iohn +Gouion, Iohn Powlet, with twentie and eight Mariners: and Mace +Iallobert, and William Briton, who had the charge vnder the +Captaine of the other two ships, to goe vp as farre as they could +into that riuer: we sayled with good and prosperous weather +vntill the second of October, on which day we came to the towne +of Hochelaga, distant from the place where we had left our Pinnesse +fiue and fortie leagues. In which place of Hochelaga, and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page118">[pg 118]</span><a name="Pg118" id="Pg118" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Hochelaga distant from the lake of Angolesme 45 leagues.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +all the way we went, we met with many of those +countriemen, who brought vs fish and such other +victuals as they had, still dancing and greatly reioycing +at our comming. Our Captaine to lure them in, and +to keepe them our friends, to recompence them, gaue +them kniues, beades, and such small trifles, wherewith they were +greatly satisfied. So soone as we were come neere Hochelaga, +there came to meete vs aboue a thousand persons, men, women +and children, who afterward did as friendly and merily entertaine +and receiue vs as any father would doe his child, which he had +not of long time seene, the men dauncing on one side, the women +on another, and likewise the children on another: after that they +brought vs great store of fish, and of their bread made of Millet, +casting them into our boates so thicke, that you would haue +thought it to fall from heauen. Which when our Captaine sawe, +he with many of his company went on shore: so soone as euer +we were aland they came clustring about vs, making very much +of vs, bringing their young children in their armes, onely to haue +our Captaine and his company to touch them, making signes and +shewes of great mirth and gladnesse, that lasted more than halfe +an houre. Our Captaine seeing their louing kindnesse and +entertainment of vs, caused all the women orderly to be set in +aray, and gaue them Beades made of Tinne, and other such +small trifles, and to some of the men he gaue kniues: then he +returned to the boates to supper, and so passed that night, all +which while all those people stood on the shore as neere our +boates as they might, making great fires, and dauncing very +merily, still crying Aguiaze, which in their tonge signifieth Mirth +and Safetie. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 7. +How our Captaine with fiue gentlemen and twentie armed men +all well in order, went to see the towne of Hochelaga, and +the situation of it. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The third of October.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Ovr Captaine the next day very rarely in the morning, hauing +very gorgeously attired himselfe, caused all his company +to be set in order to go to see the towne and +habitation of those people, and a certaine mountaine +that is somewhat neere the citie: with whom went also fiue +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page119">[pg 119]</span><a name="Pg119" id="Pg119" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Gentlemen and twentie Mariners, leauing the rest to keepe and +looke to our boates: we tooke with vs three men of Hochelaga +to bring vs to the place. All along as we went we found the way +as well beaten and frequented as can be, the fairest and best +countrey that possibly can be seene, full of as goodly great Okes +as are in any wood in France, vnder which the ground was all +couered ouer with faire Akornes. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Hochelaga sixe miles from the riuer side.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After we had gone about +foure or fiue miles, we met by the way one of the +chiefest Lords of the citie, accompanied with many +moe, who so soone as he sawe vs beckned and made +signes vpon vs, that we must rest vs in that place +where they had made a great fire, and so we did. After that we +had rested our selues there a while, the said Lord began to make +a long discourse, euen as we haue saide aboue, they are accustomed +to doe in signe of mirth and friendship, shewing our +Captaine and all his company a ioyfull countenance, and good +will, who gaue him two hatchets, a paire of kniues and a crosse +which he made him to kisse, and then put it about his necke, for +which he gaue our Captaine heartie thankes. This done, we +went along, and about a mile and a halfe farther, we +began to finde goodly and large fieldes, full of such +corne as the countrie yeeldieth. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">This Millet is Maiz.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +It is euen as the +Millet of Bresil, as great and somewhat bigger than small peason, +wherewith they liue euen as we doe with ours. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The description of Hochelaga.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In +the midst of those fields is the citie of Hochelaga, +placed neere, and as it were ioyned to a great mountaine +that is tilled round about, very fertill, on the top of which +you may see very farre, we named it Mount Roiall. The citie of +Hochelaga is round, compassed about with timber; with three +course of Rampires, one within another framed like a sharpe +Spire, but laide acrosse aboue. The middlemost of them is +made and built, as a direct line, but perpendicular. The +Rampires are framed and fashioned with peeces of timber, layd +along on the ground, very well and cunningly ioyned togither +after their fashion. This enclosure is in height about two rods. +It hath but one gate or entrie thereat, which is shut with piles, +stakes, and barres. Ouer it, and also in many places of the wall, +there be places to runne along, and ladders to get vp, all full of +stones, for the defence of it. There are in the towne about fiftie +houses, about fiftie paces long, and twelue, or fifteene broad, +built all of wood, couered ouer with the barke of the wood as +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page120">[pg 120]</span><a name="Pg120" id="Pg120" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +broad as any boord, very finely and cunning ioyned togither. +Within the said houses, there are many roomes, lodgings and +chambers. In the middest of euery one there is a great Court, +in the middle whereof they make their fire. They liue in common +togither: then doe the husbands, wiues and children each one +retire themselues to their chambers. They haue also on the top +of their houses certaine garrets, wherein they keepe their corne +to make their bread withall: they call it Carraconny, which they +make as hereafter shall follow. They haue certaine peeces of +wood, made hollow like those whereon we beat our hempe, and +with certaine beetles of wood they beat their corne to powder; +then they make paste of it, and of the paste, cakes or wreathes, +then they lay them on a broad and hote stone, and then couer it +with hote stones, and so they bake their bread in stead of Ouens. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Maiz, pease, beanes, musk-millions, cucumbers, and other fruits. +Plentie of fish and the preseruing thereof.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They make also sundry sorts of pottage with the said +corne and also of pease and of beanes, whereof they +haue great store, as also with other fruits, as Muske-Millions, +and very great Cowcumbers. They haue +also in their houses certaine vessels as bigge as any +But or Tun, wherein they preserue and keepe their +fish, causing the same in sommer to be dried in the +sunne, and liue therewith in winter, whereof they +make great prouision, as we by experience haue seene. +All their viands and meates are without any taste or sauour +of salt at all. They sleepe vpon barkes of trees laide all +along vpon the ground being ouer-spread with the skinnes +of certaine wilde Beastes, wherewith they also cloth and +couer themselues. The thing most precious that they haue in +all the world they call Asurgny: it is as white as any snow: they +take it in the said riuer of Cornibotz, in the maner folowing. +When any one hath deserued death, or that they take any of +their enemies in Warres, first they kill him, then with certaine +kniues they giue great slashes and strokes vpon their buttocks, +flankes, thighs, and shoulders: then they cast the same bodie so +mangled downe to the bottome of the riuer, in a place where the +said Esurgny is, and there leaue it ten or 12 houres, then they +take it vp againe, and in the cuts find the said Esurgny or Cornibotz. +Of them they make beads, and weare them about their +necks, euen as we doe chaines of gold and siluer, accounting it +the preciousest thing in the world. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Esurgni good to stanch blood.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They haue this +vertue and propertie in them, they will stop or stanch +bleeding at the nose, for we haue prooued it. These +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page121">[pg 121]</span><a name="Pg121" id="Pg121" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +people are giuen to no other exercise, but onely to husbandrie +and fishing for their sustenance: they haue no care of any other +wealth or commoditie in this world, for they haue no knowledge +of it, and that is, because they neuer trauell and go out of their +countrey, as those of Canada and Saguenay doe, albeit the +Canadians with eight or nine Villages more alongst the riuer be +subiects vnto them. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 8. +How we came to the Towne of Hochelaga, and the entertainement +which there we had, and of certaine gifts which our +Captaine gaue them, with diuers other things. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +So soone as we were come neere the Towne, a great number +of the inhabitants thereof came to present themselues before vs +after their fashion, making very much of vs: we were by our +guides brought into the middest of the towne. They haue in the +middlemost part of their houses a large square place, being from +side to side a good stones cast, whither we were brought, and +there with signes were commanded to stay: then suddenly all the +women and maidens of the towne gathered themselues together, +part of which had their armes full of young children, and as many +as could came to rubbe our faces, our armes, and what part of +the bodie soeuer they could touch, weeping for very ioy that they +saw vs, shewing vs the best countenance that possibly they could, +desiring vs with their signes, that it would please vs to touch +their children. That done, the men caused the women to +withdraw themselues backe, then they euery one sate downe on the +ground round about vs, as if they would haue shewen and +rehearsed some Comedie or other shew: then presently came +the women againe, euery one bringing a foure square Matte in +manner of Carpets, and spreading them abroad on the ground in +that place, they caused vs to sit vpon them. That done, the +the Lord and King of the countrey was brought vpon 9 or 10 +mens shoulders, (whom in their tongue they call Agouhanna) +sitting vpon a great Stagges skinne, and they laide him downe +vpon the foresaid mats neere to the Captaine euery one beckning +vnto vs that hee was their Lord and King. This Agouhanna was +a man about fiftie yeeres old: he was no whit better apparelled +then any of the rest, onely excepted, that he had a certaine thing +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page122">[pg 122]</span><a name="Pg122" id="Pg122" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +made of the skinnes of Hedgehogs like a red wreath, and that +was in stead of his Crowne. He was full of the palsie, and his +members shronke togither. After he had with certaine signes +saluted our Captaine and all his companie, and by manifest +tokens bid all welcome, he shewed his legges and armes to our +Captaine, and with signes desired him to touch them, and so he +did, rubbing them with his owne hands: then did Agouhanna +take the wreath or crowne he had about his head, and gaue it +vnto our Captaine: that done they brought before him diuers +diseased men, some blinde, some criple, some lame and impotent, +and some so old that the haire of their eyelids came downe and +couered their cheekes, and layd them all along before our +Captaine, to the end they might of him be touched: for it +seemed vnto them that God was descended and come downe from +heauen to heale them. Our Captaine seeing the misery and +deuotion of this poore people, recited the Gospel of Saint Iohn, +that is to say, In the beginning was the word; touching euery one +that were diseased, praying to God that it would please him to +open the hearts of this poore people, and to make them know his +holy word, and that they might receiue Baptisme and +Christendome: that done, he tooke a Seruice-booke in his hand, and +with a loud voyce read all the passion of Christ, word by word +that all the standers by might heare him: all which while this +poore people kept silence, and were maruellously attentiue, +looking vp to heauen, and imitating vs in gestures. Then he caused +the men all orderly to be set on one side, the women on another, +and likewise the children on an other, and to the chiefest of them +he gaue hatchets, to the other kniues, and to the women beads +and such other small trifles. Then where the children were, he +cast rings, counters, and brooches made of Tin, whereat they +seemed to be very glad. That done, our Captaine commanded +Trumpets and other musicall instruments to be sounded, which +when they heard, they were very merie. Then we tooke our +leaue and went to our boate: the women seeing that, put +themselues before to stay vs, and brought vs out of their meates that +they had made readie for vs, as fish, pottage beanes, and such +other things, thinking to make vs eate, and dine in that place: +but because the meates had no sauour at all of salt, we liked +them not, but thanked them, and with signes gaue them to +vnderstand that we had no neede to eate. When wee were out of the +Towne, diuerse of the men and women followed vs, and brought +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page123">[pg 123]</span><a name="Pg123" id="Pg123" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +vs to the toppe of the foresaid mountaine, which we named +Mount Roiall, it is about a league from the Towne. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A ridge of mountaines to the North of +Hochelaga and another to the South.</span></div></div> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +When as we +were on the toppe of it, we might discerne and plainly see thirtie +leagues about. On the Northside of it there are many +hilles to be seene running West and East, and as +many more on the South, amongst and betweene the +which the Countrey is as faire and as pleasant as +possibly can be seene, being leuell, smooth, and very +plaine, fit to be husbanded and tilled: and in the +middest of those fieldes we saw the riuer further vp a great way +then where we had left our boates, where was the greatest and +the swiftest fall of water that any where hath beene seene, and as +great, wide, and large as our sight might discerne, going Southwest +along three faire and round mountaines that wee sawe, as +we judged about fifteene leagues from vs. Those which brought +vs thither tolde and shewed vs, that in the sayd +riuer there were three such falles of water more, as +that was where we had left our boates: but because +we could not vnderstand their language, we could not +knowe how farre they were from one another. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The 3 faults or falls of water in 44 degrees of latitude.</span></div></div> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The riuer of Saguenay commeth from the West, +where there is gold and siluer.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreouer +they shewed vs with signes, that the said three fals being +past, a man might sayle the space of three monethes more +alongst that Riuer, and that along the hilles that are on the North +side there is a great riuer, which (euen as the other) +commeth from the West, we thought it to be the +riuer that runneth through the Countrey of Saguenay: +and without any signe or question mooued or asked +of them, they tooke the chayne of our Captaines +whistle, which was of siluer, and the dagger haft of +one of our fellow Mariners, hanging on his side being +of yellow copper guilt, and shewed vs that such stuffe came from +the said Riuer, and that there be Agouionda, that is as much to +say, as euill people, who goe all armed euen to their finger ends. +Also they shewed vs the manner and making of their armour: +they are made of cordes and wood, finely and cunningly wrought +togither. They gaue vs also to vnderstande that those Agouionda +doe continually warre one against another, but because we did +not vnderstand them well, we could not perceiue how farre it was +to that Countrey. Our Captaine shewed them redde Copper, +which, in their language they call Caignetadze, and looking +towarde that Countrey, with signes asked them if any came from +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page124">[pg 124]</span><a name="Pg124" id="Pg124" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +thence, they shaking their heads answered no: but they shewed +vs that it came from Saguenay, and that lyeth cleane contrary to +the other. After we had heard and seene these things of them, +we drewe to our boates accompanied with a great multitude of +those people: some of them when as they sawe any of our +fellowes weary, would take them vp on their shoulders, and +carry them as on horsebacke. So soone as we came to our +boates we hoysed saile to goe toward our Pinnesse, doubting of +some mischance. Our departure grieued and displeased them +very much, for they followed vs along the riuer as farre as they +could: we went so fast that on Munday being the fourth of +October wee came where our Pinnesse was. The Tuesday +following being the fift of the moneth, we hoysed saile, and with +our Pinnesse and boates departed from thence toward the Prouince +of Canada, to the port of the Holy Crosse, where we had +left our ships. The seuenth day we came against a riuer that +commeth from the North, and entred into that riuer, at the +entrance whereof are foure little Ilands full of faire and goodly +trees: we named that riuer The riuer of Fouetz: But because +one of those Ilandes stretcheth it selfe a great way into the riuer, +our Captaine at the point of it caused a goodly great Crosse to +be set vp, and commanded the boates to be made readie, that +with the next tide he might goe vp the saide riuer, and consider +the qualitie of it, which wee did, and that day went vp as farre as +we could: but because we found it to be of no importance, and +very shallow, we returned and sayled down the riuer. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 9. +How we came to the Port of the Holy Crosse, and in what state +we found our ships: and how the Lord of the Countrey +came to visite our Captaine, and our Captaine him: and +of certaine particular customes of the people. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon Monday being the 11 of October we came to the Port +of the Holy Crosse, where our ships were, and found that the +Masters and Mariners we had left there, had made and reared +a trench before the ships, altogether closed with great peeces of +timber set vpright and verywell fastened togither: then had they +beset the said trench about with peeces of Artillerie and other +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page125">[pg 125]</span><a name="Pg125" id="Pg125" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +necessarie things to shield and defend themselues from the +power of all the countrey. So soone as the Lord of the countrey +heard of our comming, the next day being the twelfth of October, +he came to visite vs, accompanied with Taignoagny, Domagaia, +and many others, fayning to be very glad of our comming, making +much of our Captaine, who as friendly as he could, entertained +them, albeit they had not deserued it. Donnacona their Lord +desired our Captaine the next day to come and see Canada, +which he promised to doe: for the next day being the 13 of the +moneth, he with all his Gentlemen and fiftie Mariners very well +appointed, went to visite Donnacona and his people, about a +league from our ships. The place where they make their abode +is called Stadaoona. When we were about a stones cast from +their houses, many of the inhabitants came to meete vs, being +all set in a ranke, and (as their custome is) the men all on one +side, and the women on the other, still dancing and singing +without any ceasing: and after we had saluted and receiued one +another, our Captaine gaue them kniues and such other sleight +things: then he caused all the women and children to passe +along before him, giuing each one a ring of Tin, for which they +gaue him hearty thankes: that done, our Captaine was by +Donnacona and Taignoagny, brought to see their houses, which +(the qualitie considered) were very well prouided, and stored +with such victuals as the countrey yeeldeth, to passe away the +winter withall. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Toudamani dwelling Southward of Canada.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Then they shewed vs the skins of fiue mens +heads spread vpon boards as we do vse parchment: +Donnacona told vs that they were skins of Toudamani, +a people dwelling toward the South, who +continually doe warre against them. Moreouer they +told vs, that it was two yeeres past that those Toudamans came +to assault them, yea euen into the said riuer, in an Iland that +lyeth ouer against Saguenay, where they had bin the night +before, as they were going a warfaring in Hognedo, with 200 +persons, men, women, and children, who being all asleepe in a +Fort that they had made, they were assaulted by the said +Toudamans, who put fire round about the Fort, and as they +would haue come out of it to saue themselues, they were all +slaine, only fiue excepted, who escaped. For which losse they +yet sorrowed, shewing with signes, that one day they would be +reuenged: that done, we came to our ships againe. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page126">[pg 126]</span><a name="Pg126" id="Pg126" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 10. +The maner how the people of that Countrey liue: and of certaine +conditions: of their faith, maners, and customes. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This people beleeue no whit in God, but in one whom they +call Cudruaigni: they say that often he speaketh with them and +telleth them what weather shal follow, whether good or bad. +Moreouer they say, that when he is angry with them he casteth +dust into their eyes: they beleeue that when they die they go +into the stars, and thence by litle and little descend downe into +the Horizon, euen as the stars doe, and that then they goe into +certaine greene fields full of goodly faire and precious trees, +floures, and fruits. After that they had giuen vs these things to +vnderstand, we shewed them their error, and told that their +Cudruaigni did but deceiue them, for he is but a Diuell and an +euill spirit: affirming vnto them, that there is but one onely God, +who is in heauen, and who giueth vs all necessaries, being the +Creatour of all himselfe, and that onely we must beleeue in him: +moreouer, that it is necessarie for vs to be baptised, otherwise +wee are damned into hell. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They desire to be baptised.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +These and many other things concerning +our faith and religion we shewed them, all which they +did easily beleeue, calling their Cudruaigni, Agouiada, that is to +say, nought, so that very earnestly they desired and +prayed our Captaine that he would cause them to be +baptised, and their Lorde, and Taignoagny, Domagaia, +and all the people of the towne came vnto vs, hoping to be +baptised: but because we did not throughly know their minde, +and that there was no bodie could teach them our beliefe and +religion, we excused our selues, desiring Taignoagny, and +Domagaia, to tell the rest of their countreymen, that he would +come againe another time, and bring Priests and chrisome with +vs, for without them they could not be baptised: which they did +easily beleeue, for Domagaia and Taignoagny had seene many +children baptised in Britain whiles they were there. Which +promise when they heard they seemed to be very glad. They +liue in common togither: and of such commodities as their +countrey yeeldeth they are indifferently well stored, the inhabitants +of the countrey cloth themselues with the skinnes of certaine +wilde beasts, but very miserably. In winter they weare hosen +and shoes made of wilde beasts skins, and in Sommer they goe +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page127">[pg 127]</span><a name="Pg127" id="Pg127" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +barefooted. They keepe and obserue the rites of matrimonie +sauing that euery one weddeth 2 or 3 wiues, which (their husbands +being dead) do neuer marrie againe, but for the death of their +husbands weare a certaine blacke weede all the daies of their life, +besmearing al their faces with cole dust and grease mingled +togither as thicke as the backe of a knife, and by that they are +knowen to be widdowes. They haue a filthy and detestable vse +in marrying of their maidens, and that is this, they put them all +(after they are of lawfull age to marry) in a common place, as +harlots free for euery man that will haue to doe with them, vntill +such time as they find a match. This I say, because I haue +seene by experience many housen full of those Damosels, euen +as our schooles are full of children in France to learne to reade. +Moreouer, the misrule and riot that they keepe in those houses +is very great, for very wantonly they sport and dally togither, +shewing whatsoever God hath sent them. They are no men of +great labour. They digge their grounds with certaine peeces of +wood, as bigge as halfe a sword, on which ground groweth their +corne, which they call Offici: it is as bigge as our small peason: +there is great quantitie of it growing in Bresill. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Tobacco described.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They haue also +great store of Muske-milions, Pompions, Gourds, Cucumbers, +Peason and Beanes of euery colour, yet differing from ours. +There groweth also a certaine kind of herbe, whereof in Sommer +they make great prouision for all the yeere, making great account +of it, and onely men vse of it, and first they cause it +to be dried in the Sunne, then weare it about their +neckes wrapped in a little beasts skinne made like a +little bagge, with a hollow peece of stone or wood like a pipe: +then when they please they make pouder of it, and then put it +in one of the ends of the said Cornet or pipe, and laying a cole +of fire vpon it, at the other ende sucke so long, that they fill +their bodies full of smoke, till that it commeth out of their mouth +and nostrils, euen as out of the Tonnell of a chimney. They +say that this doth keepe them warme and in health: they +neuer goe without some of it about them. We ourselues haue +tryed the same smoke, and hauing put it in our mouthes, it +seemed almost as hot as Pepper. The women of that countrey +doe labour much more then the men, as well in fishing (whereto +they are greatly giuen) as in tilling and husbanding their grounds, +and other things: as well the men as women and children, are +very much more able to resist cold then sauage beastes, for wee +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page128">[pg 128]</span><a name="Pg128" id="Pg128" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +with our owne eyes haue seene some of them, when it was +coldest (which cold was extreme raw and bitter) come to our +ships starke naked going vpon snow and yce, which thing seemeth +incredible to them that haue not seene it. When as the snow +and yce lyeth on the ground, they take great store of wilde +beasts, as Faunes, Stags, Beares, Marterns, Hares and Foxes, +with diuers other sorts whose flesh they eate raw, hauing first +dried it in the sunne or smoke, and so they doe their fish. As +farre foorth as we could perceiue and vnderstand by these +people, it were a very easie thing to bring them to some +familiaritie and ciuility, and make them learne what one would. +The Lord God for his mercies sake set thereunto his helping +hand when he seeth cause. Amen. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 11. +Of the greatnesse and depth of the said riuer, and of the sorts of +beasts, birdes, fishes, and other things that we haue seene, +with the situation of the place. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The said riuer beginneth beyond the Iland of the Assumption, +ouer against the high mountaines of Hognedo, and of +the seuen Ilands. The distance ouer from one side to the +other is about 35 or 40 leagues. In the middest it is aboue +200 fadome deepe. The surest way to sayle vpon it is on the +South side. And toward the North, that is to say, from the said +7 Ilands, from side to side, there is seuen leagues distance, where +are also two great riuers that come downe from the hils of +Saguenay, and make diuers very dangerous shelues in the Sea. +At the entrance of those two riuers we saw many and great store +of Whales and Sea horses. Ouerthwart the said Islands there is +another little riuer that runneth along those marrish grounds +about 3 or 4 leagues, wherein there is great store of water foules. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">It is now found to be but 200 leagues.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From the entrance of that riuer to Hochelaga there is +about 300 leagues distance: the originall beginning +of it is in the riuer that commeth from Saguenay, +which riseth and springeth among high and steepe +hils: it entreth into that riuer before it commeth to the Prouince +of Canada on the North side. That riuer is very deepe, high, +and streight, wherefore it is very dangerous for any vessell to goe +vpon it. After that riuer followeth the Prouince of Canada, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page129">[pg 129]</span><a name="Pg129" id="Pg129" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +wherein are many people dwelling in open boroughes and +villages. There are also in the circuit and territorie of Canada, +along, and within the said riuer, many other Ilands, some great, +and some small, among which there is one that containeth aboue +ten leagues in length, full of goodly and high trees, and also many +Vines. You may goe into it from both sides, but yet the surest +passage is on the South side. On the shore or banke of that +riuer Westward, there is a goodly, faire, and delectable bay or +creeke, conuenient and fit for to harborough ships. Hard by +there is in that riuer one place very narrow, deepe, and swift +running, but it is not passing the third part of a league, ouer +against the which there is a goodly high piece of land, with a +towne therein: and the countrey about it is very well tilled and +wrought, and as good as possibly can be seene. That is the +place and abode of Donnacona, and of our two men we tooke in +our first voyage, it is called Stadacona. But before we come to it, +there are 4 other peopled townes, that is to say, Ayraste, +Starnatan, Tailla, which standeth vpon a hill, Scitadin, and then +Stadagona, vnder which towne toward the North the riuer and +port of the holy crosse is, where we staied from the 15 of +September, vntil the 16 of May 1536, and there our ships +remained dry, as we haue said before. That place being past, +we found the habitation of the people called Teguenondahi, +standing vpon an high mountaine, and the valley of Hochelay, +which standeth in a Champaigne countrey. All the said countrey +on both sides of the riuer as farre as Hochelay and beyond, is as +faire and plaine as euer was seene. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Riuers falling from mountaines.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There are certain mountaines +farre distaines diuers riuers descend, which fall into the +said riuer. All that countrey is full of sundry sorts +of wood and many Vines, vnless it be about the places +that are inhabited, where they haue pulled vp the +trees to till and labour the ground, and to build their houses and +lodgings. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Beasts.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There is great store of Stags, Deere, Beares, +and other such sorts of beasts, as Connies, Hares, +Marterns, Foxes, Otters, Beares, Weasels, Badgers, and Rats +exceeding great and diuers other sortes of wilde beasts. They +cloth themselues with the skinnies of those beasts, because they +haue nothing else to make them apparell withall. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Birds.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There are also +many sorts of birdes, as Cranes, Swannes, Bustards, +wild Geese white and grey, Duckes, Thrushes, Blackbirdes, +Turtles, wilde Pigeons, Lenites, Finches, Red-breasts, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page130">[pg 130]</span><a name="Pg130" id="Pg130" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Stares, Nightingales, Sparrowes, and other Birdes, euen as in +France. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Fishes.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Also, as we haue said before, the said riuer is the +plentifullest of fish that euen hath of any man bene seene or +heard of, because that from the mouth to the end of it, +according to their seasons, you shall finde all sorts of +fresh water fish and salt. There are also many Whales, Porposes, +Seahorses, and Adhothuis, which is a kind of fish that we had +neuer seene or heard of before. They are as great as Porposes, +as white as any snow, their bodie and head fashioned as a +grayhound, they are wont alwaies to abide between the fresh and salt +water, which beginneth betweene the riuer of Saguenay and +Canada. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 12. +Of certaine aduertisements and notes giuen vnto vs by those +countreymen, after our returne from Hochelaga. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After our returne from Hochelaga, we dealt, traffickt, and with +great familiaritie and loue were conuersant with those that dwelt +neerest vnto our ships, except that sometimes we had strife and +contention with certaine naughtie people, full sore against the +will of the others. Wee vnderstood of Donnacona and of others, +that the said riuer is called the riuer of Saguenay, and goeth to +Sagnenay, being somewhat more then a league farther +Westnorthwest, and that 8 or 9 dayes journeys beyond, it will +beare but small boats. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The right way to Saguenay.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But the right and ready way +to Saguenay is vp that way to Hochelaga, and then +into another that commeth from Saguenay, and then entreth into +the foresaid riuer, and that there is yet one moneths sayling +thither. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Store of gold and red copper.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreouer, they told vs and gave vs to vnderstand, that +there are people clad with cloth as we are, very honest, and many +inhabited townes, and that they haue great store of +Gold and red Copper: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Two or three great lakes. Maredulcum aquarum.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +and that about the land +beyond the said first riuer to Hochelaga and Saguenay, +is an Iland enuironed round about with that and other riuers, and +that beyond Saguenay the said riuer entereth into two +or 3 great lakes, and that there is a Sea of fresh +water found, and as they haue heard say of those of +Sanguenay, there was neuer man heard of that found +out the end thereof: for, as they told vs, they themselues were +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page131">[pg 131]</span><a name="Pg131" id="Pg131" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +neuer there. Moreouer they told vs, that where we had left our +Pinnesse when wee went to Hochelaga, there is a riuer that goeth +Southwest, from whence there is a whole moneths sayling to goe +to a certaine land, where there is neither yce nor snow seene, +where the inhabitants doe continually warre one against another, +where there is great store of Oranges, Almonds, Nuts, and +Apples, with many other sorts of fruits, and that the men and +women are clad with beasts skinnes euen as they: we asked them +if there were any gold or red copper, they answered no. I take +this place to be toward Florida, as farre as I could perceiue and +vnderstand by their signes and tokens. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 13. +Of a strange and cruell disease that came to the people of +Stadacona, wherewith because we did haunt their company, +we were so infected, that there died 25 of our +company. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the moneth of December, wee vnderstood that the pestilence +was come among the people of Stadacona, in such sort, that +before we knew of it, according to their confession, there were dead +aboue 50: whereupon we charged them neither to come neere +our Fort, nor about our ships, or vs. And albeit we had driuen +them from vs, the said vnknowen sicknes began to spread itselfe +amongst vs after the strangest sort that euer was eyther heard of +or seene, insomuch as some did lose all their strength, and could +not stand on their feete, then did their legges swel, their +sinnowes shrinke as blacke as any cole. Others also had all their +skins spotted with spots of blood of a purple coulour: then did +it ascend vp to their ankels, knees, thighes, shoulders, and necke: +their mouth became stincking, their gummes so rotten, that all +the flesh did fall off, even to the rootes of the teeth, which did +also almost all fall out. With such infection did this sicknesse +spread itselfe in our three ships, that about the middle of +February, of a hundreth and tenne persons that we were, there +were not ten whole, so that one could not help the other, a most +horrible and pitifull case, considering the place we were in, forsomuch +as the people of the countrey would dayly come before our +fort, and saw but few of vs. There were alreadie eight dead, and +more then fifty sicke, and as we thought, past all hope of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page132">[pg 132]</span><a name="Pg132" id="Pg132" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +recouery. Our Captaine seeing this our misery, and that the +sicknesse was gone so farre, ordained and commanded, that +euery one should deuoutly prepare himselfe to prayer, and in +remembrance of Christ, caused his Image to be set vpon a tree, +about a flight shot from the fort amidst the yce and snow, giuing +all men to vnderstand, that on the Sunday following, seruice should +be said there, and that whosoeuer could goe, sicke or whole, +should goe thither in Procession, singing the seuen Psalmes of +Dauid, with other Letanies, praying most heartily that it would +please the said our Christ to haue compassion vpon vs. Seruice +being done, and as well celebrated as we could, our Captaine +there made a vow, that if it would please God to giue him leaue +to returne into France, he would go on Pilgrimage to our Ladie +of Rocquemado. That day Philip Rougemont, borne in Amboise, +died, being 22 yeeres olde, and because the sicknesse was to vs +vnknowen, our Captaine caused him to be ripped to see if by any +meanes possible we might know what it was, and so seeke +meanes to saue and preserue the rest of the company: he was +found to have his heart white, but rotten, and more then a quart +of red water about it: his liuer was indifferent faire, but his lungs +blacke and mortified, his blood was altogither shrunke about the +heart, so that when he was opened great quantitie of rotten blood +issued out from about his heart: his milt toward the backe was +somewhat perished, rough as it had bene rubbed against a stone. +Moreouer, because one of his thighs was very blacke without, it +was opened, but within it was whole and sound: that done, as +well as we could he was buried. In such sort did the sicknesse +continue and increase, that there were not aboue three sound men +in the ships, and none was able to goe vnder hatches to draw +drinke for himselfe, nor for his fellowes. Sometimes we were +constrained to bury some of the dead vnder the snow, because we +were not able to digge any graues for them the ground was so +hard frozen, and we so weake. Besides this, we did greatly feare +that the people of the countrey would perceiue our weaknesse +and miserie, which to hide, our Captaine, whom it pleased God +alwayes to keepe in health, would go out with two or three of the +company, some sicke and some whole, whom when he saw out +of the Fort, he would throw stones at them and chide them, +faigning that so soone as he came againe, he would beate them, +and then with signes shewe the people of the countrey that hee +caused all his men to worke and labour in the ships, some in +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page133">[pg 133]</span><a name="Pg133" id="Pg133" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +calking them, some in beating of chalke, some in one thing, and +some in another, and that he would not haue them come foorth +till their worke was done. And to make his tale seeme true and +likely, he would make all his men whole and sound to make a +great noyse with knocking stickes, stones, hammers, and other +things togither, at which time we were so oppressed and grieued +with that sicknesse, that we had lost all hope euer to see France +againe, if God of his infinite goodnesse and mercie had not with +his pitifull eye looked vpon vs, and reuealed a singular and +excellent remedie against all diseases vnto vs, the best that euer +was found vpon earth, as hereafter shall follow. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 14. +How long we stayed in the Port of the holy Crosse amidst the +snow and yce, and how many died of the said disease, +from the beginning of it to the midst of March. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From the midst of Nouember vntill the midst of March, we +were kept in amidst the yce aboue two fadomes thicke, and snow +aboue foure foot high and more, higher then the sides of our +ships, which lasted till that time, in such sort, that all our drinkes +were frozen in the Vessels, and the yce through all the ships was +aboue a hand breadth thicke, as well aboue hatches as +beneath, and so much of the riuer as was fresh, euen to +Hochelaga, was frozen, in which space there died fiue and twentie of +our best and chiefest men, and all the rest were so sicke, that wee +thought they should neuer recouer againe, only three or foure +excepted. Then it pleased God to cast his pitiful eye vpon vs, +and sent us the knowledge of remedie of our healthes and +recouerie, in such maner as in the next Chapter shall be shewed. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 15. +How by the grace of God we had notice of a certaine tree, +whereby we all recouered our health: and the maner how +to vse it. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Ovr Captaine considering our estate (and how that sicknesse +was encreased and hot amongst vs) one day went foorth of the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page134">[pg 134]</span><a name="Pg134" id="Pg134" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Forte, and walking vpon the yce, hee saw a troupe of those +Countreymen comming from Stadacona, among which was +Domagaia, who not passing ten or twelue dayes afore, had bene +very sicke with that disease, and had his knees swolne as bigge +as a childe of two yeres old, all his sinews shrunke together, his +teeth spoyled, his gummes rotten, and stinking. Our Captaine +seeing him whole and sound, was thereat maruellous glad, hoping +to vnderstand and know of him how he had healed himselfe, to +the end he might ease and help his men. So soone as they were +come neere him, he asked Domagaia how he had done to heale +himselfe: he answered, that he had taken the juice and sappe of +the leaues of a certain Tree, and therewith had healed himselfe: +For it is a singular remedy against that disease. Then our +Captaine asked of him if any were to be had thereabout, desiring +him to shew him, for to heale a seruant of his, who whilest he +was in Canada with Donnacona, was striken with that disease: +That he did because he would not shew the number of his sicke +men. Domagaia straight sent two women to fetch some of it, +which brought ten or twelue branches of it, and therewithall +shewed the way how to vse it, and that is thus, to take the barke +and leaues of the sayd tree, and boile them togither, then to +drinke of the sayd decoction euery other day, and to put the +dregs of it vpon his legs that is sicke: moreouer, they told vs, +that the vertue of that tree was, to heale any other disease: the +tree is in their language called Ameda or Hanneda, this is +thought to be the Sassafras tree. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A perfect remedy against the French Pocks.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Our Captaine presently caused +some of that drink to be made for his men to drink of it, but +there was none durst tast of it, except one or two, who +ventured the drinking of it, only to tast and proue it; the other +seeing that did the like, and presently recovered their health, +and were deliuered of that sickenes, and what other disease +soeuer, in such sorte, that there were some had bene diseased +and troubled with the French Pockes foure or fiue +yeres, and with this drinke were cleane healed. +After this medicine was found and proued to be true, +there was such strife about it, who should be first to +take it, that they were ready to kill one another, so that a tree as +big as any Oake in France was spoiled and lopped bare, and +occupied all in fiue or sixe daies, and it wrought so wel, that if +all the phisicians of Mountpelier and Louaine had bene there +with all the drugs of Alexandria, they would not haue done so +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page135">[pg 135]</span><a name="Pg135" id="Pg135" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +much in one yere, as that tree did in sixe dayes, for it did so +preuail, that as many as vsed of it, by the grace of God recouered +their health. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 16. +How the Lord Donnacona accompanied with Taignoagny and +diuers others, faining that they would goe to hunt Stags, +and Deere, taried out two moneths, and at their returne +brought a great multitude of people with them, that we +were not wont to see before. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +While that disease lasted in our ships the lord Donnacona, +Taignoagny, with many others went from home, faining that +they would goe to catch Stags and Deere, which are in their +tongue called Aiounesta, and Asquenoudo, because the yce and +snow was not so broken along the riuer that they could sayle: it +was told vs of Domagaia and others, that they would stay out but +a fortnight, and we beleeued it, but they stayed aboue two +moneths, which made vs mistrust that they had bene gone to +raise the countrey to come against vs, and do vs some displeasure, +we seeing our selues so weake and faint. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A long winter.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Albeit we had vsed +such diligence and policie in our Fort, that if all the power of +the countrey had bene about it, they could haue done nothing +but looke vpon vs: and whilest they were foorth, many of the +people came dayly to our ships, and brought vs fresh meat, as +Stags, Deere, fishes, with diuers other things, but +held them at such an excessiue price, that rather then +they would sell them any thing cheape, many times +they would carie them backe againe, because that yere the Winter +was very long, and they had some scarcity and neede of them. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 17. +How Donnacona came to Stadacona againe with a great number +of people, and because he would not come to visit our +Captaine, fained himselfe to be sore sicke, which he did +only to haue the Captaine come see him. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the one and twentieth day of April Domagaia came to the +shore side, accompanied with diuers lusty and strong men, such +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page136">[pg 136]</span><a name="Pg136" id="Pg136" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +as we were not wont to see, and tolde vs that their lord Donnacona +would the next day come and see vs, and bring great +store of Deeres flesh, and other things with him. The next day +he came and brought a great number of men to Stadacona, +to what end, and for what cause wee knew not, but (as the prouerb +sayth) hee that takes heede and shields himselfe from +all men, may hap to scape from some: for we had need +to looke about vs, considering how in number we were diminished, +and in strength greatly weakned, both by reason of our sicknesse +and also of the number that were dead, so that we were constrained +to leaue one of our ships in the Port of the Holy Crosse. +Our Captaine was warned of their comming, and how they had +brought a great number of men with them, for Domagaia came +to tell it vs, and durst not passe the riuer that was betwixt +Stadacona and vs, as he was wont to doe, whereupon we mistrusted +some treason. Our Captaine seeing this sent one of his +seruants to them, accompanied with Iohn Poulet being best +beloued of those people, to see who were there, and what they +did. The sayd Poulet and the other fained themselues onely to +be come to visit Donnacona, and bring him certaine presents, +because they had beene together a good while in the sayd +Donnaconas Towne. So soone as he heard of their comming, +he got himselfe to bed, faining to bee very sicke. That done, +they went to Taignoagny his house to see him, and wheresoeuer +they went, they saw so many people, that in a maner one could +not stirre for another, and such men as they were neuer wont to +see. Taignoagny would not permit our men to enter into any +other houses, but still kept them company, and brought them +halfe way to their ships, and tolde them that if it would please +our captaine to shew him so much fauour as to take a Lord of +the Countrey, whose name was Agonna, of whom hee had +receiued some displeasure, and carie him with him into France, +he should therefore for euer be bound vnto him, and would doe +for him whatsoeuer hee would command him, and bade the +seruant come againe the next day, and bring an answere. Our +Captaine being aduertised of so many people that were there, +not knowing to what end, purposed to play a prettie prancke, +that is to say, to take their Lord Donnacona, Taignoagny, +Domagaia, and some more of the chiefest of them prisoners, in +so much as before hee had purposed, to bring them into France, +to shew vnto our King what he had seene in those Westerne +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page137">[pg 137]</span><a name="Pg137" id="Pg137" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Rubies, Gold, and wollen cloth with other riches in Saguenay.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +parts, and maruels of the world, for that Donnacona +had told vs, that he had bene in the Countrey of +Saguenay, in which are infinite Rubies, Gold, and +other riches, and that there are white men, who +clothe themselues with woollen cloth euen as we doe +in France. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A people called Picquemians.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreover he reported, that hee had bene in another +countrey of a people called Piquemians, and other +strange people. The sayd Lord was an olde man, +and euen from his childehood had neuer left off nor +ceased from trauailing into strange Countreys, as well by water +and riuers, as by lande. The sayd Poulet and the other hauing +tolde our Captaine their Embassage, and shewed him what +Taignoagny his will was, the next day he sent his seruant againe +to bid Taignoagny come and see him, and shewe what hee +should, for he should be very well entertained, and also part of +his will should be accomplished. Taignoagny sent him word, +that the next day hee would come and bring the Lord Donnacona +with him, and him that had so offended him, which hee did not, +but stayed two dayes, in which time none came from Stadacona +to our shippes, as they were wont to doe, but rather fled from +vs, as if we would have slaine them, so that then wee plainely +perceiued their knauery. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The towne of Sidatin.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But because they vnderstood, that those of Sidatin did +frequent our company, and that we had forsaken the +bottome of a ship which we would leaue, to haue +the olde nailes out of it, the third day following they +came from Stadacona, and most of them without difficulty did +passe from one side of the riuer to the other with small Skiffes: +but Donnacona would not come ouer: Taignoagny and Domagaia +stood talking together about an houre before they would come +ouer, at last they came to speake with our Captaine. There +Taignoagny prayed him that hee would cause the foresayd man +to be taken and caried into France. Our Captaine refused to +doe it, saying that his King had forbidden him to bring any man +or woman into France, onely that he might bring two or three +yong boyes to learne the language, but that he would willingly +cary him to Newfoundland, and there leave him in an Island. +Our Captaine spake this, onely to assure them, that they should +bring Donnacona with them, whom they had left on the other +side; which wordes, when Taignoagny heard, hee was very glad, +thinking hee should neuer returne into France againe, and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page138">[pg 138]</span><a name="Pg138" id="Pg138" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +therefore promised to come the next day which was the day of +the Holy Crosse, and to bring Donnacona and all the people +with him. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 18. +How that vpon Holyrood day our Captaine caused a Crosse to +be set vp in our Forte: and how the Lord Donnacona, +Taignoagny, Domagaia, and others of their company +came: and of the taking of the sayd Lord. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The third of May being Holyroode day, our Captaine for the +solemnitie of the day, caused a goodly fayre crosse of 35 foote +in height to bee set vp, vnder the crosset of which hee caused a +shield to be hanged, wherein were the Armes of France, and +ouer them was written in antique letters, Franciscus primus Dei +gratia Francorum Rex regnat. And vpon that day about noone, +there came a great number of the people of Stadacona, men, +women and children, who told vs that their Lord Donnacona, +Taignoagny, and Domagaia were comming, whereof we were very +glad, hoping to retaine them. About two of the clocke in the +afternoone they came, and being come neere our ships, our +Captaine went to salute Donnacona, who also shewed him a merie +countenance, albeit very fearefully his eyes were still bent toward +the wood. Shortly after came Taignoagny, who bade Donnacona +that he should not enter into our Forte, and therefore fire was +brought forth by one of our men, and kindled where their Lord +was. Our Captaine prayed him to come into our ships to eate +and drinke as hee was wont to do, and also Taignoagny, who +promised, that after a while he would come, and so they did, +and entred into our ships: but first it was told our Captain by +Domagaia that Taignoagny had spoken ill of him, and that he +had bid Donnacona hee should not come aboord our ships. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Donnacona, Taignoagny, and Domagaia taken.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Our Captaine perceiuing that, came out of the Forte, and saw +that onely by Taignoagny his warning the women ran away, and +none but men stayed in great number, wherefore he +straight commanded his men to lay hold on Donnacona, +Taignoagny, and Domagaia, and two more of +the chiefest whom he pointed vnto: then he commanded +them to make the other to retire. Presently after, the +said lord entred into the Fort with the Captaine, but by and by +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page139">[pg 139]</span><a name="Pg139" id="Pg139" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Taignoagny came to make him come out againe. Our Captaine +seeing that there was no other remedy, began to call vnto them +to take them, at whose crie and voice all his men came forth, +and tooke the sayd Lord with the others, whom they had +appointed to take. The Canadians seeing their Lord taken, +began to run away, even as sheepe before the woolfe, some +crossing over the riuer, some through the woods, each one seeking +for his owne aduantage. That done, we retired our selues, +and laid vp the prisoners vnder good guard and safety. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 19. +How the said Canadians the night following came before our +ships to seeke their men, crying and howling all night +like Woolues: of the talke and conclusion they agreed +vpon the next day: and of the gifts which they gaue our +Captaine. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The night following they came before our ships, (the riuer +being betwixt vs) striking their breasts, and crying and howling +like woolues, still calling Agouhanna, thinking to speake with +him, which our Captaine for that time would not permit, neither +all the next day till noone, whereupon they made signes vnto vs, +that we had hanged or killed him. About noone, there came as +great a number in a cluster, as euer we saw, who went to hide +themselues in the Forest, except some, who with a loud voice +would call and crie to Donnacona to speake vnto them. Our +Captaine then commanded Donnacona to be brought vp on high +to speake vnto them, and bade him be merrie, for after he had +spoken, and shewed vnto the King of France what hee had seene +in Saguenay and other countreys, after ten or twelve moneths, +he should returne againe, and that the King of France +would giue him great reward. Donnacona was very glad, +and speaking to the others told it them, who in token of +ioy, gaue out three great cryes, and then Donaconna and +his people had great talke together, which for want of +interpreters, cannot be described. Our Captaine bade Donnacona +that hee should cause them to come to the other side of the +riuer, to the end they might better talke together without any +feare, and that he should assure them: which Donnacona +did, and there came a boate full of the chiefest of them to the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page140">[pg 140]</span><a name="Pg140" id="Pg140" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Four and twenty chains of Esurgny.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +ships, and there anew began to talke together, giuing great praise +to our captaine, and gaue him a present of foure and twenty +chaines of Esurgny, for that is the greatest and preciousest riches +they haue in this world, for they esteeme more of +that, then of any gold or siluer. After they had long +talked together, and that their Lord sawe that there +was no remedy to auoide his going into France, hee commanded +his people the next day, to bring him some victuals to serue him +by the way. Our Captaine gaue Donnacona, as a great present, +two Frying pannes of copper, eight Hatchets, and other small +trifles, as Kniues, and Beades, whereof hee seemed to be very +glad, who sent them to his wiues and children. Likewise, he +gaue to them that came to speake with Donnacona, they thanked +him greatly for them, and then went to their lodgings. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. 20. +How the next day, being the fift of May, the same people came +againe to speake vnto their Lord, and how foure women +came to the shore to bring him victuals. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon the fift of May, very early in the morning, a great number +of the sayd people came againe to speake vnto their Lord, +and sent a boate, which in their tongue they call Casnoni, +wherein were onely foure women, without any man, for feare +their men should be retained. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +These women brought great store of victuals, as great Millet, +which is their come that they liue withall, flesh, fish, and other +things, after their fashion. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +These women being come to our shippes, our Captaine did +very friendly entertaine them. Then Donnacona prayed our +Captaine to tell these women that hee should come againe after +ten or twelue moneths, and bring Donnacona to Canada with +him: this hee sayd only to appease them, which our Captaine +did: wherefore the women, as well by words as signes, seemed to +be very glad, giuing our Captaine thanks, and told him, if he +came againe, and brought Donnacona with him, they would giue +him many things: in signe whereof, each one gaue our Captaine +a chaine of Esurgny, and then passed to the other side of the +riuer againe, where stood all the people of Stadacona, who taking +all leaue of their Lord, went home againe. On Saturday following, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page141">[pg 141]</span><a name="Pg141" id="Pg141" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Isle of Orleans. Isle de Coudres.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +being the sixt of the moneth, we departed out of the sayd Port of +Santa Croix, and came to the harborough a little beneath the +Island of Orleans, about twelue leagues from the Port +of the Holy Crosse, and vpon Sonday we came to the +Island of Filberds, where we stayed vntil the sixteenth +of that moneth, till the fiercenesse of the waters were +past, which at that time ranne too swift a course, and were too +dangerous to come downe along the riuer, and therefore we stayed +till faire weather came. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A knife of red coper brought from Saguenay.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the meane while many of Dannaconas +subiects came from the riuer of Saguenay to him, but being by +Domagaia aduertised, that their Lord was taken to bee carried +into France they were all amazed: yet for all that they would not +leaue to come to our ships, to speake to Dannacona, who told +them that after twelue moneths he should come againe, and that +he was very well vsed by the Captaine, Gentlemen, and Mariners. +Which when they heard, they greatly thanked our Captaine and +gaue their Lord three bundles of Beauers, and Sea Woolues +skinnes, with a great knife of red copper that +commeth from Saguenay, and other things. +They +gaue also to our Captaine a chaine of Esurgny, for +which our Captaine gaue them ten or twelue Hatchets, +and they gaue him hearty thankes, and were very well +contented. The next day, being the sixteenth of May, +we hoysed sayle, and came from the said Island of +Filberds, to another about fifteene leagues from it, which is +about fiue leagues in length, and there, to the end we might take +some rest the night following, we stayed that day, in hope the +next day we might passe and auoide the dangers of the riuer of +Saguenay, which are great. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Isle of Hares.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That euening we went a land and +found great store of Hares, of which we tooke a great +many, and therefore we called it the Island of Hares: +in the night there arose a contrary winde, with such +stormes and tempest that wee were constrained to returne to the +Island of Filberds againe, from whence wee were come, because +there was none other passage among the sayde Islandes, and +there we stayed till the one and twentieth of that moneth, till +faire weather and good winde came againe: and then wee sayled +againe, and that so prosperously, that we passed to Honguedo, +which passage vntill that time had not bene discouered: wee +caused our ships to course athwart Cape Prat which is the +beginning of the Port of Chaleur: and because the winde was +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page142">[pg 142]</span><a name="Pg142" id="Pg142" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +good and conuenient, we sayled all day and all night without +staying, and the next day we came to the middle of Brions +Island, which we were not minded to doe, to the end we might +shorten our way. These two lands lie Northwest, and Southeast, +and are about fiftie leagues one from another. The said +Island is in latitude 47 degrees and a halfe. Vpon Thursday +being the twenty sixe of the moneth, and the feast of the Ascension +of our Lord, we coasted ouer to a land and shallow of lowe +sandes, which are about eight leagues Southwest from Brions +Island, aboue which are large Champaignes, full of trees and also +an enclosed sea, whereas we could neither see, nor perceiue any +gappe or way to enter thereinto. On Friday following, being the +27 of the moneth, because the wind did change on the coast, we +came to Brions Island againe, where we stayed till the beginning +of Iune, and toward the Southeast of this Island, wee sawe a +lande, seeming vnto vs an Island, we coasted it about two leagues +and a halfe, and by the way we had notice of three other high +Islands, lying toward the Sands: after wee had knowen +these things we returned to the Cape of the sayd land, which +doeth diuide it selfe into two or three very high Capes: the +waters there are very deepe, and the flood of the sea runneth so +swift, that it cannot possibly be swifter. That day we came to +Cape Loreine, which is in forty seuen degrees and a halfe toward +the South: on which cape there is a low land, and it seemeth that +there is some entrance of a riuer, but there is no hauen of any +worth. Aboue these lands we saw another cape toward the +south, we named it Saint Paules Cape, it is at 47 degrees and a +quarter. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Sonday following, being the fourth of Iune, and Whitsonday, +wee had notice of the coast lying Eastsoutheast, distant +from the Newfoundland about two and twenty leagues; and +because the wind was against vs, we went to a Hauen, which wee +named S. Spiritus Porte, where we stayed till Tewesday that we +departed thence, sayling along that coast vntill we came to Saint +Peters Islands. Wee found along the sayd coast many very +dangerous Islands and shelues, which lye all in the Eastsoutheast +and Westnorthwest, about three and twenty leagues into the sea. +Whilest we were in the sayd Saint Peters Islands we met with +many ships of France and of Britaine, wee stayed there from +Saint Barnabas day, being the eleuenth of the moneth, vntil the +sixteenth that we departed thence and came to Cape Rase, and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page143">[pg 143]</span><a name="Pg143" id="Pg143" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +entred into a Port called Rognoso, where we took in fresh water, +and wood to passe the sea: there wee left one of our boates. +Then vpon Monday, being the nineteenth of Iune, we went from +that Port, and with such good and prosperous weather we +sailed along the sea, in such sorte, that vpon the sixt of Iuly +1536 we came to the Porte of S. Malo, by the grace of God, to +whom we pray, here ending our Nauigation, that of his infinite +mercy he will grant vs his grace and fauour, and in the end bring +vs to the place of euerlasting felicitie. Amen. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Here followeth the language of the countrey, and kingdomes of +Hochelaga and Canada, of vs called New France: But +first the names of their numbers. +</p> + +<table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">1 Secada</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Tigneni</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Hasche</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Hannaion</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Ouiscon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Indahir</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Aiaga</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">8 Addigue</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Madellon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">10 Assem</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Here follow the names the chiefest partes of men, and other +words necessary to be knowen. +</p> + +<a name="Pg144" id="Pg144" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><a name="Pg145" id="Pg145" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><table summary="This is a table" cellspacing="0" class="tei tei-table" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"><colgroup span="2"></colgroup><tbody><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Head</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aggonzi</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Browe</td><td class="tei tei-cell">hegueniascon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Eyes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">higata</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Eares</td><td class="tei tei-cell">abontascon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Mouth</td><td class="tei tei-cell">esahe</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Teeth</td><td class="tei tei-cell">esgongay</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Tongue</td><td class="tei tei-cell">osnache</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Throat</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agonhon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Beard</td><td class="tei tei-cell">hebelim</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Face</td><td class="tei tei-cell">hegonascon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Haires</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aganiscon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Armes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aiayascon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Flanckes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aissonne</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Stomacke</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aggruascon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Bellie</td><td class="tei tei-cell">eschehenda</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Thighes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">hetnegradascon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Knees</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agochinegodascon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Legges</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agouguenehondo</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Feete</td><td class="tei tei-cell">onchidascon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Hands</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aignoascon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Fingers</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agenoga</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Nailes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agedascon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Mans member</td><td class="tei tei-cell">ainoascon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a womans member</td><td class="tei tei-cell">castaigne</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">an Eele</td><td class="tei tei-cell">esgueny</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Snaile</td><td class="tei tei-cell">vndeguezi</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Tortois</td><td class="tei tei-cell">heuleuxima</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Woods</td><td class="tei tei-cell">conda</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">leaues of Trees</td><td class="tei tei-cell">hoga</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">God</td><td class="tei tei-cell">cudragny</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">giue me some drink</td><td class="tei tei-cell">quazahoaquea</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">giue me to breakfast</td><td class="tei tei-cell">quase hoa quascaboa</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">giue me my supper</td><td class="tei tei-cell">quaza hoa quatfriam</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">let vs goe to bed</td><td class="tei tei-cell">casigno agnydahoa</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Man</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aguehum</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a woman</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agruaste</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Boy</td><td class="tei tei-cell">addegesta</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Wench</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agniaquesta</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Child</td><td class="tei tei-cell">exiasta</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Gowne</td><td class="tei tei-cell">cahata</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Doublet</td><td class="tei tei-cell">caioza</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Hosen</td><td class="tei tei-cell">hemondoha</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Shooes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">atha</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Shirt</td><td class="tei tei-cell">amgoua</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Cappe</td><td class="tei tei-cell">castrua</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Corne</td><td class="tei tei-cell">osizi</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Bread</td><td class="tei tei-cell">carraconny</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Water</td><td class="tei tei-cell">ame</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Flesh</td><td class="tei tei-cell">quahottascon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Reisins</td><td class="tei tei-cell">queion</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Damsons</td><td class="tei tei-cell">honnesta</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Figges</td><td class="tei tei-cell">absconda</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Grapes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">ozoba</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Nuttes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">quahoya</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Hen</td><td class="tei tei-cell">sahomgahoa</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Lamprey</td><td class="tei tei-cell">zisto</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Salmon</td><td class="tei tei-cell">ondacon</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Whale</td><td class="tei tei-cell">ainne honne</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Goose</td><td class="tei tei-cell">sadeguenda</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Streete</td><td class="tei tei-cell">adde</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Cucumber seede</td><td class="tei tei-cell">casconda</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">to Morrowe</td><td class="tei tei-cell">achide</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Heauen</td><td class="tei tei-cell">quenhia</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Earth</td><td class="tei tei-cell">damga</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Sunne</td><td class="tei tei-cell">ysmay</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Moone</td><td class="tei tei-cell">assomaha</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Starres</td><td class="tei tei-cell">stagnehoham</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Winde</td><td class="tei tei-cell">cohoha</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">good morrow</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aignag</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">let vs go to play</td><td class="tei tei-cell">casigno caudy</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">come and speak with me</td><td class="tei tei-cell">assigniquaddadia</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">looke vpon me</td><td class="tei tei-cell">quagathoma</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">hold your peace</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aista</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">let vs go with the boat</td><td class="tei tei-cell">casigno casnouy</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">giue me a knife</td><td class="tei tei-cell">buazahca agoheda</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Hatchet</td><td class="tei tei-cell">adogne</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Bow</td><td class="tei tei-cell">ahenca</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Darte</td><td class="tei tei-cell">quaetan</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">let vs goe a hunting</td><td class="tei tei-cell">Casigno donnascat</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Stagge</td><td class="tei tei-cell">aionnesta</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Sheepe</td><td class="tei tei-cell">asquenondo</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Hare</td><td class="tei tei-cell">Sourhanda</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Dogge</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agaya</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a Towne</td><td class="tei tei-cell">canada </td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the Sea</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agogasy</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the waues of the sea</td><td class="tei tei-cell">coda</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">an Island</td><td class="tei tei-cell">cohena</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">an Hill</td><td class="tei tei-cell">agacha</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">the yce</td><td class="tei tei-cell">honnesca</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Snow</td><td class="tei tei-cell">camsa</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Colde</td><td class="tei tei-cell">athau</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Hotte</td><td class="tei tei-cell">odazani</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Fier</td><td class="tei tei-cell">azista</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Smoke</td><td class="tei tei-cell">quea</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">a House</td><td class="tei tei-cell">canoca </td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Beanes</td><td class="tei tei-cell">sahe</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">Cinnamom</td><td class="tei tei-cell">adhotathny</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">my Father</td><td class="tei tei-cell">addathy</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">my Mother</td><td class="tei tei-cell">adanahoe</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">my Brother</td><td class="tei tei-cell">addagrim</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-row"><td class="tei tei-cell">my Sister</td><td class="tei tei-cell">adhoasseue</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page146">[pg 146]</span><a name="Pg146" id="Pg146" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They of Canada say, that it is a moneths sayling to goe a +lande where Cinnamom and Cloues are gathered. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Here endeth the Relation of Iames Cartiers discouery and +Nauigation to the Newfoundlands, by him named New France. +</p> + +</div> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc35" id="toc35"></a> +<a name="pdf36" id="pdf36"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XVI. The third voyage of discouery made by Captaine Iaques Cartier, +1540. vnto the Countreys of Canada, Hochelaga, and +Saguenay. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +King Francis the first hauing heard the report of Captaine +Cartier his Pilot generall in his two former Voyages of discouery, +as well by writing as by word of mouth, touching that which hee +had found and seene in the Westerne partes discouered by him +in the parts of Canada and Hochelaga, and hauing also seene +and talked with the people, which the sayd Cartier had brought +out of those Countreys, whereof one was king of Canada, whose +name was Donnacona, and others: which after that they had +bene a long time in France and Britaine, were baptized at their +owne desire and request, and died in the sayd countrey of +Britaine. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Ten Sauages brought into France. +Great riches and very good soile in Saguenay, which is beyond the saults.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And albeit his Maiestie was aduertized by the sayd +Cartier of the death and decease of all the people which were +brought ouer by him (which were tenne in number) +sauing one little girle about tenne yeeres old, yet he +resolued to send the sayd Cartier his Pilot thither +againe, with Iohn Francis de la Roche, Knight, Lord of +Roberual,<a id="noteref_20" name="noteref_20" href="#note_20"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">20</span></span></a> +whome hee appointed his Lieutenant and Gouernour +in the Countreys of Canada and Hochelaga, and the sayd Cartier +Captaine Generall and leader of the shippes, that they might +discover more then was done before in the former voyages, and +attaine (if it were possible) vnto the knowledge of the +Countrey of Saguenay, whereof the people brought +by Cartier, as is declared, made mention vnto the +King, that there were great riches, and very good +countreys. And the King caused a certaine summe +of money to be deliuered to furnish out the sayd +voyage with fiue shippes: which thing was performed by the +sayd Monsieur Roberual and Cartier. After that they had +agreed together to rigge the sayd fiue ships at Saint Malo in +Britaine, where the two former voyages had beene prepared and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page147">[pg 147]</span><a name="Pg147" id="Pg147" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +set forth. And the said Monsieur Roberual sent Cartier thither +for the same purpose. And after that Cartier had caused the +said fiue ships to be built and furnished and set in good order. +Monsieur Roberual came downe to S. Malo and found the ships +fallen downe to the roade, with their yards acrosse full ready to +depart and set saile, staying for nothing else but the comming of +the Generall, and the payment of the furniture. And because +Monsieur Roberual the kings lieutenant had not as yet his +artillery, powder and munitions, and other things necessary come +downe, which he had prouided for the voyage, in the Countreys +of Champaigne and Normandie: and because the said things +were very necessary, and that hee was loth to depart without +them, he determined to depart from S. Malo to Roan, and to +prepare a ship or two at Honfleur, whither he thought his things +were come. And that the said Cartier shoulde depart with the +fiue shippes which he had furnished, and should goe before. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The kings letters to Cartier.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Considering also that the said Cartier had receiued +letters from the king, whereby hee did expresly +charge him to depart and set sayle immediatly vpon +the sight and receit thereof, on payne of incurring his displeasure, +and to lay all the fault on him. And after the conclusion of +these things, and the said Monsieur Roberual had taken muster +and view of the gentlemen, souldiers, and mariners which were +retained and chosen for the performance of the sayd voyage, hee +gaue vnto Captain Cartier full authoritie to depart and goe +before, and to gouerne all things as if he had bene there in +person: and himselfe departed to Honfleur to make his farther +preparation. After these things thus dispatched, the winde +comming faire, the foresayd fiue ships set sayle together well +furnished and victualled for two yeere, the 23. of May, 1540. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The great mischiefe of leesing the season.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And we sailed so long with contrary winds and continuall +torments, which fell out by reason of our late +departure, that wee were on the sea with our sayd +fiue ships full three moneths before wee could arriue +at the Port and Hauen of Canada, without euer hauing in all +that time 30 houres of good wind to serue vs to keepe our right +course: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Carpont Hauen.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +so that our fiue shippes through those stormes lost company +one of another, all saue that two kept together, to wit that +wherein the Captaine was, and the other wherein went the +Viscount of Beaupre, vntill at length at the end of +one moneth wee met all together at the Hauen +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page148">[pg 148]</span><a name="Pg148" id="Pg148" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +of Carpont in Newfoundland. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Transporting of diuers sorts of cattell for breed.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But the length of time which +we were in passing betweene Britayne and Newfoundland +was the cause that we stood in great neede of water, +because of the cattell, aswell Goates, Hogges, as other beastes +which we caried for breede in the Countrey, which +wee were constrained to water with Sider and other +drinke. Now therefore because we were the space +of three moneths in sayling on the sea, and staying in +Newfoundland, wayting for Monsieur Roberual, and +taking in of fresh water and other things necessary, wee arriued +not before the Hauen of Saincte Croix in Canada, (where in the +former voyage we had remayned eight moneths) vntill the 23. +day of August. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The new king of Canada.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In which place the people of the Countrey came +to our shippes, making shew of ioy for our arriuall, and namely +he came thither which had the rule and gouernment of the +Countrey of Canada, named Agona, which was +appointed king there by Donacona, when in the +former voyage we carried him into France. And +hee came to the Captaines ship with 6. or 7. boates, and with +many women and children. And after the sayd Agona had +inquired of the Captaine where Donacona and the rest were, the +Captaine answered him, That Donacona was dead in France, +and that his body rested in the earth, and that the rest stayed +there as great Lords, and were maried, and would not returne +backe into their Countrey: the said Agona made no shewe of +anger at all these speeches: and I thinke he tooke it so well +because he remained Lord and Gouernour of the countrey by +the death of the said Donacona. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Great dissimulation of a Sauage.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After which conference the +said Agona tooke a piece of tanned leather of a yellow skin +edged about with Esnoguy (which is their riches and the thing +which they esteeme most precious, as wee esteeme gold) which +was vpon his head in stead of a crowne, and he put the same on +the head of our Captaine, and tooke from his wrists two bracelets +of Esnoguy, and put them vpon the Captaines armes, colling him +about the necke, and shewing vnto him great signes +of ioy: which was all dissimulation, as afterward it +wel appeared. The captaine tooke the said crowne +of leather and put it againe vpon his head, and gaue him and his +wiues certaine smal presents, signifying vnto him that he had +brought certaine new things, which afterward he would bestow +vpon him: for which the sayd Agona thanked the Captaine. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page149">[pg 149]</span><a name="Pg149" id="Pg149" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +And after that he had made him and his company eat and +drinke, they departed and returned to the shore with their +boates. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A good roade 4. leagues aboue Saincte Croix.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After which things the sayd Captaine went with two of +his boates vp the riuer, beyond Canada and the Port of Saincte +Croix, to view a Hauen and a small riuer, which is +about 4. leagues higher: which he found better and +more commodious to ride in and lay his ships, then +the former. And therefore he returned and caused +all his ships to be brought before the sayd riuer, and +at a lowe water he caused his Ordinance to bee planted to place +his ships in more safetie, which he meant to keep and stay in +the Countrey, which were three: which hee did the day following +and the rest remayned in the roade in the middest of the riuer +(In which place the victuals and other furniture were discharged, +which they had brought) from the 26. of August vntill the second +of September, what time they departed to returne for S. Malo, +in which ships he sent backe Mace Iolloberte his brother in +lawe, and Steuen Noel his Nephew, skilfull and excellent pilots, +with letters vnto the king, and to aduertise him what had bene +done and found: and how Monsieur Roberual was not yet come, +and that hee feared that by occasion of contrary winds and +tempests he was driven backe againe into France. +</p> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The description of the aforesayd Riuer and Hauen. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The sayd Riuer is small, not past 50. pases broad, and +shippes drawing three fathoms water may enter in at a full sea: +and at a low water there is nothing but a chanell of a foote +deepe or thereabout. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Trees aboue 3. fathoms about. Hanneda the +most excellent tree of the world.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On both sides of the said Riuer there are +very good and faire grounds, full of as faire and mightie trees as +any be in the world, and diuers sorts, which are +aboue tenne fathoms higher then the rest, and there +is one kind of tree aboue three fathoms about, which +they in the Countrey call Hanneda, which hath the +most excellent vertue of all the trees in the world, +whereof I will make mention hereafter. Moreouer +there are great store of Okes the most excellent that euer I saw +in my life, which were so laden with Mast that they cracked +againe: besides this there are fairer Arables, Cedars, Beeches, +and other trees, then grow in France: and hard vnto this wood +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page150">[pg 150]</span><a name="Pg150" id="Pg150" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Abundance of Vines of grapes.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +on the South side the ground is all couered with +Vines, which we found laden with grapes as blacke +as Mulberies, but they be not so kind as those of +France because the Vines bee not tilled, and because they grow +of their owne accord. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Fruit like Medlers.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreouer there are many white Thornes, +which beare leaues as bigge as oken leaues, and fruit +like vnto Medlers. To bee short, it is as good a +Countrey to plow and mannure as a man should +find or desire. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Seed sprong out of the ground within 8 days.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We sowed seedes here of our Countrey, as +Cabages, Naueaus,<a id="noteref_21" name="noteref_21" href="#note_21"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">21</span></span></a> +Lettises and others, which grew +and sprung vp out of the ground in eight dayes. +The mouth of the riuer is toward the South, and it +windeth Northward like vnto a snake: and at the +mouth of it toward the East there is a high and +steepe cliffe, where we made a way in manner of a payre of +staires, and aloft we made a Fort to keepe the nether Fort and +the ships, and all things that might passe by the great as by this +small riuer. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A great Plaine of very good arable ground.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreouer a man may behold a great +extension of ground apt for tillage, straite and handsome, +and somewhat enclining toward the South, as +easie to be brought to tillage as I would desire, and +very well replenished with faire Okes and other trees of great +beauty, no thicker then the Forrests of France. Here we set +twenty men to worke, which in one day had laboured about an +acre and an halfe of the said ground, and sowed it part with +Naueaus or small Turneps, which at the ende of eight dayes, as +I said before, sprang out of the earth. And vpon that high +cliffe wee found a faire fountaine very neere the sayd Fort: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Diamants of Canada.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +adioyning whereunto we found good store of stones, +which we esteemed to be Diamants. On the other +side of the said mountaine and at the foote thereof, +which is towards the great Riuer is all along a goodly Myne of +the best yron in the world, and it reacheth euen hard vnto our +Fort, and the sand which we tread on is perfect refined Myne, +ready to be put into the fornace. And on the waters side we +found certaine leaues of fine gold as thicke as a mans nayle. +And Westward of the said Riuer there are, as hath bene sayd, +many faire trees: and toward the water a goodly Medow full of +as faire and goodly grasse as euer I sawe in any Medowe in +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page151">[pg 151]</span><a name="Pg151" id="Pg151" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +France: and betweene the said Medow and the Wood are great +store of Vines: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Excellent and strong hempe.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +and beyond the said Vines the land +groweth full of Hempe which groweth of it selfe, +which is as good as possibly may be seene, and as +strong. And at the ende of the sayd Medow within an hundred +pases there is a rising ground, which is of a kind of slate stone +blacke and thicke, wherein are veines of mynerall matter, which +shewe like gold and siluer: and throughout all that stone there +are great graines of the sayd Myne. And in some places we +haue found stones like Diamants, the most faire, pollished and +excellently cut that it is possible for a man to see, when the +Sunne shineth vpon them, they glister as it were sparkles of fire. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +How after the departure of the two shippes which were sent +backe into Britaine, and that the Fort was begun to be +builded, the Captaine prepared two boates to go vp the +great Riuer to discouer the passage of the three Saults or +falles of the Riuer. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The rich countrey of Saquenay situated +beyond the Saults which are in 44. deg.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The said Captaine hauing dispatched two ships to returne to +carry newes, according as hee had in charge from the king, and +that the Fort was begun to be builded, for preseruation of their +victuals and other things, determined with the Vicount of Beaupre, +and other Gentlemen, Masters, and Pilots chosen for counsayle, +to make a voyage with two boates furnished with men and +victuals to goe as farre as Hochelaga, of purpose to +view and vnderstand the fashion of the Saults of +water, which are to be passed to goe to Saguenay, +that hee might be the readier in the spring to passe +farther, and in the Winter time to make all things +needefull in a readinesse for their businesse. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They depart from Charlesburg Royal the 7. of Septem.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The +foresaid boates being made ready, the Captaine and +Martine de Painpont, with other Gentlemen and the remnant of +the Mariners departed from the sayd place of Charlesburg +Royal the seuenth day of September in the +yeere aforesayd 1540. And the Vicount of Beaupre +stayed behind for the garding and gouernement of +all things in the Fort. And as they went vp the +riuer, the Captaine went to see the Lord of Hochelay, +which dwelleth betweene Canada and Hochelaga: which in +the former voyage had giuen vnto the said Captaine a +little girle, and had oftentimes enformed him of the treasons +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page152">[pg 152]</span><a name="Pg152" id="Pg152" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +which Taignoagny and Domagaya (whom the Captaine in +his former voyage had caried into France) would haue +wrought against him. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They delight in red cloth.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In regard of which his curtesie the said +Captaine would not passe by without visiting of him, and to let +him vnderstand that the Captaine thought himselfe beholding +vnto him, hee gaue vnto him two yong boyes, and left them with +him to learne their language, and bestowed vpon him +a cloake of Paris red, which cloake was set with yealow +and white buttons of Tinne, and small belles. And +withall hee gaue him two Basons of Laton, and certaine hachet +and kniues: whereat the sayde Lord seemed highly to reioyce, +and thanked the Captaine. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The 11 of September.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This done, the Captaine and his +company departed from that place: And wee sailed with so prosperous +a wind, that we arriued the eleuenth day of +the moneth at the first Sault of water, which is two +leagues distant from the Towne of Tutonaguy. And +after wee were arriued there, wee determined to goe and passe as +farre vp as it was possible with one of the boates, and that the +other should stay there till it returned: and wee double manned +her to rowe vp against the course or streame of the sayde Sault. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Bad ground and a great current.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And after wee had passed some part of the way from our other +boate, wee found badde ground and great rockes, and +so great a current, that wee could not possibly passe +any further with our Boate. And the Captaine +resolued to goe by land to see the nature and fashion of the +Sault. And after that we were come on shore, wee founde hard +by the water side a way and beaten path going toward the sayde +Saultes, by which wee tooke our way. And on the sayd way, +and soone after we found an habitation of people which made vs +great cheere, and entertained vs very friendly. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Another village of good people which dwell +ouer against the second Sault.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And after that he +had signified vnto them, that wee were going toward the Saults, +and that wee desired to goe to Saguenay, foure yong men went +along with vs to shewe vs the way, and they brought vs so farre +that wee came to another village or habitation of good people, +which dwell ouer against the second Sault, which came and +brought vs of their victuals, as Pottage and Fish, and +offered vs of the same. After that the Captaine +had enquired of them as well by signes as wordes, +how many more Saults we had to passe to goe to +Saguenay, and what distance and way it was thither, +this people shewed vs and gaue vs to vnderstand, that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page153">[pg 153]</span><a name="Pg153" id="Pg153" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +wee were at the second Sault, and that there was but one more to +passe, that the Riuer was not nauigable to goe to Saguenay, and +that the sayd Sault was but a third part farther then we had +trauailed, shewing vs the same with certaine little stickes, which +they layd vpon the ground in a certaine distance, and afterward +layde other small branches betweene both, representing the Saults. +And by the sayde marke, if their saying be true, it can be but +sixe leagues by land to passe the sayd Saults. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">400 persons about their boates.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After that we had bene aduertised by the sayde people, of the +things abouementioned, both because the day was farre spent, +and we had neither drunke nor eaten the same day, we concluded +to returne vnto our boats, and we came thither, where we found +great store of people to the number of 400 persons or +thereabout, which seemed to giue vs very good entertainment +and to reioyce of our comming: And therefore +our Captaine gaue eche of them certaine small trifles, as +combs, brooches of tynne and copper, and other smal toyes, and +vnto the chiefe men euery one his litle hatchet and hooke, whereat +they made certaine cries and ceremonies of ioy. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Like those of New Albion.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But +a man must not trust them for all their faire +ceremonies and signes of ioy, for if they had thought +they had bene too strong for vs, then would they haue done their +best to haue killed vs, as we vnderstood afterward. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The sauages are great dissemblers.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This being +done, we returned with our boats, and passed by the +dwelling of the Lord of Hochelay, with whom the +Captaine had left the two youths as hee came vp the +riuer, thinking to haue found him: But hee coulde find no +body saue one of his sonnes, who tolde the Captaine that hee +was gone to Maisouna, as our boyes also told vs, saying +that it was two dayes since he departed. But in truth hee +was gone to Canada to conclude with Angona what they should +doe against vs. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Sauages conspire together against the French.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And when we were arriued at our +Fort, wee vnderstoode by our people, that the +Sauages of the Countrey came not any more about +our Fort as they were accustomed, to bring vs fish, +and that they were in a wonderful doubt and feare of +vs. Wherefore our Captaine, hauing bene aduertised by some +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page154">[pg 154]</span><a name="Pg154" id="Pg154" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A very great number of Sauages assembled together.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +of our men which had bene at Stadacona to visite +them, that there were a wonderfull number of the +Countrey people assembled together, caused +all things in our fortresse to bee set in good order: +&c. +The rest is wanting. +</p> + +</div> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc37" id="toc37"></a> +<a name="pdf38" id="pdf38"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XVII. A letter written to M. Iohn Growte student in Paris, by Iaques +Noel of S. Malo, the nephew of Iaques Cartier, touching +the foresaid discouery. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Master Growte, your brother in law Giles Walter shewed me +this morning a Mappe printed at Paris, dedicated to one M. +Hakluyt an Englishman: wherein all the West Indies, the +kingdome of New Mexico, and the countreys of Canada, +Hochelaga, and Saguenay are contained. I hold that the Riuer +of Canada which is described in that Mappe is not marked as it +is in my booke, which is agreeable to the booke of Iaques +Cartier: and that the sayd Chart doth not marke or set downe +The great Lake, which is aboue the Saults, according as the +Sauages haue aduertised vs, which dwell at the sayd Saults. +In the foresayd Chart which you sent me hither, the Great Lake +is placed too much toward the North.<a id="noteref_22" name="noteref_22" href="#note_22"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">22</span></span></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Saults are in 44. deg. and easie to passe.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Saults +or falles of the Riuer stand in 44. degrees of latitude: +it is not so hard a matter to passe them, as it is +thought: The water falleth not downe from any high +place, it is nothing else but that in the middest of the Riuer +there is bad ground. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">But 5. leagues iourney to passe the 3 Saults.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +It were best to build boates aboue the +Saults: and it is easie to march or trauell by land to +the end of the three Saults: it is not aboue fiue +leagues iourney. I haue bene vpon the toppe of a +mountaine, which is at the foot of the Saults, where +I haue seene the said Riuer beyond the sayd Saultes, which +shewed vnto vs to be broader then it was where we passed it. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Ten dayes iourney from the Saults to this great Lake.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The people of the Countrey aduertised vs, that there +are ten dayes iourney from the Saults vnto this +Great Lake. We know not how many leagues they +make to a dayes iourney. At this present I cannot +write vnto you more at large, because the messenger +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page155">[pg 155]</span><a name="Pg155" id="Pg155" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +can stay no longer. Here therefore for the present I will ende, +saluting you with my hearty commendations, praying God to +giue you your hearts desire. From S. Malo in haste this 19 day +of Iune. 1587. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Your louing Friend,<br /> +Iaqves Noel. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Cosin, I pray you doe me so much pleasure as to send me a +booke of the discouery of New Mexico, and one of those new +Mappes of the West Indies dedicated to M. Hakluyt the +English Gentleman, which you sent to your brother in law +Giles Walter. I will not faile to informe my selfe, if there be +any meane to find out those descriptions which Captain Cartier +made after his two last voyages into Canada. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc39" id="toc39"></a> +<a name="pdf40" id="pdf40"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XVIII. Vnderneath the aforesaid vnperfite relation that which followeth +is written on another letter sent to M. Iohn Growte student +in Paris from Iaques Noel of S. Malo, the grand nephew +of Iaques Cartier. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I can write nothing else vnto you of any thing that I can +recouer of the writings of Captaine Iaques Cartier my uncle +disceased, although I haue made search in all places that I could +possibly in this Towne: sauing of a certaine booke made in +maner of a sea Chart, which was drawne by the hand of my said +vncle, which is in the possession of master Cremeur: which +booke is passing well marked and drawne for all the Riuer of +Canada, whereof I am well assured, because I myself haue +knowledge thereof as farre as to the Saults, where I haue bene: +The height of which Saults is in 44. degrees. I found in the +sayd Chart beyond the place where the Riuer is diuided in +twaine in the midst of both the branches of the said riuer somewhat +neerest that arme which runneth toward the Northwest, +these words following written in the hand of Iaques Cartier. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +By the people of Canada and Hochelaga it was said, That +here is the land of Saguenay, which is rich and wealthy in precious +stones. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And about an hundred leagues vnder the same I found written +these two lines following in the saide Carde enclining toward the +Southwest. Here in this Countrey are Cinamon and Cloues, +which they call in their language Canodeta. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page156">[pg 156]</span><a name="Pg156" id="Pg156" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Touching the effect of my booke whereof I spake vnto you, it +is made after the maner of a sea Chart, which I haue deliuered +to my two sonnes Michael and Iohn, which at this present are in +Canada. If at their returne, which will be God willing about +Magdalene tyde, they haue learned any new thing worthy the +writing, I will not faile to aduertise you thereof. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Your louing Friend,<br /> +Iaqves Noel. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc41" id="toc41"></a> +<a name="pdf42" id="pdf42"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XIX. Here followeth the course from Belle Isle, Carpont, and the +Grand Bay in Newfoundland vp the Riuer of Canada for +the space of 230. leagues, obserued by Iohn Alphonse of +Xanctoigne chiefe Pilote to Monsieur Roberual, 1542. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Belles Isles are in 51 degrees and 2/3. Belles Isles and Carpont +are Northnorthwest and Southsoutheast, and they are ten leagues +distant. Carpont is in 52 degrees. Carpont and Bell Isle from +the Grand Bay are Northeast and Southwest, and the distance +from Bell Isle to the Grand Bay is 7 leagues. The midst of the +Grand Bay is in 52 degrees and an halfe, and on the Northside +thereof there is a rocke: halfe a league from the Isle, ouer +against Carpont toward the East there is a small flat Island, and +on the side toward the Northeast there is a flat rocke. And +when thou commest out of the harborough of Carpont thou +must leaue this rocke on the starreboord side, and also on the +larboord side there are two or three small Isles: and when thou +commest out on the Northeast side, ranging along the shore +toward the West about two pikes length in the midway there is a +shold which lyeth on thy starboord side: and saile thou by the +North coast, and leaue two partes of the Grand Bay toward the +South; because there is a rocke which runneth 2 or 3 leagues +into the sea. And when thou art come athwart the hauen of +Butes, ran along the North shore about one league or an halfe +of, for the coast is without all danger; +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Isle of Blanc Sablon or white sand.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Bell Isle in +the mouth of the Grand Bay, and the Isles of Blanc +Sablon, which are within the Grand Bay, neere vnto +the North shore lie Northeast, West and Southwest, +and the distance is 30 leagues. The Grand Bay at the entrance +is but 7 leagues broad from land to land vntill it come ouer +against the Bay des Chasteaux: and from thence forward it hath +not past 5 leagues in breadth. And against Blanc Sablon it is +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page157">[pg 157]</span><a name="Pg157" id="Pg157" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +8 leagues broad from land to land. And the land on the +South shore is all low land along the sea coast. The North +shore is reasonable high land, Blanc Sablon is in 51 degrees 2/3. +The Isles of Blanc Sablon and the Isles de la Damoiselle +are Northeast, Westsouthwest, and take a little of the Westsouthwest, +and they are distant 36 leagues: these Isles are +in 50 deg. 3/4. And there is a good hauen: and you may +enter by an high Cape which lieth along toward the Northeast +and within the distance of a pike and an halfe, because +of a rocke which lieth on your larrebord side, and you +may ancre in 10 fathome water ouer against a little nooke: +and from the great headland vnto the place where thou doest +ancre there is not aboue the length of 2 Cables. And if thou +wouldest go out by the West side, thou must saile neere the Isle +by the starrebord, and giue roome vnto the Isle on the larbord at +the comming forth: and when thou art not past a cables length +out thou must saile hard by the Isles on the larbord side, by +reason of a suncken flatte which lieth on the starrebord, and thou +shalt saile so on to the Southsouthwest, vntill thou come in sight +of a rocke which shineth, which is about halfe a league in the +sea distant from the Isles, and thou shalt leaue it on the larrebord: +(and from the Isles of Damoiselle vnto Newfoundland the +sea is not in bredth aboue 36. leagues, because that Newfoundland +euen vnto Cape Briton runneth not but Northnortheast and +Southsouthwest.) Between the Isles de la Damoiselle and the +Isles of Blanck Sablon there be many Isles and good harbours: +and on this coast, there are faulcons and haukes, and certaine +foules which seeme to be feasants. The Isles de la Damoiselle +and Cape Tienot are Northeast and Westsouthwest and take a +little of the Northeast and southwest, and they are distant 18. +leagues. Cape Tienot is in 50. deg and 1/4. And there the sea +is broadest. And it may be to the end of Newfoundland, which +is at the entrance of Cape Briton 70 leagues, which is the +greatest bredth of the sea. And there are 6 or 7 Isles between +the Isles de la Damoiselle and Cape Tienot. Cape Tienot hath +in the sea 5 or 6 leagues distant from it a suncken Iland dangerous +for ships. </p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Isle Ascention, Assumption or Naliscotec.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Cape Tienot and the midst of the +Isle of Ascension are Northeast and southsouthwest, +and they are 22. leagues distant, the midst of the Isle +of Ascension is in 49. deg and 1/2. The said Isle lieth +Northwest and Southeast, the Northwest end is in 50. degrees of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page158">[pg 158]</span><a name="Pg158" id="Pg158" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +latitude and the Southeast end is in 48. degrees and a halfe and +it is about 25. leagues long and 4. or 5. leagues broad: and from +the Northwest end of the Isle vnto the firme land of the North +side the Sea is not aboue seven leagues broad, but vnto the firme +land on the South side are about 15. leagues. Cape Tienot and +the end of the Isle of Ascention toward the Southeast are Northeast +and Southwest, and are distant 30. leagues. The said Cape +of Tienot and the Northwest end of the Isle of Ascension are +East and West, and take a little of the Northeast and Southwest, +and they are distant 34. leagues. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The commendation of the Isle of Ascension.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Isle of Ascension +is a goodly Isle, and a goodly champion land +without any hilles, standing all vpon white rocks and +Alablaster, all couered with trees vnto the Sea shore, +and there are al sorts of trees as there be in France: and there be +wild beasts, as beares, Luserns, Porkespicks.<a id="noteref_23" name="noteref_23" href="#note_23"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">23</span></span></a> +And from the +Southeast end of the Isle of Ascension vnto the entrance of Cape +Briton is but 50. leagues. The Northwest end of the Isle and +the Cape des Monts nostre Dame,<a id="noteref_24" name="noteref_24" href="#note_24"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">24</span></span></a> +which is on the maine land +towards the South, are Northeast and Westsouthwest, and the +distance betweene them is 15. leagues. The Cape is in 49. +degrees, which is a very high land. The Cape and end of the +Isle of Ascension toward the Southeast are East and West and +there is 15. leagues distance betweene them. The Bay of +Molues or Gaspay<a id="noteref_25" name="noteref_25" href="#note_25"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">25</span></span></a> +is in 48. degrees, and the coast lyeth North +and South, and taketh a quarter of the Northeast and Southwest +vnto the Bay of Heate<a id="noteref_26" name="noteref_26" href="#note_26"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">26</span></span></a> +and there are 3. Isles, one great one and +two smal: from the Bay of Heate vntill you passe the Monts +nostre Dame al the land is high and good ground al couered +with trees. Ognedoc is a good Bay and lyeth Northnorthwest and +Southsoutheast, and it is a good Harbour: and you must saile along +the shore on the Northside by reason of the low point at the +entrance therof: and when you are passed the poynt bring your +selfe to an ancre in 15. or 20. fathoms of water toward the South +shore, and here within this Hauen are two riuers, one which goeth +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page159">[pg 159]</span><a name="Pg159" id="Pg159" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Greater store and better fish then in Newfoundland.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +toward the Northwest, and the other to the South +west. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The mouth of the riuer of Canada twenty fiue leagues broad.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And on this coast there is great fishing for +Coddes and other fish, where there is more store +then is in Newfoundland, and better fish. And here +is great store of riuer foule, as Malards, wild Geese, +and others: And here are all sorts of trees, Rose trees, Raspesses, +Filbrid<a id="noteref_27" name="noteref_27" href="#note_27"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">27</span></span></a> +trees, Apple trees, Peare trees, and it is better here in +Sommer then in France. The Isle of Ascension and the 7. Isles +which lie on the North shore lie Southeast and Westnorthwest, +and are distant 24. leagues. The Cape of Ognedoc and the 7. +Isles are Northnorthwest and Southsoutheast; and are distant 35. +leagues. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The riuer is here but 10 leagues broad.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Cape of Monts nostre Dame and the +7. Isles are North and South, and the cut ouer from +the one to the other is 25. leagues: and this is the +breadth of this Sea, and from thence vpward it +beginneth to waxe narrower and narrower. The 7. +Isles are in 50. degrees and 1/2. The 7. Isles and the poynt of +Ongear lie Northeast and Southwest and the distance betweene +them is 15. leagues, and betweene them are certaine small +Islands: and the point of Ongear and the mountaines Nostre +Dame, which are on the South side of the entrance +of the riuer, are North and South: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The riuer 8 leagues broad.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +and the cut ouer +from the one to the other is ten leagues: and this is +here the abredth of the Sea. The poynt of Ongear +and the riuer of Caen lie East and West, and they are distant +12. leagues. And all the coast from the Isle of Ascension hither +is very good ground, wherin growe all sorts of trees that are in +France and some fruits. The poynt of Ongear is in 49. degrees +and 1/4. And the riuer of Caen and the Isle of Raquelle lye +Northeast and Southwest, and they are distant 12. leagues. The +Isle of Raquelle is in 48. degrees and 1/2. In this riuer of Caen +there is great store of fish. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And here the Sea is not +past 8. leagues broad. The Isle of Raquelle is a +very low Isle, which is neere vnto the South shore, +hard by a high Cape which is called the Cape of Marble. There +is no danger there at all. And betweene Raquelle and the +Cape of Marble ships may passe. And there is not from the +Isle to the South shore aboue one league, and from the Isle +vnto the North shore about foure leagues. The Isle of Raquelle +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page160">[pg 160]</span><a name="Pg160" id="Pg160" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and the entrance of Saguenay are Northeast Westsouthwest, and +are distant 14. leagues, and there are betweene them two small +Islandes neere the North shore. The entrance of Saguenay is +in 48. degrees and 1/2, and the entrance hath not past a quarter of +a league in breadth, and it is dangerous toward the Southwest: +and two or three leagues within the entrance it beginneth to +waxe wider and wider: and it seemeth to bee as it were an +arme of the Sea: And I thinke that the same runneth into +the Sea of Cathay,<a id="noteref_28" name="noteref_28" href="#note_28"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">28</span></span></a> +for it sendeth foorth there a great +current, and there doth runne in that place a terrible +rase or tyde. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The riuer not past 4 leagues ouer.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And here the riuer from the +North shore to the South shore is not past foure +leagues in breadth, and it is a dangerous passage +betweene both the lands, because there lie bankes of +rockes in the riuer. The Isle of Raquelle and the Isle of Hares +lye Northeast and Southwest, and take 1/2 of the East and the +West, and they are distant 18. leagues. The entrance of Saguenay +and the Isle of Liepueres or Hares lie Northnortheast and Southsouthwest, +and are distant 5. leagues. The entrance of Saguenay +and the Isle of Raquelle are Northnorthwest, and Southsouthwest, +and are distant three leagues. The Isle of Hares is in 48 and +1/16 of a degree. From the Mountaines of Nostre Dame vnto +Canada<a id="noteref_29" name="noteref_29" href="#note_29"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">29</span></span></a> +and vnto Hochelaga, all the land on the South coast is +faire, a lowe land and goodly champaigne, all couered with trees +vnto the brink of the riuer. And the land on the North side is +higher, and in some places there are high mountaines. And +from the Isle of Hares vnto the Isle of Orleans the +riuer is not past 4 or 5 leagues broad. Betweene the +Isle of Hares and the highland on the North side the sea is not +past a league and a halfe broad, and it is very deepe, for it is +aboue 100. fathoms deepe in the middest. To the East of the +Isle of Hares there are 2 or 3 small Isles and rockes. And from +hence to the Isle des Coudres or of Filbeards, all is nothing but +Isles and rockes on the South shore: and towards the North the +sea is fayre and deepe. The Isle of Hares and the Isle of +Filbeards lie northeast, West and Southwest, and they are distant +12 leagues. And you must alwayes run along the high land on +the north shore; for on the other shore there is nothing but +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page161">[pg 161]</span><a name="Pg161" id="Pg161" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +rocks. And you must passe by the side of the Isle of Filbeards, +and the riuer there is not past a quarter of a league broad, and +you must sayle in the middest of the Chanel: and in the middest +runneth the best passage either at an hie or a low water, because +the sea runneth there strongly, and there are great dangers of +rocks, and you had neede of good ancre and cable. The isle of +Filbeards is a small isle, about one league long, and halfe a +league broad, but they are all banks of sand. The isle of Filberds +stands in 47. deg and 3/4. The isle of Filberds and the +isle of Orleans lie northeast and southwest, and they are distant +10 leagues, and thou must passe by the high land on the north-side +about a quarter of a league, because that in the midst of the +riuer there is nothing but sholds and rocks. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The beginning of the fresh water.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And when thou +shall bee ouer against a round Cape, thou must take ouer to the +South shore southwest, and a quarter toward the south; and +thou shalt sayle in 5. 6 and 7 fathoms: and there the riuer of +Canada beginneth to bee fresh, and the salt water +endeth. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The riuer but a quarter of a league broad.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And when thou shall be athwart the point +of the isle of Orleans, where the riuer beginneth to +be fresh, thou shalt sayle in the midst of the riuer, and thou +shalt leaue the isle on the starreboord, which is on +the right hand: and here the riuer is not past a +quarter of a league broad, and hath 20 and 30 +fathoms water. And towards the South shore there +is a ledge of Isles all couered with trees, and they end ouer +against the point of the Isle of Orleans. And the poynt of the +Isle of Orleans toward the Northeast is in 47 degrees and one +terce of a degree. And the Isle of Orleans is a fayre Isle, all +couered with trees even vnto the riuers side: and it is about 5 +leagues long, and a league and an halfe broade. And on the +North shore there is another Riuer, which falleth into the mayne +Riuer at the ende of the Island: and Shippes may very well +passe there. From the middest of the Isle vnto Canada the +Riuer runneth West; and from the place of Canada vnto France-Roy +the riuer turneth West Southwest: and from the West ende +of the Isle to Canada is but one league; and vnto France-Roy 4 +leagues. And when thou art come to the end of the Isle thou +shalt see a great Riuer which falleth fifteene or twenty fathoms +downe from a rocke, and maketh a terrible noyse. The Fort of +France-roy stands in 47 degrees, and one sixt part of a degree. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The extension of all these lands, vpon iust occasion is called +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page162">[pg 162]</span><a name="Pg162" id="Pg162" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +New France. For it is as good and as temperate +as France, and in the same latitude. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Why the countrey is colder in the Winter then France.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And the reason +wherefore it is colder in the Winter is, because the +fresh Riuer is naturally more colde then the Sea; +and it is also broad and deepe: and in some places +it is halfe a league and aboue in breadth. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A second reason.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And also because +the land is not tylled nor full of people, and is all +full of Woods, which is the cause of colde, because +there is not store of fire nor cattel. And the sunne +hath his Meridian as high as the Meridian at Rochel: and it is +noone here when the Sunne is at South Southwest at +Rochel. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The variation of the compasse.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And here the north starre by the compasse +standeth North northeast. And when at Rochel it +is noone, it is but halfe an houre past nine at France-Roy. +From the sayde place vnto the Ocean sea and the coast of New +France, is not aboue 50 leagues distance. And from the entrance +of Norumbega<a id="noteref_30" name="noteref_30" href="#note_30"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">30</span></span></a> +vnto Florida are 300 leagues: and from this +place of France-Roy to Hochelaga, are about 80 leagues: and +vnto the Isle of Rasus 30 leagues. And I doubt not but +Norumbega entereth into the riuer of Canada, and vnto the Sea +of Saguenay. And from the Fort of France-Roy vntill a man +come foorth of the Grand Bay is not aboue 230 leagues. And +the course is Northeast and West Southwest not aboue 5 degrees +and 1/3 difference: and reckon 16 leagues and an halfe to a +degree. By the nature of the climate the lands toward Hocheslaga +are still better and better, and more fruitfull. +And this land is fitte for Figges and Peares. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Gold and siluer like to be found in Canada.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And I +thinke that gold and siluer will be found here, +according as the people of the countrey say. These +landes lye ouer against Tartarie, and I doubt not but that they +stretch toward Asia, according to the roundnesse of the world. +And therefore it were good to haue a small Shippe of 70 tunnes +to discouer the coast of New France on the backe side of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page163">[pg 163]</span><a name="Pg163" id="Pg163" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A Bay in 42 degrees giuing some hope of a passage.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Florida: for I haue bene at a Bay as farre as 42 +degrees betweene Norambega and Florida, and I +haue not searched the ende thereof, and I knowe not +whether it passe through.<a id="noteref_31" name="noteref_31" href="#note_31"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">31</span></span></a> +And in all these Countreys +there are okes, and bortz, ashes, elmes, arables, trees +of life, pines, prussetrees, ceders, great wall nut trees, and wilde +nuts, hasel-trees, wilde peare trees, wilde grapes, and there haue +bene found redde plummes. And very faire corne groweth there +and peason grow of their owne accord, gooseberries and strawberries. +And there are goodly Forrests, wherein men may hunt. +And there are great store of stagges, deere, porkepicks, and the +Sauages say there bee Vnicornes. Fowle there are in abundance, +as bustards, wilde geese, cranes, turtle doues, rauens, crowes, +and many other birds. All things which are sowen there, are +not past two or three dayes in coming vp out of the ground. I +haue tolde in one eare of corne an hundred and twenty graines, +like the corne of France. And ye neede not to sowe your +Wheate vntill March, and it will be ripe in the middest of +August. The waters are better and perfecter then in France. +And if the Countrey were tilled and replenished with people, it +would be as hotte as Rochel. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The cause of the often snowing in Canada.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And the reason why +it snoweth there oftener then in France is, because +it raineth there but seldome: for the raine is conuerted +into snowes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +All things aboue mentioned, are true. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Iohn Alphonse made this Voyage with Monsieur Roberual. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There is a pardon to be seene for the pardoning of Monsieur +de Saine terre, Lieutenant of the sayd Monsieur de Roberual, +giuen in Canada in the presence of the sayde Iohn Alphonse. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc43" id="toc43"></a> +<a name="pdf44" id="pdf44"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XX. The Voyage of Iohn Francis de la Roche, knight, Lord of +Roberual, to the Countries of Canada, Saguenai, and +Hochelaga, with three tall Ships, and two hundred +persons, both men, women, and children, begun in April, +1542. In which parts he remayned the same summer, +and all the next winter. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Sir Iohn Francis de la Roche knight, lord of Roberual, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page164">[pg 164]</span><a name="Pg164" id="Pg164" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +appoynted by the king as his Lieutenant general in the countreis +of Canada, Saguenay, and Hochelaga, furnished 3. tall Ships, +chiefly at the kings cost: And hauing in his fleete 200. persons, +aswel men as women, accompanied with diuers gentlemen of +qualitie, as namely with Monsieur Saineterre his lieutenant, +l'Espiney his Ensigne, captain Guinecourt, Monsieur Noire +Fontaine, Dieu Lamont, Frote, la Brosse, Francis de Mìre, la +Salle, and Roieze, and Iohn Alfonse of Xanctoigne an excellent +pilot, set sayle from Rochel the 16. of April 1542. The same +day about noone we came athwart of Chefe de boys, where we +were enforced to stay the night following. On Monday the +seuenteenth of the sayde Moneth wee departed from Chefe de +boys. The winde serued vs notably for a time: but within fewe +dayes it came quite contrary, which hindered our iourney for a +long space: For wee were suddenly enforced to turne backe, and +to seeke Harborough in Belle Isle, on the coast of Bretaigne, +where wee stayed so long, and had such contrary weather by the +way, that wee could not reach Newfound lande, vntill the seuenth +of Iune. The eight of this Moneth wee entred into the Rode of +Saint Iohn, where wee founde seuenteene Shippes of fishers. +While wee made somewhat long abode heere, Iaques Cartier and +his company returning from Canada, whither hee was sent with +fiue sayles the yeere before, arriued in the very same Harbour. +Who, after hee had done his duetie to our Generall, tolde him +that hee had brought certaine Diamonts, and a quantitie of Golde +ore, which was found in the Countrey. Which ore the Sunday +next ensuing was tryed in a Furnace, and found to be good. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Furthermore, hee enformed the Generall that hee could not +with his small company withstand the Sauages, which went about +dayly to annoy him: and that this was the cause of his returne +into France. Neuerthelesse, hee and his company commended +the Countrey to bee very rich and fruitfull. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Iaques Cartier stole away.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But when our +Generall being furnished with sufficient forces, commanded him +to goe backe againe with him, hee and his company, mooued as +it seemeth with ambition, because they would haue all the glory +of the discouerie of those partes themselues, stole +priuily away the next night from vs, and without +taking their leaues departed home for Bretaigne. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wee spent the greatest part of Iune in this Harbour of Saint +Iohn, partly in furnishing our selues with fresh water, whereof wee +stoode in very great neede by the way, and partly in composing +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page165">[pg 165]</span><a name="Pg165" id="Pg165" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and taking vp of a quarell betweene some of our Countreymen +and certaine Portugals. At length, about the last of the aforesayde +Moneth, wee departed hence, and entred into the Grand +Baye, and passed by the Isle of Ascension: and finally arriued +foure leagues Westward of the Isle of Orleans. In this place wee +found a conuenient Harbour for our shipping, where wee cast +anchor, went a shoare with our people, and chose out a conuenient +place to fortifie ourselues in, fitte to command the mayne Riuer, +and of strong situation against all inuasion of enemies. Thus +towarde the ende of Iuly, wee brought our victuals and other +munitions and prouisions on shore, and began to trauaile in +fortyfying of our selues. +</p> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +Of the Fort of France Roy, and that which was +done there. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hauing described the beginning, the middest, and the ende +of the Voyage made by Monsieur Roberual in the Countreyes of +Canada, Hochelaga, Saguenay, and other Countreyes in the West +partes: He sayled so farre, (as it is declared in other bookes) +that hee arriued in the sayde Countrey, accompanyed with two +hundred persons, souldiers, mariners, and common people, with +all furniture necessary for a fleete. The sayde Generall at his +first arriuall built a fayre Fort, neere and somewhat Westward +aboue Canada, which is very beautifull to beholde, and of great +force, situated vpon an high mountaine, wherein there were two +courtes of buyldings, a great Towre and another of fortie or fiftie +foote long: wherein there were diuers Chambers, an Hall, a +Kitchine, houses of office, Sellers high and lowe, and neere vnto +it were an Ouen and Milles, and a stooue to warme men in, and +a Well before the house. And the buylding was situated vpon +the great Riuer of Canada, commonly called France prime, by +Monsieur Roberual. There was also at the foote of the mountaine +another lodging, part whereof was a great Towne of two stories +high, two courtes of good buylding, where at the first all our +victuals, and whatsoeuer was brought with vs was sent to be kept: +and neere vnto that Towre there is another small riuer. In +these two places aboue and beneath, all the meaner sort was +lodged. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">August 1542. September 14.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And in the moneth of August, and in the beginning +of September euery man was occupied in such woorke +as eche one was able to doe. But the fourteenth of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page166">[pg 166]</span><a name="Pg166" id="Pg166" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +September, our aforesayde Generall sent backe into France two +Shippes which had brought his furniture, and he appointed for +Admirall Monsieur de Saine-terre, and the other captaine was +Monsieur Guinecourt, to carie newes vnto the King, and to come +backe againe vnto him the yeere next ensuing, furnished with +victuals and other things, as it should please the King: and also +to bring newes out of France how the King accepted certaine +Diamants which were sent him, and were found in this countrey. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The proportion of their victuals.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After these two Shippes were departed, consideration was had +how they should doe, and how they might passe out the Winter +in this place. First they tooke a view of the victuals, +and it was found that they fell out short: and they +were scantled so, that in eche messe they had but two +loaues weighing a pound a piece, and halfe a pound of biefe. +They ate Bacon at Dinner with halfe a pound of butter: and +Biefe at supper, and about two handfuls of Beanes without +Butter. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the Wednesday, Friday, and Saturday they did eate dry +Cod, and sometimes they did eate it greene at dinner with butter, +and they ate of Porposes and beanes at supper. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +About that time the Sauages brought vs great store of Aloses, +which is a fish somewhat redde like a Salmon, to get kniues and +other small trifles for them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the ende many of our people fell sicke of a certaine disease +in their legges, reynes, and stomacke, so that they seemed to bee +depriued of all their lymmes, and there dyed thereof about +fiftie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The length of the Winter.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Note that the yce began to breake up in April. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Monsieur Roberual vsed very good iustice, and +punished euery man according to his offence. One +whose name was Michael Gaillon, was hanged for his theft. +Iohn of Nantes was layde in yrons, and kept prisoner for his +offence, and others also were put in yrons, and diuers were +whipped, as well men as women: by which meanes they liued in +quiet. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The maners of the Sauages. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To declare vnto you the state of the Sauages, they are people +of a goodly stature, and well made, they are very white, but they +are all naked: and if they were apparelled as the French are, they +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page167">[pg 167]</span><a name="Pg167" id="Pg167" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +would bee as white and as fayre: but they paynt themselues for +feare of heat and sunne burning. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">So haue they of Ceuola, and Quiuira, and Meta Incognita.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In stead of apparell, they weare skinnes vpon them like mantles; +and they haue a smal payre of breeches, wherewith +they couer their priuities, as well men as women. +They haue hosen and shooes of lether excellently +made. And they haue no shirts: neither couer they +their heads, but their hayre is trussed vp aboue the +crowne of their heads, and playted or broyded. Touching their +victuals, they eate good meate, but all vnsalted, but they drye it, +and afterward they broyle it, as well fish as flesh. They haue no +certaine dwelling place, and they goe from place to place, as they +thinke they must best finde foode, as Aloses in one place, and +other fish, Salmons, Sturgions, Mullets, Surmullets, Barz, Carpes, +Eeles, Pinperneaux, and other fresh water fish, and store of +Porposes. They feede also of Stagges, wilde Bores, Bugles, +Porkespynes, and store of other wilde beastes. And there is as +great store of Fowle as they can desire. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Touching their bread, they make very good: and it is of great +myll: and they liue very well; for they take care for nothing +else. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They drinke Seale oyle, but this is at their great feasts. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their gouernment.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They haue a King in euery Countrey, and are wonderfull +obedient vnto him: and they doe him honour according +vnto their maner and fashion. And when they +trauayle from place to place, they cary all their goods +with them in their boates. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The women nurse their children with the breast, and they sit +continually, and are wrapped about the bellies with skinnes of +furre. +</p> + +</div> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc45" id="toc45"></a> +<a name="pdf46" id="pdf46"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XXI. The voyage of Monsieur Roberual from his Fort in Canada vnto +Saguenay, the fifth of Iune, 1543. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Monsieur Roberual the kings Lieutenant generall in the +Countries of Canada, Saguenay, and Hochelaga, departed toward +the said prouince of Saguenay on the Tuesday the 5. day of Iune +1543. after supper: and he with all his furniture was imbarked +to make the sayd voyage. But vpon a certaine occasion they +lay in the Rode ouer against the place before mentioned: but +on the Wednesday about sixe of the clocke in the morning they +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page168">[pg 168]</span><a name="Pg168" id="Pg168" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +set sayle, and sayled against the streame: in which voyage their +whole furniture was of eight barks, as well great as small, and to +the number of threescore and ten persons, with the aforesayd +Generall. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Generall left behinde him in the aforesayde place and +Fort thirtie persons to remayne there vntill his returne from +Saguenay, which he appoynted to be the first of Iuly, or else +they should returne into France. And hee left there behinde +him but two Barkes to cary the sayde thirtie persons, and the +furniture which was there, while hee stayed still in the Countrey. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And for effectuating hereof, he left as his Lieutenant a gentleman +named Monsieur de Royeze, to whom he gaue commission, +and charged all men to obey him, and to be at the commandement +of the sayde Lieutenant. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The victuals which were left for their mayntenance vntill the +sayd first day of Iuly, were receiued by the sayd Lieutenant +Royeze. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Thursday the 14. of Iune Monsieur de l'Espiney, la Brosse, +Monsieur Frete, Monsieur Longeual, and others, returned from +the Generall, from the voyage of Saguenay. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And note that eight men and one Barke were drowned and +lost, among whom was Monsieur de Noire Fontaine, and one +named la Vasseur of Constance. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Tuesday the 19. of Iune aforesayd, there came from the +Generall, Monsieur de Villeneufe, Talebot, and three others, +which brought sixescore pounds weight of their corne, and letters +to stay yet vntill Magdalentyde, which is the 22. day of Iuly. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The rest of this Voyage is wanting. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page169">[pg 169]</span><a name="Pg169" id="Pg169" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc47" id="toc47"></a> +<a name="pdf48" id="pdf48"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XXII. A Discourse of Western Planting, written +by M. Richard Hakluyt, 1584. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Introductory Note. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +[The following Discourse, one of the most curious and valuable contributions +to the History of early discovery in the New World, has remained practically +unknown from the date of its composition to the present time. Written, as +appears from the title page, of which I give a copy on page 173, by Hakluyt +at the request of Mr. Walter Raleigh,<a id="noteref_32" name="noteref_32" href="#note_32"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">32</span></span></a> +it must, according to the same authority, +have been composed between the 17th of April and the middle of September +1584, the former being the date of sailing of Raleigh's two ships there mentioned +and the latter the date of their return. The title-page itself must have +been added afterwards, as it speaks of <span class="tei tei-q">“Mr. Walter Raghly, nowe knight,”</span> +and the 21st chapter of the Discourse seemes to have been added at the same +time. Its object was evidently to urge Elizabeth to support Raleigh's adventure, +in which he was then embarked under a patent granted him on 25th +March 1584. It is not, therefore, surprising to find from a letter written by +Hakluyt to Sir Francis Walsingham on the 7th April 1585,<a id="noteref_33" name="noteref_33" href="#note_33"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">33</span></span></a> +and from another +paper in the Rolls Office, indicated in Mr. Lemon's Calendar of State Papers +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page170">[pg 170]</span><a name="Pg170" id="Pg170" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +of the reign of Elizabeth, 1581-90, Vol. cxcv., art. 127, that this Discourse +was presented to the Queen by Hakluyt in the early autumn of +1584.<a id="noteref_34" name="noteref_34" href="#note_34"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">34</span></span></a> Four +copies were certainly made of this Discourse—the original, which Hakluyt +would probably keep; one for the Queen; one for Walsingham (as appears +from the paper in the Record Office mentioned above); and the copy from +which the present text is taken, and which alone seems to have contained the +21st Chapter. Perhaps this last copy was made for the Earl of Leicester, as +the paper above alluded to states that the Earl <span class="tei tei-q">“hath very earnestly often +times writ for it.”</span> However this may be, no copy of the Discourse was known +to exist till the sale of Lord Valentia's collection, when Mr. Henry Stevens +bought the manuscript here published. Its value seems to have been properly +appreciated by him, owing perhaps to the following memoranda written in +pencil on the second blank leaf, in the handwriting, it is believed, of Lord +Valentia:— +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +<span class="tei tei-q">“This unpublished manuscript of Hakluyt's is extremely curious.</span> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +<span class="tei tei-q">“I procured it from the family of Sir Peter Thomson.<a id="noteref_35" name="noteref_35" href="#note_35"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">35</span></span></a></span> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +<span class="tei tei-q">“The editors of the last edition would have given any money for it, had it +been known to have existed.”</span><a id="noteref_36" name="noteref_36" href="#note_36"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">36</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After fruitless endeavours <span class="tei tei-q">“to find for it a resting place in some public or +private library in America, and subsequently in the British +Museum,”</span><a id="noteref_37" name="noteref_37" href="#note_37"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">37</span></span></a> +Mr. Stevens sent it to Puttick & Simpson's Auction Rooms, where it was knocked +down to Sir Henry Phillipps for £44. (May, 1854.) +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the library, then, of Thirlestane House, Cheltenham, did our manuscript +lie till 1867, when Dr. Leonard Woods, late President of Bowdoin College, +was commissioned by the Governor of Maine, in pursuance of the Resolves of +the Legislature in aid of the Maine Historical Society, to procure, during his +travels in England, materials for the early History of the State. An +application made by Dr. Woods to Sir Thomas Phillipps revealed the +existence of Hakluyt's Discourse. Dr. Woods set to work to edit this +valuable document, but a fire destroyed most of his materials, and was +followed by physical infirmity which forbade literary labour. Dr. Charles +Deane's familiarity with the topics suggested by the matter in hand, and his +position as a <span class="tei tei-q">“Collaborateur”</span> of Dr. Woods for some months, at once +pointed him out as the right man to do the work to the Standing Committee +of the Maine Historical Society. Dr. Deane undertook the task, and an +excellent octavo edition of Hakluyt's Discourse appeared in due course, +entitled:— +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +<span class="tei tei-q">“Documentary History of the State of Maine. Vol II., containing A +Discourse on Western Planting, written in the year 1584, by Richard +Hakluyt. Published by the Maine Historical Society, aided by appropriation +from the State. Cambridge (Mass.): Press of John Wilson and Son. 1877.”</span> +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page171">[pg 171]</span><a name="Pg171" id="Pg171" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The text of the MS. has been preserved in every essential particular, but, +following Dr. Deane's example, some capital letters have had liberties taken +with them, and some few abbreviated words have been printed in full. A few +corrections have also been made in the quotations from English and foreign +writers, where a comparison with the originals has shown such corrections to +be necessary. Dr. Deane's notes have been necessarily much shortened, and +are distinguished from my own by the initials C.D. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This <span class="tei tei-q">“extremely curious”</span> manuscript, which by some extraordinary oversight +was not included in Hakluyt's Collection of Voyages of 1598-1600, so +appropriately called by Froude <span class="tei tei-q">“the great prose Epic of the modern English +nation,”</span> and which Evans would, according to Lord Valentia, <span class="tei tei-q">“have given +any money for,”</span> for his edition of 1809-12, is now at length inserted in its +proper position. This I owe to the courtesy of Dr. Deane to whom I was a +perfect stranger, save perhaps in my character of corresponding member of the +Nova Scotia Historical Society and of the Oneida Historical Society. To +Dr. Deane, therefore, I venture to tender my warmest thanks.—E.G.] +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page173">[pg 173]</span><a name="Pg173" id="Pg173" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +A particuler discourse concerning the +greate necessitie and manifolde comodyties +that are like to growe to this +Realme of Englande by the Westerne +discoueries lately attempted, written +in the yere 1584. by Richarde +Hackluyt of Oxforde, at the +requeste and direction of the +righte worshipfull Mr. Walter +Raghly, nowe Knight, before +the comynge home of his +twoo barkes, and is devided +into XXI chapiters, +the titles whereof followe +in the nexte +leafe. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page174">[pg 174]</span><a name="Pg174" id="Pg174" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +[The heads of Chapters are omitted +as they are inserted in +their proper places +before each +Chapter.] +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page175">[pg 175]</span><a name="Pg175" id="Pg175" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. I. +The Western Planting. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That this Westerne discoverie will be greately for thinlargemente +of the gospell of Christe, whereunto the princes of the +Refourmed Religion are chefely bounde, amongeste +whome her Majestie ys principall. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Seinge that the people of that parte of <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">America</span></span> from 30. +degrees in Florida northewarde unto 63. degrees (which ys yet in +no Christian princes actuall possession) are idolaters; and that +those which Stephen Gomes broughte from the coaste of <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">Norumbega</span></span> +in the yere 1524.<a id="noteref_38" name="noteref_38" href="#note_38"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">38</span></span></a> +worshipped the sonne, the moone, and +the starres, and used other idolatrie, as it ys recorded in the +historie of Gonsaluo de Ouiedo,<a id="noteref_39" name="noteref_39" href="#note_39"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">39</span></span></a> +in Italian, fol. 52. of the third +volume of Ramusius; and that those of Canada and Hochelaga +in 48. and 50. degrees worshippe a spirite which they call +Cudruaigny, as we reade in the tenthe chapiter of the seconde +relation of Jaques Cartier, whoe saieth: This people beleve not +at all in God, but in one whome they call Cudruaigny; they say +that often he speaketh with them, and telleth them what weather +shall followe, whether goodd or badd, &c.,<a id="noteref_40" name="noteref_40" href="#note_40"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">40</span></span></a> +and yet notwithstandinge +they are very easie to be perswaded, and doe all that they +sawe the Christians doe in their devine service, with like imitation +and devotion, and were very desirous to become Christians, +and woulde faine have been baptized, as Verarsanus witnesseth +in the laste wordes of his relation, and Jaques Cartier in the +tenthe chapiter before recited—it remayneth to be thoroughly +weyed and considered by what meanes and by whome this moste +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page176">[pg 176]</span><a name="Pg176" id="Pg176" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +godly and Christian work may be perfourmed of inlarginge the +glorious gospell of Christe, and reducinge of infinite multitudes +of these simple people that are in errour into the righte and +perfecte way of their saluation. The blessed Apostle Paule, the +converter of the Gentiles, Rom: 10. writeth in this manner: +Whosoever shall call on the name of the Lorde shall be saved. +But howe shall they call on him in whom they have not beleved? +and how shall they beleve in him of whom they have not hearde? +and howe shall they heare withoute a preacher? and howe shall +they preache excepte they be sente? Then it is necessary for +the salvation of those poore people which have sitten so longe in +darkenes and in the shadowe of deathe, that preachers should be +sent unto them. But by whome shoulde these preachers be +sente? By them no doubte which have taken upon them the +protection and defence of the Christian faithe. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Prynces of England called the defenders of the faithe.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe +the Kinges and Queenes of England have the name +of Defendours of the Faithe.<a id="noteref_41" name="noteref_41" href="#note_41"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">41</span></span></a> +By which title I thinke +they are not onely chardged to mayneteyne and +patronize the faithe of Christe, but also to inlarge +and advaunce the same. Neither oughte this to be their laste +worke, but rather the principall and chefe of all others, accordinge +to the comaundemente of our Saviour, Christe, Mathewe 6, +Ffirste seeke the kingdome of God and the righteousnes thereof, +and all other thinges shalbe mynistred unto you. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Plantings fyrste necessarye.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe the meanes to sende suche as shall labour effectually in +this busines ys, by plantinge one or twoo colonies of +our nation upon that fyrme, where they may remaine +in safetie, and firste learne the language of the people +nere adjoyninge (the gifte of tongues beinge nowe taken awaye), +and by little and little acquainte themselves with their manner, +and so with discretion and myldenes distill into their purged +myndes the swete and lively liquor of the gospel. Otherwise, +for preachers to come unto them rashly with oute some suche +preparation for their safetie, yt were nothinge els but to ronne to +their apparaunte and certaine destruction, as yt happened onto +those Spanishe ffryers, that, before any plantinge, withoute +strengthe and company, landed in Fflorida, where they were +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page177">[pg 177]</span><a name="Pg177" id="Pg177" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +miserablye massacred by the savages.<a id="noteref_42" name="noteref_42" href="#note_42"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">42</span></span></a> +On the other side, by +meane of plantinge firste, the small nation of the Portingales +towardes the Southe and Easte have planted the Christian faithe +accordinge to their manner, and have erected many bisshoprickes +and colledges to traine upp the youthe of the infidels in the +same, of which acte they more vaunte in all their histories and +chronicles, then of anythinge els that ever they atchieved. And +surely if they had planted the gospell of Christe purely, as they +did not, they mighte justly have more rejoyced in that deede of +theirs, then in the conqueste of the whole contrie, or in any other +thinge whatsoever. The like may be saied of the Spaniardes, +whoe (as yt is in the preface of the last edition of Osorius de +rebus gestis Emanuelis) have established in the West Indies +three archebisshopricks, to witt, Mexico, Luna, and Onsco, and +thirtene other bisshoprickes there named, and have builte above +CC. houses of relligion in the space of fyftie yeres or thereaboutes. +Now yf they, in their superstition, by meanes of their plantinge +in those partes, have don so greate thinges in so shorte space, +what may wee hope for in our true and syncere relligion, proposinge +unto ourselves in this action not filthie lucre nor vaine +ostentation, as they in deede did, but principally the gayninge of +the soules of millions of those wretched people, the reducinge of +them from darkenes to lighte, from falsehoode to truthe, from +dombe idolls to the lyvinge God, from the depe pitt of hell to +the highest heauens. In the 16. of the Actes of the Apostles, +when Paule soughte to preache in Asia and to goe into Bithinia, +the Holy Ghoste suffered him not. But at Troas a vision +appered unto him by night. There stoode a man of Macedonia +and prayed hym, sayenge: Come into Macedonia and helpe us. +And after he had seene the vysion, ymmediatly he prepared to +goe into Macedonia, beinge assured that the Lorde had called +him to preache the gospell unto them. Even so wee, whiles wee +have soughte to goe into other countries (I woulde I might say +to preache the gospell), God by the frustratinge of our actions +semeth to forbydd us to followe those courses, and the people of +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">America</span></span> crye oute unto us, their nexte neighboures, to come +and helpe them, and bringe unto them the gladd tidinges of the +gospell. Unto the prince and people that shalbe the occasion +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page178">[pg 178]</span><a name="Pg178" id="Pg178" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +of this worthie worke, and shall open their cofers to the furtheraunce +of this most godly enterprise, God shall open the bottomles +treasures of his riches, and fill them with aboundance of his +hidden blessinges; as he did to the goodd Queene Isabella, +which beinge in extreme necessitie, laied her owne jewells to +gage for money to furnishe out Columbus for the firste discovery +of the West Indies. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A question of the adversary.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And this enterprise the princes of the relligion (among whome +her Majestie ys principall) oughte the rather to take in hande, +because the papistes confirme themselves and drawe other to +theire side, shewinge that they are the true Catholicke churche +because they have bene the onely converters of many millions of +infidells to Christianitie. Yea, I myselfe have bene +demaunded of them, how many infidells have been +by us converted? Whereunto, albeit I alleaged the +example of the mynisters which were sente from Geneva with +Villegagnon into Bresill,<a id="noteref_43" name="noteref_43" href="#note_43"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">43</span></span></a> +and those that wente with Iohn Ribault +into Florida,<a id="noteref_44" name="noteref_44" href="#note_44"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">44</span></span></a> +as also those of our nation that went with Ffrobisher +Sir Fraunces Drake, and Ffenton;<a id="noteref_45" name="noteref_45" href="#note_45"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">45</span></span></a> +yet in very deede I was not +able to name any one infidell by them converted. But God, +quoth I, hath his tyme for all men, whoe calleth some at the +nynthe, and some at the eleventh houer. And if it please him +to move the harte of her Majestie to put her helpinge hande to +this godly action, she shall finde as willinge subjectes of all sortes +as any other prince in all Christendome. And as for the boastinge +of your conversion of such multitudes of infidells, yt may +justly be compted, rather a perversion, seeinge you have drawen +them as it were oute of Sylla into Charibdis, that is to say, from +one error into another. Nowe therefore I truste the time ys at +hande when by her Majesties forwardnes in this enterprise, not +only this obiection and suche like shalbe aunswered by our +frutefull labor in Godds harvest amonge the infidells, but also +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page179">[pg 179]</span><a name="Pg179" id="Pg179" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +many inconveniences and strifes amongest ourselves at home, in +matters of ceremonies, shalbe ended. For those of the clergye +which by reason of idlenes here at home are nowe alwayes +coyninge of newe opynions, havinge by this voyadge to set themselves +on worke in reducinge the savages to the chefe principles +of our faith, will become lesse contentious, and be contented +with the truthe in relligion alreadie established by authoritie. +So they that shall beare the name of Christians shall shewe +themselves worthye of their vocation, so shall the mouthe of the +adversarie be stopped, so shall contention amongest brethren be +avoyded, so shal the gospell amonge infidells be published. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. II. +That all other Englishe trades are growen beggerly or daungerous, +especially daungerous in all the Kinge of Spayne his +domynions, where our men are dryven to flinge their +bibles and prayer bookes into the sea, and to forsweare +and renounce their relligion and conscience, and consequently +their obedience to her Majesty. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wee are nowe to consider the qualitie and condition of all the +trades which at this day are frequented by our nation. And +firste, to begynne southwarde, and so come to the northe; leavinge +Bresill and Guynea where wee have little to doe, let us +firste speake of our trade in Barbarie. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Barbary</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +If any of our +shippes tradinge thither be dryven upon the coaste +of Spaine, and that proofe may be made that wee have bene +there, they make it a very sufficient cause of confiscation of +shippe and goodds, and so they thruste our men into the Inquisition, +chardging them that they bringe armour, munition, and +forbidden merchandize to strengthen the infidells againste these +partes of Christendome; which thinge is comitted to printe and +confessed by all our marchants tradinge thither. And thoughe +our men escape the Spaniardes tyrannie, yet at the deathe of the +prince in Barbary, all our mennes goodds there are subjecte to the +spoile, the custome of the contrie permitting the people to robbe +and rifle until another kinge be chosen, withoute making any +kinde of restitution. Besides that inconvenience, the traficque +groweth daily to worse termes then heretofore. I omytt to shewe +here howe divers have bene undon by their servauntes which have +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page180">[pg 180]</span><a name="Pg180" id="Pg180" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +become renegadoes, of whome by the custome of the contrie their +masters can have no manner of recovery, neither call them into +justice.<a id="noteref_46" name="noteref_46" href="#note_46"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">46</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Domynions of the Kinge of Spayne.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In all the Kinge of Spaines domynions our men are either +inforced with wounded consciences to playe the dissemblinge +hipocrites, or be drawen to mislike with +the state of relligion mainteyned at home, or cruelly +made away in the Inquisition. Moreouer, he being +our mortall enemye, and his empire of late beinge increased so +mightely, and our necessitie of oiles and colours for our clothinge +trade being so greate, he may arreste almoste the one halfe of +our navye, our traficque and recourse being so greate to his +domynions. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For the new trade in Turky, besides the greate expences in +mayneteyninge a kind of embassador at Constantinople, and in +sendinge of presentes to Selym the Graunde Segnior, and to +divers of his insatiable bassoes, our marchantes are faine with +large rewardes to gratifie the Knightes of Malta, in whose +daunger their shippes must often passe. Moreover that trade +is so moche to the detrymente of the State of Venice, and +all the other States of Italie, that they are dayly occupied in +seekinge howe they may overthrow the same. Neither is it the +leaste incomoditie that our shippes are contynually assaulted +by the corsaries and pirates and gallies of Algiers, by which they +had a rich shippe, called the Mary Martin, soncke this yere; and +the last yere another was taken at Trypoly in Barbary, and the +master with another hanged, and the reste made slaves. +Besides, the barke Reynoldes was arrested at Malta, and at +lengthe with moche adoe delivered.<a id="noteref_47" name="noteref_47" href="#note_47"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">47</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">France.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To leave the Levant and to come to France, the +traficque there of myne owne knowledge<a id="noteref_48" name="noteref_48" href="#note_48"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">48</span></span></a> +is growen to +such decaye, partely by the impositions and taxes which are daily +devised by the kinges partely by their subtil sleights and devices +to confiscate our clothes for insufficient workemanshippe, and +partely by their owne labour in makinge more and better clothe +then heretofore they were accustomed, that our men for the moste +parte are wearye of the contrie, and some of them utterly undone +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page181">[pg 181]</span><a name="Pg181" id="Pg181" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +by their subtill and unconcionable wranglinge. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Flaunders.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +As +for all Flaunders and the Lowe Contries, these eightene +yeres moste cruell civill warres have so spoiled the traficque there, +that there is nothinge but povertie and perill, and that which is +worse, there is no hope of any spedy amendemente. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Estlande.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To come to the Esterlinges and the trades with the +cities within the Sounde of Denmarke, they beinge +deprived of the olde priviledges of the Stilliarde here in London, +have not only offred our men at home many injuries in their +cities, but seeke all the meanes they can devise wholy to cutt of +all our occupienge that way; and to the same purpose have lately +cleane debarred our men of their accustomed and auncient +priviledges in all their greate townes. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Denmarke.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Also the exactions of the +Kinge of Denmarke at our passage in and oute by the +Sounde to Lubecke, Danske, Elvinge, Rye, Revell, +and the Narve, besides the power that he hath to arreste all our +shippes within the Sounde at his pleasure, are twoo no small +inconveniences and myschefes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +<a id="noteref_49" name="noteref_49" href="#note_49"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">49</span></span></a> +Our trade into Muscovye ys the laste, which was so +chardgeable in the begynnynge, what with the coste +of the discoverie, what with presentes to the Emperour, together +with the disorderly dealinge of their factors, that it stoode them +in fourscore thousande poundes before they broughte it to any +goodd passe. And nowe after longe hope of gayne, the +Hollanders, as also the men of Diepe, are entred into their trade +by the Emperours permission; yea, whereas at the firste our men +paid no custome, of late yeres, contrarie to their firste priviledge, +they have bene urged to pay yt. Also the chardges of bringinge +the Emperours embassador hither, and mayneteyninge him here, +and the settinge furthe of her Majesties embassadour thither with +presentes to the Emperour, lyenge all upon the poore marchantes +neckes, is no easie burden unto their shoulders. And to encrease +the some, the Kinge of Denmarke requireth a tribute of them, +thoughe they touche not upon any of his domynions. And nowe +the Emperour of Russia beinge late deade,<a id="noteref_50" name="noteref_50" href="#note_50"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">50</span></span></a> +yt is greately feared +that the voyadge wilbe utterly ouerthrowen, or els become not +worthe the contynuaunce. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus hauinge regarde unto the premisses, yt behoveth us to +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page182">[pg 182]</span><a name="Pg182" id="Pg182" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +seeke some newe and better trade, of lesse daunger and more +securitie, of lesse dammage, and of more advauntage; the rather +to avoide the wilfull perjurie of suche of our Englishe nation as +trade to Spaine and other of Kinge Phillipps domynions, where +this oathe followinge ys usually ministred unto the master of our +shippes. Firste, he willeth the master to make a crosse with his +fore finger and his thombe, layenge one ouer the other crosswise. +This beinge don, he saieth these wordes followinge: You shall +sweare to speake the truthe of all thinges that shalbe asked of +you, and yf you doe not, that God demaunde yt of you: and the +Englishe master muste saye, Amen. You shall sweare by that +crosse that you bringe no man in your shippe but suche as are +goodd christians, and doe beleue as our Catholicke Churche of +Rome dothe beleve. Nexte, that you bringe no manner of bookes +but suche as are allowed by our Catholicke Churche of Rome; +and that you use no manner of prayers but suche as are allowed +by our Churche of Rome. What marchandize bringe you; suche +and suche. We will and commaunde you and your companie to +come on land to masse every Sonday and holy day, upon paine +of discommunication. Then they open their chestes, and looke +if the master and maryners bringe any bookes with them in their +chests. This don, the officers that come with the preestes aske +of the master and maryners chese, butter, befe, bacon, and +candles, as beggers, and they give it to them for feare they have +of them, and so they goe from the shippes with their walletts full +of victualls. The master doth pay four ryalls of plate for the +barke that bringeth them aboorde to visite them. Thus is wilfull +perjurye permitted by the governours if they knowe it. Thus the +covetous marchante wilfully sendeth headlonge to hell from day +to day the poore subjectes of this realme. The marchant in +England cometh here devoutly to the communyon, and sendeth +his sonne into Spaine to here masse. These thinges are kepte +secrete by the marchantes, and suche as depende upon the trade +of marchandize are lothe to utter the same. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. III. +That this westerne voyadge will yelde unto us all the commodities +of Europe, Affrica and Asia, as far as wee were wonte to +travell, and supplye the wantes of all our decayed trades. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The nexte thinge ys that nowe I declare unto you the comodities +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page183">[pg 183]</span><a name="Pg183" id="Pg183" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">In the first volume of Ramusius, fol. 374, pag. 2.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +of this newe westerne discoverie, and what marchandize +are there to be had, and from thence to be expected; +wherein firste you are to have regarde unto the +scituation of the places which are left for us to be +possessed. The contries therefore of <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-variant: small-caps">America</span></span> where +unto we have just title, as being firste discovered by +Sebastian Gabote, at the coste of that prudente prince Kinge +Henry the Seaventh, from Florida northewarde to 67. degrees,<a id="noteref_51" name="noteref_51" href="#note_51"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">51</span></span></a> +(and not yet in any Christian princes actuall possession,) beinge +aunswerable in clymate to Barbary, Egipte, Siria, Persia, Turky, +Greece, all the islandes of the Levant sea, Italie, Spaine, Portingale, +Fraunce, Flaunders, Highe Almayne, Denmarke, Estland, +Poland, and Muscovye, may presently or within a shorte space +afforde unto us, for little or nothinge, and with moche more +safetie, eyther all or a greate parte of the comodities which the +aforesaid contries do yelde us at a very dere hande and with +manifolde daungers. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Firste, therefore, to begyn at the southe from 30. degrees, and +to quote unto you the leafe and page of the printed voyadges of +those which personally have with diligence searched and viewed +these contries. John Ribault writeth thus, in the firste leafe of +his discourse, extant in printe bothe in Frenche and +Englishe:<a id="noteref_52" name="noteref_52" href="#note_52"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">52</span></span></a> +Wee entred (saieth he) and viewed the contrie which is the +fairest, frutefullest, and pleasauntest of all the worlde, aboundinge +in honye, waxe, venison, wilde fowle, fforrestes, woodes of all +sortes, palme trees, cipresses, cedars, bayes, the highest and +greatest, with also the fairest vines in all the worlde, with grapes +accordinge, which naturally withoute arte or mans helpe or +trymmynge will growe to toppes of oakes and other trees that be +of wonderfull greatness and heighte. And the sighte of the faire +meadowes is a pleasure not able to be expressed with tongue, +full of herons, curlues, bitters, mallardes, egriphts, woodcockes, +and all other kinde of small birdes, with hartes, hinds, bucks, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page184">[pg 184]</span><a name="Pg184" id="Pg184" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Sylke wormes exceedinge faire.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +wilde swyne, and all other kind of wilde beastes, as wee perceaved +well bothe by their footinge there, and also afterwardes +in other places by their crye and roaringe in the +nighte. Also there be conies and hares, silkewormes +in marvelous nomber, a great deale fairer and better +then be our silkewormes. Againe, in the sixte leafe +and seconde page; They shewed unto us by signes +that they had in the lande golde and silver and copper, whereof +wee have broughte some home. Also leade like unto ours, +which wee shewed them. Also turqueses and greate aboundance +of perles, which as they declared unto us they tooke oute of +oysters, whereof there is taken ever alonge the rivers side and +amongest the reedes and in the marishes, in so marvelous +aboundance as it is scante credible. And wee have perceaved +that there be as many and as greate perles found there as in any +contrie in the worlde. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The gentleness of the people.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the seaventh leafe it followeth thus: +The scituation is under 30. degrees, a good clymate, healthfull, +and of goodd temperature, marvelous pleasaunte, the +people goodd and of a gentle and amyable nature, +which willingly will obey, yea be contented to serve +those that shall with gentlenes and humanitie goe aboute to +allure them, as yt is necessarie for those that be sente thither +hereafter so to doe. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Harvest twise yn the yere.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the eighth leafe: It is a place wonderful, +fertile and of stronge scituation, the grounde fatt, so +that it is like that it would bringe forthe wheate and +all other come twise a yere. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Pepper groweth here; yt is longe pepper.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the ninth leafe yt +followeth: Wee founde there a greate nomber of pepper trees, +the pepper beinge yet greene and not ready to be +gathered. In the tenth leafe: There wee sawe the +fairest and the greatest vines with grapes accordinge, +and younge trees and small wooddes very well +smellinge, that ever weare sene. Thus have you brefely the +some of the comodities which were founde by John Ribault and +his companye on the coaste of America from 30. to 34. degrees. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreouer, Doctor Monardus, that excellent phisition of Civill, +writinge of the trees of the West Indies in his booke called +Joyfull Newes out of the New founde worlde,<a id="noteref_53" name="noteref_53" href="#note_53"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">53</span></span></a> +maketh mention of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page185">[pg 185]</span><a name="Pg185" id="Pg185" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +a tree called Sassafras, which the Frenchmen founde in Florida, +fol. 46 of his booke, in manner followinge: From the Florida +they bringe a woodde and roote of a tree that groweth in those +partes, of greate vertues and excellencies, healinge therewith +grevous and variable deseases. It may be three yeres paste that +I had knowledge of this tree, and a Frenche man that had bene +in those partes shewed me a pece of yt, and tolde me marvells +of the vertues thereof, and howe many and variable diseases +were healed with the water which was made of it, and I judged +that, which nowe I doe finde to be true and have seene by +experience. He tolde me that the Frenchemen which had bene +in the Florida, at the time when they came into those partes had +bene sicke the moste of them of grevous and variable diseases, +and that the Indians did shewe them this tree, and the manner +howe they shoulde vse yt, &c; so they did, and were healed of +many evills; which surely bringeth admiration that one onely +remedy shoulde worke so variable and marvelous effectes. The +name of this tree, as the Indyans terme yt, is called Pauame, +and the Frenchemen called it Sassafras. To be brefe, the +Doctor Monardus bestoweth eleven leaves in describinge the +sovereinties and excellent properties thereof. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The nature and comodities of the reste of the coaste unto +Cape Briton I will shewe unto you oute of the printed testymonies +of John Verarsanus and Stephen Gomes, bothe which in +one yere, 1524, discovered the said contries, and broughte home +of the people; Verarsana into Ffraunce, and Gomes into Spaine. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Verarsana, fallinge in the latitude of 34. degrees, describeth the +scituation and commodities in this manner: Beyonde this wee +sawe the open contrie risinge in heighte above the sandie shoare, +with many faire feeldes and plaines full of mightie greate wooddes, +some very thicke and some very thynne, replenished with divers +sortes of trees, and plesaunte and delectable to beholde as ys +possible to ymagine. And your Majestie may not thinke that +these are like the wooddes of Hyrcinia, or the wilde desertes of +Tartaria, and the northerne coastes, full of fruteles trees; but +full of palme, date trees, bayes, and highe cypresses, and many +other sortes of trees to us unknowen in Europe, which yelde +moste swete savours fair from the shoare; neyther doe wee thincke +that they, partakinge of the easte worlde rounde aboute them, are +altogether voyde of drugs and spicerye, and other riches of golde, +seinge the colour of the lande dothe altogether argue yt. And +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page186">[pg 186]</span><a name="Pg186" id="Pg186" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the lande is full of many beastes, as redd dere, fallowe dere and +hares, and likewise of lakes and pooles of freshe water, with greate +plentie of fowles convenient for all plesaunte game. This lande +is in latitude of 34. degrees with goodd and holesome ayre, +temperate, betwene hote and colde; no vehement winds doe +blowe in these regions, &c. Againe, in the fourth leafe as it is +in Englishe, speakinge of the nexte contrie, he saieth: Wee sawe +in this contrie many vines growinge naturally, which springinge +upp tooke holde of the trees as they doe in Lumbardye, which, if +by husbandmen they were dressed in goodd order, withoute all +double they woulde yelde excellent wynes; for havinge oftentymes +seene the frute thereof dryed, which was swete and pleasaunte +and not differinge from oures, wee thinke they doe esteme of the +same, because that in every place where they growe, they take +away the under braunches growinge rounde aboute, that the frute +thereof may ripen the better. Wee founde also roses, violetts, +lyllies, and many sortes of herbes and swete and odoriferous +flowers. And after, in the sixte leafe, he saithe: Wee were +oftentimes within the lande v. or vj. leagues, which wee founde as +pleasaunte as is possible to declare, apte for any kinde of +husbandrye of corne, wine, and oile. For therein there are +plaines 25. or 30. leagues broade, open and withoute any impedymente +of trees, of suche frutefulnes that any seede beinge sowen +therein will bringe furthe moste excellente frule. Wee entred +afterwardes into the wooddes, which wee founde so greate and +thicke, that an armye (were it never so greate) mighte have hydd +it selfe therein, the trees whereof were oakes, cypresses, and other +sortes unknowen in Europe. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">These apples growe in Italy, and are yellowe like a pipen.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wee founde pomi appij, +plommes, and nuttes, and many other sortes of frutes +to us unknowen. There are beastes in greate aboundaunce, +as redd dere and fallowe dere, leopardes and +other kindes, which they take with their bowes and +arrowes, which are their chefeste weapons. This lande is scituate +in the parallele of Rome in 41. degrees and 2. terces. And +towardes the ende he saieth: Wee sawe many of the people +weare earinges of copper hangings at their eares. Thus farr oute +of the relation of Verarsana. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe to come to Stephen Gomes, which by the commandemente +of the Emperor Charles the Fyfte discovered the coaste of +Norumbega. These are the wordes of Gonsaluo de Ouiedo in +his summarye of the Weste Indies, translated into Italian, concerninge +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page187">[pg 187]</span><a name="Pg187" id="Pg187" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +him, fo. 52: Dapoi ehe vostra Maestà è in questa città +di Toledo, arriuò qui nel mese di Nouembre il piloto Stephano +Gomez, ilquale nel' anno passato del 1524. per comandamento di +vostra Maestà, nauigò alla parte di Tramontana, e trouò gran +parte di terra continouata a quella che si chiama dellos Bachallaos, +dòscorrendo à Occidente, e giace in 40. e 41. grado, e cosi poco +piu e meno; del qual luogo menò alcuni Indiani, e ne sono al +presente in questa città, li quali sono di maggior grandezza di +quelli di terra ferma, secondo che communemente sono, perche +anchora il detto piloto disse hauer visto molti, che sono tutti di +quella medesima grandezza, il color veramente è come quelli di +terra ferma; sono grandi arcieri, e vanno coperti di pelle +d'animali saluatichi, e d' altri animali. Sono in questa terra +eccellenti martori, e zibellini, e altre ricche fodere, delle quali ne +portò alcune pelle il detto pilotto. Harmo argento e rame, e +secondo che dicono questi Indiani, et con segni fanno intendere, +adorano il Sole e la Luna, anche hanno altre idolatrie ed +errori, come quelli di terra ferma. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Another Frenche capitaine of Diepe,<a id="noteref_54" name="noteref_54" href="#note_54"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">54</span></span></a> +which had bene alongeste +this coaste, geveth this testymonie of the people and contrie +from 46. to 47. degrees, as it is in the thirde volume of viages +gathered by Ramusius, fol. 423, pag. secunda: Gli habitatori di +questa terra sono genti trattabili, amicheuoli, e piaceuoli. La +terra è abbondantissima d'ogni frutto; vi nascono aranci, mandorle, +vua saluatica e molte altre sorti d'arbori odoriferi; la terra +è detta da paesani suoi Norumbega. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This coaste, from Cape Briton CC. (200) leagues to the south +west, was again discovered at the chardges of the cardinall of +Bourbon by my frende Stephen Bellinger of Roan, the laste yere, +1583, whoe founde a towne of fourscore houses, covered with the +barkes of trees, upon a rivers side, about C. leagues from the +aforesaid Cape Briton. He reporteth that the contrie is of the +temperature of the coaste of Gascoigne and Guyann. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Excellent colours for dyenge.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> He +broughte home a kinde of mynerall matter supposed to holde +silver, whereof he gaue me some; a kynde of muske called +castor; divers beastes skynnes, as bevers, otters, marternes, +lucernes, scales, buffs, dere skynnes, all dressed, and +painted on the innerside with divers excellent colours, +as redd, tawnye, yellowe, and vermillyon,—all which +thinges I sawe; and divers other marchandize he hath which I +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page188">[pg 188]</span><a name="Pg188" id="Pg188" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +saw not. But he told me that he had CCCC. and xl. crownes +for that in Roan, which, in trifles bestowed upon the savages, +stoode him not in fortie crownes. And this yere, 1584. the +Marques de la Roche wente with three hundreth men to inhabte, +in those partes, whose voyadge was overthrowen by occasion that +his greatest shippe of CCC. tonnes was caste away over againste +Burwage, and so the enterprize for this yere +ceseth.<a id="noteref_55" name="noteref_55" href="#note_55"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">55</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The nature and qualitie of thother parte of America from Cape +Briton, beinge in 46 degrees unto the latitude of 52. for iij. C. +leagues within the lande even to Hochelaga, is notably described +in the twoo voyadges of Jacques Cartier. In the fifte chapiter +of his seconde relation thus he writeth: From the 19 till the +28 of September wee sailed upp the ryver, neuer loosinge one +houre of tyme, all which space wee sawe as goodly a contrie as +possibly coulde be wisshed for, full of all sortes of goodly trees, +that is to say, oakes, elmes, walnut trees, cedars, fyrres, asshes, +boxe, willoughes, and greate store of vynes, all as full of grapes +as coulde be, that if any of our fellowes wente on shoare, they +came home laden with them. There are likewise many cranes, +swannes, geese, mallardes, fesauntes, partridges, thrusshes, black +birdes, turtles, finches, redd brestes, nightingales, sparrowes, +with other sortes of birdes even as in Fraunce, and greate plentie +and store. Againe in the xi'th chapiter of the said relation there +ys mention of silver and golde to be upon a ryver that is three +monethes saylinge, navigable southwarde from Hochelaga; and +that redd copper is yn Saguynay. All that contrie is full of +sondrie sortes of woodde and many vines. There is greate store +of stagges, redd dere, fallowe dere, beares, and other suche like +sorts of bestes, as conies, hares, marterns, foxes, otters, bevers, +squirrells, badgers, and rattes excedinge greate, and divers other +sortes of beastes for huntinge. There are also many sortes of +fowles, as cranes, swannes, outardes, wilde geese, white and +graye, duckes, thrusshes, black birdes, turtles, wilde pigeons, +lynnetts, finches, redd brestes, stares, nightingales, sparrowes, and +other birdes even as in Fraunce. Also, as wee have said before, +the said ryver is the plentifullest of fyshe that ever hath bene +seene or hearde of, because that from the heade to the mouthe of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page189">[pg 189]</span><a name="Pg189" id="Pg189" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +yt you shall finde all kinde of freshe and salt water fyshe +accordinge to their season. There are also many whales, +porposes, sea horses, and adhothuis, which is a kinde of fishe +which wee have neuer seene nor hearde of before. And in the +xii'th chapiter thus: We understoode of Donnacona and others +that ... there are people cladd with clothe as wee are, very +honest, and many inhabited townes, and that they had greate store +of gold and redde copper; and that within the land beyonde the +said ryver unto Hochelaga and Saguynay, ys an iland envyroned +rounde aboute with that and other ryvers, and that there is a sea +of freshe water founde, and, as they have hearde say of those of +Saguynay, there was never man hearde of that founde oute the +begynnynge and ende thereof. Finally, in the postscripte of the +seconde relation, wee reade these wordes: They of Canada saye, +that it is a moones sailinge to goe to a land where cynamonde and +cloves are gathered. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And nowe, because hitherto I have spoken of the outwarde +coaste, I will also alledge the comodities of the inland, in the +latitude of 37. degrees, about the citie of Ceuola, usinge the very +wordes of Vasques de Coronado, in the thirde chapter of his +Relation, written to Don Antonio di Mendoza, Viceroy of +Mexico, which sente him thither with many Spaniardes and iiij. +C. horses and a thousande Indians to discover those +contries.<a id="noteref_56" name="noteref_56" href="#note_56"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">56</span></span></a> +He, speakinge there of the citie of Ceuola, procedeth in this +manner: In questo doue io sto hora alloggiato possono esserui +qualche dugento case tutte circondate di muro, e parmi che con +l'altre che non sono cosi possono arriuare a cinquecento fuochi. +V' è un' altra terra vicina, che è una delle sette, ed è alqoanto +maggior di questa, e un altra della medesima grandezza di questa, +e l'altre quattro sono alquanto minori, e tutte io le mando +dipinte a vostra Signoria con il viaggio, e pergamino doue va la +pittura si trouo qui con altri pergamini ... hanno mantelli +dipinti della maniera che io mando a vostra Signoria, non +raccolgono bombaso ... pero ne portano mantelli, come +ella vedrà per la mostra; ed è vero che si ritrouo nelle lor case +certo bombaso filato: ... et hanno delle turchine penso in +quantità ... si trouaron in una carta due punte di smeraldi, +e certe picciole pierte rotte, che tirano al color di granate, ... +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page190">[pg 190]</span><a name="Pg190" id="Pg190" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +ed altre pietre di cristallo ... si trouaron galline ... +son buonissime e maggiori che quelle di Messico. ... Si +trouo buonissima herba ad un quarto di legha di quà. ... +Mangiano le migliori tortelle che io habbia veduto in alcuna +parte. ... Hanno buonissimo sale in grano, che leuano da +un lagune che è lunghe una giornata di quà. ... Vi sono +di molti animali, orsi, tigri, leoni, porci spinosi, lepri, conigli, e +certi castrati della grandezza d' un cauallo, con corni molto +grandi e code picciole. ... Vi sono delle capre saluatiche, +delle quali ho veduto le teste, ... e le pelli de i cingiali. +Vi sono cacciagioni di cerui, pardi, caurioli molto grandi ... +fanno otto giornate verso le champagne al mare di settentrione. +Quiui sono certe pelli ben concie, e la concia e pittura gli dan +doue uccidon le vacche. In the last chapiter he addeth: Mando +a vostra Signoria una pelle di vacca, certe turchine e duoi +pendenti d'orecchie delle medesime, e quindici pettini de gl'Indiani, +e alcune tauolette guarnite di queste turchine, &c. And for a +conclusion he endethe sayenge: In questo luogo s'è trouato +alquanto oro ed argento, che quei che s'intendon di miniera non +l' han reputato per cattiuo. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And Franciscus Lopez de Gomera, in his Generall Historie of +the Indies, fol. 297. and 298. in treatinge of the seconde voyadge +of Franciscus Vasques de Coronado from Ceuola to Tigues, from +Tigues to Cicuic, and from Cicuic to Quiuira, saieth firste of the +contrye about Tigues: Ci sono in quel paese melloni, e cottone +bianco e rosso, del quale fanno piu larghi mantelli, che in altre +bande delle Indie. And of Quiuira he saieth: è Quiuira in +quaranta gradi, è paese temperato di bonissime acque, di molto +herbatico, prugne, more, noci, melloni ed vue che maturanno +benissimo; e vestono pelle di vacche e caprioli; uiddero per la +costa navi che portavano arcatrarzes di oro ed argento per le proe, +con mercantie, e credettero ch'erano del Cataio e China: per +chè accennavano, che havevano nauigato trenta dì. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Touchinge Newefounde lande, because no man hath better +searched it oute, and all the comodities thereof, then those that +were there the laste yere, 1583, the space of eightene daies on +lande, with Sir Humfry Gilbert,<a id="noteref_57" name="noteref_57" href="#note_57"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">57</span></span></a> +I will make rehersall thereof, as +I finde it comitted to printe in a learned discourse, intituled A +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page191">[pg 191]</span><a name="Pg191" id="Pg191" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Trve Reporte of the late Discoueries and Possessyon taken in the +Righte of the Crowne of England, of the Newfounde Landes, +&c.<a id="noteref_58" name="noteref_58" href="#note_58"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">58</span></span></a> +The wordes are these in the firste leafe: Then Sir Humfry wente +to viewe the contrye, beinge well accompanied with moste of his +capitaines and souldiers. They founde the same very temperate, +but somwhat warmer then England at that time of the yere, +replenished with beastes and greate store of fowle of divers +kyndes, and fisshes of sondrye sortes, bothe in the salte water +and in the freshe, in so greate plentie as mighte suffice to victuall +an armye, and they are very easely taken. And in the fifte +chapter of the said discourse I reade in this manner: But let us +omitte all presumtions, howe vehemente soeuer, and dwell upon +the certentie of suche comodities as were discovered and founde +by Sir Humfry Gilbert and his assistantes in Newfoundelande, +in Auguste laste; ffor there may very easely be made pitche, +tarr, rosen, sope asshes, in greate plentie, yea, as it is thoughte, +ynoughe to serve the whole realme of every of these kindes; and +of trayne oyle suche quantitie as if I shoulde set downe the value +that they doe esteme it at, which have bene there, it woulde seme +incredible. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Letters the last yere, in Latin, out of Newfoundelande.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To this in effecte agreeth that which one Stephanus Parmenius, +a learned Hungarian, borne in Buda, and lately, my bedfelowe +in Oxforde,<a id="noteref_59" name="noteref_59" href="#note_59"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">59</span></span></a> wrote unto me oute of Newfounde lande, +beinge of Sir Humfryes companye: Piscium (saieth +he, writinge in Latin) inexhausta copia, inde huc +commeantibus magnus quæstus. Vix hamus fundum +attigit, illicò insigni aliquo onustus est. Terra universa +montana et syluestris; arbores ut plurimùm pinus et abietes. +Herbæ omnes proceræ, sed rarò à nostris diuersae. Natura +videtur velle niti etiam ad generandum frumentum. Inueni enim +gramina et spicas in similitudinem secalis. Et facilè culutra et +satione in vsum humanum assuefieri posse videntur. Rubi in +siluis vel potiùs fraga arborescentia magna suauitate. Vrsi circa +tuguria nonnunquam apparent et conficiuntur. ... Ignotum +est an aliquid metalli subsit montibus, ... etsi +aspectus eorum mineras latentes prae se ferat. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Afterwardes they sett the woodds on fire, which +burnt three weekes together.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> Nos +Admiralio authores fuimus syluas incendere, quo ad +inspiciendam regionem spatium pateret; nec displicebat +illi consilium, si non magnum incommodum +allaturum videretur. Confirmatum est enim ab +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page192">[pg 192]</span><a name="Pg192" id="Pg192" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +idoneis hominibus, cum casu quopiam in alia nescio qua statione +id accidisset, septennium totum pisces non comparuisse, exacerbata +maris vnda ex terebinthina, quae conflagrantibus +arboribus per riuulos defluebat. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Greate heate in Newfoundelande in sommer.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Coelum hoc anni +tempore ita feruidum est vt nisi pisces qui arefiunt +solem assidui, inuertantur, ab adustione defendi +non possint. . . . Aer in terra mediocriter clarus est. Ad +orientem supra mare perpetuae nebulae, &c. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe, to passe from Newfoundelande to 60. degrees, I finde +it beste described by Jasper Corterealis,<a id="noteref_60" name="noteref_60" href="#note_60"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">60</span></span></a> +in the thirde volume of +the voyadges gathered by Ramusius, fol. 417. There I reade as +followeth: Nella parte del mondo nuouo che corre verso Tramontana +e maestro all' incontro del nostro habitabile dell' Europa, +v' hanno nauigato molti capitani, ed il primo (per quel' che si sa) +fù Gasparo Cortereale Portoghese, che del 1500. v' andò con due +carauelle, pensando di trouar qualche stretto di mare, donde per +viaggio piu breue, che non è l' andare attorno l'Affrica, potesse +passare all' Isole delle Spicerie. Esso nauigò tanto auanti, che +venne in luogo, doue erano grandissimi freddi, et in gradi 60. di +latitudine trouò vn fiume carico di neue, dalla quale gli dette il +nome, chiamandolo Rio Neuado, nè gli bastò l'animo di passar +piu auanti. Tutta questa costa, che corre dal detto Rio Neuado +infin' al porto di Maluas leghe 200. ilqual è in gradi 56. la vidde +piena di genti, e molto habitato: sopra laqual dismontato prese +alcuni per menargli seco, scoperse ancho molte Isole per mezo la +detta costa tutte populate, a ciascuna delle quali diede il nome. +Gli habitanti sono huomini grandi, ben proportionati, ma alquanto +berrettini, e si dipingono la faccia, e tutto il corpo con diuersi +colori per galanteria. Portano manigli d' argento e di rame, e +si cuoprono con pelli cucite insieme di martori e d' altri animali +diversi; il verno le portono col pelo di dentro, e la state di +fuori. Il cibo loro per la maggior parte è di pesce piu che +d'alcuna altra cosa, massimamente di salmoni, che n'hanno +grandissima copia: ed anchora che vi siano diuersi sorti d'vccelli, +e di frutti, nondimeno non fanno conto se non del pesce. Le +loro habitationi sono fatte di legname, delquale hanno abondantia +per esserui grandissimi, ed infiniti boschi, ed in luogo di tegole le +cuoprono di pelli di pesci, che ne pigliano grandissimi, e gli +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page193">[pg 193]</span><a name="Pg193" id="Pg193" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +scorticano. Vidde molti vccelli, e altri animali, massimamente +orsi tutti bianchi.<a id="noteref_61" name="noteref_61" href="#note_61"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">61</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The reste of this coaste from 60. to 63. is described by +Frobisher,<a id="noteref_62" name="noteref_62" href="#note_62"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">62</span></span></a> +and in freshe memorye, so that I shall not nede to +make repetition thereof. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A singuler commoditie for dyenge of Englishe clothe. +Thinges incident to a navy.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus, havinge alleaged many printed testymonies of these +credible persons, which were personally betwene 30. and 63. +degrees in America, as well on the coaste as within the lande, +which affirmed unto the princes and kinges which sett them +oute, that they founde there golde, silver, copper, leade, and +perles in aboundaunce; precious stones, as turqueses and +emrauldes; spices and druggs, as pepper, cynamon, cloves, +rubarb, muske called castor, turpentine; silke wormes, fairer +then ours of Europe; white and redd cotten; infinite multitudes +of all kinde of beastes, with their tallowe and hides +dressed and undressed; cochenilio, founde last yere +by the men of St. John de Luze, and many other +kindes of coulours for clothinge; millions of all +kindes of fowles for foode and fethers; salte for +fisshinge; excellent vines in many places for wines; the soile +apte to beare olyves for oile; all kindes of frutes, as oranges, +almondes, filberdes, figges, plomes, mulberies, raspis, pomi appij, +melons; all kinde of odoriferous trees and date trees, cipresses, +cedars, bayes, sapines, hony and waxe; and in New founde +lande aboundaunce of pynes and firr trees, asshes, +and other like, to make mastes and deale boordes, +pitche, tarr, rosen; and hempe for cables and +cordage; and, upp within the Graunde Baye, exceedinge +quantitie of all kynde of precious furres (whereof I sawe +twentie thousande French crownes worthe the laste yere +broughte to Paris to Valeron Perosse and Mathewe Grainer, +the kinges skynners); also, suche aboundaunce of trayne oile +to make sope, and of fishe as a third part of Europe ys +furnished therewith,—I may well and truly conclude with reason +and authoritie, that all the comodities of all our olde decayed and +daungerous trades in all Europe, Africa, and Asia haunted by us, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page194">[pg 194]</span><a name="Pg194" id="Pg194" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Prevention to be taken hede of.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +may in shorte space for little or nothinge, and many for the very +workemanshippe, in a manner be had in that part of America +which lieth betwene 30. and 60. degrees of northerly +latitude, if by our slackness we suffer not the Frenche +or others to prevente us. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. IV. +That this enterprise will be for the manifolde ymployment of +nombers of idle men, and for bredinge of many sufficient, +and for utteraunce of the greate quantitie of the comodities +of our realme. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +It is well worthe the observation to see and consider what the +like voyadges of discoverye and planting in the Easte and Weste +Indies hath wroughte in the kingdomes of Portingale and +Spayne; bothe which realmes, beinge of themselves poore and +barren and hardly able to susteine their inhabitaunts, by their +discoveries have founde suche occasion of employmente, that +these many yeres we have not herde scarcely of any pirate of +those twoo nations; whereas wee and the Frenche are moste +infamous for our outeragious, common, and daily piracies. +Againe, when hearde wee almoste of one theefe amongest them? +The reason is, that by these, their new discoveries, they have so +many honest wayes to set them on worke, as they rather wante +men than meanes to ymploy them. But wee, for all the statutes +that hitherto can be devised, and the sharpe execution of the +same in poonishinge idle lazye persons, for wante of sufficient +occasion of honest employmente cannot deliver our commonwealthe +from the multitudes of loyterers and idle vagabondes. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Idle persons mutynous and desire alteration +in the state.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> Truthe it is, that throughe our longe peace and seldome sicknes +(twoo singuler blessinges of Almightie God) wee are growen more +populous than ever heretofore; so that nowe there are of every +arte and science so many, that they can hardly lyve one by +another, nay rather they are readie to eate upp one another; yea +many thousandths of idle persons are within this +realme, which, havinge no way to be sett on worke, +be either mutinous and seeke alteration in the state, +or at leaste very burdensome to the commonwealthe, +and often fall to pilferinge and thevinge and other +lewdnes, whereby all the prisons of the lande are daily pestred +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page195">[pg 195]</span><a name="Pg195" id="Pg195" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and stuffed full of them, where either they pitifully pyne awaye, +or els at lengthe are miserably hanged, even xx'ti. at a clappe oute +of some one jayle. Whereas yf this voyadge were put in execution, +these pety theves mighte be condempned for certen yeres in +the westerne partes, especially in Newfounde lande, in sawinge +and fellinge of tymber for mastes shippes, and deale boordes; +in burninge of the firres and pine trees to make pitche, tarr, rosen, +and sope ashes; in beatinge and workinge of hempe for cordage; +and, in the more southerne partes, in settinge them to worke in +mynes of golde, silver, copper, leade, and yron; in dragginge for +perles and currall; in plantinge of suger canes, as the Portingales +have done in Madera; in mayneteynaunce and increasinge of +silke wormes for silke, and in dressinge the same; in gatheringe +of cotten whereof there is plentie; in tillinge of the soile there for +graine; in dressinge of vines whereof there is greate aboundaunce +for wyne; olyves, whereof the soile is capable, for oyle; trees for +oranges, lymons, almondes, figges, and other frutes, all which are +founde to growe there already; in sowinge of woade and madder +for diers, as the Portingales have don in the Azores; in dressinge +of raw hides of divers kindes of beastes; in makinge and +gatheringe of salte, as in Rochel and Bayon, which may serve for +the newe lande fisshinge; in killinge the whale, seale, porpose, +and whirlepoole for trayne oile; in fisshinge, saltinge, and dryenge +of linge, codde, salmon, herringe; in makinge and gatheringe of +hony, wax, turpentine; in hewinge and shapinge of stone, as +marble, jeate, christall, freestone, which will be goodd balaste for +our shippes homewardes, and after serve for noble buildinges; in +makinge of caske, oares, and all other manner of staves; in +buildinge of fortes, townes, churches; in powderinge and barrelling +of fishe, fowles, and fleshe, which will be notable provision +for sea and lande; in dryinge, sortinge and packinge of +fethers, whereof may be had there marvelous greate quantitie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Besides this, such as by any kinde of infirmitie cannot passe +the seas thither, and now are chardgeable to the realme at home, +by this voyadge shal be made profitable members, by employinge +them in England in makinge of a thousande triflinge thinges, +which will be very goodd marchandize for those contries where +wee shall have moste ample vente thereof. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And seinge the savages of the Graunde Baye, and all alonge the +mightie ryver that ronneth upp to Canada and Hochelaga, are +greately delighted with any cappe or garment made of course +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page196">[pg 196]</span><a name="Pg196" id="Pg196" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +wollen clothe, their contrie beinge colde and sharpe in the winter, +this is manifeste wee shall finde greate utteraunce of our clothes, +especially of our coursest and basest northerne doosens, and our +Irishe and Welshe frizes and rugges; whereby all occupations +belonginge to clothinge and knittinge shalbe freshly sett on worke, +as cappers, knitters, clothiers, wollmen, carders, spyners, weavers, +fullers, sheremen, dyers, drapers, hatters and such like, whereby +many decayed townes may be repaired. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In somme, this enterprice will mynister matter for all sortes +and states for men to worke upon; namely, all severall kindes of +artificer: husbandmen, seamen, marchauntes, souldiers, capitaines, +phisitions, lawyers, devines, cosmographers, hidrographers, +astronomers, historiographers; yea olde folkes, lame persons, +women, and younge children, by many meanes which hereby +shall still be mynistred unto them, shalbe kepte from idlenes and +be made able by their owne honest and easie labour to finde +themselves, withoute surchardginge others. For proofe of the last +part of my allegation I will use but onely this one example +followinge. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the yere of our Lorde 1564. at what tyme the Flemishe +nation were growen, as they were, to the fulnes of their wealthe and +to the heighte of their pride, and not remembringe what wonderfull +gaine they had yerely by the wolles, clothes, and comodities +of England, beganne to contempne our nation and to rejecte our +clothes and comodities, a subjecte of the then twoo Erles of +Emden, a man of greate observation, wrote a notable discourse +to the younge erles, to take occasion of that present tyme by offer +of large priviledges in Emden to the Englishe men.<a id="noteref_63" name="noteref_63" href="#note_63"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">63</span></span></a> +In which +discourse, the said subjecte, for the better inducemente of the +said twoo younge erles, dothe write of his owne knowledge, as he +in his discourse affirmeth, and as also by his reporte appereth in +the 22d booke of Sleydans Comentaries,<a id="noteref_64" name="noteref_64" href="#note_64"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">64</span></span></a> +that, anno 1550. Charles +the Fifte, then Emperour, would have had the Spanishe Inquisition +broughte into Andwerpe and into the Netherlandes; whereaboute +there was moche adoe, and that neither the sute of the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page197">[pg 197]</span><a name="Pg197" id="Pg197" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +towne of Andwerpe, nor the requeste of their frendes, could +perswade the Emperour from it, till at the laste they tolde him +playnely, that if the Inquisition came into Andwerpe and the +Netherlandes that the Englishe marchantes woulde departe oute +of the towne and out of his contries; and upon declaration of +this suggestion, searche was made what profile there came and +comoditie grewe by the haunte of the Englishe marchantes. +Then was it founde by searche and enquirie, that within the +towne of Andwerpe alone, there were fourtene thousande persons +fedde and mayneteyned onely by the workinge of Englishe commodities, +besides the gaines that marchantes and shippers with +other in the sayd towne did gett, which was the greatest parte of +their lyvinge, which were thoughte to be in nombre half as many +more; and in all other places of his Netherlandes by the indrapinge +of Englishe woll into clothe, and by the workinge of other +Englishe comodities, there were thirtie thousande persons more +mayneteyned and fedd; which in all amounteth to the nomber +of lj.M. persons. And this was the reporte that was geven to +this mightie Emperour, whereby the towne of Andwerpe and the +Netherlandes were saved from the Inquisition. And in the +ende of the 45th article of the same discourse, also, he setteth +down by particuler accompte howe the subjectes of +the same Emperour in the Netherlandes dyd gaine +yerely onely by the woll and wollen clothe that came +eche yere oute of England, almoste vi.C.M. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Six hundred thousand pounde gayned yerely by Englishe wolles.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I say +almoste sixe hundreth thousande poundes sterling, +besides the gaines they had for sondry other thinges, that were +of marvelous somes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe if her Majestie take these westerne discoveries in hande, +and plante there, yt is like that in shorte time wee shall vente as +greate a masse of clothe yn those partes as ever wee did in the +Netherlandes, and in tyme moche more; which was the opinion +of that excellent man, Mr Roberte Thorne, extante in printe in +the laste leafe savinge one of his discourse to Doctor +Lea,<a id="noteref_65" name="noteref_65" href="#note_65"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">65</span></span></a> +ambassador for King Henry the Eighte, in Spaine, with Charles +the Emperour, whose wordes are these: And althoughe (saieth +he) wee wente not into the said ilandes of spicerye, for that they +are the Emperours or Kinges of Portingale, wee shoulde by the +way, and comynge once to the lyne equinoctiall, finde landes no +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page198">[pg 198]</span><a name="Pg198" id="Pg198" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +lesse riche of golde and spicerie, as all other landes are under +the said lyne equinoctiall; and also shoulde, yf wee may passe +under the northe, enjoye the navigation of all Tartarye, which +should be no lesse profitable to our comodities of clothe, then +those spiceries to the Emperour and Kinge of Portingale. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This beinge soe, yt commeth to passe, that whatsoever clothe +wee shall vente on the tracte of that firme, or in the ilandes of +the same, or in other landes, ilandes, and territories beyonde, be +they within the circle articke or withoute, all these clothes, I say, +are to passe oute of this realme full wroughte by our naturall +subjectes in all degrees of labour. And if it come aboute in +tyme that wee shall vente that masse there that wee vented in +the Base Countries, which is hoped by greate reason, then shall +alt that clothe passe oute of this realme in all degrees of labour +full wroughte by the poore natural subjectes of this realme, like +as the quantitie of our clothe dothe passe that goeth hence to +Russia, Barbarie, Turkye, Persia, &c. And then consequently it +followeth, that the like nomber of people alleaged to the +Emperour shal be sett on worke in England of our poore +sujectes more then hath bene; and so her Majestie shall not +be troubled with the pitefull outecryes of cappers, knytters, +spynners, &c. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And on the other side wee are to note, that all the comodities +wee shall bringe thence wee shall not bringe them wroughte, as +wee bringe now the comodities of Fraunce and Flaunders, &c. +but shall receave them all substaunces unwroughte, to the +ymploymente of a wonderfull multitude of the poore subjectes of +this realme in returne. And so to conclude, what in the nomber +of thinges to goe oute wroughte, and to come in unwroughte, +there nede not one poore creature to steale, to starve, or to begge +as they doe. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Objection. Aunswer.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And to answer objections; where fooles for the swarminge +of beggars alleage that the realme is too populous, +Solomon saieth, that the honour and strengthe of a +prince consisteth in the multitude of the people. +And if this come aboute, that worke may be had for the multitude, +where the realme hath nowe one thousande for the defence +thereof, the same may have fyve thousande. For when people +knowe howe to live, and howe to maynetayne and feede their +wyves and children, they will not abstaine from mariage as nowe +they doe. And the soile thus aboundinge with come, fleshe, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page199">[pg 199]</span><a name="Pg199" id="Pg199" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +mylke, butter, cheese, herbes, rootes, and frutes, &c., and the +seas that envyron the same so infynitely aboundinge in fishe, I +dare truly affirme, that if the nomber in this realme were as +greate as all Spaine and Ffraunce have, the people beinge industrious, +I say, there shoulde be founde victualls ynoughe at the +full in all bounty to suffice them all. And takinge order to cary +hence thither our clothes made in hose, coates, clokes, whoodes, +&c., and to returne thither hides of their owne beastes, tanned +and turned into shoes and bootes, and other skynnes of goates, +whereof they have store, into gloves, &c., no doubte but wee +shall sett on worke in this realme, besides sailers and suche as +shalbe seated there in those westerne discovered contries, at the +leaste C.M. subjectes, to the greate abatinge of the goodd estate +of subjectes of forreine princes, enemies, or doubtfull friends, and +this <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">absque injuria</span></span>, as +the lawyers say, albeit not <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">sine damno</span></span>. +And having a vente of lynnen, as the Spaniardes have in the rest +of that firme, wee may sett our people, in making the same, +infinitely on worke, and in many other thinges besides; which +time will bringe aboute, thoughe nowe, for wante of knowledge +and full experience of this trade, wee cannot enter into juste +accompte of all particulers. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. V. +That this voyage will be a greate bridle to the Indies of the +Kinge of Spaine, and a meane that wee may arreste at our +pleasure for the space of tenne weeks or three monethes +every yere one or twoo C. saile of his subjectes shippes at +the fyshinge in Newfounde Land. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The cause why the Kinge of Spaine, these three or foure yeres +last paste, was at suche intollerable chardges in furnishinge oute +so many navies to wynne Tercera, and the other small ilandes of +the Azores adjacent to the same, was the opportunitie of the +places in interceptinge his West India flete at their returne +homewarde, as a matter that toucheth him indeede to the quicke. +But the plantinge of twoo or three strong fortes upon some goodd +havens (whereof there is greate store) betweene Florida and Cape +Briton, woulde be a matter in shorte space of greater domage as +well to his flete as to his westerne Indies; for wee shoulde not +onely often tymes indaunger his flete in the returne thereof, but +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page200">[pg 200]</span><a name="Pg200" id="Pg200" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +also in fewe yeres put him in hazarde in loosinge some parte of +Nova Hispania. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Touchinge the fleete, no man (that knoweth the course +thereof, comynge oute betwene Cuba and the Cape of Florida, +alonge the gulfe or straite of Bahama) can denye that it is caried +by the currant northe and northeaste towardes the coaste which +wee purpose, God willinge to inhabite; which hapned to them +not twoo yeres past, as Mr. Jenynges and Mr. Smithe, the master +and masters mate of the shippe called the Toby, belonginge to +Bristowe, infourmed me, and many of the chefest merchauntes of +that citie, whereof they had particuler advertisement at Cadiz in +Spaine a little before by them that were in the same flete the +selfe same yere, and were in person driven upon the same coaste, +and sawe the people, which they reported to be bigge men, somewhat +in makinge like the Hollanders, and lighted on a towne +upon a ryvers side, which they affirmed to be above a quarter of +a mile in lengthe. Besides the current, it is also a thinge withoute +controversie, that all southerne and south easterne windes inforce +the Spanish flete returninge home nere or upon the aforesaide +coaste, and consequently will bringe them into our daunger, after +wee shallbe there strongly setled and fortified. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wee are moreover to understande that the savages of Florida +are the Spaniardes mortall enemyes, and wilbe ready to joyne +with us againste them, as they joyned with Capitaine Gourgues, +a Gascoigne, whoe beinge but a private man, and goinge thither +at his owne chardges, by their aide wonne and rased the three +small fortes, which the Spaniardes aboute xx'ti. yeres agoe had +planted in Florida after their traiterous slaughter of John +Ribault; which Gourgues slewe, and hanged upp divers of them +on the same trees whereon the yere before they had hanged the +Frenche. Yea, one Holocotera, brother to one of the kinges of +the savages, leapinge upp on an highe place, with his owne +handes slewe a Spanishe canonier as he was puttinge fire to a +pece of ordynaunce; which storye is at large in printe sett furthe +by Monsieur Poplynier in his book intituled Trois Mondes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Also, within the lande on the northe side of Nova Hispania, +there is a people called Chichimici, which are bigg and stronge +men and valiaunte archers, which have contynuall warres with +the Spaniardes, and doe greately annoye them. The Spanishe +histories which I have reade, and other late discourses, make +greate mention of them. Yea, Myles Phillipps, who was xiiij. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page201">[pg 201]</span><a name="Pg201" id="Pg201" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +yeres in those partes, and presented his whole travell in writinge +to her Majestie, confesseth this to be moste certaine.<a id="noteref_66" name="noteref_66" href="#note_66"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">66</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe if wee (being thereto provoked by Spanishe injuries) +woulde either joyne with these savages, or sende or give them +armor, as the Spaniardes arme our Irishe rebells, wee shoulde +trouble the Kinge of Spaine more in those partes, then he hath +or can trouble us in Ireland, and holde him at suche a bay as he +was never yet helde at. For if (as the aforesaide Miles Phillipps +writeth) yt be true, that one negro which fledd from his cruel +Spanishe master is receaved and made capitaine of multitudes of +the Chichimici, and daily dothe grevously afflicte them, and hath +almoste enforced them to leave and abandon their silver mynes +in those quarters, what domage mighte divers hundreds of Englishe +men doe them, being growen once into familiaritie with that +valiaunte nation. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And this is the greatest feare that the Spaniardes have, to witt, +our plantinge in those partes and joyning with those savages, +their neighbours, in Florida, and on the northe side of Nova +Hispania. Which thinge an Englishe gentleman, Capitaine +Muffett, whoe is nowe in Fraunce, tolde divers tymes this laste +winter in my hearinge and others of credite, namely, that when +he was in Spaine, prisoner, not longe since, he hearde the +threasurer of the West Indies say, that there was no suche way +to hinder his master, as to plante upon the coaste nere unto +Florida, from whence by greate ryvers any man mighte easely +passe farre upp into the lande, and joyne with his enemyes, +whereof he stoode in contynuall feare; and said moreover, that +that was the occasion why suche crueltie was used towardes John +Ribaulte and his companie upon his seekinge to settle there. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The benefits of plantings aboute Cape +Bryton or Newfounde lande.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Fynally, if wee liste not to come so nere Florida, this is a +matter of no small momente, that if we fortifie ourselves +about Cape Briton, nere Newfounde land, +partely by the strengthe of our fortification, and +partely by the aide of our navye of fishermen, which +are already comaunders of others there, havinge our +double forces thus joyned together, wee shalbe able upon every +sooden to cease upon one or twoo hundreth Spanishe and +Portingale shipps, which for tenne weekes or three monethes +ate there on fisshinge every yere. This I say will be suche +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page202">[pg 202]</span><a name="Pg202" id="Pg202" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +a bridle to him and suche an advantage vnto us, as wee +cannot possibly ymagine a greater. And thus the Frenche +served them in the time of Mounsieurs being in Flaunders, +caryenge awaye oute of some harborowes three or foure +Spanishe and Portingale shippes at ones; and more they +woulde have taken, if our Englishmen, and, namely, one of +myne acquaintaunce of Ratclife, had not defended them. And +hither of necessitie they must yerely repaire, beinge not able +to make their provision for land and sea of fishe in any place els, +excepte on the coaste of Ireland, and at Cape Blancke in Africa, +which twoo are nothinge worth in comparison to this thirde place. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +So shall wee be able to crye quittance with the King of Spaine +if he shoulde goe aboute to make any generall arreste of our +navye, or rather terrifie him from any such enterpryse, when he +shall bethincke himself that his navye in Newfounde lande is no +lesse in our daunger, then ours is in his domynions wheresoever. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. VI. +That the mischiefe that the Indian treasure wroughte in time of +Charles the late Emperor, father to the Spanishe kinge, is +to be had in consideration of the Queens most excellent +Majestie, leaste the contynuall comynge of the like treasure +from thence to his sonne, worke the unrecoverable annoye +of this realme, whereof already we have had very daungerous experience. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +It is written in the xxxth. article of the discourse before +specified, dedicated to the twoo younge Erles of Emden, as +followeth, verbatim: With this greate treasure did not the +Emperour Charles gett from the French Kinge the Kingdome of +Naples, the Dukedome of Myllaine, and all other his domynions in +Italy, Lombardy, Pyemont, and Savoye? With this treasure did +he not take the Pope prisoner, and sack the sea of Rome? With +this treasure did he not take the Frenche Kinge prisoner, and +mayneteyne all the greate warres with Fraunce, since the yere of +our Lorde 1540. to the yere of our Lord 1560. as is declared in +the 12. and 13. article of his booke? With this treasure hath he +not mayneteyned many cities in Italie, as well againste the Pope +as againste the Frenche Kinge, as Parma, Florence, and such +other? With this treasure did he not overthrowe the Duke of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page203">[pg 203]</span><a name="Pg203" id="Pg203" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Cleave, and take Gilderland, Groyningelande, and other domynions +from him, which oughte to be a goode warninge to you +all, as it shall be most plainly and truly declared hereafter? +With this treasure did he not gett into his handes the Erledome +of Lingen in Westfalia? With this treasure did he not cause the +Erie of Esones, your subject, to rebell againste your Graces +father and againste you? The cause you knowe beste. And +what works this treasure made amongest the princes and townes +in Germany, when the Duke of Saxony and the Launtzgrave Van +Hessen were taken, Sleydan, our owne countryman, by his +Chronicle declareth at large. And did not this treasure, named +the Burgundishe asse, walke and ronne in all places to make bothe +warr and peace at pleasure? And tooke he nothinge from the +Empire then? Yes, truly, to moche, as you shall heare. When +the Emperor Charles was firste made Emperour, what were the +townes and contries in the Netherlandes that justly or properly +came to him by birthe or inheritaunce? There was Brabant, +Flaunders, Holland, Zeland, Artoys, and Henego. And yet +there is a greate question concerninge Holland, howe the +Emperour Charles and his progenitors came by yt, and what +homage and duetie they oughte to doe for the same; because +thereby the house of Burgundy hath the mouthe of the River +Rhene at their commaundemente, which is to the greate losse, +domage, and daunger of Germanye, as hereafter shalbe declared. +Here be all the contries that belonged to the house of Burgundie +when the Emperour Charles was made Emperour. But howe +moche hath bene added to the Netherlandes since by him, +contrary to his oathe made? That are these townes and contries, +as yt appereth in Sleydans Chronicle; viz. Lutzenburge, Lymeburge, +Gelderlande, the Erldome of Sutphen, the Citie and +Straite of Vtright,<a id="noteref_67" name="noteref_67" href="#note_67"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">67</span></span></a> +with all the landes in Over Isel, West Frizeland, +the Citie of Groninge, and Groininge land. And, as before +it is saied, he hath by pollicie gotten into his handes the Erldome +of Lingen, standinge in Westfalia; and by the like pollicie, with +money, he is become the defender of the Erledome of Esons, +which is parcell of your Graces contrie of East Frizeland. All +these contries and townes, with the treasure of the Netherlandes, +hath he taken from the Empire. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus farr procedeth this excellent man in describinge howe +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page204">[pg 204]</span><a name="Pg204" id="Pg204" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Charles the Emperour employed his treasure to the afflictinge +and oppressinge of moste of the greatest estates of Christendome. +The effecte of these treasures which he had oute of the West +Indies, Peter Martir of Angleria, in the epistle dedicatory of his +Decades to the said Emperour Charles, truly prognosticated in +the begynnynge, before hand, where he writeth thus unto him: +Come therefore and embrace this newe worlde, and suffer us no +longer to consume in desire of your presence. From hence, +from hence (I say), moste noble younge Prince, shall instrumentes +be prepared for you whereby all the worlde shalbe under your +obeysaunce. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And in very deede it is moste apparaunte that riches are the +fittest instrumentes of conqveste, and that the Emperour turned +them to that use. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Kinge Phillipps injuries offred by his treasures.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To leave the father and come to the sonne, hath +not Kinge Phillippe employed his treasure as injuriously +to all princes and potentates of Europe? Is it +not he that with his Indian treasure corrupted the +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Quinqueviri</span></span> in Portingale, that in the interregnum were appointed +overseers of the comon wealthe, and so hath joyned that kingdome +to his, with all the ilandes, townes, domynions belonginge +to that crowne? Is it not he that with his treasure hath gon +aboute to hier some ungodlye murderer to make away with Don +Antonio, one while by open proclamation, and another while +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">sotto capo</span></span>, under hande? Is it not he that by his treasure hathe +hired at sondry times the sonnes of Beliall to bereve the Prince +of Orange of his life?<a id="noteref_68" name="noteref_68" href="#note_68"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">68</span></span></a> +And hath he not suborned by hope of +rewarde other moste ungodly persons to lay violent handes upon +other Christian princes? Hath not he these many yeres geven +large pensions to nombers of English unnaturall rebelles? Doth +he not support the semynaries of Rome and Rhemes to be +thornes in the sides of their owne comon wealthes? Hath not +he divers tymes sente forren forces into Ireland, furnished with +money, armor, munition, and victualls? Hath not he sente +rounde somes of money into Scotland, both to the Kinge and +those that are aboute him, to alter the estate there and to trouble +oures? And is it not knowen that this Spanishe asse rometh +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page205">[pg 205]</span><a name="Pg205" id="Pg205" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +upp and downe laden throughe all Fraunce, and, when it coulde +not enter into the papistes gates, yt hath soughte to enter into +the courtes of the princes of the Relligion, to renewe the late +intermitted civile warres? What it hath done and nowe dothe +in all the Empire and the Lowe Contries, and is like to worke in +other places unlesse speedy order be taken to hinder it, is +described at large by Mounsieur de Aldegonde, a Germaine +gentleman, in a pithie and moste earnest exhortation (extant in +Latine, Italian, Frenche, Englishe, and Duche) concerninge the +estate of Christendome, together with the meanes to defend and +preserve the same, dedicated to all Christian kings, princes, and +potentates.<a id="noteref_69" name="noteref_69" href="#note_69"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">69</span></span></a> +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. VII. +What speciall meanes may bringe Kinge Phillippe from his highe +throne, and make him equall to the princes his neighboures; +wherewithall is shewed his weakenes in the West +Indies. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Firste, it is to be considered that his domynions and territories +oute of Spaine lye farr distant from Spaine, his chefest force; and +fair distante one from another; and are kepte by greate tyrannie; +and <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">quos metuunt oderunt</span></span>. And the people kepte in subjection +desire nothinge more then freedome. And like as a little passage +given to water, it maketh his owne way; so give but a small +menne to suche kepte in tyranie, they will make their owne way +to libertie; which way may easely be made. And entringe into +the consideration of the way how this Phillippe may be abased, +I meane firste to begynne with the West Indies, as there to laye +a chefe foundation for his overthrowe. And like as the foundation +of the strongest holde undermyned and removed, the +mightiest and strongest walles fall flatt to the earthe; so this +prince, spoiled or intercepted for a while of his treasure, occasion +by lacke of the same is geven that all his territories in Europe +oute of Spaine slide from him, and the Moores enter into Spaine +it selfe, and the people revolte in every forrein territorie of his, +and cutt the throates of the proude hatefull Spaniardes, their +governours. For this Phillippe already owinge many millions, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page206">[pg 206]</span><a name="Pg206" id="Pg206" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and of late yeres empaired in credite, bothe by lacke of abilitie +of longe tyme to pay the same, and by his shameful losse of his +Spaniardes and dishonors in the Lowe Contries, and by lacke of +the yerely renewe of his revenewe, he shall not be able to wage +his severall garrisons kepte in his severall frontiers, territories, +and places, nor to corrupte in princes courtes, nor to doe many +feates. And this weyed, wee are to knowe what Phillip ys in the +West Indies; and that wee be not abused with Spanish braggs, +and made to beleve what he is not; and so, drawen into vain +feare, suffer fondly and childishly our owne utter spoile. And +therefore wee are to understande that Phillippe rather governeth +in the West Indies by opinion, then by mighte; ffor the small +manred of Spaine, of itself being alwayes at the best slenderly +peopled, was never able to rule so many regions, or to kepe in +subjection such worldes of people as be there, were it not for the +error of the Indian people, that thincke he is that he is not, and +that doe ymagine that Phillippe hath a thousande Spaniardes for +every single naturall subjecte that he hath there. And like as +the Romaynes, allured hither into Britaine, perced the Iland, and +planted here and there in the mouthes of rivers and upon straites, +and kepte colonies, as at Westchester upon the River of Dee, at +York upon the River of Owse, and upon the Rivers of Thames +and Severne, and yet in truthe never enioyed more of the contries +rounde aboute then the Englishe, planted at Bulloine and Calice, +did of the Frenche soile adjoyninge, nor in effecte had the +Brittishe nation at comaundement; even so hath the Spaniarde +perced the Indies, and planted here and there very thinlye and +slenderlye, withoute havinge the Indian multitude in subjection, +or in their townes and fortes any nomber to holde any of them +againste the meanest force of a prince; so as in truthe the +Spaniarde ys very weake there. And it is knowen to Sir +Fraunces Drake, and to Mr. Hawkins, and Miles Phillipps +(which Miles lyved xiiij. yeres in Nova Spania), and to dyvers +others of her Majesties subjectes besides that have been there, +that the ilandes there abounde with people and nations that +rejecte the proude and bluddy government of the Spaniarde, and +that doe mortally hate the Spaniarde. And they also knowe +that the Moores, and suche as the Spaniardes have broughte +thither for the mynes and for slavery, have fledd from them into +the inlandes, and of them selves maineteine in many places +frontier warres againste the Spaniarde, and many tymes so prevaile, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page207">[pg 207]</span><a name="Pg207" id="Pg207" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and especially of late, that the Spaniardes have bene +inforced to sende the Spanishe marchauntes them selves into the +warres, althoughe yt be againste the speciall priviledges graunted +by Charles, the late Emperour, to the marchauntes, as may +plainely appere by Spanishe marchauntes letters taken by Sir +Fraunces Drake passinge in the sea of Sur towarde Panama, to +be conveyed into Spaine. And it is thoughte that Sir Fraunces +Drake and some other Englishe are of so greate credite with the +Symerons and with those that mayneteyne those frontier warrs, +that he mighte, bringinge thither a fewe capitaines and some of +our meaner souldiers late trayned in the Base Contries, with +archers and lighte furniture, &c., bringe to passe that, joyninge +with those inland people, Kinge Phillippe mighte either be +deprived of his governmente there, or at the leaste of the takinge +of his yerely benefite of the mynes. Thus with small chardge +and fewe men, nowe and then renewinge this matter by a few +sailes to be sent thither for the comforte of suche as shalbe there +resident, and for the incouragemente of the Symerons, greater +effecte may followe then by meetinge with his golden flete, or by +takinge of his treasures once or twise at the sea; for by this +meanes, or by a platforme well to be sett downe, England may +enjoye the benefite of the Indian mynes, or at the leaste kepe +Phillippe from possessinge the same. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hereunto yf wee adde our purposed westerne discoueries, and +there plante and people ryally, and fortifie strongly, and there +builde shippes and maineteine a navy in special porte or portes, +wee may by the same either encounter the Indian fleete, or be +at hande as it were to yelde freshe supplye, courage, and +comforte, by men or munition, to the Chichimici and the +Symerons, and suche other as shalbe incited to the spoile of the +mynes; which in tyme will, if it be not looked to, bringe all +princes to weake estate, that Phillippe, either for religion or +other cause, dothe hate; as the aforesaide Monsieur de Aldegond, +in his pithie and moste earneste exhortation to all Christian +kinges, princes, and potentates to beware of Kinge Phillipps +ambitious growinge, dothe wisely and moste providently forwarne. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To this may be added (the realme swarming with lustie youthes +that be turned to no profitable use), there may be sente bandes +of them into the Base Contries in more rounde nombers then are +sente as yet. For if he presently prevaile there, at our doores, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page208">[pg 208]</span><a name="Pg208" id="Pg208" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +farewell the traficque that els wee have there (whereof wise men +can say moche). And if he settle there, then let the realme saye +adewe to her quiet state and safetie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +If these enter into the due consideration of wise men, and if +platformes of these thinges be sett downe and executed duelye +and with spede and effecte, no doubte but the Spanishe empire +falles to the grounde, and the Spanishe kinge shall be lefte bare +as Aesops proude crowe, the peacocke, the perot, the pye, and +the popingey, and every other birde havinge taken home from +him his gorgeous fethers, he will, in shorte space, become a +laughinge stocke for all the worlde; with such a mayme to the +Pope and to that side, as never hapned to the sea of Rome by +the practise of the late Kinge of famous memory, her Majesties +father, or by all the former practises of all the Protestant princes +of Germanie, or by any other advise layde downe by Monsieur +de Aldegond, here after by them to be put in execution. If +you touche him in the Indies, you touche the apple of his eye; +for take away his treasure, which is <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">neruus belli</span></span>, and which he +hath almoste oute of his West Indies, his olde bandes of souldiers +will soone be dissolved, his purposes defeated, his power and +strengthe diminished, his pride abated, and his tyranie utterly +suppressed. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. VIII. +That the lymites of the Kinge of Spaines domynions in the West +Indies be nothinge so large as is generally ymagined and +surmised, neither those partes which he holdeth be of any +such forces as is falsly geven oute by the Popishe clergie +and others his fautors, to terrifie the princes of the relligion +and to abuse and blynde them. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +As the Secretary of Don Antonio, Kinge of Portingale, called +Custodio Etan, tolde me lately at Paris, that the Portingales +never had in Guinea, Bresill, and all the Easte Indies above +twelve thousande Portingale souldiers whensoever they had moste, +which was confirmed by one of the Kinges capitaines borne in +Goa, then presente; and that they governed rather by gevinge +oute of greate rumors of power and by secrecie, then by any +greate force which they had in deede; so the like is to be proved +of the Kinge of Spaine in his West Indies; ffor he beinge in +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page209">[pg 209]</span><a name="Pg209" id="Pg209" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +those partes exceedinge weake hath nothinge such nombers of +people there as is geven oute, neither doe his domynions stretche +so far as by the ignoraunte ys ymagined; which hereby easely +may appere, seinge he hath no one towne or forte in actuall +possession in all Nova Hispania to the northe of the Tropick of +Cancer, which standeth in 23. degrees and an halfe, excepte the +towne of St. Helen and one or twoo small fortes in Florida; ffor +as it is in the mappe of Culiacan, sett oute twoo yeres paste with +all diligence by Ortelius, Saincte Michael ys the furthest towne +nothwarde on the backside of America; and Panuco and Villa +Sancti Jacobi are the moste northerly colonies upon the Bay of +Mexico that the Spaniardes inhabite; as the aforesaide Ortelius +witnesseth in his mapp of those partes sett oute this presente +yere, 1584; which three townes above named are under or +within the Tropicke of Cancer. And so the Kinge of Spaine +hath no footinge beyonde the said tropicke; which is contrary to +the opinion of the vulgar sorte, which ymagine, and by some are +borne in hande, that all is his from the equinoctiall as farr as the +lande stretcheth towardes the pooles. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Againe, that parte from the equinoctiall to the southe ys not +inhabited by the Spaniarde any further then unto the Tropicke +of Capricorne, as ys to be seene by the mappe of Peru this +presente yere, 1584. published by Ortelius; neither is it peopled +by the Spaniardes to any purpose savinge onely alonge the sea +coaste. And howe weake they are there, and what simple +shippinge they have, and howe dayly they be afflicted by the +inhabitauntes, Sir Fraunces Drake can tell, and the letters by him +intercepted doe declare. One Peter Benzo de Millano, which +was fourtene yeres in those partes, writeth, that they holde greate +townes, some with tenne, some with sixe, some with foure, and +some with twoo souldiers, and that they commaunded that all the +Italians, whome they called Levantines in contempte, shoulde +departe those contries, fearinge they shoulde reveale their nakednes +to the worlde, and encourage others to sett in footinge +there. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Seinge then they suffer no people of Europe to inhabite there +savinge onely Spaniardes, any reasonable man that knoweth the +barenes, desolation, and wante of men in Spaine, together with +these eightene yeres civill warres that hath wasted so many +thousandes of them in the Lowe Contries, must nedes confesse +that they have very simple forces there. The provinces which +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page210">[pg 210]</span><a name="Pg210" id="Pg210" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +he holdeth are indeede many, yet more denuded than ever was +any empire since the creation of the worlde. Some of his +contries are dispeopled, some barren, some so far asonder, also +held by tyrannie, that in deed upon the due consideration of the +matter, his mighte and greatenes is not suche as <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">prima facie</span></span> yt +may seme to be. And weare yt not that he doth possesse suche +at masse of treasure oute of the Indies, the Frenche kinge, of one +onely kingdome, with his onely people of Fraunce, were able to +drive him oute of all his domynions that he hath in the worlde. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The example of Antigonus.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +It is written that Antigonus, beinge to fighte +againste certaine of his enemyes, they appered a farr +of to be so huge and mightie, that his souldiers were +halfe afraied to encounter them; but, beinge incouraged by his +valour, they easely overthrewe them in a conflicte; whereof he +stripped one or twoo, which, beinge turned oute of their bombasted +and large apparell, were in deede but very weakelinges and +shrimpes; which, when he had shewed unto his souldiers, they +were ashamed of themselves that ever they had bene afraied of +suche wretches. So when wee shall have looked and narrowly +pried into the Spanishe forces in America, wee shalbe doubtles +ashamed of ourselves, that wee have all this while bene afraied +of those dissemblinge and feble scarr crowes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This which I say concerninge the weakenes of the Spaniardes +in America may more easelie appere by this note followinge, +gathered by an excellent Frenche capitaine moste experte and +privie to the state and force of the islandes, havens, townes, and +fortes of all that parte of America which lieth upon our ocean; +which excedinge large coaste beinge so rarely and simply manned +and fortified, wee may well assure ourselves that the inlande is +mocha more weake and unmanned. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. IX. +The names of the riche townes lienge alonge the sea coaste on +the north side from the equinoctiall of the mayne lande +of </span><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: left"><span style="font-size: 120%; font-variant: small-caps">America</span></span><span style="font-size: 120%">, under the Kinge of Spaine. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +1. Ouer againest the ilande of Margarita there is a towne +called Cumana, wherein is great store of perle. There be divers +boates belonginge to the towne, which onely dragge perles. +This towne is the farthest eastwarde which the kinge hath on the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page211">[pg 211]</span><a name="Pg211" id="Pg211" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +north side of India. It is environed with their enemyes, viz., the +Indyans and Caribes. The victualls come from this towne to +Margarita. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +2. The next towne westwarde is Carakas, which is very riche +of golde. This towne standeth upon the sea, and hath some +victualls, but not plentie, and is environed likewise with the +Indians, their mortall enemyes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +3. The towne Burborowate was destroyed by 50. Frenchemen, +and the treasure taken awaye. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +4. The nexte towne to the westwarde is called Coro, which +hath greate plentie of golde and victualls. This standeth upon +the sea. This is a civill contrie, and some of the Indians broughte +to a civill governemente. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +5. At Rio de Hacha there is a towne called Hacha, where is +greate store of perle and silver, but no golde; and not farr from +thence there is a perle house. There is plentie of victualls, the +contrie civill, and some of the Indians at the Spaniardes comaundement. +Mr. John Hawkins told me he won this towne, and +was master of yt three daies, in his laste voyadge. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +6. Further westwarde is a towne called Santa Maren, alias +Marta, where is greate store of golde, but little victualls. This is +envyroned with Indians, enemies to the Spaniardes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +7. The nexte towne is Carthagena, where is greate store of +silver, golde, and precious stone. This towne hath a nomber of +Indians and Symerons to their enemyes. There is also greate +store of victualls. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +8. The nexte towne thereunto is Nombro di Dios. To this +towne cometh all the golde, perle, stone, and jewells that cometh +from Chile, Peru, and Panama oute of the Southe Sea. To this +towne cometh halfe the fleete, which taketh in halfe their +treasure, and goeth to Havana, and so throughe the Gulfe of +Bahama unto the Ilandes of Corvo, Flores, and the Azores, and +from thence into Spaine. This towne hath no victualls but such +as cometh from Panama and the ilandes by sea. By this towne +is a gulfe called Gulnata, where the Symerons and Indians have +certaine townes, and kepe warres dayly with the Spaniardes as +well as the Indians. At the southende of the gulfe there is not +paste five legues over lande into the South Sea. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +9. The nexte towne is called Vraga, alias Var, where is moche +golde and small store of victualls. This is a civill contrie nere to +the towne; the nexte is Nicaragua. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page212">[pg 212]</span><a name="Pg212" id="Pg212" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +10. At Nicaragua is moche golde that cometh out of the +Southe Sea, and there is a place where they make their frigotts. +There ys little victualls; the people are civill. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +11. In the Bay of Hondoras is a towne called Hondoras, alias +Tres Islas, where is golde and hides and greate store of victualls. +This towne standeth upon an hill very strongly, and is but simply +manned. This towne hath within a mile great plentie of Indians, +which are at warr with the Spaniardes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +12. Then there is a towne called Porto de Cavallos, where is +store of silver, stones, perles, jewells made and sett with precious +stones and perles. To this towne come yerely twoo shippes, that +goe from thence to the Havana, and so into Spaine with all their +riches. This towne is full of victualls. This porte of Cavallos +adjoyneth to the Gulfe Dowse.<a id="noteref_70" name="noteref_70" href="#note_70"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">70</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +13. All the Bay of Mexico is full of Indian townes and full of +victualls. There is one towne named Vera Crux, to which towne +cometh all their treasure, from the citie of Mexico, and from +thence to the porte of St. John de Vlloa, from thence to Havana, +and so into Spayne. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +14. In Florida the Spaniardes have one towne, called Sancta +Helena, where they have perles, silver, and greate store of +victualls. The Floridians be a gentle sorte of people, and used +somtymes to heade their arrowes with silver. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +15. There is one principall place called Rio de Jordan, alias Rio +de Maio, where, in an iland, standeth a forte which was Ribaults; +which river ronneth throughe the lande into the Southe Sea, from +whence greate plentie of treasure is brought thither. There are +small pynnesses that use the same river. It is also thoughte that +shippes come from Cathaio to the southwest ende of the said +river. This is very full of victualls. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A speciall note of a passage.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There was +note by Peter Melanda of a river cutt from the Citie of +Mexico to Rio de Maio,<a id="noteref_71" name="noteref_71" href="#note_71"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">71</span></span></a> +so that moche treasure is +broughte from thence to this forte with small pynnesses. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +All that parte of America eastwarde from Cumana unto the +River of St Augustine in Bresill, conteyneth in lengthe alongest +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page213">[pg 213]</span><a name="Pg213" id="Pg213" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +to the sea side xxj. C. miles, in whiche compasse and track there +is neither Spaniarde, Portingale, nor any Christian man, but onely +the Caribes, Indians, and sauages. In which places is greate +plentie of golde, perle, and precious stones. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the coaste of Bresill is one goodly ile called Trinidada, +conteyninge C. xx'ti. miles in lengthe, and lxxv. miles in bredthe, +and is onely inhabited by gentle Indians and sauages borne in +the said ilande. In this ilande is greate plentie of maiz, venison, +fishe, wooddes, and grasse, with divers faire frutes and other +comodities. Yt hath also divers goodly havens to harborowe yn, +and greate stoare of tymber for buildinge of shippes. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Frenche.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +With the kinge of this ilande wee are in league. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. X. +A brefe declaration of the chefe ilandes in the Baye of Mexico, +beinge under the Kinge of Spaine, with their havens and +fortes, and what comodities they yelde. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There ys one ilande, as the fleete cometh into the baye, +named Margarita,<a id="noteref_72" name="noteref_72" href="#note_72"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">72</span></span></a> +wherein is greate store of perle; a riche ilande +full of maiz (which is their corne), oxen, shepe, goates, fowle and +fishe, greate store of frutes, grasse and woods. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Ouer againste the said islande, northewarde, there is one other +iland named St. John de Porto Ricco, which hath store of all +manner of victualls and suger. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The nexte is a faire iland called Hispaniola, in some parte well +inhabited; havinge one citie called Sancto Domingo, which hath +a faire hauen<a id="noteref_73" name="noteref_73" href="#note_73"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">73</span></span></a> +whereunto many of the shippes of the kinges fleete +come, and there devide themselves. Some goe to St. John de +Leu, and some to Nombro di Dios and other partes of the mayne +lande. This is a frutefull iland for all manner of victuall, hides +and suger. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The nexte ilande is called Jamaica, and hath in it great store +of victualls. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The nexte is a faire, greate, and longe iland, called Cuba. +This iland hath a forte and haven in it called the Havana, which +is the key of all India. It is called the key of India, for that the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page214">[pg 214]</span><a name="Pg214" id="Pg214" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Spaniardes cannot well returne into Spaine but that they muste +touche there for victualls, water, woodde, and other necessaries. +It lieth at the mouthe and entraunce into the Gulfe of Bahama. +This ilande hath great plentie of victualls, but it is not greately +inhabited. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There be divers other ilandes, riche for victualls, as Aeriaba, +Corsal, Marigalante,<a id="noteref_74" name="noteref_74" href="#note_74"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">74</span></span></a> +&c., havinge not in them some xx. some x. +Spaniardes a pece. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus you see that in all those infinite ilandes in the Gulfe of +Mexico, whereof Cuba and Hispaniola are thoughte to be very +nere as bigge as England and Ireland, wee reade not of past +twoo or three places well fortified, as Sancto Domingo in +Hispaniola, and Havana in Cuba. I may therefore conclude this +matter with comparinge the Spaniardes unto a drone, or an +emptie vessell, which when it is smitten upon yeldeth a greate and +terrible sound, and that afarr of; but come nere and looke into +them, there ys nothinge in them; or rather like unto the asse +which wrapte himselfe in a lyons skynne, and marched farr of to +strike terror in the hartes of the other beastes, but when the foxe +drewe nere he perceaved his longe eares, and made him a jeste +unto all the beastes of the forrest. In like manner wee (upon +perill of my life) shall make the Spaniarde ridiculous to all +Europe, if with pierceinge eyes wee see into his contemptible +weakenes in the West Indies, and with true stile painte hym oute +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">ad vivum</span></span> unto the worlde in his fainte colours. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And if any man woulde objecte, that if by his weakenes he had +loste the treasure of the West Indies, yet the riches of the Easte +Indies woulde holde upp his heade; I answer, that those contries +beinge so farr of, and suche naturall malice beinge betweene the +Portingale and the Spaniarde, as greater cannot be, that it is not +possible for him to holde those partes no more than the other, +wantinge the treasure of the West Indies to supporte his garrisons +both there and in Christendome againste his manifolde and +mightie enemyes. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page215">[pg 215]</span><a name="Pg215" id="Pg215" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XI. +That the Spaniardes have exercised moste outragious and more +then Turkishe cruelties in all the West Indies, whereby +they are every where there become moste odious unto +them, whoe woulde joyne with us or any other moste +willinglye to shake of their moste intolerable yoke, and +have begonne to doe yt already in divers places where +they were lordes heretofore. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +So many and so monstrous have bene the Spanishe cruelties, +suche straunge slaughters and murders of those peaceable, lowly, +milde, and gentle people, together with the spoiles of townes, +provinces, and kingdomes, which have bene moste ungodly +perpetrated in the West Indies, as also divers others no lesse +terrible matters, that to describe the leaste parte of them woulde +require more than one chapiter, especiall where there are whole +bookes extant, in printe, not onely of straungers, but also even of +their owne contreymen (as of Bartholmewe de las Casas, a bisshoppe +in Nova Spania); yea such and so passinge straunge and +excedinge all humanitie and moderation have they bene, that the +very rehersall of them drave divers of the cruel Spanishe, which +had not bene in the West Indies, into a kinde of extasye and +maze, so that the sayenge of the poet mighte therein well be +verified:— +</p> + +<div class="tei tei-lg" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left; margin-left: 22.00em">Quis talia fando,</div> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Myrmidonum Dolopumue aut duri miles Vlissis,</div> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Temperet a lachrimis?</div> +</div> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nevertheless I will repeate oute of that mightie masse and +huge heape of massacres some fewe, that of them you may make +an estymate of the rest, and consider what small remainder of +those moste afflicted Indians have to revolte from the obedience +of the Spaniardes, and to shake of from their shoulders the +moste intollerable and insupportable yoke of Spaine, which in +many places they have already begonne to do of themselves, +withoute the helpe of any Christian prynce. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe because these moste outeragious and infinite massacres +are put downe by Don Bartholmewe de las Casas, the bisshoppe +above mentioned, and dedicated to Kinge Phillippe that nowe ys, +which author testifieth that to his inspeakable grefe he was an +eye witnesse of many of them, therefore it seemeth best unto me +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page216">[pg 216]</span><a name="Pg216" id="Pg216" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +to bringe him in, which in his firste chapiter describeth the same +in manner followinge:— +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Upon these lambes (meaninge the Indians), so meke, so +qualified and endewed of their Maker and Creator, as hath bene +said, entred the Spanishe, incontinent as they knew them, as +wolves, as lyons, and as tigres moste cruell, of longe tyme +famished; and have not don in those quarters these forty yeres +be paste, neither yet doe at this presente, oughte els then teare +them in peces, kill them, martir them, afflicte them, tormente +them, and destroye them by straunge sortes of cruelties, never +either seene or reade or hearde of the like (of the which some +shalbe sett downe hereafter); so farr forthe as of above three +millions of soules that were in the Ile of Hispaniola, and that +wee have seene there, there are not nowe twoo hundreth natives +of the contrie. The Ile of Cuba, which is as farr in lengthe as +from Valladolid untill Rome, ys at this day, as it were, all waste. +St John's Ile, and that of Jammaica, bothe of them very greate, +very fertile, and very faire, are desolate. Likewise the Iles of +Lucayos nere to the Ile of Hispaniola, and of the north side unto +that of Cuba, in nomber beinge above three score ilandes, +together with those which they call the Iles of Geant, one with +another greate and little, whereof the very worste is fertiler then +the kinges garden at Civill, and the contrie the helthsomest in +the worlde. There were in some of these isles more then five +hundred thousande soules, and at this day there is not one only +creature; for they have bene all of them slaine, after that they +had drawen them oute to labor in their myneralls in the Ile of +Hispaniola, where there were no more lefte of the inborne +natives of that iland. A shippe ridinge for the space of three +yeres betwixte these ilandes, to the ende that after the wyninge +of this kinde of vintage to gleane and cull the remainder of these +folke (for there was a goodd Christian moved with pitie and +compassion to converte and wynne unto Christe suche as mighte +be founde), there were not founde but eleven persons, which I +sawe. Other iles, more than thirtie, nere to the Ile of St. John, +have likewise bene dispeopled and massacred. All those iles +conteyne above twoo thousande leagues of lande, and are all dispeopled +and laid waste. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +As touchinge the mayne firme lande, wee are certaine that our +Spaniardes, by their cruelties and cursed doinges, have dispeopled +and made desolate more then tenne realmes greater then +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page217">[pg 217]</span><a name="Pg217" id="Pg217" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +all Spaine, comprisinge therein also Arragon and Portingale; and +twise as moche or more lande than there is from Civill to Jerusalem, +which are above a thousand leagues; which realmes yet, +up to this presente day, remain in a wildernes and utter desolation, +havinge bene before time as well peopled as was possible. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We are able to yelde a goodd and perfecte accompte, that +here is, within the space of forty yeres, by these said tyranies +and devilishe doinges of the Spaniardes, don to deathe unjustly +and tyranously more then twelve million soules, men, women, +and children. And I verely doe believe, and thinke I doe not +mistake therein, there are deade more then fiftene millions of +soules. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus havinge hearde of the multitudes of soules slayne, you +shall heare the manner of their slaughter. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the chapiter of Hispaniola it thus followeth: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe after sondry other forces, violences, and tormentes +which they wroughte againste them, the Indians perceaved that +those were no men descended from heaven. Some of them, +therefore, hidd their victualls, others hidd their wives and their +children. Some other fledd into the mountaines to seperate +themselves afarr of from a nation of so harde natured and +ghastly conversation. The Spaniardes buffeted them with their +fistes and bastianadoes, pressinge also to lay their handes on the +lordes of the townes. And these cases ended in so greate an +hazarde and desperatnes, that a Spanishe capitaine +durste adventure to ravishe forcibly the wife of the greatest kinge and lorde of +this ile. Since which time the Indians began to searche meanes +to caste the Spaniardes oute of their landes, and sett themselves +in arms. But what kinde of armes! Very weake and feble to +withstande or resiste, and of lesse defence. Wherefore all their +warres are no more warres, then the playenge of children when +as they playe at <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">jogo de cane</span></span> or reedes. The Spaniardes with +their horses, speares, and launces, began to comitt murders and +straunge cruelties. They entred into townes, burroughes, and +villages, sparinge neither children nor olde men, neyther women +with childe, neither them that laye in; but they ripped their +bellies and cutt them in peces, as if they had bene openinge of +lambes shutt upp in their folde. They laied wagers with suche +as with one thruste of a sworde, woulde paunche or bowell a +man in the middest, or with one blowe of a sworde most readily +and moste deliverly cut of his heade, or that woulde best perce +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page218">[pg 218]</span><a name="Pg218" id="Pg218" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +his entralls at one stroke. They tooke the little soules by the +heeles, rampinge them from their mothers brestes, and crusshed +their heades against the cliftes. Others they caste into the +rivers, laughinge and mockinge; and when they tombled into the +water, they saied: Nowe shifte for thy selfe suche a one's corps. +They put others, together with their mothers, and all that they +mett, to the edge of the sworde. They made certaine gibbetts +longe and loughe, in such sorte that the feete of the hanged one +touched in a manner the grounde; every one enoughe for +thirtene, in the honour and worshippe of our Saviour and his +twelve apostles (as they used to speake), and setting to fire, +burned them all quicke that were fastened. Unto all others, +whome they used to take and reserve alive, cuttinge of their +twoo handes as nere as mighte be, and so lettinge them hange, +they saied: Go you with those letters to cary tydinges to those +which are fled by the mountaines. They murdred commonly +the lordes and nobilitie on this fashion: they made certen grates +of perches laid on pitchforkes, and made a little fire underneathe, +to the intente that by little and little, yellinge and despairinge in +these tormentes, they mighte give up the ghoste. One time I +sawe foure or five of the principall lordes roasted and broyled +upon these gredyrons; also I thinke that there were twoo or +three of the said gredyrons garnished with the like furniture. +And for that they cried oute piteously, whiche thinge troubled +the capitaine that he coulde not then slepe, he comaunded to +strangle them. The serjeant, which was worse then the hangman, +that burned them, (I knowe his name and frendes in Civill,) +woulde not have them strangled, but hymselfe puttinge bulletts +in their mouthes, to the ende they shoulde not crye, put to the +fire, until they were softly roasted after his desire. I have seene +all the aforesaide thinges and others infinite. And forasmuche +as all the people that coulde flee, hidd themselves in the mountaines +and, mounted on the toppes of them, fledd from the men, +so, withoute all manhodde, emptie of all pietie, behavinge themselves +as savage beastes, the slaughterers and murderers of +mankinde, they taughte their houndes, fierce doggs, to tear them +in peces at the first viewe; and, in the space that one might say +a <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">credo</span></span>, assailed and devoured an Indian as if it had bene a +swine. These doggs wroughte greate destructions and slaughters. +And forasmoche as somtymes (thougbe seldome) the Indian put +to death some Spaniardes upon goodd righte and lawe of due +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page219">[pg 219]</span><a name="Pg219" id="Pg219" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +justice, they made a lawe betwene them, that for one Spaniarde +they had to slaye an hundred Indians. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Bishop Bartholomewe de las Casas an eye wytnes +of these cruelties.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And thus farr oute of the large volume of Don +Bartholomewe de las Casas, bisshoppe of the citie of +Chiape in the West Indies, where he lyved many +yeres.<a id="noteref_75" name="noteref_75" href="#note_75"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">75</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Johannes Metellus Sequanus.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Will you nowe heare one testymonie of Johannes Metellus +Sequanus, whoe was a Papiste and favoured the +Spanishe superstition; yet he writes as followeth in +the preface of the Historie of Osorius de rebus gestis +Emanuelis, fol. 16: At vero vt semel intelligatur quid Indos +toties ad res nouas contra Hispanos moliendas, et seditiones tanta +pertinacia fouendas impulerit, et quid causæ fuerit cur duo illa +Christianæ Reipublicæ summa capita Indicæ nationis libertatem, +frementibus quibusdam et inuitis dubio procul militibus Hispanis, +sanctissimo suo calculo comprobarint, paucis nouorum dominorum +in miseros immanitatem, deinde quorundam inexplebilem +auaritiam, et ex his grauiores quosque tumultus, vnde noui orbis +pene totius nunquam satis deploranda vastitas est sequuta, perstringam. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Principio quidem illud apud plerosque milites Hispanos, +pessimo sane exemplo, in more positum fuit, vti ab oculatis et +fide dignis testibus perscriptum est, vt seruos suos grauissime +punirent, si mercedem diurnam aut non attulissent, aut pensum +in auro argentoue effodiendo non absoluissent, aut si quid leuioris +denique delicti perpetrassent. Etenim vesperi reduces, coenæ +loco, primùm vestimentis exuebant, manibus dein pedibusque in +transuerso palo reuinciebant: mox chorda bubaloue neruo dirissime +verberabant. Sic tractatos, pice oleoue feruenti guttatim +perfundebant; salita post aqua corpus abluebant, et in mensa +tamdiu relinquebant, quamdiu dolorem ferre posse putarentur. +Qui mos animaduertendi ipsis etiam in Christianos seruos domi +familiaris esse dicitur. Post carnificinam huiusmodo, si durior +dominus illis contigerat, viuos in totam noctem collo tenus +defodiebant, presentissimum illud ad plagas remedium esse +ludibrio dictitantes. Si quis ex illis præ dolore moreretur, id +quod non raro accidit, dominus singula seruorum capita regi in +occisorum locum sufficiens, ab homicidij poena liberabatur. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page220">[pg 220]</span><a name="Pg220" id="Pg220" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hanc crudelitatem lege Baionæ, quam dicunt, quidem excusant; +sed omnibus impia merito videtur, tanquam omnis pietatis +expers. Quamobrem diabolicæ nomen inter Indos iure quidem +obtinuit. Ad hanc autem immanitatem in miseros Indos excercendam +nonnullos ingenita quædam naturæ sæuities, multis iam +bellis exasperata, plerosque habendi sitis, impulit. Hinc Hispanus +miles, quasi ad aucupium aut venationem, sic ad prædas +hominum agendas, iam inde ab inuento nouo orbe ferri coepit. +Aut igitur bello captos in seruitutem abripiebat, aut ex eorum +mancipio magnam sibi pecuniæ vim conflabat, aut eos ad diurnas +operas mittebat, quarum mercedem ab ijs quotidie perquam +importunus exigebat. Fuere qui seruos fodinis manciparint, in +quibus insolito labore fractæ, multæ seruorum myriades periere. +Alij mercibus illos permutare soliti sunt, alioue modo distrabere. +Idque tam inclementer et auare nonnulli fecerunt, vt Christianæ +omnis humanitatis prorsus obliti, e continente abreptos vtriusque +sexus hominis, nulla nec ætatis nec valetudinis habita ratione, +nauibus in vicinas insulas transportarent. Eorum non pauci qui +mari non assueuerant, et in sentinam abdebantur, et fame, foetore, +et squallore crudeliter absorpti sunt. Quid? quod fæminæ complures +ex Hispanis grauidæ, vna cum innoxio foetu pro ancillis +sunt venditæ: Atque his quidem modis, militum aliqui ad +summas opes peruenerunt. Alij magnas dignitates domi forisque +sunt consequuti. Alij rem pecuniariam plurimorum damnis sic +auxerunt, vt inuenti sint, qui octo pecudum millia possiderent. +Hanc tam insignem nostrum hominum iniustitiam atque tyrannidem +fieri non potuit, quin magni statim motus et bella, tam ab +ipsis inter se, quam ab incolis in illos excitata sequerentur. After +a longe beade roll of moste monstrous cruelties of the Spanishe +nation in every place of the West Indies moste heynously committed, +he concludeth yt thus: Tanta ergo fuit Hispani militis in +India tyrannis, vt ea non solum Indos, verum etiam seruorum +Maurorum animos ad rebellionem impulerit. Dicuntur enim in +exigua quadam insula ad septem millia defecisse. Quos Hispani +initio securos et incautos facilime trucidassent, nisi suo malo +vigilantiores factos precibus et pacifica legatione expugnare potius +quam armis frustra tentassent. Multa denique fugitiui Mauri in +Nominis Dei provinciæ siluis habitant; qui inita cum incolis +amicitia, ferro, flammaque Hispanos vbicunque persequuntur, et +inuentos frustatim dilacerant. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This, therefore, I gather of the premisses, that those contries +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page221">[pg 221]</span><a name="Pg221" id="Pg221" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +whereof the Spaniarde ys lorde are partely ruinated, dispeopled, +and laid waste by their incredible, and more then barbarous, and +savage, endeles cruelties, and partely grevously infested by the +Indians, Symerons, Moores, Chichimici revolted; and consequently +he is easie to be driven thence, and turned out of all with moche +lesser force then is commonly ymagined: for, Nullum violentum +est diuturnum; et malus diuturnitatis custos est metus. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Spanishe monarchy is like unto the +monarchy of Alexander the Greate.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And surely the more I thinke of the Spanishe +monarchie, the more me thinketh it is like the empire +of Alexander the Greate, which grewe upp sooddenly, +and sooddenly vpon his deathe was rente and dissolved +for faulte of lawfull yssue. In like manner the the +Kinge of Spaine, nowe 59. yeres of age, as beinge +borne in the yere of our Lorde 1526. in the moneth of May, and +beinge subjecte to the fallinge sicknes, in common reason can be +of no longe life; and leavinge no fitt yssue to wealde so greate a +governemente, and a question risinge, whether his younge weake +sonne, by his sister's daughter, be lawfull heire, they are like upon +his deathe to fall together by the eares amongest themselves; and +then, as men moste odious, not onely to the people of the West +Indies, but also to all Christendome, and all the worlde beside, +ys it not likely that euery province wil seke their libertie? And, +to say the truthe, what nation, I pray you, of all Christendome +loveth the Spaniarde, the scourge of the worlde, but from the +teethe forwarde, and for advauntage? The Italians, which sometime +were lordes of the earthe, in greate parte nowe broughte +under his vile yoke, doe many wayes shewe the utter mislike of +their satanicall arrogancie and insollencies, and in all their playes +and comedies bringe in the Spanishe souldier as a ravisher of +virgins and wives, and as the boastinge Thraso +and <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">miles gloriosus</span></span>; +notinge to the worlde their insupportable luxuriousnes, excessive +pride, and shamefull vaine glorie. The citie of Rome, beinge +sackt by Charles the Emperour, the Pope and Cardinalls taken +and ymprisoned, cannot brooke their doinges in their hartes. +The Venecians stande daily in feare of them, almoste as moche +as of the Turke, and doubte that, if they be not with spede +restrained, they will inclose them and use them at their pleasure, +beinge on bothe sides become almoste lordes of the mouthe of +the Straites of Giberaulter. The Frenche, remembringe the +takinge of their kinge prisoner, their crueltie in Florida, the late +overthrowe of Strozzi and their fleete, their takinge of Tercera, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page222">[pg 222]</span><a name="Pg222" id="Pg222" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and other disgraces, hate them for the moste parte worse then +scorpions. The Princes of Germanie, the Duke of Saxonie, the +Lantsgrave of Hassia, the Duke of Cleve, the Duke Cassimere, +have susteyned wronges sufficient to make them his mortall +enemies. His innumerable outrages in the Netherlandes have +inforced the Flemynges to those termes which nowe they stande +at. Their manifolde practises to supplant us of England give us +moste occasion to bethincke ourselves, howe wee may abate and +pull downe their highe myndes. The poore oppressed prince +and people of Portingale doe watche nighte and day when to +finde a conuenient occasion of defection. In fine, there is +almoste no nation of Europe that may not say againste the +Spaniarde with the poet: Distuleratque graues in idonea tempora +poenas; and so, Eum multos metuere necesse est quem multi +metuunt; and, Multorum odijs nulla respublica stare diu potest. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XII. +That the passage in this voyadge is easie and shorte, that it +cutteth not nere the trade of any other mightie princes, or +nere their contries, that it is to be perfourmed at all times +of the yere, and nedeth but one kinde of winde; that +Ireland, beinge full of goodd havens on the southe and +weste side, is the nerest parte of Europe to yt, which by +this trade shalbe in more securitie, and the sooner drawen +to more civilitie. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In this voyadge wee may see by the globe that wee are not to +passe throughe the frozen seas, but in a temperate climate unto a +contrie muche like to those partes of Gascoigne and Guyen, +where heretofore our nation for a longe tyme have inhabited. +And it requireth not, as longe voyadges doe, the takinge in of +freshe water by the way in divers places, by reason it may be sailed +in five or sixe weekes. Whereby the marchante nede [not] to +expecte twoo or three yeres for one returne, as in the voyadge of +Sir Fraunces Drake, of Fenton and William Hawkins; but may +receave twoo returnes every yere in the selfe same shippes, I +saye, and well repose themselves at their arryvalls; which thinge +I myselfe have seene and understoode in Ffraunce this presente +yere don by the Frenchemen; whoe, settinge furthe in January, +broughte their bancke fishe which they tooke on the Bancke, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page223">[pg 223]</span><a name="Pg223" id="Pg223" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +forty or three-score leagues from Newefoundelande, to Roan, in +greate quantitie, by the ende of May, and afterwarde retained this +yere againe to the fisshinge, and are looked for at home towardes +the fifte of November. To the spedy perfourmaunce of which +voyadge this is a speciall furtheraunce: that whereas moste of +our other voyadges of like lengthe require twoo or three sortes of +windes at the leaste, one onely winde suffiseth to make this; +which was no doubte the cause of the quicke returne of my +frende Stephen Bellinger of Roan, whoe departed from Newhaven +in January was twelve moneths, arryved at Cape Briton in +xxii daies space, and from thence discouered very diligently CC. +leagues towardes Norumbega, and had traficque with the people +in tenne or twelue places; founde a towne conteyninge fourescore +houses, and returned home, with a diligent description of the +coaste, in the space of foure monethes, with many comodities of +the contrie, which he shewed me. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreover this passage is neither by the Straites of Giberaulter, +nor on the coastes of Spaine, Portingall, Fraunce nor Flaunders, +neither by the Sounde of Denmarke, nor Wardhouse in Norwey: +so as in takinge our course on the highe seas wee shall not be in +daunger of the corsaries in the Levant, nor of the gallies of +Barbarie, nor of the Turke, nor of any state of Italie, neither of +the Spaniarde, the Frenche, nor the Dane, nor of any other +prince nor potentate within the Sounde in the northe, or in the +northeaste partes of the worlde. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wee may also trauell thither and perfourme the same at all +tymes of the yere, with the like facilitie as our marchantes of +Bristowe, Weymouthe, and other partes of the West Contries +travell for woade to the iles of St. Mighell and Tercera (which +are halfe the way thither) all the yere longe. For this coaste is +never subjecte to the ise, which is never lightly seene to the +southe of Cape Razo in Newfounde lande. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Besides this, in our way as wee passe to and froe, wee shall +have in tempestes and other necessities the portes of Ireland to +our aide, and no nerer coaste of any enemye. Moreover by the +ordinary entercourse wee may annoye the enemyes to Ireland, +and succour the Queens Majesties faithfull subjects, and drawe +the Irishe by little and little to more civilitie, and in shorte tyme +wee may yelde them from the coastes of America whatsoever +comodities they nowe receave at the handes of the Spaniardes. +So the Spaniardes shall wante the ordinarye victualls they receave +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page224">[pg 224]</span><a name="Pg224" id="Pg224" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +every yere from thence, whereby they cannot contynue traficque, +nor fall so aptly to practize againste our governmente there as +heretofore by their trade thither they have don and doe daily, to +the greate expences of her Majestie, and no small indaungeringe +and troublinge of our state. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And to conclude: in tradinge to these contries wee shall not +nede, for feare of the Spanishe bloudy Inquisition, to throwe our +bibles and prayer bookes over boorde into the sea before our +arryvall at their portes, as these many yeres wee have don and +yet doe, nor take suche horrible oathes as are exacted of our +men by the Spanishe searchers, to suche dayly wilfull and highe +offence of Almightie God, as we are driven to continually in +followinge our ordinary trafficque into the Kinge of Spaines +dominyons; whereof at large wee have spoken before in the +seconde chapiter. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XIII. +That hereby the revenewes and customes of Her Majestie, bothe +outewarde and inwarde, shall mightily be inlarged by the +toll, excises, and other dueties which withoute expression +may be raysed. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The manifolde testimonies, verbatim alleaged by me in the +thirde chapiter, of John Ribault, John Verarsanus, Stephen +Gomes, Vasques de Coronado, Jaques Cartier, Gasper Corterialis, +and others, which all were the discoverers of the coaste +and inlande of America betwene 30 and 63 degrees, prove +infallibly unto us that golde, silver, copper, perles, pretious stones, +and turqueses, and emraldes, and many other commodities, have +bene by them founde in those regions. To which testimonies I +shoulde have added many more yf I had not feared to be tedious. +Nowe the fyfte parte of all these aforenamed comodities cannot +choose but amounte to a greate matter, beinge yerely reserved +unto her Majestie, accordinge to the tenor of the patent graunted +by King Henry the Seaventh in the xj'th. yere of his raigne to +John Gabote and his three sonnes, Lewes, Sebastian, and +Sancius; the wordes whereof it shoulde not be amisse here to +sett downe, as they are printed in my booke of voyadges. These +are the wordes: Ex omnibus fructibus, proficuis, emolumentis +commodis, lucris, et obuentionibus ex huiusmodi nauigatione +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page225">[pg 225]</span><a name="Pg225" id="Pg225" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +prouenientibus, prefatus Joannes et filij ac heredes et eorum +deputati teneantur, et sint obligati nobis pro omni viagio suo +toties quoties ad portum nostrum Bristolliæ applicuerint (ad quem +omnino applicare teneantur et sint astricti), deductis omnibus +sumptibus et impensis necessarijs per eosdem factis, quintam +partem capitalis lucri facti, siue in mercibus, siue in pecuniis, +persoluere.<a id="noteref_76" name="noteref_76" href="#note_76"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">76</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +What gaines this imposition may turne unto the Crowne of +England in shorte tyme wee may more then gesse, havinge but +an eye to the Kinge of Spaines revenewes, which he nowe hath +out of all his domynions in all the West Indies. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The like in all respectes may be saied of the revenewes of the +Crowne of Portingale, which, beinge of itselfe one of the smallest +and poorest kingdomes of all Christendome, became in shorte +space so riche and honourable soone after their entringe into +their southesterne discoveries, traficques, and conquestes, that, +before the deathe of their late younge kinge Sebastian, their +embassadors woulde strive and chalenge for the chefest place +with the embassadores of the greatest kinges of Christendome; +as I have hearde it dyvers tymes spoken at Paris at my lordes +table by men of greate honour and experience, in which citie +moste princes and states of Christendome have their embassadors +comonly resident. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To leave them and to come to our nation, I say that amonge +other meanes to encrease her Majesties customes this shalbe one, +especially that by plantinge and fortifieinge nere Cape Briton, +what by the strengthe of our shipps beinge harde at hande, and +bearinge the sway already amongest all nations that fishe at +Newfoundelande, and what by the fortes that there may be +erected and helde by our people wee shall be able to inforce +them, havinge no place els to repaire unto so convenient, to pay +us soche a contynual custome as shall please us to lay upon +them; which imposition of twoo or three hundred shippes laden +yerely with sondry sortes of fish, trane oyle, and many kyndes of +furres and hides, cannot choose but amounte to a greate matter, +beinge all to be levied upon straungers. And this not onely wee +may exacte of the Spaniardes and Portingales, but also of the +Frenche men, our olde and auncient enemyes. What shoulde I +speake of the customes of the greate multitudes of course clothes, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page226">[pg 226]</span><a name="Pg226" id="Pg226" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Welshe frise, and Irishe ruggs, that may be uttered in the more +northerly partes of the lande amonge the Esquimawes of the +Grande Bay, and amonge them of Canada, Saguynay, and Hochelaga, +which are subjecte to sharpe and nippinge winters, albeit +their somers be hotter moche then oures. Againe, the multitudes +of small yron and copper workes, wherewith they are exceedingly +delighted, wilt not a little encrease the customes, being transported +oute of the lande. I omitt the rehersall of a thousande +other trifinge wares, which, besides they may sett many women, +children, and ympotent persons on worke in makinge of them, +woulde also helpe to the encreasinge of the customes. Lastly, +whatsoever kind of commodyties shoulde be broughte from thence +by her Majesties subjectes into the realme, or be thither transported +oute of the realme, cannot choose but inlarge the revenewes +of the Crowne very mightely, and inriche all sortes of subjectes +in generally. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XIV. +That this action will be for the greate increase, mayneteynaunce, +and safetie of our navie, and especially of greate shippinge, +which is the strengthe of our realme, and for the supportation +of all those occupations that depende upon the +same. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the Statutes moste providently ordeyned for increase and +maineteynaunce of our navigation in the Raignes of Kinge +Richarde the Seconde, Kinge Henry the Seaventh, Kinge Henry +the Eighth, and her Majestie that nowe ys, thoughe many and +sundry rewardes were proposed to encourage our people unto the +sea, yet still I fynde complaintes of decaye of the navye, notwithstanding +so many goodly priviledges to mayneteine fisshermen, the +ordeyninge of Wendisday to be a newe fishe day for the better +utteraunce of their fishe that they shoulne take at sea, yea, albeit +there hath bene graunted a certene proportionable allowaunce +oute of the exchequer to suche as woulde builde any shippes of +burden to serve the prince in tyme of warr, yet very little hath +bene done in that behalfe. For, setting the Citie of London +aparte, goe your waye into the west parte of England and Wales, +and search howe many shippes of CC. tonnes and upwardes those +partes can afforde, and you shall finde (God wotteth) no such +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page227">[pg 227]</span><a name="Pg227" id="Pg227" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +nomber as at firste you did ymagine. At this day I am assured +there are scarce twoo of CC. tones beloninge to the whole citie +of Bristowe, and very fewe or none of the like burden alonge the +channell of the Severne from Glocester to the Landes Ende on the +one side, and Milforde Haven on the other. Nowe, remedie this +greate and unknowen wante, no enterprise possibly can be devised +more fitt to increase our great shippinge then this Westerne +fortifienge and planting. For in this action wee are not to cut +over the narrowe seas, in a day or a nighte, betwene Flaunders, +Fraunce, or Ireland, in small barkes of xx. or xxx'ti. tonnes; but +wee are to passe over the breste of the maine ocean, and to lye +at sea a moneth or six weekes together, whereby wee shall be +constrayned of our selves, withoute chardginge of the Prince, to +builde greate shippes, as well to avoide the daunger of tempest +as also for the commoditie of portage, whereunto the greater +shippes in longe voyadges are moste conveniente, which the +Portingales and Spaniardes have founde oute by longe experience, +whoe for that cause builde shippes of v. vj. vij. viij. C. and a M. +tonnes, to sende into their Easterne and Westerne Indies. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The like whereof wee shalbe the rather invited to doe, since by +this voyadge wee shall have many thinges for little or nothinge, +that are necessarie for the furniture of greate shippinge. For +beinge possessed of Newfounde lande, which the last yere was +seazed upon in her Majesties name, wee may have tarr, rosen, +mastes, and cordage for the very workemanshippe of the same. +All which comodities cannot choose but wonderfully invite our +men to the buildinge of greate shippinge, especially havinge store +of the best shipwrights of the worlde, whereof some, for wante of +employmente at home, have bene driven to flye into forren partes, +as into Demarke. Moreover, in the judgemente of those that are +experte in sea causes, yt will breed more skillfull, connynge, and +stowte pilott and maryners then other belonginge to this lande. +For it is the longe voyadges (so they be not to excessive longe, +nor throughe intemperate clymates, as those of the Portingales +into their West Indies) that harden seamen, and open unto them +the secretes of navigation; the nature of the windes; the currentes +and settinge of the sea; the ebbinge and flowinge of the +mayne ocean; the influence of the sonne, the moone, and of the +rest of the celestiall planetts, and force which they have at sondry +seasons upon that mightie body; whiche skill in sea causes the +Emperour Charles the Fyfte, knowinge howe mooche yt did +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page228">[pg 228]</span><a name="Pg228" id="Pg228" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A lecture of the arte of navigation.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +ymporte his state, to the intent that it mighte better encrease +amongest the Spaniardes, in great providence erected +a lecture of the arte of navigation in Civill, and +ordeyned that no man shoulde take chardge to the +West Indies that had not hearde the Reader of the same for a +certaine space, and, upon due examynation, were allowed as +sufficient by him, and others adjoyded unto him as assistantes to +examyn matters of experience; which order, if it had bene +established in England, such grosse and insufficient felowes as he +that caste away the Admirall of Sir Humfreyes company, with an +C. persons in her, to the west of Newfounde lande, this tyme +twelve moneths, had not bene admittted to take so greate a +chardge. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But to returne to the increase and mayneteynaunce of our +shippes and shippmen; I say that this is not as the voyadge to +Muscovy, which is open not paste foure monethes, but may be +passed and repassed at our pleasure at all tymes of the yere, and +so our maryners may be sett on worke all the yere longe. +Neither is the trade likely to prove so small as that of Muscovy, +wherein not past tenne shippes at the moste are employed ones a +yere. For here there is a greate hope, the contrie beinge as bigge +as all Europe, and nothinge in frutefulnes inferior to yt, as I have +proved before at large in the thirde chapiter, that wee shall have +twoo fleetes as bigge as those of the Kinge of Spaine to his West +Indies, imployed twise in the yere at the leaste, especially after +our fortifienge in the contrie, the certene place of our factory +beinge there established; whereby yt muste nedes come to passe +that our navye shalbe mightely increased and mayneteyned, +which will not onely be a chefe strengthe and suertie in tyme of +warres, as well to offende as defende, but will also be the mayneteynaunce +of many masters, maryners, and seamen, whereby they +their wyves, and children, shall have their lyvinges, and many +cities, townes, villages, havens, and creeks nere adjoyninge unto +the sea coaste, and the Queenes subjectes, as brewers, bowchers, +smithes, ropers, shipwrights, tailors, shoemakers, and other +victuallers and handicraftes men, inhabitinge and dwellinge nere +thereaboutes, shall also have by the same greate parte of their +lyvinge. For proofe thereof wee nede not to seeke any further +then unto oure neighbours of Spaine and Portingale; whoe, since +the firste discoverie of their Indies, have not onely mightely +inlarged their domynions, marvellously enriched themselves and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page229">[pg 229]</span><a name="Pg229" id="Pg229" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Marques de la Cruz Admyrall of the Ocean.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +their subjectes, but have also by juste accompte trebled the +nomber of their shippes, masters, and maryners,—a matter of no +small moment and importance; insomoche that nowe, of late +Kinge Phillippe hath made the Marques de la Cruz, +which laste yere wonne Tercera, Graunde Admirall of +the Ocean Sea, and Prince d'Oria of Genoa, Admirall +in the Levant. A taste of this increase wee have had in our owne +selves, even by our trade of fisshinge in Newfoundelande; which, +as yt is well knowen, hath bene occasion, that in sondry places +of this realme divers tall shippes have bene builte and sett furthe +even of late daies; and more would be if, whereas nowe havinge +but twoo moneths or tenne weekes of fisshinge, by this newe +plantinge they mighte be drawen more south-westerly, where the +speciall fisshing places are, bothe for plentie and greateness of +fishe; and beinge oute of daunger and ympedimente of yse, they +mighte fishe there safely the greatest parte of the yere, and by +their nereness unto our fortes there, builte aboute Cape Briton, +they mighte yelde succour unto them, and likewise by their +neighbourhoode be themselves in more securitie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A meane to avoid the sodden arrests of our navy.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Fynally, their shippes, their goodds, and their persons shoulde +not be subjecte to soodden arrestes of straungers, as +they are in all other trades of Christendome; but +shoulde enjoye as greate freedome, libertie, and +securitie as they usually doe in their native contrie; +the havens, townes, and villages in those partes +beinge occupied and possessed by their fellowe subjects; which +freedome and liberty will greatly incourage them to contynewe +constantly in this newe traficque. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XV. +That spedie plantinge in divers fitt places is moste necessarie +upon these laste luckye westerne discoveries, for feare of +the danger of beinge prevented by other nations which +have the like intention, with the order thereof, and other +reasons therewithall alleaged. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Havinge by Gods goodd guidinge and mercifull direction +atchieved happily this presente westerne discoverye, after the +seekinge the advauncemente of the kingedome of Christe, the +seconde chefe and principall ende of the same is traficque, which +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page230">[pg 230]</span><a name="Pg230" id="Pg230" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +consisteth in the vent of the masse of our clothes and other comodities +of England, and in receaving backe of the nedeful +comodities that wee nowe receave from all other places of the +worlde. But forasmoche as this is a matter of greate ymportaunce, +and a thinge of so greate gaine as forren princes will stomacke +at, this one thinge is to be don, withoute which it were in vaine +to goe aboute this; and that is, the matter of plantinge and +fortificacion, withoute due consideration whereof in vaine were it +to thinck of the former. And therefore upon the firste said viewe +taken by the shippes that are to be sente thither, wee are to +plante upon the mouthes of the greate navigable rivers which are +there, by stronge order of fortification, and there to plante our +colonies. And so beinge firste setled in strengthe with men, +armour, and munition, and havinge our navy within our bayes, +havens, and roades, wee shall be able to lett the entraunce of +all subjectes of forren princes, and so with our freshe powers to +encounter their shippes at the sea, and to renewe the same with +freshe men, as the soodden feightes shall require; and by our +fortes shalbe able to holde faste our firste footinge, and readily +to annoye suche weary power of any other that shall seke to +arryve; and shalbe able with our navye to sende advertisemente +into England upon every soodden whatsoever shall happen. +And these fortifications shall kepe the naturall people of the +contrye in obedience and goodd order. And these fortes at the +mowthes of those greate portable and navigable ryvers may at all +tymes sende upp their shippes, barkes, barges, and boates into +the inland with all the comodities of England, and returne unto +the said fortes all the comodities of the inlandes that wee shall +receave in exchange, and thence at pleasure convey the same +into England. And thus settled in those fortes, yf the nexte +neighboures shall attempte any annoye to our people, wee are +kepte safe by our fortes; and wee may, upon violence and +wronge offred by them, ronne upon the rivers with our shippes, +pynnesses, barkes, and boates, and enter into league with the +petite princes, their neigbboures, that have alwayes lightly warres +one with an other, and so entringe league nowe with the one, +and then with the other, wee shall purchase our owne safetie, +and make ourselves lordes of the whole. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Contrarywise, withoute this plantinge in due tyme, wee shall +never be able to have full knowledge of the language, manners, +and customes of the people of those regions, neither shall wee be +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page231">[pg 231]</span><a name="Pg231" id="Pg231" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +able thoroughly to knowe the riches and comodities of the +inlandes, with many other secretes whereof as yet wee have but +a small taste. And althoughe by other meanes wee mighte +attaine to the knowledge thereof, yet beinge not there fortified +and strongly seated, the French that swarme with multitude of +people, or other nations, mighte secretly fortifie themselves before +us, hearinge of the benefite that is to be reaped of that voyadge; +and so wee shoulde beate the bushe and other men take the +birdes; wee shoulde be at the chardge and travell, and other +men reape the gaine. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To make this plaine by example, in the sixte leafe of the +Italian edition of the Historie of Fernando Cortes, written by +Franciscus Lopez de Gomera, is lively described the folly of John +Grijalua for his not inhabitinge that goodd and riche contrie of +Iucaton; which ymmediatly after he had neglected, the same +Fernando Cortes tooke in hande and perfourmed, and gott all +the honour and comoditie from him, leaving greate wealthe and +honour to his posteritie, and to himself an everlastinge name. +The story is thus: Giouan di Grigalua se n'ando a Yucatan, +combattete con quelli Indiani di Ciapoton, et se ne ritorne +ferito; entro nel fiume di Tauasco, che per questo si chiama ora +Grijalua, nel qual riscatto o cambio per cose di poca valuta +molto oro, robbe di cottone, et bellissime cose di penne; stette +in San Giouanni di Vilhua, piglio possessione di quel paese per +il Re, in nome del Gouernatore, Diego Velasquez: et cambio la +sua merciaria per pezzi di oro, coperte di cottone et penne; et si +hauesse conosciuto la uentura sua, haueria fatto populatione in +paese cosi ricco, come lo pregauano li suoi compagni et lui saria +stato quello che dipoi il Cortes. Ma tanta uentura non era +riseruata per chi non la conosceua ancora che si scusaua che lui +non andaua per populare, se non per riscattare o permutare le +cose che leuaua del Gouernatore; et discoprire se quella terra di +Yucatan era isola o terra ferma. And if any man liste to knowe +what intertainment he had of his uncle at his returne for not +inhabitinge upon the present occasion, yt followeth in the ende +of the same chapiter in these wordes: Et quando arriuo non lo +uolse uedere il Gouernatore suo zio, che li fece quello che lui +meritaua. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The like story wee have, fol. 298. of Franciscus Lopez de +Gomera his Generall Historie of the West Indies, of Vasques de +Coronado, which, after excedinge greate chardges bestowed for +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page232">[pg 232]</span><a name="Pg232" id="Pg232" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +royall furnishinge furthe upon his voyadge to Ceuola and +Quiuira, for wante of courage and for other priuate respectes, +neglected plantinge there, had as colde welcome, at his dastardly +and unconsiderate returne, of Don Antonio de Mendoza, viceroy +of Mexico, as Grijalua had of his uncle above mentioned. It is +written thus of him after his returne from Quiuira:— +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Cascò del cauallo in Tiguez Francisco Vasquez, e con il colpo +usci di ceruello et disuariaua; questo caso alcuni credettero che +fusse finto, altri n'hebbero grandissimo dolore; quelli che l'intendeuano +a mala parte stauano male con lui per che non si metteua +a popolare. And a little afterwarde: molto dispiacque a Don +Antonio di Mendoza che fusero ritornati, per che haueua speso +piu di sessanta milla pesi d'oro in quella impresa ... molti +uolsero restare là, ma Francesco Vasquez di Coronado, che ricco +era et nuouamente maritato con vna bellissima donna, non volse, +dicendo che non si poteriano sustentarsi ne difendere in cosi +povero paesa et tanto lontani del soccorso; caminarono presso a +tre milla miglia di longo in questa giornata. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Notwithstandinge these colourable excuses and dispraisinges of +the contrie, yt is described by relation of his owne companions in +this manner in the same leafe: à Quiuira in quaranta gradi à +paesa temperato, di bonissime acque, di molto herbatico, purgne, +more, noci, et melloni, et vue che maturano benissimo; non c'à +cottone, et vestono pelle di vacche e caprioli. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The greate inconvenience of the delaye and neglecte of plantinge +with spede of goodd contries newe discoured, beinge well +weyed and foreseene by John Ribault, made him to plante and +fortefie at his firste voyadge, thoughe it were with but thirtie men; +which, that you may the better understande, together with the +wise course and choice of place which oughte to be had in plantinge +and seatinge at the firste, I will alleage his owne wordes +which are in the laste leafe of his firste printed voyadge: Wherefore +(my lorde), saith he, I truste you will not thincke it amisse +(consideringe the comodities that may be broughte thence) yf we +leave a nomber of men there, which may fortifie and provide +themselves of thinges necessiarie; for in all newe discoveries it +is the chefest thinge that may be don, at the begynnynge to fortifie +and people the contrie. I had not so soone set furthe this to our +companie, but many of them offred to tary there; yea, with suche +a goodd will and jolly courage, that suche a nomber did offer +themselves as wee had moche to doe to stay their opportunitie; +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page233">[pg 233]</span><a name="Pg233" id="Pg233" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and namely, of our shippe masters and pilotts, and suche as wee +woulde not spare. Howebeit, wee lefte there but to the nomber +of 30 men in all, gentlemen, souldiers, and maryners, and that at +their owne sute and prayer, and of their owne free willes, and by +the advice and deliberation of the gentlemen sent on the behalfe +of the Prince and yours. And I have lefte unto them for heade +and ruler, followinge therein your pleasure, Capitaine Albert de +la Pierria, a souldier of longe experience, and the firste that from +the begynnynge offred to tary; and further, by their advise, +choice, and will, inscaled and fortified them in an iland on the +northe side thereof, a place of stronge scituation and commodious, +upon a river which wee named Chenonceau, and the habitation +and fortres, Charles Forte. After wee had instructed and duly +admonished them of what they should doe (as well for their manner +of procedinge, as for the goode and lovinge behaviour of them), +the xj'th. day of the moneth of June last paste wee departed from +Porte Royall, &c. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The cause why these discoveries went not forward +in King Henry the Seavenths tyme.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe, to leave the Spaniardes and Frenche and to come to +ourselves; seinge it hath pleased Almightie God at this instant +to reveale unto her Majestie and the realme that once againe +afreshe which was in part discovered by Sebastian Gabote and +other this lande to her moste famous grandfather, +Kinge Henry the Seaventh, was then lefte of and +caste aside and not sufficiently regarded by occasion +of the warres of Scotland, as Sebastian himself writes, +and so hath bene intermitted for the space of aboute +foure score and sixe yeares—if nowe the Queene, her +Counsell, and other subjectes, shall never so little +delaye the throughe managinge of the cause and enteringe +effectually into the action, let them assure themselves that +they will come to late, and a day after the faire; ffor as the +wise man saieth, <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Post est occasio calva</span></span>. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">(a symbol of a finger pointing)</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For, to speake +nothinge of the laste yeres preparation of the Marques +de la Roche to inhabite and plante in those partes nowe +discovered by oure men, which preparation was luckely overthrowne +in respecte of us, by reason that his greatest shippe was +cast away upon the trauers of Burwage, the men of St. John de +Luze sente the laste yere to solicite the Frenche Kinge and his +Counsell to plante there. And nowe our neighboures, the men +of St Maloe in Brytaine, in the begynnynge of Auguste laste +paste of this yere 1584. are come home with five shippes from +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page234">[pg 234]</span><a name="Pg234" id="Pg234" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Canada and the contries upp the Bay of St. Lawrence, and have +brought twoo of the people of the contrie home, and have founde +suche swete in that newe trade that they are preparinge tenne +shippes to returne thither in January nexte, as one John de la +Marche and Mr. Pryhouse of Garnesey affirme; which Mr. +Pryhouse, beinge yet in London, was at St. Malowe within these +weekes, and sawe the twoo savages, the five shippes, and the +riche comodities, and understoode of the greate preparation, and +lieth nowe at London, in Philpott lane, at the stone house +there. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And that it may be knowen that not onely the Frenche affecte +this enterprise, but even the Duche longe since thoughte of yt, I +can assure you that Abraham Ortelius, the great geographer, told +me, at his laste beinge in England, 1577. that if the warres of +Flaunders had not bene, they of the Lowe Contries had meant +to have discovered those partes of America, and the north west +straite, before this tyme. And yt semed that the chefe cause of +his comynge to England was to no other ende, but to prye and +looke into the secretes of Ffrobishers voyadge; for yt was even +then, when Ffrobisher was preparinge for his first returne into +the north west. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To conclude: yf wee doe procrastinate the plantinge (and +where our men have nowe presently discovered, and founde it to +be the best parte of America that is lefte, and in truthe more +agreable to our natures, and more nere unto us, than Nova +Hispania), the Frenche, the Normans, the Brytons, or the Duche, +or some other nation, will not onely prevente us of the mightie +Baye of St. Lawrence, where they have gotten the starte of us +already, thoughe wee had the same revealed to us by bookes +published and printed in Englishe before them,<a id="noteref_77" name="noteref_77" href="#note_77"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">77</span></span></a> but also will +depriue us of that goodd lande which nowe wee have discovered. +Which if they doe (as God defende they shoulde), then it falleth +oute that wee shall have our enemyes or doubtfull frendes rounde +aboute us, and shall not onely loose a singular comoditie and +inestymable benefite, but also incurr greate daunger and inconvenience +in sufferinge Papistes, by plantinge rounde aboute us, +to take from us all succours, and to lett them enriche themselves +under our noses, to be better able to supplant or overronne us. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page235">[pg 235]</span><a name="Pg235" id="Pg235" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XVI. +Meanes to kepe this enterprise from overthrowe, and the +enterprisers from shame and dishonour. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Euery newe enterprise is in the begynnyinge burdenous, +chardgeable, and heavie, and moste comonly hath many greate +enemies; which is the cause that many goodd men, much affected +to their contrie in wittie excellent enterprises, sincke and fainte +under their burden. And because that this enterprise which +wee have in hande or in purpose (besides that it is much maliced, +specially by our mightie faction of the Papistes), is an enterprize +that requireth, beside the favour of the Prince, no small chardge; +therefore wee are to devise howe the burden may leste tyme +reste on the backe of the bearer of the same, that he sincke not +under the same, but that he maye stande upp in full strengthe, +and goe throughe with ease, fame, and profitt, withoute shame of +all the bymedlers and fauters of the same. And entred into +consideration hereof, this cometh to mynde: that the firste +chardge of the navye to be admitted as for the present deade +chardge for the tyme, howe supply of the chardges followinge may +be mayneteyned and borne; for in that standeth one greate +matter that ymporteth honour, credite, profite, and the whole +sequele of the enterprize. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wee are induced by late plaine examples of the Frenche, that +have traficqued in those partes with greate profite, to beleve that +upon our plantinge wee shall as yt were defraye as well the firste +chardges as the chardges followinge, by the comodities in trafficque +that wee shall receave by passinge into the inland by river and +otherwise. But admittinge the worse, that the people will neither +receave our comodities nor yelde us theirs againe, then wee are +to devise of ourselves howe wee may otherwise at the firste +countervaile our chardges, and become greate gayners, will or +nill the naturall inhabitantes of those regions or others; and that +is, by enjoyinge certaine naturall comodities of the landes +infinitely aboundinge, in no accompts with them and with us of +greate price, which is this way to be broughte aboute. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The soiles there upon the seacoaste, and all alonge the tracte +of the greate broade mightie ryvers, all alonge many hundreth +miles into the inland, are infinitely full fraughte with swete +wooddes of ffyrr, cedars, cypres, and with divers other kindes of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page236">[pg 236]</span><a name="Pg236" id="Pg236" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Sawe milles.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +goodly trees; and settynge upp mylles to sawe them, +suche as be common in Poland and in all the north +easte regions, wee may with spede possesse infinite masses of +boordes of these swete kindes, and these frame and make ready +to be turned into goodly chestes, cupboordes, stooles, tables, +deskes, &c., upon the returne. And consideringe the present +wante of tymber in the realme, and howe derely the cipres +chestes are solde that come from the ilandes of the Levant seas, +and lately from the Azores, to Bristoll and the westerne havens, +these may be bothe amply and derely vented in all the portes of +the realme and of the realmes adjoyninge, consideringe that in +this age every man desireth to fill his house with all manner of +goodd furniture. So that were there no other peculiar comodities, +this onely, I say, were ynoughe to defraye all the chardges of all +the begynnynge of the enterprize, and that oute of hande; for +suche mylwrightes may easely be procured from suche places +where they abounde, and some suche (possible) be in England; +for I have herde of a frende of myne, that one suche mill within +these xxx yeres was sett upp in Worcestshere by a knighte of +that contrie. And one man onely were able to directe a +thousande of our common milwrightes in that trade; and carpinters +and joyners, the realme may spare thousandes for a nede. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And with like ease and shortenes of time wee may make of +the woodes there pitch and tarr, which are thinges fitt for our +navie, and marchandizes of goodd vente and of comon neede. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And with like ease wee may make of the wooddes there plentie +of sope asshes, a comoditie very dere and of greate and ample +vente with us, and elsewhere in forren kingdomes of Europe. +Also wee may there prepare for pikes, chasinge staves, oares, +halberts, and the like for cullen cleftes for sundry uses, &c. +And also wee may there, withoute payeng for the same, have +tymber to builde greate navies, and may bringe them into this +realme, and have goodd sale of the same. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +All this, I say, may be broughte to passe if wee wisely plante, +upon our arryvall, aboute the mouthes of greate rivers and in the +ilandes of the same; and so wee shall have the starte before the +Frenche and all others; and our people, sente thither for the +purposes aforesaide, shall be ready to man our shippes to give +repulse at the firste to all suche as shall come thither to sett foote +to our annoye. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus all thinges removed that mighte bringe discouragemente, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page237">[pg 237]</span><a name="Pg237" id="Pg237" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the firste that tooke the enterprise in hande have wonne greate +honour and highe estymation with all degrees in England, and, +havinge by these former meanes wonne to defraye all the chardges +of the brunte off the enterprise, they stande full able to followe the +same withoute cravinge aide of the lingringe marchaunte, and +have the possibilitie onely to themselves of the trades of traficque +with the people, which they may bringe aboute eyther with +curtesie, or by pollicie and force, as by joyninge now with this +petite kinge, and nowe with that, &c. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And this once plainely founde and noted in England, what +noble man, what gentleman, what marchante, what citezen or +contryman, will not offer of himselfe to contribute and joyne in +the action, forseeinge that the same tendeth to the ample vent +of our clothes, to the purchasinge of riche comodities, to the +plantinge of younger brethren, to the employment of our idle +people, and to so many noble endes? And greate joyninge in +contribution upon so happy begynnynges geveth abilitie to fortifie, +to defende all forren force in divers comodious places even at the +firste. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XVII. +That by these colonies the north west passage to Cathaio and +China may easely, quickly, and perfectly be searched oute +as well by river and overlande as by sea; for proofe whereof +here are quoted and alleaged divers rare testymonies +oute of the three volumes of voyadges gathered by +Ramusius, and other grave authors. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the thirde volume of Nauigations and Voyadges, gathered +and translated into Italian by Mr. John Baptista Ramusius, fol. +417. pag. 2, I reade of John Verarsanus as followeth: This +unhappy ende had this valiaunte gentleman, whoe, if this misfortune +had not happened unto him (with the singuler knowledge +that he had in sea matters and in the arte of navigation, beinge +also favoured with the greate liberalitie of Kinge Fraunces), +woulde have discovered and opened unto the worlde that parte +also of lande even to the poole. Neither woulde he have contented +himselfe with the outeside and sea coaste onely, but +woulde have passed further upp within the lande so farr as he +coulde have gon. And many that have knowen him and talked +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page238">[pg 238]</span><a name="Pg238" id="Pg238" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +with him have told me, that he saied he had in mynde to perswade +the Frenche Kinge to sende oute of Fraunce a goodd nomber of +people to inhabite certaine places of the said coaste, which be of +ayre temperate, and of soile moste fertile, with very faire ryvers, +and havens able to receave any navie. The inhabitants of which +places mighte be occasion to bringe to passe many goodd effectes: +and, amongest other, to reduce those poore, rude, and ignoraunte +people to the knowledge of God and true relligion, and to shewe +them the manner of husbandrie for the grounde, transportinge of +the beastes of Europe into those excedinge large and champion +contries; and in time mighte discover the partes within lande, +and see if, amongest so many ilandes there be any passage to the +Southe Sea, or whither the firme lande of Fflorida contynewe still +even to the pole. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Upon occasion of these laste wordes I thinke it not amisse to +alleage those testimonies tendinge to the proofe of this longe +desired north west passage, which, with no small care these many +yeres, I have observed in my readinges and conferences concerninge the same matter. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +1. My firste authoritie is in the seconde volume of Ramusius, +in the discourse of the discoverie of the ilandes Freseland, Iseland, +Engroneland, Drogeo, and Icaria, made in the northe by Sir +Nicholas Zeny, Knighte, and Mr. Anthony, his brother, in the +yere 1380.<a id="noteref_78" name="noteref_78" href="#note_78"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">78</span></span></a> +In which discourse, amonge many other thinges +tendinge to the proofe of this passage, I finde this recorded: +Scoprirono vna isola detta Estotilanda posta in ponente lontana +da Frislanda piu di mille miglia; whereof I gather, that whereas +still he calleth Estotiland an Ilande, and that it is distant +westwarde from Frislande more then a thousande miles, that the sea +is open above five hundreth miles further then Frobisher and his +companie discouered. Ffor he himself confesseth that he never +sailed paste five or sixe hundreth miles to the weste of Ffriselande; +and here is mention made, that those fishermen that discouered +the iland of Estotiland founde it to be more then a M. miles to +the weste of the same. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +2. The seconde testimonie to prove this north west passage is +in the preface of the aforesaide Ramusius before his thirde +volume, where he alleageth, in manner followinge, that which +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page239">[pg 239]</span><a name="Pg239" id="Pg239" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Sebastian Gabote wrote unto him concerninge this matter: Many +yeres paste I was written unto by Sebastian Gabote, our contryman, +a Venecian, and a man of greate experience, and very +singuler in the arte of navigation and in the knowledge of cosmographie, +whoe sailed alonge and beyonde Nova Francia, at the +chardges of Kinge Henry the seaventh, Kinge of England; and +he signified unto me, that havinge sailed a longe tyme west +and by northe beyonde those ilandes unto the latitude of 67. +degrees and [an half] under the north pole, on the xj'th day of +June, and findinge the sea open and withoute any manner of +ympedymente, he thoughte verely that he mighte have passed by +that way unto Cathaia, which is in the Easte; and he woulde +have done yt, if the mutinie of the shipmaster and unruly mariners +had not inforced him to returne homewardes from that place. +But it semeth (saith Ramusius), that God doth yet reserve to +some greate prince the discoverie of this voyadge to Cathaio by +this way, which, for the bringinge of the spicerie from India into +Europe, woulde be the moste easie and shortest of all others +hitherto founde oute. And surely this enterprise woulde be the +moste glorious and of moste importaunce of all other that any +coulde ymagine, to make their name moche more eternall and +ymmortale amonge all ages to come, then these so greate tumultes +and troubles of warres, which are to be seene contynually in +Europe amonge the miserable and unhappy Christians. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +3. Thirdly, the reporte which the people of Hochelaga made +to Jacques Cartier, in the xiij'th. chapter of his seconde relation, +of the river three monethes navigable to the southewarde, dothe +not a little confirme the same. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +4. Fourthly, the relation of the people of Canada in the xij'th. +chapiter, followinge on this manner: Moreover they tolde us, +and gave us to understande, that there are people cladde with +clothe as wee are, and that there are many inhabited townes and +goodd people, and that they have greate store of golde and redd +copper, and that upp into the lande, beyonde the river firste above +mentioned, even to Hochelaga and Saguynay, there is an ile +environed aboute with that and other rivers, which beyonde +Saguenay entereth into twoo or three greate lakes; also that +there is founde a sea of freshe water, the heade and ende whereof +there was never man founde that had throughly searched, as farr +as they have hearde say of them of Saguenay, for they (as they +signified unto us) had not bene there themselves. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page240">[pg 240]</span><a name="Pg240" id="Pg240" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +5. Fyftly, in the ende of that seconde relation this postscripte +is added as a speciall pointe, to witt: that they of Canada say +that it is the space of a moone (that is to saye a moneth) to saile +to a lande where cynamon and cloves are gathered; and in the +Frenche originall which I sawe in the Kinges Library at Paris, in +the Abbay of St Martines,<a id="noteref_79" name="noteref_79" href="#note_79"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">79</span></span></a> +yt is further put downe, that Donnaconna, the Kinge of Canada, +in his barke had traveled to that +contrie where cynamon and cloves are had; yea, the names +whereby the savages call those twoo spices in their owne language +are there put downe in writinge. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +6. Sixtly, this passage is likewise proved by the double reporte +of Vasques de Coronado. For firste, he beinge at Ceuola, which +standeth in 37. degrees and an halfe of northerly latitude within +the lande, he had this informacion of the people of that place; +Fanno otto giornate verso le campagne al mare di settentrione: +whereby I gather that some parte of the northerne sea ys within +viij. daies journey of Ceuola. Againe, when he was afterwardes +at the towne of Quiuira, which is scituated by the sea side in the +latitude of 40. degrees, he founde there shippes, with maryners, +which had the picture of a birde, called Alcatrazzi, in silver upon +their bonnetts and on the forepartes of their shippes; which +signified that they were thirtie daies sailinge to that place; +whence it is saied that they muste nedes be of Cathaio or China, +seinge that there is none but Spanishe shippinge upon all the +coaste of the backside of Noua Spania. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +7. Seaventhly, the people of Florida, at the River of May, in +30. degrees, signified to John Ribault and his company, that +they mighte saile in boates from thence through the contrie by +ryver to Ceuola in xx'ti. These are the wordes, viz. As +wee nowe demaunded of them concerninge the towne of Ceuola +(whereof some have written that it is not farr from thence, and +is scituated within the lande, and towardes the sea called Mare +del Sur), they shewed vs by signes, which wee understoode well +ynoughe, that they mighte goe thither with their boates, by rivers, +in xx'ti. daies. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +8. Eightly, Don Antonio di Castillo, embassador to her +Majestie from Henry the Kinge of Portingale, tolde me here in +London, the yere before his departure, that one Anus Corteriall, +Capitaine of the Ile of Tercera, in the yere 1574. sente a shippe +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page241">[pg 241]</span><a name="Pg241" id="Pg241" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +to discover the northwest passage, which, arryvinge on the coaste +of America in 57. degrees of latitude, founde a greate entraunce +very depe and broade, withoute impedimente of ise, into which +they passed above xx leagues, and founde it alwayes to tende +towardes the southe. The lande lay lowe and plaine on either +side. They woulde have gon further, but their victualls drawinge +shorte, and beinge but one shippe, they returned backe, with +hope at another tyme to make a full searche of the passage, +whereof they sawe not small likelyhoode. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +9. Nynthly, Don Antonio, Kinge of Portingale,<a id="noteref_80" name="noteref_80" href="#note_80"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">80</span></span></a> +shewed me in +Paris this present somer, a greate olde rounde carde (out of +which Postellus tooke the forme of his mappe), that had the +northwest straite plainely sett downe in the latitude of 57. +degrees. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +10. Tenthly, there is a mightie large olde mappe in parchemente, +made, as yt shoulde seme, by Verarsanus, traced all +alonge the coaste from Florida to Cape Briton, with many Italian +names, which laieth oute the sea, making a little necke of lande +in 40. degrees of latitude, much lyke the streyte necke or istmus +of Dariena. This mappe is nowe in the custodie of Mr. Michael +Locke. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +11. Eleventhly, there is an olde excellent globe in the Queenes +privie gallory at Westminster, which also semeth to be of Verarsanus +makinge, havinge the coaste described in Italian, which +laieth oute the very selfe same streite necke of lande in the +latitude of 40. degrees, with the sea joynninge harde on bothe +sides, as it dothe on Panama and Nombre di Dios; which were +a matter of singuler importaunce, yf it shoulde be true, as it is +not unlikely. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +12. Twelvethly, the judgemente of Gerardus Mercator, that +excellent geographer, which his sonne, Rumolde Mercator, +shewed me in a letter of his, and drewe oute for me in writinge, +of wise men is not lightly to be regarded. These were his +wordes: Magna tametsi pauca de noua nauigatione scribis, quam +miror ante multos annos non fuisse attentatam. Non enim +dubium est quin recta et breuis via pateat in occidentem +Cathaium vsque. In quod regnum, si recte nauigationem instituant, +nobilissimas totius mundi merces colligent, et multis +gentibus adhuc idololatris Christi nomen communicabunt. You +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page242">[pg 242]</span><a name="Pg242" id="Pg242" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +write (saieth he to his sonne) greate matters, thoughe very brefely, +of the newe voyadge, whereat I wonder that it was not these +many yeres heretofore attempted; ffor there is no doubte but +there is a streighte and shorte waye open into the west, even to +Cathaio. Into which kingdome, if they governe their voyadge +well, they shall gather the moste noble marchandize of all the +worlde, and shall make the name of Christe to be knowen to +many idolaters and heathen people. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +13. Hereunto agreeth the relation of Monsieur de Leau, an +honest gent of Morleux, in Britaine, which tolde me this springe, +in the presence of divers Englishe men at Paris, that a man of +St. Malowe this laste yere discovered the sea on the back side of +Hochelaga. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +14. Moreover, the relation of David Ingram confirmeth the +same; for, as he avowcheth and hath put it downe in writinge, +he traveled twoo daies in the sighte of the North Sea. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +15. Againe, the prohibition which Kinge Philippe hath made, +that none of his pilotts shall discover to the northe wardes of 45. +degrees, may seme chefely to precede of these two causes: the +one, leaste passinge further to the northe, they mighte fall upon +the open passage from Mare del Sur into our Northerne Sea; +the other, because they have not people ynoughe to possesse and +kepe the same, but rather in tyme shoulde open a gappe for other +nations to passe that waye. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +16. Lastly, I will ende with the earnest petition and constant +assertion of Ramusius, in his firste volume, fol. 374. where, +speakinge of the severall waies by which the spicery, bothe of +olde and of late yeres, hath bene broughte into Europe, he useth +these speaches in the person of another: Why doe not the princes +(saieth he), which are to deale in these affaires, sende furthe +twoo or three colonies to inhabite the contrie, and to reduce this +savage nation to more civilitie, consideringe what a +frutefull soile it is, how replenished with all kinde of graine, howe +it is stored with all kinde of birdes and beastes, with such faire +and mightie rivers, that Capitaine Cartier and his companie in +one of them sailed upp an C. and xx'iiij. leagues, findinge the +contrie peopled on bothe sides in greate aboundaunce; and, +moreover, to cause the gouernours of those colonies to sende +furthe men to discouer the northe landes aboute Terra de +Labrador, and west north west towardes the seas, which are to +saile to the contrie of Cathaio, and from thence to the ilandes of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page243">[pg 243]</span><a name="Pg243" id="Pg243" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Molucka. These are enterprises to purchase ymmortal praise, +which the Lord Antony de Mendoza, viceroy of Mexico, willinge +to put in execution, sente furthe his capitaines, bothe by sea and +lande, upon the northwest of Noua Spania, and discovered the +kingdomes of the seaven cities aboute Ceuola; and Franciscus +Vasques de Coronado passed from Mexico by lande towardes +the northwest 2850. miles, in so moche as he came to the sea +which lieth betwene Cathaio and America, where he mett with +the Cathaian shippes; and, no doubte, if the Frenche men, in +this their Nova Francia, woulde have discovered upp further into +the lande towardes the west northwest partes, they shoulde have +founde the sea and have sailed to Cathaio. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus farr Ramusius. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +God, which doth all thinges in his due time, and hath in his +hande the hartes of all Princes, stirr upp the mynde of her +Majestie at lengthe to assiste her moste willinge and forwarde +subjectes to the perfourmance of this moste godly and profitable +action; which was begonne at the chardges of Kinge Henry +the vij'th. her grandfather, followed by Kinge Henry the Eighte, +her father, and lefte, as it semeth, to be accomplished by her (as +the three yeres golden voyadge to Ophir was by Salomon), to the +makinge of her realme and subjectes moste happy, and her selfe +moste famous to all posteritie. Amen. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XVIII. +That the Queene of Englandes title to all the West Indies, or at +the leaste to as moche as is from Florida to the Circle +articke, is more lawfull and righte then the Spaniardes, or +any other Christian Princes. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To confute the generall claime and unlawfull title of the +insatiable Spaniardes to all the West Indies, and to prove the +justenes of her Majesties title and of her noble progenitours, if +not to all, yet at leaste to that parte of America which is from +Florida beyonde the Circle articke, wee are to sett downe in true +order, accordinge to the juste observation of tyme, when the +West Indyes, with the ilandes and continent of the same, were +firste discouered and inhabited, and by what nation, and by +whome. Then are wee to answer in generall and particulerly to +the moste injurious and unreasonable donation graunted by Pope +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page244">[pg 244]</span><a name="Pg244" id="Pg244" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Alexander the Sixte, a Spaniarde borne, of all the West Indies to +the Kinges of Spaine and their successors, to the greate prejudice +of all other Christian Princes, but especially to the domage of the +Kinges of England. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Ffor the firste pointe, wee of England have to shewe very +auncient and auctenticall chronicles, written in the Welshe or +Brittishe tongue, wherein wee finde that one Madock ap Owen +Guyneth, a Prince of North Wales, beinge wearye of the civill +warres and domesticall dissentions in his contrie, made twoo +voyadges oute of Wales, and discovered and planted large +contries which he founde in the mayne ocean south westwarde of +Ireland, in the yere of our Lorde 1170.<a id="noteref_81" name="noteref_81" href="#note_81"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">81</span></span></a> +This historie is also to +be seene in Englishe in printe, in the booke sett furthe this yere +of the Prince of Wales, dedicated to Sir Henry Sidney. And +this is confirmed by the language of some of those people that +dwell upon the continent betwene the Bay of Mexico and the +Grande Bay of Newfoundelande, whose language is said to agree +with the Welshe in divers wordes and names of places, by +experience of some of our nation that have bene in those partes. +By this testimonie it appereth, that the West Indies were discovered +and inhabited 322. yeres before Columbus made his +firste voyadge, which was in the yere 1492. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Secondly, the acceptation of Columbus his offer of the West +Indies by Kinge Henry the Seaventh, at the very firste, maketh +moche for the title of the Kinges of England, althoughe they had +no former interest; which I will here putt downe as I finde it in +the eleventh chapiter of the historie of Ferdinandus Columbus of +the relation of the life and doinges of his father: This practise, +saieth he, of the Kinge of Portingale (which was secretly to deprive +him of the honour of his enterprise), beinge come to the knowledge +of the Admyrall, and havinge lately buried his wife, he +conceaved so greate hatred againste the citie of Lysbone and the +nation, that he determyned to goe into Castile with a younge +sonne that he had by his wife, called Diego Colon, which after +his fathers deathe succeded in his state. But fearinge, yf the +Kinges of Castile also shoulde not consente unto his enterprise, +he shoulde be constrayned to begynne againe to make some +newe offer of the same to some other Prince, and so longe tyme +shoulde be spente therein, he sente into England a brother of his +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page245">[pg 245]</span><a name="Pg245" id="Pg245" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +which he had with him, named Bartholmewe Columbus. Nowe +Bartholmewe Columbus beinge departed for England, his fortune +was to fall into the handes of pyrates, which robbed him, and his +other companions that were in his shippe, of all that they had. +By which occasion and meanes of his povertie and sicknes, which +cruelly afflicted him in a strange contrie, he deferred for a longe +space his embassage, till, havinge gotten upp a little money by +makinge of seacardes, he began to practize with Kinge Henry the +Seaventhe, the father of Kinge Henry the viij'th which nowe +reigneth; to whome he presented a general carde, wherein these +verses were written, which I will rather here put downe for their +antiquitie then for their elegancie: +</p> + +<div class="tei tei-lg" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Terrarum quicunque cupis foeliciter oras</div> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Noscere, cuncta decens doctè pictura docebit</div> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Quam Strabo affirmat, Ptolomæus, Plinius atque</div> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Isidorus: non vna tamen sententia cuique</div> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Pingitur hîc etiam nuper sulcata carinis</div> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Hispanis Zona illa, priùs incognita genti,</div> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Torrida, quæ tandem nunc est notissma multis.</div> +</div> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And somewhat more beneath he saied: +</p> + +<div class="tei tei-lg" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left"><span class="tei tei-hi" style="text-align: left"><span style="font-style: italic">Pro authore sive pictore</span></span></div> +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-lg" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Janna cui patriæ est nomen, cui Bartholomæus</div> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Columbus, de terra rubra, opus edidit istud</div> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Londonijs, Anno Domini 1480 atque insuper anno</div> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Octauo, decimáque die cùm tertia mensis</div> +<div class="tei tei-l" style="text-align: left">Februarij. Laudes Christo cantentur abundæ.<a id="noteref_82" name="noteref_82" href="#note_82"><span class="tei tei-noteref" style="text-align: left"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">82</span></span></a></div> +</div> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But to returne to the Kinge of England; I say that after he +had sene the generall carde, and that which the Admyrall +Columbus offred unto him, he accepted his offer with a cherefull +countenaunce, and sente to call him into England. These thinges +beinge so, wee nede not to be our owne judges, but are able to +prove, as you see, by a forren testimonie of singuler greate +aucthoritie, that Christopher Columbus, beinge in Portingale, +before he wente into Castile, sente his brother Bartholmewe into +England to practise with Kinge Henry the Seaventh aboute the +discovery of the West Indies, and that his said brother made his +generall seacarde of this secrete voyadge in London, in the yere +of our Lorde 1488. the xiijth. of February, above foure yeres +before Christopher was sett oute upon his firste voyadge by the +Princes of Spaine, Ferdinando and Isabella, which was the thirde +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page246">[pg 246]</span><a name="Pg246" id="Pg246" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +of Auguste, 1592. It appereth also, that the onely cause for his +slowe dispatche was his fallings into the handes of pyrates, +which spoiled him and his companie of all that they had; +whereby he was inforced a longe tyme to worke in London in +makinge instrumentes and seacardes to get somewhat aboute him, +that he mighte come in some honest furniture to the Kinges +presence. Also, that there was no delaye nor wante of goodd +will of the Kinges parte to sett furthe the action, whoe willingly +condescended to all Columbus demaundes; as is further to be +seene in the 60 chapiter of the same historie, where I reade, that +Bartholmewe Columbus, havinge agreed with the Kinge of +England upon all capitulations, and returninge into Spaine by +Fraunce to fetche his brother, when he hearde newes at Paris +that he had concluded in the meane season with the Kinge of +Spaine, and was entred into the action for him, was not a little +vexed for his brothers abusinge the Kinge of England, which had +so curteously graunted all his requestes and accepted of his offer. +But Christofer, not receavinge so spedy aunswer as he hoped for +from his brother oute of England, by reason of his fallinge into +pirates handes, as is aforesaide, and not by reason of any slacknes +or unwillingnes of the Kinge, in the meane season, for feare of +beinge prevented by the Portingales, which once before in secrete +manner had gon aboute to take the honour of the action oute of +his handes, was stirred, contrary to honesty, to play on bothe +handes, and to deal with the Princes of Spaine before he had +receaved the Kinge of Englandes resolucion. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But leavinge this abuse offered to the Kinge of England either +by Christopher Columbus or the Kinges of Spaine, in takinge +that enterprise oute of his handes which was first sente to him, +and never refused by him, and to put the case that Columbus +firste discovered parte of the ilandes of Hispaniola and Cuba, +yet wee will prove most plainely that a very greate and large +parte, as well of the continent as of the ilandes, were firste +discovered for the Kinge of England by Sebastian Gabote, an +Englishe man, borne in Bristoll, the sonne of John Gabote, a +Venesian, in the yere of our Lorde 1496; as an Italian gent, a +greate philosopher and mathematitian, witnesseth, which harde +the same of his owne mouthe; and there were many then also +lyvinge, which wente with him in that voyadge, which coulde +have proved him a liar yf it had bene otherwise. These be the +very wordes of this gent, which be uttered to certen noblemen of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page247">[pg 247]</span><a name="Pg247" id="Pg247" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Venice upon the disputation concerninge the voyadges of the +spicerye: Know ye not (quoth he) to this effecte, to goe to finde +the Easte Indies by the north west, that which one of your citie +hath done, which is so skilfull in the arte of navigacion and +cosmographie, that he hath not his like in Spaine at this day? +And his sufficiencie hath so greately advaunced him, that the +Kinge hath given him the oversighte of all the pilotts that saile +to the West Indies, so that withoute his licence they cannot +meddle in this arte, by reason whereof they call him the Graund +Pilott. This was Segnior Sebastian Gabote, which I wente to +see, beinge myselfe in Cyvill certen yeres paste, whome I founde +to be a moste curteous and gentle person. After he had made +very moche of me, and geven me good entertainment, he shewed +me many singularities which he had; and amonge the rest, a +greate mappe of the worlde, wherein were marked and described +all the particular navigations as well of the Portingales as of the +Castilians. And he declared unto me, that, his father beinge +departed from Venyce, he wente to dwell in England for trade of +marchandize, and caried him with him to the citie of London, thoughe +he were very younge; yet for all that not so younge but that he +had studied [letters] of humanitie and the sphere; moreover, that +his father died aboute the tyme that the newes came that +Christopher Colon had discovered the coaste of the West Indies, +and there was no other talke but of that in the Courte of Kinge +Henry the vij'th. which reigned then in England. Whereof every +man saied, that yt was rather a thinge devine then humaine, to +have founde out that way never knowen before, to goe by the +west into the easte. This brute of Segnior Columbus did so +inflame my harte, that I determyned also to doe some notable +thinge. And knowinge by the reason of the sphere, that, in +directinge my course righte towarde the north weste, I shoulde +shorten the way greately to goe to the Easte Indies, without +delaye I gave the Kinges Majestie to understande of myne +opinion, which was marveylously well pleased; and he furnished +me of twoo shippes, with all thinges necessarie; and this was in +the yere 1496. in the begynnynge of somer. And I began to +saile towardes the north west, thinckinge to finde no lande savinge +that where Cathaio is, and from thence to turne towardes the +Indies. But after certaine daies, I discouered lande which +ronneth towardes the northe, wherewithall I was excedingly +agreved; notwithstandinge I ceassed not to ronne alonge that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page248">[pg 248]</span><a name="Pg248" id="Pg248" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +coaste towardes the northe, to see yf I coulde finde any gulfe +which turned towardes the north weste, until I came to the +heighte of 56. degrees of our pole. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The reason why the discovery was lefte of +in Kinge Henry the Seaventh's tyme.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Beinge there, I sawe that +the coaste turned towards the easte, and, beinge oute of hope to +finde any straite, I turned backe againe to searche out the said +coaste towarde the equinoctiall, with intention alwayes to finde +some passage to the Indies; and in followinge this coaste I sailed +as farr as that parte which at this present they call +Florida; and nowe my victualls failinge and fallinge +shorte, I sailed no further, but lefte the coaste there, +and sailed into England, where I was no sooner +arryved but I founde greate troubles of the people, +that were upp in armes by reason of the warres in +Scotland; whereby the voyadge to those partes was laide aside +for that time, and had in no further consideration. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Upon this relation, Monsieur Popiliniere, being a Frencheman, +in his seconde booke, Des Trois Mondes, inferreth these +speaches: This, then, was that Gabote which firste discovered +Florida for the Kinge of England, so that the Englishe men +have more righte thereunto then the Spaniardes, yf to have righte +unto a contrie, it sufficeth to have firste seene and discovered the +same. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Howbeit, Gabota did more then see the contrie, for he wente +on lande on divers places, tooke possession of the same accordinge +to his patente, which was graunted to his father, John +Gabot, to Lewes, himself, and Sancius, his brethren, beinge to +be sene in the Rolles and extant in printe: and, moreover, he +broughte home three of the savages of the Indies, as Fabian, in +his ancient Chronicle, dothe write, declaringe their apparell, +feedinge, and other manners, which, he saieth, he observed +himselfe in the Courte at Westminster, where he sawe twoo of +them, two yeres after they were broughte into England, in +Englishe apparell. Nay, that which is more, Gabota discovered +this longe tracte of the firme lande twoo yeres before Columbus +ever sawe any parte of the continente thereof. For the firste +parte of the firme land, called Paria, and Bocca di Dragone, that +is to say, the Dragons Mouthe, beinge to the southe of the iland +of Hispaniola, was discovered by him in his thirde voyadge; +which, as Peter Martir de Angleria, which was one of the councell +of the West Indies, wryteth, was in the yere 1498; which is +confirmed by Ferdinandus Columbus, his owne sonne, which was +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page249">[pg 249]</span><a name="Pg249" id="Pg249" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +with his father in the voyadge (as Oviedo confesseth, libr. 19. +cap 1.), and wrote a journall of that voyadge, shewinge, in the +67. chapiter of his historie, that his father firste sawe the firme +lande the firste of Auguste in the yere 1498. But Gabote made +his greate discoverie in the yere 1496. as he testifieth in his +relation above mentioned. And the day of the moneth is also +added in his owne mappe, which is yn the Queenes privie gallorie +at Westminster, the copye whereof was sett oute by Mr. Clemente +Adams, and is in many marchantes houses in London. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">N f land discoverd.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In which +mappe, in the chapiter of Newfoundelande, there in +Latyn is put downe, besides the yere of our Lorde, +even the very day, which was the day of St. John +Baptiste; and the firste lande which they sawe they called Prima +Visa or Prima Vista: and Mr. Roberto Thorne, in his discourse +to Doctor Ley, Kinge Henry the Eights embassador to Charles +the Emperour, affirmeth that his father and one Hughe Elliott, +of Bristoll, were the firste persons that descried the lande. This +case is so clere that the Spaniardes themselves, thoughe full sore +againste their willes, are constrained to yielde unto us therein. +For Franciscus Lopez de Gomera, in the 4. chapiter of his seconde +booke of his Generall Historie of the Indies, confesseth that +Sebastian was the firste discoverer of all the coaste of the West +Indies, from 58. degrees of northerly latitude to the heighte of +38. degrees towardes the equinoctiall. He whiche broughte +moste certeine newes of the contrie and people of Baccalaos, +saieth Gomera, was Sebastian Gabot, a Venesian, which rigged +up ij. shippes at the coste of Kinge Henry the Seaventh of +England, havinge greate desire to traficque for the spices as the +Portingales did. He carried with him CCC. men, and tooke the +way towardes Island from beyonde the Cape of Labrador, untill +he founde himselfe in 58. degrees and better. He made relation +that, in the moneth of July, it was so colde and the ise so greate, +that he durste not passe any further; that the daies were very +longe, in a manner withoute any nighte, and for that shorte +nighte that they had it was very clere. Gabot, feelinge the +colde, turned towardes the west, refreshing himselfe at Baccalaos; +and afterwardes he sailed alonge the coaste unto 38. +degrees, and from thence he shaped his course to returne into +England. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreover, this Fraunces Lopez de Gomera acknowledgeth, in +his firste booke and xxjth. chapiter of the Generall Historie of the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page250">[pg 250]</span><a name="Pg250" id="Pg250" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Indies, that Columbus on his thirde voyadge, sett oute from St +Lucar of Barameda, in Spaine, in the ende of May, <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">anno</span></span> 1497. +In which thirde voyadge, at lengthe, after any greate dangers by +the way, he arryved in the firme lande of the Indies, towardes the +province called Paria, which all the Spanishe authors confesse to +have bene the firste of the continent that was discovered for the +Kinges of Spaine. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +So to conclude; whether wee beleve the testemonie of Peter +Martir and Ferdinandus Columbus, which affirme that Christopher +Columbus discovered the firme firste <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">in anno</span></span> 1498. a greate and +large tracte of the continente of the Indies was discovered by +Gabote and the Englishe above twoo yeres before, to witt, in the +yere 1496, in the moneths of June and July; or whether wee be +contente to yelde to Gomera, which saieth Columbus sett furthe +of the discovery of the firme lande, 1497; yet wee of England +are the firste discoverers of the continent above a yere and more +before them, to witt, 1496. or, as Clement Adams saith, 1494. in +the chapiter of Gabbotts mapp <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">De terra nova</span></span>, which is above +three yeres before the Spaniarde, or any other for the Kinges of +Spaine, had any sighte of any parte of the firme lande of the +Indies. At leaste wise, by Gomera his owne confession, from +37. degrees of northerly latitude to 38. towardes the equinoctiall, +we have beste righte and title of any Christian. As for the +discovery of John Ponce de Leon, beinge <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">in anno</span></span> 1512. yt +cannot be prejudiciall to our title, as beinge made sixtene yeres +after Gabotes voyadge. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XIX. +An aunswer to the Bull of the Donation of all the West Indies +graunted to the Kinges of Spaines by Pope Alexander the +VIth, whoe was himselfe a Spaniarde borne. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Whereas Fraunces Lopez de Gomera, in the 19. chapiter of +his firste booke of his Generall Historie of the Indies, putteth +downe that Pope Alexander the VIth, of his proper will and of +his owne mere motion, with the consents of his Cardinalls, gave of +his free grace to the Kinges of Spaine all the iles and firme landes +which they shoulde discover towardes the west, and therewithall +alledged the Bull itselfe; I aunswer, that no Pope had any +lawfull aucthoritie to give any such donation at all. For proofe +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page251">[pg 251]</span><a name="Pg251" id="Pg251" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +whereof, I say that, if he were no more than Christes vycar, as +Gomera calleth him in that place, then he must needes graunte +that the vicar is no greater then his Master. Nowe, our Saviour +Christe, beinge requested and entreated to make a lawfull +devision of inheritaunce betwene one and his brother, refused to +do that, sayenge, Quis me constituit judicem inter vos? Whoe +made me a judge betwene you? What meaneth, then, the Pope, +not beinge spoken to nor entreated, of his owne proper will and +of his owne mere motion, to meddle in those matters that Christe +in no wise, no, not beinge thereunto instantly requested, woulde +not have to deale in? Againe, oure Saviour Christe confessed +openly to Pilate, that his kingdome was not of this worlde. +Why, then, doth the Pope, that woulde be Christes servaunte, +take upon him the devision of so many kingdomes of the worlde? +If he had but remembred that which he hath inserted in the ende +of his owne Bull, to witt, that God is the disposer and distributer +of kingdomes and empires, he woulde never have taken upon him +the devidinge of them with his line of partition from one ende of +the heavens to the other. The historie of the poore boye whome +God stirred upp to confounde and deride the Spaniardes and +Portingales, when they were devidinge the woride betwene themselves +alone, is so well knowen as I nede not stand to repeate it. +But it is the Popes manner alwayes to meddle, as in this matter, +so in other thinges, where they have nothinge to doe, and to +intrude themselves before they be called. They mighte rather +call to mynde the counsell of the goodd apostle, who tolde godly +Tymothe, the Bisshoppe of Ephesus, that no man that warreth +intangleth himself with the affaires of this presente life, because +he woulde please Him that hath chosen him to be a souldier; +and then they woulde learne to kepe themselves within the +lymites of that vocation and ecclesiasticall function whereunto +they are called; which ecclestiasticall function hath nothinge to +doe with absolute donation and devidinge of mere temporalties +and earthly kingdomes. St. Chrisostome, in his dialogue De +dignitate sacerdotali, saieth that the mynisterie is a chardge +geven by God to teache withoute armes or force, and that the +same is no power to give or to take kingdomes, nor to make +lawes for the publique governemente. St. Hillary writes as moche +to the Emperour Constantine againste Auxentius, Bisshoppe of +Milan. Our Saviour Christe himselfe saieth to his desciples, that +while they were in the worlde, they shoulde be broughte before +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page252">[pg 252]</span><a name="Pg252" id="Pg252" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +kinges and pollitique magistrates for his names sake. So then +they shoulde not be judges and magistrates themselves, especially +in the devisions of kingdomes; and, to leave all spirituall men an +example, he paid tribute and toll for himselfe and Peter, and submitted +himselfe and his apostles under the civill magistrate and +politique governemente; yet the Pope, whoe saieth that he is +Peters successor, will be a disposer of civill causes and temporall +domynions. The apostle saieth, Romaines the 13: Let every soule +be submitted unto the higher powers. Nowe, if the Popes will +not beleve the worde of God withoute the exposition of the +Fathers of the Churche, at leaste let them beleve St Chrisostome, +and give eare to that which he hath written upon this place: +That these thinges be comaunded to all men, saieth he, bothe to +prestes and monckes, and not onely to secular or laymen, the +Apostle declareth, even in the very begynnynge, when he saieth +in this manner: Let every soule be subjecte unto their higher +powers, thoughe thou were an apostle, thoughe thou were an +evangeliste, thoughe thou were a prophet, or thoughe thou were +any other whatsoever. For obedience dothe nothinge hinder +godlines. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But the Popes woulde prove that they may give and bestowe +kingdomes upon whome they please, by Samuels example that +annoynted Hazaell Kinge of Siria insteade of Benhadad, and +Jehu Kinge of Israeli insteade of Jehoram; as, also, by the +example of Jehoada, the highe preste, that put the Queene +Athalia to deathe, and placed Joas, the younge sonne of Ochosias +in the kingdome. All those examples make nothinge at all in the +worlde for them; for neither Samuell, nor Elias, nor Elizeus did +any thinge in that matter withoute an expresse commaundement +and all circumstances from the mouthe of God himselfe, as +appereth moste evidently by their severall histories in the Bible. +Samuell also did his comission full sore againste his will; and +Elias and Elizeus, with greate feare of their lyves. As for Athalia, +she was an usurper, and had cruelly murdered as many of the +lawfull inheritours of the kingdome as she coulde possibly lay +handes on; and therefore Jehoiada, the highe preste, not of his +owne absolute aucthoritie, but by the helpe of the Kinges officers +and joyfull consente of all the people, caused her moste justely to +be deposed and put to deathe. He was also uncle to the younge +Kinge, by mariage of his wife, Jebosheba, which was sister to +Ahasai, the father of the younge kinge, and therefore bounde, in +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page253">[pg 253]</span><a name="Pg253" id="Pg253" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +conscience and affinitie, to helpe him to his righte and succour +him in his mynoritie. Nowe, when the Popes have the like +excellent spirite of prophesie and the like chardges and expresse +commaundementes from Gods owne mouthe, in the behalf of some +one by name againste some one which God by name woulde have +deposed, then they may ymitate them in pronouncinge unto them +that God will rente their kingdomes from this or that kinge for +his synnes. But none of the Prophetts made bulls or donations +in their palaces, under their handes and seales and dates, to +bestowe many kingdomes, which they never sawe or knewe, nor +what nor howe large they were, or, to say the truthe, whether +they were extant <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">in rerum natura</span></span>, as the Pope hath done in +gevinge all the West Indies to the Kinges of Spaine. He shoulde +firste have don as the prophetts dyd; that is, he shoulde firste +have gon himselfe and preached the worde of God to those +idolatrous kinges and their people; and then, if they woulde not, +by any meanes, have repented, he mighte have pronounced the +severe and heavie judgemente of God againste them, shewinge +oute of the worde of God that one kingdome is translated from +another for the sinnes of the inhabitantes of the same, and that +God in his justice, woulde surely bringe some nation or other +upon them, to take vengeaunce of their synnes and wickednes. +And thus moche not onely Popes, but also any other godly and +zealous bisshope or mynister, may doe, beinge called thereunto +by God extraordinarily, or havinge the ordinarye warrante of his +worde. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Yea, but the Popes can shewe goodd recordes that they have +deposed Emperors, that they have translated empires from one +people to another, as that of the Easte unto the Germaines, and +that they have taken kingdomes from one nation and geven them +to another. In deede, in some respectes, they have done so. +But how? They never gave that which was in their actuall +possession, yf by any meanes possible they mighte have kepte it +themselves. It is an easie matter to cutt large thonges, as wee +say, of other men's hides, and to be liberall of other men's +goodds. Neither ys it any marvaile thoughe (as Gomera saieth) +the Pope gave all the West Indies of his free grace to the Kinge +of Spaine, for they never coste him a penye. But he that will be +in deede and truthe liberall, he muste give of his owne, and not +of other mens. For to take from one that which is his, to give +it to another to whom it is not due, ys plaine injurie and no +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page254">[pg 254]</span><a name="Pg254" id="Pg254" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +liberalitie, thoughe the gifte were bestowed upon him that were +in nede. For as one saieth: Eripere alteri fraudulenter quod +alteri des misericorditer, iniustitia quidem est et non eleemosyna—to +take from one fraudulently to give to another mercifully, is +no almes nor charitie, but plaine iniquitie. The Pope shoulde +rather have sent into the West Indies store of godly pastors of +his owne coste freely, then to have geven them and their gooddes +wrongfully to be eaten upp and devoured of such insatiable and +gredy wolves. He should have remembred the worde of our +Saviour, whoe saieth: Beatius est dare quam accipere—it is +a blessed thinge to give rather then to receave. +The Popes say they gave Ireland to Kinge Henry the Seconde +and his successors; and indeede they have don it in wordes. +But when gave they that unto him? Forsoothe after he had +faste footinge in it, and when Dermutius, the King of Leynester, +had firste offred to make the Kinge his heire. And for all their +donation, yf the Kinge had not by his force more then by their +gifte holpe himselfe, the Popes donation had stoode him in small +stede; neither did the Kinges of Ireland admitt and allowe of +the Popes donation. If they had, they woulde never have +rebelled so ofte againste the Crowne of England. To conclude +this pointe, thoughe wee confesse that the Popes have don this or +that, yet yt is no goodd argumente to say that they did it, and +therefore it is lawfull, unless they coulde shewe that they did it +rightfully. De facto constat, de jure non constat. And they +themselves are driven to confess, that their medlinge on this sorte +with kingdomes ys not directly, but indirectly. But suche +indirecte dealinge is warranted neither by lawe of God nor men. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe to the donation itselfe, wee are firste to consider, whoe +it was that was the author thereof; secondly, unto whome it was +made; thirdly, what were the causes and inducementes that +moved the Pope thereunto; fourthly, the fourme and manner of +donation; fyftly, the inhibition of all other Christian Princes, and +the penaltie of all them that shoulde doe the contrarye; lastly, +the recompence of the Kinges of Spaine to the Sea of Rome for +so greate a gifte. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +1. Touchinge the firste, the author hereof was Pope Alexander +the vith whoe, as Platina and Onuphrius and Bale doe write, +was himselfe a Spaniarde, and borne in Valencia, of the familie +called Borgia, and therefore no marvell thoughe he were ledd by +parcialitie to favour the Spanishe nation, thoughe yt were to the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page255">[pg 255]</span><a name="Pg255" id="Pg255" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +prejudice and domage of all others; whiche foule faulte of his +may hereby appeare, that havinge in all the tyme of his Popedome +created sixe and thirtie Cardinalles, of those xxxvj. he made +xviij. to witt the one halfe, Spaniardes, as Bale dothe testifie, +writinge of his life. Nowe let any man be judge, whether that +were extreame parcialitie and ambition, to make Spaine equal in +that pointe with all the rest of Christendome. No marvaile +therefore, thoughe as in this, so in his donation, he was beyonde +all reason caried away with blynde affection to his nation; which +faulte of his had bene more to be borne withall, yf it had bene in +a private or small matter. But in this so generall and comon +cause, yt cannot choose but be altogether intollerable. If any +man liste to see this man painted oute further in his colours, let +him reade John Bale in his Eighte Century, where he shall finde +so many of his badd partes, as a man woulde thinke he coulde +not be a fitt man to make a goodd and uprighte judge in so +weightie a matter as this. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +2. The persons to whome he made this donation were Ferdinando +and Isabella, Princes of Spaine, to whome, and to their +heires and successors for ever, he confirmed the same, excludinge +all other Christian princes. These princes, thoughe otherwise +very vertuous and commendable, yet at the tyme of the makinge +of this donation, were more unable then divers other Kinges of +Christendome to accomplishe and bringe the same to effecte, as +beinge greately ympoverished with the warres of Granadae, so farr +furthe that they were constrained to seke for helpe of Kinge +Henry the VIIth. of England, to subdue the Moores in their +owne contrie. Yea, Queene Isabella was so poore and bare that +she was faine to offer her owne jewells to gage, to borowe money +to sett furthe Columbus in his firste voyadge, as it is to be seene +in the 14. chapiter of the Historie of Ferdinandus Columbus, his +owne sonne, It is also well knowen that the Spaniardes, for +wante of people of their owne contrie, have not bene able nowe, +in the space of xx'iiii. and xij. yeres, to inhabite a thirde or fourthe +parte of those excedinge large and waste contries, which are as +greate as all Europe and Africke. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +3. The inducementes that moved his Holines to graunt these +unequall donations unto Spaine were, firste, (as he saieth) his +singuler desire and care to have the Christian religion and +Catholicque faithe exalted, and to be enlarged and spredd +abroade throughoute the worlde, especially in his daies, and that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page256">[pg 256]</span><a name="Pg256" id="Pg256" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the salvation of soules shoulde be procured of every one, and +that the barbarous nations shoulde be subdued and reduced to +the faithe, &c. To this I aunswer that, if he had ment as in +deede he saieth, he shoulde not have restrayned this so greate and +generall a worke, belonginge to the duetie of all other Christian +princes, unto the Kinges of Spaine onely, as thoughe God had no +servauntes but in Spaine; or as thoughe other Christian kinges +then lyvinge had not as greate zeale and meanes to advaunce Gods +glory as they; or howe mente he that every one shoulde put +their helpinge hande to this worke, when he defended all other +Christian Princes, in paine of his heavie curse and excomunication, +to meddle in this action, or to employe their subjectes, +thoughe yt were to the conversion of the inhabitauntes in those +partes. And whereas, to colour this his donation, he addeth, that +the Kinges of Spaine had bene at greate chardge in that discoverie +in respect whereof he was induced to deale so franckly with them, +yt is evident that the Bull was graunted in the yere 1493. the +iiij. of the moneth of May, at what time Columbus had made but +one voyadge, wherein he was furnished onely with one small +shippe and twoo little caravells, and had, in all his companie, but +foure score and tenne men, and the whole voyadge stoode the +Kinge of Spaine in 2500. crownes only. So these 2500. crownes +were the greate chardges that the Pope speaketh of, that induced +him to graunte so large a donation; for that was the uttermoste +that Columbus desired, as is to be redd in the 14. chapiter of his +owne sonnes historie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreover, where the Pope confesseth he was informed, before +the donation of his Bull, that the Kinges of Spaine had purposed, +by the aide of God, to subdue and reduce unto the faithe all +those landes and Ilandes, with their inhabitantes, whiche Columbus +had founde in his firste discovery, in comendinge highly of this +their intention, he semeth to confesse that they mighte have +pursued that godly action very lawfully withoute makinge of him +privy to their enterprice, which they did not in their firste sendinge +furthe Columbus. And with what righte he builded and +lefte men in Hispaniola at the firste, before the Popes donation, +with the selfe same righte he mighte have subdued all that he +shoulde afterwardes discover. So, then, the Popes gifte was of +no more force, then of that which they mighte have chalenged by +their former righte and interest of discoverie. And as for their +former zeale and resolution to publishe the Christian faithe in +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page257">[pg 257]</span><a name="Pg257" id="Pg257" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +those quarters, which the Pope confesseth to have bene in them +before his donation, whoe seeth not that he stirres them uppe to +nothinge, but to that which he acknowledged to have bene in +them already; and so he did nothinge but <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">actum agere</span></span>. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Againe; in that he saieth, that in no other respecte, but +moved onely by his mere and francke liberaltie, <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">and for certeine +secrete causes</span></span>, he gave unto them all the ilandes and firme landes +which already have bene founde, and which shoulde afterwardes +be founde, which were then discovered or afterwardes to be discovered, +towardes the West and the Southe, drawinge a straighte +line from the pole articke to the pole antarticke, whether the +ilandes or firme landes founde or to be founde were towardes the +Indies or towardes any other quarter; intendinge, nevertheles, +that this line be distant an hundred leagues towardes the West +and the Southe from the iles which are comonly called the Azores, +or those of Cape Verd: to this wee aunswer, that here wee are +firste to consider that yt was no marvell that his Holines, beinge +a Spaniarde borne, sett aparte all other respectes of justice and +equitie, and of his mere motion and francke liberalitie was ready +to raise and advaunce his owne nation, with doinge secrete +wronge and injurie as moche as in him laye, and more, unto all +other Princes of Christendome. For what els can those wordes +importe, that he did it also for certen secrete causes, but give us +juste cause to suspect that there wanted uprighte, indifferent, and +sincere dealinges? And surely, if he had meant uprightly, he +woulde have delte more plainely; for truths seketh no secrete +comers. But if you will have me to reveale those secrete causes, +to say as the thinge was, they were nothinge else but the feare and +jelousie that he had, that Kinge Henry the vij'th. of England, with +whome Bartholmewe Columbus had bene to deale in this enterprice, +and even aboute this time had concluded with the Kinge +upon all pointers and articles, whoe even nowe was readie to sende +him into Spaine to call his brother Christopher into England, +shoulde put a foote into this action; which, if he had don, he +shoulde bothe have share with the Spaniardes in the profitt, and +greatly ecclips their honour and glorie. Also, he coulde not +choose but be privie to the longe conference that Christopher +Columbus had before time with the Kinge of Portingale, and +offer which he made firste of all to the said Kinge of this discovery, +whoe thoughe at the firste delte doubly with Columbus, and sent +other to finde oute that thinge which Columbus offered, yet, they +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page258">[pg 258]</span><a name="Pg258" id="Pg258" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +missinge of their purpose, the Kinge of Portingale woulde have +employed Columbus, and delte effectually with him to that ende; +but he conceavinge a greate displeasure againste the Kinge and +his nation for his secrete seekinge to defraude him of his honour, +and benefite of his offer, stole prively oute of his realme into +Castile. But the Pope, fearinge that either the Kinge of Portingale +mighte be reconciled to Columbus, or that he mighte be +drawen into England, by interposinge of his usurped aucthoritie, +thoughte secretly, by his unlawfull division, to defraude England +and Portingale of that benefite. Loe, these were indeede those +secrete causes, sodenly, withoute makinge the other Kinges privie, +to make his generall and universall donation of all the West +Indies to the Kinges of Spaine, by drawinge a lyne of partition +from one pole unto another, passinge a hundred leagues westwarde +of the Iies of Azores; which division, howe God caused to be +deryded by the mouthe of a poor, simple childe, Fraunces +Lopez de Gomera, one of the Spaniardes owne historiographers, +dothe specially note in manner followinge: Before I finishe this +chapiter (saieth he), I will recite, to recreate the reader, that +which happened, upon this partition, to the Portingales. As +Fraunces de Melo, Diego Lopes of Sequeria, and others, came to +this assembly, and passed the river by Quidiana, a little infant +that kepte his mothers clothes, which she had washt and honge +abroade to drye, demaunded of them, whether they were those +that shoulde come to devide the worlde with the Emperour; and +as they answered yea, he tooke up his shirte behinde and shewed +them his buttocks, sayenge unto them: Drawe your lyne throughe +the middest of this place. This, saieth the author, was published +in contempte all abroade, bothe in the towne of Badayos and +also in the assemblye of these committies. The Portingales were +greately angrie therewithall, but the rest turned yt to a jest and +laughed yt oute. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But what wise man seeth not that God by that childe laughed +them to scorne, and made them ridicullous and their partition in +the eyes of the worlde and in their owne consciences, and caused +the childe to reprove them, even as the dombe beaste, speakinge +with mans voyce, reproved the foolishnes of Balam the Prophett! +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +4. The fourthe pointe which I purpose to touche, is the forme +and manner of the stile of the donation itselfe, after a large +preface and connynge preamble; and that begynneth in this +manner: Wee therefore, by the aucthoritie of God Almightie, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page259">[pg 259]</span><a name="Pg259" id="Pg259" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +which is geven to us in the person of Saincte Peter, and which +wee enjoye in this worlde as the vicar of Jhesus Christe, give +unto you all the ilandes and firme landes, with their seigniories, +cities, castells, &c. In which repetition of his donation the +seconde time for failinge, he woulde shewe unto the world by +what aucthoritie and warrant he gave away from all the Indians +their landes, contries, seigniories, cities, castells, places, villages, +righte, jurisdictions, and all other appurtenances and thinges +belonginge to the same, to the Kinges of Spaine onely, and +to their heires and successors for ever. This usurped +aucthoritie, as I have plainely confuted and denied in +begynnynge, so nowe, in a worde or twoo, I will shewe, that +never gave unto the Popes any suche aucthoritie. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Math. 16</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> The chefest +and greatest aucthoritie that ever was geven by Christe to Peter, +is mentioned in the 16. chapiter of St. Mathewe, +where Christe saieth unto him: I will give unto thee +the keyes of the Kingdome of heaven, and whatsoever thou +shalte binde in earthe shalbe bounde in heaven, and whatsoever +thou shalte loose in earthe shalbe loosed in heaven. St. Hierome, +expoundinge of this place, saieth, that the priestes or bisshops +duetie and aucthoritie of the keyes to binde or loose, is to knowe +and declare by the holy Scripture, and by the judgemente of the +Catholicque Churche, where and whoe he is that hath offended +againste the will of God, and whoe beinge once a Christian is +fallen from the societie, or gone astraye oute of the pathe and +waye of the Churche. These are the trewe keyes and twoo +swordes which God hath put into prestes handes. And Peter +Lombard, the Master of the Sentences, one of their owne +doctors, is of St. Hieromes opinion. And what aucthoritie in +the place above recited Christe comitted unto Peter, the same +gave he also unto all the rest of his Apostles, John 20. verse 21. +sayenge to them all: Whoesoever synnes yee remitte, they are +remitted unto them; and whoesoever synnes yee retaine, they +are retained. But that either Peter or any of the Apostles did +teache or affirme, that they had aucthoritie to give awaye kingdomes +of heathen Princes to those that were so farr from havinge +any interest in them, that they knewe not whether there were +any suche contries in the worlde or noe, I never reade nor +hearde, nor any mane else, as I verely beleve. Which moste +injuste and wrongfull dealinge of the Pope was notably confuted +by Atabalipa, beinge an infidell. For after Fryer Vincent of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page260">[pg 260]</span><a name="Pg260" id="Pg260" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Valverde, of the companie and traine of Piçar, had made an +oration to him, the some whereof was that he shoulde become a +Christyan, and that he shoulde obey the Pope and the Emperor, +to whome the Pope had geven his kingdome, Atabalipa, beinge +greately insensed, replied, that, seeinge he was nowe free, he +woulde not become tributarye, nor thincke that there was any +greater lorde then himselfe; but that he was willinge to be the +Emperor's frende and to have his acquaintaunce, for that he +muste nedes be some greate lorde that sente so many armies +abroade into the worlde. He aunswered, moreover, that he +woulde not in any wise obey the Pope, seinge he gave away that +which belonged to another, moche lesse that he woulde leave his +kingdome, that came unto him by inheritaunce, to one which he +had never seene in his life. And whereas Fryer Vincent, beinge +displeased at his replye, was gladd to seeke any waye to wreake +his anger upon him, insomoche as when Atabalipa lett his +portesse fall to the grounde, he was so testye that he sett Piçar +and his souldiers forwardes, cryenge, Vengeaunce, Christians, +vengeaunce! give the chardge upon them; whereby many Indians, +withoute resistaunce, or any stroke stricken on their partes, were +moste pitefully murdred and massacred, and Atabalipa himselfe +taken, and afterwardes trecherously put to deathe; this Frier +himselfe, by Gods juste iudgement, was afterwardes beaten to +deathe with clubbes by the inhabitantes of Puna, as he fledd +from Don Diego de Almagre, as Fraunces Lopez de Gomera +precisely and of purpose noteth, libro 5. cap. 85. of his Generall +Historie of the Indies; and, besides him, all the reste of the +chefe that were the executioners of his rashe counsell, and of the +Popes Donation, came to moste wretched and unfortunate endes, +as the aforesaide author there setteth downe in twoo severall +chapiters of Considerations, as he calleth them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreover, since the fourme of the donation ronneth not +absolutely, but with this condition and chardge moste straightly +enjoyned, viz., that the Kinges of Spaine shoulde sende thither +sober and godly men, and cause the inhabitantes of those contries +discovered or to be discovered to be instructed in the Catholique +faithe, and noseled in goodd manners, and that they shoulde +carefully applye themselves thereunto; wee answer, that these +conditions have bene wonderfully neglected, and that neither the +people have bene carefully instructed in relligion nor manners, +and consequently that the conditions beinge not perfourmed the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page261">[pg 261]</span><a name="Pg261" id="Pg261" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +donation oughte of righte to be voide. For the Kinges of Spaine +have sent suche helhoundes and wolves thither as have not converted, +but almoste quite subverted them, and have rooted oute +above fiftene millions of reasonable creatures, as Bartholmewe de +Casas, the Bisshoppe of Chiapa in the West Indies, a Spaniarde +borne, dothe write at large in a whole volume of that argumente. +And Gonsalvo de Ouiedo, another of their owne historiographers, +and Capitaine of the Castle of Sancto Domingo in Hispaniola, +affirmeth the like: For there hath Spaniardes come into these +contries, saieth he, which, havinge lefte their consciences and +all feare of God and men behinde them, have plaied the partes +not of men, but of dragons and infidells, and, havinge no respecte +of humanitie, have bene the cause that many Indians, that +peradventure mighte have bene converted and saved, are deade +by divers and sondrie kindes of deathes. And althoughe those +people had not bene converted, yet if they had bene lett to live, +they mighte have bene profitable to your Majestie and an aide +unto the Christians, and certaine partes of the lande shoulde not +wholy have bene disinhabited, which by this occasion are altogether +in a manner dispeopled. And they that have bene the +cause of suche destruction call this contrie thus dispeopled and +wasted, the contrie conquered and pacified; but I call it, quoth +Gonsaluo, the contrie which is destroyed and ruyned; yea, so +farr have they bene of from drawinge the Indians to the likinge +of Christianitie and true Relligion, that the sentence of the +Apostle may moste truly be verified of them, whoe saieth: The +name of God is blasphemed amonge the Gentiles throughe you; +ffor proofe whereof you shall not nede to reade but that which +Peter Benzo of Milan hath written, whoe remayned in these +Indies, and served in the warres with the Spaniardes againste the +Indians for the space of fourtene yeres. This Benzo saieth that +the Indians, not havinge studied logicke, concluded very pertinently +and categorically, that the Spaniardes, which spoiled +their contrie, were more dangerous then wilde beastes, more +furious then lyons, more fearefull and terrible then fire and +water, or any thinge that is moste outeragious in the worlde. +Some also called them the fome of the sea, others gave them +names of the beastes which are moste cruell and lyvinge of praye +which they have in their contrie. There were some likewise that +called them Tuira, as one would say, the Devills goodd grace. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Those thinges beinge thus, whoe seeth not that the Pope is +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page262">[pg 262]</span><a name="Pg262" id="Pg262" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +frustrated of the ende which he intended in his Donation, and +so the same oughte not to take effecte? +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +5. Ffiftly, yf yt be true and that the Pope mente goodd earnest, +that all Emperours and Kinges which should sende their subjectes +or others to discover withoute the Kinge of Spaines leave +shoulde be excommunicated by him, why did he not first +excommunicate Kinge Henry the Seaventh for sendinge furthe Sebastian +Gabota with three hundred Englishemen, whoe by Gomera his +owne confession, discovered from 58. degrees in the northe to 38. +degrees towardes the equinoctiall? Why did he not the like to +Kinge Henry the Eighte for sendinge to discover westwarde, in +the xixth. yere of his reigne, while he was yet in obedience to the +Churche of Rome? Why was he not offended and incensed +againste Queene Mary, whoe suffered her subjectes, in the yere +1556. to seke oute, by the northeaste, the way to Cathaio and +China, which are bothe within the pretended lymites of his +donation, as John Gaetan and other Spaniardes doe write? Why +did he not exercise his censures ecclesiasticall againste the Kinge +of Ffraunce, Fraunces the Firste, for sendinge furthe Verarsanus +twise or thrise, Iaques Cartier twise, and Robervall once, towardes +the southwest and northwest? Why was not Henry the Seconde +of Fraunce excomunicated for sendinge Villegagnon to inhabite in +Brasill under the tropicke of Capricorne? Or Charles the IXth. +for aidinge Ribault firste, and after Ladoniere, and a thirde tyme +Ribault, to fortifie and inhabite in Florida? Or why did he not +thunder againste Emanuell, Kinge of Portingale, for sufferinge +Gasper Corterealis twise to seke to finde oute the northweste +passage, and one of his brothers another time afterwarde? Or +wherefore did he not openly rebuke the Kinge of Denmarke for +sufferinge his subjecte, John Scolno, a Dane, in the yere 1500. +to seke the Straighte by the northweste, of whome Gemma Frisius +and Hieronymo Giraua, a Spaniarde, make mention? Or what +shoulde be the reason, that all these kinges of England, Fraunce, +Portingale and Denmarke, beinge otherwise all at these times in +obedience of the Churche of Rome, shoulde, withoute consente +as yt were, disanull and neuer make accompte of this Bull of the +Pope? which thinge doubtles they woulde never have don, yf +they had bene fully perswaded in their consciences, that if any +Prince or Emperour, of what estate or condition soever, shoulde +attempte the contrary, as it is in the conclusion of the said Bull, +he shoulde be assured to incurr the indignation of Almightie God +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page263">[pg 263]</span><a name="Pg263" id="Pg263" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and of the Apostles St. Peter and St. Pawle. But nowe, seinge +all the kinges aforesaide sente all their subjectes to discover +beyonde the Popes partition lyne withoute the leave or permission +of the Spaniarde, they seme with one accorde to testifie unto the +worlde, that they made no reconynge of the breache of that Bull, +as of an acte moste unjuste, moste unreasonable, and moste prejudiciall +to all other Christian princes of the worlde. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Againe; yt were small charitie in the Popes to curse those +Princes that have bene or are willinge to employe their treasures +and people in advauncinge the honour and glory of God, and +the lawfull enrichinge and benefite of their people. And whatsoeuer +Pope shoulde excommunicate or curse any Christian +prince for seekinge to reduce to the knowledge of God and to +civill manners those infinite multitudes of infidells and heathen +people of the West Indies, which the Spaniardes in all this time +have not so moche as discovered, moche less subdued or converted, +his curse woulde lighte upon his owne heade, and, to +those which he cursed undeservedly, woulde be turned to a +blessinge. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To be shorte; thoughe Pope Alexander the vj'th by his unequall +division, hath so puffed upp and inflamed with pride his moste +ambitious and insatiable contrymen, that they are growen to this +high conceite of themselves, that they shall shortly attaine to be +lordes and onely seigniors of all the earthe, insomoche as +Gonsaluo de Ouiedo sticketh not to write to Charles the +Emperour, sayenge: God hath geven you these Indies <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">accio che +vostra Maiesta sia universale et unico monarcha del mondo</span></span>—to +the intente that your Majesty shoulde be the universall and +onely monarch of the world; yet God that sitteth in heaven +laugheth them and their partitions to scorne, and he will abase +and bringe downe their proude lookes, and humble ther faces to +the duste; yea, he will make them, at his goodd time and +pleasure, to confesse that the earthe was not made for them +onely; as he hath already shewed unto the Portingales, which, +not longe since, takinge upon them to devide the worlde with +lynes, doe nowe beholde the line of Gods juste judgmente +drawen over themselves and their owne kingdome and possessions. +And nowe, no doubte, many of them remember that +the threateninge of the prophet hath taken holde upon them, +whoe pronounceth an heavie woe againste all suche as spoile, +because they themselves shall at length be spoiled. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page264">[pg 264]</span><a name="Pg264" id="Pg264" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +6. Finally, to come to the sixte and laste pointe, yf you consider +what recompense the Kinges of Spaine have made to the +Popes for this so greate a benefite bestowed upon them, you +shall easely see and acknowledge with me, that they were either +moste ungrateful, or, which is moste likely, that they never +thoughte that they helde the Indies as the Popes gifte unto +them, or that their title unto those regions depended upon his +francke almes or liberalitie; ffor, if they had don soe, they +coulde have done no lesse but have geven him the presentation +of all archebisshopricks and bisshoprickes, and other greate +ecclesiastical promotions in recompence of their former and large +curtesie, wherein they have don the flatt contrary, reservinge +onely unto themselves the presentation and patronage of all the +archebisshopricks and bisshopricks that they have erected in the +West Indies; ffor, as Gomera saieth in his 6. booke and 23. +chapiter of his Generall Historie of the Indies, the Kinge of +Spaine is patrone of all the archebisshopricks, bysshoprickes, +dignities, and benefices of the West Indies, and so he onely +appointeth and presenteth them, so that he is absolute lorde of +the Indies. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This argueth that the Kinges of Spaine never made any greate +accompte of the Popes Donation, but onely to blinde the eyes +of the worlde with the sea of Rome; ffor doubtles, if they had +acknowledged their tenure to depende, as I saied, of the Popes +mere liberalitie, they woulde have don otherwise, and woulde +have requited them farr otherwise then by excludinge them quite +oute, and makinge themselves absolute patrones of all ecclesiasticall +dignities whatsoever. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XX. +A briefe collection of certaine reasons to induce her Majestie and +the state to take in hande the westerne voyadge and the +plantinge there. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +1. The soyle yeldeth, and may be made to yelde, all the +severall comodities of Europe, and of all kingdomes, domynions, +and territories that England tradeth withe, that by trade of marchandize +cometh into this realme. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +2. The passage thither and home is neither to longe nor to +shorte, but easie, and to be made twise in the yere. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page265">[pg 265]</span><a name="Pg265" id="Pg265" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +3. The passage cutteth not nere the trade of any prince, nor +nere any of their contries or territories, and is a safe passage, +and not easie to be annoyed by prince or potentate whatsoever. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +4. The passage is to be perfourmed at all times of the yere, +and in that respecte passeth our trades in the Levant Seas within +the Straites of Juberalter, and the trades in the seas within the +Kinge of Denmarkes Straite, and the trades to the portes of +Norwey and of Russia, &c.; for as in the south weste Straite +there is no passage in somer by lacke of windes, so within the +other places there is no passage in winter by yse and extreme +colde. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +5. And where England nowe for certen hundreth yeres last +passed, by the peculiar comoditie of wolles, and of later yeres by +clothinge of the same, hath raised it selfe from meaner state to +greater wealthe and moche higher honour, mighte, and power +then before, to the equallinge of the princes of the same to the +greatest potentates of this parte of the worlde: it cometh nowe +so to passe, that by the greate endevour of the increase of the +trade of wolles in Spaine and in the West Indies, nowe daily +more and more multiplienge, that the wolles of England, and the +clothe made of the same, will become base, and every day more +base then other; which, prudently weyed, yt behoveth this +realme, yf it meane not to returne to former olde meanes and +basenes, but to stande in present and late former honour, glorye, +and force, and not negligently and sleepingly to slyde into +beggery, to foresee and to plante at Norumbega or some like +place, were it not for any thing els but for the hope of the vent +of our woll indraped, the principall and in effecte the onely +enrichinge contynueinge naturall comoditie of this realme. And +effectually pursueinge that course, wee shall not onely finde on +that tracte of lande, and especially in that firme northwarde (to +whome warme clothe shalbe righte wellcome), an ample vente, +but also shall, from the north side of that firme, finde oute +knowen and unknowen ilandes and domynions replenisbed with +people that may fully vent the aboundance of that our comoditie, +that els will in fewe yeres waxe of none or of small value by +forreine aboundaunce, &c.; so as by this enterprice wee shall +shonne the ymmynent mischefe hanginge over our heades, that +els muste nedes fall upon the realme, without breache of peace +or sworde drawen againste this realme by any forreine state; and +not offer our auncient riches to scornefull neighboures at home, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page266">[pg 266]</span><a name="Pg266" id="Pg266" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +nor sell the same in effecte for nothinge, as wee shall shortly, if +presently it be not provaided for. The increase of the wolles of +Spaine and America is of highe pollicie, with greate desire of our +overthrowe, endevoured; and the goodnes of the forren wolles +our people will not enter into the consideration of, nor will not +beleve aughte, they be so sotted with opinion of their owne; +and, yf it be not foresene and some such place of vent provided, +farewell the goodd state of all degrees in this realme. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +6. This enterprise may staye the Spanishe Kinge from flowinge +over all the face of that waste firme of America, yf wee seate and +plante there in time, in tyme I say, and wee by plantinge shall +lett him from makinge more shorte and more safe returnes oute +of the noble portes of the purposed places of our plantinge, then +by any possibilitie he can from the parte of the firme that nowe +his navies by ordinary courses come from, in this that there is +no comparison betwene the portes of the coastes that the Kinge +of Spaine dothe nowe possesse and use, and the portes of the +coastes that our nation is to possesse by plantinge at Norumbega +and on that tracte faste by, more to the northe and northeaste, +and in that there is from thence a moche shorter course, and a +course of more temperature, and a course that possesseth more +contynuance of ordinary windes, then the present course of the +Spanishe Indian navies nowe dothe. And England possessinge +the purposed place of plantinge, her Majestie may, by the +benefete of the seate, havinge wonne goodd and royall havens, +have plentie of excellent trees for mastes, of goodly timber to +builde shippes and to make greate navies, of pitche, tarr, hempe, +and all thinges incident for a navie royall, and that for no price, +and withoute money or request. Howe easie a matter may yt +be to this realme, swarminge at this day with valiant youthes, +rustinge and hurtfull by lacke of employment, and havinge goodd +makers of cable and of all sortes of cordage, and the best and +moste connynge shipwrights of the worlde, to be lordes of all +those sees, and to spoile Phillipps Indian navye, and to deprive +him of yerely passage of his treasure into Europe, and consequently +to abate the pride of Spaine and of the supporter of the +greate Antechriste of Rome, and to pull him downe in equalitie +to his neighbour princes, and consequently to cut of the common +mischefes that come to all Europe by the peculiar aboundance of +his Indian treasure, and thiss withoute difficultie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +7. This voyadge, albeit it may be accomplished by barke or +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page267">[pg 267]</span><a name="Pg267" id="Pg267" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +smallest pynnesse for advise or for a necessitie, yet for the +distaunce, for burden and gaine in trade, the marchant will not +for profitts sake use it but by shippes of greate burden; so as +this realme shall have by that meane shippes of greate burden +and of greate strengthe for the defence of this realme, and for the +defence of that newe seate, as nede shall require, and withall +greate increase of perfecte seamen, which greate princes in time +of warres wante, and which kinde of men are neither nourished +in fewe daies nor in fewe yeres. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +8. This newe navie of mightie newe stronge shippes, so in trade +to that Norumbega and to the coastes there, shall never be +subjecte to arreste of any prince or potentate, as the navie of this +realme from time to time hath bene in the portes of the empire, in +the portes of the Base Contries, in Spaine, Fraunce, Portingale, +&c., in the tymes of Charles the Emperour, Fraunces the Frenche +kinge, and others: but shall be alwayes free from that bitter +mischeefe, withoute grefe or hazarde to the marchaunte or to the +state, and so alwaies readie at the comaundement of the prince +with mariners, artillory, armor, and munition, ready to offende +and defender as shalbe required. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +9. The greate masse of wealthe of the realme imbarqued in +the marchantes shippes, caried oute in this newe course, shall not +lightly, in so farr distant a course from the coaste of Europe, be +driven by windes and tempestes into portes of any forren princes, +as the Spanishe shippes of late yeres have bene into our portes of +the Weste Contries, &c.; and so our marchantes in respecte of +a generall safetie from venture of losse, are by this voyadge oute +of one greate mischefe. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +10. No forren commoditie that comes into England comes +withoute payment of custome once, twise, or thrise, before it come +into the realme, and so all forren comodities become derer to +the subjectes of this realme; and by this course to Norumbega +forren princes customes are avoided; and the forren comodities +cheapely purchased, they become cheape to the subjectes of +England, to the common benefite of the people, and to the +savinge of greate treasure in the realme; whereas nowe the +realme become the poore by the purchasinge of forreine comodities +in so greate a masse at so excessive prices. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +11. At the firste traficque with the people of those partes, the +subjectes of the realme for many yeres shall chaunge many +cheape comodities of these partes for thinges of highe valor there +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page268">[pg 268]</span><a name="Pg268" id="Pg268" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +not estemed; and this to the greate inrichinge of the realme, if +common use faile not. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +12. By the greate plentie of those regions the marchantes +and their factors shall lye there cheape, buye and repaire their +shippes cheape, and shall returne at pleasure withoute staye or +restrainte of forreine prince; whereas upon staies and restraintes +the marchaunte raiseth his chardge in sale over his ware; and, +buyenge his wares cheape, he may mainteine trade with smalle +stocke, and withoute takinge upp money upon interest; and so +he shalbe riche and not subjecte to many hazardes, but shalbe +able to afforde the comodities for cheape prices to all subjectes of +the realme. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +13. By makinge of shippes and by preparinge of thinges for +the same, by makinge of cables and cordage, by plantinge of +vines and olive trees, and by makinge of wyne and oyle, by +husbandrie, and by thousandes of thinges there to be don, +infinite nombers of the English nation may be set on worke, to +the unburdenynge of the realme with many that nowe lyve +chardgeable to the state at home. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +14. If the sea coste serve for makinge of salte, and the inland +for wine, oiles, oranges, lymons, figges, &c. and for makinge of +yron, all which with moche more is hoped, withoute sworde +drawen, wee shall cutt the combe of the Frenche, of the Spanishe, +of the Portingale, and of enemies, and of doubtfull frendes, to +the abatinge of their wealthe and force, and to the greater savinge +of the wealthe of the realme. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +15. The substaunces servinge, wee may oute of those partes +receave the masse of wrought wares that now wee receave out of +Fraunce, Flaunders, Germanye, &c.: and so wee may daunte the +pride of some enemies of this realme, or at the leaste in parte +purchase those wares, that nowe wee buye derely of the Frenche +and Flemynge, better cheape; and in the ende, for the part that +this realme was wonte to receave, dryve them out of trade to +idlenes for the settinge of our people on worke. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +16. Wee shall by plantinge there inlarge the glory of the gospell, +and from England plante sincere religion, and provide a safe and +a sure place to receave people from all partes of the worlde that +are forced to flee for the truthe of Gods worde. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +17. If frontier warres there chaunce to aryse, and if thereupon +wee shall fortifie, yt will occasion the trayninge upp of our youthe +in the discipline of warr, and make a nomber fitt for the service +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page269">[pg 269]</span><a name="Pg269" id="Pg269" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +of the warres and for the defence of our people there and at +home. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +18. The Spaniardes governe in the Indies with all pride and +tyranie; and like as when people of contrarie nature at the sea +enter into gallies, where men are tied as slaves, all yell and crye +with one voice, <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Liberta, liberta</span></span>, +as desirous of libertie and freedome, +so no doubte whensoever the Queene of England, a +prince of such clemencie, shall seate upon that firme of America, +and shalbe reported throughe oute all that tracte to use the +naturall people there with all humanitie, curtesie, and freedome, +they will yelde themselves to her governemente, and revolte +cleane from the Spaniarde, and specially when they shall +understande that she hath a noble navie, and that she aboundeth with +a people moste valiaunte for theyr defence. And her Majestie +havinge Sir Fraunces Drake and other subjectes already in +credite with the Symerons, a people or greate multitude alreadye +revolted from the Spanishe governmente, she may with them +and a fewe hundrethes of this nation, trayned upp in the +late warres of Fraunce and Flaunders, bringe greate thinges to +passe, and that with greate ease; and this broughte so aboute, +her Majestie and her subjectes may bothe enjoye the treasure of +the mynes of golde and silver, and the whole trade and all the +gaine of the trade of marchandize, that none passeth thither by +the Spaniardes onely hande, of all the comodities of Europe; +which trade of marchandise onely were of it selfe suffycient +(withoute the benefite of the rich myne) to inriche the subjectes, +and by customes to fill her Majesties coffers to the full. And if +it be highe pollicie to mayneteyne the poore people of this realme +in worke, I dare affirme that if the poore people of England were +five times as many as they be, yet all mighte be sett on worke in +and by workinge lynnen, and suche other thinges of marchandize +as the trade in the Indies dothe require. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +19. The present shorte trades causeth the maryner to be caste +of and ofte to be idle, and so by povertie to fall to piracie. But +this course to Norumbega beinge longer, and a contynuance of +the employmente of the maryner, dothe kepe the maryner from +ydlenes and necessitie; and so it cutteth of the principall actions +of piracie, and the rather because no riche praye for them to take +cometh directly in their course or any thing nere their course. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +20. Many men of excellent wittes and of divers singuler +giftes, overthrowen by sea, or by some folly of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page270">[pg 270]</span><a name="Pg270" id="Pg270" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +youthe, that are not able to live in England, may there be raised +againe, and doe their contrie goodd service; and many nedefull +uses there may (to greate purpose) require the savinge of greate +nombers, that for trifles may otherwise be devoured by the +gallowes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +21. Many souldiers and servitours, in the ende of the warres, +that mighte be hurtfull to this realme, may there be unladen, to +the common profite and quiet of this realme, and to our forreine +benefite there, as they may be employed. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +22. The frye of the wandringe beggars of England, that growe +upp ydly, and hurtefull and burdenous to this realme, may there +be unladen, better bredd upp, and may people waste contries to +the home and forreine benefite, and to their owne more happy +state. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +23. If Englande crie oute and affirme, that there is so many +in all trades that one cannot live for another, as in all places +they doe, this Norumbega (if it be thoughte so goodd) offreth +the remedie. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XXI. +A note of some thinges to be prepared for the voyadge, which is +sett downe rather to drawe the takers of the voyadge in +hande to the presente consideration, then for any other +reason; for that divers thinges require preparation longe +before the voyadge, withoute the which the voyadge is +maymed. +</span></h3> + +<span class="tei tei-ab"> +Dead Victuall. +</span> + +<a name="Pg271" id="Pg271" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Hoggs fleshe, barrelled and salted, in greate quantitie.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Befe, barrelled, in lesse quantitie.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Stockfishe, Meale in barrells.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Oatemeale, in barrells, nere cowched.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Ryse, Sallett Oile, barrelied Butter.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Cheese, Hony in barrells.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Currans, Raisons of the sonne.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Dried Prunes, Olives in barrells.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Beanes, dryed on the kill.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Pease, dried likewise.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Canary Wines, Hollocke.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Sacks racked.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Vinegar very stronge.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Aqua Vitæ.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Syders of Ffraunce, Spaine, and England.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Bere, brewed specially in speciall tyme.</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<span class="tei tei-ab"> +Victuall by Rootes And Herbes. +</span> + +<table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Turnep Seede.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Passeneape Sede.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Radishe.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Cariott.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Naviewes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Garlicke.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Onyons.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Leekes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Melons.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Pompions.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Cowcombers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Cabage Cole.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Parseley.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Lettis.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Endiffe.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Alexander.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Orege.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Tyme.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Rosemary.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Mustard Seede.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Fennell.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Anny Seedes, newe and freshe to be sowen.</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<span class="tei tei-ab"> +The Encrese, Renewe, and the Continewe of Victuall at +the Plantinge Places, and Men and Thinges Incident +and Tendinge to the Same. +</span> + +<a name="Pg272" id="Pg272" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Bores, Sowes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Conies, Bucke and Dowe.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Doves, male and female.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Cockes, Hennes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Duckes, male and female, for lowe soiles.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Turkies, male and female.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Wheat, Rye, Barley.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Bigge, or Barley Bere.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Oates, Beanes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Pease, Ffacches.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Three square Graine.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Suger cane planters with the plantes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Vyne planters.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Olyve planters.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Gardiners for herbes, rootes, and for all earthe frutes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Graffers for frute trees.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Hunters, skilfull to kill wilde beasts for vittell. </td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Warryners to breede conies and to kill vermyn.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Fowlers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Sea Fisshers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Fresh water Fisshers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Knytters of netts.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Butchers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Salters and seasoners of vittell.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Salte makers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Cookes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Bakers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Brewers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Greyhounds to kill deere, &c.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Mastives to kill heavie beastes of rapyne and for nighte watches.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Bloude houndes to recover hurte dere.</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<span class="tei tei-ab"> +Provisions Tendinge to Force. +</span> + +<a name="Pg273" id="Pg273" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Men experte in the arte of fortification.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Platformes of many formes redied to carry with you by advise of the best.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Capitaines of longe and of greate experience.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Souldiers well trayned in Fflaunders to joyne with the younger.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Harqubusshiers of skill.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Archers, stronge bowmen.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Bowyers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Ffletchers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Arrow head makers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Bow stave preparers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Glew makers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Morryce pike makers, and of halbert staves.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Makers of spades and shovells for pyoners, trentchers, and forte makers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Makers of basketts to cary earthe to fortes and rampiers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Pioners and spademen for fortification.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Salte peter makers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Gonne powder makers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Targett makers of hornes, defensive againste savages.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Oylethole doublett makers, defensive, lighte and gentle to lye in.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Turners of targetts of elme, and of other toughe woodds lighte.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Shippes, Pynesses, Barkes, Busses with flatt bottoms, furnished +with experte Seamen.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Swifte boates and barges to passe by winde and oare, covered +with quilted canvas of defence againste shott from the shoare, to +perce ryvers for discoverie, and to passe to and froe, offensive +and defensive againste savages devised by Mr. Bodenham of +Spaine.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Shipwrights in some nomber to be employed on the timber.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Oare makers, and makers of cable and cordage.</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<span class="tei tei-ab"> +Provisions Incident to the First Traficque and Trade of +Marchandize. +</span> + +<table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Grubbers and rooters upp of cipres, cedars and of all other +faire trees, for to be employed in coffers, deskes, &c., for traficque.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Mattocks, narrowe and longe, of yron to that purpose.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Millwrights, to make milles for spedy and cheap sawinge of +timber and boardes for trade, and first traficque of sucrue.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Millwrights, for corne milles.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Sawyers, for comon use.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Carpinters, for buildinges.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Joyners, to cutt oute the boordes into chests to be imbarqued +for England.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Blacksmithes, to many greate and nedefull uses.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Pitche makers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Tarr makers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Burners of asshes for the trade of sope asshes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Cowpers, for barrells to inclose those asshes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Tallow chandlers, to prepare the tallowe to be incasked for +England.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Waxechandlers, to prepare waxe in like sorte.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Diers, to seeke in that firme that riche cochinilho and other +thinges for that trade.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Mynerall men.</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<span class="tei tei-ab"> +Artesanes, Servinge our Firste Planters, Not in Traficque +But For Buildinges. +</span> + +<a name="Pg274" id="Pg274" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Brick makers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Synkers of walles and finders of springes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Tile makers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Lyme makers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Quarrells to digge tile.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Bricklayers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Roughe Masons.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Tilers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Carpinters.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thachers with reedes, russhes, broome, or strawe.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Lathmakers.</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<span class="tei tei-ab"> +Artesans, Sekvinge Our Firste Planters, and in Parte +Servinge for Traficque. +</span> + +<table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Barbors.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Bottlemakers of London.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Launders.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Shoemakers, coblers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Tailors.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Tanners, white tawyers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Botchers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Buffe skynne dressers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Paile makers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Shamew skynne dressers.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Burcachiomakers.</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<span class="tei tei-ab"> +A Present Provision For Raisinge a Notable Trade for the +Time to Come. +</span> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The knitt wollen cappe of Toledo in Spaine, called <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">bonetto rugio +colterado</span></span>, so infinitely solde to the Moores in Barbarie and +Affricke, is to be prepared in London, Hereforde, and Rosse, and +to be vented to the people, and may become a notable trade of +gaine to the marchaunte, and a greate reliefe to oure poore people +and a sale of our woll and of our labour; and beinge suche a +cappe that every particular person will buye and may easelie +compasse, the sale wil be greate in shorte time, especially if our +people weare them at their first arryvall there. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-ab"> +Thinges Forgotten May Here Be Noted As They Come To +Mynde, and After Be Placed With The Rest, and +After That In All Be Reduced Into The Best Order.<a id="noteref_83" name="noteref_83" href="#note_83"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">83</span></span></a> +</span> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That there be appointed one or twoo preachers for the voyadge, +that God may be honoured, the people instructed, mutinies the +better avoided, and obedience the better used, that the voyadge +may have the better successe. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That the voyadge be furnished with Bibles and with Bookes of +service. That the bookes of the discoveries and conquests of the +Easte Indies be carried with you. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page275">[pg 275]</span><a name="Pg275" id="Pg275" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That the bookes of the discoveries of the West Indies, and the +conquests of the same, be also caried, to kepe men occupied from +worse cogitations, and to raise their myndes to courage and highe +enterprizes, and to make them lesse careles for the better shonnynge +of comon daungers in suche cases arisinge. And because +men are more apte to make themselves subjecte in obedience to +prescribed lawes sett downe and signed by a prince, then to the +changeable will of any capitaine, be he never so wise or temperate, +never so free from desire of revenge, it is wisshed that it were +learned oute what course bothe the Spaniardes and Portingales +tooke, in their discoveries, for government, and that the same were +delivered to learned men, that had pased most of the lawes of +the empire and of other princes lawes, and that thereupon some +speciall orders, fitt for voyadges and begynnynges, mighte upon +deliberation be sett downe and allowed by the Queenes moste +excellent Majestie and her wise counsell; and, faire ingrossed, +mighte in a table be sett before the eyes of suche as goe in the +voyadge, that no man poonished or executed may justly complaine +of manifeste and open wronge offred. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That some phisition be provided to minister by counsell and by +phisicke, to kepe and preserve from sicknes, or by skill to cure +suche as fall into disease and distemperature. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +A surgeon to lett bloude, and for such as may chaunce, by +warres or otherwise, to be hurte, is more nedefull for the voyadge. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +An apothecarye to serve the phisition is requisite; and the +phisition deinge, he may chaunce (well chosen) to stande in +steede of one and thother, and to sende into the realme, by seede +and roote, herbes and plantes of rare excellencie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +If suche plentie of honye be in these regions as is saied, yt +were to goodd purpose to cary in the voyadge suche of the servauntes +of the Russia Companie as have the skill to make the +drincke called meth, which they use in Russia and Poland, and +nerer, as in North Wales, for their wine; and, if you cannot cary +any suche, to cary the order of the makinge of yt in writinge, that +it may be made for a nede. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And, before many thinges, this one thinge is to be called, as yt +were, with spede to mynde, that the prisons and corners of +London are full of decayed marchantes, overthrowen by losse at +sea, by usuerers, suertishippe, and by sondry other suche meanes, +and dare or cannot for their debtes shewe their faces; and in +truthe many excellent giftes be in many of these men, and their +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page276">[pg 276]</span><a name="Pg276" id="Pg276" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +goodd gtftes are not ymployed to any manner of use, nor are not +like of themselves to procure libertie to employe themselves, but +are, withoute some speciall meane used, to starve by wante, or to +shorten their tymes by thoughte; and for that these men, schooled +in the house of adversitie, are drawen to a degree higher in excellencye, +and may be employed to greater uses in this purposed +voyadge, yt were to greate purpose to use meanes by aucthoritie +for suche as maliciously, wrongfully, or for triflinge causes are +deteyned, and to take of them and of others that hide their +heades, and to employe them; for so they may be relieved, and +the enterprice furthered in many respectes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A most nedeful note.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And, in choice of all artesanes for the voyadge, this general rule +were goodd to be observed, that no man be chosen +that is knowen to be a Papiste, for the speciall inclynation +they have of favour to the Kinge of Spaine. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That also, of those artesanes which are Protestantes, that where +you may have chaunge and choice, that suche as be moste stronge +and lusty men be chosen, and suche as can best handle his bowe +or his harquebushe; for the more goodd giftes that the goers in +the voyadge have, the more ys the voyadge benefited. And +therefore (many goinge) yf every mans giftes and goodd qualities +be entred into a booke before they be receaved, they may be +employed upon any necessitie in the voyadge in this or in that, +according as occasion of nede shall require. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-ab"> +FINIS. +</span> + +</div> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc49" id="toc49"></a> +<a name="pdf50" id="pdf50"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XXIII. The letters patents, granted by the Queenes Maiestie to M. Walter +Ralegh now Knight, for the discovering and planting of +new lands and Countries, to continue the space of 6. yeeres +and no more. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Elizabeth by the grace of God of England, France and +Ireland Queene, defender of the faith, &c. To all people to +whom these presents shal come, greeting. Know ye that of our +especial grace, certaine science, and meere motion, we haue giuen +and graunted, and by these presents for vs, our heires and +successors doe graunt to our trusty and welbeloued seruant Walter +Ralegh Esquire, and to his heires and assignes for euer, free +liberty and licence from time to time, and at all times for euer +hereafter, to discouer, search, finde out, and view such remote, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page277">[pg 277]</span><a name="Pg277" id="Pg277" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +heathen and barbarous lands, countreis, and territories, not +actually possessed of any Christian prince, nor inhabited by +Christian people, as to him, his heires and assignes, and to euery +or any of them shall seeme good, and the same to haue, holde, +occupy and enioy to him, his heires and assignes for euer, with +all prerogatiues, commodities, iurisdictions, royalties, priuiledges, +franchises and preeminences, thereto or thereabouts both by sea +and land, whatsoeuer we by our letters patents may grant, and as +we or any of our noble progenitors haue heretofore granted to +any person or persons, bodies politique or corporate: and the +saide Walter Ralegh, his heires and assignes, and all such as +from time to time, by licence of vs, our heires and successors, +shal goe or trauaile thither to inhabite or remaine, there to build +and fortifie, at the discretion of the said Walter Ralegh, his heires +and assignes, the statutes or act or Parliament made against +fugitiues, or against such as shall depart, remaine or continue out +of our Realme of England without licence, or any other statute, +act, law, or any ordinance whatsoeuer to the contrary in any wise +notwithstanding. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And we do likewise by these presents, of our especiall grace, +meere motion, and certaine knowledge, for us, our heires and +successors, giue and graunt full authoritie, libertie and power to +the said Walter Ralegh, his heires and assignes, and euery of +them, that he and they, and euery or any of them, shall and may +at all and euery time and times hereafter, haue, take and leade in +the sayde voyage, and trauaile thitherward, or to inhabite there +with him or them, and euery or any of them, such, and so many +of our subiects as shall willingly accompany him or them, and +euery or any of them: and to whom also we doe by these +presents, giue full libertie and authoritie in that behalfe, and also +to haue, take and employ, and vse sufficient shipping and +furniture for the transportations, and Nauigations in that behalfe, +so that none of the same persons or any of them be such as +hereafter shall be restrained by vs, our heires or successors. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And further that the said Walter Ralegh his heires and assignes, +and euery of them, shall haue, holde, occupie and enioy to him, +his heires and assignes, and euery of them for euer, all the soyle +of all such landes, territories, and Countreis, so to be discouered +and possessed as aforesayd, and of all such Cities, Castles, +Townes, Villages, and places in the same, with the right, royalties, +franchises, and iurisdictions, as well marine as other within the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page278">[pg 278]</span><a name="Pg278" id="Pg278" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +sayd landes, or Countreis, or the seas thereunto adioyning, to be +had, or vsed, with full power to dispose thereof, and of euery +part in fee simple or otherwise, according to the order of the +lawes of England, as neere as the same conueniently may be, at +his, and their will and pleasure, to any persons then being, or that +shall remaine within the allegiance of vs, our heires and successors: +reseruing alwayes to vs, our heires and successors, for all seruices, +dueties, and demaunds, the fift part of all the oare of gold and +siluer, that from time to time, and at all times after such discouerie, +subduing and possessing, shall be there gotten and obteined: +All which lands, Countreis, and territories shall for euer be holden +of the said Walter Ralegh, his heires and assignes, of vs, our +heires and successors, by homage, and by the sayd payment of +the said fift part, reserued onely for all seruices. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And moreouer, we do by these presents, for vs, our heires and +successors, give and grant licence to the said Walter Ralegh, his +heires, and assignes, and euery of them, that he, and they, and +euery or any of them, shall and may from time to time, and at +all times for euer hereafter, for his and their defence, encounter +and expulse, repell and resist aswell by sea as by lande, and by +all other wayes whatsoeuer, all and euery such person and +persons whatsoeuer, as without the especiall liking and licence +of the sayd Walter Ralegh, and of his heires and assignes, +shall attempt to inhabite within the sayde Countreys, or any of +them, or within the space of two hundreth leagues neere to +the place or places within such Countreys as aforesayde (if +they shall not bee before planted or inhabited within the limits +as aforesayd with the subiects of any Christian Prince being +in amitie with vs) where the sayd Walter Ralegh, his heires, +or assignes, or any of them, or his, or their, or any of their +associats or company, shall within sixe yeeres (next ensuing) +make their dwellings or abidings, or that shall enterprise or +attempt at any time hereafter vnlawfully to annoy, eyther by Sea +or Lande the sayde Walter Ralegh, his heires or assignes, or any +of them, or his or their, or any of his or their companies: giuing +and graunting by these presents further power and authoritie to +the sayd Walter Ralegh, his heires and assignes, and every of +them from time to time, and at all times for euer hereafter, to +take and surprise by all maner of meanes whatsoeuer, all and +euery those person or persons, with their Shippes, Vessels, and +other goods and furniture, which without the licence of the sayde +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page279">[pg 279]</span><a name="Pg279" id="Pg279" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Walter Ralegh, or his heires, or assignes, as aforesayd, shalbe +found traffiquing into any Harbour, or Harbours, Creeke, or +Creekes, within the limits aforesayd, (the subiects of our Realmes +and Dominions, and all other persons in amitie with vs, trading +to the Newfound lands for fishing as heretofore they haue commonly +vsed, or being driuen by force of a tempest, or shipwracke +onely excepted:) and those persons, and every of them, with +their shippes, vessels, goods, and furniture to deteine and +possess as of good and lawfull prize, according to the discretion +of him the sayd Walter Ralegh, his heires, and assignes, and +euery, or any of them. And for vniting in more perfect league +and amitie, of such Countryes, landes, and territories, so to be +possessed and inhabited as aforesayd with our Realmes of England +and Ireland, and the better incouragement of men to these +enterprises: we doe by these presents, graunt and declare that +all such Countries, so hereafter to be possessed and inhabited +as is aforesayd, from thencefoorth shall be of the allegiance of vs, +our heires and successors. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Free Denization graunted.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And wee doe graunt to the sayd +Walter Ralegh, his heires and assignes, and to all, and euery of +them, and to all, and euery other person and persons, being of +our allegiance, whose names shall be noted or entred in some of +our Courts of recorde within our Realme of England, that with +the assent of the sayd Walter Ralegh, his heires or assignes, shall +in his iourneis for discouerie, or in the iourneis for conquest +hereafter travaile to such lands, countreis, and territories, as +aforesayd, and to their, and to euery of their heires, that they, +and euery or any of them, being eyther borne within our sayde +Realmes of England or Irelande, or in any other place within our +allegiance, and which hereafter shall be inhabiting within any +the Lands, Countryes, or Territories, with such licence, (as +aforesayd) shall and may haue all the priuiledge of +Denizens, and persons natiue of England, and within +our allegiance in such like ample maner and forme, +as if they were borne and personally resident within our said +Realme of England, any law, custome, or vsage to the contrary +notwithstanding. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And forasmuch as vpon the finding out, discouering, or +inhabiting of such remote lands, countries, and territories as +aforesaid, it shalbe necessary for the safety of all men, that shall +aduenture themselues in those iourneyes or voyages, to determine +to liue together in Christian peace, and ciuill quietnesse eche +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page280">[pg 280]</span><a name="Pg280" id="Pg280" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +with other, whereby euery one may with more pleasure and +profit enioy that whereunto they shall atteine with great paine and +perill, wee for vs, our heires and successors, are likewise pleased +and contented, and by these presents doe giue and grant to the +said Walter Ralegh, his heires and assigns for euer, that he and +they, and euery or any of them, shall and may from time to time +for euer hereafter, within the said mentioned remote lands and +countries, in the way by the seas thither, and from thence, haue +full and meere power and authoritie to correct, punish, pardon, +gouerne, and rule by their and euery or any of their good discretions +and policies, as well in causes capitall, or criminall, as +ciuill, both marine and other, all such our subiects, as shal from +time to time aduenture themselues in the said iourneis or voyages, +or that shall at any time hereafter inhabite any such lands, +countreis, or territories as aforesayd, or that shall abide within +200. leagues of any of the sayde place or places, where the sayde +Walter Ralegh, his heires or assignes, or any of them, or any of +his or their associats or companies, shall inhabite within 6. yeeres +next ensuing the date hereof, according to such statutes, lawes +and ordinances as shall be by him the sayd Walter Ralegh, his +heires and assignes, and euery or any of them deuised, or +established, for the better gouernment of the said people as aforesaid. +So alwayes as the said statutes, lawes, and ordinances may +be, as nere as conueniently may bee, agreeable to the forme of the +lawes, statutes, gouernment, or pollicie of England, and also so as +they be not against the true Christian faith, nowe professed in +the Church of England, nor in any wise to withdrawe any of the +subiects or people of those lands or places from the alleagance of +vs, our heires and successors, as their immediate Soueraign +vnder God. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And further, we doe by these presents for vs, our heires and +successors, giue and grant ful power and authoritie to our welbeloued +Counsailour Sir William Cecill knight, Lord Burghley, +our high Treasourer of England, and to the Lorde Treasourer of +England, for vs, our heires and successors for the time being, +and to the priuie Counsaile of vs, our heires and successors, or +any foure or more of them for the time being, that he, they, or +any foure or more of them, shall and may from time to time and +at all times hereafter, vnder his or their handes or Seales by +vertue of these presents, authorise and licence the sayd Walter +Ralegh, his heires and assignes, and euery or any of them by him +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page281">[pg 281]</span><a name="Pg281" id="Pg281" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and by themselues, or by their, or any of their sufficient Atturneis, +Deputies, Officers, Ministers, Factors, and seruants, to imbarke +and transport out of our Realme of England and Ireland, and +the Dominions thereof, all or any of his or their goods, and all or +any the goods of his and their associats and companies, and +euery or any of them, with such other necessaries and commodities, +of any our Realmes, as to the sayde Lorde Treasurer, +or foure or more of the priuie Counsaile, of vs our heires and +successors for the time being (as aforesaid) shalbe from time to +time by his or their wisedomes, or discretions thought meete and +conuenient, for the better reliefe and supportation of him the +sayde Walter Ralegh, his heires, and assignes, and euery or any +of them, and of his or their or any of their associats and companies, +any act, statute, law, or any thing to the contrary in any +wise notwithstanding. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Prouided alwayes, and our will and pleasure is, and wee do +hereby declare to all Christian kings, princes, and states, that if +the sayde Walter Ralegh, his heires or assignes, or any of them, +or any other by their licence or appointment, shall at any time or +times hereafter robbe or spoile by sea or by land, or doe any act +of vniust or vnlawfull hostilitie, to any of the subiects of vs, our +heires or successors, or to any of the subiects of any the kings, +princes, rulers, Gouernors, or estates, being then in perfect league +and amitie with vs, our heires and successors, and that vpon such +iniurie, or vpon iust complaint of any such Prince, Ruler, +Gouernour or estate, or their subjects, wee, our heirs and successors, +shall make open Proclamation within any the portes of +our Realme of England, that the saide Walter Ralegh, his heires +and assignes, and adherents, or any to whom these our Letters +patents may extende, shall within the terms to bee limited, by +such Proclamation, make full restitution, and satisfaction of all +such iniuries done: so as both we and the said Princes, or other +so complaining, may hold vs and themselues fully contented: +And that if the said Walter Ralegh, his heires and assignes, shall +not make or cause to be made satisfaction accordingly within +such time so to be limitted, that then it shal be lawful to vs, our +heires and successors, to put the sayde Walter Ralegh, his heires +and assignes, and adherents, and all the inhabitants of the saide +places to be discoured (as is aforesaid) or any of them out of our +allegeance and protection, and that from and after such time of +putting out of protection of the sayde Walter Ralegh, his heires, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page282">[pg 282]</span><a name="Pg282" id="Pg282" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +assignes, and adherents, and others so to be put out, and the said +places within their habitation, possession and rule, shall be out of +our allegeance and protection, and free for all Princes and +others to pursue with hostilitie, as being not our subiects, nor by +vs any way to be auouched, maintained, or defended, nor to be +holden as any of ours, nor to our protection, or dominion, or +allegeance any way belonging: for that expresse mention of the +cleere yeerely value of the certaintie of the premisses, or any part +thereof, or of any other gift, or grant by vs, or any our progenitors, +or predecessors to the said Walter Ralegh, before this time +made in these presents bee not expressed, or any other grant, +ordinance, provision, proclamation or restraint, to the contrary +thereof, before the time, giuen, ordained, or prouided, or any +other thing, cause, or matter whatsoeuer, in any wise notwithstanding. +In witnesse whereof, wee haue caused these our +letters to be made Patents. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Anno 1584.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Witnesse our selues, at Westminster, +the fiue and twentie day of March, in the sixe and +twentith yeere of our Raigns. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc51" id="toc51"></a> +<a name="pdf52" id="pdf52"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XXIV. The first voyage made to the coasts of America, with two barks, +wherein were Captaines M. Philip Amadas, and M. +Arthur Barlowe, who discouered part of the Countrey now +called Virginia Anno 1584. Written by one of the said +Captaines, and sent to sir Walter Ralegh knight, at whose +charge and direction, the said voyage was set forth.</span><a id="noteref_84" name="noteref_84" href="#note_84"><span class="tei tei-noteref" style="text-align: left"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">84</span></span></a> +</h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 27 day of Aprill, in the yere of our redemption 1584, we +departed the West of England, with two barkes well furnished +with men and victuals, hauing receiued our last and perfect +directions by your letters, confirming the former instructions, and +commandements deliuered by your selfe at our leauing the riuer +of Thames. And I thinke it a matter both vnnecessary, for the +manifest discouerie of the Countrey, as also for tediousnesse +sake, to remember vnto you the diurnall of our course, sayling +thither and returning: onely I haue presumed to present vnto +you this briefe discourse, by which you may iudge how profitable +this land is likely to succeede, as well to your selfe, (by whose +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page283">[pg 283]</span><a name="Pg283" id="Pg283" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +direction and charge, and by whose seruantes this our discouerie +hath beene performed) as also to her Highnesse, and the Common +wealth, in which we hope your wisedome wilbe satisfied, considering +that as much by vs hath bene brought to light, as by +those smal meanes, and number of men we had, could any way +haue bene expected, or hoped for. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A Southerly course not greatly needful for Virginia.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The tenth of May we arriued at the Canaries, and the tenth of +Iune in this present yeere, we were fallen with the +Islands of the West Indies, keeping a more Southeasterly +course then was needefull, because wee +doubted that the current of the Bay of Mexico, disbogging +betweene the Cape of Florida and Hauana, +had bene of greater force then afterwardes we found it to bee. +At which Islands we found the ayre very vnwholsome, and our +men grew for the most part ill disposed: so that hauing refreshed +our selues with sweet water, and fresh victuall, we departed the +twelfth day of our arriuall there. These Islands, with the rest +adioyning, are so well knowen to your selfe, and to many others, +as I will not trouble you with the remembrance of them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A sweet smell from the land.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The second of Iuly, we found shole water, wher we smelt so +sweet, and so strong a smel, as if we had bene in the +midst of some delicate garden abounding with all +kinde of odoriferous flowers, by which we were +assured, that the land could not be farre distant: and keeping +good watch, and bearing but slacke saile, the fourth of the same +moneth we arriued vpon the coast, which we supposed to be a +continent and firme lande, and we sayled along the same a +hundred and twentie English miles before we could finde any +entrance, or riuer issuing into the Sea. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The first riuer. Iuly 13 possession taken.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The first that +appeared vnto vs, we entred, though not without +some difficultie, and cast anker about three harquebuz-shot +within the hauens mouth, on the left hand of the +same: and after thankes giuen to God for our safe arriuall +thither, we manned our boats, and went to view the +land next adioyning, and to take possession of the +same, in the right of the Queenes most excellent +Maiestie, as rightfull Queene, and Princesse of the same, and +after deliuered the same ouer to your vse, according to her +Maiesties grant, and letters patents, vnder her Highnesse great +seale. Which being performed, according to the ceremonies +vsed in such enterprises, we viewed the land about vs, being +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page284">[pg 284]</span><a name="Pg284" id="Pg284" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Abundance of grapes.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +whereas we first landed, very sandie and low towards +the waters side, but so full of grapes, as the very +beating and surge of the sea ouerflowed them, of +which we found such plentie, as well there as in all places else, +both on the sand and on the greene soile on the hils, as in the +plaines, as well on euery little shrubbe, as also climing towardes +the tops of high Cedars, that I thinke in all the world the like +abundance is not to be found: and my selfe hauing seene those +parts of Europe that most abound, find such difference as were +incredible to be written. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Isle of Wokokon.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We passed from the Sea side towardes the toppes of those +hilles next adioyning, being but of meane higth, and +from thence wee behelde the Sea on both sides to +the North, and to the South, finding no ende any of +both wayes. This lande lay stretching it selfe to the West, +which after wee found to bee but an Island of twentie miles +long, and not above sixe miles broade. Vnder the banke or hill +whereon we stoode, we behelde the vallyes replenished with +goodly Cedar trees, and hauing discharged our harquebuz-shot, +such a flocke of Cranes (the most part white) arose vnder vs, +with such a cry redoubled by many ecchoes, as if an armie of +men had showted all together. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This Island had many goodly woodes full of Deere, Conies, +Hares, and Fowle, euen in the middest of Summer in incredible +abundance. The woodes are not such as you finde in Bohemia, +Moscouia, or Hercynia, barren and fruitles, but the highest and +reddest Cedars of the world, farre bettering the Ceders of the +Açores of the Indies, or Lybanus, Pynes, Cypres, Sassaphras, +the Lentisk, or the tree that beareth the Masticke, the tree that +beareth the vine of blacke Sinamon, of which Master Winter +brought from the streighte of Magellan, and many other of +excellent smell and qualitie. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Conference with a Sauage.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We remained by the side of this +Island two whole dayes before we saw any people of the +Countrey: the third day we espied one small boate rowing +towardes vs having in it three persons: this boat came to the +Island side, foure harquebuz-shot from our shippes, and there +two of the people remaining, the third came along +the shoreside towards vs, and wee being then all +within boord, he walked vp and downe vpon the +point of the land next vnto vs: then the Master and the Pilot of +the Admirall, Simon Ferdinando, and the Captaine Philip Amadas, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page285">[pg 285]</span><a name="Pg285" id="Pg285" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +my selfe, and others rowed to the land, whose comming this +fellow attended, neuer making any shewe of feare or doubt. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Abundance of fish.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And after he had spoken of many things not vnderstood by vs, +we brought him with his owne good liking, aboord the ships, +and gaue him a shirt, a hat and some other things, and made +him taste of our wine, and our meat, which he liked very wel: +and after hauing viewed both barks, he departed, and went to his +owne boat againe, which hee had left in a little Coue or Creeke +adioyning: assoone as hee was two bow shoot into +the water, he fell to fishing, and in lesse then halfe +an houre, he had laden his boate as deepe, as it +could swimme, with which hee came againe to the point of the +lande, and there he diuided his fish into two parts, pointing one +part to the ship, and the other to the pinnesse; which, after he +had (as much as he might) requited the former benefites receiued, +departed out of our sight. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The ariuall of the kings brother.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day there came vnto vs diuers boates, and in one of +them the Kings brother, accompanied with fortie or +fiftie men, very handsome and goodly people, and in +their behauiour as mannerly and ciuill as any of +Europe. His name was Granganimeo, and the king is called +Wingina, the countrey Wingandacoa, and now by her Maiestie +Virginia. The maner of his comming was in this sort: hee left +his boates altogether as the first man did a little from the shippes +by the shore, and came along to the place ouer against the ships, +followed with fortie men. When he came to the place his +seruants spread a long matte vpon the ground, on which he sate +downe, and at the other ende of the matte foure others of his +companie did the like, the rest of his men stood round about +him, somewhat a farre off: when we came to the shore to him +with our weapons, hee neuer mooued from his place, nor any of +the other foure, nor neuer mistrusted any harme to be offered +from vs, but sitting still he beckoned vs to come and sit by him, +which we performed: and being set hee made all signes of ioy +and welcome, striking on his head and his breast and afterwardes +on ours, to shew wee were all one, smiling and making shewe +the best he could of all loue, and familiaritie. After hee had +made a long speech vnto vs, wee presented him with diuers things, +which hee receiued very ioyfully, and thankefully. None of the +companie durst speake one worde all the time: only the foure which +were at theother ende, spake one in the others eare very softly. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page286">[pg 286]</span><a name="Pg286" id="Pg286" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +The King is greately obeyed, and his brothers and children +reuerenced: the King himselfe in person was at our being there, +sore wounded in a fight which hee had with the King of the next +countrey, called Wingina, and was shot in two places through the +body, and once cleane through the thigh, but yet he recouered: +by reason whereof and for that hee lay at the chiefe towne of the +countrey, being sixe dayes iourney off, we saw him not at all. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After we had presented this his brother with such things as +we thought he liked, wee likewise gaue somewhat to the other +that satte with him on the matte: but presently he arose and +tooke all from them and put it into his owne basket, making +signes and tokens, that all things ought to bee deliuered vnto him, +and the rest were but his seruants, and followers. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Trafficke with the Sauages. +Tinne much esteemed.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +A day or two +after this we fell to trading with them, exchanging +some things that we had, for Chamoys, Buffe, and +Deere skinnes: when we shewed him all our packet +of merchandize, of all things that he sawe, a bright tinne dish +most pleased him, which hee presently tooke vp and +clapt it before his breast, and after made a hole in +the brimme thereof and hung it about his necke, +making signes that it would defende him against his enemies +arrowes: for those people maintaine a deadly and terrible warre, +with the people and King adioyning. We exchanged our tinne +dish for twentie skinnes, woorth twentie Crownes, or twentie +Nobles: and a copper kettle for fiftie skins woorth fiftie Crownes. +They offered vs good exchange for our hatchets, and axes, and +for kniues and would haue giuen any thing for swordes: but wee +would not depart with any. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">White corall. Perles.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After two or three dayes the Kings +brother came aboord the shippes, and dranke wine, and eat of +our meat and of our bread, and liked exceedingly thereof: and +after a fewe days ouerpassed, he brought his wife with him to the +ships, his daughter and two or three children: his wife was very +well fauoured, of meane stature, and very bashfull: shee had on +her backe a long cloake of leather, with the furre side next to her +body, and before her a piece of the same: about her forehead +shee had a bande of white Corall, and so had her +husband many times: in her eares shee had bracelets +of pearles hanging downe to her middle, (whereof +wee deliuered your worship a little bracelet) and those were of +the bignes of good pease. The rest of her women of the better +sort had pendants of copper hanging in either eare, and some of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page287">[pg 287]</span><a name="Pg287" id="Pg287" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the children of the kings brother and other noble men, haue fiue +or sixe in either eare: he himselfe had vpon his head a broad +plate of golde, or copper, for being vnpolished we knew not what +mettall it should be, neither would he by any meanes suffer vs to +take it off his head, but feeling it, it would bow very easily. His +apparell was as his wiues, onely the women weare their haire long +on both sides, and the men but on one. They are of colour +yellowish, and their hair black for the most part, and yet we saw +children that had very fine aburne and chesnut coloured haire. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After that these women had bene there, there came downe from +all parts great store of people, bringing with them leather, corall, +diuers kindes of dies, very excellent, and exchanged with us: but +when Granganimeo the kings brother was present, none durst +trade but himselfe: except such as weare red pieces of copper on +their heads like himselfe: for that is the difference betweene the +noble men, and the gouernours of countreys, and the meaner +sort. And we both noted there, and you haue vnderstood since +by these men, which we brought home, that no people in the +worlde cary more respect to their King, Nobilitie, and Gouernours, +then these doe. The Kings brothers wife, when she came to +vs (as she did many times) was followed with forty or fifty women +alwayes: and when she came into the shippe, she left them all +on land, sauing her two daughters, her nurse and one or two +more. The kings brother alwayes kept this order, as many boates +as he would come withall to the shippes, so many fires would hee +make on the shore a farre off, to the end we might vnderstand +with what strength and company he approched. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Pitch trees.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> Their boates +are made of one tree, either of Pine or of Pitch trees: +a wood not commenly knowen to our people, nor +found growing in England. They haue no edge-tooles to make +them withall; if they haue any they are very fewe, and those it +seemes they had twentie yeres since, which, as those two men +declared, was out of a wracke which happened vpon their coast +of some Christian ship, being beaten that way by some storme +and outragious weather, whereof none of the people were saued, +but only the ship, or some part of her being cast vpon the sand, +out of whose sides they drew the nayles and the spikes, and with +those they made their best instruments. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The manner or making their boates.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The manner +of making their boates is thus: they burne downe +some great tree, or take such as are winde fallen, +putting gumme and rosen vpon one side thereof, they set fire +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page288">[pg 288]</span><a name="Pg288" id="Pg288" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +into it, and when it hath burnt it hollow, they cut out the coale +with their shels, and euer where they would burne it deeper or +wider they lay on gummes, which burne away the timber, and by +this meanes they fashion very fine boates, and such as will +transport twentie men. Their oares are like scoopes, and many times +they set with long poles, as the depth serueth. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Kings brother had great liking of our armour, a sword, and +diuers other things which we had: and offered to lay a great box +of pearl in gage for them: but we refused it for this time, because +we would not make them knowe, that we esteemed thereof, vntill +we had vnderstoode in what places of the countrey the pearle +grew: which now your Worshippe doeth very well vnderstand. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He was very iust of his promise: for many times we deliuered +him merchandize vpon his word, but euer he came within the day +and performed his promise. He sent vs euery day a brase or two +of fat Bucks, Conies, Hares, Fish the best of the world. He +sent vs diuers kindes of fruites, Melons, Walnuts, Cucumbers, +Gourdes, Pease, and diuers rootes, and fruites very excellent +good, and of their Countrey corne, which is very white, faire and +well tasted, and groweth three times in fiue moneths: in May +they sow, in Iuly they reape, in Iune they sow, in August they +reape: in Iuly they sow, in September they reape: onely they +cast the corne into the ground, breaking a little of the soft turfe +with a wodden mattock, or pickeaxe: our selues prooued the +soile, and put some of our Pease in the ground, and in tenne +dayes they were of fourteene ynches high: they haue also Beanes +very faire of diuers colours and wonderfull plentie: some growing +naturally, and some in their gardens, and so haue they wheat and +oates. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The soile is the most plentifull, sweete, fruitfull and wholsome +of all the worlde: there were aboue fourteene seuerall sweete +smelling timber trees, and the most part of their vnderwoods are +Bayes and such like: they haue those Okes that we haue, but +farre greater and better. After they had bene diuers times aboord +our shippes, my selfe, with seuen more went twentie mile into the +Riuer, that runneth towarde the Citie of Skicoak, which Riuer +they call Occam: and the euening following, wee came to an +Island which they call Raonoak, distant from the harbour by +which we entered, seuen leagues: and at the north end thereof +was a village of nine houses, built of Cedar, and fortified round +about with sharpe trees, to keepe out their enemies, and the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page289">[pg 289]</span><a name="Pg289" id="Pg289" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +entrance into it made like a turne pike very artificially; when wee +came towardes it, standing neere vnto the waters side, the wife of +Granganimeo the kings brother came running out to meete vs +very cheerefully and friendly, her husband was not then in the +village: some of her people shee commanded to drawe our boate +on shore for the beating of the billoe: others she appointed to +cary vs on their backes to the dry ground, and others to bring +our oares into the house for feare of stealing. When we were +come into the vtter roome, hauing fiue roomes in her house, she +caused vs to sit downe by a great fire, and after tooke off our +clothes and washed them, and dryed them againe: some of the +women plucked off our stockings and washed them, some washed +our feete in warme water, and shee her selfe tooke great paines +to see all thinges ordered in the best maner shee could, making +great haste to dress some meate for vs to eate. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After we had thus dryed ourselues, she brought vs into the +inner roome, where shee set on the boord standing along the +house; some wheate like furmentie, sodden Venison, and roasted, +fish sodden, boyled and roasted, Melons rawe, and sodden, rootes +of diuers kindes and diuers fruites: their drinke is commonly +water, but while the grape lasteth, they drinke wine, and for +want of caskes to keepe it, all the yere after they drink water, but +it is sodden with Ginger in it, and black Sinamon, and sometimes +Sassaphras, and diuers others wholesome, and medicinable +hearbes and trees. We were entertained with all loue and kindnesse, +and with as much bountie (after their maner) as they +could possibly deuise. We found the people most gentle, louing, +and faithfull, voide of all guile and treason, and such as liue +after the maner of the golden age. The people onely care howe +to defende them selues from the cold in their short winter, and to +feed themselues with such meat as the soile affoordeth: their +meat is very well sodden and they make broth very sweet and +sauorie: their vessels are earthern pots, very large, white and +sweete, their dishes are wodden platters of sweet timber: +within the place where they feede was their lodging, +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their Idole.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +and within that their Idoll, which they worship, of +whome they speake incredible things. While we were at meate, +there came in at the gates two or three men with their bowes +and arrowes from hunting, whom when wee espied, we beganne +to looke one towardes another, and offered to reach our weapons: +but assoone as shee espied our mistrust, shee was very much +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page290">[pg 290]</span><a name="Pg290" id="Pg290" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +mooued, and caused some of her men to runne out, and take +away their bowes and arrowes and breake them, and withall +beate the poore fellowes out of the gate againe. When we +departed in the euening and would not tary all night she was +very sory, and gaue vs into our boate our supper halfe dressed, +pottes and all, and brought vs to our boate side, in which wee +lay all night, remoouing the same a prettie distance from the +shoare: shee perceiuing our ielousie, was much grieued, and +sent diuers men and thirtie women, to sit all night on the banke +side by vs, and sent vs into our boates fine mattes to couer vs +from the raine, vsing very many wordes to entreate vs to rest in +their houses: but because wee were fewe men, and if wee had +miscaried, the voyage had bene in very great danger, wee durst +not adventure any thing, although there was no cause of doubt: +for a more kinde and louing people there can not be found in +the worlde, as farre as we haue hitherto had triall. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Skicoak a great towne.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Beyond this Island there is the maine lande, and ouer against +this Island falleth into this spacious water, the great riuer called +Occam by the inhabitants on which standeth a towne called +Pomeiock; and sixe dayes journey from the same is +situate their greatest citie, called Skicoak, which this +people affirme to be very greate: but the Sauages +were neuer at it, only they speake of it by the report of their +fathers and other men, whom they have heard affirme it to bee +aboue one houres iourney about. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Into this riuer falleth another great riuer, called Cipo, in +which there is found great store of Muskles in which there are +pearles: likewise there descendeth into this Occam, another +riuer, called Nomopana, on the one side whereof standeth a +great towne called Chawanook, and the Lord of that towne and +countrey is called Pooneno: this Pooneho is not subject to the +king of Wingandacoa, but is a free Lord: beyond this country is +there another king, whom they call Menatonon, and these three +kings are in league with each other. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A ship cast away.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Towards the Southwest, +foure dayes iourney is situate a towne called Sequotan, which is +the Southermost towne of Wingandacoa, neere unto which, sixe +and twentie yeres past there was a ship cast away, +whereof some of the people were saued, and those were +white people, whom the countrey people preserued. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And after ten dayes remaining in an out Island vninhabited, +called Wocokon, they with the help of some of the dwellers of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page291">[pg 291]</span><a name="Pg291" id="Pg291" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Sequotan, fastened two boates of the countrey together and made +mastes vnto them and sailes of their shirtes, and hauing taken +into them such victuals as the countrey yeelded, they departed +after they had remained in this out Island 3 weekes: but shortly +after it seemed they were cast away, for the boates were found +vpon the coast cast a land in another Island adioyning: other +then these, there was neuer any people apparelled, or white of +colour, either seene or heard of amongst these people, and these +aforesaid were seene onely of the inhabitantes of Secotan, which +appeared to be very true, for they wondred maruelously when we +were amongst them at the whitenes of our skins, euer coueting +to touch our breasts, and to view the same. Besides they had +our ships in marvelous admiration, and all things els were so +strange vnto them, as it appeared that none of them had euer +seene the like. When we discharged any piece, were it but an +hargubuz, they would tremble thereat for very feare, and for the +strangenesse of tha same: for the weapons which themselues vse +are bowes and arrowes: the arrowes are but of small canes, +headed with a sharpe shell or tooth of a fish sufficient +ynough to kill a naked man. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their weapons.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> Their swordes be of +wood hardened: likewise they vse wooden breastplates +for their defence. They haue beside a kinde of club, in +the end whereof they fasten the sharpe hornes of a stagge, or +other beast. When they goe to warres they cary about with +them their idol, of whom they aske counsel, as the Romans were +woont of the Oracle of Apollo. They sing songs as they march +towardes the battell in stead of drummes and trumpets: their +warres are very cruell and bloody, by reason whereof, and of +their ciuill dissentions which haue happened of late yeeres +amongst them, the people are maruelously wasted, and in some +places the countrey left desolate. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Or Pananuaioc.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Adioyning to this countrey aforesaid called Secotan beginneth +a countrey called Pomouik, belonging to another king +whom they call Piamacum, and this king is in league +with the next king adioyning towards the setting of +the Sunne, and the countrey Newsiok, situate vpon a goodly +riuer called Neus: these kings haue mortall warre with Wingina +king of Wingandacoa: but about two yeeres past there was a +peace made betweene the King Piemacum, and the Lord of +Secotan, as these men which we haue brought with vs to England, +haue giuen vs to vnderstand: but there remaineth a mortall +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page292">[pg 292]</span><a name="Pg292" id="Pg292" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +malice in the Secotanes, for many iniuries and slaughters done +vpon them by this Piemacum. They inuited diuers men, and +thirtie women of the best of his countrey to their towne to a +feast: and when they were altogether merry, and praying before +their Idol, (which is nothing els but a meer illusion of the deuill) +the captaine or Lord of the town came suddenly vpon them, and +slewe them euery one, reseruing the women and children: and +these two haue oftentimes since perswaded vs to surprize +Piemacum his towne, hauing promised and assured vs, that there +will be found in it great store of commodities. But whether +their perswasion be to the ende they may be reuenged of their +enemies, or for the loue they beare to vs, we leaue that to the +tryall hereafter. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Beyond this Island called Roanoak, are maine Islands very +plentifull of fruits and other naturall increases, together with +many townes, and villages, along the side of the continent, some +bounding vpon the Islands, and some stretching vp further into +the land. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +When we first had sight of this countrey, some thought the +first land we saw to bee the continent; but after we entred into +the Hauen, we saw before vs another mighty long Sea: for there +lyeth along the coast a tracte of Islands, two hundreth miles in +length, adioyning to the Ocean sea, and betweene the Islands, +two or three entrances: when you are entred betweene them +(these Islands being very narrow for the most part, as in most +places sixe miles broad, in some places lesse, in fewe more) then +there appeareth another great Sea, containing in bredth in some +places, forty, and in some fifty, in some twenty miles ouer, before +you come vnto the continent: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Roanoak sixteen miles long.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +and in this inclosed Sea there are +aboue an hundreth Islands of diuers bignesses, whereof +one is sixteene miles long, at which we were, finding +it a most pleasant and fertile ground, replenished +with goodly Cedars, and diuers other sweete woods, full of +Corrants, of flaxe, and many other notable commodities, which +we at that time had no leasure to view. Besides this Island there +are many, as I haue sayd, some of two, or three, of foure, of fiue +miles, some more, some lesse, most beautifull and pleasant to +behold, replenished with Deere, Conies, Hares, and diuers beasts, +and about them the goodliest and best fish in the world, and in +greatest abundance. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus Sir, we haue acquainted you with the particulars of our +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page293">[pg 293]</span><a name="Pg293" id="Pg293" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +discouery made this present voyage, as farre foorth as the shortnesse +of the time we there continued would affoord vs to take +viewe of: and so contenting our selves with this seruice at this +time, which wee hope hereafter to inlarge, as occasion and +assistance shalbe giuen, we resolued to leaue the countrey, and +to apply ourselues to returne for England, which we did accordingly, +and arriued safely in the West of England about the +middest of September. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And whereas wee haue aboue certified you of the countrey +taken in possession by vs, to her Maiesties vse, and so to yours +by her Maiesties grant, wee thought good for the better assurance +thereof to record some of the particular Gentlemen, and men of +accompt, who then were present, as witnesses of the same, that +thereby all occasion of cauill to the title of the countrey, in her +Maiesties behalfe may be preuented, which otherwise, such as +like not the action may vse and pretend, whose names are: +</p> + +<table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Captains:</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Philip Amadas</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Arthur Barlow</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Of the companie.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Greeneuile,</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Wood,</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iames Browewich,</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Henry Greene,</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Beniamin Wood,</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Simon Ferdinando,</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Nicholas Petman,</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Hewes,</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We brought home also two of the Sauages being lustie men, +whose names were Wanchese and Manteo. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc53" id="toc53"></a> +<a name="pdf54" id="pdf54"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">XXV. The voiage made by Sir Richard Greenuile,</span><a id="noteref_85" name="noteref_85" href="#note_85"><span class="tei tei-noteref" style="text-align: left"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">85</span></span></a><span style="font-size: 144%"> +for Sir Walter +Ralegh, to Virginia, in the yeere 1585. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 9. day of April, in the yeere abouesayd, we departed from +Plymmouth, our Fleete consisting of the number of seuen sailes, +to wit, the Tyger, of the burden of seuen score tunnes, a Flie-boat +called the Roe-bucke, of the like burden, the Lyon of a hundred +tunnes or thereabouts, the Elizabeth, of fiftie tunnes, and the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page294">[pg 294]</span><a name="Pg294" id="Pg294" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Dorothie, a small barke: whereunto were also adioyned for +speedy seruices, two small pinnesses. The principall Gentlemen +of our Companie, were these, M. Ralph Lane, M. Tomas +Candish, M. Iohn Arundel, M. Raymund, M. Stukeley, M. +Bremige, M. Vincent, and M. Iohn Clarke, and diuers others, +whereof some were Captaines, and other some Assistants for +counsell, and good directions in the voyage. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 14. day of Aprill wee fell with Lancerota and Forteuentura, +Isles of the Canaries, and from thence, we continued our course +for Dominica, one of the Antiles of the West India, wherewith +we fell the 7. day of May, and the 10. day following wee came to +an anker at Cotesa, a little Iland situate neere to the Iland of +S. Iohn, where we landed, and refreshed our selues all that +day. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The land vpon the Iland of S. Iohn de Porto Rico.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 12. day of May wee came to an anker in the Bay of +Moskito, in the Island of S. Iohn, within a Faulcon +shot of the shoare: where our Generall Sir Richard +Greeneuil, and the most part of our companie landed, +and began to fortifie very neere to the Sea side: the +riuer ran by the one side of our forte, and the other +two sides were inuironed with woods. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 13. day we began to build a new pinnesse within the Fort, +with the timber that wee then felled in the countrey, some part +whereof we fet three miles vp in the land, and brought it to +our Fort vpon trucks, the Spaniard not daring to make or offer +resistance. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 16. day there appeared vnto vs out of the woods eight +horsemen of the Spaniards, about a quarter of a mile from our +Fort, staying about halfe an houre in viewing our forces: but +assoone as they saw ten of our shot marching towards them, they +presently retired into the woods. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 19. day Master Candish, who had bene separated from +our fleete in a storme in the Bay of Portugall, arriued at Cotesa, +within the sight of the Tiger: we thinking him a farre off to have +beene either a Spaniard or Frenchman of warre, thought it good +to weigh ankers, and to goe roome with him, which the Tiger +did, and discerned him at last to be one of our consorts, for ioy +of whose comming our ships discharged their ordinance, and +saluted him according to the maner of the Seas. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 22. day twentie other Spanish horsemen shewed themselues +to vs vpon the other side of the riuer: who beinge seene, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page295">[pg 295]</span><a name="Pg295" id="Pg295" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +our Generall dispatched 20. footemen towards them, and two +horsmen of ours, mounted vpon Spanish horses, which wee +before had taken in the time of our being on the Iland: they +shewed to our men a flagge of truce, and made signes to haue a +parle with vs: whereupon two of our men went halfe of the way +vpon the sands, and two of theirs came and met them: the two +Spaniards offered very great salutations to our men, but began +according to their Spanish proud humors, to expostulate with +them about their arriuall and fortifying in their countrey, who +notwithstanding by our mens discreet answers were so cooled, +that (whereas they were told, that our principall intention was +onely to furnish our selues with water and victuales, and other +necessaries, whereof we stood in neede, which we craued might +be yeelded vs with faire and friendly meanes, otherwise our +resolution was to practise force, and to relieue ourselues by the +sworde) the Spaniards in conclusion seeing our men so resolute, +yeelded to our requestes with large promises of all curtesie, and +great fauour, and so our men and theirs departed. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 23. day our pinnesse was finished, and launched: which +being done, our Generall with his Captaines and Gentlemen, +marched vp into the Countrey about the space of 4. miles, where +in a plaine marsh they stayed expecting the comming of the +Spaniards according to their promise, to furnish vs with victuals: +who keeping their olde custome for periurie and breach of promise, +came not, whereupon our Generall fired the woods thereabout, +and so retired to our Fort, which the same day was fired +also, and each man came aboord to be ready to set saile the next +morning. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 29.<a id="noteref_86" name="noteref_86" href="#note_86"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">86</span></span></a> +day wee set saile from Saint Iohns, being many of vs +stung before vpon shoare with the Muskitos: but the same night +wee tooke a Spanish Frigat, which was forsaken by the Spaniards +vpon the sight of vs, and the next day in the morning very early +we tooke another Frigat, with good and rich fraight, and diuers +Spaniards of account in her which afterwards wee ransomed for +good round summes, and landed them in S. Iohns. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 26. day our Lieutenant Master Ralph Lane went in one +of the Frigats which we had taken, to Roxo Bay vpon the Southwest +side of Saint Iohn, to fetch salt, being thither conducted by +a Spanish Pilot: as soone as hee arriued there, hee landed with +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page296">[pg 296]</span><a name="Pg296" id="Pg296" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +his men to the number of 20. and intrenched himselfe vpon the +sandes immediatly, compassing one of their salte hils within the +trench: who being seene of the Spaniards, there came downe +towardes him two or three troopes of horsemen and footemen, +who gaue him the looking, and gazing on, but durst not come +neere him to offer any resistance, so that Master Lane maugre +their troopes, caryed their salte aboord and laded his Frigat, and +so returned againe to our fleete the 27. day, which road at S. +Germans Bay. The same day we all departed, and the next day +arriued in the Iland of Hispaniola. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Iune</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 1. day of Iune we anchored at Isabella, on the North side +of Hispaniola. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 3. of Iune, the Gouernour of Isabell, and Captaine of the +Port de Plata, being certified by the reports of sundry Spaniards, +who had beene well intertained aboard our shippes by our +Generall, that in our fleete were many braue and gallant +Gentlemen, who greatly desired to see the Gouernour aforesayd, he +thereupon sent gentle commendations to our Generall, promising +within fewe dayes to come to him in person, which he perfourmed +accordingly. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 5. day the aforesayd Gouernour accompanied with a trusty +Fryer, and twenty other Spaniards, with their seruants, and +Negroes, came downe to the Sea side, where our ships road at +anker, who being seene, our Generall manned immediatly the +most part of his boates with the chiefe men of our Fleete, euery +man appointed, and furnished in the best sort: at the landing of +our Generall, the Spanish Gouernour receiued him very courteeously, +and the Spanish Gentlemen saluted our English Gentlemen, +and their inferiour sort did also salute our Souldiers and Sea men, +liking our men, and likewise their qualities, although at the first +they seemed to stand in feare of vs, and of so many of our boates +whereof they desired that all might not land their men, yet in the +end, the courtesies that passed on both sides were so great, that +all feare and mistrust on the Spaniards part was abandoned. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the meane time while our English Generall and the Spanish +Gouernour discoursed betwixt them of diuers matters, as of the +state of the Countrey, the multitude of the Townes and people, +and the commodities of the Iland, our men prouided two banquetting +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page297">[pg 297]</span><a name="Pg297" id="Pg297" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +houses couered with greene boughes, the one for the Gentlemen, +the other for the seruants and a sumptuous banquet was +brought in serued by vs all in plate, with the sound of trumpets, +and consorte of musicke, wherwith the Spaniards were more +then delighted. Which banquet being ended, the Spaniardes in +recompence of our courtesie, caused a great heard of white +buls, and kyne to be brought together from the mountaines, and +appoynted for euery Gentleman and Captaine that would ride, a +horse ready sadled, and then singled out three of the best of +them to bee hunted by horsemen after their maner, so that the +pastime grewe very pleasant for the space of three houres, wherein +all three of the beasts were killed, whereof one tooke the Sea, +and there was slaine with a musket. After this sport many rare +presents and gifts were giuen and bestowed on both parts, and +the next day wee played the Merchants in bargaining with them +by way of trucke and exchange of diuers of their commodities, as +horses, mares, kine, buls, goates, swine, sheepe, bull hides, sugar, +ginger, pearle, tobacco, and such like commodities of the Iland. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 7. day we departed with great good will from the Spaniards +from the Iland of Hispaniola: but the wiser sort doe impute this +great shewe of friendship, and courtesie vsed towards vs by the +Spaniards rather to the force that wee were of, and the vigilancie, +and watchfulnesse that was amongst vs, then to any heartie good +will, or sure friendly intertainement: for doubtlesse if they had +bene stronger then wee, wee might haue looked for no better +curtesie at their handes, then Master Iohn Haukins receiued at +Saint John de Vilua, or Iohn Oxnam neere the streites of +Dariene, and diuers others of our Countrymen in other places. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 8. day wee ankered at a small Iland to take Seales, which +in that place wee vnderstood to haue bene in great quantitie, +where the Generall and certaine others with him in the pinnesse +were in very great danger to haue beene all cast away, but by the +helpe of God they escaped the hasard, and returned aboord the +Admirall in safetie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They land on the Iles of Caicos.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 9. day we arriued and landed in the Isle of +Caycos, in which Iland we searched for salte-pondes, +vpon the aduertisement and information of a Portugall: +who in deede abused our Generall and vs, deseruing a +halter for his hire, if it had so pleased vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 12 we ankered at Guanima, and landed. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 15. and 16. we ankered and landed at Cyguateo. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page298">[pg 298]</span><a name="Pg298" id="Pg298" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 20. we fell with the maine of Florida. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 23. we were in great danger of a wracke on a breach called +the Cape of Feare.<a id="noteref_87" name="noteref_87" href="#note_87"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">87</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They land in Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 24. we came to anker in a harbour, where we caught in +one tyde so much fish as would haue yeelded vs +twentie pounds in London: this was our first landing +in Florida. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 26. we came to anker at Wocokon. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 29. wee weighed anker to bring the Tyger into the harbour, +where through the vnskilfulnesse of the Master whose +name was Fernando, the Admirall strooke on ground, and sunke. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Iuly.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 3. we sent word of our arriuing at Wocokon, +to Wingina at Roanoak. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 6. M. Iohn Arundel was sent to the maine, and Manteo +with him: and Captaine Aubry and Captaine Boniten the same +day were sent to Croatoan, where they found two of our men left +there with 30. other by Captaine Reymond, some 20. dayes +before. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 8. Captaine Aubry and Captaine Boniten returned, with +two of our men found by them, to vs at Wocokon. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 11. day the Generall accompanied in his Tilt boate with +Master Iohn Arundell, Master Stukeley, and diuers other Gentlemen, +Master Lane, Master Candish, Master Hariot, and twentie +others in the new pinnesse, Captaine Amadas, Captaine Clarke, +with ten others in a shipboat, Francis Brooke, and Iohn White +in another ship-boate, passed ouer the water from Wocokon to +the maine land victualled for eight dayes, in which voyage we +first discouered the townes of Pomeiok, Aquascogoc and Secotan, +and also the great lake called by the Sauages +Paquique,<a id="noteref_88" name="noteref_88" href="#note_88"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">88</span></span></a> with +diuers other places, and so returned with that discouery to our +Fleete. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 12. we came to the Towne of Pomeiok. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 13. we passed by water to Aquascogok. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 15. we came to Secotan, and were well entertained there +of the Sauages. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 16. wee returned thence, and one of our boates with the +Admirall was sent to Aquascogok, to demaund a siluer cup which +one of the Sauages had stollen from vs, and not receiuing it +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page299">[pg 299]</span><a name="Pg299" id="Pg299" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +according to his promise, wee burnt, and spoyled their corne, +and Towne, all the people being fled. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 18. we returned from the discouery of Secotan, and the +same day came aboord our Fleete ryding at Wococon. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 21. our Fleete ankering at Wococon, we weyed anker for +Hatoraske. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 27. our Fleete ankered at Hatorask, and there we rested. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 29. Grangino brother to king Wingina came aboord the +Admirall, and Manteo with him. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">August.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 2. the Admirall was sent to Weapomeiok. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 5. M. Iohn Arundell was sent for England. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 25. our Generall weyed anker, and set saile for England. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +About the 31. he tooke a Spanish ship of 300. tunne richly +loaden, boording her with a boate made with boards of chests, +which fell asunder, and sunke at the ships side, assoone as euer +he and his men were out of it. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">September.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 10. of September, by foule weather the +Generall then shipped in the prize, lost sight of the +Tyger. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">October.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 6. the Tyger fell with the Landes end, and the +same day came to anker at Falmouth. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 18. the Generall came with the prize to Plymmouth, and +was courteously receiued by diuers of his worshipfull friends. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The names of those as well Gentlemen as others, that remained +one whole yeere in Virginia, vnder the Gouernement of +Master Ralph Lane. +</p> + +<a name="Pg300" id="Pg300" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Philip Amadas, Admirall of the countrey.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Hariot.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Acton.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Edward Stafford.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Luddington.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Maruyn.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Gardiner.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Captaine Vaughan.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Kendall.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Prideox.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Robert Holecroft.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Rise Courtney.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Hugh Roger.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Thomas Haruie.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Snelling.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Anthony Russe.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Allyne.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Master Michael Polison.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Cage.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Parre.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Randes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Geffery Churchman.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Farthow.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Taylor.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Philip Robyns.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Philips.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Valentine Beale.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Foxe.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Darby Glande.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Edward Nugen.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Edward Kelley</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Gostigo.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Erasmus Clefs.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Edward Ketcheman.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"> Iohn Linsey.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Rottenbury.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"> Roger Deane.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Harris.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Francis Norris.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Matthew Lyne.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Edward Kettell.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Wisse.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Robert Biscombe.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Backhouse.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William White.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Henry Potkin.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Dennis Barnes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Ioseph Borges.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Dougham Gannes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Tenche.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Randall Latham.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Hulme.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Walter Mill.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Richard Gilbert.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Steuen Pomarie.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Brocke.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Bennet Harrie.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iames Steuenson.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Charles Steuenson.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Christopher Lowde.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Ieremie Man.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iames Mason.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Dauid Salter.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Richard Ireland.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Bookener.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Philips.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Randall Mayne.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iames Skinner.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">George Eseuen.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Chandeler.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Philip Blunt.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Richard Poore.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Robert Yong.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Marmaduke Constable.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Hesket.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Wasse.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Feuer.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Daniel.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Taylor.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Richard Humfrey.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Wright.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Gabriel North.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Bennet Chappell.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Richard Sare.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iames Lacie.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Smolkin.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Smart.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Robert.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Euans.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Roger Large.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Humfrey Garden.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Francis Whitton.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Rowland Gryffin.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Millard.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Twit.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Edward Seclemore.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Anwike.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Christopher Marshall.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Dauid Williams.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Nicholas Swabber.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Edward Chipping.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Siluester Beching.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Vincent Cheyne.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Hance Walters.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Edward Barecombe.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Skeuelabs.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Walters.</td></tr></tbody></table> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page301">[pg 301]</span><a name="Pg301" id="Pg301" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc55" id="toc55"></a> +<a name="pdf56" id="pdf56"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">XXVI. An extract of Master Ralph Lanes letter to M. Richard Hakluyt +Esquire, and another Gentleman of the middle Temple, +from Virginia.</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the meane while you shall vnderstand, that since Sir +Richard Greenuils departure from vs, as also before, we haue +discouered the maine to be the goodliest soyle vnder the cope of +heauen, so abounding with sweete trees, that bring such sundry +rich and pleasant gummes, grapes of such greatenesse, yet wilde, +as France, Spaine nor Italie haue no greater, so many sortes of +Apothecarie drugs, such seuerall kindes of flaxe, and one kind +like silke, the same gathered of a grasse, as common there, as +grasse is here. And nowe within these few dayes we haue found +here Maiz or Guinie wheate, whose eare yeeldeth corne for bread +400. vpon one eare, and the Cane maketh very good and perfect +sugar, also Terra Samia, otherwise Terra sigillata. Besides that, +it is the goodliest and most pleasing Territorie of the world: for +the continent is of an huge and vnknowen greatnesse, and very +well peopled and towned, though sauagely, and the climate so +wholsome, that wee had not one sicke since we touched the land +here. To conclude, if Virginia had but horses and kine in some +reasonable proportion, I dare assure my selfe, being inhabited +with English, no realme in Christendome were comparable to it. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The rich and manifold commodities of Virginia.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For this already we finde, that what commodities soeuer Spaine, +France, Italy, or the East partes doe yeeld vnto vs, in wines of +all sortes, in oyles, in flaxe, in rosens, pitch, frankensence, +corrans, sugers, and such like, these partes +doe abound with the growth of them all, but being +Sauages that possess the land, they know no vse of +the same. And sundry other rich commodities, that no parts of +the world, be they West or East Indies, haue, here wee finde +great abundance of. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Commodities fit to carie to Virginia.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The people naturally are most curteous, +and very desirous to haue clothes, bvt especially of +course cloth rather then silke, course canuas they also +like well of, but copper caryeth the price of all, so it +be made red. Thus good M. Hakluyt and M.H. I haue +inioyned you both in one letter of remembrance, as two that I +loue dearely well, and commending me most heartily to you both +I commit you to the tuition of the Almightie. From the New +Fort in Virginia, this third of September, 1585. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-ab"> +Your most assured friend.<br /> +Ralph Lane. +</span> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page302">[pg 302]</span><a name="Pg302" id="Pg302" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc57" id="toc57"></a> +<a name="pdf58" id="pdf58"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XXVII. An account of the particularities of the imployments of the +English men left in Virginia by Richard Greeneuill vnder +the charge of Master Ralph Lane Generall of the same, +from the 17. of August 1585. vntil the 18. of Iune 1586. +at which time they departed the Countrey; sent and +directed to Sir Walter Ralegh. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">2 parts of this discourse.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That I may proceede with order in this discourse, I thinke it +requisite to diuide it into two parts. The first shall declare the +particularities of such partes of the Countrey within the maine, as +our weake number, and supply of things necessarie did inable vs +to enter into the discouery of. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The second part shall set downe the reasons +generally mouing vs to resolue on our departure at +the instant with the Generall Sir Francis Drake, and +our common request for passage with him, when the barkes, +pinnesses, and boates with the Masters and Mariners meant by +him to bee left in the Countrey, for the supply of such, as for a +further time meant to haue stayed there, were caryed away with +tempest and foule weather: In the beginning whereof shall bee +declared the conspiracie of Pemisapan, with the Sauages of the +maine to have cut vs off, &c. +</p> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The first part declaring the particularities of the Countrey +of Virginia. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +First therefore touching the particularities of the Countrey, +you shall vnderstand that our discouerie of the same hath beene +extended from the Island of Roanoak, (the same hauing bene +the place of our settlement or habitation) into the South, into the +North, into the Northwest, and into the West. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The vttermost place to the Southward of any discouery was +Secotan, being by estimation fourescore miles distant from +Roanoak. The passage from thence was through a broad sound +within the mayne, the same being without kenning of lande, and +yet full of flats and shoalds:<a id="noteref_89" name="noteref_89" href="#note_89"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">89</span></span></a> +we had but one boate with four +oares to passe through the same, which boate could not carry +aboue fifteene men with their furniture, baggage, and victuall for +seuen dayes at the most: and as for our pinesse, besides that she +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page303">[pg 303]</span><a name="Pg303" id="Pg303" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +drew too deep water for that shallow sound, she would not stirre +for an oare: for these and other reasons (winter also being +at hand) we thought good wholly to leeue the discouery of those +parts vntill our stronger supply. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To the Northward our furthest discouery was to the +Chesepians<a id="noteref_90" name="noteref_90" href="#note_90"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">90</span></span></a> +distant from Roanoak about 130. miles, the passage to it was +very shallow and most dangerous, by reason of the bredth of the +sound, and the little succour that vpon any flawe was there to be +had. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The excellencie of the seat of Chesepioock.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But the Territorie and soyle of the Chesepians +(being distant fifteene miles from the shore) was for +pleasantnes of seat, for temperature of Climate, for +fertilitie of soyle and for the commoditie of the Sea, +besides multitude of Beares (being an excellent good victuall) +with great woods of Sassafras, and Wallnut trees, is not to be +excelled by any other whatsoeuer. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There be sundry Kings, whom they call Weroances, and +Countreys of great fertility adioyning to the same, as the Mandoages, +Tripanicks, and Opossians, which all came to visite the +Colonie of the English, which I had for a time appointed to be +resident there. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To the Northwest the farthest place of our discouery was to +Chawanook distant from Roanoak about 130. miles. Our +passage thither lyeth through a broad sound,<a id="noteref_91" name="noteref_91" href="#note_91"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">91</span></span></a> +but all fresh water, +and the chanell of a great depth, nauigable for good shipping, +but out of the chanell full of shoalds. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Townes about the waters side situated by the way are +these following: Passaquenoke, The womans Towne, Chepanoc, +Weapomeiok, Muscamunge, and Metackwem: all these being +vnder the iurisdiction of the king of Weopomeiok, called Okisco: +From Muscamunge we enter into the Riuer,<a id="noteref_92" name="noteref_92" href="#note_92"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">92</span></span></a> +and iurisdiction of +Chawanook: There the Riuer beginneth to straighten vntil it +come to Chawanook, and then groweth to be as narrow as the +Thames betweene Westminster and Lambeth. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Betwene Muscamunge and Chawanook vpon the left hand as +wee passe thither, is a goodly high land, and there is a Towne +which we called The blinde Towne, but the Sauages called it +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page304">[pg 304]</span><a name="Pg304" id="Pg304" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Ohanoak, and hath a very goodly corne field belonging vnto it: +it is subiect to Chawanook. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The towne of Chawanook able to make 700. men of warre.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Chawanook it selfe is the greatest Prouince and +Seigniorie lying vpon that Riuer, and that the +Towne it selfe is able to put 700. fighting men +into the fielde, besides the force of the Prouince it +selfe. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The king of the sayd Prouince is called Menatonon, a man +impotent in his lims, but otherwise for a Sauage, a very graue and +wise man, and of a very singular good discourse in matters concerning +the state, not onely of his owne Countrey, and the +disposition of his owne men, but also of his neighbours round +about him as well farre as neere, and of the commodities that +eache Countrey yeeldeth. When I had him prisoner with me, +for two dayes that we were together, he gaue mee more vnderstanding +and light of the Countrey then I had receiued by all the +searches and Sauages that before I or any of my companie had +had conference with: it was in March last past 1586. Amongst +other things he tolde me, that going three dayes iourney in a +Canoe vp his Riuer of Chawanook, and then descending to the +land, you are within foure dayes iourney to passe ouer land +Northeast to a certaine kings countrey, whose Prouince lyeth vpon +the Sea, but his place of greatest strength is an Island situate, as +he described vnto mee, in a Bay, the water round about the +Island very deepe. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Pearles in exceeding quantitie.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Out of this Bay hee signified vnto mee, that this King had so +greate quantitie of Pearle, and doeth so ordinarily +take the same, as that not onely his owne skinnes +that hee weareth, and the better sort of his gentlemen +and followers are full set with the sayd Pearle, but also his beds, +and houses are garnished with them, and that hee hath such +quantitie of them, that it is a wonder to see. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He shewed me that the sayd King was with him at Chawanook +two yeeres before, and brought him certaine Pearle, but the same +of the worst sort, yet was he faine to buy them of him for copper +at a deere rate, as he thought. Hee gaue mee a rope of the +same pearle, but they were blacke, and naught, yet many of them +were very great, and a few amongst a number very orient and +round, all which I lost with other things of mine, comming aboord +Sir Francis Drake his Fleete; yet he tolde me that the sayd +King had great store of Pearle that were white, great, and round, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page305">[pg 305]</span><a name="Pg305" id="Pg305" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and that his blacke Pearle his men did take out of shallow +water, but the white Pearle his men fished for in very deepe +water. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +It seemed to me by his speach, that the sayd King had traffique +with white men that had clothes as we haue, for these white +Pearle, and that was the reason that hee would not depart with +other then with blacke Pearles, to those of the same countrey. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The king of Chawanook promised to giue me guids to go ouer +land into that kings countrey whensoeuer I would: but he aduised +me to take good store of men with me, and good store of victuall, +for he said, that king would be loth to suffer any strangers to +enter into his Countrey, and especially to meddle with the fishing +for any Pearle there, and that hee was able to make a great +many of men in to the field, which be sayd would fight very well. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">An enterprise of speciall importance.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hereupon I resumed with my selfe, that if your supplie had +come before the ende of Aprill, and that you had sent any store +of boates or men, to haue had them made in any reasonable +time, with a sufficient number of men and victuals to haue found +vs vntill the newe corne were come in, I would haue sent a small +barke with two pinnesses about by Sea to the Northward to haue +found out the Bay he spake of, and to haue sounded the barre if +there were any, which should haue ridden there in the sayd Bay +about that Iland, while I with all the small boates I could make, +and with two hundred men would haue gone vp to +the head of the riuer of Chawanook with the guids +that Menatonon would haue giuen me, which I would +haue bene assured should haue beene of his best men, (for I had +his best beloued sonne prisoner with me) who also should haue +kept me companie in an handlocke with the rest, foote by foote, +all the voyage ouer land. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +My meaning was further at the head of the Riuer in the place +of my descent where I would haue left my boates, to haue raised +a sconse with a small trench, and a pallisado vpon the top of it, +in the which, and in the guard of my boates I would haue left +fiue and twentie, or thirtie men, with the rest would I have +marched with as much victuall as euery man could haue caried, +with their furniture, mattocks, spades and axes, two dayes +iourney. In the ende of my march vpon some conuenient plot +would I haue raised another sconse according to the former, +where I would haue left fiftene or twentie. And if it would +haue fallen out conueniently, in the way I would haue raised my +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page306">[pg 306]</span><a name="Pg306" id="Pg306" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +saide sconse vpon some Corne fielde, that my company might +haue liued vpon it. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Whither M. Ralfe Lane meant to remoue.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And so I would haue holden this course of insconsing euery +two dayes march, vntill I had bene arriued at the Bay +or Port hee spake of: which finding to bee worth +the possession, I would there haue raised a maine +fort, both for the defence of the harborough, and our +shipping also, and would haue reduced our whole habitation from +Roanoak and from the harborough and port there (which by +proofe is very naught) vnto this other before mentioned, from +whence, in the foure dayes march before specified, could I at al +times return with my company back vnto my boates riding vnder +my sconse, very neere whereunto directly from the West runneth +a most notable Riuer, and in all those parts most famous, called +the Riuer of Moratoc.<a id="noteref_93" name="noteref_93" href="#note_93"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">93</span></span></a> +This Riuer openeth into the broad Sound +of Weapomeiok.<a id="noteref_94" name="noteref_94" href="#note_94"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">94</span></span></a> +And whereas the Riuer of Chawanook, and all +the other Sounds, and Bayes, salt and fresh, shewe no current in +the world in calme weather, but are mooued altogether with the +winde: This Riuer of Moratoc hath so violent a current from the +West and Southwest, that it made me almost of opinion that +with oares it would scarse be nauigable: it passeth with many +creekes and turnings, and for the space of thirtie miles rowing, +and more, it is as broad as the Thames betwixt Green-wich and +the Isle of dogges, in some places more, and in some lesse: the +current runneth as strong, being entred so high into the Riuer, as +at London bridge vpon a vale water. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And for that not onely Menatonon, but also the Sauages of +Moratoc themselues doe report strange things of the head of that +Riuer, it is thirtie dayes as some of them say, and some say +fourtie dayes voyage to the head thereof, which head they say +springeth out of a maine rocke in that abundance, that forthwith +it maketh a most violent streame: and further, that this huge +rock standeth so neere vnto a Sea, that many times in stormes +(the winde comming outwardly from the sea) the waues thereof +are beaten into the said fresh streame, so that the fresh water for +a certaine space, groweth salt and brackish: I tooke a resolution +with my selfe, hauing dismissed Menatonon vpon a ransome +agreed for, and sent his sonne into the Pinnesse to Roanoak, to +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page307">[pg 307]</span><a name="Pg307" id="Pg307" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +enter presently so farre into that Riuer with two double whirries, +and fourtie persons one or other, as I could haue victuall to cary +vs, vntil we could meete with more either of the Moraroks, or of +the Mangoaks, which is another kinde of Sauages, dwelling more +to the Westward of the said Riuer: but the hope of recovering +more victuall from the Sauages made mee and my company as +narrowly to escape starving in that discouerie before our returne, +as euer men did, that missed the same. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Wingina changeth his name. +Conspiracie of the Sauages against the English.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For Pemisapan, who had changed his name of Wingina vpon +the death of his brother Granganimo, had giuen both +the Choanists, and Mangoaks worde of my purpose +towarde them, I hauing bene inforced to make him +priuie to the same, to bee serued by him of a guide to the +Mangoaks, and yet hee did neuer rest to solicite continually +my going vpon them, certifying mee of a generall assembly euen at +that time made by Menatonon at Chawanook of all his Weroances, +and allies to the number of three thousand bowes, preparing +to come vpon vs at Roanoak, and that the Mangoaks +also were ioyned in the same confederacie, who were +able of themselues to bring as many more to the +enterprise: And true it was that at that time the +assembly was holden at Chawanook about vs, as I +found at my comming thither, which being vnlooked for did so +dismay them, as it made vs haue the better hand at them. But +this confederacie against vs of the Choanists and Mangoaks was +altogether and wholly procured by Pemisapan himselfe, as +Menatonon confessed vnto me, who sent them continual word, that +our purpose was fully bent to destroy them: on the other side +he told me, that they had the like meaning towards vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hee in like sort having sent worde to the Mangoaks of mine +intention to passe vp into their Riuer, and to kill them (as he +saide) both they and the Moratoks, with whom before wee were +entred into a league, and they had euer dealt kindly with vs, +abandoned their Townes along the Riuer, and retired +themselues with their Crenepos</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their women.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">, and their Corne +within the maine: insomuch as hauing passed three +dayes voyage vp the River, wee could not meete a man, nor +finde a graine of Corne in any of their Townes: whereupon considering +with my selfe that wee had but two dayes victuall left, +and that wee were then 160. miles from home, besides casualtie +of contrarie windes or stormes, and suspecting treason of our +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page308">[pg 308]</span><a name="Pg308" id="Pg308" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +owne Sauages in the discouerie of our voyage intended, though +wee had no intention to bee hurtfull to any of them, otherwise +then for our copper to haue had corne of them: I at night vpon +the Corps of guard, before the putting foorth of Centinels, aduertised +the whole company of the case wee stoode in for victuall, +and of mine opinion that we were betrayed by our owne Sauages, +and of purpose drawen foorth by them vpon vaine hope to be in +the ende starued, seeing all the Countrey fled betore vs, and +therefore while wee had those two dayes victual left, I thought it +good for vs to make our returne homeward, and that it were +necessary for vs to get the other side of the Sound of Weopomeiok +in time, where wee might be relieued vpon the weares of Chypanum, +and the womens Towne, although the people were fled. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus much I signified vnto them, as the safest way: neuerthelesse +I did referre it to the greatest number of voyces, whether +wee should aduenture the spending of our whole victuall in some +further viewe of that most goodly Riuer in hope to meete with +some better happe, or otherwise to retire our selues backe againe. +And for that they might be the better advised, I willed them to +deliberate all night vpon the matter, and in the morning at our +going aborde to set our course according to the desires of the +greatest part. Their resolution fully and wholy was (and not +three founde to bee of the contrary opinion) that whiles there was +lefte but one halfe pinte of Corne for a man, wee should not +leaue the search of that Riuer, and that there were in the companie +two Mastiues vpon the pottage of which, with Sassafras +leaues (if the worst fell out) the company would make shift to liue +two dayes, which time would bring them downe the current to +the mouth of the Riuer, and to the entrie of the Sound, and in +two dayes more at the farthest they hoped to crosse the Sound +and to bee relieued by the weares, which two dayes they would +fast rather then be drawen backe a foote till they had seene the +Mangoaks, either as friendes or foes. This resolution of theirs +did not a little please mee, since it came of themselues, although +for mistrust of that which afterwards did happen, I pretended to +haue bene rather of the contrary opinion. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And that which made me most desirous to haue some doings +with the Mangoaks either in friendship or otherwise to haue had +one or two of them prisoners, was, for that it is a thing most +notorious to all the countrey, that there is a Prouince to the +which the said Mangoaks haue recourse and trafique vp that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page309">[pg 309]</span><a name="Pg309" id="Pg309" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A marueilous Mineral in the countrey of Caunis Temoatan.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Riuer of Moratoc, which hath a marueilous and +most strange Minerall. This Mine is so notorious +amongst them, as not onely to the Sauages +dwelling vp the said riuer, and also to the Sauages of +Chawanook, and all them to the Westward, but also +to all them of the maine: the Countreis name is of fame, and is +called Chaunis Temoatan. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Minerall they say is Wassador, which is copper, but they +call by the name of Wassador euery mettall whatsoeuer: they say +it is of the colour of our copper, but our copper is better then +theirs: and the reason is for that it is redder and harder, whereas +that of Chaunis Temoatan is very soft, and pale: they say that +they take the saide mettall out of a riuer that falleth very swift +from the rockes and hils, and they take it in shallow water: the +maner is this. They take a great bowle by their description as +great as one of our targets, and wrappe a skinne ouer the hollow +parte thereof, leauing one part open to receiue in the minerall: +that done, they watch the comming downe of the current, and the +change of the colour of the water, and then suddenly chop downe +the said bowle with the skinne, and receiue into the same as +much oare as will come in, which is euer as much as their bowle +will holde, which presently they cast into a fire, and foorthwith it +melteth, and doeth yeeld in fiue parts at the first melting, two +parts of mettall for three partes of oare. Of this mettall the +Mangoaks haue so great store, by report of all the Sauages +adioyning, that they beautify their houses with greate plates of the +same: and this to be true, I receiued by report of all the +countrey, and particularly by yong Skiko, the King of Chawanooks +sonne of my prisoner, who also him selfe had bene prisoner +with the Mangoaks, and set downe all the particularities to me +before mentioned: but he had not bene at Chaunis Temoatan +himselfe: for hee said it was twentie dayes iourney ouerland from +the Mangoaks, to the said Minerall Countrey, and that they +passed through certaine other territories betweene them and the +Mangoaks, before they came to the said Countrey. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon report of the premisses, which I was very inquisitive +in all places where I came to take very particular information of +by all the Sauages that dwelt towardes these parts, and especially +of Menatonon himselfe, who in euery thing did very particularly +informe mee, and promised me guides of his owne men, who +should passe ouer with me, euen to the said Country of Chaunis +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page310">[pg 310]</span><a name="Pg310" id="Pg310" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Temoatan (for ouerland from Chawanook to the Mangoaks is but +one dayes iourney from Sunne rising to Sunne setting, whereas +by water it is seuen dayes with the soonest): These things, I say, +made me very desirous by all meanes possible to recouer the +Mangoaks, and to get some of that their copper for an assay, and +therefore I willingly yeelded to their resolution: But it fell out +very contrary to all expectation, and likelyhood: for after two +dayes trauell, and our whole victuall spent, lying on shoare all +night, wee could neuer see man, onely fires we might perceiue +made alongst the shoare where we were to passe, and vp into the +Country, vntill the very last day. In the euening whereof, about +three of the clocke wee heard certaine Sauages call as we thought, +Manteo, who was also at that time with me in the boat, whereof +we all being very glad, hoping of some friendly conference with +them, and making him to answere them, they presently began a +song, as we thought, in token of our welcome to them: but +Manteo presently betooke him to his piece, and tolde mee that +they meant to fight with vs: which word was not so soon spoken +by him, and the light horseman ready to put to shoare, but there +lighted a vollie of their arrowes amongst them in the boat, but +did no hurt (God be thanked) to any man. Immediatly, the +other boate lying ready with their shot to skoure the place for our +hand weapons to lande vpon, which was presently done, although +the land was very high and steepe, the Sauages forthwith quitted +the shoare, and betooke themselues to flight: wee landed, and +hauing faire and easily followed for a smal time after them, who +had wooded themselues we know not where: the Sunne drawing +then towards the setting, and being then assured that the next +day if wee would pursue them, though we might happen to meete +with them, yet wee should be assured to meete with none of their +victuall, which we then had good cause to thinke of: therefore +choosing for the company a conuenient ground in safetie to lodge +in for the night, making a strong Corps of guard, and putting out +good Centinels, I determined the next morning before the rising +of the Sunne to be going back againe, if possibly we might recouer +the mouth of the riuer, into the broad sound, which at my firste +motion I found my whole company ready to assent vnto: for +they were nowe come to their Dogges porredge, that they had +bespoken for themselues if that befell them which did, and I +before did mistrust we should hardly escape. The ende was, we +came the next day by night to the Riuers mouth within foure or +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page311">[pg 311]</span><a name="Pg311" id="Pg311" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +fiue miles of the same, hauing rowed in one day downe the +current, much as in foure dayes wee had done against the same: +we lodged vpon an Iland, where wee had nothing in the world to +eate but pottage of Sassafras leaues, the like whereof for a meate +was neuer used before as I thinke. The broad sound wee had to +passe the next day all fresh and fasting: that day the winde blew +so strongly, and the billow so great, that there was no possibilitie +of passage without sinking of our boates. This was vpon Easter +eue, which was fasted very truely. Vpon Easter day in the +morning the winde comming very calme, we entred the sound, +and by foure of the clocke we were at Chipanum, whence all the +Sauages that we had left there were left, but their weares did +yeeld vs some fish, as God was pleased not vtterly to suffer vs to +be lost: for some of our company of the light horsemen were +farre spent. The next morning wee arriued at our home +Roanoak. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I haue set downe this Voyage somewhat particularly, to the +ende it may appeare vnto you, (as true it is) that there wanted +no great good will from the most to the least amongst vs, to haue +perfited this discouerie of the Mine: for that the discouery of a +good Mine, by the goodnesse of God, or a passage to the South-sea, +or some way to it, and nothing els can bring this Countrey +in request to be inhabited by our nation. And with the discouery +of either of the two aboue shewed, it will bee the most +sweet and healthfullest climate, and therewithall the most fertile +soyle (being manured) in the world: and then will Sassafras, and +many other rootes and gummes there found make good marchandise +and lading for shipping, which otherwise of themselues +will not be worth fetching. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Prouided also, that there be found out a better harborough +then yet there is, which must be to the Northward, if any there +bee, which was mine intention to haue spent this Summer in +the search of, and of the Mine of Chawnis Temoatan: the one I +would haue done, if the barkes that I should haue had of Sir +Francis Drake, by his honourable courtesie, had not bene driuen +away by storme: the other if your supply of more men, and +some other necessaries had come to vs in any conuenient +sufficiencie. For this riuer of Moratico promiseth great things, +and by the opinion of M. Hariots the head of it by the description +of the Countrey, either riseth from the Bay of Mexico, or +els from very neere vnto the same, that openeth out into the +South sea. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page312">[pg 312]</span><a name="Pg312" id="Pg312" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And touching the Minerall, thus doeth M. Youghan affirme, +that though it be but copper, seeing the Sauages are able to melt +it, it is one of the richest Minerals in the world. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wherefore a good harborough found to the Northward, as +before is saide, and from thence foure dayes ouerland, to the +Riuer of Choannak sconses being raised, from whence againe +ouerland through the prouince of Choanoak one dayes voyage to +the first towne of the Mangoaks vp the riuer of Moratico by the +way, as also vpon the said Riuer for the defence of our boats like +sconses being set, in this course of proceeding you shall cleare +your selfe from al those dangers and broad shallow sounds before +mentioned, and gaine within foure dayes trauell into the heart of +the maine 200. miles at the least, and so passe your discouery +into that most notable countrey, and to the likeliest parts of the +maine, with farre greater felicitie then otherwise can bee performed. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus Sir, I haue though simply, yet truely set downe vnto +you, what my labour with the rest of the gentlemen, and poore +men of our company (not without both paine and perill, which +the Lord in his mercy many wayes deliuered vs from) could +yeeld vnto you, which might haue bene performed in some more +perfection, if the Lord had bene pleased that onely that which +you had prouided for vs had at the first bene left with vs, or that +hee had not in his eternall providence now at the last set some +other course in these things, than the wisedome of man coulde +looke into, which truely the carying away by a most strange and +vnlooked for storme of all our prouision, with Barks, Master, +Mariners, and sundry also of mine owne company, al hauing +bene so courteously supplied by the generall Sir Francis Drake, +the same hauing bene most sufficient to haue performed the +greatest part of the premisses, must euer make me to thinke the +hand of God onely (for some his good purpose to my selfe yet +vnknowen) to haue bene in the matter. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The second part touching the conspiracie of Pemisapan, the +discouery of the same, and at the last, of our request to +depart with Sir Francis Drake for England. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Ensenore a Sauage father to Pemisapan being the onely +friend to our nation that we had amongest them, and about the +King, died the 20. of April 1586. He alone had before opposed +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page313">[pg 313]</span><a name="Pg313" id="Pg313" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +himselfe in their consultations against all matters proposed +against vs, which both the King and all the rest of them after +Grangemoes death, were very willing to haue preferred. And he +was not onely by the meere prouidence of God during his life, a +meane to saue vs from hurt, as poysonings and such like, but +also to doe vs very great good, and singularly in this. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The King was advised and of himselfe disposed, as a ready +meane to haue assuredly brought vs to ruine in the moneth of +March 1586. himselfe also with all his Sauages to haue runne +away from vs, and to haue left his ground in the Iland vnsowed: +which if hee had done, there had bene no possibilitie in +common reason, (but by the immediate hande of God) that wee +could haue bene preserued from staruing out of +hande. </p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">This skill of making weares would be +learned.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> For at that time wee had no weares for fish, +neither coulde our men skill of the making of them, +neither had wee one graine of Corne for seede to put +into the ground. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In mine absence on my voyage that I had made against the +Chaonists, and Mangoaks, they had raised a brute among +themselues, that I and my company were part slaine, and part starued +by the Chaonists, and Mangoaks. One part of this tale was too +true, that I and mine were like to be starued, but the other false. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Neuerthelesse vntill my returne it tooke such effect in +Pemisapans breast, and in those against vs, that they grew not onely +into contempt of vs, but also (contrary to their former reuerend +opinion in shew, of the Almightie God of heauen, and Iesus +Christ whom wee serue and worship, whom before they would +acknowledge and confesse the onely God) now they began to +blaspheme, and flatly to say, that our Lorde God was not God, +since hee suffered vs to sustaine much hunger, and also to be +killed of the Renapoaks, for so they call by that generall name +all the inhabitants of the whole maine, of what prouince soeuer. +Insomuch as olde Ensenore, neither any of his fellowes, could +for his sake haue no more credite for vs: and it came so farre +that the king was resolued to haue presently gone away as is +aforesaid. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But euen in the beginning of this bruite I returned, which +when hee sawe contrary to his expectation, and the aduertisement +that hee had receiued: that not onely my selfe, and my company +were all safe, but also by report of his owne 3. Sauages which +had bene with mee besides Manteo in that voyage, that is to say, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page314">[pg 314]</span><a name="Pg314" id="Pg314" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Tetepano, his sisters husband Eracano, and Cossine, that the +Chanoists and Mangoaks (whose name and multitude besides +their valour is terrible to all the rest of the prouinces) durst not +for the most part of them abide vs, and that those that did abide +vs were killed, and that we had taken Menatonon prisoner, and +brought his sonne that he best loued to Roanoak with mee, it +did not a little asswage all deuises against vs: on the other side, +it made Ensenores opinions to be receiued againe with greater +respects. For he had often before tolde them, and then renewed +those his former speeches, both to the King and the rest, that +wee were the seruants of God, and that wee were not subiect to +bee destroyed by them: but contrariwise, that they amongst +them that sought our destruction, shoulde finde their owne, and +not bee able to worke ours, and that we being dead men were +able to doe them more hurt, then now we could do being aliue: +an opinion very confidently at this day holden by the wisest +amongst them, and of their old men, as also, that they haue bene +in the night, being 100. miles from any of vs, in the aire shot at, +and stroken by some men of ours, that by sicknesse had died +among them: and many of them holde opinion, that we be dead +men returned into the world againe, and that wee doe not +remaine dead but for a certaine time, and that then we returne +againe. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +All these speeches then againe grewe in ful credite with them, +the King, and all, touching vs, when hee sawe the small troupe +returned againe, and in that sort from those whose very names +were terrible vnto them: But that which made vp the matter on +our side for that time was an accident, yea rather (as all the rest +was) the good prouidence of the Almightie for the sauing of vs, +which was this. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Within certaine dayes after my returne from the sayd iourney, +Menatonon sent a messenger to visite his sonne the prisoner +with me, and sent me certaine pearle for a present, or rather, as +Pemisapan tolde mee, for the ransome of his sonne, and therefore +I refused them: but the greatest cause of his sending then, was +to signifie vnto mee, that hee had commaunded Okisko King of +Weopomiok, to yeelde himselfe seruant, and homager, to the +great Weroanza of England, and after her to Sir Walter Raleigh: +to perfourme which commandement receiued from Menatonon, +the sayde Okiosko ioyntly with this Menatonons messenger sent +foure and twentie of his principallest men to Roanoak to Pemisapan, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page315">[pg 315]</span><a name="Pg315" id="Pg315" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +to signifie that they were ready to perfourme the same, +and so had sent those his men to let mee knowe that from that +time forwarde, hee, and his successours were to acknowledge her +Maiestie their onely Soueraigne, and next vnto her, as is aforesayd. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +All which being done, and acknowledged by them all, in the +presence of Pemisapan his father, and all his Sauages in counsell +then with him, it did for the time thorowly (as it seemed) change +him in disposition toward vs: Insomuch as forthwith Ensenore +wanne this resolution of him, that out of hand he should goe +about, and withall, to cause his men to set vp weares foorthwith +for vs: both which he at that present went in hande withall, +and did so labour the expedition of it, that in the end of April +he had sowed a good quantitie of ground, so much as had bene +sufficient, to haue fed our whole company (God blessing the +grouth) and that by the belly, for a whole yere: besides that he +gaue vs a certaine plot of ground for our selues to sowe. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The beginning of their haruest in Iuly.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +All which put vs in marueilous comfort, if we could passe +from Aprill vntill the beginning of Iuly, (which was +to haue bene the beginning of their haruest,) that +then a newe supply out of England or else our +owne store would well ynough maintaine vs: All our feare was +of the two moneths betwixt, in which meane space if the +Sauages should not helpe vs with Chassaui, and Chyna, and +that our weares should faile vs, (as often they did) we might +very well starue, notwithstanding the growing corne, like the +staruing horse in the stable, with the growing grasse, as +the prouerbe is: which wee very hardly had escaped, but onely +by the hand of God, as it pleased him to try vs. For within +few dayes after, as before is saide, Ensenore our friend died, who +was no sooner dead, but certaine of our great enemies about +Pemisapan, as Osacan a Weroance, Tanaquiny and Wanchese +most principally, were in hand againe to put their old practises in +vse against vs, which were readily imbraced, and all their former +deuises against vs, reneued, and new brought in question. But +that of staruing vs, by their forbearing to sow, was broken by +Ensenore in his life, by hauing made the King all at one instant +to sow his ground, not onely in the Iland, but also at Dasamonquepeio +in the maine, within two leagues ouer against vs. +Neuenhelesse there wanted no store of mischieuous practises +among them, and of all they resolued principally of this following. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page316">[pg 316]</span><a name="Pg316" id="Pg316" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The conspiracie of Pemisapan.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +First that Okisko king of Weopomeiok with the Mandoage +should bee mooued, and with great quantitie of +copper intertained to the number of 7. or 8. hundreth +bowes, to enterprise the matter thus to be ordered. +They of Weopomeiok should be inuited to a certaine kind of +moneths minde which they doe vse to solemnise in their Sauage +maner for any great personage dead, and should haue bene for +Ensenore. At this instant also should the Mandoaks, who were +a great people, with the Chesepians and their friends to the +number of 700. of them, be armed at a day appointed to the +maine of Dasamonquepeio, and there lying close at the signe of +fires, which should interchangeably be made on both sides, when +Pemisapan with his troupe aboue named should haue executed +me, and some of our Weroances (as they called all our principall +officers,) the maine forces of the rest should haue come ouer into +the Island, where they went to haue dispatched the rest of the +company, whom they did imagine to finde both dismayed and +dispersed abroad in the Island, seeking of crabs and fish to liue +withall. The maner of their enterprise was this. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Tarraquine and Andacon two principall men about Pemisapan, +and very lustie fellowes, with twentie more appointed to them +had the charge of my person to see an order taken for the same, +which they ment should in this sort haue bene executed. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The forme of the treason.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the +dead time of the night they would haue beset my +house, and put fire in the reedes that the same was +couered with: meaning (as it was likely) that my +selfe would haue come running out of a sudden amazed in my +shirt without armes, vpon the instant whereof they would haue +knocked out my braines. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The same order was giuen to certaine of his fellowes, for M. +Heriots: so for all the rest of our better sort, all our houses at +one instant being set on fire as afore is saide, and that as well +for them of the fort, as for vs at the towne. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The sufficiencie of our men to deal against +the Sauages. 10 to an hundred.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> Now to the ende +that we might be the fewer in number together, and so bee the +more easily dealt withall (for in deed tenne of vs with +our armes prepared, were a terrour to a hundred of +the best sort of them,) they agreed and did immediatly +put it in practise, that they should not for any copper +sell vs any victuals whatsoeuer: besides that in the +night they should sende to haue our weares robbed, +and also to cause them to bee broken, and once being broken +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page317">[pg 317]</span><a name="Pg317" id="Pg317" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +neuer to bee repaired againe by them. By this meanes the King +stood assured, that I must bee enforced for lacke of sustenance +there, to disband my company into sundry places to liue vpon +shell fish, for so the Sauages themselues doe, going to Hatorask, +Croatoan, and other places, fishing and hunting, while their +grounds be in sowing, and their corne growing: which failed not +his expectation. For the famine grew so extreeme among vs, +our weares failing vs of fish, that I was enforced to sende Captaine +Stafford with 20. with him to Croatoan my Lord Admirals +Iland to serue two turnes in one, that is to say, to feede himselfe +and his company, and also to keepe watch if any shipping came +vpon the coast to warne vs of the same. I sent M. Pridiox +with the pinnesse to Hatorask, and ten with him, with the +Prouost Marshal to liue there, and also to wait for shipping: also +I sent every weeke 16. or 20. of the rest of the company to the +maine ouer against vs, to liue of Casada and oysters. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the meane while Pemisapan, went of purpose to Dasamonquepeio +for three causes: The one to see his grounds there +broken vp, and sowed for a second crop: the other to withdrawe +himselfe from my dayly sending to him for supply of victuall for +my company, for he was afraid to deny me any thing, neither +durst hee in my presence but by colour and with excuses, which +I was content to accept for the time, meaning in the ende as I +had reason to giue him the iumpe once for all: but in the meane +whiles, as I had euer done before, I and mine bare all wrongs, +and accepted of all excuses. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +My purpose was to haue relied my selfe with Menatonon, and +the Chaonists, who in trueth as they are more valiant people and +in greater number then the rest, so are they more faithfull in their +promises, and since my late being there had giuen many tokens +of earnest desire they had to ioyne in perfect league with vs, and +therefore were greatly offended with Pemisapan and Weopomeiok +for making him beleeue such tales of vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The third cause of his going to Dasamonquepeio was to dispatch +his messengers to Weopomeiok, and to the Mandoages, as +aforesaid, all which he did with great imprest of copper in hand, +making large promises to them of greater spoile. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The answere within few dayes after came from Weopomeiok, +which was deuided into two parts. First for the King Okisko, +who denied to be of the partie for himselfe, or any of his especiall +followers, and therefore did immediatly retire himselfe with his +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page318">[pg 318]</span><a name="Pg318" id="Pg318" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +force into the maine: the other was concerning the rest of the +prouince who accepted of it: and in like sort the Mandoags +receiued the imprest. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The day of their assembly aforesaid at Roanoak was appointed +the 10. of June: all which the premises were discouered by Skyco, +the King Menatonon his sonne my prisoner, who hauing once +attempted to run away, I laid him in the bylboes, threatening to +cut off his head, whom I remitted at Pemisapans request: whereupon +hee being perswaded that hee was our enemie to the death, +he did not onely feed him with himselfe, but also made him +acquainted with all his practises. On the other side, the yong +man finding himselfe as well vsed at my hande, as I had meanes +to shew, and that all my company made much of him, he flatly +discouered al vnto me, which also afterwards was reueiled vnto +me by one of Pemisapans owne men, that night before he was +slaine. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +These mischiefes being all instantly vpon me and my company +to be put in execution, it stood mee in hand to study howe to +prevent them, and also to saue all others, which were at that +time as aforesaid so farre from me: whereupon I sent to +Pemisapan to put suspition out of his head, that I meant presently +to go to Croatoan, for that I had heard of the arriual of +our fleete, (though I in trueth had neither heard nor hoped for so +good adventure,) and that I meant to come by him, to borrow of +his men to fish for my company, and to hunt for me at Croatoan, +as also to buy some foure dayes prouision to serue for my +voyage. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He sent me word that he would himselfe come ouer to Roanoak, +but from day to day he deferred, onely to bring the Weopomeioks +with him and the Mandoags, whose time appointed +was within eight dayes after. It was the last of May 1586 when +all his owne Sauages began to make their assembly at Roanoak, +at his commandement sent abroad vnto them, and I resolued not +to stay longer vpon his comming ouer, since he meant to come +with so good company, but thought good to go and visit him with +such as I had, which I resolued to do the next day: but that +night I meant to giue them in the Iland a +camisado,<a id="noteref_95" name="noteref_95" href="#note_95"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">95</span></span></a> +and at the +instant to seize vpon all the canoas about the Island, to keepe +him from aduertisements. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page319">[pg 319]</span><a name="Pg319" id="Pg319" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But the towne tooke the alarme before I meant it to them: the +occasion was this, I had sent the Master of the light horsemen, +with a fewe with him, to gather vp all the canoas in the setting of +the Sun, and to take as many as were going from vs to Dasamonquepeio, +but to suffer any that came from thence, to land. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The slaughter and surprise of the Sauages.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He +met with a canoa, going from the shore, and ouerthrew the canoa, +and cut off two Sauages heads: this was not done so +secretly but he was discovered from the shore; +whereupon the cry arose: for in trueth they, priuy +to their owne villanous purposes against vs, held as +good espial vpon vs, both day and night, as we did vpon them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The alarme giuen, they tooke themselues to their bowes, and +we to our armes: some three or foure of them at the first were +slaine with our shot; the rest fled into the woods. The next +morning with the light horsemen and one Canoa taking 25 with +the Colonel of the Chesepians, and the Sergeant maior, I went to +Dasamonquepeio: and being landed, sent Pemisapan word by +one of his owne Sauages that met me at the shore, that I was +going to Croatoan, and meant to take him in the way to complaine +vnto him of Osocon, who the night past was conueying +away my prisoner, whom I had there present tied in an hand-locke. +Heereupon the king did abide my comming to him, and +finding myselfe amidst seuen or eight of his principall Weroances +and followers, (not regarding any of the common sort) I gaue the +watch-word agreed vpon, (which was, Christ our victory) and +immediatly those his chiefe men and himselfe had by the mercy +of God for our deliuerance, that which they had purposed for vs. +The king himselfe being shot thorow by the Colonell with a +pistoll, lying on the ground for dead, and I looking as watchfully +for the sauing of Manteos friends, as others were busie that none +of the rest should escape, suddenly he started vp, and ran away +as though he had not bene touched, insomuch as he ouerran all +the company, being by the way shot thwart the buttocks by mine +Irish boy with my petronell. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Pemisapan slaine.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the end an Irish man seruing +me, one Nugent, and the deputy prouost, vndertooke him; and +following him in the woods, ouertooke him; and I in some +doubt least we had lost both the king and my man by our owne +negligence to haue beene intercepted by the Sauages, +wee met him returning out of the woods with Pemisapans +head in his hand. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This fell out the first of Iune 1586, and the eight of the same +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page320">[pg 320]</span><a name="Pg320" id="Pg320" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +came aduertisement to me from captaine Stafford, lying at my +lord Admirals Island, that he had discouered a great fleet of +three and twentie sailes: but whether they were friends or foes, +he could not yet discerne. He aduised me to stand vpon as +good guard as I could. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The ninth of the sayd moneth he himselfe came vnto me, +hauing that night before, and that same day trauelled by land +twenty miles: and I most truely report of him from the first to +the last, hee was the gentleman that neuer spared labour or +perill either by land or water, faire weather or foule, to performe +any seruice committed vnto him. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A letter from Sir Francis Drake.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He brought me a letter from the Generall Sir Francis Drake, +with a most bountifull and honourable offer for the +supply of our necessities to the performance of the +action wee were entred into; and that not only of +victuals, munition, and clothing, but also of barks, pinnesses, and +boats; they also by him to be victualled, manned and furnished +to my contentation. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The tenth day he arriued in the road of our bad harborow: +and comming there to an anker, the eleuenth day I came to him, +whom I found in deeds most honourably to performe that which +in writing and message he had most curteously offered, he hauing +aforehand propounded the matter to all the captaines of his fleet, +and got their liking and consent thereto. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +With such thanks vnto him and his captaines for his care both +of vs and of our action, not as the matter deserued, but as I +could both for my company and myselfe, I (being aforehand +prepared what I would desire) craued at his hands that it would +please him to take with him into England a number of weake +and vnfit men for any good action, which I would deliuer to +him; and in place of them to supply me of his company with +oare-men, artificers, and others. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That he would leaue vs so much shipping and victuall, as +about August then next following would cary me and all my +company into England, when we had discouered somewhat, that +for lacke of needfull prouision in time left with vs as yet remained +vndone. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That it woulde please him withall to leaue some sufficient +Masters not onely to cary vs into England, when time should be, +but also to search the coast for some better harborow, if there +were any, and especially to helpe vs to some small boats and +oare-men. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page321">[pg 321]</span><a name="Pg321" id="Pg321" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Also for a supply of calieuers, hand weapons, match and lead, +tooles, apparell, and such like. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He hauing receiued these my requests, according to his vsuall +commendable maner of gouernment (as it was told me) calling +his captaines to counsell; the resolution was that I should send +such of my officers of my company as I vsed in such matters, +with their notes, to goe aboord with him; which were the Master +of the victuals, the Keeper of the store, and the Vicetreasurer: +to whom he appointed forthwith for me The Francis, being a +very proper barke of 70 tun, and tooke present order for bringing +of victual aboord her for 100 men for foure moneths, with all my +other demands whatsoeuer, to the vttermost. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And further, he appointed for me two pinnesses, and foure +small boats: and that which was to performe all his former +liberality towards vs, was that he had gotten the full assents of +two of as sufficient experimented Masters as were any in his +fleet, by iudgment of them that knew them, with very sufficient +guide to tary with me, and to employ themselues most earnestly +in the action, as I should appoint them, vntill the terme which I +promised of our returne into England againe. The names of one +of those Masters was Abraham Kendall, the other Griffith Herne. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +While these things were in hand, the prouision aforesaid being +brought, and in bringing aboord, my sayd Masters being also +gone aboord, my sayd barks hauing accepted of their charge, and +mine owne officers, with others in like sort of my company with +them (all which was dispatched by the sayd Generall the 12 of +the sayde moneth) the 13 of the same there arose such an +vnwoonted storme, and continued foure dayes, that had like to +haue driuen all on shore, if the Lord had not held his holy hand +ouer them, and the Generall very prouidently foreseene the woorst +himselfe, then about my dispatch putting himselfe aboord: but in the +end hauing driuen sundry of the fleet to put to Sea the Francis also +with all my provisions, my two Masters, and my company aboord, +she was seene to be free from the same, and to put cleere to Sea. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This storme hauing continued from the 13 to the 16 of the +moneth, and thus my barke put away as aforesayd, the Generall +comming ashore made a new proffer vnto me; which was a ship +of 170 tunne, called The barke Bonner, with a sufficient Master +and guide to tary with me the time appointed, and victualled +sufficiently to cary me and my company into England, with all +prouisions as before: but he tolde me that he would not for any +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page322">[pg 322]</span><a name="Pg322" id="Pg322" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +thing vndertake to haue her brought into our harbour, and therefore +he was to leaue her in the road, and to leaue the care of the +rest vnto my selfe, and aduised me to consider with my company +of our case, and to deliuer presently vnto him in writing what I +would require him to doe for vs; which being within his power, +he did assure me aswell for his Captaines as for himselfe, shoulde +be most willingly performed. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Heereupon calling such Captaines and gentlemen of my company +as then were at hand, who were all as priuy as my selfe to +the Generals offer; their whole request was to me, that considering +the case that we stood in, the weaknesse of our company, the +small number of the same, the carying away of our first appointed +barke, with those two especiall Masters, with our principall provisions +in the same, by the very hand of God as it seemed, +stretched out to take vs from thence; considering also, that his +second offer, though most honourable of his part, yet of ours not +to be taken, insomuch as there was no possibility for her with +any safety to be brought into the harbour: seeing furthermore, +our hope for supply with Sir Richard Greenuill, so vndoubtedly +promised vs before Easter, not yet come, neither then likely to +come this yeere, considering the doings in England for Flanders, +and also for America, that therefore I would resolue my selfe +with my company to goe into England in that fleet, and accordingly +to make request to the Generall in all our names, that he +would be pleased to giue vs present passage with him. Which +request of ours by my selfe deliuered vnto him, hee most readily +assented vnto: and so he sending immediatly his pinnesses vnto +our Island for the fetching away of a few that there were left +with our baggage, the weather was so boisterous, and the pinnesses +so often on ground, that the most of all we had, with all +our Cards, Books and writings were by the Sailers cast ouerboard, +the greater number of the fleet being much agrieued with their +long and dangerous abode in that miserable road. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From whence the Generall in the name of the Almighty, weying +his ankers (hauing bestowed vs among his fleet) for the reliefe of +whom hee had in that storme sustained more perill of wracke +then in all his former most honourable actions against the +Spanyards, with praises vnto God for all, set saile the nineteenth +of Iune 1596, and arriued in Portsmouth the seuen and twentieth +of Iuly the same yeere. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +END OF VOL. XIII., PART I. +</p> + +</div> + +</div> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page324">[pg 324]</span><a name="Pg324" id="Pg324" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em"> +<a name="toc59" id="toc59"></a> +<a name="pdf60" id="pdf60"></a> +<h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Part II.</span></h1> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page325">[pg 325]</span><a name="Pg325" id="Pg325" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc61" id="toc61"></a> +<a name="pdf62" id="pdf62"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XXVIII. The third voyage made by a ship sent in the yeere 1586, to the +reliefe of the Colony planted in Virginia at the sole +charges of Sir Walter Ralegh. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the yeere of our Lord 1586 Sir Walter Ralegh at his owne +charge prepared a ship of an hundred tunne, fraighted with all +maner of things in most plentifull maner, for the supply and +reliefe of his Colony then remaining in Virginia: but before they +set saile from England it was after Easter, so that our Colony +halfe despaired of the comming of any supply: wherefore euery +man prepared for himselfe, determining resolutely to spend the +residue of their life time in that countrey. And for the better +performance of this their determination, they sowed, planted, and +set such things as were necessary for their reliefe in so plentifull +a maner as might haue sufficed them two yeeres without any +further labour. Thus trusting to their owne haruest, they passed +the Summer till the tenth of Iune: at which time their corne +which they had sowed was within one fortnight of reaping: but +then it happened that Sir Francis Drake in his prosperous returne +from the sacking of Sant Domingo, Cartagena, and Saint +Augustine, determined in his way homeward to visit his countreymen +the English Colony then remaining in Virginia. So passing +along the coasts of Florida, he fell with the parts where our +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page326">[pg 326]</span><a name="Pg326" id="Pg326" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +English Colony inhabited: and hauing espied some of that +company, there be ankered and went aland, where he conferred with +them of their state and welfare, and how things had passed with +them. They answered him that they liued all; but hitherto in +some scarsity: and as yet could heare of no supply out of +England: therefore they requested him that hee would leaue +with them some two or three ships, that if in some reasonable +time they heard not out of England, they might then returne +themselues. Which hee agreed to. Whilest some were then +writing their letters to send into England, and some others +making reports of the accidents of their trauels to ech other, +some on land, some on boord, a great storme arose, and droue +the most of their fleet from their ankers to Sea, in which ships at +that instant were the chiefest of the English Colony: the rest on +land perceiuing this, hasted to those three sailes which were +appointed to be left there; and for feare they should be left +behinde they left all things confusedly, as if they had bene chased +from thence by a mighty army: and no doubt so they were; for +the hand of God came vpon them for the cruelty and outrages +committed by some of them against the natiue inhabitants of that +countrey. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">This ship arriued in Virginia.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Immediatly after the departing of our English Colony out of +this paradise of the world, the ship abouementioned +sent and set forth at the charges of Sir Walter Ralegh +and his direction, arriued at Hatorask; who after some +time spent in seeking our Colony vp in the countrey, and not +finding them, returned with all the aforesayd prouision into +England. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Sir Richard Grinuils third voyage.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +About foureteene or fifteene dayes after the departure of the +aforesayd shippe, Sir Richard Grinuile Generall of +Virginia, accompanied with three shippes well +appointed for the same voyage, arriued there; who +not finding the aforesaid shippe according to his expectation, nor +hearing any newes of our English Colony there seated, and left +by him anno 1585, himselfe travelling vp into diuers places of +the countrey, aswell to see if he could heare any newes of the +Colony left there by him the yeere before, vnder the charge of +Master Lane his deputy, as also to discouer some places of the +countrey; but after some time spent therein, not hearing any +of them, and finding the places which they +inhabited<a id="noteref_96" name="noteref_96" href="#note_96"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">96</span></span></a> +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page327">[pg 327]</span><a name="Pg327" id="Pg327" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Fifteen men more left in Virginia.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +desolate, yet vnwilling to loose the possesion of the countrey +which Englishmen had so long held: after good deliberation, +hee determined to leaue some men behinde to reteine possession +of the Countrey: whereupon he landed fifteene men +in the Isle of Roanoak, furnished plentifully with +all maner of prouisions for two yeeres, and so departed +for England. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Not long after he fell with the Isles of Açores, on some of +which Islands he landed, and spoiled the townes of all such +thinges as were woorth cariage, where also he tooke diuers +Spanyards. With these and many other exploits done him in +this voyadge, aswell outward as homeward, he returned into +England. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc63" id="toc63"></a> +<a name="pdf64" id="pdf64"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XXIX. A briefe and true report of the new found land of Virginia: of +the commodities there found, and to be raised, aswell +merchantable as others: Written by Thomas Heriot, +seruant to Sir Walter Ralegh, a member of the Colony, +and there imployed in discouering a full tweluemonth. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Ralfe Lane one of her Majesties Esquiers, and Gouernour of the +Colony in Virginia, aboue mentioned, for the time there +resident, to the gentle Reader wisheth all happinesse in +the Lord. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Albeit (gentle Reader) the credit of the reports in this +Treatise contained can little be furthered by the testimony of one +as my selfe, through affection iudged partiall, though without +desert; neuerthelesse, forasmuch as I haue bene requested by +some my particular friends, who conceiue more rightly of me, to +deliuer freely my knowledge of the same, not onely for the +satisfying of them, but also for the true information of any other +whosoeuer, that comes not with a preiudicate minde to the +reading thereof: thus much vpon my credit I am to affirme, that +things vniuersally are so truely set downe in this Treatise by the +authour thereof, an actor in the Colony, and a man no lesse for +his honesty then learning commendable, as that I dare boldly +auouch, it may very well passe with the credit of trueth euen +amongst the most true relations of this age. Which as for mine +owne part I am ready any way with my word to acknowledge, so +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page328">[pg 328]</span><a name="Pg328" id="Pg328" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +also (of the certaintie thereof assured by mine owne experience) +with this publique assertion I doe affirme the same. Farewell in +the Lord. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To the Aduenturers, Fauourers, and Welwillers of the enterprise +for the inhabiting and planting in Virginia. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Since the first vndertaking by Sir Walter Ralegh to deale in the +action of discouering of that countrey which is now called and +knowen by the name of Virginia, many voyages hauing beene +thither made at sundry times to his great charge; as first in the +yere 1584, and afterwards in the yeres 1585, 1586, and now of +late this yeere 1587: there haue bene diuers and variable reports +with some slanderous and shameful speeches bruted abroad by +many that returned from thence: especially of that discouery +which was made by the Colony transported by Sir Richard +Grinuile in the yere 1585, being of all others the most principall, +and as yet of most effect, the time of their abode in the countrey +being a whole yere, when as in the other voyage before they +stayed but sixe weeks, and the others after were onely for supply +and transportation, nothing more being discouered than had bene +before. Which reports haue not done a little wrong to many +that otherwise would haue also fauoured and aduentured in the +action, to the honour and benefit of our nation, besides the particular +profit and credit which would redound to themselues the +dealers therein, as I hope by the sequel of euents, to the shame +of those that haue auouched the contrary, shall be manifest, if +you the aduenturers, fauourers, and welwillers doe but either +increase in number, or in opinion continue, or hauing beene +doubtfull, renew your good liking and furtherance to deale +therein according to the woorthinesse thereof already found, and +as you shall vnderstand hereafter to be requisite. Touching +which woorthinesse through cause of the diuersity of relations +and reports, many of your opinions could not be firme, nor +the minds of some that are well disposed be setled in any +certainty. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I haue therefore thought it good, being one that haue beene +in the discouerie, and in dealing with the naturall inhabitants +specially imployed: and hauing therefore seene and knowen more +then the ordinary, to impart so much vnto you of the fruits of our +labours, as that you may know how iniuriously the enterprise is +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page329">[pg 329]</span><a name="Pg329" id="Pg329" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +slandered, and that in publique maner at this present, chiefly for +two respects. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +First, that some of you which are ignorant or doubtfull of the +state thereof, may see that there is sufficient cause why the +chiefe enterpriser with the fauour of her Maiesty, notwithstanding +such reports, hath not onely since continued the action by +sending into the countrey againe, and replanting this last yeere a +new Colony, but is also ready, according as the times and +meanes will affoord, to follow and prosecute the same. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Secondly, that you seeing and knowing the continuance of the +action, by the view hereof you may generally know and learne +what the countrey is, and thereupon consider how your dealing +therein, if it proceed, may returne you profit and gaine, be it +either by inhabiting and planting, or otherwise in furthering +thereof. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And least that the substance of my relation should be doubtfull +vnto you, as of others by reason of their diuersitie, I will first +open the cause in a few words, wherefore they are so different, +referring my selfe to your fauourable constructions, and to be +adiudged of, as by good consideration you shall finde cause. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Of our company that returned, some for their misdemeanour +and ill dealing in the countrey haue bene there worthily punished, +who by reason of their bad natures, haue maliciously not onely +spoken ill of their Gouernours, but for their sakes slandered the +countrey it selfe. The like also haue those done which were of +their consort. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Some being ignorant of the state thereof, notwithstanding since +their returne amongst their friends and acquaintance, and also +others, especially if they were in company where they might not +be gainsayd, would seeme to know so much as no men more, +and make no men so great trauellers as themselues. They stood +so much as it may seeme, vpon their credit and reputation, that +hauing bene a tweluemoneth in the countrey, it would haue bene +a great disgrace vnto them, as they thought, if they could not +haue sayd much, whether it were true or false. Of which some +haue spoken of more then euer they saw, or otherwise knew to +be there. Other some haue not bene ashamed to make absolute +deniall of that, which although not by them, yet by others is most +certainly and there plentifully knowen, and other some make +difficulties of those things they haue no skill of. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The cause of their ignorance was, in that they were of that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page330">[pg 330]</span><a name="Pg330" id="Pg330" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +many that were neuer out of the Island where we were seated, or +not farre, or at the least wise in few places els, during the time of +our abode in the country: or of that many, that after gold and +siluer was not so soone found, as it was by them looked for, had +litle or no care of any other thing but to pamper their bellies: +or of that many which had litle vnderstanding, lesse discretion, +and more tongue then was needfull or requisite. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Some also were of a nice bringing vp, only in cities or townes, +or such as neuer (as I may say) had seene the world before. +Because there were not to be found any English cities, nor such +faire houses, nor at their owne wish any of their old accustomed +dainty food, nor any soft beds of downe or feathers, the country +was to them miserable, and their reports thereof according. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Because my purpose was but in briefe to open the cause of +the variety of such speeches, the particularities of them, and of +many enuious, malicious, and slanderous reports and deuices els, +by our owne countreymen besides, as trifles that are not worthy +of wise men to be thought vpon, I meane not to trouble you +withall, but will passe to the commodities, the substance of that +which I haue to make relation of vnto you. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Treatise whereof, for your more ready view and easier +vnderstanding, I will diuide into three speciall parts. In the +first I will make declaration of such commodities there already +found or to be raised, which will not onely serue the ordinary +turnes of you which are and shall be the planters and inhabitants, +but such an ouerplus sufficiently to be yeelded, or by men of +skill to be prouided, as by way of traffique and exchange with +our owne nation of England, will enrich yourselues the prouiders: +those that shall deale with you, the enterprisers in generall, and +greatly profit our owne countrey men, to supply them with most +things which heretofore they haue beene faine to prouide either +of strangers or of our enemies, which commodities, for distinction +sake, I call Merchantable. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the second I will set downe all the commodities which we +know the countrey by our experience doth yeeld of it selfe for +victuall and sustenance of mans life, such as are vsually fed vpon +by the inhabitants of the countrey, as also by vs during the time +we were there. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the last part I will make mention generally of such other +commodities besides, as I am able to remember, and as I shall +thinke behoouefull for those that shall inhabit, and plant there +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page331">[pg 331]</span><a name="Pg331" id="Pg331" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +to know of, which specially concerne building, as also some other +necessary vses: with a briefe description of the nature and +manners of the people of the countrey. +</p> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">The first part of Merchantable commodities.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Silke of grasse, or Grasse silke. There is a kind of grasse in +the country, vpon the blades whereof there groweth very good +silke in forme of a thin glittering skin to be stript off. It groweth +two foot and an halfe highe or better: the blades are about two +foot in length, and halfe an inch broad. The like groweth in +Persia, which is in the selfe same climate as Virginia, of which +very many of the Silke works that come from thence into Europe +are made. Hereof if it be planted and ordered as in Persia, it +cannot in reason be otherwise, but that there will rise in short +time great profit to the dealers therein, seeing there is so great +vse and vent thereof aswel in our countrey as elswhere. And by +the meanes of sowing and planting it in good ground, it will be +farre greater, better, and more plentifull then it is. Although +notwithstanding there is great store thereof in many places of +the countrey growing naturally and wild, which also by proofe +here in England, in making a piece of Silke grogran, we found +to be excellent good. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Worme silke. In many of our iourneys we founde Silkewormes +faire and great, as big as our ordinary Walnuts. Although +it hath not bene our hap to haue found such plenty, as elswhere +to be in the countrey we haue heard of, yet seeing that the +countrey doth naturally breed and nourish them, there is no +doubt but if arte be added in planting of Mulberie trees, and +others fit for them in commodious places, for their feeding and +nourishing, and some of them carefull gathered and husbanded +in that sort, as by men of skil is knowen to be necessary: there +wil rise as great profit in time to the Virginians, as thereof doth +now to the Persians, Turks, Italians and Spaniards. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Flaxe and Hempe. The trueth is, that of Hempe and Flaxe +there is no greate store in any one place together, by reason it is +not planted but as the soile doth yeeld of it selfe: and howsoeuer +the leafe and stemme or stalke do differ from ours, the stuffe by +iudgement of men of skill is altogether as good as ours: and if +not, as farther proofe should finde otherwise, we haue that +experience of the soile, as that there cannot be shewed any +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page332">[pg 332]</span><a name="Pg332" id="Pg332" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +reason to the contrary, but that it will grow there excellent well, +and by planting will be yeelded plentifully, seeing there is so +much ground whereof some may well be applied to such purposes. +What benefit heereof may grow in cordage and linnens who +cannot easily vnderstand? +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Allum. There is a veine of earth along the sea coast for the +space of fortie or fiftie miles, whereof by the iudgement of some +that haue made triall here in England, is made good Allum, of +that kind which is called Roch allum. The richnesse of such a +commodity is so well knowen, that I need not to say any thing +thereof. The same earth doth also yeeld White coprasse, Nitrum, +and Alumen plumeum, but nothing so plentifully as the common +Allum, which be also of price and profitable. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wapeih. A kind of earth so called by the naturall inhabitants, +very like to Terra sigillata, and hauing bene refined, it hath bene +found by some of our Physicians and Chyrurgians, to be of the +same kinde of vertue, and more effectuall. The inhabitants vse +it very much for the cure of sores and wounds: there is in diuers +places great plenty, and in some places of a blew sort. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Pitch, Tarre, Rozen and Turpentine. There are those kinds +of trees which yeeld them abundantly and great store. In the +very same Island where we were seated, being fifteene miles of +length, and fiue or sixe miles in breadth, there are few trees els +but of the same kinde, the whole Island being full. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Sassafras, called by the inhabitants Winauk, a kind of +wood of most pleasant and sweet smell, and of most rare +vertues in physicke for the cure of many diseases. It is found +by experience to be far better and of more vses then the +wood which is called Guaiacum, or Lignum vitæ. For the +description, the maner of vsing, and the manifold vertues thereof, I +refer you to the booke of Monardes, translated and entituled in +English, The joyfull newes from the West Indies. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Cedar. A very sweet wood, and fine timber, whereof if nests +of chests be there made, or timber thereof fitted for sweet and +fine bedsteds, tables, desks, lutes, virginals, and many things els, +(of which there hath bene proofe made already) to make vp +fraight with other principall commodities, will yeeld profit. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wine. There are two kindes of grapes that the soile doth +yeeld naturally, the one is small and sowre, of the ordinary bignesse +as ours in England, the other farre greater and of himselfe +lushious sweet. When they are planted and husbanded as they +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page333">[pg 333]</span><a name="Pg333" id="Pg333" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +ought, a principall commodity of wines by them may be +raised. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Oile. There are two sorts of Walnuts, both holding oile; but +the one farre more plentifull then the other. When there are +mils and other deuices for the purpose, a commodity of them +may be raised, because there are infinite store. There are also +three seuerall kindes of berries in the forme of Oke-akornes, +which also by the experience and vse of the inhabitants, we find +to yeeld very good and sweet oile. Furthermore, the beares of +the countrey are commonly very fat, and in some places there +are many. Their fatnesse, because it is so liquid, may well be +termed oile, and hath many speciall vses. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Furres. All along the Sea coast there are great store of Otters, +which being taken by weares and other engines made for the +purpose, wil yeeld good profit. We hope also of Marterne furres, +and make no doubt by the relation of the people, but that in +some places of the countrey there are store, although there were +but two skinnes that came to our hands. Luzernes also we haue +vnderstanding of, although for the time we saw none. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Deere skinnes dressed after the manner of Chamoes, or +vndressed, are to be had of the naturall inhabitants thousands +yerely by way of traffike for trifles, and no more waste or spoile +of Deere then is and hath bene ordinarily in time before. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Ciuet-cats. In our trauels there was found one to haue bin +killed by a Sauage or inhabitant, and in another place the smel +where one or more had lately bene before, whereby we gather, +besides then by the relation of the people, that there are some in +the country: good profit will rise by them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Iron. In two places of the countrey specially, one about +fourescore, and the other six score miles from the fort or place +where we dwelt, we found nere the water side the ground to be +rocky, which by the triall of a Minerall man was found to holde +iron richly. It is found in many places of the countrey els: I +know nothing to the contrary, but that it may be allowed for a +good merchantable commodity, considering there the small +charge for the labour and feeding of men, the infinite store of +wood, the want of wood and deereness thereof in England, and +the necessity of ballasting of ships. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Copper. An hundred and fifty miles into the maine in two +townes we found with the inhabitants diuers small plates of +Copper, that had bene made as we vnderstood by the inhabitants +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page334">[pg 334]</span><a name="Pg334" id="Pg334" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +that dwell further into the countrey, where as they say are mountaines +and riuers that yeeld also white graines of mettal, which +is to be deemed Siluer. For confirmation whereof, at the time +of our first arriuall in the countrey, I saw, with some others with +me, two small pieces of Siluer grosly beaten, about the weight of +a testron, hanging in the eares of a Wiroans or chiefe lord that +dwelt about fourescore miles from vs: of whom through inquiry, +by the number of dayes and the way, I learned that it had come +to his hands from the same place or neere, where I after vnderstood +the Copper was made, and the white graines of metal +found. The aforesayd Copper we also found by tryall to holde +Siluer. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Pearle. Sometimes in feeding on Muscles we found some +Pearle: but it was our happe to meet with ragges, or of a pide +colour: not hauing yet discouered those places where we heard +of better and more plenty. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Fiue thousand pearles gathered.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +One of our company, a man of skill +in such matters had gathered together from among +the Sauage people about fiue thousand: of which +number he be chose as many as made a faire chaine, +which for their likenesse and vniformity in roundnesse, orientnesse, +and pidenesse of many excellent colours, with equality in +greatnesse, were very faire and rare: and had therefore beene +presented to her Maiesty, had we not by casualty, and through +extremity of a storme lost them, with many things els in comming +away from the countrey. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Sweet gummes of diuers kinds, and many other Apothecary +drugges, of which we will make speciall mention, when we shall +receiue it from such men of skill in that kinde, that in taking +reasonable paines shal discouer them more particularly then we +haue done, and then now I can make relation of, for want of the +examples I had prouided and gathered, and are now lost, with +other things by casualty before mentioned. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Dies of diuers kinds: There is Shoemake well knowen, and +vsed in England for blacke: the seede of an herbe called +Wasebur, little small roots called Chappacor, and the barke of +the tree called by the inhabitants Tangomockonomindge: which +dies are for diuers sorts of red: their goodnesse for our English +clothes remains yet to be prooued. The inhabitants vse them +only for the dying of haire, and colouring of their faces, and +mantles made of Deere skinnes: and also for the dying of rushes +to make artificiall works withall in their mats and baskets, hauing +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page335">[pg 335]</span><a name="Pg335" id="Pg335" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +no other thing besides that they account of, apt to vse them for +if they will not prooue merchantable, there is no doubt but the +planters there shall finde apt vses for them, as also for other +colours which we know to be there. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Woad: a thing of so great vent and vses amongst English +Diers, which can not be yeelded sufficiently in our owne countrey +for spare of ground, may be planted in Virginia, there being +ground enough. The growth thereof need not to be doubted, +when as in the Islands of the Açores it groweth plentifully, which +are in the same climate. So likewise of Madder. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We carried thither Suger-canes to plant, which being not so +well preserued as was requisite, and besides the time of the yeere +being past for their setting when we arriued, we could not make +that proofe of them as we desired. Notwithstanding, seeing that +they grow in the same climate, in the South part of Spaine, and +in Barbary, our hope in reason may yet continue. So likewise +for Orenges and Limmons. There may be planted also Quinses. +Whereby may grow in reasonable time, if the action be deligently +prosecuted, no small commodities in Sugers, Suckets, and Marmelades. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Many other commodities by planting may there also be raised, +which I leaue to your discreet and gentle considerations: and +many also may be there, which yet we haue not discouered. +Two more commoditie of great value, one of certeinty, and the +other in hope, not to be planted, but there to be raised and in +short time to be prouided, and prepared, I might haue specified. +So likewise of those commodities already set downe I might +haue sayd more: as of the particular places where they are found, +and best to be planted and prepared: by what meanes, and in +what reasonable space of time they might be raised to profit, and +in what proportion: but because others then welwillers might be +there withall acquainted, not to the good of the action, I haue +wittingly omitted them: knowing that to those that are well disposed, +I haue vttered, according to my promise and purpose, for +this part sufficient. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The second part of such commodities as Virginia is knowen to +yeeld for victuall and sustenance of mans life, vsually fed +vpon by the naturall inhabitants; as also by vs, during +the time of our abode: and first of such as are sowed and +husbanded. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Pagatowr, a kinde of graine so called by the inhabitants: the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page336">[pg 336]</span><a name="Pg336" id="Pg336" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +same in the West Indies is called Mayz: English men call it +Guinywheat or Turkey-wheat, according to the names of the +countreys from whence the like hath beene brought. The graine +is about the bignesse of our ordinary English peaze, and not +much different in forme and shape: but of diuers colours: some +white, some red, some yellow, and some blew. All of them yeeld +a very white and sweet flowre: being vsed according to its kinde, +it maketh a very good bread. We made of the same in the +countrey some Mault, whereof was brewed as good Ale as was to +be desired. So likewise by the helpe of Hops, therof may be +made as good Beere. It is a graine of maruellous great increase: +of a thousand, fifteene hundred, and some two thousand folde. +There are three sorts, of which two are ripe in eleuen and twelue +weeks at the most, sometimes in tenne, after the time they are +set, and are then of height in stalke about sixe or seuen foot. +The other sort is ripe in fourteene, and is about tenne foot high, +of the stalks some beare foure heads, some three, some one, and +some two: euery head containing fiue, sixe, or seuen hundred +graines, within a few more or lesse. Of these graines, besides +bread, the inhabitants make victuall, either by parching them, or +seething them whole vntill they be broken: or boiling the flowre +with water into a pap. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Okingier, called by vs Beanes, because in greatnesse and +partly in shape they are like to the beanes in England, sauing +that they are flatter, of more diuers colours, and some pide. The +leafe also of the stemme is much different. In taste they are +altogether as good as our English peaze. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wickonzowr, called by vs Peaze, in respect of the Beanes, for +distinction sake, because they are much lesse, although in forme +they little differ: but in goodnesse of taste much like, and are +far better then our English Peaze. Both the beanes and peaze +are ripe in ten weeks after they are set. They make them +victuall either by boiling them all to pieces into a broth, or boiling +them whole vntill they be soft, and beginne to breake, as is vsed +in England, either by themselues, or mixtly together: sometime +they mingle of the Wheat with them: sometime also, being +whole sodden, they bruse or punne them in a morter, and thereof +make loaues or lumps of doughish bread, which they vse to eat +for variety. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Macocquer, according to their seueral formes, called by vs +Pompious, Melons, and Gourds, because they are of the like +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page337">[pg 337]</span><a name="Pg337" id="Pg337" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +formes as those in England. In Virginia such of seuerall formes +are of one taste, and very good, and do also spring from one +seed. There are of two sorts: one is ripe in the space of a +moneth, and the other in two moneths. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There is an herbe which in Dutch is called Melden. Some of +those that I describe it vnto take it to be a kinde of Orage: it +groweth about foure or fiue foot high: of the seede thereof they +make a thicke broth, and pottage of a very good taste: of the +stalke by burning into ashes they make a kinde of salt earth, +wherewithall many vse sometimes to season their broths: other +salt they know not. We ourselues vsed the leaues for pot-herbs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There is also another great herbe, in forme of a Marigolde, +about sixe foot in height, the head with a floure is a spanne in +bredth. Some take it to be Planta Solis: of the seeds hereof +they make both a kinde of bread and broth. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +All the aforesayde commodities for victuall are set or sowed, +sometimes in grounds apart and seuerally by themselues, but for +the most part together in one ground mixtly: the maner thereof, +with the dressing and preparing of the ground, because I will +note vnto you the fertility of the soile, I thinke good briefly to +describe. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The ground they neuer fatten with mucke, dung, or any other +thing, neither plow nor digge it as we in England, but onely +prepare it in sort as followeth. A few days before they sowe or +set, the men with woodden instruments made almost in forme of +mattocks or hoes with long handles: the women with short +peckers or parers, because they vse them sitting, of a foot long, +and about fiue inches in bredth, doe onely break the vpper part +of the ground to raise vp the weeds, grasse, and old stubbes of +corne stalks with their roots. The which after a day or two +dayes drying in the Sunne, being scrapt vp into small heaps, to +saue them labour for carrying them away, they burne into ashes. +And whereas some may thinke that they vse the ashes for to +better the ground, I say that then they would either disperse the +ashes abroad, which wee observed they do not, except the heaps +be too great, or els would take speciall care to set their corne +where the ashes lie, which also wee finde they are carelesse of. +And this is all the husbanding of their ground that they vse. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Then their setting or sowing is after this maner. First for +their corne, beginning in one corner of the plot, with a pecker +they make a hole, wherein they put foure graines, with care that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page338">[pg 338]</span><a name="Pg338" id="Pg338" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +they touch not one another (about an inch asunder) and couer +them with the molde againe: and so thorowout the whole plot +making such holes, and vsing them after such maner, but with +this regard, that they make them in ranks, euery rank differing +from other halfe a fadome or a yard, and the holes also in euery +ranke as much. By this meanes there is a yard spare ground +betweene euery hole: where according to discretion here and +there, they set as many Beanes and Peaze: in diuers places also +among the seeds of Macocquer, Melden, and Planta solis. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The ground being thus set according to the rate by vs experimented, +an English acre conteining forty pearches in length, and +foure in breadth, doth there yeeld in croppe or ofcome of corne +Beanes and Peaze, at the least two hundred London bushels, +besides the Macocquer, Melden, and Planta solis; when as in +England forty bushels of our Wheat yeelded out of such an acre +is thought to be much. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I thought also good to note this vnto you, that you which +shall inhabit, and plant there, may know how specially that +countrey corne is there to be preferred before ours: besides, the +manifold wayes in applying it to victuall, the increase is so much, +that small labor and paines is needful in respect of that which +must be vsed for ours. For this I can assure you that according +to the rate we haue made proofe of, one man may prepare and +husband so much ground (hauing once borne corne before) with +lesse then foure and twenty houres labour, as shall yeeld him +victual in a large proportion for a tweluemoneth, if he haue +nothing els but that which the same ground will yeeld, and of +that kinde onely which I haue before spoken of: the sayd ground +being also but fiue and twenty yards square. And if need require +but that there is ground enough, there might be raised out of one +and the selfsame ground two haruests or ofcomes: for they sow or +set, and may at any time when they thinke good, from the midst +of March vntill the end of Iune: so that they also set when they +haue eaten of their first croppe. In some places of the countrey +notwithstanding they haue two haruests, as we haue heard, out +of one and the same ground. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For English corne neuerthelesse, whether to use or not to use +it, you that inhabit may doe as you shall haue further cause to +thinke best. Of the growth you need not to doubt: for Barley, +Oates, and Peaze, we haue seene proofe of, not being purposely +sowen, but fallen casually in the woorst sort of ground, and yet +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page339">[pg 339]</span><a name="Pg339" id="Pg339" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +to be as faire as any we haue euer seene heere in England. But +of Wheat, because it was musty, and had taken salt water, we +could make no triall: and of Rie we had none. This much haue +I digressed, and I hope not vnnecessarily: now will I returne +againe to my course, and intreat of that which yet remaineth, +appertaining to this chapter. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Tabacco.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There is an herbe which is sowed apart by it selfe, and is +called by the inhabitants Vppowoc: in the West Indies it hath +diuers names, according to the seuerall places and countreys +where it groweth and is vsed: the Spanyards generally +call it Tabacco. The leaues thereof being dried +and brought into pouder, they vsed to take the fume or smoake +thereof, by sucking it thorow pipes made of clay, into their +stomacke and heade; from whence it purgeth superflous fleame +and other grosse humours, and openeth all the pores and passages +of the body; by which meanes the vse thereof not onely preserveth +the body from obstructions, but also (if any be, so that +they haue not bene of two long continuance) in short time +breaketh them: whereby their bodies are notably preserued in +health, and know not many grieuous diseases, wherewithall we +in England are often times afflicted. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This Vppowoc is of so precious estimation amongst them, that +they thinke their gods are maruellously delighted therewith: +whereupon sometime they make hallowed fires, and cast some +of the pouder therein for a sacrifice: being in a storm vpon the +waters, to pacifie their gods, they cast some vp into the aire and +into the water: so a weare for fish being newly set vp, they cast +some therein and into the aire; also after an escape of danger, +they cast some into the aire likewise: but all done with strange +gestures, stamping, sometime dancing, clapping of hands, holding +vp of hands, and staring vp into the heauens, vttering therewithall +and chattering strange words and noises. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We our selues, during the time we were there, vsed to sucke it +after their maner, as also since our returne, and haue found many +rare and wonderfull experiments of the vertues thereof: of which +the relation would require a volume by it selfe: the vse of it by +so many of late men and women of great calling, as els, and some +learned Physicians also, is sufficient witnesse. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And these are all the commodities for sustenance of life, that +I know and can remember, they vse to husband: all els that +follow, are found growing naturally or wilde. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page340">[pg 340]</span><a name="Pg340" id="Pg340" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"> +<h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">Of Roots.</h4> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Openauk are a kinde of roots of round forme, some of the +bignesse of Walnuts, some farre greater, which are found in moist +and marish grounds growing many together one by another in +ropes, as though they were fastened with a string. +Being boiled or sodden, they are very good meat. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Monardes parte 2, lib. 1. cap. 4.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Monardes calleth these roots, Beads or Pater nostri +of Santa Helena.<a id="noteref_97" name="noteref_97" href="#note_97"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">97</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Okeepenauk are also of round shape, found in dry grounds: +some are of the bignesse of a mans head. They are to be eaten +as they are taken out of the ground: for by reason of their drinesse +they will neither rost nor seethe. Their taste is not so good as +of the former roots: notwithstanding for want of bread, and sometimes +for variety the inhabitants vse to eat them with fish or flesh, +and in my iudgement they do as well as the housholde bread +made of Rie here in England. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Kaishucpenauk, a white kinde of roots about the bignesse of +hennes egges, and neere of that forme: their taste was not so +good to our seeming as of the other, and therefore their place +and maner of growing not so much cared for by vs: the inhabitants +notwithstanding vsed to boile and eat many. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Tsinaw, a kind of root much like vnto that which in England +is called the China root brought from the East Indies. And we +know not any thing to the contrary but that it may be of the +same kinde. These roots grow many together in great clusters, +and do bring foorth a brier stalke, but the leafe in shape farre +vnlike: which being supported by the trees it groweth neerest +vnto, will reach or climbe to the top of the highest. From these +roots while they be new or fresh, being chapt into small pieces, +and stampt, is strained with water a iuice that maketh bread, and +also being boiled, a very good spoonmeat in maner of a gelly, +and is much better in taste, if it be tempered with oile. This +Tsinaw is not of that sort, which by some was caused to be +brought into England for the China root; for it was discouered +since, and is in vse as is aforesayd: but that which was brought +hither is not yet knowen, neither by vs nor by the inhabitants to +serue for any vse or purpose, although the roots in shape are very +like. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Coscushaw some of our company tooke to be that kinde of +root which the Spanyards in the West Indies call Cassauy, whereupon +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page341">[pg 341]</span><a name="Pg341" id="Pg341" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +also many called it by that name: it groweth in very muddy +pooles, and moist grounds. Being dressed according to the +countrey maner, it maketh a good bread, and also a good spoonmeat, +and is vsed very much by the inhabitants. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The iuice of Coscushaw is poison.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> The +iuice of this root is poison, and therefore heed must +be taken before any thing be made therewithall: +either the roots must be first sliced and dried in the Sunne, or +by the fire, and then being punned into floure, will make good +bread: or els while they are greene they are to be pared, cut in +pieces, and stampt: loaues of the same to be layd nere or ouer +the fire vntill it be sowre; and then being well punned againe, +bread or spoonmeat very good in taste and holesome may be +made thereof. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Habascon is a root of hote taste, almost of the forme and bignesse +of a Parsnip: of it selfe it is no victuall, but onely a helpe, +being boiled together with other meats. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There are also Leeks, differing little from ours in England, +that grow in many places of the countrey; of which, when we +came in places where they were, we gathered and eat many, but +the naturall inhabitants neuer. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"> +<h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">Of fruits.</h4> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Chesnuts there are in diuers places great store: some they vse +to eat raw, some they stampe and boile to make spoonmeat, and +with some being sodden, they make such a maner of dough +bread as they vse of their beanes before mentioned. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Walnuts. There are two kinds of Walnuts, and of them +infinite store: in many places where are very great woods for +many miles together, the third part of trees are Walnut trees. +The one kind is of the same taste and forme, or little differing +from ours of England, but that they are harder and thicker +shelled: the other is greater, and hath a very ragged and hard +shell: but the kernel great, very oily and sweet. Besides their +eating of them after our ordinary maner, they breake them with +stones, and punne them in morters with water, to make a milke +which they vse to put into some sorts of their spoonemeat: also +among their sodde wheat, peaze, beanes and pompions, which +maketh them haue a farre more pleasant taste. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Medlars, a kinde of very good fruit: so called by vs chiefly for +these respects: first in that they are not good vntill they be +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page342">[pg 342]</span><a name="Pg342" id="Pg342" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +rotten, then in that they open at the head as our Medlars, and +are about the same bignesse: otherwise in taste and colour they +are farre different; for they are as red as cheries, and very +sweet: but whereas the chery is sharpe sweet, they are lushious +sweet. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">There are iii. kinds of Tunas whereof +that which beareth no fruith bringeth foorth the Cochinillo.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Mutaquesunnauk, a kinde of pleasant fruit almost of the shape +and bignesse of English peares, but they are of a perfect red +colour as well within as without. They grow on a +plant whose leaues are very thicke, and full of prickles +as sharpe as needles. Some that haue bene in the +Indies, where they haue seene that kind of red die of +great price, which is called Cochinile, to grow, doe +describe this plant right like vnto this of Metaquesunnauk; +but whether it be the true Cochinile, or a +bastard or wilde kinde, it cannot yet be certified, +seeing that also, as I heard, Cochinile is not of the fruit, but +found on the leaues of the plant: which leaues for such matter +we haue not so specially obserued. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Grapes there are of two sorts, which I mentioned in the +merchantable commodities. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Strawberries there are as good and as great as those which we +haue in our English gardens. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Mulberies, Applecrabs, Hurts or Hurtleberies, such as we haue +in England. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Sacquenummener, a kinde of berries almost like vnto Capers, +but somewhat greater, which grow together in clusters vpon a +plant or hearbe that is found in shallow waters; being boiled +eight or nine houres according to their kinde, are very good meat +and holesome; otherwise if they be eaten they will make a man +for the time frantike or extremely sicke. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There is a kind of Reed which beareth a seed almost like vnto +our Rie or Wheat; and being boiled is good meat. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In our trauels in some places we found Wilde peaze like vnto +ours in England, but that they were lesse, which are also good +meat. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"> +<h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">Of a kinde of fruit or berry in forme of Acornes.</h4> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There is a kinde of berry or acorne, of which there are fiue +sorts that grow on seuerall kindes of trees: the one is called +Sagatemener, the second Osamener, the third Pummuckoner. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page343">[pg 343]</span><a name="Pg343" id="Pg343" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +These kinde of acornes they vse to drie vpon hurdles made of +reeds, with fire vnderneath, almost after the maner as we dry +Malt in England. When they are to be vsed, they first water +them vntill they be soft, and then being sod, they make a good +victuall, either to eat so simply, or els being also punned to +make loaues or lumps of bread. These be also the three kinds, +of which I sayd before the inhabitants vsed to make sweet oile. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Another sort is called Sapummener, which being boiled or +parched, doth eat and taste like vnto Chesnuts. They sometime +also make bread of this sort. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The fift sort is called Mangummenauk, and is the acorne of +their kinde of Oake, the which being dried after the maner of +the first sorts, and afterward watered, they boile them, and their +seruants, or sometime the chiefe themselues, either for variety or +for want of bread, do eat them with their fish or flesh. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"> +<h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">Of Beasts.</h4> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Deere, in some places there are great store: neere vnto the +Sea coast they are of the ordinary bignesse of ours in England, +and some lesse: but further vp into the countrey, where there is +better food, they are greater: they differ from ours onely in this, +their tailes are longer, and the snags of their hornes looke backwards. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Conies. Those that we haue seene, and all that we can heare +of are of a gray colour like vnto Hares: in some places there are +such plenty that all the people of some townes make them +mantles of the furre or flue of the skinnes of those which they +vsually take. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Saquenuckot and Maquowoc, two kinds of small beasts greater +then Conies, which are very good meat. We neuer tooke any +of them our selues, but sometime eat of such as the inhabitants +had taken and brought vnto vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Squirels, which are a grey colour, we haue taken and eaten. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Beares, which are of blacke colour. The beares of this countrey +are good meat. The inhabitants in time of Winter do vse to take +and eat many: so also sometime did we. They are taken commonly +in this sort: In some Islands or places where they are, +being hunted for assoone as they haue spiall of a man, they presently +run away, and then being chased, they clime and get vp +the next tree they can: from whence with arrowes they are shot +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page344">[pg 344]</span><a name="Pg344" id="Pg344" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +downe starke dead, or with those wounds that they may after +easily be killed. We sometime shot them downe with our +calieuers. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I haue the name of eight and twenty seuerall sorts of beasts, +which I haue heard of to be here and there dispersed in the +countrey, especially in the maine; of which there are onely +twelue kinds that we haue yet discouered; and of those that be +good meat we know only them before mentioned. The +inhabitants sometime kill the Lion, and eat him:<a id="noteref_98" name="noteref_98" href="#note_98"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">98</span></span></a> +and we sometime +as they came to our hands of their Woolues or Wooluish +dogs, which I haue not set downe for good meat, least that some +would vnderstand my iudgement therein to be more simple then +needeth, although I could alleage the difference in taste of those +kinds from ours, which by some of our company haue bene +experimented in both. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"> +<h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">Of Fowle.</h4> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Tvrkie cocks and Turkie hennes, Stockdoues, Partridges, +Cranes, Hernes, and in Winter great store of Swannes and Geese. +Of all sorts of fowle I haue the names in the countrey language +of fourescoure and sixe, of which number, besides those that be +named, we haue taken, eaten, and haue the pictures as they were +drawen, with the names of the inhabitants, of seuerall strange +sorts of water fowle eight, and seuenteene kinds more of land +fowle, although we haue seene and eaten of many more, which +for want of leasure there for the purpose could not be pictured: +and after we are better furnished and stored vpon further discouery +with their strange beasts, fish, trees, plants, and herbs, +they shalbe also published. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There are also Parrots, Faulcons, and Marlin hauks, which +although with vs they be not vsed for meat, yet for other causes +I thought good to mention. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"> +<h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">Of Fish.</h4> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For foure moneths of the yeere, February, March, Aprill and +May, there are plenty of Sturgeons. And also in the same +moneths of Herrings, some of the ordinary bignesse of ours in +England, but the most part farre greater, of eighteene, twenty +inches, and some two foot in length and better: both these kinds +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page345">[pg 345]</span><a name="Pg345" id="Pg345" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +of fish in those moneths are most plentifull, and in best season, +which we found to be most delicate and pleasant meat. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There are also Trouts, Porpoises, Rayes, Oldwiues, Mullets, +Plaice, and very many other sorts of excellent good fish, which +we haue taken and eaten, whose names I know not but in the +countrey language: we haue the pictures of twelue sorts more, +as they were drawen in the countrey, with their names. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">In the gulfe of California they vse the like fishing.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The inhabitants vse to take them two maner of wayes: the +one is by a kinde of weare made of reeds, which in +that country are very strong: the other way, which +is more strange, is with poles made sharpe at one +end, by shooting them into the fish after the maner +as Irish men cast darts, either as they are rowing in their boats +or els as they are wading in the shallowes for the purpose. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There are also in many places plenty of these kinds which +follow: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Sea crabs, such as we haue in England. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Oisters, some very great, and some small, some round, and +some of a long shape: they are found both in salt water and +brackish, and those that we had out of salt water are farre better +then the other, as in our countrey. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Also Muscles, Scalops, Periwinkles, and Creuises. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Seekanauk, a kinde of crusty shel-fish, which is good meat, +about a foot in bredth, hauing a crusty taile, many legges like a +crab, and her eyes in her backe. They are found in shallowes +of waters, and sometime on the shore. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There are many Tortoises both of land and sea kinde, their +backs and bellies are shelled very thicke; their head, feet, and +taile, which are in appearance, seeme ougly, as though they were +members of a serpent or venimous beasts; but notwithstanding +they are very good meat, as also their egges. Some haue bene +found of a yard in bredth and better. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And thus haue I made relation of all sorts of victuall that we +fed vpon for the time we were in Virginia, as also the inhabitants +themselues, as farre forth as I know and can remember, or that +are specially woorthy to be remembred. +</p> + +</div> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page346">[pg 346]</span><a name="Pg346" id="Pg346" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The third and last part of such other things as are behouefull +for those which shall plant and inhabite to know of, with +a description of the nature and maners of the people of +the Countrey. +</span></h3> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"> +<h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">Of commodities for building and other necessary vses.</h4> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Those other things which I am more to make rehearsal of, +are such as concerne building, and other mechanicall necessary +vses, as diuers sorts of trees for house and ship-timber, and other +vses else: Also lime, stone, and bricke, least that being not +mentioned some might haue bene doubted of, or by some that +are malitious the contrary reported. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Okes there are as faire, straight, tall, and as good timber as +any can be, and also great store, and in some places very great. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Walnut trees, as I haue said before very many, some haue bene +seene excellent timber of foure and fiue fadome, and aboue fourescore +foote streight without bough. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Firre trees fit for masts of ships, some very tall and great. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Rakiock, a kinde of trees so called that are sweete wood, of +which the inhabitants that were neere vnto vs doe commonly +make their boates or Canoas of the forme of trowes, onely with +the helpe of fire, hatchets of stones, and shels: we haue knowen +some so great being made in that sort of one tree, that they haue +caried well 20. men at once, besides much baggage: the timber +being great, tall, streight, soft, light, and yet tough ynough I +thinke (besides other vses) to be fit also for masts of ships. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Cedar, a sweete wood good for seelings, chests, boxes, bedsteads, +lutes, virginals, and many things els, as I haue also said +before. Some of our companie which haue wandered in some +places where I haue not bene, haue made certeine affirmation of +Cyprus, which for such and other excellent vses is also a wood of +price and no small estimation. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Maple, and also Wich-hazle, whereof the inhabitants vse to +make their bowes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Holly, a necessary thing for the making of birdlime. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Willowes good for the making of weares and weeles to take +fish after the English maner, although the inhabitants vse onely +reedes, which because they are so strong as also flexible, doe +serue for that turne very well and sufficiently. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page347">[pg 347]</span><a name="Pg347" id="Pg347" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Beech and Ashe, good for caske-hoopes, and if neede require, +plowe worke, as also for many things els. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Elme. Sassafras trees. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Ascopo a kinde of tree very like vnto Lawrell, the barke is hot +in taste and spicie, it is very like to that tree which Monardes +describeth to be Cassia Lignea of the West Indies. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There are many other strange trees whose names I know not +but in the Virginian language, of which I am not now able, +neither is it so conuenient for the present to trouble you with +particular relation: seeing that for timber and other necessary +vses, I haue named sufficient. And of many of the rest, but +that they may be applied to good vse, I know no cause to doubt. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe for stone, bricke and lime, thus it is. Neere vnto the +Sea coast where wee dwelt, there are no kinde of stones to be +found (except a few small pebbles about foure miles off) but such +as haue bene brought from further out of the maine. In some of +our voyages we haue seene diuers hard raggie stones, great +pebbles, and a kinde of gray stone like vnto marble of which the +inhabitants make their hatchets to cleaue wood. Vpon inquirie +wee heard that a little further vp into the Countrey were of all +sorts very many, although of quarries they are ignorant, neither +haue they vse of any store whereupon they should haue occasion +to seeke any. For if euery housholde haue one or two to cracke +nuts, grinde shels, whet copper, and sometimes other stones for +hatchets, they haue ynough: neither vse they any digging, but +onely for graues about three foote deepe: and therefore no +marueile that they know neither quarries, nor lime-stones, which +both may be in places neerer then they wot of. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the meane time vntill there be discouery of sufficient store +in some place or other conuenient, the want of you which are and +shalbe the planters therein may be as well supplied by bricke: +for the making whereof in diuers places of the Countrey there is +clay both excellent good and plentie, and also by lime made of +oyster shels, and of others burnt, after the maner as they vse in +the Isles of Tenet<a id="noteref_99" name="noteref_99" href="#note_99"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">99</span></span></a> +and Shepy, and also in diuers other places of +England: Which kinde of lime is well knowen to be as good as +any other. And of oyster shels there is plentie ynough: for +besides diuers other particular places where are abundance, there +is one shallow Sound along the coast, where for the space of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page348">[pg 348]</span><a name="Pg348" id="Pg348" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +many miles together in length, and two or three miles in breadth, +the ground is nothing els, being but halfe a foote or a foote vnder +water for the most part. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus much can I say furthermore of stones, that about 120. +miles from our fort neere the water in the side of a hill, was found +by a Gentleman of our company, a great veine of hard ragge +stonnes, which I thought good to remember vnto you. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"> +<h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">Of the nature and maners of the people.</h4> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +It resteth I speake a word or two of the naturall inhabitants, +their natures and maners leauing large discourse thereof vntil +time more conuenient hereafter: nowe onely so farre foorth, as +that you may know, how that they in respect of troubling our +inhabiting and planting, are not to be feared, but that they shall +haue cause both to feare and loue vs, that shall inhabite with +them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Iaques Cartier voyage 2. chap. 8.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They are a people clothed with loose mantles made of deere +skinnes, and aprons of the same round about their middle, all els +naked, of such a difference of statures onely as wee in England, +hauing no edge tooles or weapons of yron or steele to offend vs +withall, neither knowe they how to make any: those weapons +that they haue, are onely bowes made of Witch-hazle, +and arrowes of reedes, flat edged truncheons also of +wood about a yard long, neither haue they any thing +to defend themselues but targets made of barkes, and some +armours made of sticks wickered together with thread. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Their townes are but small, and neere the Sea coast but fewe, +some contayning but tenne or twelue houses: some 20. the +greatest that we haue seene hath bene but of 30. houses: if they +bee walled, it is onely done with barkes of trees made fast to +stakes, or els with poles onely fixed vpright, and close one by +another. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Their houses are made of small poles, made fast at the tops in +round forme after the maner as is vsed in many arbories in our +gardens of England, in most townes couered with barkes, and in +some with artificiall mats made of long rushes, from the tops of +the houses downe to the ground. The length of them is commonly +double to the breadth, in some places they are but 12. and +16. yards long, and in other some we haue seene of foure and +twentie. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page349">[pg 349]</span><a name="Pg349" id="Pg349" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In some places of the Countrey, one onely towne belongeth to +the gouernment of a Wiroans or chiefe Lord, in other some two +or three, in some sixe, eight, and more: the greatest Wiroans +that yet wee had dealing with, had but eighteene townes in his +gouernment, and able to make not aboue seuen or eight hundred +fighting men at the most. The language of euery gouernment is +different from any other, and the further they are distant, the +greater is the difference. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Their maner of warres among themselues is either by sudden +surprising one an other most commonly about the dawning of the +day, or moone light,<a id="noteref_100" name="noteref_100" href="#note_100"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">100</span></span></a> +or els by ambushes, or some subtile deuises. +Set battles are very rare, except it fall out where there are many +trees, where either part may haue some hope of defence, after the +deliuery of euery arrow, in leaping behind some or other. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +If there fall out any warres betweene vs and them, what their +fight is likely to bee, wee hauing aduantages against them so many +maner of wayes, as by our discipline, our strange weapons and +deuises else, especially Ordinance great and small, it may easily +bee imagined: by the experience wee haue had in some places, +the turning vp of their heeles against vs in running away was their +best defence. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In respect of vs they are a people poore, and for want of skill +and iudgement in the knowledge and vse of our things, doe +esteeme our trifles before things of greater value: Notwithstanding +in their proper maner (considering the want of such means as we +haue,) they seeme very ingenious. For although they haue no +such tooles, nor any such crafts, Sciences and Artes as wee, yet +in those things they doe, they shew excellence of wit. And by +how much they vpon due consideration shall finde our maner of +knowledges and crafts to exceede theirs in perfection, and speed +for doing and execution, by so much the more is it probable that +they should desire our friendship and loue, and haue the greater +respect for pleasing and obeying vs. Whereby may bee hoped, if +meanes of good gouernment be vsed, that they may in short time +bee brought to ciuilitie, and the imbracing of true Religion. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Some religion they haue already, which although it be farre from +the trueth, yet being as it is, there is hope it may be the easier +and sooner reformed. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page350">[pg 350]</span><a name="Pg350" id="Pg350" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They beleeue that there are many gods, which they call +Mantoac, but of different sorts and degrees, one onely chiefe and +great God, which hath beene from all eternitie. Who as they +affirme, when hee purposed to make the world, made first other +gods of a principall order, to be as meanes and instruments to be +vsed in the creation and gouernment to follow, and after the +Sunne, moone, and starres as pettie gods, and the instruments of +the other order more principal. First (they say) were made waters +out of which by the gods were made all diuersitie of creatures +that are visible or invisible. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For mankinde they say a woman was made first, which by the +working of one of the gods, conceiued and brought foorth +children: And in such sort they say they had their beginning. +But how many yeeres or ages haue passed since, they say they +can make no relation hauing no letters or other such meanes as +we to keepe records of the particularities of times past, but onely +tradition from father to sonne. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They thinke that all the gods are of humane shape, and therefore +they represent them by images in the formes of men, which +they call Kewasowok, one alone is called Kewas: them they place +in houses appropriate or temples, which they call Machicomuck, +where they worship, pray, sing, and make many times offring vnto +them. In some Machicomuck we haue seene but one Kewas, in +some two, and in other some three. The common sort thinke +them to be also gods. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They beleeue also the immortalitie of the soule, that after this +life as soone as the soule is departed from the body, according to +the workes it hath done, it is either carried to heauen the +habitacle of the gods, there to enioy perpetuall blisse and happinesse +or els to a great pitte or hole, which they thinke to be in +the furthest parts of their part of the world toward the Sunne set, +there to burne continually: the place they call Popogusso. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For the confirmation of this opinion, they tolde me two stories +of two men that had bene lately dead and reuiued againe, the +one happened but few yeeres before our comming into the +Countrey of a wicked man, which hauing bene dead and buried, +the next day the earth of the graue being seene to moue, was +taken vp againe, who made declaration where his soule had bene, +that is to say, very neere entring into Popogusso, had not one of +the gods saued him, and gaue him leaue to returne againe, and +teach his friends what they should do to auoyd that terrible +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page351">[pg 351]</span><a name="Pg351" id="Pg351" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +place of torment. The other happened in the same yeere we +were there, but in a towne that was 60. miles from vs, and it was +told me for strange newes, that one being dead, buried, and +taken vp againe as the first, shewed that although his body had +lien dead in the graue, yet his soule was aliue, and had trauailed +farre in a long broad way, on both sides whereof grew most +delicate and pleasant trees, bearing more rare and excellent +fruits, then euer hee had seene before, or was able to expresse, +and at length came to most braue and faire houses, neere which +he met his father that had bene dead before, who gaue him great +charge to goe backe againe, and shew his friendes what good +they were to doe to enioy the pleasures of that place, which when +he had done he should after come againe. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +What subtiltie soeuer be in the Wiroances and priestes, this +opinion worketh so much in many of the common and simple +sort of people, that it maketh them haue great respect to their +Gouernours, and also great care what they doe, to auoyd torment +after death, and to enioy blisse, although notwithstanding there +is punishment ordeined for malefactours, as stealers, whoremongers, +and other sorts of wicked doers, some punished with +death, some with forfeitures, some with beating, according to the +greatnesse of the facts. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And this is the summe of their Religion, which I learned by +hauing speciall familiaritie with some of their priests. Wherein +they were not so sure grounded, nor gaue such credite to their +traditions and stories, but through conuersing with vs they were +brought into great doubts of their owne; and no small admiration +of ours, with earnest desire in many, to learne more then wee +had meanes for want of perfect vtterance in their language to +expresse. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Most things they sawe with vs, as Mathematicall instruments, +sea Compasses, the vertue of the load-stone in drawing yron, a +perspectiue glasse whereby was shewed many strange sights, +burning glasses, wilde firewoorkes, gunnes, hookes, writing and +reading, spring-clockes that seeme to goe of themselues, and +many other things that wee had were so strange vnto them, and +so farre exceeded their capacities to comprehend the reason and +meanes how they should be made and done, that they thought +they were rather the workes of gods then of men, or at the leastwise +they had bene giuen and taught vs of the gods. Which +made many of them to haue such opinion of vs, as that if they +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page352">[pg 352]</span><a name="Pg352" id="Pg352" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +knew not the trueth of God and Religion already, it was rather +to bee had from vs whom God so specially loued, then from a +people that were so simple, as they found themselues to be in +comparison of vs. Whereupon greater credite was giuen vnto +that wee spake of, concerning such matters. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Many times and in euery towne where I came, according as I +was able, I made declaration of the contents of the Bible, that +therein was set foorth the true and onely God, and his mightie +workes, that therein was conteined the true doctrine of saluation +through Christ, with many particularities of Miracles and chiefe +points of Religion, as I was able then to vtter, and thought fit +for the time. And although I told them the booke materially +and of it selfe was not of any such vertue, as I thought they did +conceiue, but onely the doctrine therein conteined: yet would +many be glad to touch it, to embrace it, to kisse it, to holde it +to their breastes and heads, and stroke ouer all their body with +it, to shew their hungry desire of that knowledge which was +spoken of. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Wiroans with whom we dwelt called Wingina, and many +of his people would bee glad many times to be with vs at our +Prayers, and many times call vpon vs both in his owne towne, as +also in others whither hee sometimes accompanied vs, to pray +and sing Psalmes, hoping thereby to be partaker of the same +effects which we by that meanes also expected. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Twise this Wiroans was so grieuously sicke that he was like to +die, and as he lay languishing, doubting of any helpe by his owne +priestes, and thinking hee was in such danger for offending vs +and thereby our God, sent for some of vs to pray and bee a +meanes to our God that it would please him either that he might +liue, or after death dwell with him in blisse, so likewise were the +requests of many others in the like case. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On a time also when their corne began to wither by reason of +a draught which happened extraordinarily, fearing that it had +come to passe by reason that in some thing they had displeased +vs, many would come to vs and desire vs to pray to our God of +England, that he would preserue their Corne, promising that +when it was ripe we also should be partakers of the fruit. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There could at no time happen any strange sicknesse, losses, +hurts, or any other crosse vnto them, but that they would impute +to vs the cause or meanes thereof, for offending or not pleasing +vs. One other rare and strange accident, leauing others, wil I +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page353">[pg 353]</span><a name="Pg353" id="Pg353" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +mention before I end, which moued the whole Countrey that +either knew or heard of vs, to haue vs in wonderfull admiration. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There was no towne where wee had any subtle deuise practised +against vs, wee leauing it vnpunished or not reuenged (because +we sought by all meanes possible to win them by gentlenesse) +but that within a few dayes after our departure from euery such +Towne, the people began to die very fast, and many in short +space, in some Townes about twentie, in some fourtie, and in +one sixe score, which in trueth was very many in respect of their +numbers. This happened in no place that we could learne, but +where we had bin, where they vsed some practise against vs, and +after such time. The disease also was so strange, that they +neither knewe what it was, nor how to cure it, the like by report +of the oldest men in the Countrey neuer happened before, time +out of minde. A thing specially obserued by vs, as also by the +naturall inhabitants themselves. Insomuch that when some of +the inhabitants which were our friends, and especially the +Wiroans Wingina, had obserued such effects in foure or fiue +Townes to follow their wicked practises, they were perswaded +that it was the worke of our God through our meanes, and that +we by him might kill and slay whom we would without weapons, +and not come neere them. And thereupon when it had happened +that they had vnderstanding that any of their enemies had +abused vs in our iourneys, hearing that we had wrought no +reuenge with our weapons, and fearing vpon some cause the +matter should so rest: did come and intreate vs that we would +be a meanes to our God that they as others that had dealt ill +with vs might in like sort die, alleadging how much it would bee +for our credite and profite, as also theirs, and hoping furthermore +that we would doe so much at their requests in respect of the +friendship we professed them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Whose entreaties although wee shewed that they were vngodly, +affirming that our God would not subiect himselfe to any such +prayers and requests of men: that indeede all things haue bene +and were to be done according to his good pleasure as he had +ordeined: and that, we to shewe our selues his true seruants +ought rather to make petition for the contrary, that they with +them might liue together with vs, be made partakers of his trueth, +and serue him in righteousnesse, but notwithstanding in such +sort, that wee referre that, as all other things, to bee done +according +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page354">[pg 354]</span><a name="Pg354" id="Pg354" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +to his diuine will and pleasure, and as by his wisedome he +had ordeined to be best. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Yet because the effect fell out so suddenly and shortly after +according to their desires, they thought neuerthelesse it came to +passe by our meanes, and that we in vsing such speeches vnto +them, did not dissemble the matter, and therefore came vnto vs +to giue vs thankes in their maner, that although we satisfied +them not in promise, yet in deedes and effect we had fulfilled their +desires. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This marueilous accident in all the Countrey wrought so +strange opinions of vs, that some people could not tell whether to +thinke vs gods or men, and the rather because that all the space +of their sicknes, there was no man of ours knowen to die, or that +was specially sicke: they noted also that we had no women +among vs, neither that we did care for any of theirs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Some therefore were of opinion that we were not borne of +women, and therefore not mortal, but that we were men of +an old generation many yeeres past, then risen againe to +immortalitie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Some would likewise seeme to prophecie that there were more +of our generation yet to come to kill theirs and take their places, +as some thought the purpose was, by that which was already +done. Those that were immediatly to come after vs they +imagined to be in the aire, yet inuisible and without bodies, and +that by our intreatie and for the loue of vs, did make the people +to die in that sort as they did, by shooting inuisible bullets +into them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To confirme this opinion, their Phisitions (to excuse their +ignorance in curing the disease) would not be ashamed to say, +but earnestly make the simple people beleeue, that the strings of +blood that they sucked out of the sicke bodies, were the strings +wherewithall the inuisible bullets were tied and cast. Some also +thought that wee shot them our selues out of our pieces, from +the place where wee dwelt, and killed the people in any Towne +that had offended vs, as wee listed, howe farre distant from vs +soeuer it were. And other some said, that it was the speciall +worke of God for our sakes, as we our selues haue cause in some +sort to thinke no lesse, whatsoeuer some doe, or may imagine to +the contrary, specially some Astrologers, knowing of the Eclipse +of the Sunne which we saw the same yeere before in our voyage +thitherward, which vnto them appeared very terrible. And also +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page355">[pg 355]</span><a name="Pg355" id="Pg355" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +of a Comet which began to appeare but a fewe dayes before the +beginning of the saide sicknesse. But to exclude them from +being the speciall causes of so speciall an accident, there are +further reasons then I thinke fit at this present to be alleadged. +These their opinions I haue set downe the more at large, that it +may appeare vnto you that there is good hope they may be +brought through discreete dealing and gouernment to the imbracing +of the trueth, and consequently to honour, obey, feare and +loue vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And although some of our company towards the ende of the +yeere, shewed themselues too fierce in slaying some of the people +in some Townes, vpon causes that on our part might easily +ynough haue bene borne withall: yet notwithstanding, because +it was on their part iustly deserued, the alteration of their opinions +generally and for the most part concerning vs is the lesse to be +doubted. And whatsoever els they may be, by carefulnesse of +our selues neede nothing at all to be feared. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The best neuerthelesse in this, as in all actions besides, is to +be endeuoured and hoped, and of the worst that may happen +notice to be taken with consideration, and as much as may be +eschewed. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"> +<h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">The conclusion.</h4> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Now I haue (as I hope) made relation not of so few and small +things, but that the Countrey (of men that are indifferent and +well disposed) may bee sufficiently liked: If there were no more +knowen then I haue mentioned, which doubtlesse and in great +reason is nothing to that which remaineth to be discouered, +neither the soyle, nor commodities. As we haue reason so to +gather by the difference we found in our trauailes, for although al +which I haue before spoken of, haue bene discouered and experimented +not farre from the Sea coast, where was our abode and +most of our trauailing: yet sometimes as we made our iourneys +further into the maine and Countrey; we found the soile to be +fatter, the trees greater and to grow thinner, the ground more +firme and deeper mould, more and larger champions, finer grasse, +and as good as euer we saw any in England; in some places +rockie and farre more high and hilly ground, more plentie of +their fruites, more abundance of beastes, the more inhabited with +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page356">[pg 356]</span><a name="Pg356" id="Pg356" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +people, and of greater pollicie and larger dominions, with greater +townes and houses. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Why may wee not then looke for in good hope from the inner +parts of more and greater plentie, as well of other things, as of +those which wee haue already discouered? Vnto the Spaniards +happened the like in discouering the maine of the West Indies. +The maine also of this Countrey of Virginia, extending some +wayes so many hundreds of leagues, as otherwise then by the +relation of the inhabitants wee haue most certaine knowledge of +where yet no Christian prince hath any possession or dealing, +cannot but yeelde many kinds of excellent commodities, which +we in our discouery haue not seene. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +What hope there is els to bee gathered of the nature of the +climate, being answerable to the Iland of Japan, the land of +China, Persia, Iury, the Ilands of Cyprus and Candy, the South +parts of Greece, Italy and Spaine, and of many other notable and +famous Countreys, because I meane not to be tedious, I leaue to +your owne consideration. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Whereby also the excellent temperature of the aire there at all +seasons, much warmer then in England, and neuer so vehemently +hot, as sometimes is vnder and betweene the Tropikes, or neere +them, cannot be knowen vnto you without further relation. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For the holsomnesse thereof I neede to say but this much: +that for all the want of prouisson, as first of English victuall, +excepting for twentie dayes, we liued onely by drinking water, and +by the victuall of the Countrey, of which some sorts were very +strange vnto vs, and might haue bene thought to haue altered our +temperatures in such sort, as to haue brought vs into some +greuious and dangerous diseases: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">This want is hereafter to be supplied.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Secondly the want +of English meanes, for the taking of beastes, fish and +foule, which by the helpe onely of the inhabitants and +their meanes could not bee so suddenly and easily prouided for +vs, nor in so great number and quantities, nor of that choise as +otherwise might haue bene to our better satisfaction and contentment. +Some want also we had of clothes. Furthermore in al +our trauailes, which were most specially and often in the time of +Winter, our lodging was in the open aire vpon the ground. And +yet I say for all this, there were but foure of our whole company +(being one hundred and eight) that died all the yeere, and that +but at the latter ende thereof, and vpon none of the aforesaid +causes. For all foure, especially three, were feeble, weake, and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page357">[pg 357]</span><a name="Pg357" id="Pg357" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +sickly persons before euer they come thither, and those that knew +them, much marueled that they liued so long being in that case, +or had aduentured to trauaile. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Seeing therefore the aire there is so temperate and holsome, +the soyle so fertile, and yeelding such commodities, as I haue +before mentioned, the also thither to and fro being sufficiently +experimented to be performed twise a yeere with ease, and at any +season thereof: And the dealing of Sir Walter Ralegh so liberall +in large giuing and granting land there, as is already knowen, +with many helpes and furtherances else: (The least that he hath +granted hath bene fiue hundreth acres to a man onely for the +aduenture of his person) I hope there remaines no cause whereby +the action should be misliked. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +If that those which shall thither trauaile to inhabite and plant +bee but reasonably prouided for the first yeere, as those are which +were transported the last, and being there, doe vse but that +diligence and care, that is requisit, and as they may with ease: +There is no doubt but for the time following, they may haue +victuall that are excellent good and plentie ynough, some more +English sorts of cattell also hereafter, as some haue bene before +and there are yet remayning, may and shall be (God willing) +thither transported. So likewise, our kinde of fruites, rootes, and +hearbes, may be there planted and sowed, as some haue bene +already, and proue well: And in short time, also they may raise so +much of those sorts of commodities which I haue spoken of, as +shall both enrich themselues, as also others that shall deale with +them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And this is all the fruit of our labours, that I haue thought +necessary to aduertise you of at this present: What else concerneth +the nature and maners of the inhabitants of Virginia, the +number with the particularities of the voyages thither made, and +of the actions of such as haue beene by Sir Walter Ralegh +therein, and there imployed, many worthy to be remembred, as +of the first discouerers of the Country, of our Generall for the +time Sir Richard Grinuil, and after his departure of our +Gouernour there Master Ralph Lane, with diuers others directed +and imployed vnder their gouernment: Of the Captaines and +Masters of the voyages made since for transportation of the +Gouernour and assistants of those already transported, as of many +persons, accidents, and things els, I haue ready in a discourse by +it selfe in maner of a Chronicle, according to the course of times: +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page358">[pg 358]</span><a name="Pg358" id="Pg358" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +which when time shall be thought conuenient, shall be also +published. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus referring my relation to your fauourable constructions, +expecting good successe of the action, from him which is to be +acknowledged the authour and gouernour, not onely of this, but +of all things els, I take my leaue of you, this moneth of February +1587. +</p> + +</div> + +</div> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc65" id="toc65"></a> +<a name="pdf66" id="pdf66"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XXX. The fourth voyage made to Virginia with three ships, in yere +1587. Wherein was transported the second Colonie. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the yeere of our Lord 1587. Sir Walter Ralegh intending +to perseuere in the planting of his Countrey of Virginia, prepared +a newe Colonie of one hundred and fiftie men to be sent +thither, vnder the charge of Iohn White, whom hee appointed +Gouernour, and also appointed vnto him twelue Assistants, vnto +whom he gaue a Charter, and incorporated them by the name of +Gouernour and Assistants of the Citie of Ralegh in Virginia. +</p> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">April.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Our Fleete being in number three saile, viz. the Admirall a +shippe of one hundred and twentie Tunnes, a Flie-boate, and a +Pinnesse, departed the sixe and twentieth of April from Portsmouth, +and the same day came to an ancker at the Cowes in the +Isle of Wight, where wee stayed eight dayes. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">May.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The fift of May, at nine of the clocke at night we came to +Plimmouth, where we remained the space of two dayes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 8 we weyed anker at Plimmouth, and departed thence for +Virginia. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 16 Simon Ferdinando, Master of our Admirall, lewdly +forsooke our Fly-boate, leauing her distressed in the Bay of +Portugal. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Iune.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 19 we fell with Dominica, and the same euening we +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page359">[pg 359]</span><a name="Pg359" id="Pg359" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +sayled betweene it, and Guadalupe: the 21 the Fly-boat +also fell with Dominica. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">One of the Isles of the Indies inhabited with Sauages.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 22 we came to an anker at an Island called +Santa Cruz,<a id="noteref_101" name="noteref_101" href="#note_101"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">101</span></span></a> +where all the planters were set on land, +staying there till the 25 of the same moneth. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Circumspection to be vsed in strange places.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +At our +first landing on this Island, some of our women, and +men, by eating a small fruit like greene Apples, were +fearefully troubled with a sudden burning in their +mouthes, and swelling of their tongues so bigge, that some of +them could not speake. Also a child by sucking one of those +womens breasts, had at that instant his mouth set on such a +burning, that it was strange to see how the infant was tormented +for the time: but after 24 houres it ware away of it selfe. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Also the first night of our being on this Island, we took fiue +great Tortoses, some of them of such bignes, that sixteene of our +strongest men were tired with carying of one of them but from +the sea side to our cabbins. In this Island we found no watring +place, but a standing ponde, the water whereof was so euill, that +many of our company fell sicke with drinking thereof: and as +many as did but wash their faces with that water, in the morning +before the Sunne had drawen away the corruption, their faces +did so burne and swell, that their eyes were shut vp, and could +not see in fiue or sixe dayes, or longer. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The second day of our abode there, we sent forth some of our +men to search the Island for fresh water, three one way, and two +another way. The Gouernour also, with sixe others, went vp to +the top of an high hill, to viewe the Island, but could perceiue +no signe of any men, or beastes, nor any goodnes, but Parots, +and trees of Guiacum. Returning backe to our cabbins another +way, he found in the discent of a hill, certaine potsheards of +sauage making, made of the earth of that Island: whereupon it +was iudged, that this Island was inhabited with Sauages, though +Fernando had told vs for certaine the contrary. The same day +at night, the rest of our company very late returned to the +Gouernour. The one company affirmed, that they had seene in +a valley eleuen Sauages, and diuers houses halfe a mile distant +from the steepe, or toppe of the hill where they stayed. The +other company had found running out of a high rocke a very fayre +spring of water, whereof they brought three bottels to the company: +for before that time, wee drank the stinking water of the pond. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page360">[pg 360]</span><a name="Pg360" id="Pg360" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The same second day at night Captaine Stafford, with the +Pinnesse, departed from our fleets, riding at Santa Cruz, to an +Island, called Beake, lying neere S. Iohn, being so directed by +Ferdinando, who assured him he should there find great plenty +of sheepe. The next day at night, our planters left Santa Cruz, +and came all aboord, and the next morning after, being the 25 of +Iune we weyed anker, and departed from Santa Cruz. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The seuen and twentieth we came to anker at Cottea, where +we found the Pinnesse riding at our comming. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 28 we weyed anker at Cottea, and presently came to +anker at S. Iohns in Musketos Bay,<a id="noteref_102" name="noteref_102" href="#note_102"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">102</span></span></a> +where we spent three dayes +vnprofitable in taking in fresh water, spending in the meane time +more beere then the quantitie of the water came vnto. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Iulie.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Musketos Bay, is a harbour vpon the +south side of S. Iohns Island, where we take in fresh water.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The first day we weyed anker at Musketos Bay, where +were left behind two Irish men of our company, +Darbie Glauen, and Denice Carrell, bearing along +the coast of S. Iohns till euening, at which time wee +fell with Rosse Bay. At this place Ferdinando had +promised wee should take in salte, and had caused +vs before, to make and prouide as many sackes for +that purpose, as we could. The Gouernour also, for +that hee understood there was a Towne in the +bottome of the Bay, not farre from the salt hills, appointed thirty +shot, tenne pikes, and ten targets, to man the Pinnesse, and to +goe aland for salt. Ferdinando perceiuing them in a readines, +sent to the Gouernour, vsing great perswasions with him, not to +take in salt there, saying that hee knew not well whether the +same were the place or not: also, that if the Pinnesse went into +the Bay, she could not without great danger come backe, till the +next day at night, and that if in the meane time any storme +should rise, the Admirall were in danger to bee cast away. +Whilest he was thus perswading, he caused the lead to be cast, +and hauing craftily brought the shippe in three fadome and a +halfe water, he suddenly began to sweare, and teare God in +pieces, dissembling great danger, crying to him at the helme, +beare vp hard, beare vp hard, so we went off, and were +disappointed of our salt, by his meanes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day sayling along the west end of S. Iohn, the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page361">[pg 361]</span><a name="Pg361" id="Pg361" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A pleasant and fruitfull countrey, +lying on the west end of S. Iohns Island, where groweth plenty +of Orenges, Limons, Plantans, and Pines.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Gouernour determined to go aland in S. Germans +Bay, to gather yong plants of Orenges, Pines, +Mameas, and Plantanos, to set at Virginia, which we +knew might easily be had, for that they grow neere +the shore, and the places where they grew, well +known to the Gouernour, and some of the planters: +but our Simon denied it, saying: he would come to +an anker at Hispaniola, and there land the Gouernour, +and some other of the Assistants, with the +pinnesse, to see if he could speake with his friend +Alanson, of whom he hoped to be furnished both of cattell, and +all such things as we would haue taken in at S. Iohn: but he +meant nothing lesse, as it plainely did appeare to vs afterwards. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day after, being the third of Iuly, we saw Hispaniola, +and bare with the coast all that day, looking still when the +pinnesse should be prepared to goe for the place where Ferdinando +his friend Alanson was: but that day passed, and we saw no preparation +for landing in Hispaniola. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 4. of Iuly, sayling along the coast of Hispaniola, vntill the +next day at noone, and no preparation yet seene for the staying +there, we hauing knowledge that we were past the place where +Alanson dwelt, and were come with Isabella: hereupon Ferdinando +was asked by the Gouernour, whether he meant to +speake with Alanson, for the taking in of cattell, and other things, +according to his promise, or not: but he answered that he was +now past the place, and that Sir Walter Ralegh told him, the +French Ambassador certified him, that the king of Spaine had +sent for Alanson into Spaine: wherefore he thought him dead, +and that it was to no purpose to touch there in any place, at this +voyage. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day we left sight of Hispaniola, and haled off for +Virginia, about foure of the clocke in the afternoone. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The sixt day of Iuly we came to the Island Caycos, wherein +Ferdinando sayd were two salt pondes, assuring vs that if they +were drie we might find salt to shift with, vntill the next supply: +but it prooued as true as finding of sheepe at Baque. In this +Island, whilest Ferdinando solaced himselfe ashore, with one of +the company, in part of the Island, others spent the latter part of +that day in other parts of the Iland, some to seeke the salt ponds, +some fowling, some hunting Swans, whereof we caught many. +The next day early in the morning we weyed anker, leauing +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page362">[pg 362]</span><a name="Pg362" id="Pg362" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Caycos, with good hope, that the first land that we saw next +should be Virginia. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +About the 16 of Iuly we fel with the maine of Virginia, which +Simon Ferdinando tooke to be the Island of Croatoan, where we +came to anker, and rode there two or three dayes: but finding +himselfe deceiued, he weyed, and bare along the coast, where in +the night, had not Captaine Stafford bene more carefull in looking +out, then our Simon Ferdinando, we had bene all cast away vpon +the breach, called the Cape of Feare, for we were come within +two cables length vpon it: such was the carelesnes, and ignorance +of our Master. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The two and twentieth of Iuly wee arriued safe at Hatorask, +where our ship and pinnesse ankered: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">An intent to plant in the Bay of Chesepiok</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +the Gouernour went +aboord the pinnesse accompanied with fortie of his best men, +intending to passe vp to Roanoak foorthwith, hoping there to +finde those fifteene Englishmen, which Sir Richard Grinuile had +left there the yeere before, with whom he meant to haue +conference, concerning the state of the Countrey, and Sauages, meaning +after he had so done, to returne againe to the fleete, and passe +along the coast, to the Bay of Chesepiok where we +intended to make our seate and forte, according to +the charge giuen us among other directions in writing, +vnder the hande of Sir Walter Ralegh: but assoone +as we were put with our pinnesse from the ship, a Gentleman by +the meanes of Ferdinando, who was appointed to returne for +England, called to the sailers in the pinnesse, charging them not +to bring any of the planters backe again, but to leaue them in +the Island, except the Gouernour, and two or three such as he +approued, saying that the Summer was farre spent, wherefore hee +would land all the planters in no other place. Vnto this were all +the saylers, both in the pinnesse, and shippe, perswaded by the +Master, wherefore it booted not the Gouernour to contend with +them, but passed to Roanoak, and the same night at sunne-set +went aland on the Island, in the place where our fifteene men +were left, but we found none of them, nor any signe that they had +bene there, sauing onely wee found the bones of one of those +fifteene, which the Sauages had slaine long before. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The three and twentieth of Iuly the Gouernour with diuers of +his company, walked to the North ende of the Island, where +Master Ralfe Lane had his forte, with sundry necessary and +decent dwelling houses, made by his men about it the yeere +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page363">[pg 363]</span><a name="Pg363" id="Pg363" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +before, where wee hoped to find some signes, or certaine knowledge +of our fifteene men. When we came thither, we found the +fort rased downe, but all the houses standing vnhurt, sauing that +the neather roomes of them, and also of the forte, were ouergrowen +with Melons of diuers sortes, and Deere within them, feeding on +those Melons: so wee returned to our company, without hope of +euer seeing any of the fifteene men liuing. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The same day order was giuen, that euery man should be +employed for the repayring of those houses, which wee found +standing, and also to make other new Cottages, for such as should +neede. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 25 our Flyboate and the rest of our planters arriued all +safe at Hatoraske, to the great ioy and comfort of the whole company: +but the Master of our Admirall Ferdinando grieued greatly +at their safe comming: for hee purposely left them in the Bay of +Portugal, and stole away from them in the night, hoping that the +Master thereof, whose name was Edward Spicer, for that he +neuer had bene in Virginia, would hardly finde the place, or els +being left in so dangerous a place as that was, by meanes of so +many men of warre, as at that time were abroad, they should +surely be taken, or slaine: but God disappointed his wicked +pretenses. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The eight and twentieth, George Howie, one of our twelue +Assistants was slaine by diuers Sauages, which were come ouer +to Roanoak, either of purpose to espie our company, and what +we were, or else to hunt Deere, whereof were many in the Island. +These Sauages being secretly hidden among high reedes, where +oftentimes they find the Deere asleep, and so kill them, espied +our man wading in the water alone, almost naked, without any +weapon, saue only a smal forked sticke, catching Crabs therewithall, +and also being strayed two miles from his company, and +shot at him in the water, where they gaue him sixteen wounds +with their arrowes: and after they had slaine him with their +woodden swords, they beat his head in pieces, and fled ouer the +water to the maine. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the thirtieth of Iuly Master Stafford and twenty of our men +passed by water to the Island of Croatoan, with Manteo, who +had his mother, and many of his kindred dwelling in that Island, +of whom wee hoped to vnderstand some newes of our fifteene +men, but especially to learne the disposition of the people of the +countrey toward vs, and to renew our old friendship with them. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page364">[pg 364]</span><a name="Pg364" id="Pg364" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +At our first landing they seemed as though they would fight with +vs: but perceiuing vs begin to march with our shot towardes +them, they turned their backes, and fled. Then Manteo their +countrey man called to them in their owne language, whom, +assoone as they heard, they returned, and threwe away their +bowes and arrowes, and some of them came vnto vs, +embracing and entertaining vs friendly, desiring vs not to +gather or spill any of their corne, for that they had but +little. We answered them, that neither their corne, nor any +other thing of theirs, should be diminished by any of vs, and +that our comming was onely to renew the old loue, that was +betweene vs and them at the first, and to liue with them as +brethren and friends: which answer seemed to please them well, +wherefore they requested vs to walke vp to their Towne, who +there feasted vs after their maner; and desired vs earnestly, that +there might bee some token or badge giuen them of vs, whereby +we might know them to be our friends, when we met them any +where out of the Towne or Island. They told vs further, that +for want of some such badge, diuers of them were hurt the yeere +before, being found out of the Island by Master Lane his company, +whereof they shewed vs one, which at that very instant lay +lame, and had lien of that hurt euer since: but they sayd, they +knew our men mistooke them, and hurt them instead of Winginos +men, wherefore they held vs excused. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">August.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day we had conference further with them, concerning +the peopie of Secotan, Aquascogoc, and Pomeiok, willing +them of Croatoan to certifie the people of those townes, that if +they would accept our friendship, we would willingly receiue +them againe, and that all vnfriendly dealings past on both parts, +should be vtterly forgiuen and forgotten. To this the chiefe men +of Croatoan answered, that they would gladly doe the best they +could, and within seuen dayes, bring the Wiroances and chiefe +Gouernours of those townes with them, to our Gouernour at +Roanoak, or their answere. We also vnderstood of the men of +Croatoan, that our man Master Howe was slaine by the remnant +of Winginos men dwelling then at Dasamonguepeuk, with whom +Wanchese kept companie: and also we vnderstood by them +of Croatoan, how that the 15 Englishmen left at Roanoak +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page365">[pg 365]</span><a name="Pg365" id="Pg365" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the yeere before, by Sir Richard Grinuile, were suddenly set +vpon, by 30 of the men of Secota, Aquascogoc, and Dasamonguepeuk +in manner following. They conueyed themselues +secretly behind the trees, neere the houses where our men +carelesly liued: and hauing perceiued that of those fifteene +they could see but eleuen onely, two of those Sauages appeared +to the 11 Englishmen calling to them by friendly signes, +that but two of their chiefest men should come vnarmed to +speake with those two Sauages, who seemed also to be +vnarmed. Wherefore two of the chiefest of our Englishmen +went gladly to them: but whilest one of those Sauages +traiterously imbraced one of our men, the other with his +sworde of wood, which he had secretly hidden vnder his mantell, +strooke him on the heade and slew him, and presently the other +eight and twentie Sauages shewed them selues: the other Englishman +perceiuing this, fled to his company, whom the Sauages +pursued with their bowes, and arrowes, so fast, that the Englishmen +were forced to take the house, wherein all their victuall, and +weapons were: but the Sauages foorthwith set the same on fire: +by meanes wherof our men were forced to take vp such weapons +as came first to hand, and without order to runne forth among +the Sauages, with whom they skirmished aboue an howre. In +this skirmish another of our men was shotte into the mouth with +an arrow, where hee died: and also one of the Sauages was shot +into the side by one of our men, with a wild fire arrow, whereof +he died presently. The place where they fought was of great +aduantage to the Sauages, by meanes of the thicke trees, behinde +which the Sauages through their nimblenes, defended themselues, +and so offended our men with their arrowes, that our men +being some of them hurt, retyred fighting to the water side, +where their boat lay, with which they fled towards Hatorask. +By that time they had rowed but a quarter of a mile, they espied +their foure fellowes coming from a creeke thereby, where they +had bene to fetch Oysters: these foure they receiued into their +boate, leauing Roanoak, and landed on a little Island on the +right hand of our entrance into the harbour of Hatorask, where +they remayned a while, but afterward departed, whither as yet we +know not. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hauing nowe sufficiently dispatched our businesse at Croatoan, +the same day we departed friendly, taking our leaue, and came +aboord the fleete at Hatorask. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page366">[pg 366]</span><a name="Pg366" id="Pg366" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The eight of August, the Gouernour hauing long expected the +comming of the Wiroanses of Pomeiok, Aquascogoc, Secota, +and Dasamonguepeuk, seeing that the seuen dayes were past, +within which they promised to come in, or to send their answeres +by the men of Croatoan, and no tidings of them heard, being +certainly also informed by those men of Croatoan, that the +remnant of Wingina his men, which were left aliue, who dwelt +at Dasamonquepeuk, were they which had slaine George Howe, +and were also at the driving of our eleuen Englishmen from +Roanoak, hee thought to deferre the reuenge thereof no longer. +Wherefore the same night about midnight, he passed ouer the +water, accompanied with Captaine Stafford, and 24 men, wherof +Manteo was one, whom we tooke with vs to be our guide to the +place where those Sauages dwelt, where he behaued himselfe +toward vs as a most faithfull Englishman. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day, being the 9 of August, in the morning so early +that it was yet darke, we landed neere the dwelling place of our +enemies, and very secretly conueyed our selues through the +woods, to that side, where we had their houses betweene vs and +the water: and hauing espied their fire, and some sitting about +it, we presently set on them: the miserable soules herewith +amazed, fled into a place of thicke reedes, growing fast by, where +our men perceiuing them, shot one of them through the bodie +with a bullet, and therewith we entered the reedes, among which +we hoped to acquite their euill doing towards vs, but we were +deceiued, for those Sauages were our friends, and were come +from Croatoan to gather the corne and fruit of that place, because +they vnderstood our enemies were fled immediatly after they had +slaine George Howe, and for haste had left all their corne. +Tobacco, and Pompions standing in such sont, that al had bene +deuoured of the birds, and Deere, if it had not bene gathered in +time: but they had like to haue payd deerely for it: for it was +so darke, that they being naked, and their men and women +apparelled all so like others, wee knew not but that they were al +men: and if that one of them which was a Wiroances wife had +not had a child at her backe, shee had bene slaine in stead of a +man, and as hap was, another Sauage knew master Stafford, and +ran to him, calling him by his name, whereby hee was saued. +Finding our selues thus disappointed of our purpose, we gathered +al the corne, Pease, Pompions, and Tobacco that we found ripe, +leauing the rest vnspoyled, and tooke Menatoan his wife, with +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page367">[pg 367]</span><a name="Pg367" id="Pg367" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the yong child, and the other Sauages with vs ouer the water to +Roanoak. Although the mistaking of these Sauages somewhat +grieued Manteo, yet he imputed their harme to their owne folly, +saying to them, that if their Wiroances had kept their promise in +comming to the Gouernour at the day appointed, they had not +knowen that mischance. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 13 of August our Sauage Manteo, by the commandement +of Sir Walter Ralegh, was christened in Roanoak, and called +Lord thereof, and of Dasamonguepeuk, in reward of his faithfull +seruices. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 18 Elenor, daughter to the Gouernour, and wife to +Ananias Dare one of the Assistants, was deliuered of a daughter +in Roanoak, and the same was christened there the Sonday +following, and because this child was the first Christian borne in +Virginia, shee was named Virginia. By this time our ships had +vnladen the goods and victuals of the planters; and began to take +in wood, and fresh water, and to new calke and trimme them for +England: the planters also prepared their letters and tokens to +send backe into England. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Our two ships, the Lion and the Flyboat almost ready to +depart, the 21 of August, there arose such a tempest at Northeast, +that our Admirall then riding out of the harbour, was forced +to cut his cables, and put to sea, where he lay beating off and on +sixe dayes before he could come to vs againe so that we feared +he had bene cast away, and the rather for that at the time that +the storme tooke them, the most and best of their sailers were +left aland. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +At this time some controuersies arose betweene the Gouernour +and Assistants, about choosing two out of the twelue Assistants, +which should goe backe as factors for the company into England: +for euery one of them refused, saue onely one, which all other +thought not sufficient: but at length by much perswading of the +Gouernour, Christopher Cooper only agreed to goe for England: +but the next day, through the perswasion of diuers of his familiar +friends, hee changed his minde, so that now the matter stood as +at the first. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day, the 22 of August, the whole company both of +the Assistants and planters came to the Gouernour, and with one +voice requested him to returne himselfe into England, for the +better and sooner obtaining of supplies, and other necessaries for +them: but he refused it, and alleaged many sufficient causes, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page368">[pg 368]</span><a name="Pg368" id="Pg368" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +why he would not: the one was, that he could not so suddenly +returne backe againe without his great discredite, leauing the +action, and so many whome hee partly had procured through his +perswasions, to leaue their natiue countrey, and vndertake that +voyage, and that some enemies to him and the action at his +returne into England would not spare to slander falsly both him +and the action, by saying, hee went to Virginia, but politikely, +and to no other end but to leade so many into a countrey, in +which hee neuer meant to stay himselfe, and there to leaue them +behind him. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their meaning to remoue 50 miles into the countrey.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Also he alleaged, that seeing they +intended to remoue 50 miles further vp into the +maine presently, he being then absent, his stuffe and +goods might be both spoiled, and most of them +pilfered away in the cariage, so that at his returne he +should be either forced to prouide himselfe of all suche things +againe, or else at his comming againe to Virginia find himselfe +vtterly vnfurnished, whereof already he had found some proofe, +being but once from them but three dayes. Wherefore he concluded +that he would not goe himselfe. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day, not onely the Assistants but diuers others, as +well women as men, began to renew their requests to the +Gouernour againe, to take vpon him to returne into England for +the supply, and dispatch of all such things as there were to be +done, promising to make him their bond vnder all their handes +and seales for the safe preseruing of all his goods for him at his +returne to Virginia, so that if any part thereof was spoyled or +lost, they would see it restored to him, or his Assignes, whensoever +the same should be missed and demanded: which bond, +with a testimony vnder their hands and seales, they foorthwith +made, and deliuered into his hands. The copie of the testimony +I thought good to set downe. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +<span class="tei tei-q">“May it please you, her Maiesties subjects of England, we your +friends and countrey-men, the planters in Virginia, doe by these +presents let you and euery of you to vnderstand, that for the +present and speedy supply of certaine our knowen and apparent +lackes and needes, most requisite and necessary for the good +and happy planting of vs, or any other in this land of Virginia, +wee all of one minde and consent, haue most earnestly intreated, +and vncessantly requested Iohn White, Gouernour of the +planters in Virginia, to passe into England, for the better and +more assured help, and setting forward of the foresayd supplies: +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page369">[pg 369]</span><a name="Pg369" id="Pg369" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and knowing assuredly that he both can best, and wil labour and +take paines in that behalfe for vs all, and he not once, but often +refusing it, for our sakes, and for the honour and maintenance of +the action, hath at last, though much against his will, through +our importunacie, yeelded to leaue his gouernement, and all his +goods among vs and himselfe in all our behalfes to passe into +England, of whose knowledge and fidelitie in handling this +matter, as all others, we doe assure ourselues by these presents, +and will you to giue all credite thereunto, the 25 of August 1587.”</span> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour being at the last through their extreame +intreating constrayned to returne into England, hauing then but +halfe a dayes respite to prepare himselfe for the same, departed +from Roanoak the seuen and twentieth of August in the morning +and the same day about midnight, came aboord the Flieboat, who +already had weyed anker, and rode without the barre, the +Admirall riding by them, who but the same morning was newly +come thither againe. The same day both ships weyed anker, and +set saile for England: at this weying their ankers, twelue of the +men which were in the Flyboate were throwen from the Capstone, +which by meanes of a barre that brake, came so fast about +them, that the other two barres thereof strooke and hurt most of +them so sore, that some of them neuer recouered it; neuerthelesse +they assayed presently againe to wey their anker, but being so +weakened with the first fling, they were not able to weye it, but were +throwen downe and hurt the second time. Wherefore hauing in +all but fifteene men aboord, and most of them by this vnfortunate +beginning so bruised, and hurt, they were forced to cut their Cable, +and leese their anker. Neuerthelesse, they kept company with +the Admirall, vntill the seuenteenth of September, at which time +wee fell with Coruo, and sawe Flores. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">September.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The eighteenth, perceiuing that of all our fifteene men in the +Flyboat there remained but fiue, which by meanes of the former +mischance, were able to stand to their labour: and that the +Admirall meant not to make any haste for England but to linger +about the Island of Tercera for purchase: the Flyboate departed +for England with letters, where we hoped by the helpe of God to +arriue shortly: but by that time we had continued our course +homeward about twentie dayes, hauing had sometimes scarse and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page370">[pg 370]</span><a name="Pg370" id="Pg370" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +variable windes, our fresh water also by leaking almost consumed +there arose a storme at Northeast, which for sixe dayes ceased not +to blowe so exceeding, that we were driuen further in those sixe +then we could recouer in thirteene daies: in which time others of +our saylers began to fall very sicke and two of them dyed, the +weather also continued so close, that our Master sometimes in +foure dayes together could see neither sunne nor starre, and all +the beuerage we could make, with stinking water, dregs of beere, +and lees of wine which remayned, was but three gallons, and +therefore nowe we expected nothing but famine to perish at Sea. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">October.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Smerwick in the West of Ireland.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 16 of October we made land, but we knewe not what +land it was, bearing in with the same land at that day: about +sunne set we put into a harbour, where we found a Hulke of +Dublin, and a pinnesse of Hampton<a id="noteref_103" name="noteref_103" href="#note_103"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">103</span></span></a> +riding, but we knew not as +yet what place this was, neither had we any boate to goe ashore, +vntill the pinnesse sent off their boate to vs with 6 or 8 men, of +whom wee vnderstood wee were in Smerwick in the +West parts of Ireland: they also relieued vs presently +with fresh water, wine and other fresh meate. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 18 the Gouernour and the Master ryd to Dingen a +Cushe,<a id="noteref_104" name="noteref_104" href="#note_104"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">104</span></span></a> +5 miles distant, to take order for the new victualing of our Flieboat +for England, and for reliefe of our sicke and hurt men, but +within foure daies after the Boatswain, the Steward, and the +Boatswains mate died aboord the Flieboat, and the 28 the +Masters mate and two of our chiefs sailers were brought sicke to +Dingen. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Nouember.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The first the Gouernour shipped himselfe in a ship called the +Monkie, which at that time was ready to put to sea from Dingen +for England, leauing the Flyboat and all his companie in Ireland. +The same day we set sayle, and on the third day we fell with +the North side of the lands end and were shut vp the Seuerne, +but the next day we doubled the same for Mounts Bay. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page371">[pg 371]</span><a name="Pg371" id="Pg371" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 5 the Gouernour landed in England at Martasew, neere +Saint Michaels mount in Cornewall. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 8 we arriued at Hampton, where we vnderstood that our +consort the Admirall was come to Portsmouth, and had bene +there three weekes before: and also that Ferdinando the Master +with all his company were not onely come home without purchase, +but also in such weaknesse by sicknesse, and death of their +chiefest men, that they were scarse able to bring their ship into +harbour, but were forced to let fall anker without, which they +could not wey againe, but might all haue perished there, if a +small barke by a great hap had not come to them to helpe them. +The names of the chiefe men that died are these, Roger Large, +Iohn Mathew, Thomas Smith, and some other saylers, whose +names I knew not at the writing hereof. An. Dom. 1587. +</p> + +</div> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc67" id="toc67"></a> +<a name="pdf68" id="pdf68"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">XXXI. The names of all the men, women and children, which safely arriued +in Virginia, and remained to inhabite there. 1587. Anno +regni Reginæ Elizabethæ. 29.</span></h2> + +<a name="Pg372" id="Pg372" class="tei tei-anchor"></a><table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn White.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Roger Baily.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Ananias Dare.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Christopher Cooper.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Steuens.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Sampson.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Dyonis Haruie.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Roger Prat.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">George How.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Simon Fernando.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Nicholas Iohnson.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Warner.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Anthony Cage.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Iones.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Willes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Brooke.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Cutbert White.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Bright.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Clement Tayler.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Sole.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Cotsmur.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Humfrey Newton.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Colman.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Gramme.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Marke Bennet.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Gibbes.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Stilman.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Robert Wilkinson.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Tydway.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Ambrose Viccars.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Edmond English.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Topan.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Henry Berry.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Richard Berry.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Spendloue.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Hemmington.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Butler.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Edward Powell.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Burden.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iames Hynde.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Ellis.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Browne.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Michael Myllet.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Smith.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Richard Kemme.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Harris.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Richard Tauerner.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Earnest.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Henry Iohnson.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Starte.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Richard Darige.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Lucas.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Arnold Archard.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Wright.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Dutton.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Mauris Allen.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Waters.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Richard Arthur.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Chapman.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Clement.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Robert Little.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Hugh Tayler.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Richard Wildye.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Lewes Wotton.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Michael Bishop.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Henry Browne.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Henry Rufoote</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Richard Tomkins.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Henry Dorrell.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Charles Florrie.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Henry Mylton.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Henry Paine.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Harris.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Nichols.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Pheuens.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Borden.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Scot.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Peter Little.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Wyles.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Brian Wyles.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">George Martyn.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Hugh Pattenson.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Martin Sutton.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Farre.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Bridger.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Griffen Iones.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Richard Shabedge.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iames Lasie. </td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Cheuen.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Hewet.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Berde.</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Women. +</p> + +<table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Elyoner Dare.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Margery Haruie.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Agnes Wood.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Wenefrid Powell.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Ioyce Archard.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iane Jones.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Elizabeth Glane.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iane Pierce.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Audry Tappan.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Alis Chapman.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Emme Merrimoth.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Colman.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Margaret Lawrence.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Ioan Warren.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iane Mannering.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Rose Payne.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Elizabeth Viccars.</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Boyes and children. +</p> + +<table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Sampson.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Robert Ellis.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Ambrose Viccars.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Archard.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Humfrey.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Thomas Smart.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">George How.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Iohn Prat.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">William Wythers. </td></tr></tbody></table> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page373">[pg 373]</span><a name="Pg373" id="Pg373" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Children borne in Virginia. +</p> + +<table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Virginia Dare.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Haruie.</td></tr></tbody></table> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Sauages that were in England and returned home +into Virginia with them. +</p> + +<table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Manteo.</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Towaye.</td></tr></tbody></table> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc69" id="toc69"></a> +<a name="pdf70" id="pdf70"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">XXXII. A letter from John White to M. Richard Hakluyt.</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To the Worshipful and my very friend Master Richard Hakluyt, +much happinesse in the Lord. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Sir, as well for the satisfying of your earnest request, as the +performance of my promise made vnto you at my last being +with you in England, I haue sent you (although in a homely +stile, especially for the contestation of a delicate care) the true +discourse of my last voyage into the West Indies, and partes of +America called Virginia, taken in hand about the end of Februarie +in the yeare of our redemption 1590. And what euents +happened vnto vs in this our iourney, you shall plainely perceiue +by the sequele of my discourse. There were at the time aforesaid +three ships absolutely determined to goe for the West +Indies, at the speciall charges of M. Iohn Wattes of London +Marchant. But when they were fully furnished, and in readinesse +to make their departure, a generall stay was commanded of all +ships thorowout England. Which so soone as I heard, I presently +(as I thought it most requisite) acquainted Sir Walter +Ralegh therewith, desiring him that as I had sundry times afore +bene chargeable and troublesome vnto him, for the supplies and +reliefes of the planters in Virginia: so likewise, that by his +endeuour it would please him at that instant to procure license +for those three ships to proceede on with their determined +voyage, that thereby the people in Virginia (if it were Gods +pleasure) might speedily be comforted and relieued without +further charges vnto him. Whereupon he by his good meanes +obtained license of the Queenes Maiestie, and order to be taken, +that the owner of the 3 ships should be bound vnto Sir Walter +Ralegh or his assignes, in 3000 pounds, that those 3 ships in +consideration of their releasement should take in, and transport +a conuenient number of passengers, with their furnitures and +necessaries to be landed in Virginia. Neuerthelesse that order +was not obserued, neither was the bond taken according to the +intention aforesaid. But rather in contempt of the aforesaid +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page374">[pg 374]</span><a name="Pg374" id="Pg374" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +order, I was by the owner and Commanders of the ships denied +to haue any passengers, or any thing els transported in any of +the said ships, sauing only my selfe and my chest; no not so +much as a boy to attend vpon me, although I made great sute, +and earnest intreatie aswell to the chiefe Commanders, as to the +owner of the said ships. Which crosse and vnkind dealing, +although it very much discontented me, notwithstanding the +scarcity of time was such, that I could haue no opportunity to go +vnto Sir Walter Ralegh with complaint: for the ships being then +all in readinesse to goe to the Sea, would haue bene departed +before I could haue made my returne. Thus both Gouernors, +Masters, and sailers, regarding very smally the good of their +countreymen in Virginia; determined nothing lesse then to +touch at those places, but wholly disposed themselues to seeke +after purchase and spoiles, spending so much time therein, that +sommer was spent before we arriued at Virginia. And when we +were come thither, the season was so vnfit, and weather so foule, +that we were constrained of force to forsake that coast, hauing +not seene any of our planters, with losse of one of our ship-boates, +and 7 of our chiefest men: and also with losse of 3 of our ankers +and cables, and most of our caskes with fresh water left on shore, +not possible to be had aboard. Which euils and vnfortunate +euents (as wel to their owne losse as to the hinderance of the +planters in Virginia) had not chanced, if the order set downe by +Sir Walter Ralegh had bene obserued, or if my dayly and continuall +petitions for the performance of the same might haue +taken any place. Thus may you plainely perceiue the successe +of my fift and last voiage to Virginia, which was no lesse vnfortunately +ended then frowardly begun, and as lucklesse to many, +as sinister to my selfe. But I would to God it had bene as +prosperous to all, as noysome to the planters; and as ioyfull to +me, as discomfortable to them. Yet seeing it is not my first +crossed voyage, I remaine contented. And wanting my wishes, +I leaue off from prosecuting that whereunto I would to God my +wealth were answerable to my will. Thus committing the reliefe +of my discomfortable company the planters in Virginia, to the +merciful help of the Almighty, whom I most humbly beseech to +helpe and comfort them, according to his most holy will and +their good desire, I take my leaue: from my house at Newtowne +in Kylmore the 4 of February, 1593. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Your most welwishing friend, +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +IOHN WHITE. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page375">[pg 375]</span><a name="Pg375" id="Pg375" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc71" id="toc71"></a> +<a name="pdf72" id="pdf72"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XXXIII. The fift voyage of M. Iohn White into the West Indies and parts +of America called Virginia, in the yeere 1590. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 20 of March the three shippes the Hopewell, the Iohn +Euangelist, and the little Iohn, put to sea from Plymmouth with +two small Shallops. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 25 at midnight both our Shallops were sunke being towed +at the ships stearnes by the Boatswaines negligence. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the 30 we saw a head vs that part of the coast of Barbary, +lying East of Cape Cantyn, and the Bay of Asaphi. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day we came to the Ile of Mogador, where rode, at +our passing by, a Pinnesse of London called the Mooneshine. +</p> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Aprill.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the first of Aprill we ankored in Santa Cruz rode, where +we found two great shippes of London lading in Sugar, of whom +we had 2 shipboats to supply the losse of our Shalops. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the 2 we set sayle from the rode of Santa Cruz for the +Canaries. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Saturday the 4 we saw Alegranza, the East Ile of the +Canaries. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Sunday the 5 of Aprill we gaue chase to a double flyboat, +the which, we also the same day fought with, and tooke her, with +losse of three of their men slaine, and one hurt. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Munday the 6 we saw Grand Canarie, and the next day +we landed and tooke in fresh water on the Southside thereof. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the 9. we departed from Grand Canary, and framed our +course for Dominica. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The last of Aprill we saw Dominica, and the same night we +came to an anker on the Southside thereof. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">May.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The first of May in the morning many of the Saluages came +aboord our ships in their Canowes, and did traffique with vs; we +also the same day landed and entered their Towne from whence +we returned the same day aboord without any resistance of the +Saluages; or any offence done to them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 2 of May our Admirall and our Pinnesse departed from +Dominica leauing the Iohn our Viceadmirall playing off and on +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page376">[pg 376]</span><a name="Pg376" id="Pg376" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +about Dominica, hoping to take some Spaniard outwardes bound +to the Indies; the same night we had sight of three small Ilands +called Los Santos, leauing Guadeloupe and them on our starboord. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 3 we had sight of S. Christophers Iland, bearing Northeast +and by East off vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the 4 we sayled by the Virgines, which are many broken +Ilands, lying at the East ende of S. Iohns Iland: and the same +day towards euening we landed vpon one of them called Blanca, +where we killed an incredible number of foules: here we stayed +but three houres, and from thence stood into the shore Northwest, +and hauing brought this Iland Southeast off vs, we put +towards night thorow an opening or swatch, called The passage, +lying betweene the Virgines, and the East end of S. Iohn: here +the Pinnesse left vs, and sayled on the South side of S. Iohn. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 5 and 6 the Admirall sayled along the North side of S. +Iohn, so neere the shore that the Spaniards discerned vs to be +men of warre; and therefore made fires along the coast as we +sailed by, for so their custome is, when they see any men of +warre on their coasts. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 7 we landed on the Northwest end of S. Iohn, where we +watered in a good riuer called Yaguana, and the same night following +we tooke a Frigate of tenne Tunne comming from Gwathanelo +laden with hides and ginger. In this place Pedro a Mollato, +who knewe all our state ranne from vs to the Spaniards. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the 9 we departed from Yaguana. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 13 we landed on an Iland called Mona; whereon were 10 +or 12 houses inhabited of the Spaniards; these we burned and +tooke from them a Pinnesse, which they had drawen a ground +and sunke, and caried all her sayles, mastes, and rudders into the +woods, because we should not take him away; we also chased +the Spaniards ouer all the Iland; but they hid them in caues, +hollow rockes, and bushes, so that we could not find them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the 14 we departed from Mona, and the next day after wee +came to an Iland called Saona, about 5 leagues distant from +Mona, lying on the Southside of Hispaniola neere the East end: +betweene these two Ilands we lay off and on 4 or 5 dayes, hoping +to take some of the Domingo fleete doubling this Iland, as a +neerer way to Spaine then by Cape Tyburon, or by Cape S. +Anthony. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Thursday being the 19 our Viceadmirall, from whom we +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page377">[pg 377]</span><a name="Pg377" id="Pg377" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +departed at Dominica, came to vs at Saona, with whom we left a +Spanish Frigate, and appointed him to lie off and on other fiue +daies betweene Saona and Mona to the ende aforesaid; then we +departed from them at Saona for Cape Tyburon. Here I was +enformed that our men of the Viceadmirall, at their departure +from Dominica brought away two young Saluages, which were +the chiefe Casiques sonnes of that Countrey and part of Dominica, +but they shortly after ran away from them at Santa Cruz Iland, +where the Viceadmirall landed to take in ballast. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the 21 the Admirall came to the Cape Tyburon, where we +found the Iohn Euangelist our Pinnesse staying for vs: here we +tooke in two Spaniards almost starued on the shore, who made a +fire to our ships as we passed by. Those places for an 100 miles +in length are nothing els but a desolate and meere wildernesse, +without any habitation of people, and full of wilde Bulles and +Bores, and great Serpents. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 22 our Pinnesse came also to an anker in Aligato Bay at +cape Tyburon. Here we vnderstood of M. Lane, Captaine of +the Pinnesse; how he was set vpon with one of the kings Gallies +belonging to Santo Domingo, which was manned with 400 men, +who after he had fought with him 3 or 4 houres, gaue ouer the +fight and forsooke him, without any great hurt done on eyther +part. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 26 the Iohn our Vizeadmirall came to vs to cape Tyburon +and the Frigat which we left with him at Saona. This was the +appointed place where we should attend for the meeting with the +Santo Domingo Fleete. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Whitsunday Euen at Cape Tyburon one of our boyes ranne +away from vs, and at tenne dayes end returned to our ships almost +starued for want of food. In sundry places about this part of +Cape Tyburon we found the bones and carkases of diuers men, +who had perished (as wee thought) by famine in those woods, +being either stragled from their company, or landed there by +some men of warre. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Iune.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the 14 of Iune we tooke a smal Spanish frigat which fell +amongst vs so suddenly, as he doubled the point at the Bay of +Cape Tyburon, where we road, so that he could not escape vs. +This frigat came from Santo Domingo, and had but three men in +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page378">[pg 378]</span><a name="Pg378" id="Pg378" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +her, the one was an expert Pilot, the other a Mountainer, and the +thirde a Vintener, who escaped all of prison at Santo Domingo, +purposing to fly to Yaguana which is a towne in the West parts of +Hispaniola where many fugitiue Spaniards are gathered together. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 17 being Wednesday Captaine Lane was sent to Yaguana +with his Pinnesse and a Frigat to take a shippe, which was there +taking in fraight, as we vnderstood by the old Pylot, whom we +had taken three dayes before. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 24 the Frigat returned from Captaine Lane at Yaguana, +and brought vs word to cape Tyburon, that Captaine Lane had +taken the shippe, with many passengers and Negroes in the +same; which proued not so rich a prize as we hoped for, for that +a Frenchman of warre had taken and spoyled her before we +came. Neuerthelesse her loading was thought worth 1000 or +1300 pounds, being hides, ginger, Cannafistula, Copper-pannes, +and Casaui. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Iuly.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The second of Iuly Edward Spicer whom we left in England +came to vs at cape Tyburon, accompanied with a small Pinnesse, +whereof one M. Harps was Captaine. And the same day we had +sight of a fleete of 14 saile all of Santo Domingo, to whom we +presently gaue chase, but they vpon the first sight of vs fled, and +separating themselues scattered here and there: Wherefore we +were forced to diuide our selues and so made after them vntill +12 of the clocke at night. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The fight was in sight of the Iland of +Nauaza.</span><a id="noteref_105" name="noteref_105" href="#note_105"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">105</span></span></a></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But then by reason of the darkenesse +we lost sight of ech other, yet in the end the Admirall and the +Moonelight happened to be together the same night at the fetching +vp of the Vizadmirall of the Spanish fleete, against +whom the next morning we fought and tooke him, +with losse of one of our men and two hurt, and of +theirs 4 slaine and 6 hurt. But what was become of +our Viceadmirall, our Pinnesse, and Prize, and two Frigates, in +all this time, we were ignorant. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 3 of Iuly we spent about rifling, romaging, and fitting the +Prize to be sayled with vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 6 of Iuly we saw Iamayca the which we left on our larboord, +keeping Cuba in sight on our starboord. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page379">[pg 379]</span><a name="Pg379" id="Pg379" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon the 8 of Iuly we saw the Iland of Pinos, which lieth on +the Southside of Cuba nigh vnto the West end or Cape called +Cape S. Anthony. And the same day we gaue chase to a Frigat, +but at night we lost sight of her, partly by the slow sayling of our +Admirall, and lacke of the Moonelight our Pinnesse, whom +Captaine Cooke had sent to the Cape the day before. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the 11 we came to Cape S. Anthony, where we found our +consort the Moonelight and her Pinnesse abiding for our +comming, of whom we vnderstood that the day before there +passed by them 22 saile, some of them of the burden of 300 and +some 400 tunnes loaden with the Kings treasure from the maine, +bound for Hauana: from this 11 of Iuly vntill 22 we were much +becalmed: and the winde being very scarse, and the weather +exceeding hoat, we were much pestered with the Spaniards we +had taken: wherefore we were driuen to land all the Spaniards +sauing three, but the place where we landed them was of their +owne choise on the Southside of Cuba neere vnto the Organes +and Rio de Puercos. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 23 we had sight of the Cape of Florida, and the broken +Ilands thereof called the Martires.<a id="noteref_106" name="noteref_106" href="#note_106"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">106</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 25 being S. James day in the morning, we fell in with the +Matanças, a head-land 8 leagues towards the East of Hauana, +where we purposed to take fresh water in, and make our abode +two or three dayes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Sunday the 26 of Iuly plying to and fro betweene the +Matanças and Hauana, we were espied of three small Pinasses of +S. Iohn de Vilua bound for Hauana exceedingly richly loaden. +These 3 Pinasses came very boldly vp vnto vs, and so continued +vntill they came within musket shot of vs. And we supposed +them to be Captaine Harps Pinnesse, and two small Frigats taken +by Captaine Harpe: wherefore we shewed our flag. But they presently +vpon the sight of it turned about and made all the saile +they could from vs toward the shore, and kept themselues in so +shallow water, that we were not able to follow them, and therefore +gaue them ouer with expence of shot and pouder to no +purpose. But if we had not so rashly set out our flagge, we +might haue taken them all three, for they would not haue knowen +vs before they had beene in our hands. This chase brought vs +so far to leeward as Hauana: wherfore not finding any of our +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page380">[pg 380]</span><a name="Pg380" id="Pg380" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +consorts at the Matanças, we put ouer againe to the cape of +Florida, and from thence thorow the chanel of Bahama. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the 28 the Cape of Florida bare West of vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The state of the currents from the cape of Florida to +Virginia.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 30 we lost sight of the coast of Florida, and stood to Sea +for to gaine the helpe of the current which runneth +much swifter a farre off then in sight of the +coast.<a id="noteref_107" name="noteref_107" href="#note_107"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">107</span></span></a> +For from the Cape to Virginia all along the shore +are none but eddie currents, setting to the South and +Southwest. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 31 our three ships were clearely disbocked, the great +prize, the Admirall, and the Mooneshine, but our prize being thus +disbocked departed from vs without taking leaue of our Admirall +or consort, and sayled directly for England. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">August.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the first of August the winde scanted, and from thence +forward we had very fowl weather with much raine, thundering, +and great spouts, which fell round about vs nigh vnto our ships. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 3 we stoode againe in for the shore, and at midday we +tooke the height of the same. The height of that place we found +to be 34 degrees of latitude. Towards night we were within +three leagues of the Low sandie Ilands West of Wokokon. But +the weather continued so exceeding foule, that we could not +come to an anker nye the coast: wherefore we stood off againe +to Sea vntill Monday the 9 of August. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Munday the storme ceased, and we had very great likelihood +of faire weather: therefore we stood in againe for the shore: +and came to an anker at 11 fadome in 35 degrees of latitude, +within a mile of the shore, where we went on land on the narrow +sandy Island, being one of the Ilandes, West of Wokokon: in +this Iland we tooke in some fresh water and caught great store of +fish in the shallow water. Betweene the maine (as we supposed) +and that Iland it was but a mile ouer and three or foure foote +deepe in most places. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the 12 in the morning we departed from thence and toward +night we came to an anker at the Northeast end of the Iland of +Croatoan, by reason of a breach which we perceiued to lie out +two or three leagues into the Sea: here we road all that night. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page381">[pg 381]</span><a name="Pg381" id="Pg381" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Great diuersity of soundings.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 13 in the morning before we wayed our ankers, our boates +were sent to sound ouer this breach: our ships riding on the side +thereof at 5 fadome; and a ships length from vs we found but 4 +and a quarter, and then deeping and shallowing for the space of +two miles, so that sometimes we found 5 fadome, and by and by +7, and within two casts with the lead 9, and then 8, +next cast 5, and then 6, and then 4, and then +9 againe, and deeper; but 3 fadome was the last, 2 +leagues off from the shore. This breach is in 35. degr. and a +halfe, and lyeth at the very Northeast point of Croatoan, whereas +goeth a fret out of the maine Sea into the inner waters, which +part the Ilandes and the maine land.<a id="noteref_108" name="noteref_108" href="#note_108"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">108</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Hatorask in 36 degr. and a terce.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 15 of August towards Euening we came to an anker at +Hatorask, in 36 degr. and one third, in fiue fadom +water, three leagues from the shore. At our first +comming to anker on this shore we saw a great smoke +rise in the Ile Raonoak neere the place where I left our Colony +in the yeere 1587, which smoake put vs in good hope that some +of the Colony were there expecting my returne out of England. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 16 and next morning our 2 boates went a shore, and +Captaine Cooke, and Cap. Spicer, and their company with me, +with intent to passe to the place at Raonoak where our countrymen +were left. At our putting from the ship we commanded our +Master gunner to make readie 2 Minions and a Falkon well loden, +and to shoot them off with reasonable space betweene euery shot, +to the ende that their reportes might bee heard to the place where +wee hoped to finde some of our people. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They land.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This was accordingly +performed, and twoe boats put off vnto the shore, in the Admirals +boat, we sounded all the way and found from our shippe vntill we +came within a mile of the shore nine, eight, and seuen fadome: +but before we were halfe way betweene our ships and the shore +we saw another great smoke to the Southwest of Kindrikers +mountes: we therefore thought good to goe to that second smoke +first, but it was much further from the harbour where +we landed, then we supposed it to be, so that we +were very sore tired before wee came to the smoke. But that +which grieued vs more was that when we came to the smoke, we +found no man nor signe that any had bene there lately, nor yet +any fresh water in all this waye to drinke. Being thus wearied +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page382">[pg 382]</span><a name="Pg382" id="Pg382" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +with this iourney we returned to the harbour where we left our +boates, who in our absence had brought their caske a shore for +fresh water, so we deferred our going to Roanoak vntill the next +morning, and caused some of those saylers to digge in those +sandie hills for fresh water whereof we found very sufficient. +That night wee returned aboord with our boates and our whole +company in safety. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next morning being the 17 of August, our boates and +company were prepared againe to goe vp to Roanoak, but +Captaine Spicer had then sent his boat ashore for fresh water, by +meanes whereof it was ten of the clocke afternoone before we +put from our ships which were then come to an anker within two +miles of the shore. The Admirals boat was halfe way toward +the shore, when Captaine Spicer put off from his ship. The +Admirals boat first passed the breach, but not without some +danger of sinking, for we had a sea brake in our boat which +filled vs halfe full of water, but by the will of God and carefull +styrage of Captaine Cooke we came safe ashore, sauing onely +that our furniture, victuals, match and powder were much wet +and spoyled. For at this time the winde blue at Northeast and +direct into the harbour so great a gale, that the Sea brake +extremely on the barre, and the tide went very forcibly at the +entrance. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Captaine Spicer drowned.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +By that time our Admirals boat was halled ashore, and +most of our things taken out to dry, Captaine Spicer came to the +entrance of the breach, with his mast standing vp, and was halfe +passed ouer, but by the rash and vndiscreet styrage of Ralph +Skinner his Masters mate, a very dangerous sea brake into their +boate and ouerset them quite, the men kept the boat some in it, +and some hanging on it, but the next sea set the boat on +ground, where it beat so, that some of them were forced to let +goe their hold, hoping to wade ashore: but the Sea still beat +them downe, so that they could neither stand nor swimme, and +the boat twise or thrice was turned the keele vpward, whereon +Captaine Spicer and Skinner hung vntill they sunke, +and were seene no more. But foure that could +swimme a little kept themselues in deeper water and +were saued by Captaine Cookes meanes, who so soone as he +saw their ouersetting, stripped himselfe, and four other that +could swimme very well, and with all haste possible rowed vnto +them, and saued foure. There were 11 in all and 7 of the +chiefest were drowned, whose names were Edward Spicer, Ralph +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page383">[pg 383]</span><a name="Pg383" id="Pg383" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Skinner, Edward Kelly, Thomas Beuis, Hance the Surgion, +Edward Kelborne, Robert Coleman. This mischance did so +much discomfort the saylers, that they were all of one mind not +to goe any further to seeke the planters. But in the end by the +commandement and perswasion of me and Captaine Cooke, they +prepared the boates: and seeing the Captaine and me so +resolute, they seemed much more willing. Our boates and all +things fitted againe, we put off from Hatorask, being the number +of 19 persons in both boates: but before we could get to the +place where our planters were left, it was so exceeding darke, +that we overshot the place a quarter of a mile: there we +espied towards the North ende of the Island the light of +a great fire thorow the woods, to which we presently rowed: +when wee came right ouer against it, we let fall our Grapnel +neere the shore and sounded with a trumpet a Call, and +afterwardes many familiar English tunes and Songs, and called to +them friendly; but we had no answere, we therefore landed at +day-breake, and comming to the fire, we found the grasse and +sundry rotten trees burning about the place. From hence we +went thorow the woods to that part of the Island directly ouer +aguinst Dasamongwepeuk, and from thence we returned by the +water side, round about the North point of the Iland, vntill we +came to the place, where I left our Colony in the yeere 1586. In +all this way we saw in the sand the print of the Saluages feet of +2 or 3 sorts troaden the night, and as we entered vp the sandy +banke vpon a tree, in the very browe thereof were curiously +carued these faire Romane letters C R O: which letters presently +we knew to signifie the place, where I should find the planters +seated, according to a secret token agreed vpon betweene them +and me at my last departure from them, which was, that in any +wayes they should not faile to write or carue on the trees or posts +of the dores the name of the place where they should be seated; +for at my comming alway they were prepared to remoue from +Roanoak 50 miles into the maine. Therefore at my departure +from them in An. 1587 I willed them, that if they should happen +to be distressed in any of those places, that then they should +carue ouer the letters or name, a Crosse + in this forme, but we +found no such signe of distresse. And hauing well considered of +this, we passed toward the place where they were left in sundry +houses, but we found the houses taken downe, and the place +very strongly enclosed with a high palisado of great trees, with +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page384">[pg 384]</span><a name="Pg384" id="Pg384" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +cortynes and flankers very Fortlike, and one of the chiefe trees +or postes at the right side of the entrance had the barke taken +off, and 5 foote from the ground in fayre Capitall letters was +grauen CROATOAN without any crosse or signe of distresse; +this done, we entered into the palisado, where we found many +barres of iron, two pigges of lead, foure yron fowlers, Iron +sacker-shotte, and such like heauie thinges, throwen here and +there, almost ouergrowen with grasse and weedes. From thence +wee went along by the water side, towards the poynt of the +Creeke to see if we could find any of their botes or Pinnesse, but +we could perceiue no signe of them, nor any of the last Falkons +and small Ordinance which were left with them, at my departure +from them. At our returne from the Creeke, some of our +Saylers meeting vs, told vs that they had found where diuers +chests had bene hidden, and long sithence digged vp againe and +broken vp, and much of the goods in them spoyled and scattered +about, but nothing left, of such things as the Sauages knew any +vse of, vndefaced. Presently Captaine Cooke and I went to the +place, which was in the ende of an olde trench, made two yeeres +past by Captaine Amadas: wheere wee found fiue Chests, that +had bene carefully hidden of the Planters, and of the same chests +three were my owne, and about the place many of my things +spoyled and broken, and my bookes torne from the couers, the +frames of some of my pictures and Mappes rotten and spoyled +with rayne, and my armour almost eaten through with rust; this +could bee no other but the deede of the Sauages our enemies at +Dasamongwepeuk, who had watched the departure of our men +to Croatoan; and assoone as they were departed digged vp euery +place where they suspected any thing to be buried: but although +it much grieued me to see such spoyle of my goods, yet on the +other side I greatly ioyed that I had safely found a certaine token +of their safe being at Croatoan, which is the place where Manteo +was borne, and the Sauages of the Iland our friends. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +When we had seene in this place so much as we could, we +returned to our Boates, and departed from the shoare towards +our shippes, with as much speede as we could: For the weather +beganne to ouercast, and very likely that a foule and stormie +night would ensue. Therefore the same Euening with much +danger and labour, we got our selues aboard, by which time the +winde and seas were so greatly risen, that wee doubted our +Cables and Anchors would scarcely holde vntill Morning: wherefore +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page385">[pg 385]</span><a name="Pg385" id="Pg385" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the Captaine caused the Boate to be manned by fiue lusty +men, who could swimme all well, and sent them to the little +Iland on the right hand of the Harbour, to bring aboard sixe of +our men, who had filled our caske with fresh water: the Boate +the same night returned aboard with our men, but all our Caske +ready filled they left behinde, impossible to bee had aboard without +danger of casting away both men and Boates: for this night +prooued very stormie and foule. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next Morning it was agreed by the Captaine and my selfe, +with the Master and others, to way anchor, and goe for the place +at Croatoan, where our planters were: for that then the winde +was good for that place, and also to leaue that Caske with fresh +water on shoare in the Iland vntill our returne. So then they +brought the cable to the Capston, but when the anchor was +almost apecke, the Cable broke, by meanes whereof we lost +another Anchor, wherewith we droue so fast into the shoare, that +wee were forced to let fall a third Anchor: which came so fast +home that the Shippe was almost aground by Kenricks mounts: +so that we were forced to let slippe the Cable ende for ende. +And if it had not chanced that wee had fallen into a chanell of +deeper water, closer by the shoare then wee accompted of, wee +could neuer haue gone cleare of the poynt that lyeth to the +Southwardes of Kenricks mount. Being thus cleare of some +dangers, and gotten into deeper waters, but not without some +losse: for wee had but one Cable and Anchor left vs of foure, +and the weather grew to be fouler and fouler; our victuals scarse, +and our caske and fresh water lost: it was therefore determined +that we should goe for Saint Iohn or some other Iland to the +Southward for fresh water. And it was further purposed, that if +wee could any wayes supply our wants of victuals and other +necessaries, either at Hispaniola, Sant Iohn, or Trynidad, that +then we should continue in the Indies all the Winter following, +with hope to make 2. rich voyages of one, and at our returne to +visit our countreymen at Virginia. The captaine and the whole +company in the Admirall (with my earnest petitions) thereunto +agreed, so that it rested onely to knowe what the Master of the +Moone-light our consort would doe herein. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They leaue the coast of Virginia.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But when we +demanded them if they would accompany vs in that new determination, +they alleaged that their weake and leake +Shippe was not able to continue it; wherefore the +same night we parted, leauing the Moone-light to +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page386">[pg 386]</span><a name="Pg386" id="Pg386" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +goe directly for England, and the Admirall set his course for +Trynidad, which course we kept two dayes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the 28. the winde changed, and it was sette on foule +weather euery way: but this storme brought the winde West and +Northwest, and blewe so forcibly, that wee were able to beare +no sayle, but our fore-course halfe mast high, wherewith wee +ranne vpon the winde perforce, the due course for England, for +that wee were driuen to change our first determination for +Trynidad, and stoode for the Ilands of Açores, where wee purposed +to take in fresh water, and also there hoped to meete with +some English men of warre about those Ilands, at whose hands +wee might obtaine some supply of our wants. And thus continuing +our course for the Açores, sometimes with calmes, and +sometimes with very scarce windes, on the fifteenth of September +the winde came South Southeast, and blew so exceedingly, that +wee were forced to lye atry<a id="noteref_109" name="noteref_109" href="#note_109"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">109</span></span></a> +all that day. At this time by account +we iudged our selues to be about twentie leagues to the West of +Cueruo and Flores, but about night, the storme ceased, and fayre +weather ensued. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Thursday the seuenteenth wee saw Cueruo and Flores, but +we could not come to anker that night, by reason the winde +shifted. The next Morning being the eighteenth, standing in +againe with Cueruo, we escryed a sayle a head vs, to whom we +gaue chase: but when wee came neere him, wee knew him to +be a Spanyard, and hoped to make sure purchase of him: but +we vnderstood at our speaking with him, that he was a prize, +and of the Domingo fleete already taken by the Iohn our consort, +in the Indies. We learned also of this prize, that our Viceadmirall +and Pinnesse had fought with the rest of the Domingo +fleete, and had forced them with their Admirall to flee vnto +Iamaica vnder the Fort for succour, and some of them ran +themselues aground, whereof one of them they brought away, +and tooke out of some others so much as the time would permit. +And further wee vnderstood of them, that in their returne from +Iamaica about the Organes neere Cape Saint Anthony, our Viceadmirall +mette with two Shippes of the mayne land, come from +Mexico, bound for Hauana, with whom he fought: in which +fight our Viceadmirals Lieutenant was slaine, and the Captaines +right arme strooken off, with foure other of his men slaine, and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page387">[pg 387]</span><a name="Pg387" id="Pg387" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +sixteene hurt. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">13. Pipes of siluer</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But in the ende he entred, and tooke one of the +Spanish shippes, which was so sore shot by vs vnder water, that +before they could take out her treasure she sunke; +so that we lost thirteene Pipes of siluer which sunke +with her, besides much other rich marchandize. And +in the meane time the other Spanish shippe being pearced with +nine shotte vnder water, got away; whom our Viceadmirall +intended to pursue: but some of their men in the toppe made +certaine rockes, which they saw aboue water neere the shoare, to +be Gallies of Hauana and Cartagena, comming from Hauana to +rescue the two Ships; Wherefore they gaue ouer the chase, and +went for England. After this intelligence was giuen vs by this +our prize, he departed from vs, and went for England. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Saturday the 19. of September we came to an Ancre neere +a small village on the North side of Flores, where we found +ryding 5. English men of warre, of whom we vnderstood that +our Viceadmirall and Prize were gone thence for England. One +of these fiue was the Moonelight our consort, who vpon the first +sight of our comming into Flores, set sayle and went for England, +not taking any leaue of vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Sunday the 20 the Mary Rose, Admirall of the Queenes +fleete, wherein was Generall Sir Iohn Hawkins, stood in with +Flores, and diuers other of the Queenes ships, namely the Hope, +the Nonpareilia, the Rainebow, the Swift-sure, the Foresight, +with many other good merchants ships of warre, as the Edward +Bonauenture, the Marchant Royal, the Amitie, the Eagle, the +Dainty of sir Iohn Hawkins, and many other good ships and +pinnesses, all attending to meete with the king of Spaines fleete, +comming from Terra firma of the West Indies. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 22. of September we went aboard the Raynebow, and +towards night we spake with the Swift-sure, and gaue him 3. +pieces. The captaines desired our company; wherefore we +willingly attended on them: who at this time with 10. other +ships stood for Faial. But the Generall with the rest of the +Fleete were separated from vs, making two fleetes, for the surer +meeting with the Spanish fleete. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Wednesday the 23. we saw Gratiosa, where the Admiral +and the rest of the Queenes fleete were come together. The +Admirall put forth a flag of counsel, in which was determined +that the whole fleete should go for the mayne, and spred themselues +on the coasts of Spaine and Portugal, so farre as conueniently +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page388">[pg 388]</span><a name="Pg388" id="Pg388" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +they might, for the surer meeting of the Spanish fleete +in those parts. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 20. we came to Faial, where the Admiral with some other +of the fleete ankered, other some plyed vp and downe betweene +that and the Pico vntill midnight, at which time the Anthony +shot off a piece and weyed, shewing his light: after whom the +whole fleete stood to the East, the winde at Northeast by East. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Sunday the 27. towards Euening wee tooke our leaue of +the Admirall and the whole fleete, who stood to the East. But +our shippe accompanied with a Flyboat stoode in again with +S. George, where we purposed to take in more fresh water, and +some other fresh victuals. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Wednesday the 30. of September, seeing the winde hang +so Northerly, that wee could not atteine the Iland of S. George, +we gaue ouer our purpose to water there, and the next day framed +our due course for England. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">October.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 2. of October in the Morning we saw S. Michaels Iland +on our Starre board quarter. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 23. at 10. of the clocke afore noone, we saw Vshant in +Britaigne. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Saturday the 24. we came in safetie, God be thanked, to +an anker at Plymmouth.<a id="noteref_110" name="noteref_110" href="#note_110"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">110</span></span></a> +</p> + +</div> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page389">[pg 389]</span><a name="Pg389" id="Pg389" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc73" id="toc73"></a> +<a name="pdf74" id="pdf74"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">XXXIV. The relation of John de Verrazano of the land by him discovered.</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To the most Christian King of France, Francis the first. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The relation of Iohn de Verrazzano a Florentine, of the land by +him discouered in the name of his Maiestie. Written at +Diepe the eight of Iuly, 1524. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I wrote not to your Maiesty, most Christian king, since the +time we suffered the tempest in the north partes, of the successe +of the foure Shippes, which your Maiestie sent forth to discouer +new lands by the Ocean, thinking your Maiestie had bene already +duely enformed thereof. Now by these presents I will giue your +Maiestie to vnderstand, how by the violence of the windes we +were forced with two ships, the Norman and the Dolphin (in such +euill case as they were) to land in Britaine. Where after wee had +repayred them in all poynts as was needefull, and armed them +very well, we tooke our course along by the coast of Spaine, +which your Maiestie shall vnderstand by the profite that we +receiued thereby. Afterwards with the Dolphin alone we +determined to make discouerie of new Countries, to prosecute the +nauigation we had already begun, which I purpose at this present +to recount vnto your Maiestie to make manifest the whole proceeding +of the matter. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page390">[pg 390]</span><a name="Pg390" id="Pg390" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Isle of Madêra</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 17 of Ianuary the yeere 1524. by the grace of God we +departed from the dishabited rocke by the isle of +Madêra, apperteining to the king of Portugal, with +50. men, with victuals, weapons, and other ship-munition +very well prouided and furnished for 8 moneths: And +sayling Westwards with a faire Easterly winde, in 25. dayes we +ran 500. leagues, and the 20. of Februarie we were ouertaken with +as sharpe and terrible a tempest as euer any saylers suffered: +whereof with the diuine helpe and mercifull assistance of Almighty +God, and the goodnesse of our shippe, accompanied with the +good happe of her fortunate name, we were deliuered, and with a +prosperous winde followed our course West and by North. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They discouer land.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> And +in other 25. dayes we made aboue 400. leagues more, where we +discouered a new land, neuer before seene of any man +either ancient or moderne, and at first sight it seemed +somewhat low, but being within a quarter of a league +of it, we perceiued by the great fires that we saw by the Sea +coast, that it was inhabited: and saw that the land stretched to +the Southwards. In seeking some conuenient Harborough +wherein to anchor and to haue knowledge of the place, we sayled +fiftie leagues in vaine, and seeing the land to runne still to the +Southwards, we resolued to return back againe towards the North +where wee found ourselues troubled with the like difficulty. +At length being in despaire to finde any Port, wee cast anchor +vpon the coast, and sent our Boate to shore, where we saw great +store of people which came to the sea side: and seeing vs +approch, they fled away, and sometime would stand still and +looke backe, beholding vs with great admiration: but afterwards +being animated and assured with signes that we made them, some +of them came hard to the Sea side, seeming to reioyce very much +at the sight of vs, and marueiling greatly at our apparel, shape +and whitenesse, shewing vs by sundry signes where we might +most commodiously come aland with our Boat, offering vs also of +their victuals to eat. Now I wil briefly declare to your Maiestie +their life and maners, as farre as we could haue notice thereof: +These people goe altogether naked, except only that they couer +their priuie parts with certaine skins of beastes like vnto Martens, +which they fasten vnto a narrow girdle made of grasse very +artificially wrought, hanged about with tayle of diuers other +beastes, which round about their bodies hang dangling downe to +their knees. Some of them weare garlands of byrdes feathers. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page391">[pg 391]</span><a name="Pg391" id="Pg391" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +The people are of colour russet, and not much unlike the +Saracens: their hayre blacke, thicke and not very long, which +they tye together in a knot behind and weare it like a litle taile. +They are well featured in their limbes, of meane stature, and +commonly somewhat bigger then we: broad breasted, strong +armed, their legs and other parts of their bodies well fashioned, +and they are disfigured in nothing, saving, that they have somewhat +broade visages, and yet not all of them: for we saw many +of them wel favoured, having blacke and greate eyes, with a +cheerefull and steady looke, not strong of body, yet sharpe witted, +nymble and exceeding great runners, as farre as we could learne +by experience, and in those two last qualities they are like to the +people of the East partes of the world, and especially to them of +the uttermost parts of China. We could not learne of this people +their maner of living, nor their particular customs, by reason of +the short abode we made on the shore, our company being but +small, and our ship ryding farre off in the Sea. And not farre +from these we found another people, whose living wee thinke to +be like unto theirs; (as hereafter I wil declare unto your Majestie) +shewing at this present the situation and nature of the foresayd +land. The shore is all covered with small sand, and so ascendeth +upwards for the space of 15 foote, rising in forme of litle hils +about 50 paces broad. And sayling forwards, we found certaine +small Rivers and armes of the Sea, that fall downe by certaine +creekes, washing the shoare on both sides as the coast lyeth. +And beyond this we saw the open Countrey rising in height above +the sandy shoare with many faire fields and plaines, full of mighty +great woods, some very thicke, and some thinne, replenished with +divers sorts of trees, as pleasant and delectable to behold, as is +possible to imagine. And your Majesty may not thinke that +these are like the woods of Hercynia or the wilde deserts of +Tartary, and the Northerne coasts full of fruitlesse trees: But +they are full of Palme trees, Bay trees, and high Cypresse trees, +and many other sorts of trees unknowen in Europe, which yeeld +most sweet savours farre from the shoare, the propertie whereof +we could not learne for the cause aforesayd, and not for any +difficulty to passe through the woods, seeing they are not so +thicke but that a man may passe through them. Neither doe we +thinke that they partaking of the East world round about them, +are altogether voyd of drugs and spicery, and other riches of +golde, seeing the colour of the land doth so much argue it. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page392">[pg 392]</span><a name="Pg392" id="Pg392" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +And the land is full of many beastes, as Stags, Deere and +Hares, and likewise of Lakes and Pooles of fresh water, with +great plentie of Fowles, conuenient for all kinde of pleasant +game. This land is in latitude 34. degrees, with good and wholesome +ayre, temperature, betweene hot and colde, no vehement +windes doe blowe in those Regions, and those that doe commonly +reigne in those coasts, are the Northwest and West windes in the +summer season, (in the beginning whereof we were there) the +skie cleere and faire with very little raine: and if at any time the +ayre be cloudie and mistie with the Southerne winde, immediatly +it is dissolued and waxeth cleere and fayre againe. The Sea is +calme, not boysterous, the waues gentle: and although all the +shore be somewhat sholde and without harborough, yet it is not +dangerous to the saylers, being free from rocks and deepe, so +that within 4. or 5. foote of the shore, there is 20. foote deepe of +water without ebbe or flood, the depth still increasing in such +vniforme proportion. There is very good ryding at Sea: for any +ship being shaken in a tempest, can neuer perish there by breaking +of her cables, which we haue prooued by experience. For +in the beginning of March (as it is vsuall in all regions) being in +the Sea oppressed with Northerne windes, and ryding there, wee +found our anchor broken before the earth fayled or mooued at all. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The coast trendeth to the East in 34. degrees of latitude.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We departed from this place, stil running along +the coast, which we found to trend toward the East,<a id="noteref_111" name="noteref_111" href="#note_111"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">111</span></span></a> +and we saw euery where very great fires, by reason of +the multitude of the inhabitants. While we rode on +that coast, partly because it had no harborough, and +for that we wanted water, we sent our boate ashoare with 25. +men: where by reason of great and continuall waues that beat +against the shoare, being an open Coast, without succour, none +of our men could possibly goe ashoare without loosing our boate. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Courteous and gentle people.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wee saw there many people which came vnto the shoare, making +diuers signes of friendship, and shewing that they were +content we should come aland, and by trial we found +them to be very courteous and gentle, as your +Maiestie shal vnderstand by the successe. To the intent we +might send them of our things, which the Indians commonly +desire and esteeme, as sheetes of paper, glasses, bels, and such +like trifles; we sent a young man one of our Mariners ashoare, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page393">[pg 393]</span><a name="Pg393" id="Pg393" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +who swimming towards them, and being within 3. or 4. yards of +the shore, not trusting them, cast the things vpon the shoare: +but seeking afterwards to returne, he was with such violence of +the waues beaten vpon the shore, that he was so bruised that he +lay there almost dead: which the Indians perceiuing, ranne to +catch him, and drawing him out, they caried him a litle way off +from the sea. The yong man perceiuing they caried him, being +at the first dismaied, began then greatly to feare, and cried out +piteously: likewise did the Indians which did accompany him, +going about to cheere him and to giue him courage, and then +setting him on the ground at the foote of a litle hil against the +sunne, they began to behold him with great admiration, marueiling +at the whitenesse of his flesh: And putting off his clothes, +they made him warme at a great fire, not without our great feare +which remayned in the boate, that they would haue rosted him +at that fire, and haue eaten him. The young man hauing +recouered his strength, and hauing stayed a while with them, +shewed them by signes that he was desirous to returne to the +ship: and they with great loue clapping him fast about with +many imbracings, accompanying him vnto the sea, and to put +him in more assurance, leauing him alone, went vnto a high +ground and stood there, beholding him vntill he was entred into +the boate. This yong man obserued, as we did also, that these +are of colour inclining to Blacke as the other were, with their +flesh very shining, of meane stature, handsome visage, and +delicate limmes, and of very litle strength, but of prompt wit: +farther we obserued not. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They run 50 leagues farther.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Departing from hence, following the shore which trended +somewhat toward the North, in 50. leagues space we +came to another land which shewed much more faire +and ful of woods, being very great, where we rode at +anker: and that we might haue some knowledge thereof, wee +sent 20. men aland, which entred into the countrey about 2 +leagues, and they found that the people were fled to the woods +for feare. They saw onely one olde woman with a young maide +of 18. or 20. yeeres old, which seeing our company, hid themselues +in the grasse for feare: the olde woman caried two Infants +on her shoulders, and behind her necke a child of 8. yeeres old. +The young woman was laden likewise with as many: but when +our men came vnto them, the women cried out: the olde woman +made signes that the men were fledde vnto the woods. Assoone +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page394">[pg 394]</span><a name="Pg394" id="Pg394" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +as they saw vs to quiet them and to winne their fauour, our men +gave them such victuals as they had with them, to eate, which +the old woman receiued thankfully: but the yong woman disdained +them all, and threw them disdainfully on the ground. +They tooke a child from the olde woman to bring into France, +and going about to take the yong woman which was very beautiful +and of tall stature, they could not possibly, for the great outcries +that she made, bring her to the sea: and especially hauing great +woods to passe thorow, and being farre from the ship, we purposed +to leaue her behind, bearing away the child onely. We +found those folkes to be more white then those that we found +before, being clad with certaine leaues that hang on boughs of +trees, which they sewe together with threds of wilde hempe: their +heads were trussed vp after the same maner as the former were: +their ordinary food is of pulse, whereof they haue great store, +differing in colour and taste from ours; of good and pleasant +taste. Moreouer they liue by fishing and fowling, which they +take with ginnes, and bowes made of hard wood, the arrowes of +Canes, being headed with the bones of fish, and other beasts. +The beasts in these parts are much wilder then in our Europe, +by reason they are continually chased and hunted. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They ran along the coast 200 leagues. +They make hollow their Canoes with fire.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> We saw +many of their boats made of one tree 20 foote long, and 4 foote +broad, which are not made with yron or any other kind of +metall (because that in all this countrey for the space +of leagues which we ranne, we neuer saw one +stone of any sort:) they helpe themselues with fire, +burning so much of the tree as is sufficient for the +hollowness of the boat; the like they doe in making +the sterne and the forepart, vntil it be fit to saile +vpon the sea. The land is in situation goodnes and +fairenesse like the other: it hath woods like the other, thinne +and full of diuers sorts of trees: but not sweete, because the +countrey is more Northerly and colde. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Vines like those of Lombardie.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We saw in this Countrey many Vines growing naturally, +which growing vp, tooke holde of the trees as they +doe in Lombardie, which if by husbandmen they +were dressed in good order, without all doubt they +would yeeld excellent wines: for hauing oftentimes seene the +fruit thereof dryed, which was sweete and pleasant, and not +differing from ours, wee thinke that they doe esteeme the same, +because that in euery place where they growe, they take away +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page395">[pg 395]</span><a name="Pg395" id="Pg395" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the vnder branches growing round about, that the fruit thereof +may ripen the better. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We found also roses, violets, lilies, and many sorts of herbes, +and sweete and odoriferous flowers different from ours. We +knewe not their dwellings, because they were farre vp in the +land, and we iudge by many signes that we saw, that they are of +wood and of trees framed together. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We doe beleeue also by many coniectures and signes, that +many of them sleeping in the fields, haue no other couert then +the open sky. Further knowledge haue we not of them: we +thinke that all the rest whose countreys we passed, liue all after +one maner. Hauing made our aboade three dayes in this +countrey, and ryding on the coast for want of harboroughs, we +concluded to depart from thence, trending along the shore +betweene the North and the East, sayling onely in the daytime, +and riding at anker by night. In the space of 100. leagues +sayling we found a very pleasant place situated amongst certaine +litle hils: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A mighty riuer.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +from amidst the which hils there ran downe into the +sea an exceeding great streme of water, which within +the mouth was very deepe, and from the sea to the +mouth of the same with the tide which we found to +rise 8. foote, any great ship laden may passe vp. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But because we rode at rode at anker, in a place well fenced +from the wind, we would not venture ourselues without knowledge +of the place: and we passed vp with our boat onely into +the sayd Riuer, and saw the countrey very well peopled. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">People clad with feathers of diuers colours.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> The +people are almost like vnto the others, and are +clad with the feathers of fowles of diuers colours: +they came towards vs very cheerefully, making great +showts of admiration; shewing vs where we might +come to land most safely with our boat. We entered vp the +sayd river into the land about halfe a league where it made a +most pleasant lake about 3 leagues in compasse: on the which +they rowed from the one side to the other to the number of 30. of +their small boates, wherein were many people which passed from +one shore to the other to come and see vs. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The pleasantness and riches of the land.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And behold vpon +the sudden (as is woont to fall out in sayling) a contrary flaw of +wind comming from the sea, we were inforced to +returne to our ship, leauing this lande to our +great discontentment, for the great commodity +and pleasantnesse thereof, which we suppose is +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page396">[pg 396]</span><a name="Pg396" id="Pg396" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +not without some riches, all the hils shewing minerall waters in +them. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The description of Claudia, Iland, tenne leagues +from the mayne. Claudia was mother of king Francis.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We weyed anker, and sayled toward the East, for so the +coast trended, and so alwayes for 50. leagues being in the sight +thereof, we discouered an Iland in forme of a triangle, distant from +the maine land 10. leagues, about the bignesse of the +Iland of the Rhodes: it was ful of hils couered with +trees, well peopled, for we saw fires all along the coast: +wee gaue it the name of your Maiesties mother, not +staying there by reason of the weather being +contrary. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And we came to another land being 15. leagues +from the Iland, where we found a passing good hauen, +wherein being entred, we found about 20. small boats of the +people, which with diuers cries and wondrings came about our +ship, comming no neerer then 50. paces towards vs: they stayed +and beheld the artificialnesse of our ship, our shape and apparel: +then they all made a loud showt together, declaring that they +reioyced. When we had something animated them, vsing their +gestures, they came so neere vs, that we cast them certaine bels +and glasses, and many toyes, which when they had receiued, +they looked on them with laughing, and came without feare +aboard our ship. There were amongst these people 2. kings of +so goodly stature and shape as is possible to declare: the eldest +was about 40. yeeres of age, the second was a young man of 20. +yeeres olde. Their apparell was on this maner: the elder had +vpon his naked body a Harts skin wrought artificially with diuers +branches like damaske: his head was bare with the hayre tyed vp +behind with diuers knot: about his necke he had a large chaine, +garnished with diuers stones of sundry colours: the yong man +was almost apparelled after the same maner. This is the goodliest +people, and of the fairest conditions that we haue found in this +our voyage. They exceed vs in bignes: they are of the colour +of brasse, some of them incline more to whitenesse: others are +of yellow colour, of comely visage, with long and blacke haire, +which they are very careful to trim and decke vp: they are +blacke and quicke eyed, and of sweete and pleasant countenance, +imitating much the old fashion. I write not to your Maiestie of +the other parts of their body, hauing al such proportion as +apperteineth to any handsome man. The women are of the like +conformitie and beautie: very handsome and well fauoured, of +pleasaunt countenance, and comely to behold: they are as wel +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page397">[pg 397]</span><a name="Pg397" id="Pg397" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +manered and continent as any women, and of good education: +they are all naked saue their priuy partes, which they couer with +a Deeres skin branched or embrodered as the men vse: there +are also of them which weare on their armes very rich skinnes of +Luzernes: they adorne their heads with diuers ornaments made +of their owne haire, which hang downe before on both sides their +brestes: others vse other kinde of dressing themselues like vnto +the women of Egypt and Syria, these are of the elder sort: and +when they are maried, they weare diuers toyes, according to the +vsage of the people of the East, as well men as women. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Among whom we saw many plates of wrought copper, which +they esteeme more then golde, which for the colour they make +no account of Azure and Red. The things that they esteeme +most of all those which we gaue them, were bels, christall of +Azure colour, and other toyes to hang at their eares or about +their necke. They did not desire cloth of silke or of golde, much +lesse of any other sort, neither cared they for things made of +steele and yron, which wee often shewed them in our armour +which they made no wonder at, and in beholding them they onely +asked the arte of making them: the like they did at our glasses, +which when they beheld, they suddenly laught and gaue them vs +againe. They are very liberall, for they giue that which they +haue: wee became great friends with these, and one day we entred +into the Hauen with our ship, whereas before we rode a league +off at Sea by reason of the contrary weather. They came in +great companies of their small boats vnto the ship with their faces +all bepainted with diuers colours, shewing vs that it was a signe +of ioy, bringing vs of their victuals, they made signes vnto vs +where we might safest ride in the Hauen for the safegard of our +ship keeping still our company: and after we were come to an +anker, wee bestowed 15 dayes in prouiding our selues many +necessary things, whither euery day the people repaired to see +our ship bringing their wiues with them, whereof they were very +ielous: and they themselues entring abord the ship and staying +there a good space, caused their wiues to stay in their boats, and +for all the entreatie we could make, offring to giue them diuers +things, we could neuer obtaine that they would suffer them to +come abord our ship. And oftentimes one of the two kings +comming with his queene, and many gentlemen for their pleasure +to see vs, they all stayed on shore 200. paces from vs, sending a +small boat to giue vs intelligence of their comming, saying they +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page398">[pg 398]</span><a name="Pg398" id="Pg398" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +would come to see our ship: this they did in token of safety, +and assone as they had answere from vs, they came immediatly, +and hauing staied awhile to behold it, they wondered at hearing +the cries and noyses of the mariners. The queene and her maids +stayed in a very light boat, at an Iland a quarter of a league off, +while the king abode a long space in our ship vttering diuers +conceits with gestures, viewing with great admiration all the +furniture of the ship, demanding the property of euery thing +particularly. He tooke likewise great pleasure in beholding our +apparell, and in tasting our meats, and so courteously taking his +leaue departed. And sometimes our men staying 2 or 3 daies on +a litle Iland neere the ship for diuers necessaries (as it is the vse +of seamen) he returned with 7 or 8 of his gentlemen to see what +we did, and asked vs oftentimes if we meant to make any long +abode there, offring vs of their prouision: then the king drawing +his bow and running vp and down with his gentlemen, made +much sport to gratifie our men: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Most pleasant and fruitful lands.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +we were oftentimes within the +land 5 or 6 leagues, which we found as pleasant as is +possible to declare, very apt for any kind of husbandry +of corne, wine and oyle: for that there are +plaines 25 or 30 leagues broad, open and without any impediment, +of trees of such fruitfullnesse, that any seed being sowed +therein, wil bring forth most excellent fruit. We entred afterwards +into the woods, which we found so great and thicke, that any army +were it neuer so great might haue hid it selfe therein, the trees +whereof are okes, cipresse trees, and other sortes vnknowen in +Europe. We found Pomi appii, damson trees, and nut trees, and +many other sort of fruit differing from ours: there are beasts in +great abundance, as harts, deere, luzerns, and other kinds which +they take with their nets and bowes which are their chiefe +weapons: the arrowes which they vse are made with great +cunning, and in stead of yron, they head them with flint, with +iasper stone and hard marble and other sharp stones which they +vse in stead of yron to cut trees, and to make their boates of one +whole piece of wood, making it hollow with great and wonderful +art, wherein 10 or 12 men may sit commodiously: their oares are +short and broad at the end, and they vse them in the sea without +any danger, and by maine force of armes, with as great speedines +as they list themselues. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The fashion of their houses.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We saw their houses made +in circular or round forme, 10 or. 12 paces in compasse, +made with halfe circles of timber separate one +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page399">[pg 399]</span><a name="Pg399" id="Pg399" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +from another without any order of building, couered with mattes +of straw wrought cunningly together, which saue them from wind +and raine; and if they had the order of building and perfect skil +of workmanship as we haue there were no doubt but that they +would also make eftsoones great and stately buildings. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The coast full of good havens.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For all +the sea coasts are ful of cleare and glistering stones, +and alablaster, and therefore it is full of good hauens +and harboroughs for ships. They mooue the foresaid +houses from one place to another according to the commodity +of the place and season wherin they wil make their abode, +and only taking of the mattes, they haue other houses builded +incontinent. The father and the whole family dwell together in +one house in great number: in some of them we saw 25 or 30 +persons. They feed as the other doe aforesaid of pulse which +grow in that Countrey with better order of husbandry then in the +others. They obserue in their sowing the course of the Moone +and the rising of certaine starres, and diuers other customes +spoken of by antiquity. Moreouer they liue by hunting and +fishing. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their curing with Tobacco and perfumes.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They liue long, and are seldome sicke, and if they +chance to fall sicke at any time, they heale themselues +with fire without any phisitian, and they say that they +die for very age. They are very pitifull and charitable +towards their neighbours, they make great lamentations in +their aduersity: and in their miserie, the kinred reckon vp all +their felicitie. At their departure out of life, they vse mourning +mixt with singing, which continueth for a long space. This is as +much as we could learne of them. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The description of a notable hauen in 41. deg. and 2 tierces.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This land is situated in the +Paralele of Rome, in 41. degrees and 2. terces: but somewhat +more cold by accidentall causes and not of nature, (as I wil declare +vnto to your highnesse elsewhere) describing at this present the +situation of the foresaid Countrey, which lieth East and West, I +say that the mouth of the Hauen lieth open to the South halfe a +league broad, and being entred within it betweene the East and +the North, it stretcheth twelue leagues: where it +waxeth broader and broader, and maketh a gulfe +about 20. leagues in compasse, wherein are fiue +small Islands very fruitfull and pleasant, full of hie +and broade trees, among the which Islandes any +great Nauie may ride safe without any feare of tempest or other +danger. Afterwards turning towardes the South in the entring +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page400">[pg 400]</span><a name="Pg400" id="Pg400" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +into the Hauen on both sides there are most pleasant hils, with +many riuers of most cleare water falling into the Sea. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the middest of this entrance there is a rocke of free stone +growing by nature apt to build any Castle or Fortresse there, for +the keeping of the hauen. The fift of May being furnished with +all things necessarie, we departed from the said coast keeping +along in the sight thereof, and wee sailed 150. leagues finding +it alwayes after one maner; but the land somewhat higher with +certaine mountaines, all which beare a shew of minerall matter, +wee sought not to land there in any place, because the weather +serued our turne for sailing: but wee suppose that it was like +the former, the coast ranne Eastward for the space of fiftie +leagues. And trending afterwards to the North, we found +another land high full of thicke woods, the trees whereof were +firres, cipresses and such like as are wont to grow in cold +Countreys. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Here the people begin to be more sauage.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The people differ much from the other, +and looke how much the former seemed to be courteous +and gentle: so much were these full of rudenesse +and ill maners, and so barbarous that by no signes +that euer we could make, we could haue any kind of traffike with +them. They cloth themselues with Beares skinnes and Luzernes +and Seales and other beasts skinnes. Their food, as farre as we +coulde perceiue, repairing often vnto their dwellings, we suppose +to be by hunting and fishing, and of certaine fruits, which are a +kind of roots which the earth yeeldeth of her own accord. They +haue no graine, neither saw we any kind or signe of tillage, +neither is the land, for the barennesse thereof, apt to beare fruit +or seed. If at any time we desired by exchange to haue any of +their commodities, they vsed to come to the sea shore vpon +certaine craggy rocks and we standing in our boats, they let +downe with a rope what it pleased them to giue vs, crying continually +that we should not approch to the land, demanding +immediatly the exchange, taking nothing but kniues, fishookes, +and tooles to cut withall, neyther did they make any account of +our courtesie. And when we had nothing left to exchange with +them, when we departed from them, the people shewed all signes +of discourtesie and disdaine, as were possible for any creature to +inuent. We were in despight of them 2 or 3 leagues within the +land, being in number 25 armed men of vs: And when we went +on shore they shot at vs with their bowes making great outcries, +and afterwards fled into the woods. We found not in this land +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page401">[pg 401]</span><a name="Pg401" id="Pg401" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Beades of copper.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +any thing notable, or of importance, sauing very great woods and +certaine hilles, they may haue some minerall matter in them, +because wee saw many of them haue beadstones of +Copper hanging at their eares. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">32 pleasant Islands.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We departed from +thence keeping our course Northeast along the coast, +which we found more pleasant champion and without woods, +with high mountaines within the land continuing directly along +the coast for the space of fiftie leagues, we discouered +32 Islands lying al neere the land, being small and +pleasant to the view, high and hauing many turnings +and windings betweene them, making many faire harborougbs +and chanels as they doe in the gulfe of Venice in Sclauonia, and +Dalmatia, we had no knowledge or acquaintance with the people: +we suppose they are of the same maners and nature as the others +are. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They ran almost to 50. degrees.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Sayling Northeast for the space of 150. leagues we +approched to the land that in times past was discouered +by the Britons, which is in fiftie degrees. +Hauing now spent all our prouision and victuals, and +hauing discouered about 700 leagues and more of new Countreys, +and being furnished with water and wood, we concluded to +returne into France. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Touching the religion of this people, which wee haue found, +for want of their language wee could not vnderstand neither by +signes nor gesture that they had any religion or lawe at all, or +that they did acknowledge any first cause or moouer, neither +that they worship the heauen or stars the Sunne or Moone or +other planets, and much lesse whither they be idolaters, neither +could wee learne whither that they vsed any kind of sacrifices or +other adorations, neither in their villages haue they any Temples +or houses of prayer. We suppose that they haue no religion at +all, and that they liue at their owne libertie. And that all this +proceedeth of ignorance, for that they are very easie to be perswaded: +and all that they see vs Christians doe in our diuine +seruice, they did the same with the like imitation as they saw vs +to doe it. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page402">[pg 402]</span><a name="Pg402" id="Pg402" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc75" id="toc75"></a> +<a name="pdf76" id="pdf76"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XXXV. A notable historie containing foure voyages made by certaine +French Captaines into Florida: Wherein the great riches +and fruitefulnesse of the Countrey with the maners of +the people hitherto concealed are brought to light, written +all, sauing the last, by Monsieur Laudonniere, who +remained there himselfe as the French Kings Lieutenant +a yeere and a quarter. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Translated out of French into English +by M. Richard Haklvyt. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To the right honourable Sir Walter Ralegh Knight, Captaine of +her Maiesties Gard, Lord Warden of the Stanneries, and +her Highnesse Lieutentant generall of the County of +Cornewall, R.H. wisheth true felicitie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Sir, after that this historie, which had bene concealed many +yeeres, was lately committed to print and published in France +vnder your Name by my learned friend M. Marline Basanier of +Paris, I was easily enduced to turne it into English, vnderstanding +that the same was no lesse gratefull to you here, then I know +it to be acceptable to many great and worthie persons there. +And no maruaile though it were very welcome vnto you, and +that you liked of the translation thereof, since no history hitherto +set forth hath more affinitie, resemblance or conformitie with +yours of Virginia, then this of Florida. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Other mens misfortune ought to be our warning.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But calling to minde +that you had spent more yeeres in France then I, and vnderstand +the French better then my selfe, I forthwith perceiued that you +approoued mine endeuour, not for any priuate ease or commoditie +that thereby might redound vnto you, but that it argued a +singular and especiall care you had of those which are to be +employed in your owne like enterprise, whom, by the reading of +this my translation, you would haue forewarned and admonished +aswell to beware of the grosse negligence in prouiding of sufficiency +of victuals, the securitie, disorders, and mutinies that fell +out among the French, with the great inconueniencies +that thereupon ensued, that by others mishaps they +might learne to preuent and auoyde the like, as also +might be put in minde, by the reading of the manifolde +commodities and great fertilitie of the places herein at large +described and so neere neighbours vnto our Colonies, that they +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page403">[pg 403]</span><a name="Pg403" id="Pg403" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +might generally bee awaked and stirred vp vnto the diligent +obseruation of euery thing that might turne to the aduancement +of the action, wherinto they are so cheerefully entred. Many +speciall poynts concerning the commodities of these partes, the +accidents of the French mens gouernment therein, the causes of +their good or bad successe, with the occasions of the abandoning +one of their forts, and the surprise of the other by the enemie +are herein truely and faithfully recorded: Which because they +be quoted by me in the margents, and reduced into a large +alphabeticall table, which I haue annexed to the ende of the +worke, it shall be needlesse to recken vp againe. And that the +rather, because the same with diuers other things of chiefest +importance are liuely drawne in colours at your no smal charges +by the skillfull painter Iames +Morgues,<a id="noteref_112" name="noteref_112" href="#note_112"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">112</span></span></a> sometime liuing in the +Black-fryers in London (whom Monsieur Chastillion then Admirall +of France sent thither with Laudonniere for that purpose) +which was an eye-witnesse of the goodnesse and fertility of those +regions, and hath put downe in writing many singularities which +are not mentioned in this treatise: which since he hath +published together with the purtratures. These foure voyages I knew +not to whom I might better offer then to your selfe, and that for +diuers iust considerations. First, for that as I haue sayd before, +they were dedicated vnto you in French; secondly because now +foure times also you haue attempted the like vpon the selfe same +coast neere adioyning: thirdly in that you haue +persed<a id="noteref_113" name="noteref_113" href="#note_113"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">113</span></span></a> as farre vp +into the maine and discouered no lesse secrets in the partes of +your aboad, then the French did in the places of their inhabiting: +lastly considering you are now also ready (vpon the late returne +of Captaine Stafford and good newes which he brought you of the +safe arriual of your last Colony in their wished hauen) to prosecute +this action more throughly then euer. And heare to speake +somewhat of this your enterprise, I affirme, that if the same may +speedily and effectually be pursued, it will prooue farre more +beneficiall in diuers respects vnto this our realme, then the world, +yea many of the wiser sort, haue hitherto imagined. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A collection of the commodities of Virginia.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The particular +commodities whereof are wel knowen vnto your +selfe and some few others, and are faithfully and with +great iudgement committed to writing, as you are not +ignorant, by one of your followers, which remained +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page404">[pg 404]</span><a name="Pg404" id="Pg404" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +there about a tweluemonth with your worshipful Lieutenant M. +Ralph Lane, in the diligent search of the secrets of those Countreys. +Touching the speedy and effectual pursuing of your action, +though I wrote well it would demaund a princes purse to haue it +throughly followed without lingering, yet am I of opinion, that +you shall drawe the same before it be long to be profitable and +gainful aswel to those of our nation there remaining, as to the +merchants of England that shall trade hereafter thither, partly by +certaine secret commodities already discouered by your seruants, +and partly by breeding of diuers sorts of beasts in +those large and ample regions, and planting of such +things in that warme climat as wil best prosper there, +and our realme standeth most in need of. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Meanes to raise benefit in new discoueries +vsed by the Spaniards and Portugals.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> And this +I find to haue bin the course that both the Spaniards +and Portugals tooke in the beginnings of their +discoueries and conquests. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Kine, sugar-canes and ginger transported +into Hispaniola and Madera &c.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For the Spaniards at their first +entrance into Hispaniola found neither sugercanes +nor ginger, growing there, nor any kind of our cattell: +But finding the place fit for pasture they sent kine +and buls and sundry sorts of other profitable beastes +thither, and transported the plants of suger canes, and +set the rootes of ginger: the hides of which oxen, +with suger and ginger, are now the chiefe merchandise of that +Island. The Portugals also at their first footing in Madera, as +Iohn Barros writes in his first Decade, found nothing there but +mighty woods for timber, whereupon they called the Island by +that name. Howbeit the climate being fauourable, they inriched +it by their own industry with the best wines and sugers in the +world. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Woad and vines planted in the Azores.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The like maner of proceeding they vsed in the Isles of +Açores by sowing therin great quantity of Woad. So +dealt they in S. Thomas vnder the Equinoctial, and +in Brasil and sundry other places. And if our men +will follow their steps, by your wise direction I doubt not but +that in due time they shall reape no lesse commodity and +benefite. Moreouer there is none other likelihood but that her +Maiesty, which hath Christned, and giuen the name to your +Virginia if need require, will deale after the maner of honourable +godmothers, which, seeing their gossips not fully able to bring vp +their children themselues, are wont to contribute to their honest +education, the rather if they find any towardlines or reasonable +hope of goodnesse in them. And if Elizabeth Queene of Castile +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page405">[pg 405]</span><a name="Pg405" id="Pg405" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and Aragon,<a id="noteref_114" name="noteref_114" href="#note_114"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">114</span></span></a> +after her husband Ferdinando and she had emptied +their cofers and exhausted their treasures in subduing the kingdome +of Granada and rooting the Mores, a wicked weed, out of +Spaine, was neuerthelesse so zealous of Gods honour, that (as +Fernandus Columbus the son of Christopher Columbus recordeth +in the history of the deedes of his father) she layd part of her +owne iewels, which she had in great account, to gage, to furnish his +father foorth vpon his first voyage, before any foot of land of all +the West Indies was discouered; what may we expect of our most, +magnificent and gracious prince ELIZABETH of England, into +whose lappe the Lord hath most plentifully throwne his treasures, +what may wee, I say, hope of her forwardnesse and bounty in +aduancing of this your most honourable enterprise, being farre +more certaine then that of Columbus, at that time especially, and +tending no lesse to the glorie of God then that action of the +Spanyardes? +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The aptnesse of the people in the maine of Virginia +to embrace Christianitie. Seneca.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For as you may read in the very last wordes of the +relation of Newe Mexico extant nowe in English, the maine land, +where your last Colonie meane to seate themselues, is replenished +with many thousands of Indians, Which are of better +wittes then those of Mexico and Peru, as hath bene +found by those that haue had some triall of them: +whereby it may bee gathered that they will easily +embrace the Gospell, forsaking their idolatrie, wherein +at this present for the most part they are wrapped +and intangled. A wise Philosopher noting the sundry desires of +diuers men, writeth, that if an oxe bee put into a medowe hee +will seeke to fill his bellie with grasse, if a Storke bee cast in shee +will seeke for Snakes, if you turne in a Hound he will seeke to +start a Hare: So sundry men entering into these discoueries +propose vnto themselues seuerall endes. Some seeke authoritie +and places of commandement, others experience by seeing of the +worlde, the most part wordly and transitorie gaine, and that often +times by dishonest and vnlawfull meanes, the fewest number the +glorie of God and, the sauing of the soules of the poore and +blinded infidels. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">2 Cor. 12. 14.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Yet because diuers honest and well disposed +persons were entred already into this your businesse, and that I +know you meane hereafter to send some such good Churchmen +thither, as may truely say with the Apostle to the +Sauages, wee seeke not yours but you: I conceiue +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page406">[pg 406]</span><a name="Pg406" id="Pg406" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Iosue 1. 6.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +great comfort of the successe of this your action, hoping that the +Lorde, whose power is wont to bee perfected in +weaknesse, will bless the feeble foundations of your +building. Only bee you of a valiant courage and faint not, as +the Lord sayd vnto Iosue, exhorting him to proceede on forward +in the conquest of the land of promise, and remember that +priuate men haue happily wielded and waded through as great +enterprises as this, with lesser meanes then those which God in +his mercie hath bountifully bestowed vpon you, to the singuler +good, as I assure my selfe, of this our Common wealth wherein +you liue. Hereof we haue examples both domesticall and +forreigne. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The good successe in Ireland of Richard +Strangbow earle of Chepstowe.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Remember I pray you, what you find in +the beginning of the Chronicle of the conquest of +Ireland newly dedicated vnto your selfe. Read you +not that Richard Stranbow the decayed earle of +Chepstow in Monmuthshire, being in no great fauour +of his soueraigne, passed ouer into that Island in the +yere 1171. and accompanied onely with certaine of his priuate +friends had in short space such prosperous successe, that he +opened the way for king Henry the second to the speedy subjection +of all that warlike nation to this crowne of England? +The like conquest of Brasilia, and annexing the same to the +kingdome of Portugall was first begun by mean and priuate men, +as Don Antonio de Castillio, Ambassadour here for that realme +and by office keeper of all the records and monuments of their +discoueries, assured me in this citie in the yere 1581. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The happy late discouery of the Northwest of Captaine Dauis.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Now if +the greatnes of the maine of Virginia, and the large extension +thereof, especially to the West, should make you thinke that the +subduing of it were a matter of more difficulty then the conquest +of Ireland, first I answere, that as the late experience +of that skilfull pilote and Captaine M. Iohn Dauis to +the Northwest (toward which his discovery your selfe +haue thrise contributed, with the forwardest) hath +shewed a great part to be maine sea, where before +was thought to be maine land, so for my part I am fully perswaded +by Ortelius late reformation of Culuacan and the gulfe of +California, that the land on the backe part of Virginia extendeth +nothing so far westward as is put downe in the maps of those +parts. Moreouer it is not to be denied, but that one hundred men +will do more now among the naked and vnarmed people in +Virginia, then one thousand were able then to do in Ireland +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page407">[pg 407]</span><a name="Pg407" id="Pg407" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +against that armed and warlike nation in those daies. I say +further, that these two yeeres last experience hath plainly shewed, +that we may spare 10000. able men without any misse. And these +are as many as the kingdome of Portugal had euer in all their +garrisons of the Açores, Madera, Arguin, Cape verde, Guinea, +Brasill, Mozambique, Melinde, Zocotora, Ormus, Diu, Goa, +Malaca, the Molucos, and Macao vpon the coast of China. Yea +this I say by the confession of singuler expert men of their own +nation (whose names I suppresse for certain causes) which haue +bene personally in the East Indies, and haue assured me that +their kings had neuer aboue ten thousand natural borne +Portugals<a id="noteref_115" name="noteref_115" href="#note_115"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">115</span></span></a> +(their slaues excepted) out of their kingdome remaining in all the +aforesaid territories. Which also this present yeere I saw +confirmed in a secrete extract of the particular estate of that kingdome +and of euery gouernement and office subiect to the same with the +seueral pensions thereunto belonging. Seeing therefore we are +so farre from want of people, that retyring daily home out of the +Lowe Countreyes they go idle vp and downe in swarms for lack +of honest intertainment, I see no fitter place to employ some part +of the better sort of them trained vp thus long in seruice, then in +the inward partes of the firme of Virginia against such stubborne +Sauages as shal refuse obedience to her Maiestie. And doubtlesse +many of our men will bee glad and faine to accept +this condition, when as by the reading of this present treatie +they shall vnderstand the fertilitie and riches of the regions +confining so neere vpon yours, the great commodities and +goodnesse whereof you haue bin contented to suffer to come +to light. In the meane season I humbly commend my selfe +and this my translation vnto you, and your selfe, and all +those which vnder you haue taken this enterprise in hand to the +grace and good blessing of the Almighty, which is able to build +farther, and to finish the good worke which in these our dayes he +hath begun by your most Christian and charitable endeuour. +From London the 1 of May 1587. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Your L. humble at commandement R. Hakluyt. +</p> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">The Preface of M. Rene Laudonniere.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There are two things, which according to mine opinion haue +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page408">[pg 408]</span><a name="Pg408" id="Pg408" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +bene the principall causes, in consideration whereof aswell they +of ancient times, as those of our age haue bene induced to +trauell into farre and remote regions. The first hath beene the +naturall desire which wee haue to search out the commodities +to liue happily, plentifully, and at ease: be it whither one abandon +his naturall Countrey altogether to dwell in a better, or bee it +that men make voyages thither, there to search out and bring +from thence such things as are there to be found, and are in +greatest estimation and in most request in our Countreys. The +second cause hath bene the multitude of people too fruitefull in +generation, which being no longer able to dwell in their natiue +soyles, haue entred vpon their neighbours limites, and oftentimes +passing further haue pearced euen vnto the vttermost regions. +After this sort the North climate, a fruitfull father of so many +nations hath oftentimes sent foorth this way and that way his +valiant people, and by this meane hath peopled infinite Countreys: +so that most of the nations of Europe drawe their originall from +these parts. Contrariwise the more Southerne regions, because +they bee too barren by reason of their insupportable heate which +raineth in them, neede not any such sending forth of their +inhabitants, and haue bene oftentimes constrained to receiue +other people more often by force of armes then willingly. All +Afrike, Spaine, and Italie can also testifie the same, which neuer +so abounded with people that they had neede to send them +abroad to inhabite elsewhere: as on the contrary Scythia, Norway, +Gotland and France haue done. The posterity of which +nations remaineth yet not only in Italy, Spaine and Afrike but +also in fruitful and faire Asia. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Planting of Colonies.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Neuerthelesse I find that the +Romans proceeding further, or rather adding vnto these two +chiefe causes aforesaid, (as being most curious to plant not onely +their ensignes and victories, but also their lawes, customes, and +religion in those prouinces which they had conquered by force +of armes) haue oftentimes by the decree of their soueraigne +Senate sent forth inhabitants, which they called +Colonies (thinking by this way to make their name +immortall) euen to the vnfurnishing of their own +Countrey of the forces which should haue preserued the same in +her perfection: a thing which hindred them much more, then +aduanced them to the possession of the vniuersal monarchy, +whereunto their intention did aspire. For it came to passe that +their Colonies here and there being miserably sacked by strange +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page409">[pg 409]</span><a name="Pg409" id="Pg409" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +people did vtterly ruin and ouerthrow their Empire. The brinks +of the riuer of Rene are yet red, those of Danubius are no lesse +bloody, and our France became fat with their blood which they +lost. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">When force of armes is to be vsed.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +These are the effects and rewards of al such as being +pricked forward with this Romane and tyrannical ambition will +goe about thus to subdue strange people: effects, I say, contrary +to the profit which those shall receiue, which onely are affectioned +to the common benefite, that is to say, to the generall policie of +all men, and endeuour to vnite them one with another as well +by trafficke and ciuill conuersations, as by military vertues, and +force of armes, when as the Sauages will not yeeld +vnto their enduours so much tending vnto their +profit. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For this cause princes haue sent forth out of their Dominions +certaine men of good actiuity to plant themselues in strange +Countreys, there to make their profite to bring the Countrey to +ciuilitie, and if it might be, to reduce the inhabitants to the true +knowledge of our God: an end so much more commendable, as +it is farre from all tyrannical and cruel gouernement: and so they +haue alwayes thriued in their enterprises, and by little and little +gained the heartes of them which they haue conquered or wonne +vnto them by any meanes. Hereof we may gather that sometimes +it is good, yea, very expedient to send forth men to discouer +the pleasure and commoditie of strange Countreys: But so, that +the Countrey out of which these companies are to passe remaine +not weakned, nor depriued of her forces: And againe in such +sort that the company sent forth be of so iust and sufficient +number, that it may not be defeited by strangers, which euery +foote endeuour nothing else but to surprise the same +vpon the sudden. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Nota.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +As within these few daies past the +French haue proued to my great griefe, being able by no means +possible to withstand the same, considering that the elements, +men, and all the fauours which might be hoped for of a faithfull +and Christian alliance fought against vs: which thing I purpose +to discouer in this present historie with so euident trueth, that +the Kings Maiesty my soueraigne prince shall in part be satisfied +of the diligence which I haue vsed in his seruice, and mine +aduersaries shall find themselues so discouered in their false +reports, that they shall haue no place of refuge. But before I +begin, I will briefly set downe the situation and description of the +land whereunto we haue sailed and where we haue inhabited +from the yeere 1561. vnto sixty fiue, to the ende that those things +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page410">[pg 410]</span><a name="Pg410" id="Pg410" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +may the more easily be borne away, which I meane to describe +in this discourse. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The description of the West Indies in generall, but chiefly and +particularly of Florida, +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">America vnknowen to all antiquity.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That part of the earth which at this day we call the fourth +part of the world, or America, or rather the West +India, was vnknowen vnto our ancestours by reason +of the great distance thereof. In like maner all the +Westerne Islands and fortunate Isles were not discouered +but by those of our age. Howbeit there haue bin some +which haue said that they were discouered in the time of +Augustus Cæsar, and that Virgil hath, made mention thereof in +the sixt booke of his Æneidos, when he saith, There is a land +beyond the starres, and the coarse of the yeere and of the Sunne, +where Atlas the Porter of Heauen sustaineth the pole vpon his +shoulders: neuerthelesse it is easie to iudge that hee meaneth +not to speake of this land, whereof no man is found to haue +written before his time, neither yet aboue a thousand +yeeres after. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Christopher Colon or Columbe. Americus +Vespucius of whom America took the name. The first generall part +of America. Cabota in the yeere 1597 had discouered all this +tract for the crowne of England.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Christopher Colon did first light vpon +land in the yeere 1592. And fiue yeeres after +Americus went thither by the commandement of the +king of Castile, and gaue vnto it his owne name, +whereupon afterward it was called America. This +man was very well seene in the Arte of Nauigation +and in Astronomie: whereby hee discouered in his +time many lands vnknowen vnto the ancient Geographers. +This countrey is named by some, the +land of Brasil, and the lande of Parots. It stretcheth +it selfe, according vnto Postell, from the one Pole to +the other, sauing at the streight of Magellan, whereunto +it reacheth 53. degrees beyond the Equator. +I will diuide it for the better vnderstanding into three principall +parts. That which is toward the Pole Articke on the North is +called new France, because that in the yeere 1514. Iohn Verrazzanno +a Florentine was sent by King Francis the first and by +Madam the Regent his mother vnto these newe Regions, where +he went on land, and discouered all the coast which is from the +Tropicke of Cancer, to wit, from the eight add twentieth vnto +the fiftieth degree, and farther vnto the North. He planted in +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page411">[pg 411]</span><a name="Pg411" id="Pg411" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +this Countrey the Ensignes and Armes of the king of France: +so that the Spaniardes themselues which were there afterwarde, +haue named this countrey Terra Francesca. The same then +extendeth it selfe in Latitude from the 25. degree vnto the 54. +toward the North: and in Longitude from 210. vnto 330. The +Easterne part thereof is called by the late writers The land of +Norumbega, which beginneth at the bay of Gama, which separateth +it from the Isle of Canada whither Iaques Carthiers sayled the +yeere 1535. About the which there are many Ilands, among +which is that which is named Terra de Labrador stretching +towarde Groenland. In the Westerne part there are many +knowen countreys, as the Regions of Quiuira, Ciuola, Astatlan, +and Terlichichimici. The Southerne part is called Florida, +because it was discouered on Palme-sunday, which the Spaniardes +call Pascha Florida. The Northerne part is altogether vnknowen. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The second part of all America is called newe Spaine. It +extendeth from the Tropicke of Cancer in twentie three degrees and +a halfe, vnto the ninth degree. In the same is situated the Citie of +Themistitan, and it hath many Regions, and many Ilandes +adioyning vnto it, which are called the Antilles, whereof the most +famous and renoumed are Hispaniola and Isabella, with an +infinite number of others. All this land, together with the Bay of +Mexico, and all the Ilands aforesayd, haue not in Longitude past +seuentie degrees, to wit, from the two hundreth and fortie, vnto +three hundreth and ten: it is also long and narrowe as Italie. +The third part of America is called Peru, it is very great, and +extendeth it selfe in Latitude from the tenth degree vnto the +three and fiftieth beyond the Equator, to wit, as I haue sayde +before, vnto the streight of Magelan. It is made in fashion like +to an egge, and is very well knowen vpon all sides. The part +where it is largest hath threescore degrees, and from thence it +waxeth narrower and narrower toward both the endes. In one +part of this lande Villegagnon planted right vnder the Tropicke +of Capricorne, and he called it France Antarctick, because it +draweth toward the pole Antarctick, as our France doeth toward +the Arctick. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +New France is almost as great as all our Europe. Howbeit +the most knowen and inhabited part thereof is Florida, whither +many Frenchmen haue made diuers voyages at sundry times, +insomuch that now it is the best knowen Countrey which is in all +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page412">[pg 412]</span><a name="Pg412" id="Pg412" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +this part of new France. The Cape thereof is as it were a long +head of land stretching out into the Sea an hundred leagues, and +runneth directly towarde the South: it hath right ouer against it +fiue and twentie leagues distant the Isle of Cuba otherwise called +Isabella toward the East the Isles of Bahama and Lucaya, and +toward the West the Bay of Mexico. The Countrey is flat, and +diuided with diuers riuers, and therefore moyst, and is sandie +towards the Sea shore. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The trees of Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There groweth in those partes great +quantitie of Pinetrees, which haue no kernels in the +aples which they beare. Their woods are full of +Oakes, Walnuttrees, blacke Cherrietrees, Mulberry +trees, Lentiskes, and Chestnut trees, which are more wild then +those in France. There is great store of Cedars, Cypresses, +Bayes, Palme trees, Hollies, and wilde Vines, which climbe vp +along the trees and beare good Grapes. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">These are perhaps those which the Sauages call Tunas.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There is +there a kinde of Medlers, the fruit whereof is better +then that of France, and bigger. There are also +Plum-trees, which beare very faire fruite, but such as +is not very good. There are Raspasses, and a little +berrie which we call among vs Blues, which are very good to eate. +There growe in that Countrey a kinde of Rootes which they call +in their language Hasez, whereof in necessitie they make bread. +There is also there the tree called Esquine, which is very good +against the Pockes and other contagious diseases. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The beasts of Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The beastes +best knowen in this Countrey are Stagges, Hindes, +Goates, Deere, Leopards, Ounces, Luserns, diuers +sortes of wolues, wilde Dogs, Hares, Cunnies, and a +certaine kinde of beast that differeth little from the Lyon of +Africa. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The foule of Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The foules are Turkeycocks, Partridges, +Parrots, Pigions, Ringdoues, Turtles, Blackbirdes, +Crowes, Tarcels, Faulcons, Laynerds, Herons, Cranes, +Storkes, wilde Geese, Malards, Cormorants, Hernshawes, white, +red, blacke, and gray, and an infinite sort of all wilde foule. +There is such abundance of Crocodiles, that ofentimes in swimming +men are assayled by them: of Serpents there are many +sorts. There is found amongst the Sauages good quantitie of +Gold and Siluer, which is gotten out of the shippes that are lost +vpon the coast, as I haue vnderstood by the Sauages themselues. +They vse traffique thereof one with another. And that which +maketh me the rather beleeue it, is, that on the coast towarde the +Cape, where commonly the shippes are cast away, there is +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page413">[pg 413]</span><a name="Pg413" id="Pg413" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +more store of Siluer then towards the North, neuerthelesse +they say, that in the Mountaines of Appalatcy there are Mines of +Copper, which I thinke to be Golde. There is also in this +Countrey great store of graynes and herbes, whereof might be +made excellent good dyes and paintings of all kindes of colours. +And in trueth the Indians which take pleasure in painting of +their skins, know very well how to vse the same. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The disposition and maners of the Floridians.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The men are of an Oliue colour, of great stature, +faire, without any deformitie, and well proportioned. +They couer their priuies with the skinne of a Stagge +well dressed. The most part of them haue their bodies armes, +and thighes painted with faire deuises: the painting whereof can +neuer be taken away, because the same is pricked into their +flesh. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The wearing of their haire.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Their haire is very blacke and reacheth euen +downe to their hips, howbeit they trusse it vp after a +fashion that becommeth them very well. They are +great dissemblers and traitours, valiant of their persons and fight +very well. They haue none other weapons but their bowes and +arrowes. They make the string of their bow of a gut of a Stag, +or of a Stagges skin, which they know how to dresse as well as +any man in France, and with as different sorts of colours. They +head their arrowes with the teeth of fishes and stone, which they +work very finely and handsomly. They exercise their yong men +to runne well, and they make a game among themselues which +he winneth that has the longest breath. They also exercise +themselues much in shooting. They play at ball in this maner: +they set vp a tree in the middest of a place which is eight or nine +fathome high, in the top whereof there is set a square mat made +of reedes or Bulrushes, which whosoeuer hitteth in playing +therat, winneth the game. They take great pleasure in hunting +and fishing. The kings of the Countrey make great warre one +against the other, which is not executed but by surprise, and they +kill all the men they can take: afterward they cut off their heads +to haue their haire, which returning home they carry away to +make thereof their triumph when they come to their houses. +They saue the women and children and nourish them and keepe +them alwayes with them. Being returned home from the warre, +they assemble all their subiects, and for ioy three dayes +and three nights they make good cheare, they dance and +sing, likewise they make the most ancient women of the +Countrey to dance, holding the haires of their enemies in +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page414">[pg 414]</span><a name="Pg414" id="Pg414" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +their hands: and in dancing they sing praises to the Sunne, +ascribing vnto him the honour of the victory. They haue +no knowledge of God, nor of any religion, sauing of that +which they see, as the Sunne and the Moone. They haue +their priests to whom they giue great credit, because they are +great magicians, great sooth-sayers, and callers vpon diuels. +These Priests serue them in stead of Physitions and Chirurgions. +They cary alwayes about them a bag full of herbes and drugs to +cure the sicke diseased which for the most part are sick of the +pocks, for they loue women and maidens exceedingly, which they +call the daughters of the Sunne: and some of them are Sodomites. +They marry, and euery one hath his wife, and it is lawfull for the +King to haue two or three: yet none but the first is honoured +and acknowledged for Queene: and none but the children of the +first wife inherite the goods and aucthoritie of the father. The +women doe all the businesse at home. They keepe not house +with them after they know they be with child. And they eate +not of that which they touch as long as they haue their flowers. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Many Hermaphrodites which have the nature of both sexes.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There are in all this Countrey many Hermaphrodites, +whice take all the greatest paine, and beare the +victuals when they goe to warre. They paint their +faces much, and sticke their haire full of feathers or +downe, that they may seeme more terrible. The +victuals which they carry with them, are of bread, of hony, and of +meale made of Maiz parched in the fire, which they keepe without +being marred a long while. They carry also sometimes +fish, which they cause to be dressed in the smoke. In necessitie +they eat a thousand rifraffes, euen to the swallowing downe of +coales, and putting sand into the pottage that they make with +this meale. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their order in marching to the warre.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +When they goe to warre, their King marcheth first, +with a clubbe in the one hand, and his bowe in the +other, with his quiuer full of arrowes. All his men +follow him, which haue likewise their bowes and +arrowes. While they fight, they make great cries and exclamations. +They take no enterprize in hand, but first they assemble +oftentimes their Councell together, and they take very good +aduisement before they growe to a resolution. They meete +together euery morning in a great common house, whither their +King repaireth, and setteth him downe vpon a seate which is +higher then the seates of the other: where all of them one after +another come and salute him: and the most ancient begin their +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page415">[pg 415]</span><a name="Pg415" id="Pg415" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +salutations, lifting vp both their handes twise as high as their +face, saying, ha, he, ya, and the rest answer ha, ha. Assoone as +they haue done their salutation, euery man sitteth him downe +vpon the seates which are round about in the house. If there +be any thing to intreate of, the King calleth the Iawas, that is to +say their Priestes, and the most ancient men, and asketh them +their aduise. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The drinking of Cassine before they goe to battell.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Afterward he commaundeth Cassine to be brewed, +which is a drinke made of the leaues of a certaine tree: They +drinke this Cassine very hotte: he drinketh first, then he causeth +to be giuen thereof to all of them one after another +in the same boule, which holdeth well a quart measure +of Paris. They make so great account of this drinke, +that no man may taste thereof in this assembly, +vnlesse hee hath made proof of his valure in the warre. +Moreouer this drinke hath such a vertue, that assoone as they +haue drunke it, they become all in a sweate, which sweate, being +past, it taketh away hunger and thirst for foure and twenty houres +after. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their maner of the buriall of Kings.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +When a King dyeth, they burie him very solemnly, +and vpon his graue they set the cuppe wherein he +was woont to drinke: and round about the sayde +graue they sticke many arrowes, and weepe and fast +three dayes together without ceasing. All the kings which were +his friends make the like mourning: and in token of the loue +which they bare him, they cut of more then the one halfe of their +haire, as well men as women. During the space of sixe Moones +(so they reckon their moneths) there are certaine women +appoynted which bewaile the death of this King, crying with a +loude voyce thrise a day, to wit, in the Morning, at Noone, and +at Euening. All the goods of this King are put into his house, +and afterward they set it on fire, so that nothing is euer more +after to be seene. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The buriall of their Priests.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The like is done with the goods +of the Priestes, and besides they burie the bodies of +the Priests in their houses, and then they set them +on fire. They sowe their Maiz twise a yere, to wit, in March +and in Iune, and all in one and the same soyle. The sayd Maiz +from the time that it is sowed vntill the time that it be ready to +be gathered, is but three moneths on the ground. The other 6. +moneths they let the earth rest. They haue also faire Pumpions, +and very good Beanes. They neuer dung their land, onely +when they would sowe, they set the weedes on fire, which grewe +vp the 6. moneths, and burne them all. They dig their ground +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page416">[pg 416]</span><a name="Pg416" id="Pg416" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +with an instrument of wood which is fashioned like a broad +mattocke, wherewith they digge their Vines in France, they put +two graines of Maiz together. When the land is to be sowed, +the King commaundeth one of his men to assemble his subiects +euery day to labour, during which labour the King causeth store +of that drinke to be made for them, whereof we haue spoken. +At the time when the Maiz is gathered, it is all carried into a +common house, where it is distributed to euery man according +to his qualitie. They sowe no more but that which they thinke +will serue their turnes for sixe moneths, and that very scarcely. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their maner of liuing in the Winter.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For during the Winter they retire themselues for three +or foure moneths in the yeere into the woods, where +they make little cotages of Palme boughes for their +retraite, and liue there of Maste, of fish which they take, of +Oisters, of Stagges, of Turkeycockes, and other beastes which +they take. They eate all their meate broyled on the coales, and +dressed in the smoake, which in their language they call +Boucaned. They eate willingly the flesh of the Crocodile: and +in deede it is faire and white: and where it not that it sauoureth +too much like Muske we would oftentimes haue eaten thereof. +They haue a custome among them, that when they finde themselues +sicke, where they feele the paine, whereas we cause our +selues to be let blood, their Physitions sucke them vntill they +make the blood follow. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The women are likewise of good proportion and tall, and of +the same colour that the men be of, painted as the men be: +Howbeit when they are borne, they be not so much of an Oliue +colour, and are farre whiter. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Oile in Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For the chiefe cause that maketh +them to be of this colour proceedes of annointings of +oyle which they vse among them: and they doe it +for a certaine ceremonie which I could not learne, +and because of the Sunne which shineth hote vpon their bodies. +The agilitie of the women is so great, that they can swimme ouer +the great Riuers bearing their children vpon one of their armes. +They climbe vp also very nimbly vpon the highest trees in the +Countrey. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Beholde in briefe the description of the Countrey, with the +nature and customes of the Inhabitants: which I was very willing +to write, before I entred any further into the discourse of my +historie, to the end that the Readers might be the better prepared +to vnderstand that, which I meane hereafter to entreate of. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page417">[pg 417]</span><a name="Pg417" id="Pg417" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +My Lord Admirall of Chastillon, a noble man more desirous +of the publique then of his priuate benefite, vnderstanding the +pleasure of the King his prince, which was to discouer new and +strange Countreys, caused vessels fit for this purpose to be made +ready with all diligence, and men to bee leuied meete for such +an enterprise: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The first voyage of Iohn Ribault to Florida. 1562.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Among whom hee chose Captaine +Iohn Ribault, a man in trueth expert in sea causes: +which hauing receiued his charge, set himselfe to +Sea the yeere 1562. the eighteenth of Februarie, +accompanied onely with two of the kings shippes, +but so well furnished with Gentlemen, (of whose number I +myselfe was one) and with olde Souldiers, that he had meanes +to atchieue some notable thing and worthy of eternall +memorie. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The course of the Spaniards not altogether necessary.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hauing therefore sayled two moneths, +neuer holding the usuall course of the Spaniards, hee +arriued in Florida, landing neere a Cape or Promontorie, +which is no high lande, because the coast is all +flatte, but onely rising by reason of the high woods, which at his +arriuall he called Cape Francois in honour of our +France. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Cape Francois in 30. degrees.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This Cape is distant from the Equator +about thirtie degrees. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A pillar set vp.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Coasting from this place +towards the North, he discouered a very faire and great Riuer, +which gaue him occasion to cast anker that hee might search the +same the next day very early in the morning: which being done +by the breake of day, accompanied with Captaine Fiquinuille +and diuers other souldiers of his shippe, he was no sooner +arriued on the brinke of the shoare, but straight hee perceiued +many Indians men and women, which came of purpose to that +place to receiue the Frenchmen with all gentlenesse and amitie, +as they well declared by the Oration which their king made, and +the presents of Chamois skinnes wherewith he honoured our +Captaine, which the day following caused a pillar of +hard stone to be planted within the sayde Riuer, and +not farre from the mouth of the same vpon a little +sandie knappe, in which pillar the Armes of France were carued +and engraued. This being done hee embarked himselfe againe, +to the ende alwayes to discouer the coast toward the North +which was his chiefe desire. After he had sayled a certaine +time he crossed ouer to the other side of the riuer, and then in +the presence of certaine Indians, which of purpose did attend +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page418">[pg 418]</span><a name="Pg418" id="Pg418" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Prayiers and thankes to God.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +him, hee commaunded his men to make their prayers, +to giue thankes to GOD, for that of his grace hee +had conducted the French nation vnto these strange +places without any danger at all. The prayers being ended, the +Indians which were very attentiue to hearken vnto them, thinking +in my iudgment, that wee worshipped the Sunne, because wee +alwayes had our eyes lifted vp toward heauen, rose all vp and +came to salute the Captaine Iohn Ribault, promising to shew him +their King, which rose not vp as they did, but remained still +sitting vpon greene leaues of Bayes and Palmetrees: toward +whom the Captaine went and sate downe by him, and heard him +make a long discourse, but with no great pleasure, because hee +could not vnderstand his language, and much lesse his meaning. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Presents giuen to Ribault.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The King gaue our Captaine at his departure a plume +or fanne of Hernshawes feathers died in red, and a +basket made of Palme-boughes after the Indian +fashion, and wrought very artificially, and a great skinne painted +and drawen throughout with the pictures of diuers wilde beasts +so liuely drawen and pourtrayed, that nothing lacked but life. +The Captaine to shew himselfe not vnthankfull, gaue him pretie +tinne bracelets, a cutting hooke, a looking glasse, and certaine +kniues: whereupon the King shewed himselfe to be very glad +and fully contented. Hauing spent the most part of the day +with these Indians, the Captaine imbarked himselfe to passe +ouer to the other side of the Riuer, whereat the king seemed to +be very sorie. Neuerthelesse being not able to stay vs, hee +commaunded that with all diligence they should take fish for vs: +which they did with all speede. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their fish weares like those of Virginia.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For being entred +into their Weares or inclosures made of reedes and +framed in the fashion of a Labirynth or Mase, they +loaded vs with Troutes, great Mullets, Plaise, Turbuts, +and marueilous store of other sortes of fishes altogether different +from ours. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They passe ouer the riuer.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This done, we entred into our Boates and went +toward the other shore. But before we came to the +shore, we were saluted with a number of other +Indians, which entring into the water to their armepits, brought +vs many litle baskets full of Maiz, and goodly Mulberries both +red and white: Others offered thamselues to beare vs on shoare, +where being landed we perceiued their King sitting vpon a place +dressed with boughes, and vnder a little Arbour of Cedars and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page419">[pg 419]</span><a name="Pg419" id="Pg419" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Bay trees somewhat distant from the waters side. He was +accompanied with two of his sonnes which were exceeding faire +and strong, and with a troope of Indians who had all their bowes +and arrowes in marueilous good order. His two sonnes receiued +our Captaine very graciously: but the king their father, representing +I wot not what kinde of grauitie, did nothing but shake his +head a little: then the Captaine went forward to salute him, and +without any other mouing of himselfe he reteined so constant a +kind of grauitie, that hee made it seeme vnto vs that by +good and lawfull right hee bare the title of a King. Our +Captaine knowing not what to iudge of this mans behauiour, +thought he was ielous because wee went first vnto the other +king, or else that he was not well pleased with the Pillar +or Columne which he had planted. While thus he knew not +what hereof to thinke, our Captaine shewed him by signes, +that he was come from a farre Countrey to seeke him, to let him +to vnderstand the amitie which he was desirous to haue with +him: for the better confirmation whereof, hee drewe out of a +budget certaine trifles, as certaine bracelets couered as it were with +siluer and guilt, which he presented him withall, and gave his +sonnes certaine other trifles. Whereupon the King beganne very +louingly to entreate both our Captaine and vs. And after these +gentle intertainments we went ourselues into the woods, hoping +there to discouer some singularities; where were great store of +Mulberrie trees white and red, on the toppes whereof there was +an infinite number of silkewormes. Following our way wee +discouered a faire and great medowe, diuided notwithstanding +with diuers Marishes which constrained vs by reason of the water +which enuironed it about, to returne backe againe towarde the +Riuers side. Finding not the King there, which by this time +was gone home to his house, wee entred into our boates and sayled +toward our shippes: where after we arriued, we called this Riuer +the Riuer of May, because wee discouered it the first day of +the sayde moneth. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Soone after we returned to our shippes, wee weighed our ankers +and hoysed our sailes to discouer the coast farther forward, along +the which wee discouered another faire Riuer, which the Captaine +himselfe was minded to search out, and hauing searched it out +with the king and inhabitants thereof, hee named it Seine, because +it is very like vnto the Riuer of Seine in France. From this +Riuer wee retired toward our shippes, where being arriued, we +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page420">[pg 420]</span><a name="Pg420" id="Pg420" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +trimmed our sailes to saile further toward the North, and to +descry the singularities of the coast. But wee had not sayled any +great way before wee discovered another very faire Riuer, which +caused vs to cast anker ouer against it, and to trimme out two +Boates to goe to search it out. Wee found there an Ile and a +king no lesse affable then the rest, afterwarde we named this +Riuer Somme. From thence wee sayled about sixe leagues, after +wee discouered another Riuer, which after wee had viewed was +named by vs by the name of Loyre. And consequently we there +discouered fiue others: whereof the first was named Charente, +the second Garonne, the third Gironde, the fourth Belle, the fift +Grande: which being very well discouered with such things as +were in them, by this time in lesse then the space of three score +leagues we had found out many singularities along nine Riuers. +Neuerthelesse not fully satisfied we sayled yet further toward the +North, following the course that might bring vs to the Riuer of +Iordan one of the fairest Riuers of the North, and holding our +wonted course, great fogges and tempests came vpon vs, which +constrained vs to leaue the coast to beare toward the maine Sea, +which was the cause we lost the sight of our Pinnesses a whole +day and a night vntill the next day in the morning, what time the +weather waxing faire and the Sea calme wee discouered a Riuer +which we called Belle a veoir.<a id="noteref_116" name="noteref_116" href="#note_116"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">116</span></span></a> +After wee had sayled three or +four leagues, wee began to espie our Pinnesses which came +straight toward vs, and at their arriuall they reported to +the Captaine, that while the fogges and wild weather endured +they harboured themselues in a mightie Riuer which in +bignesse and beautie exceeded the former: wherewithall the +Captaine was exceeding ioyfull, for his chiefe desire was to +finde out an Hauen to harbour his shippes, and there to refresh +our selues for a while. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Riuer of Port Royall in 32. degrees of latitude.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus making thitherward wee arriued +athwart the sayde Riuer, (which because of the fairenesse and +largenesse thereof wee named Port Royall) wee +strooke our sailes and cast anker at ten fathom of +water: for the depth is such, namely when the Sea +beginneth to flowe, that the greatest shippes of France, +yea, the Arguzes of Venice may enter in there. +Hauing cast anker, the Captaine with his Souldiers went on +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page421">[pg 421]</span><a name="Pg421" id="Pg421" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +shoare, and hee himself went first on land: where we found the +place as pleasaunt as was possible, for it was all couered ouer +with mightie high Oakes and infinite store of Cedars, and with +Lentiskes growing vnderneath them, smelling so sweetly, that the +very fragrant odor only made the place to seeme exceeding +pleasant. As we passed thorow these woods we saw nothing but +Turkeycocks flying in the Forrests, Partridges gray and red, little +different from ours, but chiefly in bignesse. Wee heard also +within the woods the voyces of Stagges, of Beares, of Lusernes, +of Leopards, and diuers other sortes of Beastes vnknowen vnto +vs. Being delighted with this place, we set ourselues to fishing +with nets, and we caught such a number of fish, that it was +wonderfull. And amongst other wee tooke a certaine kind of +fish which we call Salicoques, which were no lesse then Creuises, +so that two draughts of the net were sufficient to feede all the +companie of our two ships for a whole day. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A passage by a riuer into the Sea.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Riuer at the +mouth thereof from Cape to Cape is no lesse then 3 French +leagues broad; it is diuided into two great armes whereof the one +runneth toward the West, the other towards the North: And I +beleeue in my iudgement that the arme which stretcheth towarde +the North runneth vp into the Countrey as farre as +the Riuer Iordan, the other arme runneth into the +Sea, as it was knowen and vnderstoode by those of +our company, which were left behind to dwell in this place. +These two armes are two great leagues broad: and in the middest +of them there is an Ile, which is poynted towardes the opening of +the great Riuer, in which Iland there are infinite numbers of all +sortes of strange beasts. There are Simples growing there of so +rare properties, and in so great quantitie, that is an excellent +thing to behold them. On euery side there is nothing to be +seene but Palmetrees, and other sorts of trees bearing blossoms +and fruite of very rare shape and very good smell. But seeing +the euening approch, and that the Captaine determined to returne +vnto the shippes, wee prayed him to suffer vs to passe the night in +this place. In our absence the Pilots and chiefe Mariners aduertised +the Captaine that it was needefull to bring the shippes further vp +within the Riuer, to auoyde the dangers of the windes which +might annoy vs, by reason of our being so neere to the +mouth of the Riuer: and for this cause the Captaine sent for vs. +Being come to our shippes, wee sayled three leagues vp within the +Riuer, and there we cast anker. A little while after, Iohn +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page422">[pg 422]</span><a name="Pg422" id="Pg422" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Ribault accompanied with a good number of souldiers +imbarked himselfe, desirous to sayle further vp into +the arme that runneth toward the West, and to search +the commodities of the place. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Ribault saileth 12 leagues vp the Riuer.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hauing sayled twelue +leagues at the least, we perceiued a troope of Indians +which assoone as they espied the Pinnesses, they were so afrayd that they +fled into the woods leauing behind them a young Lucerne which +they were a turning vpon a spit: for which the place was called +Cape Lucerne: proceeding foorth on our way, we found another +arme of the Riuer, which ranne toward the East, vp which the +Captaine determined to sayle and to leaue the great current. A +little while after they began to espie diuers other Indians both men +and women halfe hidden within the woods: who knowing not +that we were such as desired their friendship, were dismayed at +the first, but soone after were emboldened, for the Captaine +caused store of merchandise to be shewed them openly whereby +they knew that we meant nothing but well vnto them; and then +they made a signe that he should come on lande, which we +would not refuse. At our comming on shoare diuers of them +came to salute our Generall according to their barbarous fashion. +Some of them gaue him skinnes of Chamois, others little baskets +made of Palme leaues, some presented him with Pearles, but no +great number. Afterwards they went about to make an arbour to +defend us in that place from the parching heate of the Sunne. +But wee would not stay as then. Wherefore the Captaine thanked +them much for their good will, and gaue presents to each of them: +wherewith he pleased them so well before he went thence, that +his suddaine departure was nothing pleasant vnto them. For +knowing him to bee so liberall, they would haue wished him +to haue stayed a little longer, seeking by all meanes to giue him +occasion to stay, shewing him by signes that he should stay but that +day onely, and that they desired to aduertise a great Indian Lorde +which had Pearles in great abundance, and Silver also, all which +things should bee giuen vnto him at the Kings arriuall: saying +further that in the meane time while that this great Lord came +thither, they would lead him to their houses, and shewe him there +a thousand pleasures in shooting, and seeing the Stagge killed +therefore they prayed him not to denie them their request. +Notwithstanding wee returned to our shippes, where after wee +had bene but one night, the Captaine in the morning commanded +to put into the Pinnesse a pillar of hard stone fashioned +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page423">[pg 423]</span><a name="Pg423" id="Pg423" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +like a columne, wherein the armes of the king of France were +grauen, to plant the same in the fairest place that he could +finde. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A Pillar of free stone wherein the Armes +of France were grauen, set vp in an Iland in the riuer of Port Royal.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This done, wee imbarked ourselues, and sayled three +leagues towards the West: where wee discouered a little riuer +vp which we sayled so long, that in the ende we found it +returned into the great current, and in his returne to make a +litle Iland separated from the firme land where wee +went on shore: and by commandement of the Captaine, +because it was exceeding faire and pleasant, +there wee planted the Pillar vpon a hillock open +round about to the view, and inuironed with a lake +halfe a fathom deepe of very good and sweete water. +In which Iland wee sawe two Stagges of exceeding +bignesse, in respect of those which we had seene +before, which we might easily haue killed with our +harguebuzes, if the Captaine had not forbidden vs, mooued with +the singular fairenesse and bignesse of them. But before our +departure we named the little riuer which enuironed this Ile +The Riuer of Liborne. Afterward we imbarked our selues to +search another Ile not farre distant from the former: wherein +after wee had gone a land, wee found nothing but tall Cedars, +the fairest that were seene in this Countrey. For this cause wee +called it The Ile of Cedars: so wee returned into our Pinnesse +to go towards our shippes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +A few dayes afterward Iohn Ribault determined to returne +once againe toward the Indians which inhabited that arme of the +Riuer which runneth toward the West, and to carrie with him +good store of souldiers. For his meaning was to take two Indians +of this place to bring them into France, as the Queene had commaunded him. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Two Indians taken away.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +With this deliberation againe wee tooke our +former course so farre foorth, that at the last wee came to the +selfe same place where at the first we found the Indians, from +thence we tooke two Indians by the permission of the king, +which thinking that they were more fauoured then the rest, +thought themselues very happy to stay with vs. But +these two Indians seeing we made no shew at all that +we would goe on land, but rather that wee followed +the middest of the current, began to be somewhat offended, and +would by force haue leapt into the water, for they are so good +swimmers that immediatly they would haue gotten into the +forestes. Neuerthelesse being acquainted with their humour, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page424">[pg 424]</span><a name="Pg424" id="Pg424" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +wee watched them narrowly and sought by all meanes to appease +them: which we could not by any meanes do for that time, +though we offered them things which they much esteemed, +which things they disdained to take, and gaue backe againe +whatsoeuer was giuen them, thinking that such giftes should +haue altogether bound them, and that in restoring them they +should be restored vnto their libertie. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The dolefull songs of the Indians.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In fine, perceiuing that +all that they did auayled them nothing, they prayed vs to giue +them those things which they had restored, which we did +incontinent: then they approched one toward the other +and began to sing, agreeing so sweetely together, that +in hearing their song it seemed that they lamented +the absence of their friendes. They continued their songs all +night without ceasing: all which time we were constrained to ly +at anker by reason of the tyde that was against vs, but we hoysed +sayle the next day very early in the morning, and returned to +our ships. Assoone as we were come to our ships, euery one +sought to gratifie these two Indians, and to shew them the best +countenance that was possible: to the intent that by such +courtesies they might perceiue the good desire and affection +which we had to remaine their friends in time to come. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Indians eat not before the sun be set.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Then +we offered them meate to eate, but they refused it, and made vs +vnderstand that they were accustomed to wash their +face and to stay vntill the Sunne were set before they +did eate, which is a ceremonie common to all the +Indians of Newe France. Neuerthelesse in the end +they were constrained to forget their superstitions, and to apply +themselues to our nature, which was somewhat strange vnto them +at the first. They became therefore more iocunde, euery houre +made vs a 1000 discourses, being merueilous sory that we could +not vnderstand them. A few daies after they began to beare so +good wil towards mee, that, as I thinke, they would rather haue +perished with hunger and thirst, then haue taken their refection +at any mans hand but mine. Seeing this their good +wil, I sought to learne some Indian words, and began +to aske them questions, shewing them the thing +whereof I desired to know the name, how they called +it. They were very glad to tell it me, and knowing +the desire that I had to learne their language, they +encouraged me afterward to aske them euery thing. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Landonniers putting down in writing the +words and phrases of the Indians speech.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +So that +putting downe in writing the words and phrases of the Indian +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page425">[pg 425]</span><a name="Pg425" id="Pg425" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +speech, I was able to vnderstand the greatest part of their discourses. +Euery day they did nothing but speak vnto me of the +desire that they had to vse me wel, if we returned vnto their +houses, and cause me to receiue all the pleasures that they could +deuise, aswell in hunting as in seeing their very strange and +superstitious ceremonies at a certaine feast which they call Toya. +Which feast they obserue as straightly as we obserue the Sunday. +They gaue me to vnderstand, that they would bring me to see +the greatest Lord of this countrey which they called Chiquola, +which exceedeth them in height (as they tolde me) a good foote +and a halfe. They said vnto me that he dwelt within the land +in a very large place and inclosed exceeding high, but I could +not learne wherewith. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">This seemeth to be La grand Copal.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And as farre as I can iudge, this place +whereof they spake vnto me, was a very faire citie. +For they said vnto me that within the inclosure there +was great store of houses which were built very high, +wherein there was an infinite number of men like vnto themselues, +which made none account of gold, of siluer, nor of pearles, +seeing they had thereof in abundance. I began then to shew +them al the the parts of heauen, to the intent to learne in which +quarter they dwelt. And straightway one of them stretching out +his hand shewed me that they dwelt toward the North, which makes +me thinke that it was the riuer of Iordan. And now I remember +that in the raigne of the Emperour Charles the fift, certaine +Spaniards inhabitants of S. Domingo (which made a voyage to +get certaine slaues to work in their mines) stole away by subtilty +the inhabitants of this riuer, to the number of 40, thinking to +cary them into their New Spaine. But they lost their labour: +for in despite they died al for hunger, sauing one that was +brought to the Emperor, which a litle while after he caused to +be baptised, and gaue him his own name and called him Charles +of Chiquola, because he spake so much of this Lorde of Chiquola +whose subiect hee was. Also, he reported continually, that +Chiquola made his abode within a very great inclosed citie. +Besides this proof, those which were left in the first voyage haue +certified me, that the Indians shewed them by euident signes, +that farther within the land toward the North, there was a great +inclosure or citie, where Chiquola dwelt. After they had staied +a while in our ships, they began to be sory, and stil demanded +of me when they should returne. I made them vnderstand that +the Captaines will was to send them home againe, but that first +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page426">[pg 426]</span><a name="Pg426" id="Pg426" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +he would bestow apparell of them, which fewe dayes after was +deliuered vnto them. But seeing he would not giue them licence +to depart, they resolued with themselues to steale away by night, +and to get a litle boat which we had, and by the help of the tyde +to saile home toward their dwellings, and by this +meanes to saue themselues. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The 2 Indians escape away.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Which thing they failed +not to doe, and put their enterprize in execution, yet +leauing behinde them the apparel which the Captaine had giuen +them, and carrying away nothing but that which was their owne, +shewing well hereby that they were not void of reason. The +Captaine cared not greatly for their departure, considering they +had not bene vsed otherwise then well: and that therefore they +woulde not estrange themselues from the Frenchmen. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The benefite of planting.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Captaine +Ribault therefore knowing the singular fairenes of this +riuer, desired by all meanes to encourage some of his +men to dwell there, well foreseeing that this thing +might be of great importance for the Kings seruice, and the +reliefe of the Common wealth of France. Therefore proceeding +on with this intent he commanded the ankers to be weighed and +to set things in order to returne vnto the opening of the riuer, +to the ende that if the winde came faire he might passe out to +accomplish the rest of his meaning. When therefore we were +come to the mouth of the riuer, he made them cast anker, whereupon +we stayed without discouering any thing all the rest of the +day. The next day he commanded that all the men of his ship +should come vp vpon the decke, saying that he had somewhat to +say vnto them. They all came vp, and immediately the Captaine +began to speake vnto them in this maner. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Oration of Iohn Ribault to his company.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I thinke there is none of you that is ignorant of how great +consequence this our enterprize is, and how acceptable +it is vnto our yong King. Therefore my friendes +(as one desiring your honour and benefite) I would +not faile to aduertise you all of the exceeding good +happe which should fall to them, which, as men of valure and +worthy courage, would make tryall in this our first discouerie of +the benefits and commodities of this new land: which should be, +as I assure my selfe, the greatest occasion that euer could happen +vnto them, to arise vnto the title and degree of honour. And +for this cause I was desirous to propose vnto you and set downe +before your eyes the eternall memorie which of right they +deserue, which forgetting both their parents and their countrey +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page427">[pg 427]</span><a name="Pg427" id="Pg427" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +haue had the courage to enterprize a thing of such importance, +which euen kings themselues vnderstanding to be men aspiring to +so high degree magnanimitie and increase of their maiesties, doe +not disdaine so wel to regard, that afterwards imploying them in +maters of weight and of high enterprize, they make their names +immortall for euer. Howbeit, I would not haue you perswade your +selues, as many doe, that you shall neuer haue such good fortune +as not being knowen neither to the king nor to the Princes of +the Realme, and besides descending of so poore a stocke, that +few or none of your parents, hauing euer made profession of +armes, haue bene knowen vnto the great estates. For albeit that +from my tender yeeres I myselfe haue applyed all my industry to +follow them; and haue hazarded my life in so many dangers for +the seruice of my prince, yet could I neuer attaine thereunto +(not that I did not deserue this title and degree of gouernment) +as I haue seene it happen to many others, onely because they +descend of a noble race, since more regard is had of their birth +then of their vertue. For wel I know that if vertue were regarded +ther would more be found worthy to deserue the title, and by +good right to be named noble and valiant. I will therefore make +sufficient answere to such propositions and such things as you +may obiect against me, laying before you the infinite examples +which we haue of the Romans: which concerning the point of +honour were the first that triumphed ouer the world. For how +many finde we among them, which for their so valiant enterprizes, +not for the greatnesse of their parentage, haue obtained the +honour to tryumph? If we haue recourse vnto their ancestors, +wee shall finde that their parents were of so meane condition, +that by labouring with their hands they liued very basely. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Ælius Pertinax descending from base parentage +became Emperour of Rome.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> As +the father of Ælius Pertinax, which was a poore +artisan, his Grandfather likewise was a bond man, as +the historiographers do witnes: and neuerthelesse, +being moued with a valiant courage, he was nothing +dismayed for all this, but rather desirous to aspire +vnto high things, he began with a braue stomacke to +learne feates of armes, and profited so wel therein, that from step +to step he became at length to be Emperour of the Romans. +For all this dignitie he despised not his parents: but contrariwise +and in remembrance of them, he caused his fathers shop to be +couered with a fine wrought marble, to serue for an example to +men descended of base and poore linages, to giue them occasion +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page428">[pg 428]</span><a name="Pg428" id="Pg428" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +to aspire vnto high things notwithstanding the meannesse of their +ancestors. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Agathocles a potters sonne became king of Sicilie.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I wil not passe ouer in silence the excellencie and +prowesse of the valiant and renowned Agathocles the +sonne of a simple potter, and yet forgetting the contemptible +estate of his father, he so applied himselfe +to vertue in his tender yeeres, that by the fauour of +armes he came to be king of Sicilie: and for all this title he +refused not to be counted the sonne of a Potter. But the more +to eternize the memory of his parentes and to make his name +renowned, he commanded that he should be serued at the Table +in vessels of gold and siluer and others of earth: declaring +thereby that the dignitie wherein hee was placed came not vnto +him by his parents, but by his owne vertue onely. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Rusten Bassha of an heard-mans sonne through +his valure became the greate Turkes sonne in law.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +If I shal +speake of our time, I will lay before you onely Rusten Bassha, +which may be sufficient example to all men: which +though he were the sonne of a poore heard-man, did +so apply his youth in all vertue, that being brought +vp in the seruice of the great Turke, he seemed to +aspire to great and high matters, in such sort that +growing in yeeres he increased also in courage, so far +forth, that in fine for his excellent vertues he married +the daughter of the great Turke his Prince. Howe much then +ought so many worthy examples to moue you to plant here? +Considering also that you shalbe registered for euer as the first +that inhabited this strang countrey, I pray you therefore all to +aduise your selues thereof, and to declare your mindes freely +vnto mee, protesting that I will so well imprint your names in the +kinges eares, and the other princes, that your renowne shall +hereafter shine vnquenchable through our Realme of France. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The souldiers answere to Ribaults Oration.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He had scarcely ended his Oration, but the greatest +part of our souldiers replyed: that a greater pleasure +could neuer betide them, perceiuing well the acceptable +seruice which by this meanes they shoulde doe +vnto their Prince: besides that this thing should be +for the increase of their honours: therefore they besought +the Captaine, before he departed out of the place, +to begin to build them a Fort, which they hoped afterward +to finish, and to leaue them munition necessarie for their +defence, shewing as it seemed that they were displeased, that it +was so long in doing. Wherevpon Iohn Ribault being as glad +as might be to see his men so well willing, determined the next +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page429">[pg 429]</span><a name="Pg429" id="Pg429" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +day to search the most fit and conuenient place to be inhabited. +Wherefore he embarked himselfe very earely in the morning and +commanded them to followe him that were desirous to inhabite +there, to the intent that they might like the beter of the place. +Hauing sayled vp the great riuer on the North side, in coasting +an Isle which ended with a sharpe point toward the mouth of +the riuer, hauing sailed a while, he discouered a small riuer, +which entred into the Islande, which hee would not faile to +search out. Which done, and finding the same deep inough to +harbour therein Gallies and Galliots in good number, proceeding +further, he found a very open place, ioyning vpon the brinke +thereof, where he went on land, and seeing the place fit to build +a Fortresse in, and commodious for them that were willing to +plant there, he resolued incontinent to cause the bignes of the +fortification to be measured out. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The length and bredth of the fort taken by +Laudonnier and Captaine Salles.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And considering +that there stayed but sixe and twentie there, he caused +the Fort to be made in length but sixteene fathome, +and thirteene in breadth, with flankes according to +the proportion thereof. The measure being taken by +me and Captaine Salles, we sent vnto the shippes for +men, and to bring shouels, pickaxes and other instruments +necessarie to make the fortification. We trauailed so diligently, +that in a short space the Fort was made in some sort defenciable. +In which meane time Iohn Ribault caused victuals and warrelike +munition to be brought for the defence of the place. After he +had furnished them with all such things as they had neede of, +he determined to take his leaue of them. But before his +departure he vsed this speech vnto Captaine Albert, which he +left in this place. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Ribaults speech to Captaine Albert.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Captaine Albert, I haue to request you in the presence of al +these men, that you would quit yourselfe so wisely in +your charge, and gouern so modestly your small +companie which I leaue you, which with so good +cheere remaineth vnder your obedience, that I neuer +haue occasion but to commend you, and to recount vnto the +king (as I am desirous) the faithfull seruice which before vs all +you vndertake to doe him in his new France: And you companions, +(quoth he to the Souldiers) I beseech you also to +esteeme of Captaine Albert as if he were myselfe that stayed here +with you, yeelding him that obedience which a true souldier +oweth vnto his Generall and Captaine, liuing as brethern one with +another without all dissention: and in so doing God wil assist +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page430">[pg 430]</span><a name="Pg430" id="Pg430" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +you and bless your enterprises. Hauing ended his exhortation, +we tooke our leaues of each of them, and sayled toward our +shippes, calling the Forte by the name of Charles-fort, and the +Riuer by the name Chenonceau. The next daye we determined +to depart from this place being as wel contented as was possible +that we had so happily ended our busines, with good hope, if +occasion would permitte, to discouer perfectly the riuer of +Iordan. For this cause we hoysed our sayles about ten of the +clocke in the morning: after wee were ready to depart Captaine +Ribault commanded to shoote off our Ordinance to giue a +farewel vnto our Frenchmen, which failed not to doe the like on +their part. This being done wee sayled toward the North: and +then we named this Riuer Porte Royal, because of the largenes +and excellent fairenes of the same. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The riuer Base 15 leagues Northwards of Port Royall.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After that wee had sailed +about 15 leagues from thence, we espied a riuer, +whereupon wee sent our pinnesse thither to discouer +it. At their returne they brought vs word that they +found not past halfe a fathom water in the mouth +thereof. Which when we vnderstood, without doing +any thing els, we continued our way, and called it the +Base or Shallow riuer. As we stil went on sounding we found +not past fiue or sixe fathome water, although we were sixe good +leagues from the shoare: at length we found not past three +fathomes, which gaue vs occasion greatly to muse. And without +making any further way we strook our sayles, partly because we +wanted water, and partly because the night approched: during +which time Captaine Iohn Ribault bethought with himselfe +whether it were best for him to passe any farther, because of the +eminent dangers which euery houre we sawe before our eyes: or +whither he should content himselfe with that which he had +certainely discouered, and also left men to inhabite the countrey. +Being not able for that time to resolue with himselfe, he referred it +vntill the next day. The morning being come he proposed to all +the company what was best to be done, to the end that with good +aduisement euery man might deliuer his opinion. Some made +answere that according to their iudgement he had occasion fully +to content himselfe, considering that he could doe no more: +laying before his eyes, that he had discouered more in sixe weekes, +then the Spaniards had done in two yeres in the conquest of their +New Spaine: and that he should do the king very great seruice, +if he did bring him newes in so short a time of his happy discouerie. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page431">[pg 431]</span><a name="Pg431" id="Pg431" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Other shewed vnto him the losse and spoile of his +victuals, and on the other side the inconuenience that might +happen by the shallow water that they found continually along +the coast. Which things being well and at large debated we +resolued to leaue the coast forsaking the North, to take our way +toward the East, which is the right way and course to our France, +where we happily arriued the twentieth day of Iuly the yere +1562. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The state and condition of those which were left behind in +Charles-fort. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Our men after our departure neuer rested, but night and day +did fortifie themselues being in good hope that after their fort +was finished, they would begin to discouer farther vp within the +riuer. It happened one day, as certaine of them were in cutting +of rootes in the groues, that they espied on the sudden an Indian +that hunted the Deere, which finding himselfe so neere vpon +them, was much dismayed, but our men began to draw neere +vnto him, and to vse him so courteously, that he became assured +and followed them to Charles-fort, where euery man sought to +doe him pleasure. Captaine Albert was very ioyfull of his comming, +which after he had giuen him a shirt and some other trifles, +he asked him of his dwelling: the Indian answered him that it +was farther vp within the riuer, and that he was vassal of king +Audusta: he also shewed him with his hand the limits of his +habitation. After much other talke the Indian desired leaue to +depart, because it drew toward night, which Captaine Albert +granted him very willingly. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Note.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Certaine dayes after the Captaine +determined to saile toward Audusta, where being +arriued, by reason of the honest entertaynment which +he had giuen to the Indian, he was so courteously receiued, that +the king talked with him of nothing else but of the desire which +he had to become his friend: giuing him besides to vnderstand +that he being his friend and allie, he should haue the amitie of +foure other kings, which in might and authoritie were able to do +much for his sake: Besides all this, in his necessitie they might +be able to succour him with victuals. One of these kings was +called Mayon, another Hoya, the third Touppa, and the fourth +Stalame. He told him moreouer, that they would be very glad, +when they should vnderstand the newes of his comming, and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page432">[pg 432]</span><a name="Pg432" id="Pg432" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +therefore he prayed him to vouchsafe to visit them. The +Captaine willingly consented vnto him, for the desire that he had +to purchase friends in that place. Therefore they departed the +next morning very earely, and first arriued at the house of king +Touppa, and afterward went into the other kings houses except +the house of king Stalame. He receiued of each of them all the +amiable courtesies that might be: they shewed themselues to be +as affectioned friends vnto him as was possible, and offered vnto +him a thousand small presents. After that he remained by the +space of certaine daies with these strange kings he determined to +take his leaue: and being come backe to the house of Audusta, +he commanded al his men to goe aboord their Pinnesse: for he +was minded to goe towardes the countrey of king Stalame, which +dwelt toward the North the distance of 15 great leagues from +Charles-fort. Therefore as they sailed vp the riuer they entred +into a great current, which they followed so farre till they came +at the last to the house of Stalame: which brought him into his +lodging, where he sought to make them the best cheere he could +deuise. He presented immediatly vnto Captaine Albert his bow +and arrowes, which is a signe and confirmation of alliance +betweene them. He presented him with Chamoys skinnes. +The Captaine seeing the best part of the day was now past, tooke +his leaue of king Stalame to return to Charles-fort, where hee +arriued the day following. By this time the friendship was +growne so great betweene our men and king Audusta, that in a +manner all things were common betweene him and them: in such +sort that this good Indian king did nothing of importance, but he +called our men thereunto. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The feast of Toya largely described.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For when the time drew neere of the +celebrating their feasts of Toya, which are ceremonies +most strange to recite, he sent Ambassadours to our +men to request them on his behalfe to be there +present. Whereunto they agreed most willingly for the desire +that they had to vnderstand what this might be. They imbarked +themselues therefore and sailed towards the kings house, which +was already come forth on the way towards them, to receiue them +courteously, to bid them welcome and bring them to his house, +where he sought to intreat them the best he might. In the meane +while the Indians prepared themselues to celebrate the feast the +morrow after, and the king brought them to see the place, wherein +the feast should be kept: where they saw many women round +about, which laboured by al meanes to make the place cleane +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page433">[pg 433]</span><a name="Pg433" id="Pg433" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and neat. This place was a great circuit of ground with open +prospect and round in figure. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Indians trimming of themselues with rich feathers.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the morrow therefore early in +the morning, all they which were chosen to celebrate +the feast, being painted and trimmed with rich feathers +of diuers colours, put themselues on the way to go +from the kings house toward the place of Toya: +whereunto when they were come they set themselues +in order, and followed three Indians, which in painting and in +gesture were differing from the rest: each of them bare a Tabret +in their hand, dancing and singing in lamentable tune, when they +began to enter into the middest of the round circuit, being +followed of others which answered them again. After that they +had sung, danced, and turned 3 times, they fel on running like +vnbridled horses, through the middest of the thickest woods. +And then the Indian women continued all the rest of the day in +teares as sad and woful as was possible: and in such rage they +cut the armes of the yong girles, which they lanced so cruelly +with sharpe shels of Muskles that the blood followed which they +flang into the ayre, crying out three times, He Toya. The king +Audusta had gathered all our men into his house, while the feast +was celebrated, and was exceedingly offended when he saw them +laugh. This he did, because the Indians are very angry when +they are seene in their ceremonies. Notwithstanding one of our +men made such shift that by subtile meanes he gatte out of the +house of Audusta, and secretly went and hid himselfe behinde a +very thicke bush, where at his pleasure, he might easily discry +the ceremonies of the feast. They three that began the feast are +named Iawas: and they are as it were three Priestes of the +Indian law: to whom they giue credite and beliefe partly because +that by kinred they are ordained to be ouer their Sacrifices, and +partly also because they be so subtile magicians that anything +that is lost is straightway recouered by their meanes. Againe +they are not onely reuerenced for these things, but also because +they heale diseases by I wotte not what kinde of knowledge and +skill they haue. Those that ran so through the woodes returned +in two dayes after: after their returne they began to dance with +a cherefull courage in the middest of the faire place, and to +cheere vp their good olde Indian fathers, which either by reason +of their too great age or by reason of their naturall indisposition +and feeblenesse were not called to the feast. When all these +dances were ended, they fell on eating with such a greedinesse, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page434">[pg 434]</span><a name="Pg434" id="Pg434" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +that they seemed rather to deuoure their meate then to eate it, +for they had neither eaten nor drunke the day of the feast, nor +the two dayes following. Our men were not forgotten at this +good cheere, for the Indians sent for them all thither, shewing +themselues very glad of their presence. While they remained +certain time with the Indians, a man of ours got a yong boy for +certaine trifles, and inquired of him, what the Indians did in the +wood during their absence: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Inuocations of the Iawas or Priests vnto Toya.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +which boy made him vnderstand by +signes that the Iawas had made inuocations to Toya, +and that by Magicall Characters they had made him +come that they might speake with him and demand +diuers strange things of him, which for feare of the +Iawas he durst not vtter. They haue also many other ceremonies, +which I will not here rehearse for the feare of molesting the +reader with a matter of so small importance. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +When the feast therefore was finished our men returned vnto +Charles-fort: where hauing remained but a while their victualles +beganne to waxe short, which forced them to haue recourse vnto +their neighbours, and to pray them to succour them in their +necessitie: which gaue them part of all the victualles which they +had, and kept no more vnto themselues then would +serue to sow their fieldes. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Indians manner of liuing in the +Winter time of Mast and rootes.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They told them farther +that for this cause it was needefull for them to retire +themselues into the woods, to liue of Mast and rootes +vntill the time of haruest, being as sory as might be +that they were not able any farther to ayde them. +They gaue them also counsell to goe toward the countrey of +King Couexis a man of might and renowme in this prouince, +which maketh his aboad toward the South abounding at all seasons +and replenished with such quantitie of mill, corne, and beanes +that by his onely succour they might be able to liue a very long +time. But before they should come into his territories, they +were to repayre vnto a king called Ouade the brother of Couexis, +which in mill, beanes, and corne was no lesse wealthy, and +withall is very liberall, and which would be very ioyfull if he +might but once see them. Our men perceiuing the good relation +which the Indians made them of those two kings resolued to go +thither; for they felt already the necessity which oppressed them. +Therefore they made request vnto king Maccou, that it would +please him to giue them one of his subiects to guide them the +right way thither: whereupon he condescended very willingly, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page435">[pg 435]</span><a name="Pg435" id="Pg435" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +knowing that without his fauour they should haue much ado to +bring their interprize to passe. Wherefore after they had giuen +order for all things necessary for the voyage, they put themselues +to Sea, and sayled so farre that in the end they came into the +countrey of Ouade, which they found to be in the riuer Belle. +Being there arriued they perceiued a company of Indians, which +assoone as they knew of their being there came before them. +Assoone as they were come neere them, their guides shewed +them by signes that Ouade was in this company, wherefore our +men set forward to salute him. And then two of his sonnes +which were with him, being goodly and strong men saluted them +againe in very good sort, and vsed very friendly entertainment on +their part. The king immediatly began to make an Oration in +his Indian language of the great pleasure and contentment which +he had to see them in that place, protesting that he would become +so loyall a friend of theirs hereafter, that he would be their +faithfull defendour against all them that would offer to be their +enemies. After these speeches he led them toward his house, +where he sought to entreate them very courteously. His house +was hanged about with Tapistrie of feathers of diuers colours the +height of a pike. Moreouer the place where the king tooke his +rest was couered with white Couerlettes embroydered with deuises +of very wittie and fine workemanship, and fringed round about +with a Fringe dyed in the colour of Skarlet. They aduertised +the king by one of the guides which they brought with them, +how that (hauing heard of his great liberalitie) they had put to +the Sea to come to beseech him to succour them with victuals in +their great want and necessitie: and that in so doing, he should +binde them all hereafter to remaine his faithfull friends and loyall +defenders against all his enemies. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The liberalitie of king Ouade.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This good Indian assoone +ready to doe them pleasure, as they were to demand it, commanded +his subiects that they should fill our Pinnesse +with mil and beanes. Afterward he caused them to +bring him sixe pieces of his Tapistry made like litle +couerlets, and gaue them to our men with so liberal a minde, as +they easily perceiued the desire which he had to become their +friend. In recompence of all these giftes our men gaue him two +cutting hookes and certaine other trifles, wherewith he held himselfe +greatly satisfied. This being done, our men tooke their +leaue of the king, which for their farewell, sayd nothing els +but that they should returne if they wanted victuals, and that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page436">[pg 436]</span><a name="Pg436" id="Pg436" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +they might assure themselues of him, that they should neuer +want any thing that was in his power. Wherefore they +imbarked themselues, and sayled towards Charles-fort, which from +this place might be some fiue and twenty leagues distant. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The fort set on fire by casualtie.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But as soone as our men thought themselues at their ease, and free +from the dangers whereunto they had exposed themselues night +and day in gathering together of victuals here and there: +Lo, euen as they were asleepe, the fire caught in +their lodgings with such furie, being increased by the +winde, that the roome that was built for them before +our mens departure, was consumed in an instant, without being +able to saue any thing, sauing a little of their victualles. Whereupon +our men being farre from all succours, found themselues in +such extremitie, that without the ayd of Almighty God, the onely +searcher of the hearts of men, which neuer forsaketh and thoughts +those that seeke him in their afflictions, they had bene quite and +cleane out of all hope. For the next day betimes in the morning the +King Audusta and King Maccou came thither, accompanied with a +very good companie of Indians, which knowing the misfortune were +very sorry for it. And then they vttered vnto their subiects the +speedy diligence which they were to vse in building another house, +shewing vnto them that the Frenchmen were their louing friends, +and that they had made it euident vnto them by the gifts and +presents which they had receiued: protesting that whosoeuer +put not his helping hand vnto the worke with all his might, should +be esteemed as vnprofitable, and as one that had no good part +in him, which the Sauages feare aboue all things. This was the +occasion that euery man began to endeauour himselfe in such +sort, that in lesse then 12 houres, they had begun and finished a +house which was very neere as great as the former. Which being +ended, they returned home fully contented with a few cutting +hookes, and hatchets, which they receiued of our men. Within +a small while after this mischance, their victualls began to waxe +short: and after our men had taken good deliberation, thought and +bethought themselues againe, they found that there was no better +way for them then to returne againe to the King Ouade and Couexis +his brother. Wherefore they resolued to send thither some of +their companie the next day following: which with an Indian +Canoa sayled vp into the countrey about 10 leagues: afterward +they found a very faire and great riuer of fresh water, which they +failed not to search out: they found therein great number of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page437">[pg 437]</span><a name="Pg437" id="Pg437" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Crocodils, which in greatnes passe those of the riuer Nilus: +moreouer al along the bankes thereof, there grow mighty high +Cypresses. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their second iourney to the countrey of Ouade.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After they had stayed a smal while in +this place, they purposed to follow their iourney, +helping themselues so wel with the tydes, that without +putting themselues in danger of the continuall perill +of the Sea, they came into the Countrey of Ouade: of whom they +were most courteously receiued. They aduertised him of the +occassion wherefore they came againe to visite him, and told him +of the mischance, which happened vnto them since their last +voyages: how they had not onely lost their houshold stuffe by +casualtie of fire, but also their victuals which he had giuen them +so bountifully: that for this cause they were so bolde as to come +once againe vnto him, to beseech him to vouchsafe to succour +them in such neede and necessitie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After that the King had vnderstood their case, he sent +messengers vnto his brother Couexis, to request him vpon his behalfe +to send him some of his mill and beanes, which thing he did: +and the next morning, they were come againe with victuals, +which the king caused to be borne into their Canoa. Our men +would haue taken their leaue of him, finding themselues more +then satisfied with this liberalitie. But for that day hee would +not suffer them, but retained them, and sought to make them +the best cheere hee could deuise. The next day very earely in +the morning, he tooke them with him to shewe them the place +where his corne grewe, and saide vnto them that they should not +want as long as all that mil did last. Afterward he gaue them a +certaine number of exceeding faire pearles, and two stones of +fine Christal, and certaine siluer oare. Our men forgot not to +giue him certaine trifles in recompence of these presentes, and +required of him the place whence the siluer oare and +the Christall came. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The place where christall groweth in very good +quantitie ten dayes iourney from the riuer Belle.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He made them answere, that it +came ten dayes iourney from his habitation vp within +the countrey: and that the inhabitants of the countrey +did dig the same at the foote of certaine high mountaines, +where they found of it in very good quantitie. +Being ioyfull to vnderstand so good newes, and to +haue come to the knowledge of that which they most desired, +they tooke their leaue of the king, and returned by +the same saw, by which they came. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Note.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Behold therefore how our men behaued themselues very well +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page438">[pg 438]</span><a name="Pg438" id="Pg438" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +hitherto, although they had endured many great mishaps. But +misfortune or rather the iust iudgement of God would haue it, +that those which could not bee ouercome by fire nor water, +should be vndone by their owne selues. This is the common +fashion of men, which cannot continue in one state, and had +rather to ouerthrow themselues, then not to attempt some new +thing dayly. We haue infinite examples in the ancient histories, +especially of the Romanes, vnto which number this litle handfull +of men, being farre from theyr countrey and absent from their +countreynmen, haue also added this present example. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Mutiny against the captaine, and the causes thereof.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They entred therefore into partialities and dissentions, which began +about a souldier named Guernache, which was a drummer of the +French bands: which, as it was tolde me, was very cruelly +hanged by his owne captaine, and for a smal fault: which captaine +also vsing to threaten the rest of his souldiers which staied +behind vnder his obedience, and peraduenture (as it is to be +presumed) were not so obedient to him as they should +haue bene, was the cause that they fell into a mutinie, +because that many times he put his threatnings in +execution: wherevpon they so chased him, that at +the last they put him to death. And the principall +occasion that mooued them thereunto was because +he degraded another souldier named La Chere (which he +had banished) and because he had not performed his promise: +for hee had promised to send him victuals, from 8 dayes +to 8 dayes, which thing he did not, but said on the contrary +that he would be glad to heare of his death. He said +moreouer, that he would chastise others also, and vsed so euil +sounding speeches, that honestie forbiddeth me to repeat them. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Captaine Albert slaine by his owne souldiers.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The souldiers seeing his madnes to increase from day +to day, and fearing to fall into the dangers of the +other, resolued to kil him. Hauing executed their +purpose, they went to seeke the banished, which was +in a small Iland distant from Charles-fort about 3 leagues, where +they found him almost half dead for hunger. When they were +come home againe, they assembled themselues together to choose +one to be gouernour ouer them whose name was Nicholas Barre +a man worthy of commendation, and one who knew so well to +quite himselfe of his charge, that all rancour and dissention +ceased among them, and they liued peacably one with another. +During this time, they began to build a smal Pinnesse, with hope +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page439">[pg 439]</span><a name="Pg439" id="Pg439" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +to returne into France, if no succours came vnto them, as they +expected from day to day. And though there were no man +among them that had any skill, notwithstanding necessitie, which +is the maistress of all sciences, taught them the way to build it. +After that it was finished, they thought of nothing else sauing how +to furnish it with all things necessarie to vndertake the voyage. +But they wanted those things that of all other were most needefull, +as cordage and sayles, without which the enterprise could +not come to effect. Hauing no meanes to recouer these things, +they were in worse case then at the first, and almost ready to fall +into despayre. But that good God, which neuer forsaketh the +afflicted did succour them in their necessitie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +As they were in these perplexities, king Audusta and Maccou +came to them, accompanied with two hundred Indians at the +least, whom our Frenchmen went forth to meete withall, and +shewed the King in what neede of cordage they stood: who +promised them to returne within two dayes, and to bring so much +as should suffice to furnish the Pinnesse with tackling. Our men +being pleased with these good newes and promises, bestowed +vpon them certaine cutting hookes and shirts. After their +departure our men sought all meanes to recouer rosen in the +woodes, wherein they cut the Pine tree round about, out of which +they drew sufficient reasonable quantitie to bray the vessell. +Also they gathered a kind of mosse which groweth on the trees of +this countrey, to serue to calke the same withall. There now +wanted nothing but sayles, which they made of their owne +shirtes and of their sheetes. Within few dayes after the Indian +kings returned to Charles fort with so good store of cordage, that +there was found sufficient for tackling of the small Pinnesse. +Our men as glad as might be, vsed great liberalitie towards them, +and at their leauing of the countrey, left them all the +marchandise that remained, leauing them thereby so fully satisfied, that +they departed from them with all the contentation in the worlde. +They went forward therefore to finish the Brigandine, and vsed +so speedie diligence, that within a short time afterward they made +it ready furnished with all things. In the meane season the wind +came so fit for their purpose that it seemed to inuite them to put +to the Sea: which they did without delay, after they had set all their +things in order. But before they departed they embarked their +artillerie, their forge, and other munitions of warre which +Captaine Ribault had left them, and then as much mill as they could +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page440">[pg 440]</span><a name="Pg440" id="Pg440" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +gather together. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They put to sea without sufficient victuals.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But being drunken with too excessiue ioy, +which they had conceiued for their returning into France, or +rather depriued of all foresight and consideration, +without without regarding the inconstancie of the winds, +which change in a moment, they put themselues to +sea, and with so slender victuals, that the end of +their enterprise became vnlucky and vnfortunate. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For after they had sayled the third part of their way, they were +surprised with calmes which did so much hinder them, that in +three weekes they sailed not aboue fiue and twentie leagues. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their victuals vtterly consumed.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +During this time their victuals consumed, and became +so short, that euery man was constrained to eate not +past twelue graines of mill by the day, which may be +in value as much as twelue peason. Yea, and this felicitie lasted +not long: for their victualls failed them altogether at once: and +they had nothing for their more assured refuge but their shooes +and leather ierkins which they did eat. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They drinke their vrine for want of fresh water.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Touching their beuerage, some of them dranke the sea water, +others did drinke their owne vrine: and they +remained in such desperate necessitie a very long +space, during the which part of them died for hunger. Beside +this extreme famine, which did so grieuously oppresse them, they +fell euery minute of an houre out of all hope euer to see France +againe, insomuch that they were constrained to cast the water +continually out, that on all sides entred into their Barke. And +euery day they fared worse and worse: for after they had eaten +vp their shooes and leather ierkins, there arose so boystrous a +winde and so contrary to their course, that in the turning of a +hande, the waues filled their vessel halfe full of water and brused +it vpon the one side. Being now more out of hope then euer to +escape out of this extreme peril, they cared not for casting out of +the water which now was almost ready to drowne them. And as +men resolued to die, euery one fell down backewarde, and gaue +themselues ouer to the will of the waues. When as one of them +a little hauing taken heart vnto him declared vnto them how +litle way they had to sayle, assuring them that if the winde held, +they should see land within three dayes. This man did so +encourage them, that after they had throwne the water out of the +Pinnesse they remained three dayes without eating or drinking, +except it were of the sea water. When the time of his promise +was expired, they were more troubled then they were before, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page441">[pg 441]</span><a name="Pg441" id="Pg441" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +seeing they could not descry any land. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Extreme famine.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wherefore in their +extreme dispaire certaine among them made this +motion that it was better that one man should dye, +then that so many men should perish: they agreed +therefore that one should die to sustaine the others. Which thing +was executed in the person of La Chere, of whom we have +spoken heretofore, whose flesh was diuided equally among his +fellowes: a thing so pitiful to recite, that my pen is loth to write it. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After so long time and tedious trauels, God of his goodnesse +vsing his accustomed fauour, changed their sorow into ioy, and +shewed vnto them the sight of land. Whereof they were so +exceeding glad, that the pleasure caused them to remaine a long +time as men without sence: whereby they let the Pinnesse flote +this and that way without holding any right way or +course. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The French succoured by an English Barke.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But a small English barke boarded the +vessell, in the which there was a Frenchman which +had bene in the first voyage into Florida, who easily +knew them, and spake vnto them, and afterward gaue them +meat and drinke. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">It seemeth hee meaneth the voyage intended by Stukely.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Incontinently they recouered their +naturall courages, and declared vnto him at large all +their navigation. The Englishmen consulted a long +while what were best to be done, and in fine they +resolued to put on land those that were most feeble, +and to cary the rest vnto the Queene of England, which purposed +at that time to send into Florida. Thus you see in briefe +that which happened to them which Captaine Iohn Ribault had +left in Florida. And now will I go forward with the discourse of +mine owne voyage. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The second voyage vnto Florida, made and Written by Captaine +Laudonniere, which fortified and inhabited there two +Summers and one whole Winter. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The ciuill warres the cause why the Frenchmen were +not supplied, which were left behinde in their first voyage.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After our arriuall at Diepe, at our comming home, from our +first voyage (which was the twentieth of Iuly 1562) +we found the ciuil warees begun,<a id="noteref_117" name="noteref_117" href="#note_117"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">117</span></span></a> which was in part +the cause why our men were not succoured, as +Captaine Iohn Ribault had promised them: whereof +it followed that Captaine Albert was killed by his +souldiers, and the countrey abandoned, as heretofore +we haue sufficiently discoursed, and as it may more +at large be vnderstood by those men which were +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page442">[pg 442]</span><a name="Pg442" id="Pg442" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +there in person. After the peace was made in France,<a id="noteref_118" name="noteref_118" href="#note_118"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">118</span></span></a> my Lord +Admirall de Chastillon shewed vnto the king, that he heard no +newes at all of the men which Captaine Iohn Ribault had left +in Florida, and that it were pitty to suffer them to perish. In +which respect the king was content he should cause 3 ships to +be furnished, the one of sixe score tunnes, the other of 100, and +the third of 60, to seeke them out, and to succour them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Laudonniers second voyage to Florida, with +three ships the 22 of Aprill 1564.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +My Lord Admirall therefore being well informed of the faithfull +seruice which I had done, aswell vnto his Maiestie as to his +predecessors kings of France, aduertised the king how able I was +to doe him seruice in this voyage, which was the cause that he +made me chiefe Captaine ouer these 3 shippes, and charged me +to depart with diligence to performe his commandenent, which +for mine owne part I would not gainesay, but rather thinking my +selfe happy to haue bene chosen out among such an infinite +number of others, which in my iudgement were very +well able to haue quitted themselues in this charge, I +embarked my selfe at New Hauen the 22 of Aprill +1564, and sayled so, that we fell neere vnto the coast +of England: and then I turned towards the South, to +sayle directly to the fortunate Islands, at this present +called the Canaries, one of which called the Isle Saluage (because +as I thinke it is altogether without inhabitants) was the first that +our ships passed. Sayling therefore on forward, we landed the +next day in the Isle of Teneriffa, otherwise called the Pike, +because that in the middest thereof there is an exceeding high +mountaine, neere as high as that of Etna, which riseth vp like a +pike, into the top whereof no man can go vp but from the +middest of May vntill the middest of August, by reason of the +ouer great colde which is there all the yere; which is a +wonderfull strange thing, considering that it is not past 27 degrees and +an half distant from the Equator. We saw it all couered ouer +with snow, although it were then but the fift of May. The +inhabitants in this Isle being heretofore pursued but by Spaniards, +retired themselues into this mountaine, where for a space they +made warre with them, and would not submit themselues to their +obedience, neither by foule nor faire meanes, they disdained so +much the losse of their Island. For those which went thither +on the Spaniards behalfe, left their carkases there, so that not so +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page443">[pg 443]</span><a name="Pg443" id="Pg443" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +much as one of them returned home to bring newes. Notwithstanding +in the ende, the inhabitants not able to liue in that +place according to their nature, or for want of such things as +were necessary for the commoditie of their liuelyhood, did all +die there. After I had furnished my selfe with some fresh water, +very good and excellent, which sprang out of a rocke at the foote +of this mountaine, I continued my course toward the West, +wherein the windes fauoured me so well, that 15 dayes after our +ships arriued safe and sound at the Antilles: and going on land +at the Isle of Martinino, one of the first of them, the next day +we arriued at Dominica, twelue leagues distant from the former. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Dominica is one of the fayrest Islands of the West, full of +hilles, and of very good smell. Whose singularities desiring to +know as we passed, and seeking also to refresh our selues with +fresh water, I made the Mariners cast anker, after wee had sayled +about halfe along the coast thereof. As soone as we had cast +anker, two Indians (inhabitants of that place) sayled toward vs +in two Canoas full of a fruite of great excellencie which they call +Ananas.<a id="noteref_119" name="noteref_119" href="#note_119"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">119</span></span></a> +As they approched vnto our Barke, there was one of +them which being in some misdoubt of vs, went backe againe on +land, and fled his way with as much speede as he could possibly. +Which our men perceiued and entred with diligence into the +other Canoa, wherein they caught the poore Indian, and brought +him vnto me. But the poore fellow became so astonied in +beholding vs, that he knew not which way to behaue himselfe, +because that (as afterward I vnderstood) he feared that he was +fallen into the Spaniards hands, of whom he had bene taken +once before, and which, as he shewed vs, had cut of his stones. +At length this poore Indian was secure of vs, and discoursed +vnto vs of many things, wherof we receiued very small pleasure, +because we vnderstood not his minde but by his signes. Then +he desired me to giue him leaue to depart, and promised me +that he would bring me a thousand presents, whereunto I agreed +on condition that he would haue patience vntill the next day, +when I purposed to goe on land, where I suffered him to depart, +after I had giuen him a shirte, and certaine small trifles, wherwith +he departed very well contented from vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The place where we went on shore was hard by a very high +Rocke, out of which there ran a litle riuer of sweet and excellent +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page444">[pg 444]</span><a name="Pg444" id="Pg444" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +good water: by which riuer we stayed certaine dayes to discouer +the things which were worthy to be seene, and traffiqued dayly +with the Indians: which aboue all things besought vs that none +of our men should come neere their lodgings nor their gardens, +otherwise that we should giue them great cause of iealousie, and +that in so doing, wee should not want of their fruite which they +call Ananas, whereof they offered vs very liberally, receiuing in +recompence certaine things of small value. This notwithstanding, +it happened on a day that certaine of our men desirous to see +some new things in these strange countries, walked through the +woods: and following still the litle riuers side, they spied two +serpents of exceeding bignes, which went side by side ouerthwart +the way. My souldiers went before them thinking to let them +from going into the woods: but the serpents nothing at all astonied +at these gestures glanced into the bushes with fearful hyssings: +yet for all that, my men drew their swords and killed them, and +found them afterward 9 greate foote long, and as big as a mans +leg. During this combate, certaine others more vndiscreete +went and gathered their Ananas in the Indians gardens, trampling +through them without any discretion: and not therewithall contented, +they went toward their dwellings; whereat the Indians +were so much offended, that without, regarding any thing they +rushed vpon them and discharged their shot, so that they hit one +of my men named Marline Chaueau, which remained behind. +We could not know whether hee were killed on the place, or +whether he were taken prisoner: for those of his company had +inough to doe to saue themselues without thinking of their companion. +Whereof Monsieur de Ottigni my Lieutenant being +aduertised, sent vnto me to know whether I thought good that +he should lay an ambush for the Indians which had either taken +or killed our man, or whether he should go directly to our +dwellings to know the trueth. I sent vnto him after good +deliberation herevpon, that he should not attempt any thing, and +that for diuers occasions: but contrariwise that he should embark +himselfe with al diligence, and consequently al they that were on +land: which he did with speed. But as he sayled towards +our ships he perceiued along the shore a great number of Indians +which began to charge them with their arrowes: hee for his part +discharged store of shot against them, yet was not able to hurt +them, or by any meanes to surprise them: for which cause he +quite forsooke them, and came vnto our ship. Where staying +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page445">[pg 445]</span><a name="Pg445" id="Pg445" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +vntill the next day morning we set sayle following our wonted +course, and keeping the same, we discouered diuerse Isles conquered +by the Spaniards, as the Isles of S. Christopher, and of +the Saintes, of Monserrate, and La Redonda: Afterward we +passed betweene Anguilla and Anegada, sayling toward New +France. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Cape François between the riuer of Dolphins +and the riuer of May, maketh the distance 30 leagues about which is but +10 leagues ouer land.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Where we arriued 15 dayes after, to witte, on Thurseday +the 22 of Iune about 3 of the clocke in the afternoone, and +landed neere a litte riuer, which is 30 degrees distant +from the Equator, and 10 leagues aboue Cape +François drawing toward the South, and aboue 30 +leagues aboue the Riuer of May. After wee had +strooken sayle and cast anker athwart the Riuer, I +determined to goe on shore to discouer the same. +Therefore being accompanied with Monsieur Ottigni, +with Monsieur de Arlac mine Ensigne, and a certaine +number of Gentlemen and souldiers, I embarked +my selfe about 3 or 4 of the clocke in the euening. +And being arriued at the mouth of the riuer, I caused the +chanell to be sounded, which was found to be very shallow, +although that farther within the same the water was there found +reasonably deepe, which separateth it selfe into two great armes, +whereof one runneth toward the South, and the other toward the +North. Hauing thus searched the Riuer, I went on land to +speake with the Indians who waited for vs vpon the shore, +which at our comming on land came before vs, crying with a loud +voyce in their Indian language, Antipola Bonassou, which is as +much as to say, as brother, friend, or some such like thing. +After they had made very much of vs, they shewed vs their Paracoussy, +that is to say, their King and Gouernour, to whom I +presented certaine toyes, wherewith he was well pleased. And +for mine owne part, I prayse God continually, for the great loue +which I haue found in these Sauages, which were sory for +nothing, but that the night approached, and made vs retire vnto +our ships. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For though they endeuoured by al meanes to make vs tary +with them, and shewed by signes the desire that they had to +present vs with some rare things, yet neuerthelesse for many iust +and reasonable occasions I would not stay on shore all night: +but excusing my selfe for all their offers, I embarked my selfe +againe, and returned toward my ships. Howbeit, before my +departure I named this Riuer, the riuer of Dolphines, because +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page446">[pg 446]</span><a name="Pg446" id="Pg446" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The riuer of Dolphins called Seloy by the Sauages.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +that at mine arriuall, I saw there a great number of +Dolphines, which were playing in the mouth thereof. +The next day the 23 of this moneth (because that +toward the South I had not found any commodious +place for vs to inhabite, and to build a fort) I gaue +commandement to weigh anker, and to hoise our sailes to saile +toward the riuer of May, where wee arriued two days after, and cast +anker. Afterward going on land, with some number of Gentlemen +and Souldiers to know for a certaintie the singularitie of this +place, we espied the Paracoussy of the countrey, which came +towards vs (this was the very same that we saw in the voyage of +Captaine Iohn Ribault) which hauing espied vs, cryed very far +off, Antipola, Antipola: and being so ioyfull that he could not +containe himselfe, he came to meet vs, accompanied then with +two of his sonnes, as faire and mightie persons as might be found +in al the world, which had nothing in their mouthes but this +word, Amy, Amy: that is to say, friend, friend: yea, and knowing +those which were there in the first voyage, they went +principally to them to vse this speech vnto them. Their was in +their trayne a great number of men and women, which stil made +very much of vs, and by euident signes made vs vnderstand how +glad they were of our arriuall. This good entertainment past, +the Paracoussy prayed me to goe see the pillar which we had +erected in the voyage of Iohn Ribault (as we haue declared heretofore) +as a thing which they made great account of. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hauing yeelded vnto him and being come to the place where +it was set vp, wee found the same crowned with crownes of Bay, +and at the foote thereof many little baskets full of Mill which +they call in their language Tapaga +Tapola.<a id="noteref_120" name="noteref_120" href="#note_120"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">120</span></span></a> +Then when they +came thither they kissed the same with great reuerence and +besought vs to do the like, which we would not denie them, to +the ende we might drawe them to be more friendship with vs. +This done, the Paracoussy tooke me by the hand, as if he had +desire to make me vnderstand some great secret, and by signes +shewed me very well vp within the riuer the limits of his dominion, +and said that he was called Paracoussy Satourioua, which is as +much as King Satourioua. His children haue the selfe same +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page447">[pg 447]</span><a name="Pg447" id="Pg447" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +title of Paracoussy: The eldest is named Athore, a man, I dare +say, perfect in beautie, wisedome, and honest sobrietie, shewing +by his modest grauitie that he deserueth the name which be +beareth, besides that he is gentle and tractable. After we had +soiourned a certaine space with them, the Paracoussy prayed +one of his sonnes to present vnto me a wedge of siluer, which +hee did and that with a good wil: in recompence whereof I +gave him a cutting hooke and some other better present: wherewith +he seemed to be very well pleased. Afterward we tooke +our leaue of them, because the night approched, and then +returned to lodge in our shippes. Being allured with this good +entertainment I failed not the next day to imbarke my selfe +againe with my Lieutenant Ottigni and a number of souldiers to +returne toward the Paracoussy of the riuer of May, which of +purpose waited for vs in the same place, where the day before +we conferred with him. We found him vnder the shadow of an +arbour accompanied with fourescore Indians at the least, and +apparelled at that time after the Indian fashion, to wit, with a +great Harts skinne dressed like Chamois, and painted with +deuices of strange and diuers colours, but of so liuely a portrature, +and representing antiquity, with rules so iustly compassed, that +there is no Painter so exquisite that could finde fault therewith: +the naturall disposition of this strange people is so perfect and +well guided that without any ayd and fauour of artes, they are +able by the helpe of nature onely to content the eye of artizans, +yea euen of those which by their industry are able to aspire vnto +things most absolute. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Then I aduertised Paracoussy Satourioua, that my desire was +to discouer farther vp into the riuer, but that it should be with +such diligence that I would come againe vnto him very speedily: +wherewith he was content, promising to stay for me in the place +where he was: and for an earnest of his promise, he offered me +his goodly skinne, which I refused then, and promised to receiue +it of him at my returne. For my part I gaue him certaine small +trifles, to the intent to retain him in our friendship. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Departing from thence, I had not sayled three leagues vp the +fiuer, still being followed by the Indians, which coasted me a +long the riuer, crying still, Amy, Amy, that is to say, friende, +friende: but I discovered an hill of meane height, neere which +I went on land, hard by the fieldes that were sowed with mil, at +one corner whereof there was an house built for their lodging, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page448">[pg 448]</span><a name="Pg448" id="Pg448" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Grosses.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +which keepe and garde the mill: for there are such +numbers of Cornish choughes in this Countrey, +which continually deuoure and spoyle the mill, that the Indians +are constrained to keepe and watch it, otherwise they should be +deceiued of their haruest. I rested my selfe in this place for +certaine houres, and commanded Monsieur de Ottigni, and my +Sergeant to enter into the woodes to search out the dwellings of +the Indians: where after they had gone a while, they came vnto +a Marish of Reeds, where finding their way to be stopped, they +rested vnder the shadow of a mightie Bay tree to refresh themselves +a little and to resolue which way to take. Then they +discouered, as it were on the suddaine, fiue Indians halfe hidden +in the woodes, which seemed somewhat to distrust our men, +vntill they said vnto them in the Indian language Antipola +Bonassou, to the end that vnderstanding their speech they might +come vnto vs more boldely, which they did incontinently. But +because they sawe, that the foure that went last, bare vp the +traine of the skinne wherewith he that went foremost was +apparelled our men imagined that the foremost must needes bee +some man of greater qualitie then the rest, seeing that withal +they called him Paracoussy, Paracoussy, wherfore, some of our +company went towards him, and vsing him courteously shewed +him, Monsieur de Ottigni, their Lieutenant, for whom they had +made an harbour with Bay and Palme boughes after the Indian +fashion, to the ende that by such signes the Sauages might +thinke the Frenchmen had companied with such as they at other +times. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The curtesie of the Floridians to the French.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Indian Paracoussy drew neere to the French, and began +to make him a long Oration, which tended to no +other end, but that he besought the Frenchmen very +earnestly to come and see his dwelling and his +parents, which they granted him, and straight for +pledge of better amitie, he gaue vnto my Lieutenant Ottigni, the +very skinne that he was clad with. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Then he tooke him by the hande, leading him right toward +the Marishes, ouer which the Paracoussy, Monsieur Ottigni, and +certaine other of our men were borne vpon the Indians +shouldiers: and the rest which could not passe because of the +myre and reedes, went through the woodes, and followed a +narrow path which led them foorth vntill they came vnto the +Paracoussyes dwelling; out of which there came about fiftie +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page449">[pg 449]</span><a name="Pg449" id="Pg449" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Indians to receiue our men gallantly, and to feast them after +their manner. After which they brought at their entrance a +great vessel of earth, made after a strange fashion full of fountaine +water cleare and very excellent. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This vessell was borne by an Indian, and there was another +younger which bare of this water in another little vessel of wood, +and presented thereof to euery one to drinke, obseruing in doing +the same, a certaine order and reuerence, which hee made to +each of them, to whome hee gaue drinke. Our thirst well +quenched by this meanes, and our men beeing sufficiently +refreshed, the Paracoussy brought them to his fathers lodging, +one of the oldest men that liued vpon the earth. Our men +regarding his age, began to make much of him, vsing this speech, +Amy, Amy, that is to say, friende, friende, whereat the olde +sier shewed himselfe very glad. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Men of exceeding old age.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Afterward they questioned with him concerning the course of +his age: whereunto he made answere, shewing that he was the +first liuing originall, from whence fiue generations were descended, +as he shewed vnto them by another olde +man that sate directly ouer against him, which farre +exceeded him in age. And this man was his father, +which seemed to be rather a dead carkeis then a liuing body: +for his sinewes, his veines, his artiers, his bones, and other parts, +appeared so cleerely thorow his skinne, that a man might easily +tell them, and discerne them one from another. Also his age +was so great, that the good man had lost his sight, and could not +speake one onely word but with exceeding great paine. Monsieur +de Ottigni hauing seene so strange a thing, turned to the +yoonger of these two olde men, praying him to vouchsafe to +answere him to that which he demanded touching his age. +Then the olde man called a company of Indians, and striking +twise vpon his thigh, and laying his hand vpon two of them, he +shewed him by signes that these two were his sonnes: againe +smiting vpon their thighes he shewed him others not so olde, +which were the children of the two first, which he continued +in the same maner vntill the fift generation. But though this +olde man had his father aliue more olde then himselfe, and +that both of them did weare their haire very long, and as +white as was possible, yet it was tolde them, that they might yet +liue thirtie or fortie yeeres more by the course of nature: although +the younger of them both was not lesse then two hundred and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page450">[pg 450]</span><a name="Pg450" id="Pg450" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +fiftie yeeres olde. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Sauages in Florida of 250. yeres olde.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After he had ended his communication, +hee commaunded two young Egles to be giuen +to our men, which he had bred vp for his pleasure in +his house. Hee caused also litle Paniers made of +Palme leaues full of Gourds red and blew to be deliuered vnto +them. For recompence of which presents he was satisfied with +French toyes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +These two olde men caused our men to bee guided backe +againe to the place from whence they came, by the young Paracoussy +which had brought them thither. And hauing taken leaue +of the Paracoussy, they came and sought me out in the place +where I stayed, and rehearsed vnto mee all that they had seene, +praying mee also that I would rewarde their guide, which so +frankely and heartely had receiued them into his house, which I +would not faile to doe by any meanes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe was I determined to search out the qualities of the hill. +Therefore I went right to the toppe thereof, where we found +nothing else but Cedars, Palme, and Baytrees of so souereigne +odour, that Baulme smelleth nothing like in comparison. The +trees were enuironed rounde about with Vines bearing grapes in +such quantitie, that the number would suffice to make the place +habitable. Besides this fertilitie of the soyle for Vines, a man +may see Esquine wreathed about the shrubs in great quantitie. +Touching the pleasure of the place, the Sea may be seene plaine +and open from it, and more then sixe leagues off, neere the +Riuer Belle, a man may behold the medowes diuided asunder +into Iles and Islets enterlacing one another: Briefly the place is +so pleasant, that those which are melancholicke would be enforced +to change their humour. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After I had stayed there a while, I imbarked againe my people +to sayle towards the month of the Riuer, where wee found the +Paracoussy, which according to his promise waited tor vs. +Wherefore to content him, we went on shore, and did him that +reuerence that on our part was requisite. Then hee gaue me the +skinne so richly painted, and I recompensed him with somewhat +of our marchandise. I forgat not to demaund of him the place +whence the wedge of siluer came which he had giuen me before; +whereunto he made me a very sudden answere, which notwithstanding +I vnderstoode not, which he well perceiued. And then +he shewed me by euident signes that all of it came from +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page451">[pg 451]</span><a name="Pg451" id="Pg451" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Siluer certain dayes iourney vp within the riuer of May. +Thimogoa mortall enemies to Satourioua.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +a place more within the Riuer by certaine +dayes iourneyes from this place, and declared vnto +vs that all that which they had thereof, they gat it by +force of armes of the inhabitants of the place, named +by them Thimogoa, their most ancient and naturall +enemies, as he largely declared. Whereupon when +I sawe with what affection he spake when he pronounced +Thimogoa, I vnderstoode what he would say. And to +bring my selfe more into his fauour, I promised to accompanie +him with all my force, if hee would fight against them: which +thing pleased him in such sorte, that from henceforth he promised +himselfe the victorie of them, and assured mee that hee +would make a voyage thither within a short space, would cause +store of Mill to be prepared, and would commaund his men to +make ready their Bowes, and furnish themselues with such store +of arrowes, that nothing should bee wanting to giue battaile to +Thimogoa. In fine hee prayed mee very earnestly not to faile of +my promise, and in so doing hee hoped to procure mee Golde +and Siluer in such good quantitie, that mine affaires shoulde take +effect according to mine owne and his desire. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The matter thus fully resolued vpon, I tooke my leaue of him +to returne vnto my shippes, where after wee had rested ourselues +all the night following, we hoysed sayles the next day very earely +in the morning, and sayled towarde the Riuer of Seine, distant +from the Riuer of May about foure leagues: and there continuing +our course towarde the North, we arriued at the mouth of +Somme, which is not past sixe leagues distant from the Riuer of +Seine: where wee cast Anker, and went on shoare to discouer +that place as wee had done the rest. There wee were gratiously +and courteously receiued of the Paracoussy of the Countrey, +which is one of the tallest men and best proportioned that may +bee founde. His wife sate by him, which besides her Indian +beautie, wherewith shee was greatly endowed, had so vertuous a +countenance and modest grauitie, that there was not one amongst +vs but did greatly commend her; shee had in her traine fiue of +her daughters of so good grace and so well brought vp, that I +perswaded my selfe that their mother was their Mistresse, and +had taught them well and straightly to preserue their honestie. +After that the Paracoussy had receiued vs as I haue sayde, hee +commaunded his wife to present mee with a certaine number of +bullets of siluer, for his owne part bee presented mee with his +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page452">[pg 452]</span><a name="Pg452" id="Pg452" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +bowe and his arrowes, as hee had done vnto Captaine Iohn Ribault +in our first voyage, which is a signe of a perpetuall amitie and +alliance with those which they honour with suche a kinde of +present. In our discoursing with one another, wee entred into +speech as touching the exercise of armes. Then the Paracoussy +caused a corselet to be set on end, and prayed me to make a +proofe of our Harguebuzes and their bowes: but this proof +pleased him very little; for assoone as he knew that our Harguebuzes +did easily pearce that which all the force of their bowes +could not hurt, he seemed to be sorie, musing with himselfe how +this thing might be done. Neuerthelesse going about to dissemble +in his minde that which his countenance could not doe +by any meanes, he began to fall into another matter and prayed +vs very earnestly to stay with him that night in his house or +lodging, affirming that no greater happinesse could come vnto +him then our long abode, which he desired to recompence with +a thousand presents. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Laudionniers consultation with his +company where it might be best for them to plant.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Neuerthelesse wee could not grant him this poynt, but tooke +our leaue of him to returne to our shippes: where +soone after I caused all my companie to be assembled, +with the Masters and Pilots of my shippes, to consult +together of the place whereof wee should make choice +to plant our habitation. First I let them vnderstand, +howe none of them were ignorant, that the part +which was towarde the Cape of Florida, was altogether +a marish Countrey, and therefore vnprofitable for our +inhabitation: A thing which could yeelde neither profite to the +King, nor any contentment or pleasure to vs, if peraduenture we +would inhabite there. On the other side if wee passed further +toward the North to seeke out Port Royall, it would be neither +very profitable nor conuenient: at the least if wee should giue +credit to the report of them which remained there a long time, +although the Hauen were one of the fairest of the West Indies: +but that in this case the question was not so much of the beautie +of the place, as of things necessary to sustaine life. And that +for our inhabiting it was much more needefull for vs to plant in +places plentifull of victuall, then in goodly Hauens, faire, deepe +and pleasaunt to the view. In consideration whereof that I was +of opinion, if it seemed good vnto them, to seate our selues +about the Riuer of May: seeing also that in our first voyage +wee found the same onely among all the rest to abounde in +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page453">[pg 453]</span><a name="Pg453" id="Pg453" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Maiz and corne, besides the Golde and Siluer that was found +there: a thing that put me in hope of some happie discouerie in +time to come. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After I had proposed these things, euery one gaue his opinion +thereof: and in fine all resolued, namely those which had beene +with me in the first voyage, that it was expedient to seate themselues +rather on the Riuer of May then on any other, vntill they +might heare newes out of France. This point being thus agreed +vpon, wee sayled toward the Riuer, and vsed such diligence, that +with the fauor of the windes wee arriued there the morrow after +about the breake of day, which was on Thursday the 29. of the +moneth of Iune. Hauing cast anker, I embarked all my stuffe +and the souldiers of my companie, to sayle right toward the +opening of the Riuer: wherein we entred a good way vp and +found a Creeke of a reasonable bignesse, which inuited vs to +refresh our selues a little, while wee reposed our selues there. +Afterward wee went on shoare to seeke out a place plaine without +trees, which wee perceiued from the Creeke. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But because wee found it not very commodious for vs to +inhabite there: wee determined to returne vnto the place which +wee had discouered before, when wee had sayled vp the Riuer. +This place is ioyning to a mountaine, and it seemed vnto vs +more fit and commodious to build a fortresse, then that where +we were last. Therefore we tooke our way towards the forests +being guided therein by the young Paracoussy which had ledde +vs before to his fathers lodging. Afterward we found a large +plaine couered with high Pinetrees distant a little from the +other: vnder which wee perceiued an infinite number of Stagges +which brayed amidst the plaine, athwart the which we passed: +then wee discouered a little hill adioyning vnto a great vale +very greene and in forme flat: wherein were the fairest meadowes +of the world, and grasse to feede cattel. Moreouer it is inuironed +with a great number of brookes of fresh water, and high woodes, +which make the vale more delectable to the eye. After I had +taken the viewe thereof at mine ease, I named it at the request +of our souldiers, The Vale of Laudonniere. Thus we went +forward. Anon hauing gone a little forward, we met an Indian +woman of tall stature, which also was a Hermaphrodite, who +came before vs with a great vessel full of cleere fountaine +water, wherewith she greatly refreshed vs. For we were exceeding +faint by reason of the ardent heate which molested vs as we +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page454">[pg 454]</span><a name="Pg454" id="Pg454" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +passed through those high woods. And I beleeue that without +the succour of that Indian Hermaphrodite, or rather, if it had +not bene for the great desire which we had to make vs resolute +of our selues, we had taken vp our lodging all night in the wood. +Being therefore refreshed by this meane, wee gathered our +spirits together, and marching with a cheerefull courage, wee +came to the place which wee had chosen to make our habitation +in: whereupon at that instant neere the riuers brinke we strowed +a number of boughes and leaues, to take our rest on them the +night following, which wee found exceeding sweete, because of +the paine which before we had taken in our trauell. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On the morrow about the breake of day, I commaunded a +trumpet to be sounded, that being assembled we might giue God +thankes for our fauourable and happie arriuall. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They begin their planting with prayer to God.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There we sang +a Psalme of thankesgiuing vnto God, beseeching him +that it would please him of his grace to continue his +accustomed goodnesse toward vs his poore seruants, +and ayde vs in all our enterprises, that all might +turne to his glory and the aduancement of our King. The +prayer ended, euery man began to take courage. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Afterward hauing measured out a piece of ground in forme of a +triangle, wee indeuoured our selues of all sides, some to bring +earth, some to cut fagots, and others to raise and make the +rampire, for there was not a man that had not either a shouell, +or cutting hooke, or hatchet, as well to make the ground plaine +by cutting downe the trees, as for the building of the Fort, +which we did hasten with such cheerfulnesse, that within few dayes +the effect of our diligence was apparant: in which meane space +the Paracoussy Satourioua our neerest neighbour, and on whose +ground wee built our Fort, came vsually accompanyed with his +two sonnes and a great number of Indians to offer to doe vs all +courtesie. And I likewise for my part bestowed diuers of our +trifles frankely on him, to the end he might know the good will +we bare him, and thereby make him more desirous of our friendship, +in such sort, that as the dayes increased, so our amitie and +friendship increased also. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After that our Forte was brought into forme, I began to build +a Grange to retire my munition and things necessarie for the +defence of our Fort: praying the Paracoussy to command his +subiects to make vs a couering of Palme leaues, and this to the +ende that when that was done, I might vnfraight my shippes, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page455">[pg 455]</span><a name="Pg455" id="Pg455" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and put vnder couerture those things that were in +them. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">In Florida they couer their houses with Palme leaues.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Suddenly the Paracoussy commaunded in my +presence all the Indians of his companie to dresse +the next day morning so good a number of Palme +leaues, that the Grange was couered in lesse then +two dayes: so that businesse was finished. For in the space of +those two dayes, the Indians neuer ceased from working, some +in fetching Palme leaues, others in interlacing of them: in such +sort that their Kings commandement was executed as he desired. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The forme of the Fort Caroline.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Our Fort was built in forme of a triangle. The side toward +the West, which was toward the lande, was inclosed +with a little trench and raised with turues made in +forme of a Battlement of nine foote high: the other +side which was toward the Riuer, was inclosed with a Pallisado +of plankes of timber after the maner that Gabions are made. +On the South side there was a kinde of bastion within which I +caused an house for the munition to be built: it was all builded +with fagots and sand, sauing about two or three foot high with +turfes, whereof the battlements were made. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">High building is not good for this Countrey.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the middest I +caused a great Court to be made of eighteene paces long and +broad, in the middest whereof on the one side drawing toward +the South I builded a Corps de gard, and an house on the other +side toward the North, which I caused to bee raised +somewhat too high: for within a short while after +the wind beat it down: and experience taught me, +that we may not build with high stages in this +Countrey, by reason of the windes whereunto it is subiect. One +of the sides that inclosed my Court, which I made very faire and +large, reached vnto the Grange of my munitions: and on the +other side towardes the Riuer was mine owne lodging, round +about which were galleries all couered. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Note.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The principall doore of +my lodging was in the middest of the great place, +and the other was towarde the Riuer. A good distance +from the Fort I built an Ouen to auoyde the danger +against fire, because the houses are of Palme leaues, which will +soone be burnt after the fire catcheth holde of them, so that with +much adoe a man shall haue leasure to quench them. Loe here +in briefe the description of our Fourtresse, which I named +Caroline in the honour of our Prince King Charles. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After wee were furnished with that which was most necessarie, +I would not lose a minute of an houre, without imploying of the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page456">[pg 456]</span><a name="Pg456" id="Pg456" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +same in some vertuous exercise: therefore I charged Monsieur +de Ottigni my Lieutenant, a man in trueth worthy of all honour +for his honestie and vertue, to search vp within the Riuer, what +this Thimogoa might be, whereof the Paracoussy Satourioua had +spoken to vs so often at our comming on shoare. For execution +hereof the Paracoussy gaue him two Indians for his guides, +which taking vpon them to lead him in this voyage, seemed to goe +vnto a wedding, so desirous they were to fight with their enemies. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The first voyage twentie leagues.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Being imbarked they hoised sayle, and hauing sayled about +twentie leagues, the Indians which still looked on +this side and that side to espie some of their enemies, +discouered three Canoas. And immediatly they +began to crie Thimogoa, Thimogoa, and spake +nothing else but to hasten forward to goe fight with them: which +the Captaine seemed to be willing to doe, to content them. +When they came to boord them, one of the Indians gat holde of +an Halbert, another of an Coutelas in such a rage, that hee +would haue leapt into the water to haue fought with them alone. +Neuerthelesse Ottigni would not let them doe it, for while hee +deferred to boord them, he gaue the others respite to turne the +prowes of their Canoas toward the shoare, and so to escape into +the woods. Againe the meaning of Ottigni was not to make +warre vpon them of Thimogoa, but rather to make them friendes, +and to make them thenceforth to liue in peace one with another +if it were possible, hoping by this meane to discouer dayly some +new thing, and especially the certaine course of the Riuer. For +this purpose he caused the barke to retire, wherein were the two +Indians his guides, and went with his men towards the Canoas +which were on the Riuers side. Being come vnto them, he put +certaine trifles into them, and then retired a good way from them, +which thing caused the Indians which were fled away to returne +to their boats, and to understand by this signe, that those of our +Barke were none of their enemies, but rather come onely to +traffique with them. Wherefore being thus assured of vs, they +called to our men to come neere vnto them: which they did +incontinently and set foote on lande, and spake freely vnto them, +with diuers ceremonies ouer long to recount. In the ende +Ottigni demaunded of them by signes if they had any Golde or +Siluer among them. But they tolde him they had none as then: +and that if he would send one of his men with them, they would +bring him without danger into a place where they might haue +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page457">[pg 457]</span><a name="Pg457" id="Pg457" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +some. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Mayrra a king rich in golde and siluer.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Ottigni seeing them so willing, deliuered them one of +his men which seemed very resolute, to vndertake this voyage: +this fellow stayed with them vntill tenne of the clocke the next +morning, so that Captaine Ottigny somewhat offended with his +long stay, sayled ten great leagues further vp the Riuer: although +he knew not which way he should goe, yet he went so farre vp +that hee espied the Boate wherein his souldier was: which +reported vnto him, that the Indians would haue carried him +three great dayes iourney further, and told him that a King +named Mayrra rich in Gold and Siluer, dwelt +in those quarters, and that for small quantitie of +marchandise enough might be had of him: yet that +hee would not hazard himselfe without his leaue, and that he +brought but a very little Golde. This being done, our men +returned toward our Fort Caroline, after they had left the +souldier with the Indians to informe himselfe more and more of +such things as he might discouer more at leasure. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The second voyage.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Fifteene dayes after this voyage to Thimogoa, I dispatched +Captaine Vasseur and my Sergeant also to returne +againe into this Countrey, and to seeke out the +souldier which remained there in the former voyage. +Being therefore imbarked, they sayled two whole dayes: and +before they came to the dwelling of the Indians, they found two +of them on the Riuers side, which were expressly sent vnto that +place to descry whether any of their enemies were come to that +part, with intention to surprise them, as they did vsually. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +When they perceiued Captaine Vasseur, they knew incontinently +that he was none of their enemies, and therefore made no +difficultie to come neere vnto the Barke, and shewed him by +signes that the Souldier which they sought was not in that place, +but was at that present in the house of King Molloua which was +vassall vnto another great King named by them Olata Ouae +Vtina: and that if the Captaine would sayle thitherward, hee +should come thither very quickly: wherewith he was content, +and caused his men to rowe to that part which the Indians +shewed him: whereat they were so glad, that they ranne quickly +before by land to declare his arriuall, which was at the lodging of +king Molloua, after he had rowed not past halfe a league. While +king Molloua had ended intertaining Captaine Vasseur and his +men, the souldier came in with fiue or sixe pounds weight of +siluer which he had trucked and traffiqued with Indians. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page458">[pg 458]</span><a name="Pg458" id="Pg458" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This King caused bread to bee made, and fish to bee dressed +after the Indian fashion to feast our men: to whom, while they +were at meate, hee made a discourse of diuers other kings his +friends and allies, reckoning vp to the number of nine of them +by name, to wit, Codecha, Chilili, Eclauou, Enacappe, Calany, +Anacharaqua, Omittaqua, Aequara, Moquoso: all which with him +to the number of more then fortie, hee assured vs to bee the +vassals of the most renowned Olata Ouae Vtina. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This done, hee went about likewise to discouer the enemies of +Ouae Vtina, in which number he placed at the first the Paracoussy +Satourioua Monarch of the confines of the riuer of May, +which hath vnder his obeysance thirtie other Paracoussies, +whereof there were ten which were all his brethren, and that +therefore hee was greatly esteemed in those partes: then hee +named three others no lesse puissant then Satourioua, whereof +the first dwelt two dayes iourney from his lord Olata Ouae Vtina, +and ordinarily made warre vpon him, whose name was Potanou, +a man cruell in warre, but pitifull in the execution of his furie. +For hee tooke the prisoners to mercy, being content to marke +them on the left arme with a great marke like vnto a seale, and so +imprinted as if it had bene touched with an hotte yron, then hee +let them goe without any more hurt. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">An exceeding rich place.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The two others were +named Onatheaqua, and Houstaqua, being great Lords, and +abounding in riches and principally Onatheaqua, which dwelt +neere vnto the high mountaines, wherein there was +abundance of many rare things, and infinite quantitie +of a kinde of slate stone, wherewith they made +wedges to cleaue their wood. The occasion which (as he sayd) +mooued Pontanou to wage warre against Olata Ouae Vtina, was +the feare that he had, lest he and his companions should get of +that hard stone in his Countrey, wherewith they headed their +arrowes, and could not get it in any neerer place. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Besides all this, Molloua recited to Captaine Vasseur, that the +kings allies the vassals of the great Olata, armed their brests, armes, +thighes, legs and foreheads with large plates of gold and siluer: +and that by this meanes the arrowes that were discharged vpon +them could do them no maner of hurt at all, but rather were +broken against them. Hereupon Captaine Vasseur inquired +whether the Kings Onetheaqua and Houstaqua were like vnto vs. +For by the description that they made of them, he began to doubt +whether they were Spaniards or no: but Molloua tolde him that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page459">[pg 459]</span><a name="Pg459" id="Pg459" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Some paint their faces with blacke, and some with red.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +they were not, but that they were Indians like the +rest, sauing that they painted their faces with blacke +and that the rest as Molloua painted them with red. +Then my Lieutenant Vasseur, and my Seargent promised +him that one day I should march with my +forces into those Countreys, and that ioyning my selfe with his +Lord Olata, I would subdue the inhabitants of the highest of +those mountaines. Hee was very glad of this speach, and +answered that the least of these Kings which hee had named +should present vnto the Generall of these succours the height of +two foot of gold and siluer, which by force of armes they had +already gotten of those two Kings, Onatheaqua, and Houstaqua. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The good cheere being done, and the discourses ended, my +men imbarked themselves againe, with intention to bring mee +those good newes vnto the Fort Caroline. But after they had +sayled a very long while downe the Riuer, and were come within +three leagues of vs, the tyde was so strong against them, that +they were constrained to goe on lande, and to retire themselues +because of the night, vnto the dwelling of a certaine Paracoussy +named Molona, which shewed himselfe very glad of their +arriuall: for hee desired to know some newes of Thimogoa, and +thought that the French men went thither for none other occasion +but for to inuade them. Which Captaine Vasseur perceiuing, +dissembled so wel, that he made him beleeue that he went to +Thirmogoa with none other intention, but to subdue them, and to +destroy them with the edge of the sworde without mercy, but +that their purpose had not such successe as they desired, because +that the people of Thimogoa being aduertised of this enterprise, +retired into the woods, and saued themselues by flight: that +neuerthelesse they had taken some as they were fleeing away, +which carried no newes thereof vnto their fellowes. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Paracoussy was so glad of this relation, that he interrupted +him, and asked Vasseur of the beginning and maner of his +execution, and prayed him that hee would shew him by signes +howe all things passed. Immediatly Francis la Caille the +Sergeant of my band tooke his sword in his hand, saying, that +with the point thereof he had thrust through two Indians which +ranne into the woods, and that his companions had done no +lesse for their partes. And that if fortune had so fauoured them, +that they had not beene discouered by the men of Thimogoa, +they had had a victorie most glorious and worthie of eternall +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page460">[pg 460]</span><a name="Pg460" id="Pg460" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +memorie. Hereupon the Paracoussy shewed himselfe so well +satisfied, that he could not deuise how to gratifie our men, which +hee caused to come into his house to feast them more honourably; +and hauing made Captaine Vasseur to sit next him, and in his +owne chaire (which the Indians esteeme for the chiefest honour) +and then vnderneath him two of his sonnes, goodly and mightie +fellowes, hee commanded all the rest to place themselues as they +thought good. This done, the Indians came according to their +good custome, to present their drinke Cassine to the Paracoussy, +and then to certaine of his chiefest friends, and the Frenchmen. +Then hee which brought it set the cup aside, and drew out a +little dagger stucke vp in the roofe of the house, and like a mad +man he lift his head aloft, and ranne apace, and went and smote +an Indian which sate alone in one of the corners of the hall, crying +with a loud voyce, Hyou, the poore Indian stirring not at all +for the blowe, which he seemed to endure patiently. He which +held the dagger went quickly to put the same in his former place, +and began againe to giue vs drinke as hee did before: but he +had not long continued, and had scarce giuen three or foure +thereof, but he left his bowle againe, tooke the dagger in his +hand, and quickly returned vnto him which hee had strocken +before, to whom he gaue a very sore blow on the side, crying +Hyou, as he had done before: and then hee went to put the +dagger in his place, and set himselfe downe among the rest. A +little while after he that had bene stricken fell downe backwards, +stretching out his armes and legs, as if hee had bene ready to +yeeld vp the latter gaspe. And then the younger sonne of the +Paracoussy apparelled in a long white skinne, fell downe at the +feete of him that was fallen backward, weeping bitterly halfe a +quarter of an houre: after, two other of his brethren clad in like +apparell, came about him that was so stricken, and began to sigh +pitifully. Their mother bearing a little infant in her armes came +from another part, and going to the place where her sonnes were, +at the first shee vsed infinite numbers of outcries, the one while +lifting vp her eyes to heauen, another while falling downe vnto +the ground, shee cryed so dolefully, that her lamentable mournings +would haue moued the most hard and stony heart in the +world with pitie. Yet this sufficed not, for there came in a +companie of young gyrles, which did neuer leaue weeping for a +long while in the place where the Indian was fallen downe, +whom afterward they tooke, and with the saddest gestures they +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page461">[pg 461]</span><a name="Pg461" id="Pg461" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +could deuise, carried him away into another house a little way +off from the great hall of the Paracoussy, and continued their +weepings and mournings by the space of two long houres: in +which meane while the Indians ceased not to drinke Cassine, +but with such silence that one word was not heard in the parlour. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vasseur being grieued that he vnderstood not these ceremonies, +demanded of the Paracoussy what these things meant: which +answered him slowly, Thimogoa, Thimogoa, without saying any +more. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">King Malica.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Being more displeased then he was before with so sleight +an answere, he turned vnto another Indian the Paracoussyes +brother, who was a Paracoussy as well as his brother, called +Malica, which made him a like answere as hee did +at the first, praying him to aske no more of these +matters, and to haue patience for that time. The subtil old +Paracoussy prayed him within a while after to shew him his +sword, which he would not denie him, thinking that hee would +haue held the fashion of his weapons: but he soone perceiued +that it was to another ende: for the old man holding it in his +hand, behelde it a long while on euery place, to see if he could +finde any blood vpon it, which might shew that any of their +enemies had bene killed: for the Indians are woont to bring +their weapons wherewith their enemies haue beene defeated, with +some blood vpon them, for a token of their victories. But seeing +no signe thereof vpon it, he was vpon the point to say vnto him +that he had killed none of them of Thimogoa: when as Vasseur, +preuenting that which hee might obiect, declared and shewed +vnto him by signes, the maner of his enterprise, adding, that by +reason of the two Indians which he had slaine, his sword was so +bloudy, that hee was inforced to wash and make it cleane a long +while in the Riuer: which the olde man beleeued to be like to +be true, and made no maner of replie thereunto. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vasseur, La Caille, and their other companions went out of the +hal to goe into the roome whither they had carried the Indian; +there they found the Paracoussy sitting vpon tapestries made of +small reedes, which was at meate after the Indian fashion, and +the Indian that was smitten hard by him, lying vpon the selfe +same tapistry, about whom stoode the wife of the Paracoussy, +with all the young damsels which before bewailed him in the hall: +which did nothing else but warme a great deal of mosse +instead of napkins to rub the Indians side. Hereupon our +men asked the Paracoussy againe for what occasion the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page462">[pg 462]</span><a name="Pg462" id="Pg462" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They lappe mosse about their woundes and +vse it instead of napkins.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Indian was so persecuted in his presence: hee +answered, that this was nothing else but a kinde of +ceremonie, whereby they would call to minde the death +and persecutions of the Paracoussies their ancestours +executed by their enemie Thimogoa: alleaging moreouer +that as often as he him selfe, or any of his friends and allies returned +from the Countrey, without they brought the heads of their +enemies or without bringing home some prisoner, hee vsed for a +perpetuall memorie of his predecessors, to beate the best +beloued of his children with the selfe same weapons wherewith +they had beene killed in times past: to the ende that by +renewing of the wound their death should be lamented afresh. +Now when they were thus informed of those ceremonies, they +thanked the Paracoussy for their good intertainement which they +had receiued, and so setting saile came to me vnto the fort: +where they declared all vnto me as I haue recited it heretofore. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The returne of their shippes toward France the 28 of Iuly.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The eight and twentieth day of Iuly our shippes +departed to returne into France. And within a +while, about two moneths after our arriuall in Florida, +the Paracoussy Satourioua sent certaine Indians vnto +mee to know whether I would stande to my promise +which I had made him at my first arriuall in that Countrey, +which was that I should shewe my selfe friend to his friendes, +and enemie vnto his enemies, and also to accompany him with a +good number of Harquebuzes, when he should see it expedient +and should finde a fit occasion to go to warre. Now seeing he +rested vpon this promise, hee prayed mee not to deferre the +same: seeing also that making accompt thereof, hee had taken +such good order for the execution of his enterprise, that he was +ready, and was furnished with all things that were necessary for +the voyage: I made him answere, that for his amitie I would not +purchase the enmitie of the other, and that albeit I would yet +notwithstanding I wanted meanes to doe it. For it behoued +mee at that present to make prouision of victuals and munition +for the defence of my Fort. On the other side, that my Barkes +were nothing ready, and that this enterprise would require time: +Moreouer, that the Paracoussy Satourioua might holde himselfe +ready to depart within three moneths, and that then I would +thinke of fulfilling my promise to him. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Indians caried this answere to their Paracoussy, which was +litle pleased with it, because hee could not deferre his execution +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page463">[pg 463]</span><a name="Pg463" id="Pg463" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +or expedition, aswell because all his victuals were ready, as also +because tenne other Paracoussies were assembled with him for +the performance of this enterprise. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The ceremonie which they vse before they goe to warre.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The ceremonie +which this Sauage vsed before hee embarked his +armie deserueth not to be forgotten. For when hee +was set downe by the Riuers side, being compassed +about with tenne other Paracoussies, hee commaunded +water to be brought him speedily. This done, looking +vp into heauen, hee fell to discourse of diuers things with +gestures that shewed him to be in exceeding great choller, which +made him one while shake his head hither and thither, and by +and by with I wote not what furie to turne his face toward the +Countrey of his enemies, and to threaten to kill them. Hee +oftentimes looked vpon the Sunne, praying him to graunt him a +glorious victory of his enemies. Which when hee had done by the +space of halfe an houre, he sprinkled with his hand a litle of the +water which hee helde in a vessel vpon the heads of the Paracoussies, +and cast the rest as it were in a rage and despite into a +fire which was there prepared for the purpose. This done hee +cried out thrise, He Thimogoa, and was followed by at least fiue +hundred Indians, which were there assembled, which cried all +with one voyce, He Thimogoa. This ceremonie, as a certaine +Indian tolde mee familiarly signified nothing else, but that +Satourioua besought the Sunne to graunt vnto him so happy a +victory, that he might shed his enemies blood, as he had shed +that water at his pleasure. Moreouer that the Paracoussies +which were sprinkled with a part of that water, might returne +with the heads of their enemies, which is the onely and chiefe +triumph of their victories. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Paracoussy Satourioua had no sooner ended his ceremonies +and had taken a viewe of all his company, but he +embarked himselfe, and vsed such diligence with his Almadies or +boates, that the next day two houres before the Sunnes set, he +arriued on the territories of his enemies about eight or tenne +leagues from their villages. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Consultation before they assault their enemies.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Afterward causing them all to goe on +land, hee assembled his counsell, wherein it was +agreed that fiue of the Paracoussies should saile vp +the Riuer with halfe of the troupes, and by the break +of day should approch vnto the dwelling of their +eniemie: for his owne part, that hee would take his iourney +through the woods and forrests as secretly as hee coulde: that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page464">[pg 464]</span><a name="Pg464" id="Pg464" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +when they were come thither as well they that went by water as +hee which went by land should not faile by the breake of the day +to enter into the village, and cut them all to pieces, except the +women and little children. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">How they vse their enemies which they take in war.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +These things which were thus agreed vpon, were executed with +as great fury as was possible: which when they had +done they tooke the heads of their enemies which +they had slaine, and cut off their haire round about +with a piece of their sculles: they tooke also foure +and twentie prisoners, which they led away, and +retired themselues immediatly vnto their Boates which wayted +for them. Being come thither, they beganne to sing praises vnto +the Sunne, to whom they attributed their victorie. And afterwards +they put the skins of those heads on the end of their +iauelings, and went altogether toward the territories of Paracoussy +Omoloa, one of them which was in the company. Being come +thither, they diuided their prisoners equally to each of the Paracoussies, +and left thirteene of them to Satourioua, which +straightway dispatched an Indian his subject, to carry newes +before of the victory to them which stayed at home to guard their +houses, which immediately beganne to weepe. But assoone as +night was come, they neuer left dancing and playing a thousand +gambols, in honour of the feast. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Their maner of triumph.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day the Paracoussy Satourioua came home, who +before he entred into his lodging caused all the haire skuls of his +enemies to bee set vp before his doore, and crowned +them with branches of Lawrell, shewing by this +glorious spectacle the triumph of the victory which +hee had obtained. Straight way beganne lamentation and +mournings, which assoone as the night beganne were turned into +pleasures and dances. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After that I was aduertised of those things, I sent a Souldier +vnto Satourioua, praying him to send mee two of his prisoners: +which hee denied mee, saying that hee was nothing beholding +vnto mee, and that I had broken my promise, against the oath +which I had sworn vnto him at my arriuall. Which when I +vndentoode by my Souldier, which was come hacke with speede, +I deuised howe I might be reuenged of this Sauage, and to make +him know how dearly this bolde brauado of his should cost him: +therefore I commaunded my Sergeant to provide mee twentie +souldiers to goe with mee to the house of Satourioua: Where +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page465">[pg 465]</span><a name="Pg465" id="Pg465" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +after I was come and entred into the hall without any maner of +salutation, I went and sate downe by him, and stayed a long +while without speaking any woorde vnto him, or shewing him any +signe of friendship, which thing put him deeply in his dumpes: +besides that certaine Souldiers remained at the gate, to whom I +had giuen expresse commaundement to suffer no Indian to goe +foorth: hauing stood still about halfe an houre with this countenance, +at length I demaunded where the prisoners were which +hee had taken at Thimogoa, and commaunded them presently to +bee brought vnto mee. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Whereunto the Paracoussy angry at the heart, and astonied +wonderfully, stoode a long while without making any answere, +notwithstanding at last hee answered me very stoutly, that being +afraide to see vs comming thither in such warrelike manner they +fled into the woods, and that not knowing which way they were +gone, they were not able by any meanes to bring them againe. +Then I seemed to make as though I understood not what he +saide, and asked for his prisoners againe, and for some of his +principall allies. Then Satourioua commaunded his sonne +Athore to seeke out the prisoners, and to cause them to be +brought into that place, which thing he did within an houre +after. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After they were come to the lodging of the Paracoussy, they +humbly saluted mee, and lifting vp their hands before me, they +would haue fallen downe prostrate as it were at my feet: but I +would not suffer them, and soone after ledde them away with me +vnto my owne Fort. The Paracoussy being wonderfully offended +with this brauado, bethought himselfe by all meanes how hee +might be reuenged of vs. But to giue vs no suspition thereof, +and the better to couer his intention, hee sent his messengers +oftentimes vnto vs bringing alwayes with them some kinde of +presents. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Excellent Pumpions.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Among others one day hee sent three Indians, which +brought vs two baskets full of great Pompions, much +more excellent then those which we haue in France, +and promised me in their Kings behalfe, that during +mine abode in that Countrey, I should neuer want victuals: I +thanked them for their Kings good will, and signified vnto them +the great desire which I had, aswell for the benefit of Satourioua, +as for the quiet of his Subjects, to make a peace betweene him +and those of Thimogoa: which thing coulde not choose but +turne to their great benefite, seeing that being allied with the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page466">[pg 466]</span><a name="Pg466" id="Pg466" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Kings of those parts, hee had an open passage against Onatheaqua +his ancient enemie, which otherwise he could not set vpon. +Moreouer that Olata Ouae Vtina was so mightie a Paracoussy, +that Satourioua was not able to withstand his forces: but being +agreed together they might easily ouerthrow all their enemies, +and might passe the confines of the farthest Riuers that were +towards the South. The messengers prayed mee to haue +patience vntil the morowe, at what time they would come againe +vnto me to certifie me of their Lords inclination: which they +failed not to doe, aduertising me that Paracoussy Satourioua was +the gladdest man in the world to treate of this accord (although +indeed hee was quite contrary) and that he besought mee to be +diligent therein, promising to obserue and performe whatsoever +I should agree vpon with those of Thimogoa: which things the +messengers also rehearsed vnto the prisoners which I had ledde +away. After they were departed, I resolued within two dayes to +sende backe againe the prisoners to Olata Ouae Vtina, whose +subiects they were: but before I embarked them, I gaue them +certaine small trifles, which were little kniues or tablets of glasse, +wherein the image of King Charles the ninth was drawen very +liuely, for which they gaue me very great thankes, as also for the +honest entertainment which was giuen them at the Fort Caroline. +After this they embarked themselues, with Captaine Vasseur, +and with Monsieur de Arlac mine Ensigne, which I had sent of +purpose to remaine a certaine time with Ouae Vtina, hoping that +the fauour of this great Paracoussy would serue my turne greatly +to make my discoueries in time to come. I sent with him also +one of my Sergeants, and sixe gallant Souldiers. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A wonderfull lightning the 29. of August.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus things passed on this maner, and the hatred of Paracoussy +Satourioua against mee did still continue, vntill that +on the nine and twentieth of August a lightning +from heauen, fell within halfe a league of our Fort, +more worthy I beleeue to be wondered at, and to bee +put in writing, then all the strange signes which haue bene seene +in times past, and whereof the histories haue neuer bene written. +For although the medowes were at that season all greene, and +halfe couered ouer with water, neuerthelesse the lightning in one +instant consumed aboue fiue hundred acres therewith, and +burned with the ardent heate thereof all the foules which tooke +their pastime in the meddowes, which thing continued for three +dayes space, which caused vs not a little to muse, not being able +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page467">[pg 467]</span><a name="Pg467" id="Pg467" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +to iudge whereof this fire proceeded: for one while wee thought +that the Indians had burnt their houses, and abandoned their +places for feare of vs: another while wee thought that they had +discouered some shippes in the Sea, and that according to their +custome they had kindled many fires here and there, to signifie +that their Countrey was inhabited: neuerthelesse being not +assured, I determined to sende to Paracoussy Serrany to knowe +the trueth thereof. But euen as I was vpon the point to sende +one by boate to discouer the matter, sixe Indians came vnto mee +from Paracoussy Allimacany, which at their first entrie made +vnto mee a long discourse, and a very large and ample oration +(after they had presented mee with certaine baskets full of Maiz, +of Pompions and of Grapes) of the louing amity which Allimacany +desired to continue with mee, and that he looked from day to +day when it would please mee to employ him in my seruice. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Sauages thinke the lightning to be discharging of the +Christians Ordinance.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Therefore considering the seruiceable affection that hee bare +vnto mee, hee found it very strange, that I thus discharged +mine Ordinance against his dwelling, which +had burnt vp an infinite sight of greene medowes, +and consumed euen downe vnto the bottome of the +water, and came so neere vnto his mansion, that hee +thought hee saw the fire in his house: wherefore hee +besought mee most humbly to commaund my men that they +would not shoote any more towards his lodging, otherwise that +hereafter he should be constrained to abandon his countrey, and +to retire himselfe into some place further off from vs. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Laudonnier vsed the present occasion to his profite.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hauing vnderstood the foolish opinion of this man, which +notwithstanding coulde not choose but be very profitable for vs, +I dissembled what I thought thereof for that time, and answered +the Indians with a cheerefull countenance, that the relation +which they made vnto mee of the obedience of their Paracoussy +did please mee right well, because that before hee had not +behaued himselfe in such sort towards mee, especially when I +summoned him to sende mee the prisoners of great Olata Ouae +Vtina which he detained, whereof notwithstanding he made no +great accompt, which was the principall cause whereof I had +discharged mine Ordinance against him: not that I meant to +reach vnto his house (as I might haue done easily, if +it had pleased me) but that I was content to shoote +the halfe way to make him knowe my force: assuring +him furthermore, that on condition that he would +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page468">[pg 468]</span><a name="Pg468" id="Pg468" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +continue in his good affection, no more Ordinance should be +discharged against him hereafter; and besides that I would +become his faithfull protectour against his greatest enemies. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Indians contented with mine answere returned to assure +their Paracoussy, which notwithstanding the assurance withdrewe +himselfe from his dwelling twentie or fiue and twentie leagues +off and that for the space of more then two moneths. After that +three dayes were expired, the fire was quite extinguished. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A wonderfull heate.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> But +for two dayes after there followed such an excessiue +heate in the aire, that the Riuer neere vnto which we +planted our habitation, became so hoat, that I thinke +it was almost ready to seeth. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Fiftie cart load of fish dead in the Riuer with this heat.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For there died so great abundance +of fish, and that of so many diuers sorts, that in the +mouth of the Riuer onely there were founde dead +ynough to haue loaden fiftie Carts, whereof there +issued a putrefaction in the aire, which bred many +dangerous diseases amongst vs, inasmuch that most +of my men fell sicke, and almost ready to ende their dayes. +Yet notwithstanding it pleased our mercifull God so to prouide +by his prouidence, that all our men recouered their health without +the losse of any one of them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The thirde voyage the tenth September. Mayarqua a place 80 +leagues vp the Riuer of May.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Monsieur de Arlac, Captaine Vasseur, and one of my Sergeants, +being embarked with their tenne Souldiers about the +tenth of September to cary backe the prisoners vnto +Vtina, sailed so farre vp the Riuer, that they discouered +a place called Mayarqua distant from our +Fort about fourescore leagues, where the Indians +gaue them good entertainetment, and in many other +villages which they found. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">King Patanou.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From this place they +rowed to the dwelling of Paracoussy Vtina, which +after hee had feasted them according to his abilitie and power, +prayed Monsieur de Arlac and all his Souldiers to stay a while +with him, to ayde and assist him in battaile against +one of his enemies, called Potanou, whereunto +Monsieur de Arlac consented willingly. And because +hee knew not how long he might haue occasion to stay in these +parts, hee sent mee Captaine Vasseur and the Barke backe +againe, which brought home onely fiue Souldiers with him. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Indians maner of war.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe because the custome of the Indians is alwayes to wage +war by surprise, Vtina resolued to take his enemie +Potanou in the morning by the breake of the day: to +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page469">[pg 469]</span><a name="Pg469" id="Pg469" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Two hundreth Indians.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +bring this to passe, hee made his men to trauaile all the night, +which might be in number two hundred persons, so well +aduised, that they prayed our French-shot to be +in the fore-front, the ende (as they saide) that the +noyse of their pieces might astonish their enemies: +notwithstanding they coulde not march so secretly, but that +those of the village of Potanou, distant from the dwelling of +Vtina about fiue and twentie leagues, were ware of them: which +suddenly employed and bestowed all their endeuour to defend +their village enclosed all with trees, and issued out in great companies: +but finding themselues charged with shotte, (a thing +wherewith they neuer had bene acquainted) also beholding the +Captaine of their bande fall downe dead in the beginning of their +skirmish, with a shot of an Harquebuse which strooke him in the +forehead, discharged by the hande of Monsieur de Arlac, they +left the place: and the Indians of Vtina gate into the village, +taking men, women, and children prisoners. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Vtina getteth the victory of Potanou by the helpe of the +French.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> Thus +Paracoussy Vtina obtained the victory by the ayde of +our men, which slew many of his enemies, and lost in +his conflict one of their companions, wherewith Vtina +was very much grieued. Eight or tenne dayes after, +sent Captaine Vasseur backe againe with a Barke to +fetch home Monsieur de Arlac and his Souldiers, which at their +returne brought mee certaine presents from Vtina, as some siluer, +a small quantitie of golde painted skinnes, and other things, with +a thousand thankes, which the Paracoussy gaue me, which promised +that if in any enterprise of importance I should haue neede +of his men, he would furnish mee with three hundreth and +about. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">La Roquettes conspiracie.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +While I thus trauailed to purchase friends, and to practise one +while with one here, an other while with another there, certaine +Souldiers of my company were suborned vnder hand by one +named La Roquette of the Countrey of Perigort, which +put in their heads that hee was a great Magician, and +that by the secrets of Art-magicke he had discouered +a Mine of golde and siluer farre vp within the Riuer, whereby +(vpon the losse of his life,) euery Souldier should receiue in ready +Bullion the value of tenne thousand Crownes, beside and aboue +fifteene hundred thousand should be reserued for the Kings +Maiestie: wherefore they allied themselues with La Roquette and +another of his confederates, whose name was Le Genre, in whom +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page470">[pg 470]</span><a name="Pg470" id="Pg470" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Monsieur de Genre.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +notwithstanding I had great affiance. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Gienres message to Laudoniere in the Souldiers name.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This Genre exceeding desirous to enrich himselfe in those parts, +and seeking to be reuenged, because I would not giue +him the carriage of the Paquet into France, secretly enfourmed +the Souldiers that were already suborned by La Roquette, that I +would depriue them of this great gaine, in that I did set them +dayly on worke, not sending them on euery side to discouer the +Countreys: therefore that it were a good deede, after they had +made mee vnderstande so much, to seeke meanes to dispatch me +out of the way, and to choose another Captaine in +my place, if I would not giue them victuals according +to their disordinate appetite. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">His answere.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hee also brought mee +word hereof himselfe, making a large discourse vnto +mee of the good affection of the Souldiers, which all +besought mee that I would conduct them to the Countrey where +the Mine was: I made him answere that all could +not goe thither, and that it was necessary before their +departure to settle our Fortresse in such estate, that those which +which were to stay at home behind should remaine in +securitie against the Indians which might surprise them. +Furthermore, that their manner of proceeding seemed +strange vnto mee, for that they imagined, that the Kings +Maiestie was at the charges of our voyage for none other +ende, but onely to enrich them at their first arriuall, in as +much as they shewed themselues much more giuen vnto couetousnesse, +then vnto the seruice of their Prince: But seeing mine +answere tended vnto none other ende but to make our Fortresse +strong and defensible, they determined to trauaile in the worke, +and made an ensigne of olde linnen, which ordinarily they bare +vpon the rampart when they went to woorke, alwayes wearing +their weapons, which I thought they had done to incourage themselues +to worke the better. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A dangerous practice against the Captaine and his Lieute'nt.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But as I perceiued afterwards, and +that by the confession of Genre sent mee in letters +which he writ to mee of that matter, these gentle +Souldiers did the same for none other ende, but to +haue killed mee and my Lieutenant also, if by +chance I had giuen them any hard speeches. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +About the twentieth of September, as I came home from the +woods and coppises to finish the building of my Fort, (and that +according to my vsual maner, I marched first to giue encouragement +vnto my Souldiers) I chafed my selfe into such sort, that I +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page471">[pg 471]</span><a name="Pg471" id="Pg471" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Laudonniers sicknesse.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +fell into a sore and grieuous sicknesse, whereof I thought I should +haue died: During which sicknesse, I called Le Genre +often vnto mee, as one that I trusted aboue all others, +and of whose conspiracies I doubted not any whit at +all. </p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Laudonniers Apothecarie.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In this meane while assembling his complices, sometime in +his chamber and sometime in the woods to consult with them, +hee spake vnto them to choose another Captaine besides mee, to +the intent to put mee to death: but being not able by open force +to execute his mischieuous intention, hee gate him +vnto mine Apothecarie praying him instantly to +mingle in my medicine, which I was to receiue one or +two dayes after, some drugge that should make mee pitch ouer +the pearch, or at the least that hee would giue him a little +Arsenike or Quicke Siluer, which hee himselfe would put into my +drinke. But the Apothecarie denied him, as did in like maner +Master S. which was Master of the fire-workes. Thus wholly +disappointed of both his meanes, hee with certaine others +resolued to hide a little barrell of gunne powder vnderneath my +bed, and by a traine to set it on fire. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Captaine Bourdet arriued in Florida the 4. of September.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon these practises a Gentleman which I had dispatched to +returne into France, being about to take his leaue of me, aduertised +me that Gienre had giuen him a booke full of all kinde of lewde +inuectiues and slanders against me, against Monsieur de Ottigny, +and against the principal of my company: vpon which occasion, +I assembled all my Souldiers together, and Captaine +Bourdet with all his, which on the fourth of +September arriued in the roade, and were come into +our Riuer. In their presence I caused the contents +of the booke to bee read alowde, that they might +beare record of the vntruths that were written against mee. +Gienre, which had gotten him into the woods for feare of being +taken, (where he liued for a while after with the Sauages by my +permission,) writ vnto mee often, and in many of his letters confessed +vnto mee, that hee had deserued death, condemning +himselfe so farrefoorth, that he referred all to my mercie and +pitie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The 4. voyage the 7. of Nouember.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The seuenth or eighth day of Nouember, after I had caused +sufficient prouision of such victuals as were needefull to +bee made, I sent two of my men, to wit, La Roche +Ferriere, and another towarde King Vtina, to discouer +euery day more and more of the Countrey: +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page472">[pg 472]</span><a name="Pg472" id="Pg472" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +where he was the space of fiue or sixe moneths, during which +hee discouered many small villages, and among others one +named Hostaqua, the King whereof being desirous of my friendship, +sent vnto me a quiuer made of Luserns skinne full of +arrowes, a couple of bowes, foure or fiue skinnes painted after +their maner, and a cheine of Siluer weying about a pounde +weight. In recompence of which presents I sent him two whole +sutes of apparell, with certaine cutting hookes or hatchets. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After these things therefore in this sort passed, about the tenth +of this moneth, Captaine Bourdet determined to leaue mee and +returne into France. Then I requested him, yea rather was +exceeding importunate with him, to carry home with him some +sixe or seuen Souldiers, whom I could not trust by any meanes: +which hee did for my sake, and would not charge himselfe with +Gieure, which offered him a great summe of money, if it would +please him to carry him into France: hee transported him onely +to the other side of the Riuer. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">One of his Barks stolne away by his Mariners.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Three dayes after his departure +thirteene Mariners which I had brought out of France +suborned by certaine other Mariners which Captaine +Bourdet had left me, stole away my Barkes in maner +following. These Mariners of Captaine Bourdet put +mine in the head, that if they had such Barkes as mine were, +they might gaine very much in the Iles of the Antilles, and make +an exceeding profitable voyage. Hereupon they beganne deuise +howe they might steale away my Barkes, and consulted that +when I should command them to goe vnto the village of Sarauahi +distant about a league and a halfe from our Fort, and situated vpon +an arme of the Riuer, (whither according to my maner I sent them +dayly to seeke clay, to make bricke and morter for our houses) they +would returne no more, but would furnish themselues with +victuals as well as they might possibly: and then would embarke +themselues all in one vessell, and would goe their way: as +indeede they did. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Another of his Barks stolne away by two Carpenters.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And that which was worse, two +Flemish Carpenters, which the saide Bourdet had +left mee, stole away the other Barke, and before their +departure cut the cables of the Barke, and of the +ship boate, that it might goe away with the tyde, that +I might not pursue them: so that I remained without either +Barke or boate, which fell out as vnluckily for mee as was +possible. For I was ready to imbarke my selfe with all speede, +to discouer as farre vp our Riuer, as I might by any meanes. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page473">[pg 473]</span><a name="Pg473" id="Pg473" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">One of these Mariners named Francis Iean +betrayed his own countrey men to the Spaniard, and brought them into Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe my Mariners, (as I vnderstood afterwards) +tooke a Barke that was a passenger of the Spaniards +neere the Isle of Cuba, wherein they founde a certaine +quantitie of golde and siluer, which they seazed vpon. +And hauing this bootie they lay a while at Sea, vntill +their victuals beganne to faile them: which was the +cause, that oppressed with famine they came vnto +Hauana the principall Towne of the Isle of Cuba: +whereupon proceeded that mischiefe which hereafter +I will declare more at large. When I saw my Barkes returned +not at their wanted houre, and suspecting that which fell out in +deed, I commanded my Carpenters with all diligence to make a +little boat with a flat bottome, to searce those Riuers for some +newes of these Mariners. The boate dispatched within a day +and a night, by reason that my Carpenters found planks and +timber ready sawed to their hands, as commonly I caused my +Sawyers to prouide it, I sent men to seeke some newes of my +thieues: but all was in vaine. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A Saw-mill necessary here.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Therefore I determined to +cause two great Barkes to be built, ech of which +might be thirtie fiue, or thirtie sixe foote long in the +keele. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The thirde sedition.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And now the worke was very well forwarde which I set my +workemen about, when ambition and auarice, the mother of all +mischiefe, tooke roote in the hearts of foure or fiue souldiers +which could not away with the worke and paines taking: and +which from henceforward (namely one Fourneaux, +and one La Croix, and another called Steuen le +Geneuois, the three principall authors of the sedition) +beganne to practise with the best of my troupe, shewing them +that it was a vile thing for men of honest parentage, as they +were, to moyle themselues thus with abiect and base worke, +seeing they had the best occasion of the worlde offered them to +make themselues all riche: which was to arme the two Barkes +which were in building, and to furnish them with +good men: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">By Peru the French meane the coast of +Carthagena and Nombre de Dios.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +and then to saile vnto Peru, and the +other Isles of the Antilles, where euery Souldier +might easily enrich himselfe with tenne thousand +Crownes. And if their enterprise should bee misliked +withall in France, they should bee alwayes able, +by reason of the great wealth that they should gaine, to retire +themselues into Italy, vntill the heate were ouerpassed, and that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page474">[pg 474]</span><a name="Pg474" id="Pg474" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +in the meane season some warre would fall out, which would +cause all this to be quite forgotten. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This word of riches sounded so well in the eares of my +Souldiers, that in fine, after they had oftentimes consulted of +their affaires, they grew to the number of threescore and sixe: +which to colour their great desire which they had to goe on +stealing, they caused a request to bee presented vnto mee by +Francis de la Callie Sergeant of my company, contayning in sum +a declaration of the small store of victuals that was left to maintaine +vs, vntil the time that shippes might returne from France: +for remedy whereof they thought it necessary to sende to New +Spaine, Peru, and all the Isles adioyning, which they besought +mee to be content to graunt. But I made them answere, that +when the Barkes were finished, I would take such good order in +generall, that by meanes of the Kings marchandise, without +sparing mine owne apparell, wee would get victuals of the +inhabitants of the Countrey: seeing also that wee had +ynough to serue vs for foure moneths to come. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The captaines charge at his setting forth.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For I feared greatly, that vnder pretence of searching +victuals, they would enterprise somewhat against the +King of Spaines Subiects, which in time to come might iustly +bee layde to my charge, considering that at our departure out of +France, the Queene had charged me very expresly, to doe no +kinde of wrong to the King of Spaines Subiects, nor any thing +whereof he might conceiue any ielousie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They made as though they were content with this answere. +But eight dayes after, as I continued in working vpon our Fort, +and on my Barkes, I fell sicke. Then my seditious companions +forgetting all honour and duetie, supposing that they had found +good occasion to execute their rebellious enterprise, beganne to +practise afresh their former designes, handling their businesse so +well, during my sicknesse, that they openly vowed that they +would seaze on the Corps de gard, and on the Fort, yea, and +force mee also, if I woulde not consent vnto their wicked desire. +My Lieutenant being hereof aduertised, came and tolde mee +that he suspected some euill practise: and the next day in the +morning I was saluted at my gate with men in complet harnesse, +what time my Souldiers were about to play mee a shrewde tricke: +then I sent to seeke a couple of Gentlemen whom I most trusted, +which brought mee word that the Souldiers were determined to +come to me to make a request vnto me: But I tolde them that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page475">[pg 475]</span><a name="Pg475" id="Pg475" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +this was not the fashion to present a request vnto a Captaine in +this maner, and therefore they should send some few vnto me to +signifie vnto mee what they would haue. Hereupon the fiue +chiefe authors of the sedition armed with Corslets, their Pistolles +in their handes already bent, prest into my chamber saying vnto +mee, that they would goe to New Spaine to seeke their aduenture. +Then I warned them to bee well aduised what they meant to +doe: but they foorthwith replyed, that they were fully aduised +already, and that I must graunt them this request. Seeing then +(quoth I) that I am enforced to doe it, I will sende Captaine +Vasseur and my Sergeant, which will make answere and giue mee +an accompt of euery thing that shall be done in this voyage: +And to content you, I thinke it good that you take one man out +of euery chamber, that they may accompany Captaine Vasseur +and my Sergeant. Whereupon, blaspheming the Name of God, +they answered that they must goe thither: and that there lacked +nothing, but that I should deliuer them the armour which I had +in my custodie, for feare least I might vse them to their disaduantage +(being so villanously abused by them:) wherein notwithstanding +I would not yeeld vnto them. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Landonniere kept 15. dayes prisoner by his owne souldiers.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But they tooke all by +force, and caried it out of my house, yea and after they had hurt +a Gentleman in my chamber, which spake against their doings, +they layd hands on mee, and caried me very sicke, as +I was, prisoner into a shippe which rode at ancker in +the middest of the Riuer, wherein I was the space of +fifteene dayes attended vpon with one man onely +without permission for any of my seruants to come +to visite mee: from euery one of whom, as also from the rest +that tooke my part, they tooke away their armour. And they +sent mee a passeport to signe, telling me plainely after I had +denied them, that if I made any difficulty, they would all come +and cut my throat in the shippe. Thus was I constrained to +signe their Passe-port, and forthwith to grant them certaine +mariners, with Trenchant an honest and skilfull Pilot. When +the barks were finished, they armed them with the kings munition, +with powder, with bullets, and artillery, asmuch as they +needed, and chose one of my Sergeants for their Captain, +named Bertrand Conferrent, and for their Ensigne one named +La Croix. They compelled Captaine Vasseur to deliuer them +the flag of his ship. Then hauing determined so saile vnto a +place of the Antilles called Leauguaue, belonging vnto the king +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page476">[pg 476]</span><a name="Pg476" id="Pg476" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +of Spaine, and there to goe on land on Christmasse night, with +intention to enter into the Church while the Masse was sayd after +midnight, and to murder all those that they found there, they set +saile the eight of December. But because the greatest part of +them by this time repented them of their enterprise, and that +now they began to fall into mutinies among themselues, when they +came foorth of the mouth of the riuer, the two barks +diuided themselues: the one kept along the coast vnto Cuba, +to double the Cape more easily, and the other went right foorth to +passe athwart the Isles of Lucaya: by reason whereof they met +not vntill sixe weekes after their departure. During which time +the barke that tooke her way along the coast, wherein one of the +chiefe conspiratours named De Orange was Captaine, and +Trenchant his Pilot, neere vnto a place called Archaha, tooke a +Brigantine laden with a certaine quantity of Cassaui, which is a +kinde of bread made of rootes, and yet neuerthelesse is very +white, and good to eate, and some little wine, which was not without +some losse of their men: for in one assault that the inhabitants +of Archaha made vpon them, two of their men were taken, +to wit, Steuen Gondeau, and one named Grand Pré, besides +two more that were slaine in the place, namely Nicolas +Master and Doublet: yet neuerthelesse they tooke the +Brigantine, wherein they put all their stuffe that was in +their owne Barke, because it was of greater burthen and better +of saile then their owne. Afterward they sailed right vnto the Cape +of Santa Maria nere to Leauguaue, where they went on land to +calke and bray their ship which had a great leake. In this meane +while they resolued to saile to Baracou, which is a village of the +Isle of Iamaica: where at their arriuall they found a carauel of +fifty or three score tunnes burden, which they tooke without any +body in it: and after they had made good cheere in the village +the space of fiue or sixe dayes, they embarked themselues in it, +leauing their second ship: then they returned to the Cape of +Tiburon, where they met with a Patach, which they tooke by +force after a long conflict. In this Patach the gouernour of +Iamaica was taken, with great store of riches, aswell of golde and +siluer as of merchandise and wine, and many other things; +wherewith our seditious companions not content, determined to +seeke more in their carauell, and their gouernour of Iamaica also. +After they were come to Iamaica, they missed of another carauel +which did saue it selfe in the hauen. The gouernour being fine +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page477">[pg 477]</span><a name="Pg477" id="Pg477" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and subtile, seeing himselfe brought vnto the place which he +desired and where he commanded, obtained so much by his +faire words, that they which had taken him let him put two little +boyes which were taken with him into a little cocke boat, and +send them to his wife into the village, to aduertise her that she +should make prouision of victuals to send vnto him. But in +stead of writing vnto his wife, he spake vnto the boyes secretly +that with all diligence she should send the vessels that were in +the hauens neere that place to succour and rescue him. Which +she did so cunningly, that on a morning about the breake of the +day, as our seditious companions were at the hauens mouth +(which reacheth aboue two leagues vp within the land) there came +out of the hauen a malgualire which maketh saile both forward +and backward, and then two great shippes, which might be ech +of them of fourescore or an hundred tunnes a piece, with good +store of ordinance, and well furnished with men: at whose comming our +mutinous fellowes were surprised, being not able to see +them when they came, as well because of the darknesse of the +weather, as also by reason of the length of the hauen, considering +also they mistrusted nothing. True it is that fiue or six and +twenty that were in the brigantine discouered these ships when +they were nere them, which seeing themselues pressed for want of +leasure to weagh their anker, cut their cable, and the trumpeter +which was in it aduertised the rest: whereupon the Spanyards +seeing themselues descried, discharged a volley of canon shot +against the French men, which they followed by the space of +three leagues, and recouered their own ships: the brigantine +which escaped away, passed in the sight of the Cape des Aigrettes, +and the Cape of S. Anthony situate in the Isle of Cuba, and from +thence passed within the sight of Hauana; but Trenchant their +pilot, and the trumpeter, and certaine other mariners of this +brigantine, which were led away by force in this voyage (as elsewhere +we haue declared) desired nothing more then to returne +to me: wherefore these men agreed together (if peraduenture +the wind serued them well) to passe the chanell of Bahama, while +their seditious companions were asleepe: which they did accomplish +with such good successe, that in the morning toward the +breake of the day about the fiue and twentieth of March they +arriued vpon the coast of Florida: where knowing the fault +which they had committed, in a kinde of mockery they +counterfaited the Iudges: but they played not this pranke +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page478">[pg 478]</span><a name="Pg478" id="Pg478" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +vntill they had tippled well of the Wine which remained +yet in their prize. One counterfeited the Iudge, another +presented my person: one other after he had heard the matter +pleaded, concluded thus: Make you your causes as good as it +pleaseth you, but if when you come to the fort Caroline the +Captaine cause you not to be hanged, I will neuer take him for an +honest man: others thought that my choller being passed, I +would easily forget this matter. Their saile was no sooner +descried vpon the coast, but the king of the place named Patica, +dwelling eight leagues distant from our fort, and being one of our +good friends, sent an Indian to aduertise me that he had +descried a shippe vpon the coast, and that he thought it was one +of our nation. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The returne of part of Laudonnieres seditious +souldiers.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> Hereupon the brigantine oppressed with famine, +came to an anker at the mouth of the Riuer of May, when at the +first blush we thought they had bene shippes come from France; +which gaue vs occasion of great ioy: but after I had +caused her to be better viewed, I was aduertised that +they were our seditious companions that were returned. +Therefore I sent them word by Captaine Vasseur and +my Seargeant, that they should bring vp their brigantine +before the fortresse: which they promised to doe. Now +there was not aboue two leagues distance from the mouth of the +riuer where they cast anker vnto the fortresse. The next day I +sent the same Captaine and Sergeant with thirty souldiers, +because I saw they much delayed their comming. Then they +brought them: and because certaine of them had sworne at their +departure, that they would neuer come againe within the fort, I +well pleased they should keep their oth. For this purpose I +waited for them at the riuers mouth, where I made my barks to +be built and commanded my Sergeant to bring the foure chiefe +authours of the mutiny on shore: whom I caused immediatly to +be put in fetters: for my meaning was not to punish the rest, +considering that they were suborned, and because my counsell +expressly assembled for this purpose had concluded that these +foure only should die, to serue for an example to the rest In the +same place I made an Oration vnto them in this maner. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Laudonnieres oration to his mutinous souldiers.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +My friends, you know the cause why our king sent vs vnto +this countrey: you know that he is our naturall +Prince, whom we are bound to obey according to the +commandement of God, in such sort, that we ought +neither to spare our goods nor our liues to do those +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page479">[pg 479]</span><a name="Pg479" id="Pg479" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +things that concerne his seruice: ye know, or at least you cannot +be ignorant, that besides this generall and naturall obligation, ye +haue this also ioyned thereunto, that in receiuing of him +reasonable pay and wages, you are bound to follow those whom he hath +established ouer you to be your gouernours, and to command +you in his name, hauing for this purpose giuen him an oth of +fidelitie, which you cannot by any meanes reuoke for any faire +apparance which you haue to doe the contrary: for this is reason +that seeing you liue vpon his charges on this condition (this is +reason I say) that you should be faithfull vnto him. +Notwithstanding you haue had more regard vnto your vnbridled affections +then vnto vertue, which inuited you, to the obseruance of your +oth, in such sort that being become contemners of all honesty, +you haue passed your bonds, and thought that all things were +lawfull for you. Whereupon it is fallen out that while you +thought to escape the iustice of men, you could not auoid the +iudgement of God, which as a thing by no meanes to be auoided +hath led you, and in spight of you hath made you to arriue in this +place, to make you confesse how true his iudgements are, and +that he neuer suffereth so foule a fault to escape vnpunished. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The sentence of death.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After that I had vsed vnto them these or the like speeches, +following that which wee had agreed vpon in councell, in respect +of the crimes which they had committed, aswel +against the kings Maiesty as against mee which was +their Captaine, I commanded that they should be +hanged. Seeing therefore that there was no starting hole, nor +meanes at all to saue themselues from this arrest, they tooke +themselues vnto their prayers: yet one of the foure, thinking to +raise a mutiny among my souldiers, sayd thus vnto them: What, +brethem and companions, will you suffer vs to die so shamefully? +And taking the word out of his mouth, I sayd vnto +him, that they were not companions of authours of sedition and +rebels vnto the kings seruice. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Execution.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Heerevpon the souldiers besought +me not to hang them, but rather let them be shot thorow, and +then afterward, if I thought good, their bodies might be hanged +vpon certaine gibbets along the hauens mouth: which +I caused presently to be put into execution. Loe +here what was the end of my mutinous souldiers, without which +I had alwayes liued peaceably, and enioyed the good desire +which I had to make an happy and quiet voyage. But because +I haue spoken of nothing but their accident and aduentures +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page480">[pg 480]</span><a name="Pg480" id="Pg480" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +which happened vnto them after their departure, without making +any mention of our fort, I will returne vnto the matters from +which I digressed, to declare that which fell out after their +departure. First, I beganne to consider to the ende I might +confirme and make myselfe more constant in mine affliction, that +these murmurers could not ground their sedition vpon want of +victuals: for from the time of our arriuall, euery souldier dayly +vnto this day, and besides vntill the eight and twentieth day of +February, had a loafe of bread weighing two and twenty ounces. +Againe I recounted with my selfe that all new conquest by +sea or by land are ordinarily troubled with rebellions, which +are easie to be raised, as well in respect of the distance of +place, as in respect of the hope that the souldiers haue to make +their profit, as we may be well informed both by ancient histories +and also by the troubles which lately happened vnto Christopher +Columbus, after his first discouery, to Francis Pizarro, and Diego +de Almagro in Peru, and to Fernando Cortes. An hundred +thousand other things came vnto my minde, to incourage and +confirme me. My Lieutenant Ortigny, and my Sergeant of my +band came to seeke me in the ship, where I was prisoner, and +caried me from thence in a barke assoone as our rebels were +departed. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Laudonniere setteth things in order after +his returne out of prison to the fort.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After I was come vnto the fort I caused +all my company that remained, to be assembled in +the midst of the place before the Corps de garde, +and declared vnto them the faults which they that +had forsaken vs had committed, praying them to +beare them in memory, to beare witnesse thereof +when need should require. Foorthwith I ordained new Captaines +to command the troups; and prescribed them an order, +according whereunto they were to gouerne themselues from thence +forward, and to enter into their watch: for the greatest part of +the souldiers, of whom I had the best opinion, were gone away +with them. My declaration ended, they promised mee all with +one accord to obey mee most humbly, and to doe whatsoeuer I +should command them, though it were to die at my feet for the +Kings seruice; wherein assuredly they neuer after failed: so that +I dare say, after the departure of my mutinous companions I was +as well obeyed as euer was Captaine in place where he commanded. +The next day after my returne vnto the fort, I +assembled my men together againe, to declare vnto them that +our fort was not yet finished, and that it was needfull that all of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page481">[pg 481]</span><a name="Pg481" id="Pg481" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +vs should put thereto our helping hands, to assure our selues +against the Indians: wherein hauing willingly agreed vnto mee, +they raised it all with turfes from the gate vnto the +riuer which is on the West side. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Reparation of the West side of the fort.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This done, I set +my Carpenters on worke to make another barke of +the same bignesse that the others were of: I commanded +the Sawyers that they should prepare plancks, the +Smithes to prepare yron and nailes, and certaine others to make +coales: so that the barke was finished in eighteene dayes. +Afterward I made another lesser then the first, the better to +discouer vp the riuer. In this meane space the Indians visited +me, and brought me dayly certaine presents, as: Fish, Deere, +Turki-cocks, Leopards, little Beares, and other things according +to the place of their habitation. I recompensed them with +certaine Hatchets, Kniues, Beads of glasse, Combes, and Looking-glasses. +Two Indians came vnto me one day to salute me on +the behalfe of their King, whose name was Marracou, dwelling +from the place of our fort some forty leagues toward the South, +and tolde mee that there was one in the house of King Onathaqua +which was called Barbu or the bearded man, and in the house of +King Mathiaca another man whose name they knew not, which +was not of their nation: whereupon I conceiued that these might +be some Christians. Wherefore I sent to all the kings my +neighbours to pray them, that if there were any Christian +dwelling in their countreys, they would finde meanes that he might be +brought vnto mee, and that I would make them double recompense. +They which loue rewards, tooke so much paine, that the +two men, whereof we haue spoken, were brought vnto the fort +vnto me. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Two Spanyards brought vnto Laudonniere by +the Sauages.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> They were naked, wearing their haire long +vnto their hammes as the Sauages vse to do, and +were Spanyards borne, yet so well accustomed to the +fashion of the countrey, that at the first sight they +found our maner of apparell strange; After that I +had questioned of certaine matters with them, I caused them to +be apparelled, and to cut their haire; which they would not +loose, but lapped it vp in a linnen cloth, saying that they would +cary it into their countrey to be a testimony of the misery that +they had indured in the Indies. In the haire of one of them +was found a little gold hidden, to the value of fiue and twenty +crownes, which he gaue vnto me. And examining them of the +places where they had bene, and how they came thither, they +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page482">[pg 482]</span><a name="Pg482" id="Pg482" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Calos a place uopn the Flats +called The Martyres neere the Cape of Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +answered me that fifteene yeeres past, three shippes, in one of +which they were, were cast away ouer against a place +named Calos vpon the Flats which are called The +Martyres, and that the king of Calos recouered the +greatest part of the riches which were in the sayd +shippes, trauelling in such sort that the greatest part +of the people was saued, and many women; among +which number there were three or foure women maried, +remaining there yet, and their children also, with this king of +Calos. I desired to learne what this king was. They answered +me, that he was the goodliest and the tallest Indian of the +countrey, a mighty man, a warrier, and hauing many subiects +vnder his obedience. They tolde me moreouer, that he had +great store of golde and siluer, so farre foorth that in a certaine +village he had a pit full thereof, which was at the least as high as +a man, and as large as a tunne: all which wealth the Spanyards +fully perswaded themselues that they could cause me to recouer, +if I were able to march thither with an hundred shot, besides +that which I might get of the common people of the countrey, +which had also great store thereof. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Plates of gold as broad as a sawcer.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They further also aduertised +me, that the women going to dance, did weare about +their girdles plates of golde as broad as a sawcer, and +in such number that the weight did hinder them to +dance at their ease; and that the men ware the like +also. The greatest part of these riches was had, as they sayd, +out of the Spanish shippes, which commonly were cast away in +this straight; and the rest by the traffique which this king of +Calos had with the other kings of the countrey: Finally, that he +was had in great reuerence of his subiects; and that hee made +them beleeue that his sorceries and charmes were the causes that +made the earth bring foorth her fruit: and that hee might the +easier perswade them that it was so, he retired himselfe once or +twise a yeere to a certaine house, accompanied with two or three +of his most familiar friends, where hee vsed certaine +inchantments; and if any man intruded himselfe to goe to see what they +did in this place, the king immediatly caused him to be put to +death. Moreouer, they tolde me, that euery yeere in the time of +haruest, this Sauage king sacrificed one man, which +was kept expresly for this purpose, and taken out of +the number of the Spanyards which by tempest were +cast away vpon that coast. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">One of these Spanyards names was Martin Gomes.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +One of these two declared +vnto me, that hee had serued him a long time for a +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page483">[pg 483]</span><a name="Pg483" id="Pg483" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">King Oathcaqua or Houathca.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +messenger; and that oftentimes by his commandement he had +visited a king named Oathcaqua, distant from Calos +foure or fiue dayes iourney, which alwayes remained +his faithfull friend: but that in the midway there was +an Island situate in a great lake of fresh water named Sarrope, +about fiue leagues in bignesse, abounding with many sorts of +fruits, specially in Dates, which growe on the Palme trees, +whereof they make a woonderfull traffique; yet not so great as a +kinde of root, whereof they make a kinde of meale, so good to +make bread of, that it is vnpossible to eate better, and that for +fifteene leagues about, all the countrey is fed therewith: which is +the cause that the inhabitants of the Isle gaine of their neighbours +great wealth and profit: for they will not depart with this root +without they be well payed for it. Besides that, they are taken +for the most warlike men of all that countrey, as they made good +proofe when the king of Calos, hauing made alliance with Oathcaqua, +was depriued of Oathcaquaes daughter, which he had +promised to him in mariage. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The greatest victory among the Floridians.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He tolde me the whole matter in +this sort: As Oathcaqua well accompanied with his people caried +one of his daughters, exceeding beautifull, according to the +colour of the countrey, vnto king Calos, to giue her vnto him +for his wife, the inhabitants of this Isle aduertised of the matter, +layed an ambush for him in a place where he should passe, and +so behaued themselues that Oathcaqua was discomfited, the +betrothed yoong spouse taken, and all the damosels that +accompanied her: which they caried vnto their Isle; which thing in +all the Indians countrey they esteeme to be the +greatest victory: for afterward they marry these +virgins, and loue them aboue all measure. The +Spanyard that made this relation, tolde mee that +after this defeat he went to dwell with Oathcaqua, and had bene +with him full eight yeeres, euen vntill the time that he was sent +vnto me. The place of Calos is situate vpon a riuer which is +beyond the Cape of Florida, forty or fifty leagues towards the +Southwest: and the dwelling of Othcaqua is on this side the +Cape toward the North, in a place which we call in the Chart +Cannaueral, which is in 28 degrees. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +About the fiue and twentieth of Ianuary Paracoussy Satourioua +my neighbour sent me certaine presents by two of his subiects, to +perswade me to ioyne with him, and to make warre vpon Ouae +Vtina; which was my friend: and further besought me to retire +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page484">[pg 484]</span><a name="Pg484" id="Pg484" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +certaine of my men which were with Vtina; for whom if it had +not beene, he had oftentimes set vpon him, and defeited him. +He besought me heerein by diuers other kings his allies, which +for three weekes or a moneths space sent messengers vnto mee to +this end and purpose: but I would not grant vnto them that they +should make warre vpon him; yea rather contrariwise I endeaured +to make them friends; wherein they condescended vnto mee, so +farre foorth that they were content to allow of any thing that I +would set downe: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Floridians great traitours and dissemblers.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +wherevpon the two Spanyards which of long +time knew well the nature of the Indians, warned me that in +any case I should not trust vnto them, because that when they +shewed good countenance and the best cheere vnto men, then +was the time that they would surprise and betray them; and +that of their nature they were the greatest traitours +and most deepe dissemblers of the world. Besides I +neuer trusted them but vpon good ground, as one +that had discouered a thousand of their crafts and +subtilties, aswell by experience as by reading of the +histories of late yeres. Our two barks were not so soone finished, +but I sent Captaine Vasseur to discouer along the coast lying +toward the North, and commanded him to saile vnto a riuer, the +king whereof was called Audusta, which was lord of that place, +where those of the yere 1562 inhabited. I sent him two sutes of +apparell, with certaine hatchets, kniues, and other small trifles, +the better to insinuate my selfe into his friendship. And the +better to win him, I sent in the barke with captaine Vasseur a +souldier called Aimon, which was one of them which returned +home in the first voyage, hoping that king Audusta might remember him. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Nicholas Masson otherwise called Nicolas Barre.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But before they were imbarked I commanded them to +make inquiry what was become of another called Rouffi, which +remained alone in those parts, when Nicholas Masson +and those of the first voyage imbarked themselues to +returne into France. They vnderstood at their +arriuall there, that a barke passing that way had +caried away the same souldier: and afterward I knew for a +certainty that they were Spaniards which had caried +him to Hauana. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">King Audustas great humanity.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The king Audusta sent me backe +my barke full of mill, with a certaine quantity of +beanes, two stags, some skinnes painted after their maner, and +certaine pearles of small value, because they were burnt: and +sent me word that if I would dwel in his quarters, he would giue +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page485">[pg 485]</span><a name="Pg485" id="Pg485" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +me a great countrey: and that after he had gathered his mill, he +would spare me as much as I would haue. In the meane while +there came vnto our fort a flocke of stocke-doues in so great +number that for the space of seuen weeks together, that +euery day wee killed with harquebush shot two hundred in the +woods about our fort.<a id="noteref_121" name="noteref_121" href="#note_121"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">121</span></span></a> +After that Captaine Vasseur was +returned, I caused the two barks to be furnished againe with +souldiers and mariners, and sent them to cary a present from me +vnto the widow of king Hiocaia, whose dwelling was +distant from our fort about twelue leagues Northward. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The widow of King Hioacaia, or Hihouhacara.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +She courteously receiued our men; sent me backe my +barks full of mill and acornes with certaine baskets +full of the leaues of Cassine, wherewith they make their drinke. +And the place where this widow dwelleth is the most plentifull of +mill that is in all the coast, and the most pleasant. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">This queenes name was Nia Cubicani.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> It is +thought that the queene is the most beautifull of all +the Indians, and of whom they make most account: +yea, and her subjects honour her so much, that almost +continually they beare her on their shoulders, and will not suffer +her to go on foot. Within a few dayes after the returne of my +barks, she sent to visit me by her Hiatiqui, which is as much to +say, as her interpreter. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The fift voyage vp the riuer of May.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Now while I thought I was furnished +with victuals vntill the time that our ships might +come out of France (for feare of keeping my people +idle) I sent my two barks to discouer along the riuer, +and vp toward the head thereof, which went so far vp that they +were thirty leagues good beyond a place named Mathiaqua, +and there they discovered the entrance of a lake, vpon the one +side whereof no land can be seene, according to the report of the +Indians, which had oftentimes climed on the highest trees in the +countrey to see land, and notwithstanding could not discerne any: +which was the cause that my men went no further, but returned +backe; and in comming home went to see the Island of Edelona, +situated in the midst of the riuer, as faire a place as any that may be +seene thorow the world: for in the space of some three leagues, that +it may conteine in length and bredth, a man may see an exceeding +rich countrey, and maruellously peopled. At the comming out +of the village of Edelano to go vnto the riuers side a man must +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page486">[pg 486]</span><a name="Pg486" id="Pg486" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +passe thorow an alley about three hundred paces long and fifty +paces broad: on both sides wherof great tres are planted, the +boughes whereof are tied together like an arch, and meet together +so artificially that a man would thinke it were an arbour made of +purpose, as faire I say, as any in all christendome, although it be +altogether natural. Our men departing from this place rowed to +Eneguape, then to Chilily, from thence to Patica, and lastly they +came vnto Coya: where leauing their barks in a little creeke of +the riuer with men to guard them, they went to visit Vtina, which +receiued them very courteously: and when they departed from +his house, he intreated them so earnestly, that sixe of my men +remained with him: of which number there was one gentleman, +named Groutald, which after he had abode there about two +moneths, and taken great paines to discouer the countrey, with +another which I had left a great while there to that intent, came +vnto me to the fort, and tolde me that he neuer saw a fairer +countrey. Among other things, he reported vnto me that he had +seene a place named Hostaqua, and that the king thereof was so +mighty, that he was able to bring three or foure thousand Sauages +to the field; with whom if I would ioyne and enter into league, +we might be able to reduce all the rest of the inhabitants vnto our +obedience: besides that this king knew the passages vnto the +mountaine of Apalatci, which the French men desired so greatly +to atteine vnto, and where the enemy of Hostaqua made +his abode; which was easie to be subdued, if so be wee would +enter into league together. The king sent me a plate of +a minerall that came out of this mountaine, out of the foot +whereof there runneth a streame of golde or copper, as the +Sauages thinke, out of which they dig vp the sand with an +hollow and drie cane of reed vntill the cane be full; afterward +they shake it, and finde that there are many small graines of +copper and siluer among this sand: which giueth them to +vnderstand, that some rich mine must needs be in the mountaine. +And because the mountaine was not past fiue or sixe dayes +iourney from our fort, lying toward the Northwest, I determined +assoone as our supply should come out of France, to remooue our +habitation vnto some riuer more toward the North, that I might +be nerer therevnto. One of my souldiers whose name was Peter +Gamby, which had remained a long space before in this countrey +to learne the languages and traffique with the Indians, at the last +came to the village of Edelano, where hauing gotten together a +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page487">[pg 487]</span><a name="Pg487" id="Pg487" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +certaine quantitie of golde and siluer, and purposing to returne +vnto me, he prayed the king of the village to lend him a canoa +(which is a vessell made of one whole piece of wood, which the +Indians vse to fish withal, and to row vpon the riuers) which +this lord of Edelano granted him. But being greedy of the +riches which he had, he commanded two Indians, which he had +charged to conduct him in the canoa, to murder him and bring +him the merchandise and the gold which he had. Which the +two traitours villanously executed: for they knockt him on the +head with an hatchet, as he was blowing of the fire in the canoa +to see the fish. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Vtina sendeth to Laudonniere for his helpe.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Paracoussy Vtina sent certeine +dayes afterward, to pray me to lend him a dozen or +fifteene of my shot, to inuade his enemy Potanou, and +sent me word, that this enemy once vanquished, he +would make me passage, yea, and would conduct me vnto the +mountaines in such sort, that no man, should be able to hinder +me. Then I assembled my men to demand their aduice, as I +was woont to do in all mine enterprises. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A good note.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The greater part was +of opinion, that I should do well to send succour +vnto this Paracoussy, because it would be hard for +me to discouer any further vp into the countrey without his +helpe: and that the Spanyards when they were imployed in +their conquests, did alwayes enter into alliance with some one +king to ruine another. Notwithstanding, because I did alwayes +mistrust the Indians, and that the more after the last +aduertisement that the Spanyards had giuen me, I doubted lest the small +number which Vtina demanded might incurre some danger; +wherefore I sent him thirty shot vnder the charge of my +Lieutenant Ottigny, which stayed not aboue two dayes with +Vtina, while he prepared victuals for his voyage, which ordinarily +and according to the custome of the countrey are caried by +women and yoong boyes, and by hermaphrodites. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Three hundred Indians.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vtina setting +forward with three hundred of his subiects, hauing ech +of them their bowe and quiuer full of arrowes, caused +our thirty shot to be placed in the foreward, and +made them march all the day, vntill that the night approching, +and hauing not gone past halfe the way, they were inforced to +lie all night in the woods, nere a great lake, and there to incampe +themselues: they separated themselues by sixe and sixe, making +ech of them a fire about the place where their king lay, for whose +guard they ordeined a certeine number of those archers, in +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page488">[pg 488]</span><a name="Pg488" id="Pg488" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +whom he put most confidence. Assoone as day was come, the +campe of the Indians marched within three leagues of Potanou: +there king Vtina requested my Lieutenant to grant him foure or +fiue of his men to go and discouer the countrey; which departed +immediatly, and had not gone farre, but they perceiued vpon a +lake, distant about three leagues from the village of Potanou, three +Indians which fished in a canoa. Now the custome is that when +they fish in this lake, they haue alwayes a company of watchmen, +armed with bowes and arrowes to guard the fishers. Our men +being hereof aduertised by those of the company, durst not +passe any further, for feare of falling into some ambush: wherefore +they returned towards Vtina, which suddenly sent them +backe with a greater company to surprise the fishers before they +might retire and aduertise their king Potanou of the comming of +his enemies. Which they could not execute so politikely, but +that two of them escaped; the third also did the best he could +to saue himselfe by swimming, in which meane while he was +stayed with shot of arrowes, and they drew him starke dead vnto +the banks side, where our Indians flayed off the skinne of his +head, cut off both his armes in the high way, reseruing his haire +for the triumph, which their king hoped to make for the defeat +of his enemy. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Iawa signifieth their Priest or Magician.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vtina, fearing least Potanou aduertised by the +fishers which were escaped, should put himselfe in armes to +withstand him valiantly, asked counsell of his Iawa, +which is asmuch to say in their language as his +Magician, whether it were best to goe any further. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Potanou accompanied with two thousand Indians.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Then this Magician made certeine signes, hidious +and fearefull to beholde, and vsed certeine words: which, being +ended, he sayd vnto his king, that it was not best to +passe any further, and that Potanou accompanied +with two thousand Indians at the least stayed in such +and such a place for him, to bidde him battell: and +besides this, that all the sayd Indians were furnished +with cords to binde the prisoners which they made full account +to take. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This relation caused Vtina to be vnwilling to passe any +further: whereupon my Lieutenant being as angry as euer he +might be, because hee had taken so great paines without doing +of any thing of account, sayd vnto him, that hee would neuer +thinke well of him nor of his people, if hee would not hazzard +himselfe: and that if he would not doe it, at the least, that he +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page489">[pg 489]</span><a name="Pg489" id="Pg489" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +would giue him a guide to conduct him and his small company +to the place where the enemies were encamped. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The prediction of the Magician found true.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Heereupon Vtina was ashamed, and seeing the good affection of Monsieur +de Ottigny determined to go forward: and he failed +not to finde his enemies in the very place which the +Magician had named: where the skirmish beganne, +which lasted three long houres; wherein without +doubt Vtina had beene defeated, vnlesse our harquebusiers had +not borne the burthen and brunt of all the battell, and slaine a +great number of the souldiers of Potanou, vpon which occasion +they were put to flight. Wherewithall Vtina being content for +the present, caused his people to retire and returne homeward to +the great discontentment of Monsieur de Ottigny, which desired +nothing more, then to pursue his victorie. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Vtina hath 18 or 20 kings to his Vassals.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After he was come home to his house he sent messengers to +eighteene or twentie villages of other kings his vassals, +and summoned them to be present at the feasts and +dances which he purposed to celebrate because of his victorie. +In the meane while Monsieur de Ottigny refreshed himselfe for +two dayes: and then taking his leaue of the Paracoussi, and +leauing him twelue of his men to see that Potamou, bethinking +himselfe of his late losse, should not come to burne the houses +of Vtina, he set forward on his way to come vnto me vnto our +Fort, where he vp and told me how euery thing had passed: and +withall that he had promised the twelue souldiers, that he would +come backe againe to fetch them. Then the kings my neighbours +all enemies to Vtina, being aduertised of the returne of my +Lieutenant, came to visite me with presents and to enquire how +things had passed, praying me all to receiue them into my +fauour, and to become enemie to Vtina, which notwithstanding +I would not grant them for many reasons that mooued +me. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A custome of the Indians to leaue their +houses for 3 or 4 moneths and to liue in the woods.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Indians are wont to leaue their houses and to retire themselues +into the woods the space of three moneths, to +wit Ianuary, February, and March: during which +time by no meanes a man can see one Indian. For +when they goe on hunting, they make little cottages +in the woods, whereunto they retire themselues, liuing +vpon that which they take in hunting. This was the +cause that during this time, we could get no victuals by their +meanes: and had it not beene that I had made good +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page490">[pg 490]</span><a name="Pg490" id="Pg490" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They looke for succour out of France +by the end of April at the vttermost.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +prouision thereof, while my men had store, vntill the +end of Aprill (which was the time when at the vttermost, +we hoped to haue had succour out of France) +I should haue beene greatly amazed. This hope was +the cause that the souldiers tooke no great care to looke well +vnto their victuals, although I deuided equally among them that +which I could get abroad in the countrey, without reseruing vnto +my selfe any more then the least souldier of al the company. +The moneth of May approching and no manner of succour come +out of France, we fell into extreme want of victuals, constrained +to eate the rootes of the earth and certaine sorrell which we +found in the fields. For although the Sauages were returned by +this time vnto their villages, yet they succoured vs with nothing +but certaine fish, without which assuredly wee had perished +with famine. Besides they had giuen vs before the +greatest part of their maiz and of their beanes for +our marchandise. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Extreme famine for sixe weekes space.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This famine held vs from the +beginning of May vntill the middest of Iune. During +which time the poore souldiers and handicraftsmen became +as feeble as might be, and being not able to worke did nothing +but goe one after nothing in Centinel vnto the clift of an hill, +situate very neere vnto the Fort, to see if they might discouer +any French ship. In fine being frustrated of their hope, they +assembled altogether, and came to beseech me to take some +order that they might returne into France, considering that if we +let passe the season to embarke our selues, we were neuer like to +see our countrey, where it could not be chosen but that some +troubles were fallen out, seeing they had broken their promise +made vnto vs, and that no succour was come from thence. +Thereupon it was consulted and resolued by all the company, +that the barke Breton should be trimmed vp, whereof Captaine +Vasseur had charge. But because the ship was not bigge enough +to receiue vs all, some thought good to build the Brigandine two +deckes higher, which our mutinous souldiers had brought backe, +and that 25 men should hazard themselues to passe therein into +France. The rest being better aduised said that it should be +farre better to build a faire ship vpon the keele of the Galiote +which I had caused to be made, promising to labour couragiously +therupon. Then I enquired of my shipwrights to knowe in what +space they could make this shippe readie. They assured the +whole company that being furnished with all things necessarie +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page491">[pg 491]</span><a name="Pg491" id="Pg491" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +they would make it readie by the 8. of August. Immediatly I +disposed of the time to worke vpon it, I gaue charge to Monsieur +de Ottigny my Lieutenant to cause timber necessary for the +finishing of both the vessels to be brought, and to Monsieur de +Arlac my Standart-bearer to goe with a barke a league off from +the Fort to cut downe trees fit to make plankes, and to cause the +sawiers which he carried with him to saw them: and to my +Sergeant of the company to cause fifteene or sixteene men to +labour in making coales: and to Master Hance keeper of the +Artillery, and to the gunner to gather store of rosen to bray the +vessels: wherein he vsed such diligence, that in lesse then 3 +weekes he gathered 2 hogs-heads of the same together. There +remained now but the principal, which was to recouer victuals to +sustaine vs while our worke endured: which I vndertooke to doe +with the rest of my company and the Mariners of the ship. To +this end I embarked my selfe making vp the thirtieth in my +great barke, to make a voyage of forty or fifty leagues, hauing +with vs no prouision at all of victuals: whereby it may easily he +gathered how simply those of our Fort were prouided. True it +is that certaine souldiers being better husbandes then the rest, +and hauing made some prouision of mast, solde a little measure +thereof for fifteene and twentie sous vnto their companions. +During our voyage we liued of nothing else but raspices, of a +certaine round graine little and blacke, and of the rootes of +palmitos which we got by the riuer sides: wherein after we had +sayled a long time in vaine, I was constrained to returne to the +Fort: where the souldiers beginning to be wearie of working, +because of the extreme famine which did consume them, +assembled themselues and declared vnto me, that seeing we +could get no victuals of the Indians, it was expedient for the +sauing of their liues, to seaze vpon the person of one of the Kings +of the Countrey: assuring themselues that one being taken, the +subiects would not suffer our men to want victuals. I made +them answere that this enterprise was not rashly to be attempted: +But that wee ought to haue good regarde vnto the consequence +that might insue thereof. Hereupon they replyed vnto me, that +seeing the time was past of our succour from France, and that +we were resolued to abandon the Countrie, that there was no +danger to constraine the Sauages to furnish vs with victuals: +which for the present I would not grant vnto them, but promised +them assuredly that I would send to aduertise the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page492">[pg 492]</span><a name="Pg492" id="Pg492" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Indians that they should bring me victuals for exchange of +marchandise and apparell: which they also did for +the space of certaine daies, during which they +brought of their mast and of their fish: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The vile nature of the Indians.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +which these Indians being traiterous and mischieuous +of nature and knowing our exceeding strange famine, sold vs +at so deere a price, for that lesse then nothing they had gotten +from vs all the rest of our marchandise which remained. +And which was worse, fearing to be forced by vs and seeing that +they had gotten all from vs, they came no neere to our Fort then the +shot of an Harquebuze. Thither they brought their fish in their +little boats, to which our poore souldiers were constrained to goe, +and oftentimes (as I haue seene) to giue away the very shirts from +their backs to get one fish. If at any time they shewed vnto the +Sauages the excessiue price which they tooke, these villaines +would answere them roughly and churlishly: if thou make so +great account of thy merchandise, eat it, and we will eat our fish: +then fell they out laughing and mocked vs with open throat. +Whereupon our souldiers vtterly impatient, were oftentimes ready +to cut them in pieces, and to make them pay the price of their +foolish arrogancy. Notwithstanding considering the importance +hereof, I tooke paines to appease the impatient souldier: for I +would not by any meanes enter into question with the Sauages, +and it suffised me to delay the time. Wherefore I deuised to +send vnto Vtina, to pray him to deale so farre foorth with his +subiects, as to succour me with mast and maiz: which he did +very sparingly, sending me 12 or 15 baskets of mast, and two of +pinocks, which are a kind of little greene fruits which grow +among the weedes in the riuer, and are as big as cheries: yea, +and this was not but by giuing of them in exchange twise as much +marchandise and apparell as they were worth. For the subiectes +of Vtina perceiued euidently the necessitie wherein we were, and +began to vse the like speech vnto vs, as the others did: as it is +commonly seene that neede altereth mens affections. While +these things were in doing, a certaine breathing space presented +it selfe for Vtina gaue me to vnderstand that there was a king +his subiect whose name was Astina, which he determined to take +prisoner, and to chastise him for his disobedience: that for this cause +if I would giue him aide with a certaine number of my souldiers, +he would bring them to the village of Astina, where there was +meanes to recouer mast and maiz. In the meane season he +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page493">[pg 493]</span><a name="Pg493" id="Pg493" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +excused himselfe vnto me because he had sent me no more maiz, +and sent me word that the little store he had left was scarcely +sufficient for his seede-corne. Now being relieued, as I thought, +by the hope which I had of this offer, I would not faile to send +him the men which he had desired of me, which neuerthelesse +were very euill intreated: for he deceiued them, and in stead of +leading them against Astina, he caused them to march against his +other enemies. My Lieutenant which had the charge of this enterprise +with Captaine Vasseur, and my Sergeant was determined to +be reuenged of Vtina and to cut him to pieces and his people: +and had it not bene that they feared to do any thing against my +wil, without all doubt they would haue put their enterprise in +execution. Therefore they would not passe any further without +aduertising me thereof. Wherefore being come backe againe +vnto the Fort, angry and pricked deeply to the quicke for being +so mocked, they made their complaints vnto me, declaring vnto +me that they were almost dead for hunger. They told the +whole matter to the rest of the souldiers, which were very glad +that they had not entred into that action, and resolued, assembling +themselues againe together, to let me vnderstand that they did +persist in their first deliberation, which was, to punish the boldnesse +and maliciousnes of the Sauages, which they could no +longer endure, and were determined to take one of their kings +prisoner: which thing I was enforced to grant vnto them to the +ende to auoid a greater mischiefe, and the sedition which I foresaw +would ensue, if I had made refusall thereof. For, sayd they, what +occasion haue you to deny vs, considering the necessitie wherein +we are, and the small account that they make of vs. Shall it not +be lawfull for vs to punish them for the wrongs which they doe +vnto vs, besides that we know apparently how little they respect +vs? Is not this sufficient although there were no necessitie at +all, since they thus delude vs, and haue broken promise with vs? +After I had therefore resolued with them to seaze vpon the person +of Vtina, which besides that he had giuen vs occasion hereof, was +also most able to help vs to recouer victualls, I departed with +fiftie of my best souldiers all embarked in two Barkes and wee +arriued in the dominions of Vtina, distant from our Fort about +40 or 50 leagues: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Vtina taken prisoner in his village by +Laudonniere and 50 of his souldiers.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +then going on shore we drew +towards his village situated 6 leagues from the riuer, +where we tooke him prisoner, howbeit not without +great cries and alarmes, and led him away in our +barkes, hauing first signified vnto his Father in law +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page494">[pg 494]</span><a name="Pg494" id="Pg494" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and his chiefe subiects, that in that I had taken him, it was not +for any desire that I had to doe him any harme, but onely to +relieue my necessitie and want of victuals which oppressed me, +and that in case they would helpe me to some, I would find +meanes to set him againe at libertie: that in the meane space I +would retire myselfe into my Barkes (for I feared least they +would there assemble themselues together, and that some +mischiefe might thereof insue) where I would stay for him two +dayes to receiue his answere: notwithstanding that my meaning +was not to haue any thing without exchange of marchandise. +This they promised they would doe. And in very deede the very +same euening, his wife accompanied with all the women of the +village came vnto the riuers brinke, and cryed vnto me to enter +into the barke, to see her husband and her sonne, which I held +both prisoners. I discovered the next day fiue or sixe hundred +Indian archers, which drew neere vnto the riuer side, and came +to me to signifie vnto me how that during the absence of their +king, their enemie Potanou, being thereof aduertised, was entred +into their village and had set all on fire. They prayed me that +I would succour them: neuerthelesse in the mean while they had +one part of their troope in ambush, with intent to set vpon me if +I had come on land, which was easie for me to discerne. For +seeing that I refused so to doe, they greatly doubted that they +were discouered, and sought by all meanes to remooue out of my +minde that euill opinion which I had conceiued of them. They +brought mee therefore fish in their little boates and of their meale +of Mast, they made also of their drinke which they call cassine, +which they sent to Vtina and we. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Now albeit I had gotten this point of them that I held their +king prisoner, yet neuerthelesse I could not get any great quantity +of victuals for the present: the reason was, because they thought +that after I had drawen victuals from them, I would put their king +to death. For they measured my wil according to their custome +whereby they put to death all the men prisoners that they take in +warre. And thus being out of all hope of his libertie, they +assembled themselues in a great house, and hauing called all the +people together they proposed the election of a new king, at which +time the Father in lawe of Vtina set one of the kings young sonnes +vpon the Royall throne: and tooke such paynes that euery man +did him homage by the maior part of the voyces. This election +had like to haue bene the cause of great troubles among them. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page495">[pg 495]</span><a name="Pg495" id="Pg495" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +For there was a kinsman of the kings neere adioyning, which +pretended a Title to the kingdome, and in deede he had gotten +one part of the subiects: notwithstanding this enterprise could +not take effect, forasmuch as by a common consent of the chiefe, +it was consulted and concluded, that the sonne was more meete +to succeede the Father then any other. Now all this while I +kept Vtina with me, to whom I had giuen some of mine apparell +to cloth him, as I had likewise done vnto the sonne. But his +subiects which before had an opinion that I would haue killed +him, being aduertised of the good entertainment which I vsed +towards him, sent two men which walked along the riuer, and +came to visite him, and brought vs some victuals. These two +men at their comming were receiued by me with all courtesie, +and entertained according to the victuals which I had. While +these things thus passed, there arriued from all quarters many +Sauages of the countries adioyning, which came to see Vtina, and +sought by all meanes to perswade me to put him to death, offering +that if I would do so, they would take order that I should want +no victuals. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Note.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There was also a king my neighbour +whose name was Saturioua, a subtile and crafty man +and one that shewed by proofe that he was greatly practised in +affaires. This King sent me ordinarily messengers vnto me, to +pray me to deliuer Vtina vnto him: and to win me the more +easily, he sent twise seuen or eight baskets of Maiz or of Mast +thinking by this means to allure me, and to make me come to +composition with him: in the end notwithstanding when he +saw he lost his time, he ceased to visite me with ambassages and +victuals: and in the meane while I was not able with the same +store of victuals which I had, so well to proportion out the +trauaile vpon the ships which we built to returne into France, but +that in the end we were constrained to endure extreme famine, +which continued among vs all the moneth of May: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Note.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +for in this latter season, neither Maiz nor Beanes, +nor Mast was to be found in the villages, because they had +employed all for to sowe their fields, insomuch that we were +constrayned to eate rootes, which the most part of our men +punned in the morters which I had brought with me to beate +gunnepowder in, and the graine which came to vs from other +places: some tooke the wood of Esquine, beate it, and made +meale thereof, which they boyled with water, and eate it: others +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page496">[pg 496]</span><a name="Pg496" id="Pg496" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +went with their harquebusies to seeke to kill some foule. Yea +this miserie was so great, that one was found that gathered vp +among the filth of my house, all the fish bones that he could +finde, which he dried and beate into powder to make bread +thereof. The effects of this hideous famine appeared incontinently +among vs, for our bones eftsoones beganne to cleaue so +neere vnto the skinne, that the most part of the souldiers had +their skinnes pierced thorow with them in many partes of their +bodies: in such sort that my greatest feare was, least the Indians +would rise vp against vs, considering that it would haue bene +very hard for vs to haue defended our selues in such extreme +decay of all our forces, besides the scarsitie of all victuals, which +fayled vs all at once. For the very riuer had not such plentie of +fish as it was wont, and it seemed that the land and water did +fight against vs. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">New corne by the end of May in Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Now as we were thus vpon termes of dispayre, +about the end of the moneth of May and the beginning +of Iune, I was aduertised by certaine Indians that +were my neighbours, that in the high Countrey vp +aboue the riuer, there was new Maiz, and that that +countrey was most forward of all. This caused me to take vpon +me to go thither with a certaine number of my men, and I went +vp the riuer to a place called Enecaque: where I met the sister +of Vtina in a village where she made vs very good cheere and +sent vs fish. We found that which was tolde vs to be true: for +the maiz was now ripe: but by this good lucke one shrewde +turne happened vnto me. For the most part of my souldiers +fell sicke with eating more of it then their weakened stomackes +could digest. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A little greene fruite that groweth in +the riuers as big as cheries.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We had also beene the space of foure +dayes since we departed from our Fort, without +eating any thing, sauing little pinockes, and a little +fish, which we got of the fishers which wee met +sometimes along the riuer. And yet this was so +little that certaine souldiers eate priuily little whelpes which +were newly whelped. The next day I purposed to go into the Ile +of Edelano to take the king which had caused one of my men to +be slaine, as I haue mentioned before: but being aduertised of +my departing out of my Fort, and of the way which I tooke vp +the riuer, he feared that I went foorth with a purpose to be +reuenged of the euill turne which he played: so that when I +came thither I found the houses emptie, for he was retyred a +little before with all his people: and I could not by any meanes +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page497">[pg 497]</span><a name="Pg497" id="Pg497" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +keepe my souldiers, being angry because they had lost one of +their companions, from setting the village on fire. At my +departure from thence I passed backe againe by Enecaque, +where I gathered as much maiz as I could possibly: which with +great diligence I conueied to our Fort to succour my poore men, +which I had left in great necessitie. They therefore seeing me +a farre off comming, ranne to that side of the riuer where they +thought I would come on land: for hunger so pinched them to +the heart, that they could not stay vntill the victuals were brought +them to the Fort. And that they well shewed assoone as I was +come, and that I had distributed that little maiz among them, +which I had giuen to ech man, before I came out of the barke: +for they eate it before they had taken it out of the huske. But +seeing my selfe in this extreme nede, I tooke paines day by day +to seeke some villages where there was some food. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Two Carpenters killed for gathering the Indians maize.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And as I trauailed this way and that way, it happened that two +of my Carpenters were killed by the two sonnes of +king Emola, and by one whose name was Casti, as +they went on walking to the village called Athore. +The cause of this murder was, because they could +not refraine themselues as they walked through the fields from +gathering a little maiz, which as they were doing, they were taken +in the maner: wherof I was presently aduertised by an Indian +which a little before had brought me a present from Nia +Cubacani Queene of a village, and neighbour to our Fort. +Vpon receipt of this aduertisement, I sent my Sergeant with a +number of souldiers which found nothing else but the 2 dead +corpses, which they buried and returned without doing any +other exploit, because the inhabitants were fled away, fearing +they should be punished for such a foule fact. As these things +thus passed, and that by this time we had almost driuen out the +moneth of May, two subjects of king Vtina came vnto me with +an Hermaphrodite, which shewed mee that by this time the maiz +was ripe in the greatest part of their quarters. Whereupon Vtina +signified vnto me that in case I would carrie him home to his +house, he would take such good order that I should haue plentie +of maiz and beanes: and withall, that the field which he had +caused to be sowen for me, should be reserued to my vse. I +consulted with my men concerning this matter, and found by the +aduice of all my company, that it was best to grant him his +request, saying that he had meanes to succour vs with food +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page498">[pg 498]</span><a name="Pg498" id="Pg498" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +sufficient to serue our turnes for our embarkement, and that +therefore I might do well to carry him home. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Patica a village.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wherefore I caused the two barks forthwith to be made readie, wherein I +sailed to Patica, a place distant from his village 8 or 9 +leagues, where I found no bodie, for they were gotten +into the woods, and would not shew themselues, albeit +Vtina shewed himselfe vnto them, for as much as they imagined +that I should be constrained to let him go. But seeing no body +to shew themselues, I was constrained to hazard one of my men +which had bene acquainted with the state of the countrie, to +whom I deliuered the young sonne of Vtina, and commanded +him to goe with diligence to the village of Vtina, vnto his father +in law and his wife, to aduertise them that if they would haue +their king againe, they should bring me victuals vnto the side of +the little riuer whither I was gone. At my mans comming euery +one made much of the little childe, neither was there a man that +thought not himselfe well appaide to touch him. His father in +law and his wife hearing of these newes came presently towards +our barkes, and brought bread which they gaue vnto my souldiers, +they held me there three dayes, and in the meane while did all +that they could to take me: which presently I discouered, and +therefore stood diligently vpon my gard. Wherefore perceiuing +they could not haue their purpose, and that they were +already discouered, they sent to aduertise me that as yet they +could not helpe me to victuals, and that the corne was +not yet ripe. Thus I was constrained to returne and to carry +backe Vtina home, where I had much adoe to saue him from the +rage of my souldiers: which perceiuing the maliciousnes of the +Indians, went about to haue murdered him. Moreouer it seemed +they were content that they had gotten the sonne, and that they +cared not greatly for the father. Now my hope fayling me on +this side, I deuised to send my men to the villages where I +thought the maiz was by this time ripe; I went to diuers places, +and continued so doing 15 daies after, when as Vtina besought +me again to send him vnto his village, assuring himselfe that his +subiects would not sticke to giue me victuals: and that in case +they refused so to do, he was content that I should do what I +thought good with him. I vndertooke this voyage the second +time, the two barkes furnished as before. At my comming vnto +the little riuer, we found his subiects there, which failed not to +come thither with some quantitie of bread, beanes, and fish, to +giue my souldiers. Neuerthelesse returning againe to +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page499">[pg 499]</span><a name="Pg499" id="Pg499" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Desire of reuenge rooted in the sauage.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +their former practise they sought all meanes to entrap +me, hoping to cry quittance for the imprisonment of +their king if they might haue gotten the victorie of +me. But after that they sawe the small meanes, which they had +to annoy me, they returned to intreaties, and offered that if I +would giue them their king with certaine of my souldiers, they +would conduct them vnto the village, and that the subiects seeing +him, would be more willing to giue vs victuals. Which thing +notwithstanding I would not grant vnto them (mistrusting their +subtilitie, which was not so couert,) +vntill they had first giuen me two men in pledge +with charge that by the next day they should bring me victuals. +Which thing they granted, and gaue mee two men which I put +in chaines for feare they should escape away, as I knew well they +were instructed to doe. Foure dayes were spent in these +conferences, at the end whereof they declared vnto me, that they +could not fully and wholly performe their promise: and that the +vttermost that they could doe for the present, was to cause ech +subiect to bring his burthen of mill. To conclude, they were +content to doe so on condition that I would send them their two +pledges within ten dayes. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A necessarie admonition.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +As my Lieutenant was ready +to depart, I warned him aboue all things to take heede +he fell not into the Indians hands: because I knew +them to be very subtill and craftie to enterprize and execute any +thing to our disaduantage. He departed therefore with his troope, +and came to the small riuer whereinto we were accustomed to +enter to approch as neere as we could vnto the village of Vtina, +being sixe French leagues distant from thence. There he went +on shore, put his men in good array, and drew streight +towards the great house that was the kings, where the chiefe men +of the countrey were assembled, which caused very great store of +victuals to be brought now one and then another, in doing +whereof they spent notwithstanding three or foure dayes: in +which meane while they gathered men together, to set vpon vs +in our retreit. They vsed therefore many meanes to +holde vs still in breath. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Floridians subtilities.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For one while they demanded +their pledges, another while (seeing my Lieutenant +would not yeeld to them, vntill such time as they had brought +the victuals vnto the boats; according to the agreement passed +betwene vs) they signified vnto him that the women and young +children were afraide out of all measure to see fire in their +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page500">[pg 500]</span><a name="Pg500" id="Pg500" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +matches so neere their harquebuses: and that therefore they +most earnestly besought them to put them out, that they might +more easily get people ynough to carry the victuals, and that they +for their partes would leaue their bowes and arrowes, and would +be contented that their seruants should carrie them. This +second request was as flatly denied them as the former: For it +was an easie matter to smel out their intention. But while these +things were thus in handling, Vtina by no meanes was to be +seene, but hid and kept himselfe secret in a little house apart, +where certaine chosen men of mine went to see him shewing +themselues agreeued with him for the long delayes of his subiectes: +whereunto he answered, that his subiectes were so much incensed +against vs, that by no meanes possible he was able to +keepe them in such obedience as he willingly would haue +done, and that he could not hold them from waging of warre +against Monsieur de Ottigny. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A certaine signe of warre.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +That he also called to minde, +that euen while he was prisoner, at what time our men +ledde him into his Countrey to obtaine some victuals, he saw +along the high wayes arrowes stucke vp, at the endes +whereof long haires were fastened, which was a +certaine signe of open warre proclaimed, which +arrowes the Captaine also carried with him to the fort. He said +further that in respect of the good will he bare to the Captaine, +he forewarned his Lieutenant that his subiectes were determined +to cut downe the trees, and cause them to fall a thwart the little +riuer where the boates were, to keepe them from departing +thence, that they might fight with them at their ease, and that if +it thus fell out, he assured him for his part he would not be there +to meddle in the matter. And that which much more augmented +the suspition of warre was, that as my messengers departed from +Vtina, they heard the voyce of one of my men which during the +voyage had alwayes beene among the Indians, and whom as yet +they would neuer render, vntill they had gotten their pledges +home. This poore fellow cryed out amaine because two Indians +would haue carried him into the woods to haue cut his throat: +whereupon he was succoured and deliuered. These admonitions +being well vnderstoode, after ripe deliberation thereof Monsieur +de Ottigny resolued to retire himselfe the seuen and twentieth of +Iuly. Wherefore he set his souldiers in order, and deliuered to +ech of them a sacke full of mill: and afterward hee marched +toward his barkes, thinking to preuent the enterprise of the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page501">[pg 501]</span><a name="Pg501" id="Pg501" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +sauages. There is at the comming forth of the village a great +alley about three or foure hundred paces long, which is couered +on both sides with great trees. My Lieutentent disposed his +men in this alley and set them in such order as they desired to +march: for he was well assured that if there were any ambush, +it would be at the comming out of the trees. Therefore he +caused Monsieur de Arlac mine Ensigne to march some what +before with 8 harquebusiers to discouer whether there were any +danger; besides he commanded one of my Sergeants and Corporals +to march on the out side of the alley with foure harquebusiers +while he himselfe conducted the rest of his company +through it. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A skirmish betwene the Sauages and the French.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Now as he suspected, so it fell out: for Monsieur de +Arlac met with two or three hundred Indians at the +end of the alley, which saluted him with an infinite +number of their arrowes, and with such furie that it +was easie to see with what desire they sought to +charge vs. Howbeit they were so well sustained in the first +assault which mine Ensigne gaue them, that they which fell +downe dead, did somewhat abate the choler of those which +remained aliue. This done my Lieutenant hasted to gaine +ground in such sort as I haue already said. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A second fresh charge of Sauages.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After he had marched about foure hundred paces, he was +charged afresh with a newe troope of Sauages which +were in number about 300, which assayled him before, while the +rest of the former set vpon him behind. This second assault was +so valiantly sustained, that I may iustly say that Monsieur de +Ottigny so well discharged his dutie as was possible for a good +Captaine to doe. And so it stood them vpon: for he had to deal +with such kind of men, as knewe well how to fight and to obey +their head which conducted them, and which knewe so well to +behaue themselues in this conflict, as if Ottigny had not +preuented their practise, he had beene in danger to haue beene +defeated. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Floridians maner of fight.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Their maner in this fight was, that when +two hundred had shot, they retyred themselues and +gaue place to the rest that were behind, and all the +while had their eye and foote so quicke and readie, that assoone +as euer they saw the harquebuze laide to the cheeke, so soone were +they on the ground, and eftsoone vp to answere with their bowes +and to flie their way, if by chance they perceiued we went about +to take them: for there is nothing that they feare so much, +because of our swords and daggers. This conflict continued and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page502">[pg 502]</span><a name="Pg502" id="Pg502" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +lasted from nine of the clocke in the morning, vntill the night +departed them. And if Ottigny had not bethought himselfe to +cause his men to breake the arrowes which they found in their +way, and so to depriue the Sauages of the meanes to beginne +againe, without all doubt he should haue had very much to do: +for by this mean they lacked arrowes, and so were constrayned +to retire themselues. During the time of the conflict they +cryed and made signes that they were the Captaines and +Lieutenants friends: and that they fought for none other +cause but to be reuenged on the Souldiers, which were +their mortall enemies. My Lieutenant being come vnto +his boates tooke a reuiew of his companie, and found two +men wanting which were killed, of whom the one was called +Iames Sale, and the others name was Mesurer. He found +moreouer 22 of them wounded, which with much adoe he caused +to be brought vnto the boates. All the mill that he found +among his company came but to two mens burdens, which he +deuided equally among them. For assoone as the conflict began, +euery man was constrained to leaue his sacke to put his hand to +his weapon. In this meane while I remained at the Forte, and +caused euery man diligently to trauell, hoping that my Lieutenant +would bring vs victuals. But seeing the time consume away, I +began to suspect the truth of that which fell out, whereof I was +assured immediately after at their returne. Seeing therefore +mine hope frustrate on that side, I made my prayer vnto God, +and thanked him of his grace which hee had shewed vnto my +poore souldiers which were escaped: Afterward I thought vpon +newe meanes to obtaine victuals, aswell for our returne into +France, as to driue out the time vntill our embarking. I was +aduertised by certaine of our company, which vsually went on +hunting into the woods and through the villages, that in the +village Sarauahi situated on the other side of the riuer, and two +leagues distant from the Forte, and in the village Emoloa there +were fields wherein the mill was very forward, and that there was +thereof in those partes in great abundance. Wherefore I caused +my boates to be made ready, and sent my Sergeant thither with +certaine Souldiers which vsed such diligence, that wee had great +store of mill. I sent also to the Riuer which the Sauages call +Iracana, named by Captaine Ribault the Riuer of Somme, where +Captaine Vasseur and my Sergeant arriued with two boates and +their ordinary furniture, and found there a great assembly of the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page503">[pg 503]</span><a name="Pg503" id="Pg503" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Lords of the Countrey, among whome was Athore the sonne of +Satourioua, Apalou, and Tacadocorou, which were there assembled +to make merrie: because in this place are the fairest maids and +women of the countrey. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Courtesie and liberalitie the best meanes +to deale with the sauages.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Captaine Vasseur in my +name gaue certaine small trifles to all the Lords, to +the Queene, to the maids and women of the villages. +Wherevpon the boates were foorthwith laden with +mill, after they had made our men as good cheere as +they could deuise. The Queene sent me two small +Mats so artificially wrought as it was vnpossible to make better. +Nowe finding ourselues by this meane sufficiently furnished with +victuals, we beganne each of vs in his place, to trauaile and vse +such diligence, as the desire to see our natiue countrey might +mooue vs. But because two of our Carpenters were slaine by +the Indians (as heretofore I mentioned) Iohn de Hais, master +Carpenter, a man very worthy of his vocation, repaired vnto me +and tolde me that by reasom of want of men hee was not able to +make me vp the ship against the time that he had promised me: +which speech caused a mutinie among the souldiers that very +hardly he escaped killing: howbeit I appeased them as well as I +could, and determined to worke no more from thencefoorth vpon +the shippe, but to content our selues to repaire the +Brigandine which I had. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The beating downe of the houses without the +fort, and the Palisade.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +So we began to beate +downe all the houses that were without the Fort, and +caused coles to be made of the timber thereof: likewise +the souldiers beate downe the pallisade which +was toward the waters side, neither was I euer able to keepe +them from doing it. I had also determined to beat downe the +Fort before my departure and to set it on fire, for feare least +some new-come guest should haue enioyed and possessed it. In +the meane while there was none of vs to whom it was not an +extreme griefe to leaue a countrey, wherein wee had endured so +great trauailes and necessities, to discouer that which we must +forsake through our owne countreymens deficit. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The cause why the French lost Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For if wee had bene succoured in time and place, and +according to the promise that was made vnto vs, the +warre which was betweene vs and Vtina, had not +fallen out, neither should wee haue had occasion to offend the +Indians, which with all paines in the world I entertained in good +amitie, aswell with merchandise and apparel, as with promise of +greater matters, and with whom I so behaued myself, that +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page504">[pg 504]</span><a name="Pg504" id="Pg504" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Eight kings Laudonniers friends and allies.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +although sometimes I was constrained to take victuals +in some few villages, yet I lost not the alliance of +eight Kings and Lords my neighbours, which continually +succoured and ayded me with whatsoeuer +they were able to afford. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The principall scope of planters in strange countreys.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Yea this was the principall +scope of all my purposes, to winne and entertaine +them, knowing how greatly their amitie might aduance +our enterprise, and principally while I discouered the +commodities of the countrey, and sought to strengthen my selfe +therein. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Florida a rich countrey.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I leaue it to your cogitation to thinke how +neere it went to our hearts, to leaue a place abounding +in riches (as we were throughly enformed thereof) +in comming whereunto, and doing seruice vnto our Prince, we +left our owne countrey, wiues, children, parents, and friends, and +passed the perils of the sea and were therein arriued, as in a +plentifull treasure of all our hearts desire. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Aug. 1565.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +As ech of vs were +much tormented in minde with these or such like cogitations, the +third of August I descried foure sayles in the sea, as +I walked vpon a little hill, whereof I was exceeding +well apaid: I sent immediately one of them which were with me +to aduertise those of the Fort thereof, which were so glad of those +newes, that one would haue thought them to bee out of their +wittes to see them laugh and leape for ioy. After these ships +had cast anker, we descried that they sent one of their ship +boates to land: whereupon I caused one of mine to be armed +with diligence to send to meete them, and to know who they +were. In the meane while, fearing lest they were Spaniards, I +set my souldiers in order and in readinesse, attending the +returne of Captaine Vasseur and my Lieutenant, which were +gone to meete them, which brought me word that they were +Englishmen: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">M. Iohn Hawkins the English Generall.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +and in trueth they had in their company one whose +name was Martine Atinas of Diepe, which at that +time was in their seruice, which on the behalfe of +Master Iohn Hawkins their Generall came to request +mee that I would suffer them to take fresh water, +whereof they stood in great neede, signifying vnto me that they +had bene aboue fifteene dayes on the coast to get some. Hee +brought vnto mee from the Generall two flagons of wine, and +bread made of wheate: which greatly refreshed me, forasmuch +as for seuen moneths space I neuer tasted a drop of wine: neuerthelesse +it was all diuided among the greatest part of my souldiers. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page505">[pg 505]</span><a name="Pg505" id="Pg505" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +This Martine Atinas had guided the Englishmen vnto our coast, +wherewith he was acquainted: for in the yeere 1562 he came +thither with me, and therefore the Generall sent him to me. +Therefore after I had granted his request, hee signified the same +vnto the Generall, which the next day following caused one of +his small shippes to enter into the riuer, and came to see me in +a great shipboate, accompanied with gentlemen honourably +apparelled, yet vnarmed. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Sheepe and poulterie carried into Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He sent for great store of bread and +wine, to distribute thereof to euery one: On my part I made +him the best cheere I could possibly, and caused +certaine sheepe and poultry to be killed, which vntill +this present I had carefully preserued hoping store +the countrey withall. For notwithstanding all the +necessities and sicknesse that happened vnto me, I would not +suffer so much as one chicken to be killed: by which meanes in +a short time I had gathered together aboue an hundred pullets. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">An aduantage wisely taken.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Nowe three dayes passed, while the English General remained +with me, during which time the Indians came in from all parts +to see him, and asked me whether he were my +brother: I tolde him he was so, and signified vnto +them, that he was come to see me and ayde me with +so great store of victuals, that from thence forward I should haue +no neede to take any thing of them. The bruite hereof incontinently +was spread ouer all the countrey, in such sort as +Ambassadours came vnto me from all parts, which on the behalfe +of the kings their masters desired to make alliance with me: and +euen they, which before sought to make warre against me, came +to offer their friendship and seruice vnto me: Whereupon I +receiued them and gratified them with certaine presents. The +General immediately vnderstood the desire and vrgent occasion +which I had to returne into France: whereupon he offred to +transport me and all my company home: whereunto notwithstanding +I would not agree, being in doubt vpon what occasion +he made so large an offer. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The French mistrusted that the +Englishmen would plant in Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For I knewe not how the case stood +betweene the French and the English: and although +hee promised me on his faith to put mee on land in +France, before hee would touch in England, yet I +stood in doubt least he would attempt somewhat in +Florida in the name of his mistresse. Wherfore I +flatly refused his offer: whereupon there arose a great mutinie +among my souldiers, which sayd that I sought to destroy them +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page506">[pg 506]</span><a name="Pg506" id="Pg506" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +all, and that the Brigandine, wherof I spake before, was not +sufficient to transport them, considering the season of the yeere +wherein wee were. The bruite and mutiny increased more and +more: for after that the Generall was returned to his ships, he +told certaine gentlemen and souldiers which went to see him, +partly to make good cheere with him, hee declared, I say vnto +them, that he greatly doubted that hardly we should be able to +passe safely in those vessels which we had: and that in case we +should enterprise the same, we should no doubt be in great +ieopardy: notwithstanding, if I were so contented, he would +transport part of my men in his ships, and that he would leaue +me a small ship to transport the rest. The souldiers were no +sooner come home, but they signified the offer vnto their companions, +which incontinently consented together that in case I +would not accept the same, they would embarke themselues with +him and forsake mee, so that he would receiue them according +to his promise. They therefore assembled themselues all together +and came to seeke me in my chamber, and signified vnto +me their intention, wherunto I promised to answere within one +houre after. In which meane space I gathered together the +principall members of my company, which after I had broken +the matter with them, answered me all with one voyce, that I +ought not to refuse this offer, nor contemne the occasion which +presented it selfe, and that they could not thinke euill of it in +France, if being forsaken, as we were, we aided our selues with +such means as God had sent vs. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Silver found in Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After sundry debatings of this +matter, in conclusion I gaue mine aduise, that wee ought to +deliuer him the price of the ship which he was to leaue +vs, and that for my part I was content to giue him +the best of my stuffe, and the siluer which I had +gathered in the countrey. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Note. The great importance of this enterprise.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wherupon notwithstanding it was +determined that I should keepe the siluer, for feare +lest the Queene of England seeing the same, should +the rather bee encouraged to set footing there, as before she had +desired: that it was far better to carie it into France to giue +encouragement vnto our Princes not to leaue off an +enterprise of so great importance for our commonwealth, +and that seeing wee were resolued to depart, +it was farre better to giue him our Artillerie, which +otherwise we should be constrained to leaue behinde vs, or to +hide it in the ground by reason of the weakenesse of our men, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page507">[pg 507]</span><a name="Pg507" id="Pg507" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +being not able to embarke the same. This point being thus +concluded and resolued on, I went myselfe vnto the English +Generall, accompanied with my Lieutenant, and Captaine Vasseur, +Captaine Verdier, and Trenchant the Pilot, and my Sergeant, all +men of experience in such affaires, and knowing sufficiently how +to driue such a bargaine. We therefore tooke a view of the ship +which the Generall would sell, whom we drew to such reason, +that he was content to stand to mine owne mens iudgement, +who esteemed it to be worth seuen hundreth crownes, whereof +we agreed very friendly. Wherefore I deliuered him in earnest +of the summe, two bastards, two mynions, one thousand of iron, +and one thousand of powder. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The great humanitite and bounty of Master +Iohn Hawkins to the French.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This bargain thus made, he considered +the necessity wherin we were, hauing for all our sustenance +but mill and water: wherupon being mooued with pitie, +he offered to relieue me with 20 barels of meale, +sixe pipes of beanes, one hogshead of salt, and a hundred +of waxe to make candels. Moreouer forasmuch +as he sawe my souldiers goe bare foote, he offered +me besides fifty paires of shoes, which I accepted +and agreed of a price with him, and gaue him a bill of mine hand +for the same, for which vntill this present I am indebted to him. +He did more then this: for particularly he bestowed vpon my +selfe a great iarre of oyle, a iarre of viniger, a barrell of Oliues, +and a great quantitie of Rice, and a barrell of white Biscuit. +Besides he gaue diuers presents to the principall Officers of my +company according to their qualities: so that I may say that we +receiued as many courtesies of the Generall as it were possible to +receiue of any man liuing. Wherein doubtlesse he hath wonne +the reputation of a good and charitable man, deseruing to be +esteemed asmuch of vs all as if he had saued all our liues. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The departure of the English Generall.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Incontinent after his departure I spared no paine to +hasten my men to make biscuits of the meale which +he had left me, and to hoope my caske to take in +water needfull for the voyage. A man may well +thinke what diligence we vsed, in respect of the great desire we +had to depart, wherein we continued so well that the fifteenth day +of August the biscuit, the greatest part of our water, and all the +souldiers stuffe was brought aboord: so that from that day forward +wee did nothing but stay for good windes to driue vs to +France: which had freed vs from an infinite number of mischiefes +which afterward we suffred, if they had come as we +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page508">[pg 508]</span><a name="Pg508" id="Pg508" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +desired: but it was not Gods good pleasure, as shall appeare +hereafter. Being thus in readinesse to set sayle, we bethought +ourselues that it would doe well to bring certaine men and women +of the countrey into France, to the ende that if this voyage should +be taken in hand againe they might declare vnto their Kings the +greatnesse of our King, the excellencie of our Princes, the goodnesse +of our Countrey, and the maner of liuing of the Frenchmen: and +that they might also learne our language, to serue our turnes +thereby in time to come. Wherein I tooke so good order, that +I found meanes to bring away with me the goodliest persons of +all the countrey, if our intentions had succeeded as I hoped they +would haue done. In the mean season the Kings my neighbours +came often to see and visite me: which, that after they vnderstoode +that I would returne into France, demaunded of mee +whether I meant to returne againe or no, and whether it should +be in short time. I signified vnto them that within tenne Moones +(so they call their Moneths) I would visite them againe with such +force, that I would be able to make them Conquerors ouer all their +enemies. They prayed me that I would leaue them my house, +that I would forbid my souldiers to beate downe the Fort and +their lodgings, and that I would leaue them a boate to ayde them +withall in their warre against their enemies. Which I made as +though I would grant vnto them, to the ende I might alwaies +remaine their friend vntil my last departure. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The third voyage of the Frenshmen made by Captaine Iohn +Ribault vnto Florida. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The arriual of Captaine Iohn Ribault +at the Fort the 28 of August 1565.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +As I was thus occupied in these conferences, the winde and +the tide serued well to set sayle, which was the eight +and twentieth of August, at which instant Captaine +Vasseur which commanded in one of my shippes, +and Captaine Verdier which was chiefe in the other, +now ready to goe foorth, began to descry certaine +sayles at sea, whereof they aduertised mee with +diligence: whereupon I appointed to arme foorth a boate in +good order to goe and discrie and know what they were. I sent +also to the Centinels, which I caused to be kept on a little +knappe, to cause certaine men to climbe vp to the toppe of the +highest trees the better to discouer them. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Note.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They descried the great boate of the shippes, which as yet +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page509">[pg 509]</span><a name="Pg509" id="Pg509" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +they could not perfectly discerne, which as farre as they could +iudge, seemed to chase my boate, which by this time was passed +the barre of the riuer: so that we could not possibly iudge +whether they were enemies which would haue caried her away +with them: for it was too great a ken to iudge the trueth thereof. +Vpon this doubt I put my men in order and in such array as +though they had beene enemies: and in deede I had great +occasion to mistrust the same: for my boate came vnto their +ship about two of the clocke in the afternoone, and sent me no +newes all that day long to put me out of doubt who they should +be. The next day in the morning about eight or nine of the +clocke I saw seuen boates (among which mine owne was one) +full of souldiers enter into the riuer, hauing euery man his harquebuze +and morion on his head, which marched all in battaile along +the cliffes where my centinels were, to whom they would make +no kind of answere, notwithstanding all the demandes that were +made vnto them, insomuch as one of my souldiers was constrained +to bestowe a shot at them without doing hurt neuerthelesse to +any of them, by reason of the distance betweene him and the +boates. The report hereof being made vnto me, I placed each of +my men in his quarter, with full deliberation to defend ourselues, +if they had beene enemies, as in trueth we thought them to haue +bene: likewise I caused two small field pieces which I had left +me, to be trimmed in such sort, as if in approching to the Fort +they had not cryed that it was Captaine Ribault, I had not failed +to haue discharged the same vpon them. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">False reports of Laudonniere to the Admirall of +France.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> Afterward +I vnderstoode that the cause why they entred in this +maner, proceeded of the false reports which had bene +made vnto mine Lord Admirall by those which were +returned into France in the first shippes. For they +had put in his head, that I played the Lord and the King, and +that I would hardly suffer that any other saue my selfe should +enter in thither to gouerne there. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The danger of back-biting.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus we see how the good +name of the most honest is oftentimes assayled by such, as hauing +no meanes to win themselues credit by vertuous and laudable +endeauours, thinke by debasing of other mens vertues to augment +the feeble force of their faint courage, which neuerthelesse is one +of the most notable dangers which may happen in a +commonwealth, and chiefly among men of warre +which are placed in gouernment. For it is very hard +yea vtterly vnpossible, that in gouerning of a company of men +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page510">[pg 510]</span><a name="Pg510" id="Pg510" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +gathered out of diuers places and sundry Nations, and namely +such as we know them to be in our warres, it is, I say, vnpossible +but there will be alwayes some of euil conditions and hard to be +ruled, which easily conceiue an hatred against him, which by +admonitions and light corrections endeauoureth to reduce them to +the discipline of warre. For they seeke nothing else, but for a +small occasion grounded vpon a light pretext to sound into the +eares of great lords that which mischieuously they haue contriued +against those, whose execution of iustice is odious vnto them. And +albeit I will not place my selfe in the ranke of great and renowmed +Captaines, such as liued in times passed, yet we may iudge by +their examples, how hurtfull backbiters haue beene vnto commonwealths. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Alcibiades banished by backbiters.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I will onely take Alcibiades for witnesse in +the commonwealth of the Athenians, which by this +meane was cast into banishment, whereupon his +citizens felt the smart of an infinite number of mischiefes: +insomuch as in the end they were constrained to call +him home againe, and acknowledge at length the fault they had +committed in forgetting his good seruices, and rather beleeuing +a false report, then hauing had regard vnto so many of his notable +exploits which in former time hee had atchieued. But that I +loose not my selfe in digressing so farre in this my iustification, +I will returne againe to my first course. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Laudonnieres receiuing of Captaine Ribault.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Being therfore aduertised that it was Captaine Ribault, I +went foorth of the Fort to goe to meete him, and to +do him all the honour I could by any means, I +caused him to be welcommed with the artillery, and a gentle +volley of my shot whereunto he answered with his. Afterward +being come on shore and receiued honourably with ioy, I brought +him to my lodging, reioycing not a little because that in his company +I knew a good number of my friends, which I intreated in +the best sorte that I was able, with such victuall as I could get +in the countrey, and that small store which I had left me, with +that which I had of the English Generall. Howbeit I marueiled +not a little when as all of them with one voyce began to vtter +vnto me these or the like speeches. My Captaine, we praise +God that we haue found you aliue, and chiefly because we know +that the reports which haue beene made of you are false. These +speeches mooued me in such sort, that I would needes out of +hand know more, mistrusting some euill. Wherefore hauing +accosted Captaine Iohn Ribault, and going both of vs aside +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page511">[pg 511]</span><a name="Pg511" id="Pg511" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +together out of the Fort, he signified vnto me the charge which he +had, praying mee not to returne into France, but to stay with +him my selfe and my company, and assured me that he would +make it well thought of at home. Whereupon I replyed that out +of this place I would do him all seruice: that for the present I +could not nor ought not to accept this offer, since he was come +for no other intent then to occupie the place which I before +possessed, that I could haue no credite to be there commanded: +that my friends would neuer like of it, and that he would hardly +giue me that counsaile, if in good earnest I should demand +his aduise therein. He made me answere that he would +not command me, that we should be companions, and +that he would build another fortresse and that he would +leaue mine owne vnto me. This notwithstanding I fully +aduertised him that I could not receiue a greater comfort +then the newes which he brought me to returne into France: +and farther that though I should stay there, yet it must needes +be that one of vs both was to command with title of the Kings +Lieutenant, that this could not well agree together: that I had +rather haue it cast in my teeth to be the poorest begger in the +world, then to be commanded in that place, where I had endured +so much to inhabite and plant there, if it were not by some great +Lord or Knight of the order: and that in these respects I prayed +him very hartily to deliuer me the letters which my Lord Admirall +had written vnto me, which he performed. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The contents of those letters were these. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Letters of the Lord Admirall vnto Laudonniere.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Captaine Laudonniere, because some of them which are +returned from Florida speake indifferently of the +Countrey, the King desireth your presence, to the +end, that according to your tryall, he may resolue to +bestow great cost thereon, or wholly to leaue it: and +therefore I send Captaine Iohn Ribault to bee gouernour there, +to whom you shall deliuer whatsoeuer you haue in charge, and +informe him of all things you haue discouered. And in +a postscript of the letter was thus written. Thinke not, that whereas I +send for you, it is for any euill opinion or mistrust that I haue of +you, but that it is for your good and for your credit, and assure +your selfe that during my life you shall find me your good +Master. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +CHASTILLON. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page512">[pg 512]</span><a name="Pg512" id="Pg512" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Accusations against him.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Now after I had long discoursed with Captaine Ribault, +Captaine la Grange accosted mee, and told me of an infinite +number of false reports which had bene made of mee +to my great hinderance: and among other things he +informed me, that my Lord Admirall tooke it very +euill that I had caried a woman with mee: likewise that some +bodie had tolde him that I went about to counterfeit the King, +and to play the tyrant: that I was too cruell vnto the men that +went with mee: that I sought to be aduanced by other meanes +then by my Lord Admirall: and that I had written to many +Lords of the Court, which I ought not to haue done. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Laudonnieres answere thereunto.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Whereunto I answered, that the woman was a poore chambermayd, +which I had taken vp in an Inne, to ouersee +my houshold businesse, to looke to an infinite sort of +diuers beasts, as sheepe and poultrie which I caried +ouer with me to store the countrey withall: that it was not meete +to put a man to attend this businesse: likewise, considering the +length of the time that I was to abide there, mee thought it +should not offend any body to take a woman with me, aswell to +help my souldiers in their sickenesses, as in mine owne, whereinto +I fell afterward. And how necessary her seruice was for vs, ech +one at that time might easily perceiue: That all my men thought +so well of her, that at one instant there were sixe or seuen which +did demand her of mee in mariage; as in very deede one of +them had her after our returne. Touching that which was sayd +that I playd the King, these reports were made, because I would +not beare with any thing which was against the duety of my +charge, and the Kings seruice. Moreouer, that in such enterprises +it is necessary for a Gouernour to make himselfe knowen +and obeyed, for feare least euery body would become a master, +perceiuing themselues far from greater forces. And that if the +tale-tellers called this rigour, it rather proceeded of their disobedience, +then of my nature lesse subiect to cruelty then they +were to rebellion. For the two last points, that I had not +written to any of the Lords of the Court but by the aduice and +commandement of my Lord Admirall, which willed me at my +departure to send part of such things as I should find in the +countrey vnto the Lords of the Counsel: to the end that being +mooued by this meane, they might deale with the Queene +mother for the continuance of this enterprise: that hauing bene +so small time in the countrey, continually hindred with building +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page513">[pg 513]</span><a name="Pg513" id="Pg513" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +of fortresses, and vnlading of my ships, I was not able to come +by any newe or rare things to send them, wherupon I thought it +best to content them in the meane while with letters, vntill such +time as I might haue longer space to search out the Countrey, +and might recouer something to sende them: the distribution of +which letters I meant not otherwise but to referre to my Lord +Admirals good pleasure: that if the bearer had forgot himselfe +so farre, as that he had broken the couering of the letters, and +presented them himselfe for hope of gaine, it was not my commandement. +And that I neuer honoured noble man so much, +nor did to any man more willing and faithfull seruice then to my +Lord Admirall, nor euer sought aduancement but by his meanes. +You see how things passed for this day. The next day the +Indians came in from all parts, to know what people these were: +to whom I signified that this was he which in the yeere 1562. +arriued in this countrey, and erected the pillar which stood at +the entrie of the riuer. Some of them knew him: for in trueth +he was easie to be knowen by reason of the great bearde which +he ware. He receiued many presents of them which were of +the villages neere adioyning, among whom there were some that +he had not yet forgotten. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Five Indian kings.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The kings Homoloa, +Serauahi, Alimacani, Malica, and Casti came to visit +him and welcome him with diuers gifts according to +their manner. I aduertised them that hee was sent thither by +the king of France, to remaine there in my roome, and that I +was sent for. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The mountaines of Apalatcy wherein are +mines of perfect gold. Sieroa Pira red mettall.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Then they demanded and prayed him, if it might +stand with his good pleasure, to cause the merchandise that hee +had brought with him to be deliuered them, and that in fewe +daies they would bring him to the mountaines of +Apalatcy, whither they promised to conduct me, and +that in case they performed not their promise, that +they were content to be cut in pieces. In those +mountaines, as they sayd, is found redde copper, +which they call in their language Sieroa Pira, which +is as much to say as red mettall, whereof I had a +piece, which at the very instant I shewed to Captaine Ribault, +which caused his gold-finer to make an assay thereof, which +reported vnto him that it was perfect golde. About the time of +these conferences, commings and goings of the kings of the +countrey, being weakened with my former trauaile, and fallen +into a melancholy vpon the false reports that had bene made of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page514">[pg 514]</span><a name="Pg514" id="Pg514" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +mee, I fell into a great continuall feuer, which held me eight or +nine dayes: during which time Captaine Ribault caused his +victuals to be brought on shore, and bestowed the most part +thereof in the house which my lieutenant had built about two +hundred pases without the forte: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Good meanes to auoid the danger of fire.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +which hee did to the ende +they might bee the better defended from the weather, and likewise +to the intent that the meale might bee neerer to the +bake-house, which I had built of purpose in that +place, the better to auoide the danger of the fire, as +I sayd before. But loe howe oftentimes misfortune +doth search and pursue vs, euen then when we +thinke to be at rest! loe see what happened after that captaine +Ribault had brought vp three of his small ships into the riuer, +which was the fourth of September! Sixe great Spanish ship +arriued in the rode, where foure of our greatest ships remained, +which cast anker, assuring our men of good amity. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Spaniards undermining and surprizing of the French.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They asked how the chiefe captaines of the enterprise +did, and called them by all their names and +surnames. I report me to you if it could be otherwise +but these men before they went out of Spaine +must needs be informed of the enterprise and of those that were +to execute the same. About the breake of day they began to +make toward our men: but our men which trusted them neuer a +deale, had hoysed their sayles by night, being ready to cut the +strings that tyed them. Wherefore perceiuing that this making +toward our men of the Spaniards was not to doe them any pleasure +and knowing wel that their furniture was too smal to make head +against them, because that the most part of their men were on +shore, they cut their cables, left their ankers, and set saile. The +Spaniards seeing themselues discouered, lent them certaine volleis +of their great ordinance, made saile after them, and chased them +all day long: but our men got way of them still toward the sea. +And the Spaniards seeing they could not reach them, by reason +that the French ships were better of saile then theirs, and also +because they would not leaue the coast, turned backe and went +on shore in the riuer Seloy,<a id="noteref_122" name="noteref_122" href="#note_122"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">122</span></span></a> +which we cal the riuer of Dolphines +8 or 10 leagues distant from the place where we were. Our men +therefore finding themselues better of saile then they, followed +them to discry what they did, which after they had done, they +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page515">[pg 515]</span><a name="Pg515" id="Pg515" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +returned vnto the riuer of May, where Captaine Ribault hauing +descried them, embarked himselfe in a great boat to know what +newes they had. Being at the entry of the riuer he met with the +boat of captaine Cousets ship, wherin there was a good number +of men which made relation vnto him of all the Spaniards +doings: and how the great ship named the Trinitie had kept +the sea, and that she was not returned with them. They told +him moreouer that they had seen three Spanish ships enter +into the riuer of Dolphins, and the other three remained in the +rode; farther that they had put their souldiers, their victuals and +munition on land. After he vnderstood these newes hee returned +to the fortresse, and came to my chamber where I was sick, and +there in the presence of the Captaines, La Grange, S. Marie, +Ottigny, Visty, Yonuille, and other gentlemen, he propounded, +that it was necessary for the kings seruice, to embarke himselfe +with all his forces, and with the three ships that were in the rode +to seeke the Spanish fleete, whereupon he asked our aduise. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Dangerous flawes of wind on the coast of Florida +in September.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I first replyed, and shewed vnto him the consequence of such +an enterprise, aduertising him among other things of the perilous +flawes of windes that rise on this coast, and that +if it chanced that hee were driuen from the shore, +it would be very hard for him to recouer it againe, +that in the meane while they which should stay in the +Forte should be in feare and danger. The Captaines, +Saint Marie, and La Grange declared vnto him farther, that they +thought it not good to put any such enterprise in execution, that +it was farre better to keepe the land, and do their best indeuour +to fortifie themselues: And that after that the Trinitie (which was +the principall ship) were returned, there would be much more +likelyhood to enterprise this voyage. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A village and riuer both of that name.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This notwithstanding he +resolued to vndertake it, and that which more is, after he vnderstoode +by king Emola, one of our neighbours which arriued vpon +the handling of these matters, that the Spaniards in great numbers +were gone on shore, which had taken possession of the houses of +Seloy, in the most part whereof they had placed their Negroes, +which they had brought to labour, and also lodged +themselues and had cast diuers trenches about them. +Thus for the considerations which he had, and doubting +(as he might well doe) that the Spanyards would encampe +themselues there to molest vs, and in the ende to chase vs out of +the Countrey, he resolued and continued in his embarkment, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page516">[pg 516]</span><a name="Pg516" id="Pg516" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +caused a Proclamation to be made, that all souldiers that were +vnder his charge should presently with their weapons embarke +them, and that his two ensignes should march: which was put in +execution. He came into my chamber, and prayed me to lend +him my Lieuteuant, mine ensigne, and my sergeant, and to let all +my good souldiers, which I had, goe with him, which I denied +him, because my selfe being sicke, there was no man to stay in +the fort. Thereupon he answered me that I needed not to +doubt at all, and that he would returne the morrow after, that in +the meane space Monsieur de Lys should stay behind to looke to +all things. Then I shewed vnto him that he was chiefe in this +Countrey, and that I for my part had no further authoritie: that +therefore hee would take good aduisement what hee did, for feare +least some inconuenience might ensue. Then he tolde me that +he could doe no lesse, then to continue this enterprise, and that +in the letter which he had receiued from my Lord Admirall, +there was a postcript, which hee shewed mee written in these +wordes: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">An aduertisment of my Lord Admirall to Captaine Ribault.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Captain Iohn Ribault, as I was enclosing +vp this letter, I receiued a certaine aduice, that Don +Pedro Melendes departeth from Spaine to goe to the +coast of Newe France: see you that you suffer him +not to encroch vpon you, no more then he would +that you should encroch vpon him. You see (quoth he) the +charge that I haue, and I leaue it vnto your selfe to iudge, if you +could do any lesse in this case, considering the certaine aduertisement +that we haue, that they are already on lande, and will +inuade vs. This stopped my mouth. Thus therefore confirmed +or rather obstinate in this enterprise, and hauing regard rather +vnto his particular opinion then vnto the aduertisements which I +had giuen him, and the inconueniences of the time whereof I had +forewarned him, he embarked himselfe the eight of September, +and tooke mine ensigne and eight and thirtie of my men away +with him. I report mee to those that know what warres meane, +if when an ensigne marcheth, any souldier that hath any courage +in him will stay behind, to forsake his ensigne: Thus no man +of commandement stayed behind with mee, for ech one followed +him as chiefe, in whose name straight after his arriuall, all cries +and proclamations were made. Captaine Grange, which liked +not very well of this enterprise, was vnto the tenth of the month +with mee and would not haue gone aborde, if it had not beene +for the instant requestes that Captaine Ribault made vnto him, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page517">[pg 517]</span><a name="Pg517" id="Pg517" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +which staid two dayes in the rode attending vntill La Grange +was come vnto him; who being come abord, they set sayle +altogether, and from that time forward I neuer saw them more. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A mighty tempest the 10 of September.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The very day that he departed, which was the tenth +of September, there arose so great a tempest accompanied +with such stormes, that the Indians themselues +assured me that it was the worst weather that euer was +seene on the coast: wherevpon two or three dayes after, fearing +least our shippes might be in some distresse, I sent for Monsieur +du Lys vnto mee, to take order to assemble the rest of our people +to declare vnto them what neede wee had to fortifie our selues: +which was done accordingly: and then I gaue them to vnderstand +the necessity and inconueniences whereinto we were like +to fall, aswel by the absence of our ships, as by the neernesse of +the Spanyards, at whose hand we could looke for no lesse then +an open and sufficient proclaimed war, seeing that they had taken land +and fortified themselues so neere vnto us. And if any misfortune +were fallen vnto our men which were at Sea, we ought to make a +full account with ourselves that wee were to endure many great +miseries, being in so small number, and so many wayes afflicted +as we were. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Landonniere hardly vsed by Ribault.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus euery one promised mee to take paines: and +therefore considering that their proportion of victuals was small +and that so continuing, they would not be able to doe any great +worke, I augmented their allowance: although that +after the arriuall of Captaine Ribault my portion of +victuals was allotted vnto mee as vnto a common +souldier, neither was I able to giue so much as part of a bottell of +wine to any man which deserued it: for I was so farre from +hauing meanes to doe so, that the Captaine himselfe tooke two +of my boates, wherein the rest of the meale was, which was left +me of the biscuits which I caused to bee made to returne into +France: so that if I should say that I receiued more fauour at +the handes of the Englishmen, beeing Strangers vnto mee, I +should say but a trueth. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Landonniere and his company begin to fortifie themselues.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wee beganne therefore to +fortifie our selues and to repaire that which was +broken downe, principally toward the water side, +where I caused three score foote of trees to be +planted, to repaire the Palissado with the plankes +which I caused to bee taken of the ship that I had builded. +Neuerthelesse notwithstanding all our diligence and truaille, wee +were neuer able fully to repaire it by reason of the stormes +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page518">[pg 518]</span><a name="Pg518" id="Pg518" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +which commonly did vs so great annoy, that wee could not finish +our inclosure. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A muster of men left in the fort by Ribault.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Perceiuing myselfe in such extremitie +I tooke a muster of the men, which captaine Ribault +had left me, to see if there were any that wanted +weapon: I found nine or tenne whereof not past two +or three had euer drawen sword out of the scabbard, as I thinke. +Let them which haue bene bold to say, that I had men ynough +left me, so that I had meanes to defend my selfe, giue eare a +little vnto mee, and if they haue eyes in their heads, let them see +what men I had. Of the nine there were foure but yong striplings, +which serued Captaine Ribault and kept his dogs, the fift was a +cooke: among those that were without the fort, and which were +of the foresaid company of Captaine Ribault, there was a +Carpenter of threescore yeeres olde, one a Beere brewer, one olde +Crosse-bowe maker, two Shoomakers, and foure or fiue men that +had their wiues, a player on the virginals, two seruants of Monsieur +du Lys, one of Monsieur de Beauhaire, one of Monsieur de +la Grange, and about fourescore and fiue or sixe in all, counting +aswel Lackeys as women and children. Behold the goodly +troupe so sufficient to defend themselues, and so couragious as +they haue esteemed them to be: and for my part I leaue it to +others consideration to imagine whether Captaine Ribault woulde +haue left them with me to haue borrowed my men, if they had +bene such. Those that were left me of mine owne company were +about sixeteene or seuenteene that coulde beare armes, and all +of them poore and leane: the rest were sicke and maymed in the +conflict which my Lieutenant had against Vtina. This view being +taken, wee set our watches, whereof wee made two Centinels, +that the Souldiers might haue one night free. Then wee +bethought our selues of those which might bee most sufficient, +among whome wee choose two, one of whom was named +Monsieur Saint Cler, and the other Monsieur de la Vigne, to +whom we deliuered candles and Lanterns to goe round about the +fort to viewe the watch because of the foule and foggie weather. +I deliuered them also a sandglasse or clocke, that the Centinels +might not be troubled more one then another. In the meane +while I ceased not, for all the foule weather nor my sickenesse +which I had, to ouersee the Corps de garde. The night +betweene the nineteenth and twentieth of September +La Vigne kept watch with his company, wherein he vsed +all endeauour, although it rayned without ceasing. When the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page519">[pg 519]</span><a name="Pg519" id="Pg519" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +day was therefore come, and that he saw that it rayned still +worse then it did before, hee pitied the Centinels so too +moyled and wette: and thinking the Spanyardes would not haue +come in such a strange time, hee let them depart, and to say the +trueth, he went himselfe vnto his lodging. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Spanyards discryed the 20 of September.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the meane while +one which had something to doe without the fort, and my +trumpet which went vp vnto the rampart perceiued a +troupe of Spanyards which came downe from a little +knappe. Where incontinently they beganne to cry +alarme, and the Trumpetter also: Which assoone as +euer I vnderstoode, foorthwith I issued out, with my target and +sword in my hand, and gatte mee into the middest of the Court, +where I beganne to crie vpon my souldiers. Some of them +which were of the forward sort went toward the breach, which +was on the Southside, and where the munitions of the artillerie +lay, where they were repulsed and slaine. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Spaniards enter the fort.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +By the selfe same place two ensignes entred, which immediately +were planted on the wals. Two other ensignes +also entred on the other side toward the West, where there was +another breach: and those which were lodged in this quarter, +and which shewed themselues, were likewise defeated. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Francis Iean a traitour to his nation.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And as I went to succour them which were defending the breach on the +southwest side, I encountred by chance a great company of +Spaniards, which had already repulsed our men and were now +entred, which draue me backe vnto the court of the fort: being +there I espied with them one called Francis Iean, +which was one of the Mariners which stole away my +barks, and had guided and conducted the Spanyards +thither. Assoone as he sawe me, he began to say, +This is the Captaine. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Don Pedro Melendes captaine of the Spaniards.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This troupe was led by a captaine whose +name as I thinke, was Don Pedro Melendes: these +made certain pushes at me with their pikes which +lighted on my target. But perceiuing that I was not +able to withstand so great a company, and that the +court was already wonne, and their ensignes planted on the +ramparts, and that I had neuer a man about me, sauing one +only whose name was Bartholomew, I entred into the yard of my +lodging, into which they followed me, and had it not bene for a +tent that was set vp, I had bin taken: but the Spanyards which +followed me were occupied in cutting of the cordes of the +tent, and in the meane while I saued my selfe by the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page520">[pg 520]</span><a name="Pg520" id="Pg520" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Laudonniers escape.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +breach which was on the West side neere vnto my +Lieutenants lodging, and gate away into the woods: +where I found certain of my men which were escaped, of which +number there were three or foure which were sore hurt. Then +spake I thus vnto them: Sirs, since it hath pleased God that this +mischance is happened vnto vs, we must needs take the paines +to get ouer the marshes vnto the ships which are at the mouth of +the riuer. Some would needs go to a little village which was in +the woods, the rest followed me through the reedes in the water, +where being able to go no farther by reason of my sicknesse +which I had, I sent two of my men which were with me, which +could swim well, vnto the ships to aduertise them of that which +had happened, and to send them word to come and helpe me. +They were not able that day to get vnto the ships to certifie +them thereof: so I was constrained to stand in the water vp to +the shoulders all that night long, with one of my men which +would neuer forsake me. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Iohn du Chemin a faithful seruant.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next morning, being scarcely able +to draw my breath any more, I betooke me to my prayers with +the souldier which was with mee, whose name was +Iohn du Chemin: for I felt my selfe so feeble, that I +was afraid I should die suddenly: and in trueth if he +had not imbraced me in both his armes, and so held +me vp, it had not bene possible to saue me. After we had made +an ende of our prayers, I heard a voyce, which in my iudgement +was one of theirs which I had sent, which were ouer against the +ships and called for the ship boat, which was so in deed: and +because those of the ships had vnderstanding of the taking of the +fort by one called Iohn de Hais, master Carpenter, +which fled vnto them in a shallop; +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The diligence of the Mariners to saue them +that escaped out of the fort.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +they had set saile +to run along the coast to see if they might saue any: +wherin doubtlesse they did very well their endeuour. +They went straight to the place where the two men +were which I had sent, and which called them. +Assoone as they had receiued them in and vnderstood where I +was, they came and found me in a pitifull case. Fiue or sixe of +them tooke me and caried me into the shallop: for I was not +able by any means to go on foot. After I was brought into the +shallop some of the Mariners took their clothes from their backs +to lend them me, and would haue caried me presently to their +ships to giue me a little Aqua vitae. Howbeit I would not +goe thither, vntill I had first gone with the boat along the reeds, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page521">[pg 521]</span><a name="Pg521" id="Pg521" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +to seeke out the poore soules which were scattered +abroad, where we gathered vp 18 or 20 of them. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Among these was Iaques Morgues +painter sometime liuing in the Blackfryers in London.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The last that I took in was the nephew of the +Treasurer le Beau. After we were al come to the +ship, I comforted them as well as I could, and sent +back the boat againe with speed to see if they could +find yet any more. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Francis Iean cause of this enterprise.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon her returne, the Mariners told +mee how that captaine Iames Ribault which was in his ship +about two muskets shot distant from the fort, had +parled with the Spaniards, and that Francis Iean +came vnto his ship, where hee staied a long space, +whereat they greatly marueiled, considering hee was the cause of +this enterprise, how hee would let him escape. After I was +come into the ship called the Greyhound, captaine Iames Ribault +and captaine Valuot came to see me: and there we concluded +to returne into France. Now forasmuch as I found the ship +vnfurnished of Captaine, Pilot, Master, and Masters-mate, I gaue +aduice to choose out one of the most able men among al the +mariners, and that by their owne voices. I tooke also sixe men +out of another small ship, which we had sunke because it wanted +ballast and could not be saued. Thus I increased the furniture +of the ship wherein I was myselfe embarked, and made one, +which had bene Masters mate in the foresaid small ship, Master +of mine. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The bad dealing of Iames Ribault.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And because I lacked a pilot, I prayed +Iames Ribault that he would grant me one of the +foure men that he had in his ship, which I should +name vnto him, to serue me for a Pilot: he promised +to giue me them, which neuerthelesse he did not at the instant +when wee were ready to depart, notwithstanding all the speech I +vsed to him, in declaring that it was for the kings seruice. I +was constrained to leaue the ship behind me which I had bought +of the English Captaine, because I wanted men to bring her +away. For captaine Iames Ribault had taken away her furniture: +I tooke away her ordinance onely, which was all dismounted, +whereof I gaue nine pieces to Iames Ribault to carie +into France, the other fiue I put into my ship. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Our returne into France the 25. of September 1565.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 25 of September wee set sailes to returne into France, +and Captain Iames Ribault and I kept company all +that day and the next vntill three or foure a clock in +the afternoone: but because his ship was better at bowline then +ours, he kept him to the wind and left vs the same day. Thus +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page522">[pg 522]</span><a name="Pg522" id="Pg522" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +we continued our voyage, wherein we had marueilous flawes of +wind. And about the eight and twentieth of October in the +morning at the breake of the day we discried the Isle of Flores, +one of the Açores, where immediatly vpon our approching to the +load we had a mightie gust of wind which came from the +Northeast, which caused vs to beare against it foure dayes: +afterward the wind came South and Southeast, and was alwayes +variable. In all the time of our passage we had none other +foode sauing biscuit and water. About the tenth or eleuenth +of Nouember, after we had sailed a long time, and supposing +we were not farre from land, I caused my men to sound, +where they found threescore and fifteene fathoms water, +whereat we all reioyced, and praised God because we had +sailed so prosperously. Immediatly after I caused them to set +saile again and so we continued our way: but forasmuch as +we had borne too much toward the Northeast we entred into +Saint Georges chanell, a place much feared of all Sailers, and +whereas many ships are cast away: But it was a faire gift of God +that we entred in it when the weather was cleare. We sailed all +the night, supposing wee had bene shot into the narrow Sea +betweene England and France, and by the next day to reach +Diepe, but we were deceiued of our longing: for about two or +three of the clocke after midnight as I walked vpon the hatches, +I descried land round about me, whereat wee were astonied. +Immediatly I caused them to strike saile and sound: we found +we had not vnder vs past 8 fathoms of water, whereupon I commanded +them to stay till breake of day: which being come, and +seeing my Mariners told me that they knew not this land, I commanded +them to approch vnto it. Being neere thereunto I made +them cast anker, and sent the boat on shore to vnderstand in +what Countrey we were. Word was brought me that we were in +Wales a prouince of England. I went incontinently on land, +where after I had taken the ayre, a sicknesse tooke mee whereof +I thought I should haue dyed. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Laudonniers arriuall in Swansey Bay in +Glamorganshire in South Wales.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the meane while I caused the +ship to be brought into the bay of a small towne +called Swansey, where I found merchants of S. Malo, +which lent me money, wherewith I made certaine +apparel for my selfe and part of my company that +was with me: and because there were no victuals in +the ship, I bought two Oxen, and salted them, and a tunne of +Beere which I deliuered into his hands which had charge +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page523">[pg 523]</span><a name="Pg523" id="Pg523" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +of the ship, praying him to cary it into France, which he +promised me to doe: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The courtesie of our Master Morgan.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +for mine owne part I purposed with my +men to passe by land, and after I had taken leaue of my Mariners, +I departed from Swansey, and came that night with my company +to a place called Morgan, where the Lord of the place, +vnderstanding what I was, stayed me with him for +the space of 6 or 7 dayes, and at my departure +mooued with pitie to see me goe on foot, especially being so +weake as I was, gaue me a litle Hackny. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Monsieur de Foix Ambassador for the French king in England.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus I passed on my +iourney first to Bristoll and then to London, where I went to doe +my duty to Monsieur de Foix, which for the present +was the kings Ambassador, and holpe me with mony +in my necessitie. From thence I passed to Caleis, +afterward to Paris, where I was informed that the +king was gone to Molins to soiourne there: incontinently, +and with all the hast I could possibly make, I gate me +thither with part of my company. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The conclusion.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus briefly you +see the discourse of all that happened in New France +since the time it pleased the kings Maiesty to send +his subiects thither to discouer those parts. The indifferent and +vnpassionate readers may easily weigh the truth of my doings, +and be vpright iudges of the endeuour which I there vsed. For +mine owne part I wil not accuse nor excuse any: it sufficeth mee +to haue followed the trueth of the history, whereof many are able +to beare witnesse, which were there present. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The causes why the French lost Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +I will plainly say +one thing, That the long delay that Captaine Iohn +Ribault vsed in his embarking, and the 15. daies that +he spent in rouing along the coast of Florida, before +he came to our fort Caroline, were the cause of the +losse that we susteined. For he discouered the coast the 14 of +August, and spent the time in going from riuer to riuer, which +had bene sufficient for him to haue discharged his ships in, and +for me to haue embarked my selfe to returne into France. I +wote well that al that he did was vpon a good intent: yet in +mine opinion he should haue had more regard vnto his charge, +then to the deuises of his owne braine, which sometimes hee +printed in his head so deeply, that it was very hard to put them +out: which also turned to his vtter vndoing: for hee was no +sooner departed from vs, but a tempest tooke him, which in fine +wrackt him vpon the coast, where all his shippes were cast away, +and he with much adoe escaped drowning, to fall into their +hands which cruelly massacred him and all his company. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page524">[pg 524]</span><a name="Pg524" id="Pg524" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%"> +The fourth voyage of the Frenchmen into Florida, vnder the +conduct of Captaine Gourgues, in the yeere, 1567. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Captaine Gourgues a Gentleman borne in the Countrey neere +Bourdeaux incited with a desire of reuenge, to repaire the honour +of his nation, borowed of his friends and sold part of his owne +goods to set forth and furnish three ships of indifferent burthen +with all things necessary, hauing in them an hundred and fiftie +souldiers, and fourescore chosen Mariners vnder Captaine Cazenoue +his lieutenant, and Francis Bourdelois Master ouer the +Mariners. He set forth the 22 of August 1567. And hauing +endured contrary winds and stormes for a season, at length hee +arriued and went on shore in the Isle of Cuba. From thence he +passed to the Cape of Saint Antony at the end of the Ile of Cuba, +about two hundred leagues distant from Florida, where the +captaine disclosed vnto them his intention which hitherto he had +concealed from them, praying and exhorting them not to leaue +him being so neere the enemie, so well furnished, and in such a +cause: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The chanell of Bahama betweene Florida +and the Isles of Lucayos.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +which they all sware vnto him, and that with such +courage that they would not stay the full Moone to +passe the chanell of Bahama, but speedily discouered +Florida, where the Spanyards saluted them with two +Canon shot from their fort, supposing that they had +beene of their nation; and Gourgues saluted them +againe to entertaine them in this errour that hee might surprise +them at more aduantage, yet sailing by them, and making as +though he went to some other place vntil he sailed out of sight of +the place, +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Frenchmens landing at the riuer Tacatacourou.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +so that about euening, hee landed 15 +leagues from the fort, at the mouth of the Riuer +Tacatacourou, which the Frenchmen called Seine, +because they thought it to bee like Seine in France. +Afterward perceiuing the shore to bee couered with Sauages with +their bowes and arrowes, (besides the signe of peace and amitie +which he made them from his ships) he sent his Trumpetter, to +assure them, that they were come thither for none other ende but +to renew the amitie and ancient league of the French with them. +The Trumpetter did his message so well (by reason he had bene +there before vnder Laudonniere) that he brought backe from +king Satourioua, the greatest of all the other kings, a kidde and +other meat to refresh vs, besides the offer of his friendship and +amitie. Afterward they retired dansing in signe of ioy, to +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page525">[pg 525]</span><a name="Pg525" id="Pg525" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +aduertise all the kings Satouriouaes kinsmen to repaire thither the +next day to make a league of amitie with the Frenchmen. +Whereupon in the meane space our generall went about to sound +the chanel of the riuer to bring in his ships, and the better to +traffike and deale with the Sauages, of whom the chief the next +day in the morning presented themselues, namely the great king +Satourioua, Tacatacourou, Halmacanir, Athore, Harpaha, Helmacapé, +Helicopilé, Molloua, and others his kinsmen and allies, +with their accustomed weapons. Then sent they to intreat the +French generall to come on shore, which he caused his men to +do with their swords and harquebusies, which he made them +leaue behind, in token of mutuall assurance, leauing his men but +their swords only, after that the Sauages complaining thereof had +left and likewise sent away their weapons at the request of +Gourgues. This done Satourioua going to meet him, caused him +to sit on his right hand in a seat of wood of lentisque couered with +mosse made of purpose like vnto his owne. Then two of the +company pulled vp the brambles and other weeds which were +before them, and after they had made the place very cleane, they +all sate round about them on the ground. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Complaints of the Sauages against the Spanyards.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Afterward +Gourgues being about to speake, Satourioua preuented +him, declaring at large vnto him the incredible +wrongs, and continuall outrages that all the Sauages, +their wiues and children had receiued of the Spanyards +since their comming into the Countrey and massacring of +the Frenchmen, with their continuall desire if we would assist +them throughly to reuenge so shame full a treason, aswell as their +owne priuate griefes, for the firme good will they alwayes had +borne vnto the Frenchmen. Whereupon Gourgues giuing them +his faith, and making a league betweene them and him with an +othe gaue them certaine presents of daggers, kniues, looking glasses, +hatchets, rings, belles, and such other things, trifles vnto vs, but +precious vnto these kings: which moreouer, seeing his great +liberality, demanded eche one a shirt of him to weaire onely on +their festiuall dayes, and to be buried in at their death. +Which things after they had receiued, and Satourioua had +giuen in recompense to Captaine Gourgues two chaines of +siluer graines which hung about his necke, and ech of the +kings certaine deere skinnes dressed after their manner, they +retired themselues dancing and very iocund, with promise +to keep all things secret, and to bring vnto the sayd place good +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page526">[pg 526]</span><a name="Pg526" id="Pg526" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +companies of their subiects all well armed to be auenged throughly +on the Spanyards. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Peter de Bré had liued about two yeeres with Satourioua.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the meane space Gourgues very narrowly +examined Peter de Bré borne in Newhauen, which +being but a young stripling escaped out of the fort into +the woods while the Spanyards murdered the rest of +the French, and was afterward brought vp with +Satourioua, which at that time bestowed him on our +generall, whose aduise stoode him in great steade: Whereupon +he sent to discouer the fort and the estate of the enemies by +certaine of his men, being guided by Olotacara Satouriouaes +nephew which hee had giuen him for this purpose and for +assurance of Estampes a gentleman of Cominges, and others +which he sent to descry the state of the enemies. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Three pledges deliuered to Gourges by Satourioua.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moreouer he +gaue him a sonne of his starke naked as all of them are, and his +wife which he loued best of all the rest, of eighteene +yeeres olde, apparelled with the mosse of trees, which +for 3 dayes space were in the ships, vntill our men +returned from discrying the state of the enemie, and +the kings had furnished their preparation at their rende-uous. +Their marching being concluded, and the Sauages rende-uous +being appointed them beyond the riuer Salincani, of our men +called Somme, they all dranke with great solemnitie their drinke +called Cassine, made of the iuice of certaine hearbs (as they are +wont to do, when they go to any place of danger,) which hath +such force, that it taketh from them hunger and thirst for 24 +houres, and Gourgues was faine to make as though he dranke +thereof for company. Afterward they lift vp their handes and +sware all that they would neuer forsake him. Olotocara followed +him with pike in hand. Being all met at the riuer of Sarauahi, +not without great trouble, by reason of the raine and places +full of water which they must needes passe, which hindred their +passage, they were distressed with famine finding nothing +by the way to eat, their bark of prouision being not arriued +which was come unto him from the ships, the ouersight +and charge whereof he had left vnto Burdelois with the +rest of the Mariners. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The estate of the Spanyards in Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Now he had learned that the number +of the Spanyards were foure hundred strong, diuided into +three forts builded and flanked, and well fortified +upon the riuer of May, the great fort especially +begunne by the French, and afterward repaired by them: vpon +the most dangerous and principall landing place whereof, two +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page527">[pg 527]</span><a name="Pg527" id="Pg527" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +leagues lower and neerer towarde the Riuers mouth, they had +made two smaller Forts, which were defended, the riuer passing +betweene them, with sixe score souldiers, good store of artillery +and other munition, which they had in the same. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The riuer Saracary, or Sarauahi.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From Saracary vnto these smal forts was two leagues +space, which he found very painful, because of the +bad waies and continual raines. Afterward he departed from +the riuer Catacouru with 10 shot, to view the first fort, and to +assault it the next day in the morning by the breake of day, +which hee could not doe, because of the foule weather, and +darknesse of the night. King Helicopile seeing him out of +quiet in that he had failed of his purpose there, assured him to +guide him a more easie way, though it were further about. +Insomuch as leading him through the woods, he brought him +within sight of the fort, where he discerned one quarter which +was but begun to bee entrenched. Thus after he had sounded +the small riuer that falleth downe thereby, hee stayed vntill ten +of the clock in the morning for an ebbe water, that his men +might passe ouer there, vnto a place where he had seene a litle +groue between the riuer and the fort (that he might not be +seene to passe and set his souldiers in array) causing them to +fasten their flasks to their Morions, and to hold vp their swords +and kaliuers in their hands, for feare least the water, which +reached vp to their girdles, should not wet them: where they +found such abundance of great oysters, and shels which were so +sharpe, that many had their legs cut with them, and many others +lost their shoes. Notwithstanding assoone as they were passed +ouer, with a French courage they prepared themselues to the +assault on the Sunday eue next after Easter day, in April 1568. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The assault and taking of the first Fort.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Insomuch that Gourgues to employ the ardent heat of this good +affection, gaue twenty shot to his Lieutenant Cazenoue, and ten +Mariners laden with pots and balles of wild fire to +burne the gate: and then he assaulted the Fort on +another side, after he had made a short speech vnto +his men of the strange treasons which the Spanyards +had paid their companions. But being descried as they came +holding downe their heads within two hundred paces from the +Fort, the Gunner being vpon the terrace of the Fort, after he had +cried, Arme, Arme, these be French men, discharged twise vpon +them a coluerine, wherein the Armes of France were grauen, +which had bin taken from Laudonniere. But as he went about +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page528">[pg 528]</span><a name="Pg528" id="Pg528" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The valure of Olotocara.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +to charge it the third time, Olotocara, which had not +learned to keepe his ranke, or rather moued with +rage, lept on the platforme, and thrust him through +the bodie with his pike and slew him. Whereupon Gourgues +aduanced forward, and after he had heard Cazenoue cry, that the +Spaniards which issued out armed at the cry of the alarme, were +fled, hee drew to that part, and so hemmed them in betweene +him and his Lieutenant, that of threescore there escaped not a +man, sauing only fifteene reserued vnto the same death which +they had put the French vnto. The Spanyards of the other fort +in the meane while ceased not to play with their ordinance, +which much annoied the assailants: although to answere them +they had by this placed and oftentimes pointed the foure pieces +found in the first Fort. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The assault and taking of the second fort.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Whereupon Gourgues being accompanied +with fourescore shot went abord the barke +which met him there to good purpose to passe into +the wood neere vnto the Fort, out of which he supposed +the Spanyards would issue to saue themselues +thorow the benefit of the woods in the great fort, which was not +past one league distant from the same. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Sauages great swimmers.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Afterward the Sauages +not staying for the returne of the bark, lept al into the water +holding vp their bowes and arrowes in one hand, and +swimming with the other, so that the Spaniards seeing +both the shores couered with so great a number of +men, thought to flee towards the woods: but being charged by +the French, and afterward repulsed by the Sauages, toward +whom they would haue retired, they were sooner then they +would bereft of their liues. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Spaniards of the second Fort all slaine.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To conclude they al +there ended their dayes sauing 15 of those which +were reserued to be executed for the example of +others. Whereupon Captaine Gourgues hauing +caused al that he found in the second fort to be transported +vnto the first, where he ment to strengthen himselfe to take +resolution against the great Fort, the state whereof hee did not +vnderstand: in fine a Sergeant of a band one of the prisoners +assured him that they might be there very neere 300 wel +furnished vnder a braue Gouernor, which had fortified there, +attending farther succours. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Note.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus hauing obtained of +him the platforme, the height, the fortification and +passages vnto it, and hauing prepared eight good lathers, and +raised all the Countrey against the Spanyard, that he neither +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page529">[pg 529]</span><a name="Pg529" id="Pg529" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +might haue newes, nor succours, nor retract on any side, he +determined to march forward. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A notable Spanish subtiltie.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the meane while +the Gouernour sent a Spanyard disguised like a +Sauage to spie out the state of the French. And +though he were discouered by Olotocara, yet he vsed all the +cunning he could possibly to perswade them that he was one of +the second fort, out of which hauing escaped, and seeing none +but sauages on euery side, he hoped more in the Frenchmens +then their mercy, vnto whom he came to yeeld himself disguised +like a sauage, for feare lest if he should haue bin knowen, he +should haue bin massacred by those Barbarians: but the spie +being brought face to face with the sergeant of the band, and +conuicted to be one of the great fort, was reserued vntil an other +time: after that he had assured Gourgues that the bruit was that +he had 2000 Frenchmen with him for feare of whom the 200 and +threescore Spaniards which remained in the great fort, were +greatly astonied. Whereupon Gourgues being resolued to set +vpon them, while they were thus amazed, and leauing his +Standard-bearer and a Captaine with fifteene shot to keepe the +Fort, and the entry of the Riuer, he caused the Sauages to depart +by night to lye in ambush within the woods on both sides of the +riuer, then he departed in the Morning, leading the Sergeant and +the spy fast bound along with him, to shew him that in deede, +which they had only made him vnderstand in paynting. As +they marched Olotocara a resolute Sauage which newer left the +Captaine, said vnto him, that he had serued him faithfully, and +done whatsoeuer hee had commaunded him, that he was assured +to dye in the conflict at the great Fort, wherein neuerthelesse he +would not faile, though it were to saue his life: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The cause why the Floridans bury their goods with them.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +but he prayed +him to giue that vnto his wife, if hee escaped not, which he had +meant to be tow on him, that shee might bury the +same with him, that thereby hee might be better +welcome vnto the village of the soules or spirits +departed. To whom Captaine Gourgues answered, +after he had commended his faithfull valour, the +loue toward his wife, and his noble care of immortall honour, +that he desired rather to honour him aliue then dead, and that +by Gods helpe he would bring him home againe with victorie. +After the discouerie of the Fort, the Spaniards were no niggards +of their Canon shotte, nor of two double Coluerines, which being +mounted vpon a Bulwarke, commaunded all along the Riuer, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page530">[pg 530]</span><a name="Pg530" id="Pg530" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Note.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +which made captaine Gorgues to get to the hill couered +with wood, at the foot whereof the Fort beginneth, +and the forrest or wood continueth and stretcheth +foorth beyond it: so that he had sufficient couerture to approch +thereunto without offence. He purposed also to remaine there +vntill the Morning, wherein hee was resolued to assault the +Spaniards by scalling their walles on the side toward the +hill, where the Trench seemed not sufficiently flanked for the +defence of the courtains, and from whence part of his men +might draw them that were besieged, which should shew +themselues to defend the rampart while the rest were comming +vp. But the Gouernour hastened his vnhappie destinie, causing +threescore shotte to sallie foorth, which passing through +the Trenches, aduanced forward to descrye the number and +valour of the French, whereof twentie vnder the conduct of +Cazanoue, getting betweene the Fort and them which now were +issued forth, cut off their repassage, while Gourgues commanded +the rest to charge them in the Front, but not to discharge but +neere at hand, and so that they might be sure to hitte them, that +afterward with more ease they might cut them in pieces with their +swordes. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The slaughter of the Spaniards at the third fort.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +So that turning their backes assoone as they were +charged and compassed in by his Lieutenant, they remayned all +slaine vpon the place. Whereat the rest that +were besieged were so astonied, that they +knew none other meane to saue their liues +but by fleeing into the Wooddes adioyning, +where neuerthelesse being incountred againe by the arrowes +of the Sauages which lay in wayte there for them (whereof +one ranne through the target and body of a Spanyard, +which therewithall fell downe starke dead) some were +constrayned to turne backe, choosing rather to dye by the +hand of the French, which pursued them: assuring themselues +that none of them coulde finde any fauour neyther with the one +nor the other Nation, whom they had alike and so out of measure +cruelly intreated, sauing those which were reserued to be an +example for the time to come. The Fort when it was taken, +was found well prouided of all necessaries: namely of fiue double +Coluerines, and foure Mynions, with diuers other small pieces of +all sorts, and eighteene grosse cakes of gunne powder, all sorts of +weapons, which Gourgues caused with speede to be imbarked, +sauing the powder and other moueables, by reason it was all +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page531">[pg 531]</span><a name="Pg531" id="Pg531" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +consumed with fire through the negligence of a Sauage, which in +seething of his fish, set fire on a tunne of powder which was made +and hidden by the Spanyardes, to haue blasted the French at the +first assault, thus blowing vp the store house and the other +houses buylt of Pine trees. The rest of the Spaniards beeing led +away prisoners with the others, after that the generall had shewed +them the wrong which they had done without occasion to all the +French Nation, were all hanged on the boughes of the same trees, +whereon the French hung: of which number fiue were hanged +by one Spaniard, which perceiuing himselfe in the like miserable +estate, confessed his fault, and the iust iudgement which God +had brought vpon him. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The writings hanged ouer the French and Spaniards +slaine in Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But in stead of the writing which Pedro +Melendes had hanged ouer them, imprinting these words in +Spanish, I doe not this as vnto French men, but as +vnto Lutherans, Gourgues caused to be imprinted +with a searing iron in a table of Firewood, I doe not +this as vnto Spaniardes, nor as vnto Mariners, but as +vnto Traitors, Robbers, and Murtherers. Afterward +considering he had not enough to keep his Forts which he +had wonne, much lesse to store them, fearing also lest the +Spaniard which hath Dominions neere adioyning should renew +his forces, or the Sauages should prevaile against the French men, +vnlesse his Maiestie would send thither, hee resolued to raze +them. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The three Forts razed.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And indeede, after he had assembled and in +the ende perswaded all the Sauage kings so to doe, +they caused their subiects to runne thither with such +affection, that they ouerthrew all the three forts flatte euen with +the ground in one day. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Great honour done by the Sauages to Gourgues.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This done by Gourgues, that he might +returne to his Shippes which he had left in the Riuer of Seyne +called Tacatacourou, fifteene leagues distant from thence, he +sent Cazenoue and the artillery by water: afterward with +fourescore harquebusiers, armed with corslets, and matches light, +followed with fortie Mariners bearing pikes, by reason of the +small confidence he was to haue in so many Sauages, he marched +by land alwayes in battell ray, finding the wayes couered with +Sauages, which came to honour him with presents +and prayses, as the deliuerer of all the countries +round about adioyning. An old woman among +the rest sayd vnto him, that now she cared +not any more to dye, since she had seene the +Frenchmen once againe in Florida, and the Spaniards chased +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page532">[pg 532]</span><a name="Pg532" id="Pg532" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +out. Briefly being arriued, and finding his ships set in order, +and euery thing ready to set sayle, hee counselled the kings to +continue in the amitie and ancient league which they had made +with the king of France, which would defend them against all +Nations: which they all promised, shedding teares because of +his departure. Olocotara especially: for appeasing of whom he +promised them to returne within twelue Moones, (so they count +the yeeres) and that his king would send them an army, and +store of kniues for presents, and other things +necessary. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Kniues in great estimation.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +So that after he had taken his leaue of +them, and assembled his men, he thanked God of +all his successe since his setting foorth, and prayed to him for an +happy returne. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The arriuall of Gourgues at Rochel, the sixt of Iune.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The third of May 1568, all things were made +ready, the Rendez-uous appoynted, and the Ankers weighed to +set sayle so prosperously, that in seuenteene dayes they ranne +eleuen hundred leagues: continuing which course they arriued at +Rochel the sixt of Iune, the foure and thirtieth day +after their departure from the Riuer of May, hauing +lost but a small Pinnesse and eight men in it, with a +few gentlemen and others which were slaine in the +assaulting of the Forts. After the cheere and good intertainment +which he receiued of those of Rochel, hee sayled to Burdeaux to +informe Monsieur Monluc of the things aboue mentioned, albeit +hee was aduertised of eighteene Pinnesses, and a great Shippe of +two hundred Tunnes full of Spanyardes, which being assured of +the defeat in Florida, and that he was at Rochel, came as farre +as Che-de-Bois, the same day that he departed thence, and +followed him as farre as Blay (but he was gotten already to +Bordeaux) to make him yeeld another account of his voyage, +then that, wherewith hee made many Frenchmen right glad. +The Catholicke king being afterward informed that Gourgues +could not easily be taken, offered a great summe of money to +him that could bring him his head, praying moreover king +Charles to doe iustice on him as of the authour of so bloody an +act contrary to their alliance and good league of friendshippe. +In so much as comming to Paris to present himselfe vnto the +King, to signifie vnto him the successe of his Voyage, and the +meanes which hee had to subdue this whole Countrey vnto his +obedience, (wherein hee offered to imploy his life, and all his +goods) hee found his entertainment and answere so contrary to +his expectation, that in fine hee was constrayned to hide himselfe +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page533">[pg 533]</span><a name="Pg533" id="Pg533" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +a long space in the Court of Roan, about the yeere 1570. And +without the assistance of President Marigny, in whose house he +remained certayne dayes, and of the Receiuer of Vacquieulx, +which alwayes was his faithful friend, hee had beene in great +danger. Which grieued not a litle Dominique de Gourgues, +considering the services which hee had done aswell vnto him as +to his prdecessours kings of France. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The birth, life and death of captaine Gourgues.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hee was borne +in Mount Marsan in Guyenne, and imployed for the +seruice of the most Christian Kings in all the Armies +made since these twentie fiue or thirty yeeres: at last +he had the charge and honour of a Captaine, which in a place +neere vnto Siene, with thirtie Souldyers sustayned the brunt of a +part of the Spanish Armie, by which beeing taken in the assault, +and hauing all his men cutte in pieces, hee was put into a Galley +in token of the good warre and singular fauour which the Spanyard +is woont to shew vs. But as the Galley was going toward +Sicillie, beeing taken by the Turkeys, ledde away to Rhodes, and +thence to Constantinople, it was shortly afterwarde recouered by +Romeguas, commaunder ouer the Armie of Malta. By this +meane returning home, hee made a Voyage on the coast of +Africa, whence hee tooke his course to Bresil, and to the South +Sea. At length beeing desirous to repayre the honour of France, +he set vpon Florida with such successe as you haue heard. So +that being become by his continuall warlike actions both by +Land and Sea no lesse valiant Captaine then skillfull Mariner, +hee hath made himselfe feared of the Spanyard, and acceptable +vnto the Queene of England for the desert of his vertues. To +conclude, he dyed in the yeere 1582, to the great griefe of such +as knew him. +</p> + +</div> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc77" id="toc77"></a> +<a name="pdf78" id="pdf78"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XXXVI. The relation of Pedro Morales a Spaniard, which sir Francis +Drake brought from Saint Augustines in Florida, where +he had remayned sixe yeeres, touching the state of those +parts, taken from his mouth by Master Richard Hakluyt +1586. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Three score leagues vp from the Northwest from Saint +Helena are the mountaines of the golde and Chrystall Mines, +named Apalatci. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The riuer of Wateri is thirtie leagues from S. Helena Northward, +which is able to receiue any Fleete of ships of great +burden. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page534">[pg 534]</span><a name="Pg534" id="Pg534" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Wateri and Caiowa are two kings, and two riuers to the North +of Saint Helena. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Spaniards haue killed three hundred of the subiects of +Potanou. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The greatest number of Spaniards that haue bene in Florida +this sixe yeeres, was three hundred, and now they were but two +hundred in both the Forts. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There is a great City sixteene or twentie dayes iourney from +Saint Helena Northwestward, which the Spaniards, call La grand +Copal, which they thinke to bee very rich and exceeding great +and haue bene within the sight of it, some of them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +They haue offered in generall to the King to take no wages at +all of him, if he will giue them leaue to discouer this citie, and +the rich mountaines, and the passage to a sea or mighty Lake +which they heare to be within foure and twenty dayes trauel +from Saint Helena, which is in 32. degrees of latitude: and is +that riuer which the French called Port-royal. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He saith also that he hath seene a rich Diamond which was +brought from the mountaines that lye vp in the countrey Westward +from S. Helena. These hils seeme wholy to be the +mountaines of Apalatci, whereof the Sauages aduertised Laudonniere; +and it may bee they are the hils of Chaunis Temoatam, +which Master Lane had aduertisement of. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc79" id="toc79"></a> +<a name="pdf80" id="pdf80"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XXXVII. The relation of Nicholas Burgoignon, aliâs Holy, whom sir +Francis Drake brought from Saint Augustine also in +Florida, where he had remayned sixe yeeres, in mine and +Master Heriots hearing. +</span></h2> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This Nicholas Burgoignon sayth, that betweene S. Augustine +and S. Helen there is a Casique whose name is Casicôla, which +is lord of ten thousand Indians, and another casique whose +name is Dicasca, and another called Touppekyn toward the +North, and a fourth named Potanou toward the South, and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page535">[pg 535]</span><a name="Pg535" id="Pg535" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +another called Moscita toward the South likewise. Besides these +he acknowledgth Oristou, Ahoia, Ahoiaue, Isamacon, alledged +by the Spaniard. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He further affirmeth, that there is a citie Northwestward from +S. Helenes in the mountaines, which the Spaniards call La grand +Copal, and is very great and rich, and that in these mountains +there is great store of Christal, golde, and Rubies, and Diamonds: +And that a Spaniard brought from thence a Diamond which was +worth fiue thousand crownes, which Pedro Melendes the marques +nephew to olde Pedro Melendes that slew Ribault, and is now +gouerner of Florida, weareth. He saith also, that to make +passage vnto these mountaines, it is needefull to haue store of +Hatchets to giue vnto the Indians, and store of Pickaxes to +breake the mountaines, which shine so bright in the day in some +places, that they cannot behold them, and therefore they trauell +vnto them by night. Also corslets of Cotton, which the Spanyards +call Zecopitz, are necessary to bee had against the arrowes +of the Sauages.<a id="noteref_123" name="noteref_123" href="#note_123"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">123</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He say farther, that a Tunne of the sassafras of Florida is +solde in Spaine for sixtie ducates: and that they haue there great +store of Turkie cocks, of Beanes, of Peason, and that there are +great store of pearles. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The things, as he reporteth, that the Floridians make most +account of, are red Cloth, or redde Cotton to make baudricks or +gyrdles: copper, and hatchets to cut withall. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Spaniards haue all demaunded leaue at their owne costs, +to discouer these mountaines, which the King denyeth, for feare +lest the English or French would enter into the same action +once knowen. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +All the Spaniards would passe vp by the riuer of Saint Helena +vnto the mountaines of golde and Chrystall. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Spaniards entring 50. leagues vp Saint Helena, found +Indians wearing golde rings at their nostrels and eares. They +found also Oxen, but lesse then ours. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Sixe leagues from Saint Helena toward the North, there is a +poynt that runneth farre into the sea, which is the marke to the +Seamen to finde Saint Helena and Waterin. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Waterin is a riuer fortie leagues distant Northward from Saint +Helena, where any fleete of great ships may ride safely. I take +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page536">[pg 536]</span><a name="Pg536" id="Pg536" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +this riuer to be that which we call Waren in Virginia, whither at +Christmasse last 1585. the Spaniards sent a barke with fortie +men to discouer where we were seated: in which barke was +Nicholas Burgoignon the reporter of all these things. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Spaniards of S. Augustine haue slaine three hundred or +the subjects of Potanou. One Potassi is neighbour to Potanou. +Oratina is he which the French history calleth Olala Outina. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Calauai is another casique which they knowe. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page538">[pg 538]</span><a name="Pg538" id="Pg538" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"> +<a name="toc81" id="toc81"></a> +<a name="pdf82" id="pdf82"></a> +<h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%"> +XXXVIII. Virginia Richly Valued, by the Description of the Maine Land of Florida, +Her Next Neighbour: Out of the Foure Yeeres Continuall Trauell +and Discouuerie, For Aboue One Thousand Miles East and West, +of Don Ferdinando De Soto, and Sixe Hundred Able Men in his Companie. +</span></h2> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page539">[pg 539]</span><a name="Pg539" id="Pg539" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Preface By Richard Hakluyt.</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This worke, right Honourable, right Worshipfull, and the +rest, though small in shew, yet great in substance, doth yeeld +much light to our enterprise now on foot: whether you desire to +know the present and future commodities of our countrie; or the +qualities and conditions of the Inhabitants, or what course is best +to be taken with them. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Chap. 35.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Touching the commodities, besides the generall report of +Cabeça de Vaca to Charles the Emperour (who first trauelled +through a great part of the Inland of Florida, next adioyning +vpon our Virginia) That Florida was the richest countrie of the +world; and that after hee had found clothes made of +cotton wooll, he saw gold and siluer, and stones of +great value: I referre you first to the rich mines of gold reported +to be in the prouince of Yupaha, and described in the twelfth +Chapter of this Treatise to come within our limits: And againe, +to the copper hatchets found in Cutifachiqui, standing vpon the +Riuer of Santa Helena, which were said to haue a mixture of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page540">[pg 540]</span><a name="Pg540" id="Pg540" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +gold. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Decad. 3. lib. 8. cap. 8.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +It seemeth also that the last Chronicler of the West +Indies, Antonio de Herrera,<a id="noteref_124" name="noteref_124" href="#note_124"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">124</span></span></a> +speaking of the foresaid Riuer of +Santa Helena, which standeth in 32. degrees and an halfe, +alludeth to the prouince of Yupaha, in these words: +Y el oro, y plata, que hailaron, no era de aquella +tierra, sino de 60. leguas, adentro al norte, de los +pueblos dichos Otapales y Olagatanos, adonde se intiende, que +ay minas de oro, plata, y cobre. That is to say, that the gold +and siluer which they found, was not of that countrie (of Santa +Helena) but 60. leagues distant toward the North, of the townes +called Otapales and Olagatanos, where we vnderstand that there +are mines of gold, siluer, and copper. By which reckoning these +rich mines are in the latitude of 35. degrees and an halfe. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Chap. 15.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> I +desire you likewise to take knowledge of the famous golden +prouince of Chisca, stretching further to the North, whereof the +Cacique of Coste gaue notice to Ferdinando de Soto +in the towne of Chiaha, affirming, that there were +mines of copper, and of another mettall of the same colour, saue +that it was finer, and of a farre more perfect lustre, and farre +better in sight, and that they vsed it not so much, because it was +softer. And the selfsame thing was before told the Gouernour +in Cutifachiqui: who sent two Christians from Chiaha with certaine +Indians which knew the countrie of Chisca, and the +language thereof, to view it, and to make report of that which +they should find. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Chap. 23.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +We likewise reade not long after, +that the Gouernour set forward to seeke a prouince +called Pacaha, which hee was informed to bee neere vnto Chisca +where the Indians told him, that there was gold. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Chap. 24.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And in another +place hee saith: That from Pacaha hee sent thirtie +horsemen and fiftie footmen to the prouince of +Caluça, to see if from thence he might trauell to Chisca, where +the Indians said, there was a worke of gold and copper. So that +here is fours times mention, and that in sundrie places, of the +rich and famous golden mines of Chisca, and that they lie +beyond the mountaines toward the North, ouer which they were +not able to trauell for the roughnes thereof. But what neede I +to stand vpon forren testimonies, since Master Thomas Heriot, +a man of much iudgement in these causes, signified vnto you all, +at your late solemne meeting at the house of the right honourable +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page541">[pg 541]</span><a name="Pg541" id="Pg541" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the Earle of Exeter, how to the Southwest of our old fort in +Virginia, the Indians often informed him, that there was a great +melting of red mettall, reporting the manner in working of the +same. Besides, our owne Indians haue lately reuealed either +this or another rich mine of copper or gold in a towne called +Ritanoe, neere certaine mountaines lying West of Roanoac. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Chap. 14.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Another very gainfull commoditie is, the huge quantitie of +excellent perles, and little babies and birds made of +them; that were found in Cutifachiqui. The abundance +whereof is reported to be such, that if they would haue +searched diuers graues in townes thereabout, they might haue laded +many of their horses. Neither are the Turkie stones and cotton +wooll found at Guasco to be forgotten, nor passed ouer in silence. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But that, which I make no small account of, is, the multitude +of Oxen, which, from the beginning of the 16. to the end of the +26. Chapter, are nine seuerall times made mention of, and that +along from Chiaha, Coste, Pacaha, Coligoa, and Tulla, still +toward the North, to wit, toward vs, there was such store of +them, that they could keepe no corne for them: and that the +Indians liued vpon their flesh. The haire of these Oxen is likewise +said to be like a soft wooll, betweene the course and fine +wooll of sheepe: and that they vse them for couerlets, because +they are very soft and woolled like sheep: and not so onely, but +they make bootes, shooes, targets and other things necessarie of +the same. Besides the former benefits, their young ones may be +framed to the yoke, for carting and tillage of our ground. And +I am in good hope, that ere it be long we shall haue notice of +their being neerer vs, by that which I reade in the Italian relation +of Cabeça de Vaca, the first finder of them; which writeth, That +they spread themselues within the countrie aboue foure hundred +leagues. Moreouer, Vasquez de Coronado, and long after him, +Antonio de Espejo (whose voiages are at large in my third +volume) trauelled many leagues among these herds of Oxen, and +found them from 33. degrees ranging very farre to the North and +Northeast. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +A fourth chiefe commoditie wee may account to be the great +number of Mulberrie trees, apt to feede Silke-wormes to make +silke: whereof there was such plentie in many places, that, though +they found some hempe in the countrie, the Spaniards made +ropes of the barks of them for their brigandines, when they were +to put to sea for Noua Hispania. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page542">[pg 542]</span><a name="Pg542" id="Pg542" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +A fifth is the excellent and perfect colours, as blacke, white, +greene, yellow, and red, and the materials to dye withall, so +often spoken of in this discourse: among which I haue some +hope to bring you to the knowledge of the rich graine of +Cochonillio, so much esteemed, and of so great price. I speake +nothing of the seuerall sorts of passing good grapes for Wine and +Raisons. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Chap. 31 and 32.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Neither is it the least benefit, that they found salt made by the +Indians at Cayas, and in two places of the prouince +of Aguacay: the manner also how the Inhabitants +make it, is very well worth the obseruation. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Chap. 31 and 32.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +One of the chiefest of all the rest may be the +notice of the South Sea, leading vs to Iapan and +China, which I finde here twice to be spoken of. +Whereof long since I haue written a discourse, which I thinke +not fit to be made ouer common. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +For closing vp this point, The distances of places, the qualities +of the soiles, the situations of the regions, the diuersities and +goodnesse of the fruits, the seuerall sorts of beasts, the varietie +of fowles, the difference betweene the Inhabitants of the mountaines +and the plaines, and the riches of the Inland in comparison +of the Sea coast, are iudicially set downe in the conclusion of this +booke, whereunto for mine owne ease I referre you. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +To come to the second generall head, which in the beginning +I proposed, concerning the manners and dispositions of the +Inhabitants: among other things, I finde them here noted to be +very eloquent and well spoken, as the short Orations, interpreted +by Iohn Ortiz, which liued twelue yeeres among them, make +sufficient proofe. And the author, which was a gentleman of +Eluas in Portugall, emploied in all the action, whose name is not +set downe, speaking of the Cacique of Tulla, saith, that aswell +this Cacique, as the others, and all those which came to the +Gouernour on their behalfe, deliuered their message or speech in +so good order, that no Oratour could vtter the same more +eloquently. But for all their faire and cunning speeches, they +are not ouermuch to be trusted: for they be the greatest traitors +of the world, as their manifold most craftie contriued and bloody +treasons, here set down at large, doe euidently proue. They be +also as vnconstant as the wethercock, and most readie to take all +occasions of aduantages to doe mischiefe. They are great liars +and dissemblers; for which faults often times they had their +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page543">[pg 543]</span><a name="Pg543" id="Pg543" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +deserued paiments. And many times they gaue good testimonie +of their great valour and resolution. To handle them gently, +while gentle courses may be found to serue, it will be without +comparison the best: but if gentle polishing will not serue, then +we shall not want hammerours and rough masons enow, I meane +our old soldiours trained vp in the Netherlands, to square and +prepare them to our Preachers hands. To conclude, I trust by +your Honours and Worships wise instructions to the noble +Gouernour, the worthy experimented Lieutenant and Admirall, +and other chiefe managers of the businesse, all things shall be so +prudently carried, that the painfull Preachers shall be reuerenced +and cherished, the valiant and forward soldiour respected, the +diligent rewarded, the coward emboldened, the weake and sick +relieued, the mutinous suppressed, the reputation of the Christians +among the Saluages preserued, our most holy faith exalted, all +Paganisme and Idolatrie by little and little vtterly extinguished. +And her reposing and resting my selfe vpon this sweete hope, I +cease, beseeching the Almightie to blesse this good work in your +hands to the honour and glorie of his most holy name, to the +inlargement of the dominions of his sacred Majestie, and to the +generall good of all the worthie Aduenturers and vndertakers. +From my lodging in the Colledge of Westminster this 15. of +Aprill, 1609.<a id="noteref_125" name="noteref_125" href="#note_125"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">125</span></span></a> +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +By one publikely and anciently deuoted to Gods seruice, +and all yours in this so good action,<br /> +RICHARD HAKLUYT. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page544">[pg 544]</span><a name="Pg544" id="Pg544" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. I. +Which declareth who Don Ferdinando de Soto was, and how he +got the gouernment of Florida. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Captaine Soto was the son of a Squire of Xerez of Badaioz. +He went into the Spanish Indies, when Peter Arias of Auila was +Gouernour of the West Indies: And there he was without any +thing else of his owne, saue his sword and target: and for his +good qualities and valour, Peter Arias made him Captaine of a +troope of horsemen, and by his commandement hee went with +Fernando Pizarro to the conquest of Peru: where (as many +persons of credit reported which were there present) as well at the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page545">[pg 545]</span><a name="Pg545" id="Pg545" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +taking of Atabalipa, Lord of Peru, as at the assault of the citie of +Cusco, and in all other places where they found resistance, +wheresoeuer hee was present, hee parted all other Captaines and +principall persons. For which came, besides his part of the +treasure of Atabalipa, he had a good share: whereby in time he +gathered an hundred and foure score thousand Duckets together +with that which fell to his part: which he brought into Spaine: +whereof the Emperour borrowed a certaine part, which he repaied +againe with 60000 Rials of plate in the rent of the silkes of +Granada, and all the rest was deliuered him in the Contractation +house of Siuil. He tooke seruents, to wit, a Steward, a Gentleman +Vsher, Pages, a Gentleman of the House, a Chamberlaine, +Lakies, and al other officers that the house of a Noble man +requireth. From Siuil hee went to the Court, and in the Court, +there accompanied him Iohn Doierces of Siuil, and Lewis +Moscoso D'Aluarado, Nuncio de Tetuan, and John Rodriguez +Lobillo. Except Iohn D, all the rest came with him from +Peru: and euery one of them brought fourteene or fifteene +thousand Duckets: all of them went well and costly apparelled. +And although Soto of his owne nature was not liberall, yet +because that was the first time that hee was to showe himselfe in +the Court, he spent frankely and went accompanied with those +which I haue named, and with his seruants, and many other +which resorted vnto him. Hee married with Donna Isabella en +Bouadilla, daughter of Peter Arias de Auila. Farie of Punno de +Rostro. The Emperour made him the Gouernour of the Isle of +Cuba, and Adelantado or President of Florida, with a title of +Marques of certaine part of the lands which he should conquer. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. II. +How Cabeça de Vaca came to the Court and gave relation of the +Countrie of Florida: And of the Companie that was +assembled in Siuil to goe with Ferdinando de Soto. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +When Don Ferdinando had obtained the gouernment, there +came a Gentle man from the Indies to the Court, named +Cabeça de Vaca, which had been with the gouernour Pamphilo +de Naruaez which died in Florida, who reported that Naruaez +was cast away at sea with all the companie that went with him. +And how he with foure more escaped and arrived in Nueua +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page546">[pg 546]</span><a name="Pg546" id="Pg546" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Espanna: Also he brought a relation in writing of that which he +had seene in Florida; which said in some places: In such a +place I haue seene this; and the rest which here I saw, I leaue +to conferre of betweene his Majestie and my selfe. Generally he +reported the miserie of the Countrie, and the troubles which hee +passed: and he tolde some of his kinsfolke, which were desirous +to goe into the Indies, and vrged him very much to tell them +whether he had seene any rich country in Florida, that he might +not tell them, because hee and another, whose name was Orantes, +(who remained in Nueua Espanna with purpose to returne into +Florida: for which intent hee came into Spaine to beg the +gouernment thereof of the Emperour) had sworne not to discouer +some of those things which they had seene, because no man +should preuent them in begging the same: And hee informed +them, that it was the richest Countrie of the world. Don +Ferdinand de Soto was very desirous to haue him with him, and +made him a fauourable offer: and after they were agreed, because +Soto gaue him not a summe of money which he demanded to buy +a ship they broke off againe. Baltasar de Gallégos, and Christopher +de Spindola, the kinesmen of Cabeça de Vaca, told him, +that for that which hee had imparted to them, they were resolued +to passe with Soto into Florida, and therefore they prayed him +to aduise them what they were best to doe. Cabeça de Vaca +told them, that the cause why he went not with Soto was, +because hee hoped to beg another gouernment, and that hee +was loth to goe vnder the command of another: and that hee +came to beg the conquest of Florida: but seeing Don Ferdinando +de Soto had gotten it alreadie, for his others sake hee +might tell them nothing of that which they would know: +but he counselled them to sell their goods and goe with him, +and that in so doing they should doe well. As soone as he +had opportunitie hee spake with the Emperour, and related +vnto him whatsoeuer hee had passed and seene, and come to +vnderstand. Of this relation made by word of mouth to +the Emperour, the Marques of Astorga had notice, and forthwith +determined to send with Don Ferdinando de Soto his +brother Don Antonio Osorio: and with him two kinsmen of his +prepared themselues, to wit, Francis Osorio, and Garcia Osorio. +Don Antonio dispossessed himselfe of 60000 Rials of rent which +hee held by the Church: and Francis Osorio of a town of Vassals, +which he had in the Countrie de Campos. And they made their +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page547">[pg 547]</span><a name="Pg547" id="Pg547" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Rendezuous with the Adelantado in Siuil. The like did Nunnez +de Tonar, and Lewis de Moscoso, and Iohn Rodriguez Lobillo, +each of whom had brought from Peru fourteene or fifteene +thousand Duckets. Lewis de Moscoso carried with him two +brethren: there went also Don Carlos, which had married the +Gouernours Neece, and tooke her with him. From Badaioz +there went Peter Calderan, and three kinsemen of the Adelantado, +to wit, Arias Tinoco, Alfonso Romo, and Diego Tinoco. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Eluas is a Citie in Portugal.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And as Lewis de Moscoso passed through Eluas, +Andrew de Vasconselos spake with him, and requested +him to speake to Don Ferdinando de Soto concerning +him, and deliuered him certaine warrants which he had +receiued from the Marques of Villa real, wherein he gaue +him the Captaineship of Ceuta in Barbarie, that he might +shew them vnto him. And the Adelantado saw them; and +was informed who hee was, and wrote vnto him, that hee would +fauour him in all things, and by al meanes, and would giue him +a charge of men in Florida. And from Eluas went Andrew de +Vasconselos, and Fernan Pegado, Antonio Martinez Segurado, +Men Roiz Fereira, Iohn Cordero, Stephen Pegado, Benedict +Fernandez, and Aluaro Fernandez. And out of Salamanca +and Iaen, and Valencia, and Albuquerque, and from other partes +of Spaine, many people of Noble birth assembled at Siuil: insomuch +that in Saint Lucar many men of good account which had +sold their goods remained behind for want of shipping, whereas +for other known and rich Countries, they are wont to want men: +and this fell out by occasion of that which Cabeça de Vaca told +the Emperour, and informed such persons as hee had conference +withall touching the State of that Countrie. Soto made him +great offers: and being agreed to goe with him (as I haue said +before) because he would not giue him monie to pay for a ship, +which he had brought, they brake off, and he went for +Gouernour to the Riuer of Plate. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Cabeça de Vaca was the Gouernour of the Riuer of Plate.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +His kinsemen +Christopher de Spindola, and Báltasar de Gallégos +went with Soto. Baltasar de Gallégos sold houses +and vineyards, and rent corne, and ninetie rankes of +Oliue trees in the Xarafe of Siuil: Hee had the office of Alcalde +Mayor, and tooke his wife with him: and there went also many +other persons of account with the President, and had the officers +following by great friendship, because they were officers desired +of many: to wit, Antonie de Biedma was Factor, Iohn Danusco +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page548">[pg 548]</span><a name="Pg548" id="Pg548" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +was Auditor, and Iohn Gaytan nephew to the Cardinall of +Ciguenza had the office of Treasurer. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. III. +How the Portugales went to Siuil, and from thence to S. Lucar: +he appointed Captaines ouer the ships, and distributed +the people which were to goe in them. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Portugales departed from Eluas the 15. of Ianuarie, and +came to Siuil the 19. of the same moneth, and went to the +lodging of the Gouernour, and entred into a court, ouer the +which were certaine galleries where hee was, who came downe +and receiued them at the staires, whereby they went vp into the +galleries: when he was come vp, he commanded chaires to be +giuen them to sit on. And Andrew de Vasconcellos told him +who hee and the other Portugales were, and how they all were +come to accompany him, and serue him in his voiage. He +gaue him thanks and made shew of great contentment for his +comming and offer. And the table being alreadie laid he inuited +them to dinner. And being at dinner he commanded his steward +to seeke a lodging for them neere vnto his owne, where they +might bee lodged. The Adelantado departed from Siuil to Saint +Lucar with al the people which were to goe with him: And he +commanded a muster to be made, at the which the Portugales +shewed themsetues armed in verie bright armour, and the +Castellans very gallant with silke vpon silke, with many pinkings and +cuts. The Gouernour, because these brauaries in such an action +did not like him, commanded that they should muster another +day, and euery one should come foorth with his armour: at the +which the Portugales came as at the first armed with very good +armour. The Gouernour placed them in order neere vnto the +standard which the ensigne-bearer carried. The Castellanes for +the most part did weare very bad and rustie shirts of maile, and +all of them head peeces and steele cappes, and very bad lances. +And some of them sought to come among the Portugales. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Sixe hundred men went with Soto into Florida.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +So those passed and were counted and enroled, which +Soto liked and accepted of, and did accompanie him +into Florida; which were in all sixe hundred men. +He had alreadie bought seuen ships, and had all +necessarie prouision aboord them: he appointed +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page549">[pg 549]</span><a name="Pg549" id="Pg549" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Captaines, and deliuered to euery one his ship, and gaue them +in a role what people euery one should carrie with them. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. IV. +How the Adelantado with his people departed from Spaine, and +came to the Canaries, and afterward to the Antiles. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the yeere of our Lord 1538. in the moneth of Aprill, the +Adelantado deliuered his shippes to the Captaines which were to +goe in them: and tooke for himselfe a new ship, and good of +saile, and gaue another to Andrew de Vasconcelos in which the +Portugales went: hee went ouer the barre of S. Lucar on Sunday +being S. Lazarus day, in the morning, of the moneth and yeere +aforesaid, with great ioy, commanding his trumpets to be sounded, +and many shots of the ordinance to be discharged. Hee sailed +foure daies with a prosperous wind: and suddenly it calmed: +the calmes continued eight daies with swelling seas, in such wise, +that wee made no way. The 15th day after his departure from +S. Lucar, hee came to Gomera, one of the Canaries, on Easter +day in the morning. The Earle of that Island was apparrelled +all in white, cloke, ierkin, hose, shooes, and cappe, so that hee +seemed a Lord of the Gypses. He receiued the Gouernour with +much ioy: hee was well lodged, and all the rest had their lodgings +gratis, and gat great store of victuals for their monie, as +bread, wine and flesh: and they tooke what was needfull for +their ships: and the Sunday following, eight daies after their +arriuall, they departed from the Isle of Gomera. The Earle gaue +to Donna Isabella the Adelantados wife a bastard daughter that +hee had to bee her waiting maid. They arriued at the Antilles, +in the Isle of Cuba, at the port of the City of Sant Iago vpon +Whitsunday. Assone as they came thither, a Gentleman of the +Citie sent to the sea side a very faire roan horse and well furnished +for the Gouernour, and a mule for Donna Isabella: and +all the horsemen and footemen that were in the towne came to +receiue him at the sea side. The Gouernour was well lodged, +visited, and serued of all the inhabitants of that Citie, and all +his companie had their lodgings freely: those which desired to +goe into the countrie, were diuided by foure and foure, and sixe +and sixe in the farmes or granges, according to the abilitie of the +owners of the farmes, and were furnished by them with all things +necessarie. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page550">[pg 550]</span><a name="Pg550" id="Pg550" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. V. +Of the inhabitants which are in the Citie of S. Iago, and in the +other townes of the Island: and of the qualitie of the +soile, and fruites that it yeeldeth. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Citie of S. Iago hath fourescore houses which are great +and well contriued. The most part haue their walls made of +bords, and are couered with thatch; it hath some houses builded +with lime and stone, and couered with tiles. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Great figges.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +It hath great +Orchards and many trees in them, differing from those of Spaine: +there be figgetrees which beare figges as big as ones +fist, yellow within, and of small taste; and other trees +which beare a fruit which they call Ananes, in making and +bignes like to a small Pineapple: it is a fruite very sweete in +taste: the shel being taken away, the kernel is like a peece of +fresh cheese. In the granges abroad in the countrie there are +other great pineapples, which grow on low trees, and +are like the Aloe tree:<a id="noteref_126" name="noteref_126" href="#note_126"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">126</span></span></a> they are of a very good +smell and exceeding good taste. Other trees do +beare a fruit, which they call Mameis of the bignes +of Peaches. This the Islanders do hold for the best +fruit of the country. There is another fruit which they call +Guayahas like Filberds, as bigge as figges. There are other +trees as high as a iaueline, hauing one only stocke without any +bough, and the leaues as long as a casting dart: and the fruite is +of the bignesse and fashion of a Cucumber, one bunch beareth +20. or 30. and as they ripen, the tree bendeth downeward with +them: they are called in this countrie Plantanos; and are of a +good taste, and ripen after they be gathered, but those are the +better which ripen vpon the tree it selfe: they beare fruite but +once: and the tree being cut downe, there spring vp others out +of the but, which beare fruite the next yeere. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Batatas, or Potatos.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +There is another +fruit; whereby many people are sustained, and chiefly +the slaues, which are called Batatas. These grow +now in the Isle of Terçera, belonging to the Kingdome +of Portugal, and they grow within the earth, and are like a +fruit called Iname, they haue almost the taste of a chestnut. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Cassaui root.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The bread of this countrie is also made of rootes which +are like the Batatas. And the stocke whereon those +rootes doe grow is like an Elder tree: they make +their ground in little hillocks and in each of them they thrust 4. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page551">[pg 551]</span><a name="Pg551" id="Pg551" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +or 5. stakes; and they gather the rootes a yeere and an halfe +after they set them. If any one, thinking it is a Batata or Potato +roote, chance to eate of it neuer so little, he is in great danger +of death: which was seene by experience in a souldier, which +assone as hee had eaten a very little of one of those rootes, +hee died quicklie. They pare these rootes and stamp them +and squese them in a thing like a presse: the iuyce that commeth +from them is of an euill smell. The bread is of little taste and +lesse substance. Of the fruits of Spaine, there are Figges and +Oranges, and they beare fruite all the yeere, because the soile is +very ranke and fruitfull. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Store of good horses.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In this countrie are many +good horses, and there is greene grasse all the yeere. +There be many wild oxen and hogges, whereby the +people of the Island is well furnished with flesh: Without the townes +abroad in the Countrie are many fruites. And it happeneth +sometimes that a Christian goeth out of the way and is lost 15. or 20. +daies, because of the many paths in the thicke groues that crosse +too and fro made by the oxen: and being thus lost, they sustaine +them selues with fruites and palmitos: for there be many great +groues of Palme trees through all the Island: they yeeld no other +fruite that is of any profit. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The length and breadth of Cuba.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Isle of Cuba is 300. +leagues long from the East to the West, and in some +places 30. in others 40. leagues from North to South. +It hath 6. townes of Christians: to wit, S. Iago, Baracôa, Bayamo, +Puerto de Principes, S. Espirito, and Hauana. Euery one hath +betweene 30. and 40. households, except S. Iago and Hauana, +which hath about 60. or 80. houses. They haue Churches +in each of them, and a Chaplen which confesseth them and saith +Masse. In S. Iago is a Monasterie of Franciscan Friars: it hath +but few Friers, and is well prouided of almes, because the countrie +is rich: The Church of S. Iago hath honest reuenew, and there +is a Curat and Prebends and many Priests, as the Church of that +Citie, which is the chiefe of all the Island. There is in this +countrie much gold, and few slaues to get it: For many haue +made away themselues, because of the Christians euill vsage of +them in the mines. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A wittie stratagem.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +A steward of Vasques Porcallo, +which was an inhabitour in that Island, vnderstanding +that his slaues would make away themselues, staid +for them with a cudgill in his hand at the place where they were +to meete, and told them, that they could neither doe nor thinke +any thing, that hee did not know before; and that hee came +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page552">[pg 552]</span><a name="Pg552" id="Pg552" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +thither to kill himselfe with them, to the end, that if hee had vsed +them badly in this world, hee might vse them worse in the world +to come: And this was a meane that they changed their purpose, +and turned home againe to doe that which he commanded them. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. VI. +How the Gouernour sent Donna Isabella with the ships to +Hauana, and he with some of his people went thither by +land. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour sent from S. Iago his Nephew Don Carlos +with the ships in company of Donna Isabella to tarrie for him at +Hauana, which is an hauen in the west part toward the head of +the Island, 180. leagues from the Citie of Saint Iago. The +Gouernour and those which staied with him bought horses and +proceeded on their iournie. The first towne they came vnto +was Bayamo: they were lodged foure and foure, and sixe and +sixe, as they went in company, and where they lodged they tooke +nothing for their diet, for nothing cost them ought saue the Maiz +or corne for their horses, because the Gouernour went to visit +them from towne to towne, and seased them in the tribute and +seruice of the Indians. Bayamo is 25. leagues from the Citie of +S. Iago. Neere vnto the towne passeth a great Riuer, which is +called Tanto; it is greater then Guadiana, and in it be very great +Crocodiles, which sometimes hurt the Indians, or the cattell which +passeth the Riuer. In all the countrie are neither Wolfe, Foxe, +Beare, Lion, nor Tiger. There are wild dogges which goe from +the houses into the woods and feed vpon swine. There be certaine +Snakes as bigge as a mans thigh or bigger, they are very +slow, they doe no kind of hurt. From Bayamo to Puerto dellos +principes are 50. leagues. In al the Iland from towne to towne, +the way is made by stubbing vp the vnderwood: and if it bee +left but one yeere vndone, the wood groweth so much, that the +way cannot be seene, and the paths of the oxen are so many, that +none can trauell without an Indian of the Countrie for a guide: +for all the rest is very hie and thicke woods. From Puerto dellos +principes the Gouernour went to the house of Vasques Porcallo +by sea in a bote, (for it was neere the sea) to know there some +newes of Donna Isabella, which at that instant (as afterward was +knowne) was in great distresse, in so much that the ships lost one +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page553">[pg 553]</span><a name="Pg553" id="Pg553" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +another: and two of them fell on the coast of Florida, and all of +them endured great want of water and victuals. When the +storme was ouer, they met together, without knowing where they +were: in the end they descried the Cape of S. Anton, a countrie +not inhabited of the Island of Cuba: there they watered; and at +the end of 40. daies, which were passed since their departure +from the City of S. Iago, they arriued at Hauana. The Gouernour +was presently informed thereof, and went to Donna Isabella. +And those which went by land which were one hundred and +fiftie horsemen, being diuided into two parts, because they would +not oppresse the inhabitants, trauelled by S. Espirito, which is 60. +leagues from Puerto dellos principes. The food which they +carried with them was Caçabe bread, which is that whereof I +made mention before: and it is of such a qualitie, that if it be +wet, it breaketh presently, whereby it happened to some to eate +flesh without bread for many daies. They carried dogges with +them, and a man of the Country, which did hunt; and by the +way, or where they were to lodge that night, they killed as many +hogges as they needed. In this iourney they were well prouided +of beefe and porke: And they were greatly troubled with +Muskitos, especially in a lake, which is called the mere of Pia, +which they had much adoe to passe from noone till night, the +water might be some halfe league ouer, and to be swome about +a crosse bowe shot, the rest came to the waste, and they waded +vp to the knees in the mire, and in the bottome were cockle shels, +which cut their feete very sore; in such sort, that there was +neither boote nor shoe sole that was hole at halfe way. Their +clothes and sandels were passed in baskets of Palme trees. +Passing this lake, stripped out of their clothes, there came many +muskitos, vpon whose bitting there arose a wheale that smarted +very much: they strooke them with their hands, and with the +blow which they gaue they killed so many, that the blood did +runne downe the armes and bodies of the men. That night they +rested very little for them, and other nights also in the like places +and times. They came to Santo Espirito, which is a towne of +thirtie houses; there passeth by it a little Riuer: it is very +pleasant and fruitfull, hauing great store of Oranges and citrons, +and fruites of the Countrie: One halfe of the companie were +lodged here, and the rest passed forward 25. leagues to another +towne called la Trinidad of 15 or 20 households. Here is an +hospitall for the poore, and there is none other in all the Island. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page554">[pg 554]</span><a name="Pg554" id="Pg554" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +And they say, that this towne was the greatest of all the Countrie +and that before the Christians came into this land, as a ship +passed along the coast, there came in it a very sicke man which +desired the Captaine to set him on shore: and the Captaine did +so, and the ship went her way: The sicke man remained set on +shore in that countrie, which vntill then had not bene haunted +by Christians; wherevpon the Indians found him, carried him +home, and looked vpon him till he was whole; and the Lord of +that towne maried him vnto a daughter of his, and had +warre withall the inhabitants round about, and by the +industrie and valour of the Christian, he subdued and +brought vnder his command all the people of that Island. +A great while after, the Gouernour Diego Velasques went +to conquer it, and from thence discouered new Spaine: +And this Christian which was with the Indians did pacifie them, +and brought them to the obedience and subiection of the +Gouernour. From this towne della Trinidad vnto Hauana are +80. leagues, without any habitation, which they trauelled. They +came to Hauana in the end of March; where they found the +Gouernor, and the rest of the people which came with him from +Spaine. The Gouernour sent from Hauana Iohn Danusco with +a carauele and two brigantines with 50. men to discouer the +hauen of Florida; and from thence hee brought two Indians, +which he tooke vpon the coast, wherwith (aswell because they +might be necessarie for guides and for interpretours, as because +they said by signes that there was much gold in Florida) the +Gouernour and all the companie receiued much contentment, +and longed for the houre of their departure, thinking in himselfe +that this was the richest Countrie, that vnto that day had been +discouered. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. VII. +How we departed from Hauana, and ariued in Florida, and of +such things as happened vnto vs. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Before our departure, the Gouernour depriued Nunno de +Touar of the office of Captaine Generall, and gaue it to Porcallo +de Figueroa, an inhabitant of Cuba, which was a meane that +the shippes were well furnished with victuals: for he gaue +a great many loads of Casabe bread, and manie hogges. The +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page555">[pg 555]</span><a name="Pg555" id="Pg555" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Gouernour tooke away this office from Nonno de Touar, because +he had fallen in loue with the daughter of the Earle of Gomera, +Donna Isabellas waighting maid, who, though his office were +taken from him, (to returne againe to the Gouernours fauour) +though she were with child by him, yet tooke her to his wife, +and went with Soto into Florida. The Gouernour left Donna +Isabella in Hauana; and with her remained the wife of Don +Carlos, and the wiues of Baltasar de Gallégos, and of Nonno de +Touar. And hee left for his lieutenant a Gentleman of Hauana, +called Iohn de Roias, for the gouernment of the Island. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Sunday the 18. of May, in the yeere of our Lord, 1539. the +Adelantado or president departed from Hauana in Cuba with his +fleete, which were nine vessels, fiue great ships, two carauels, and +two brigantines: They sailed seuen daies with a prosperous wind. +The 25. day of May, the day de Pasco de Spirito +Santo, (which we call Whitson Sonday,) they saw the +land of Florida; and because of the shoalds, they +came to an anchor a league from the shore. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">This place was called Baya de Sirito +Sancto, being on the West side of Florida, in 29 degrees. 1/2.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Friday the 30. of May they landed in Florida, two +leagues from a towne of an Indian Lord, called Vcita. +They set on land two hundred and thirteene horses, +which they brought with them, to vnburden the +shippes, that they might draw the lesse water. Hee landed all +his men, and only the sea men remained in the shippes, which in +eight daies, going vp with the tide euery day a +little, brought them vp vnto the towne. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The ships came vp to the towne of Vcita.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Assoone as +the people were come on shore, hee pitched his campe +on the sea side, hard vpon the Bay which went vp +vnto the towne. And presently the Captaine generall Vasques +Porcallo with other 7. horsemen foraged the Countrie halfe a league +round about, and found sixe Indians, which resisted him with +their arrowes, which are the weapons which they vse to fight +withall: The horsemen killed two of them, and the other foure +escaped; because the countrie is cumbersome with woods and +bogs, where the horses stacke fast, and fell with their riders, +because they were weake with trauelling vpon the sea. The +same night following the Gouernour with an hundred men in the +brigantines lighted vpon a towne, which he found without people, +because, that assoone as the Christians had sight of land, they +were descried, and saw along the coast many smokes, which the +Indians had made to giue aduice the one to the other. The +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page556">[pg 556]</span><a name="Pg556" id="Pg556" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +next day Luys de Moscoso, Master of the Campe set the men in +order, the horsemen in three squadrons, the Vantgard, the +Batallion, and the Rerewarde: and so they marched that day, +and the day following, compassing great Creekes which came out +of the Bay: They came to the towne of Vcita, where the +Gouernour was, on Sunday the first of Iune, being Trinitie Sunday. +The towne was of seuen or eight houses. The Lordes house +stoode neere the shore vpon a very hie mount, made by hand +for strength. At another ende of the towne stood the Church, +and on the top of it stood a fowle made of wood with gilded eies. +Heere were found some pearles of small valew, spoiled with the +fire, which the Indians do pierce and string them like beades, +and weare them about their neckes and hand wrists, and they +esteeme them very much. The houses were made of timber, +and couered with Palme leaues. The Gouernour lodged himselfe +in the Lords houses, and with him Vasques Porcallo, and Luys +de Moscoso: and in others that were in the middest of the +towne, was the chiefe Alcalde or Iustice, Baltasar de Gallégos +lodged; and in the same houses was set in a place by it selfe, al +the prouision that came in the ships: the other houses and the +Church were broken down, and euery three or foure souldiers +made a little cabin wherein they lodged. The Countrie round +about was very fennie, and encombred with great and hie trees. +The Gouernor commanded to fel the woods a crossebow shot +round about the towne, that the horses might runne, and the +Christians might haue the aduantage of the Indians, if by chance +they should set vpon them by night. In the waies and places +conuenient, they had their Centinelles of footemen by two and +two in euery stand, which did watch by turnes, and the horsemen +did visit them, and were readie to assist them, if there were any +alarme. The Gouernour made foure Captaines of the horsemen, +and two of the footemen. The Captaines of the horsemen were, +one of them Andrew de Vasconcelos, and another Pedro Calderan +de Badaioz: and the other two were his kinsemen, to wit, Arias +Tinoco, and Alfonso Romo, borne likewise in Badaioz. The +Captaines of the footemen, the one was Francisco Maldonado of +Salamanca, and the other Iuan Rodriguez Lobillo. While wee +were in this towne of Vcita, the two Indians, which Iohn Danusco +had taken on that coast, and the Gouernor caried along with him +for guides and interpretours, through carelessnes of two men, +which had the charge of them, escaped away one night. For +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page557">[pg 557]</span><a name="Pg557" id="Pg557" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +which the Gouernour and all the rest were very sorie, for they +had alreadie made some roades, and no Indians could bee taken, +because the countrie was full of marish grounds, and in many +places full of very hie and thicke woods. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. VIII. +Of some inrodes that were made into the Countrie: and how +there was a Christian found, which had bin long time in +the power of an Indian Lord. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From the towne of Vcita, the Gouernour sent the Alcalde +Mayor, Baltasar de Gallégos with 40. horsemen and 80. footemen +into the Countrie to see if they could take any Indians: and the +Captaine Iohn Rodriguez Lobillo another way with 50. footemen, +the most of them were swordmen and targettours, and the rest +were shot and crossebowmen. They passed through a countrie +full of bogges, where horses could not trauell. Halfe a league +from the campe, they lighted vpon certaine cabins of Indians +neere a Riuer: The people that were in them leaped into the +Riuer; yet they tooke foure Indian women; And twentie Indians +charged vs, and so distressed vs, that wee were forced to retire +to our campe, being, as they are, exceeding readie with their +weapons. It is a people so warlike and so nimble, that they care +not awhit for any footemen. For if their enemies charge them, +they runne away, and if they turne their backs, they are presently +vpon them. And the thing that they most flee, is the shot of an +arrow. They neuer stand still, but are alwaies running and +trauersing from one place to another: by reason whereof neither +crossebow nor arcubuse can aime at them: and before one crossebowman +can make one shot, an Indian will discharge three or +foure arrowes; and he seldome misseth what hee shooteth at. +An arrow, where it findeth no armour, pierceth as deeply as a +crossebow. Their bowes are very long, and their arrowes are +made of certaine canes like reedes, very heauie, and so strong, +that a sharpe cane passeth thorow a target: Some they arme in +point with a sharpe bone of a fish like a chisel, and in others +they fasten certaine stones like points of Diamants. For the +most part when they light vpon an armour, they breake in the +place where they are bound together. Those of cane do split +and pierce a coate of maile, and are more hurtfull then the other. +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page558">[pg 558]</span><a name="Pg558" id="Pg558" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Iohn Rodriguez Lobillo returned to the campe with sixe men +wounded, whereof one died; and brought the foure Indian +women which Baltasar Gallégos had taken in the cabins or +cotages. Two leagues from the towne, comming into the plaine +field, he espied ten or eleuen Indians, among whom was a +Christian, which was naked, and scorched with the Sunne, and +had his armes razed after the manner of the Indians, and +differed nothing at all from them. And assoone as the horsemen +saw them they ran toward them. The Indians fled, and +some of them hid themselues in a wood, and they ouertooke two +or three of them, which were wounded: and the Christian, +seeing an horseman runne vpon him with his lance, began to +crie out, Sirs, I am a Christian, slay me not, nor these Indians, +for they haue saued my life. And straightway he called them, +and put them out of feare, and they came foorth of the wood +vnto them. The horse men tooke both the Christian and the +Indians vp behind them; and toward night came into the Campe +with much ioy; which thing being known by the Gouernour, +and them that remained in the Campe, they were receiued with +the like. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. IX. +How this Christian came to the land of Florida, and who he +was: and what conference he had with the Gouernour. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Iohn Ortiz liued 12. yeeres, among the +Floridians of Vcita and Mocoço.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +This Christians name was Iohn Ortiz, and he was borne in +Siuil, of worshipful parentage. He was 12. yeeres in +the hands of the Indians. He came into this Countrie +with Pamphilo de Naruaez, and returned in the ships +to the Island of Cuba, where the wife of the Gouernour +Pamphilo de Naruaez was: and by his commandement +with 20. or 30. other in a brigandine returned +backe againe to Florida: and comming to the port in the sight +of the towne, on the shore they saw a cane sticking in the +ground, and riuen at the top, and a letter in it: and they +beleeued that the Gouernour had left it there to giue +aduertisement of himselfe, when he resolued to goe vp into the land: and +they demanded it of foure or fiue Indians, which walked along +the sea shore: and they had them by signes to come on shore +for it: which against the will of the rest Iohn Ortiz and another +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page559">[pg 559]</span><a name="Pg559" id="Pg559" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Mocoço dwelleth two daies iournie from Vcita.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +did. And assoone as they wereon land, from the houses of the +towne issued a great number of Indians, which compassed them +about, and tooke them in a place where they could not flee: and +the other which sought to defend himselfe, they presentlie killed +vpon the place, and tooke Iohn Ortiz aliue, and carried him to +Vcita their Lord. And those of the brigandine sought not to +land, but put themselues to sea, and returned to the Island of +Cuba. Vcita commaunded to bind Iohn Ortiz hand and foote +vpon foure stakes aloft vpon a raft, and to make a fire vnder him, +that there he might bee burned: But a daughter of his desired +him that he would not put him to death, alleaging, that one only +Christian could do him neither hurt nor good, telling him, that +it was more for his honor to keepe him as a captiue. And +Vcita granted her request, and commaunded him to be cured of +his wounds: and assoone as he was whole, he gaue him the +charge of the keeping of the Temple: because that by night the +wolues did cary away the dead corpse out of the towne, who +commended himselfe to God and tooke vpon him the charge of +his temple. One night the wolues gatte from him the corpse of a +little child, the sonne of a principal Indian: and going after them +he threw a darte at one of the wolues and wounde him that carried +away the corps, who feeling himselfe wounded, left it, and fell +downe dead neere the place: and hee not seeing what he had +done, because it was night, went backe againe to the Temple: +the morning being come, and finding not the bodie of the child, +he was very sad. Assoone as Vcita knew therof, he resolued to +put him to death; and sent by the track, which he said the wolues +went, and found the bodie of the child and the wolfe dead a +little beyond: whereat Vcita was much concerned with the +Christian, and with the watch which hee kept in the Temple, +and from thence forward esteemed him much. Three yeeres +after he fell into his hands there came another Lord +called Mocoço, who dwelleth two daies iourney from +the Port, and burned his towne. Vcita fled to another +towne that he had in another sea port. Thus Iohn +Ortiz lost his office and fauour that he had with him. +These people being worshippers of the deuill, are wont to offer +vp vnto him the liues and blood of their Indians, or of any other +people they can come by: and they report, that when he will +haue them doe that sacrifice vnto him, he speaketh with them, +and telleth them, that he is athirst, and willeth them to sacrifice +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page560">[pg 560]</span><a name="Pg560" id="Pg560" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +vnto him. Iohn Ortiz had notice by the damsell that had +deliuered him from the fire, how her father was determined to +sacrifice him the day following, who willed him to flee to Mocoço: +for shee knew that he would vse him wel: for she heard say, that +he had asked for him, and said hee would bee glad to see him: +and because he knew not the way, she went with him halfe a +league out of the towne by night, and set him in the way, and +returned, because she would not be discouered. Iohn Ortiz +trauailed all that night, and by the morning came vnto a Riuer, +which is in the territorie of Mocoço: and there he saw two +Indians fishing; and because they were in war with the people +of Vcita, and their languages were different, and hee knew not +the language of Mocoço, he was afraid, because he could not +tell them who hee was, nor how hee came thither, nor was able +to answer any thing for himselfe, that they would kill him, taking +him for one of the Indians of Vcita; and before they espied him +he came to the place where they had laid their weapons: and +assoone as they saw him, they fled toward the towne, and although +he willed them to stay, because he meant to do them no hurt, +yet they vnderstood him not, and ran away as fast as euer they +could. And assone as they came to the towne with great outcries, +many Indians came forth against him, and began to +compasse him to shoote at him: Iohn Ortiz seeing himselfe in +so great danger, sheilded himselfe with certaine trees, and began +to shreeke out, and crie very loud, and to tell them that he was +a Christian, and that he was fled from Vcita, and was come to +see and serue Mocoço his Lord. It pleased God that at that +very instant there came thither an Indian that could speake the +language and vnderstood him; and pacified the rest; who told +them what hee said. Then ran from thence three or foure +Indians to beare the newes to their Lord: who came foorth a +quarter of a league from the towne to receiue him; and was very +glad of him. He caused him presently to sweare according to +the custome of the Christians, that hee would not run away from +him to any other Lord: and promised him to entreate him very +well; and that if at any time there came any Christians into that +countrie, he would freely let him goe, and giue him leaue to goe +to them: and likewise tooke his oth to performe the same +according to the Indian custome. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Mocoço his towne within 2. leagues of the sea.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +About three yeeres +after certaine Indians, which were fishing at sea two +leagues from the towne, brought newes to Mocoço +that they had seene ships: and hee called Iohn Ortiz, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page561">[pg 561]</span><a name="Pg561" id="Pg561" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and gaue him leaue to go his way: who taking his leaue +of him, with all the haste he could came to the sea, and +finding no ships, he thought it to be some deceit, and that the +Cacique had done the same to learne his mind. So he dwelt +with Mocoço nine yeeres, with small hope of seeing any Christians. +Assoone as our Gouernour arriued in Florida, it was knowne to +Mocoço, and straightway he signified to Iohn Ortiz, that Christians +were lodged in the towne of Vcita: And he thought he had +iested with him, as he had done before, and told him, that by +this time he had forgotten the Christians, and thought of nothing +else but to serue him. But he assured him that it was so, and +gaue him licence to goe vnto them: saying vnto him, that if hee +would not doe it, and if the Christians should goe their way, he +should not blame him, for hee had fulfilled that which he had +promised him. The ioy of Iohn Ortiz was so great, that he +could not beleeue that it was true: notwithstanding he gaue him +thankes, and tooke his leaue of him: and Mocoço gaue him +tenne or eleuen principall Indians to beare him companie: and +as they went to the port where the Gouernour was, they met +with Baltasar de Gallégos, as I haue declared before. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Paracossi 30. leagues from Puerto de Spirito Santo.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Assoone as he was come to the campe, the Gouernour commanded to giue +him a suite of apparell, and very good armour, and a faire horse: +and enquired of him, whether hee had notice of any countrie, +where there was any gold or siluer: He answered, No, because +he neuer went ten leagues compasse from the place +where he dwelt: But 30. leagues from thence dwelt +an Indian Lord, which was called Parocossi, to whom +Mocoço and Vcita, with al the rest of that coast paied +tribute, and that hee peraduenture might haue notice +of some good countrie: and that his land was better then that of +the sea coast, and more fruitfull and plentifull of maiz. Whereof +the Gouernour receiued great contentment: and said that he +desired no more then to finde victuals, that hee might goe into +the maine land, for the land of Florida, was so large, that in one +place or other there could not chuse but bee some rich Countrie. +The Cacique Mocoço came to the Port to visit the Gouernor +and made this speech following. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Right hie and mightie Lord, I being lesser in mine owne +conceit for to obey you, then any of those which you haue vnder +your command; and greater in desire to doe you greater seruices, +doe appeare before your Lordship with so much confidence of +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page562">[pg 562]</span><a name="Pg562" id="Pg562" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +receiuing fauour, as if in effect this my good will were manifested +vnto you in workes: not for the small seruice I did vnto you +touching the Christian which I had in my power, in giuing him +freely his libertie, (For I was bound to doe it to preserue mine +honour, and that which I had promised him:) but because it is +the part of great men to vse great magnificences: And I am perswaded, +that as in bodily perfections, and commanding of good +people, you doe exceede all men in the world, so likewise you +doe in the parts of the minde, in which you may boast of the +bountie of nature. The fauour which I hope for of your Lordship +is, that you would hold mee for yours, and bethinke your +selfe to command me any thing, wherein I may doe you seruice. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour answereth him, That although in freeing and +sending him the Christian, he had presented his honour and +promise, yet he thanked him, and held it in such esteeme, as it +had no comparison; and that hee would alwaies hold him as his +brother, and would fauour him in all things to the vtmost of his +power. Then he commanded a shirt to be giuen him, and other +things, where with the Cacique being verie well contented, tooke +his leaue of him, and departed to his owne towne. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. X. +How the Gouernour sent the ships to Cuba: and left an hundred +men at the Hauen de Spirito Santo, and himself with the +rest of his people went into the maine land. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From the Port de Spirito Santo where the Gouernour lay, he +sent the Alcalde Mayor Baltasar de Gallégos with 50. horsemen, +and 30. or 40. footemen to the prouince of Paracoussi, to view +the disposition of the countrie, and enforme himselfe of the land +farther inward, and to send him word of such things as he found. +Likewise he sent his shippes backe to the Iland of Cuba, that +they might returne within a certaine time with victuals. Vasques +Porcallo de Figueroa, which went with the Gouernour as Captaine +Generall, (whose principall intent was to send slaues from +Florida, to the Iland of Cuba, where he had his goods and +mines;) hauing made some inrodes, and seeing no Indians were +to be got, because of the great bogs and thicke woods that were +in the Countrie, considering the disposition of the same, +determined to returne to Cuba. And though there was some +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page563">[pg 563]</span><a name="Pg563" id="Pg563" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +difference between him and the Gouernour, whereupon they +neither dealt nor conuersed together with good countenance, yet +notwithstanding with louing words he asked him leaue and +departed from him. Baltasar de Gallégos came to the Paracossi: +There came to him 30. Indians from the Cacique, which was +absent from his town, and one of them made this speech: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Paracossi, the Lord of this prouince, whose vassals we are +sendeth vs vnto your worship, to know what it is that you seeke +in this his countrie, and wherein he may doe you seruice. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Baltasar de Gallégos said vnto him, that hee thanked them +very much for their offer, willing them to warne their Lord to come +to his towne, and that there they would talke and confirme their +peace and friendship, which he much desired. The Indians +went their way, and returned the next day, and said, that their +Lord was ill at ease, and therefore could not come, but that they +came on his behalfe to see what he demanded. He asked them +if they knew or had notice of any rich Countrie where there was +gold or siluer. They told them, they did: and that toward the +West, there was a prouince which was called Cale; and that +others that inhabited other Countries had warre with the people +of that Countrie, where the most part of the yeere was sommer, +and that there was much gold: and that when those their +enemies came to make ware with them of Cale, these inhabitants +of Cale did weare hats of gold, in manner of head peeces. +Baltasar de Gallégos, seeing that the Cacique came not, thinking +all that they said was fained, with intent that in the meane time +they might set themselues in safetie, fearing, that if he did let +them goe, they would returne no more, commanded the thirty +Indians to be chained, and sent word to the Gouernour, by eight +horsemen, what had passed: whereof the Gouernour and al that +were with him, at the Port de Spirito Santo receiued great +comfort, supposing, that that which the Indians reported, might +be true. Hee left Captaine Calderan at the Port, with thirtie +horsemen, and seuentie footemen, with prouision for two yeeres, +and himselfe with all the rest marched into the maine land, and +came to the Paracossi, at whose towne Baltasar de Gallégos was: +and from thence with all his men tooke the way to Cale. He +passed by a little towne called Acela, and came to another called +Tocaste: and from thence he went before with 30 horsemen, and +50 footemen toward Cale. And passing by a towne, whence the +people were fled, they saw Indians a little from thence in a lake; +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page564">[pg 564]</span><a name="Pg564" id="Pg564" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +to whom the Interpreter spake. They came vnto them and gaue +them an Indian for a guide: and hee came to a Riuer with a +great current, and vpon a tree, which was in the midst of it, was +made a bridge, whereon the men passed: the horses swam ouer +by a hawser, that they were pulled by from the otherside: for +one, which they droue in without it, was drowned. From thence +the Gouernour sent two horsemen to his people that were behind, +to make haste after him; because the way grew long and their +victuals short. Hee came to Cale, and found the towne without +people. He tooke three Indians, which were spies, and tarried +there for his people that came after, which were sore vexed with +hunger and euill waies, because the Countrie was very barren of +Maiz, low, and full of water, bogs, and thicke woods; and the +victuals, which they brought with them from the Port de Spirito +Santo, were spent. Whersoeuer any towne was found, there were +some beetes, and hee that came first gathered them, and sodden +with water and salt, did eate them without any other thing: and +such as could not get them, gathered the stalkes of Maiz and eate +them, which because they were young, had no Maiz in them. +When they came to the Riuer which the Gouernour had passed, +they found palmitos vpon lowe Palmetrees like those of Andaluzia. +There they met with the two horsemen which the +Gouernour sent vnto them, and they brought newes that in Cale +there was plentie of Maiz: at which newes they all reioyced. +Assoone as they came to Cale, the Gouernour commanded them +to gather all the Maiz that was ripe in the field, which was +sufficient for three moneths. At the gathering of it the Indians +killed three Christians and one of them which were taken told +the Gouernour that within seuen dayes iournie, there was a very +great Prouince, and plentifull of Maiz, which was called Apalache. +And presently he departed from Cale with 50 horsemen and 60. +footemen. He left the master of the Campe Luys de Moscoso +with all the rest of the people there, with charge that hee +should not depart thence vntill hee had word from him. +And because hitherto none had gotten any slaues, the bread +that euery one was to eate, he was faine himselfe to beate in a +morter made in a piece of timber with a pestle, and some of +them did sift the flower through their shirts of maile. They +baked their bread vpon certaine tileshares which they set ouer +the fire, in such sort as heretofore I haue said they vse to doe in +Cuba. It is so troublesome to grind their Maiz, that there were +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page565">[pg 565]</span><a name="Pg565" id="Pg565" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +many that would rather not eate it, then grind it: and did eate +the Maiz parched and sodden. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XI. +How the Gouernour came to Caliquen, and carrying from thence +the Cacique with him went to Napetuca, where the +Indians sought to haue taken him from him, and in an +assault many of them were slaine, and taken prisoners. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The 11. day of August 1539, the Gouernour departed from +Cale: hee lodged in a little town called Ytara, and the next day +in another called Potano, and the third day at Vtinama, and +came to another towne, which they named the towne of Euil +peace; because an Indian came in peace, saying, That he was +the Cacique, and that he with his people would serue the +Gouernour, and that if he would set free 28. persons, men and +women, which his men had taken the night before, he would +command prouision to be brought him, and would giue him a +guide to instruct him in his way: The Gouernour commanded +them to be set at libertie, and to keepe him in safegard. The +next day in the morning there came many Indians, and set +themselues round about the towne neere to a wood. The Indian +wished them to carrie him neere them; and that he would +speake vnto them, and assure them, and that they would doe +whatsoeuer hee commanded them. And when he saw himselfe +neere vnto them he brake from them, and ran away so swiftly from +the Christians, that there was none that could ouertake him, and +all of them fled into the woods. The Gouernour commanded +to loose a grayhound, which was alreadie fleshed on them, +which passing by many other Indians, caught the counterfait +Cacique, which had escaped from the Christians, and held him +till they came to take him. From thence the Gouernour lodged +at a towne called Cholupaha: and because it had store of Maiz +in it, they named it Villa farta. Beyond the same there was a +Riuer, on which he made a bridge of timber, and trauelled two +daies through a desert. The 17. of August, he came to Caliquen, +where he was informed of the Prouince of Apalache: They told him +that there Pamphilo de Naruaez had bin there, and that hee tooke +shipping, because hee could find no way to goe forward: that +there was none other towne at al; but that on both sides was +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page566">[pg 566]</span><a name="Pg566" id="Pg566" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +all water. The whole companie were very sad for these newes: +and counselled the Gouernour to goe backe to the Port +de Spirito Santo, and to abandon the Countrie of Florida, lest hee +should perish as Naruaez had done: declaring, that if he went +forward, he could not returne backe when he would, and that the +Indians would gather vp that small quantitie of Maiz which was +left. Whereunto the Gouernour answered, that he would not go +backe, till he had seene with his eies that which they reported: +saying, that he could not beleeue it, and that wee should be put +out of doubt before it were long. And he sent to Luys de +Moscoso to come presently from Cale, and that he tarried for +him here. Luys de Moscoso and many others thought, that +from Apalache they should returne backe; and in Cale they +buried their yron tooles, and diuers other things. They came to +Caliquen with great trouble; because the Countrie, which the +Gouernour had passed by, was spoiled and destitute of Maiz. +After all the people were come together, hee commanded a bridge +to bee made ouer a Riuer that passed neere the towne. Hee +departed from Caliquen the 10. of September, and carried the +Cacique with him. After hee had trauelled three daies, there +came Indians peaceably, to visit their Lord, and euery day met +vs on the way playing vpon flutes: which is a token that they +vse, that men may know that they come in peace. They said, +that in our way before there was a Cacique, whose name was +Vzachil, a kinseman of the Cacique of Caliquen their Lord, +waiting for him with many presents, and they desired the +Gouernour that he would loose the Cacique. But he would not, +fearing that they would rise, and would not giue him any +guides, and sent them away from day to day with good words. He +trauelled fiue daies, he passed by some smal townes, he came to +a towne called Napetuca, the 15. day of September. Thither +came 14. or 15. Indians, and besought the Gouernor to let loose +the Cacique of Caliquen their Lord. He answered them that he +held him not in prison, but that hee would haue him to accompanie +him to Vzachil. The Gouernour had notice by Iohn +Ortiz, that an Indian told him how they determined to gather +themselues together, and come vpon him, and giue him battell, +and take away the Cacique from him. The day that it was +agreed vpon, the Gouernour commanded his men to bee in a +readines, and that the horsemen should bee readie armed and on +horsebacke euery one in his lodging, because the Indians might +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page567">[pg 567]</span><a name="Pg567" id="Pg567" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +not see them, and so more confidently come to the towne. +There came four hundred Indians in sight of the campe, with +their bowes and arrowes, and placed themselues in a wood, and +sent two Indians to bid the Gouernour to deliuer them the +Cacique. The Gouernour with sixe footemen leading the +Cacique by the hand, and talking with him, to secure the +Indians, went toward the place where they were: And seeing a +fit time, commanded to sound a trumpet: and presently those +that were in the towne in the houses, both horse and foot, set +vpon the Indians, which were so suddenly assaulted, that the +greatest care they had was which way they should flee: They +killed two horses; one was the Gouernours, and hee was presently +horsed againe vpon another. There were 30. or 40. +Indians slaine. The rest fled to two very great lakes, that were +somewhat distant the one from the other: There they were +swimming, and the Christians round about them. The caliuermen +and crossebowmen shot at them from the banke: but the +distance being great and shooting afarre off, they did them no +hurt. The Gouernour commanded that the same night they +should compasse one of the lakes, because they were so great, +that there were not men enow to compasse them both: being +beset, assoone as night shut in, the Indians, with determination +to runne away, came swimming very softly to the banke; and to +hide themselues, they put a water lillie leafe on their heads. +The horsemen assoone as they perceiued it to stirre, ran into the +water to the horses breasts, and the Indians fled againe into the +lake. So this night passed without any rest on both sides, +Iohn Ortiz perswaded them, that seeing they could not escape, +they should yeeld themselues to the Gouernour: which they did, +enforced thereunto by the coldnes of the water; and one by one, +hee first whom the cold did first ouercome, cried to Iohn Ortiz +desiring that they would not kill him, for he came to put +himselfe into the hands of the Gouernour. By the morning +watch they made an end of yeelding themselues: only 12. principall +men, being more honorable and valorous then the rest, +resolued rather to die then to come into his hands. And the +Indians of Paracossi, which were now loosed out of chaines, +went swimming to them, and pulled them out by the haire of +their heads, and they were all put in chaines; and the next day +were diuided among the Christians for their seruice. Being +thus in captiuitie, they determined to rebell; and gaue in charge +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page568">[pg 568]</span><a name="Pg568" id="Pg568" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A new conspiracie.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +to an Indian, which was interpretour, and held to +be valiant, that assoone as the Goueruour did come +to speak with him, hee should cast his hands about +his necke, and choke him: Who, when he saw opportunitie, laid +hands on the Gouernour, and before he cast his hands about his +necke, he gaue him such a blow on the nostrils, that hee made +them gush out with blood, and presently all the rest did rise. +He that could get any weapons at hand, or the handle wherewith +he did grind the Maiz, sought to kill his master, or the first hee +met before him: and hee that could get a lance or sword at +hand, bestirred himselfe in such sort with it, as though he had +vsed it all his life time. One Indian in the market place +enclosed betweene 15. or 20. footemen, made a way like a bull +with a sword in his hand, till certaine halbardiers of the +Gouernour came, which killed him. Another gat vp with a lance to a +left made of canes, which they build to keep their Maiz in, +which they call a Barbacoa, and there hee made such a noise, as +though tenne men had been there defending the doore: they +slew him with a partisan. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Two hundred Indians taken.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Indians were in all +about two hundred men. They were all subdued. +And some of the youngest the Gouernour gaue to +them which had good chaines, and were carefull to looke to +them that they gat not away. Al the rest he commanded to be +put to death, being tied to a stake in the midst of the market +place: and the Indians of the Paracossi did shoote them to +death. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XII. +How the Gouernour came to Apalache, and was informed, that +within the land, there was much gold. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour departed from Napetuca the 23. of September: +he lodged by a Riuer, where two Indians brought him +a buck from the Cacique of Vzachil. The next day he passed +by a great towne called Hapaluya and lodged at Vzachil, and +found no people in it, because they durst not tarrie for the notice +the Indians had of the slaughter of Napetuca. He found in +that towne great store of Maiz, French beanes, and +pompions, which is their foode, and that wherewith +the Christians there sustained themselues. The Maiz is like +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page569">[pg 569]</span><a name="Pg569" id="Pg569" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +course millet, and the pompions are better and more sauorie +than those of Spaine. From thence the Gouernour sent two +Captaines each a sundry way to seeke the Indians. They tooke +an hundred men and women: of which aswel there as in other +places where they made any inrodes, the Captaine chose one or +two for the Gouernour, and diuided the rest to himselfe, and +those that went with him. They led these Indians in chaines +with yron collars about their neckes: and they serued to carrie +their stuffe, and to grind their Maiz, and for other seruices that +such captiues should doe. Sometimes it happened that going +for wood or Maiz with them, they killed the Christian that +led them, and ran away with the chaine: others filed their +chaines by night with a peece of stone, wherewith they cut +them, and vse it in stead of yron. Those that were perceiued +paid for themselues, and for the rest, because they +should not dare to doe the like another time. The women +and young boyes, when they were once an hundred leagues +from their Countrie, and had forgotten things, they let goe +loose, and so they serued; and in a very short space they +vnderstood the language of the Christians. From Vzachil the +Gouernour departed toward Apalache, and in two daies iournie, +hee came to a towne called Axille, and from thence forward the +Indians were carelesse, because they had as yet no notice of the +Christians. The next day in the morning, the first of October, +he departed from thence, and commanded a bridge to bee made +ouer a Riuer which hee was to passe. The deepe of the Riuer +where the bridge was made, was a stones cast, and forward a +crossebow shot the water came to the waste; and the wood, +whereby the Indians came to see if they could defend the +passage, and disturbe those which made the bridge, was very +hie and thicke. The crossebow men so bestirred themselues +that they made them giue back: and certaine plancks were cast +into the Riuer, whereon the men passed, which made good the +passage. The Gouernour passed vpon Wednesday, which was +S. Francis his day, and lodged at a towne which was called +Vitachuco, subiect to Apalache: he found it burning; for the +Indians had set it on fire. From thence forward the countrie +was much inhabited, and had great store of Maiz. Hee passed +by many granges, like hamlets. On Sunday the 25. of October, +he came to a towne, which is called Vzela, and vpon Tuesday to +Anaica Apalache, where the Lord of all that Countrie and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page570">[pg 570]</span><a name="Pg570" id="Pg570" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Prouince was resident: in which towne the Campemaster, whose +office it is to quarter out, and lodge men, did lodge all the companie +round about within a league, and halfe a league of it. +There were other townes, where was great store of Maiz, +Pomions, French Beanes, and Plummes of the Countrie, which are +better then those of Spaine, and they grow in the fields without +planting. The victuals that were thought necessarie to passe the +winter, were gathered from these townes to Anaica Apalache. +The Gouernour was informed, that the sea was ten leagues from +thence. Hee presently sent a Capiaine thither with horsemen +and footemen: And sixe leagues on the way, he found a towne, +which was named Ochete, and so came to the Sea: and found a +great tree felled, and cut into peeces, with stakes set vp like +mangers, and saw the skulles of horses. Hee returned with this +newes. And that was held for certaine, which was reported of +Pamphilo de Naruaez, that there hee had builded the barkes +wherewith he went out of the land of Florida, and was cast away +at sea. Presently the Gouernour sent Iohn Danusco with 30. +horsemen to the port de Spirito Santo, where Calderan was, with +order, that they should abandon the port, and all of them come +to Apalache. Hee departed on Saturday the 17 of Nouember. +In Vzachil and other townes that stood in the way he found +great store of people already carelesse. Hee would take none of +the Indians, for not hindring himselfe, because it behoued him +to giue them no leasure to gather themselues together. Hee +passed through the townes by night, and rested without the +townes three or foure houres. In tenne daies he came to the +Port de Spirito Santo. Hee carried with him 20. Indian women +which hee tooke in Ytara, and Potano, neere vnto Cale, and sent +them to Donna Isabella in the two carauels, which hee sent from +the Port de Spirito Santo to Cuba. And he carried all the footemen +in the brigandines, and coasting along the shore, came to +Apalache. And Calderan with the horsemen, and some crossebowmen +on foot went by land; and in some places the Indians +set vpon him, and wounded some of his men. Assoone as he +came to Apalache presently the Gouernour sent sawed plankes +and spikes to the sea side, wherewith was made a piragua or +barke, wherein were embarked 30. men well armed; which went +out of the Bay to the Sea, looking for the brigandines. Sometimes +they fought with the Indians, which passed along the +harbour in their canoes. Vpon Saturday the 29. of Nouember, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page571">[pg 571]</span><a name="Pg571" id="Pg571" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +there came an Indian through the Watch vndiscouered, and set +the towne on fire, and with the great wind that blew, two parts +of it were consumed in a short time. On Sonday the 28. of +December came Iohn Danusco with the brigandines. The +Gouernour sent Francisco Maldonado a captaine of footemen +with 50 men to discouer the coast Westward, and to seeke some +Port, because he had determined to goe by land, and discouer +that part. That day there went out eight horsemen by commandement +of the Gouernour into the field, two leagues about +the towne to seeke Indians: for they were now so emboldened, +that within two crossebow shot of the camp, they came and slew +men. They found two men and a woman gathering French +Beanes: the men, though they might haue fled, yet because they +would not leaue the woman, which was one of their wiues, they +resolued to die fighting: and before they were slaine, they +wounded three horses, whereof one died within a few daies after. +Calderan going with his men by the Sea-coast, from a wood that +was neere the place, the Indians set vpon him, and made him +forsake his way, and many of them that went with him forsooke +some necessarie victuals, which they carried with them. Three +or foure daies after the limited time giuen by the Gouernour to +Maldonado for his going and comming, being alreadie determined +and resolued, if within eight daies he did not come to tarrie no +longer for him, he came and brought an Indian from a Prouince, +which was called Ochus, sixtie leagues Westward from Apalache; +where he had found a good Port of good depth and defense against +weather. And because the Gouernour hoped to find a good +countrie forward he was well contented. And he sent Maldonado +for victuals to Hauana, with order, that he should tarrie +for him at the Port of Ochus, which hee had discouered, for hee +would goe seeke it by land: and if he should chance to stay, and +not come thither that summer, that then he should returne to +Hauana, and should come again the next summer after and +tarrie for him at that port, for he said hee would doe none other +thing but goe to seeke Ochus. Francisco Maldonado departed, +and in his place for captaine of the footemen remained Iohn de +Guzman. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Chap. 11.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Of those Indians which were taken in +Napetuca, the treasurer Iohn Gaytan had a young +man, which said, that he was not of that countrie, but of another +farre off toward the Sunrising, and that it was long since he had +trauelled to see countries; and that his countrie was called +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page572">[pg 572]</span><a name="Pg572" id="Pg572" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Yupaha, and that a woman did gouern it; and that the towne +where she was resident was of a wonderfull bignesse, and that +many lords round about were tributaries to her; and some gaue +her clothes, and others gold in abundance; and hee told, how it +was taken out of the mines, and was moulten and refined, as if +hee had seene it done, or the diuel had taught it him. So that +all those which knew anything concerning the same, said that it +was impossible to giue so good a relation, without hauing seene +it; And all of them, as if they had seene it, by the signes that he +gaue, beleeued all that hee said to be true. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XIII. +How the Gouernour departed from Apalache to seeke Yupaha, +and of that which happened vnto him. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +On Wednesday the third of March, of the yeere 1540. the +Gouernor departed from Anaica Apalache to seeke Yupaha. He +commanded his men to goe prouided with Maiz for sixtie leagues +of desert. The horsemen carried their Maiz on their horses, and +the footemen at their sides; because the Indians that were for +seruice, with their miserable life that they lead that winter, being +naked and in chaines, died for the most part. Within foure daies +iournie they came to a great Riuer: and they made a piragua or +ferrie bote, and because of the great current, they made a cable +with chaines, which they fastened on both sides of the Riuer; +and the ferrie bote went along by it; and the horses swam ouer, +being drawne with capstans. Hauing passed the Riuer, in a +day and an halfe, they came to a towne called Capachiqui. +Vpon Friday the 11. of March, they found Indians in armes. +The next day fiue Christians went to seeke morters, which the +Indians haue to beate their Maiz, and they went to certaine +houses on the backside of the Campe enuironed with a wood: +And within the wood were many Indians which came to spie vs; +of the which came other fiue and set vpon vs. One of the +Christians came running away, giuing an alarme vnto the Campe. +Those which were most readie answered the alarme. They +found one Christian dead, and three sore wounded. The +Indians fled vnto a lake adioyning neere a very thicke wood, +where the horses could not enter. The Gouernour departed +from Capachiqui, and passed through a desert. On Wednesday +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page573">[pg 573]</span><a name="Pg573" id="Pg573" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the 21. of the moneth he came to a towne called Toalli. And +from thence forward there was a difference in the houses. +For those which were behind vs were thatched with straw, +and those of Toalli were couered with reeds in manner of tiles. +These houses are verie cleanly. Some of them had walles +daubed with clay, which shewed like a mudwall. In all the cold +countrie the Indians haue euery one a house for the winter +daubed with clay within and without, and the doore is very little: +they shut it by night, and make fire within; so that they are in it +as warme as in a stoue: and so it continueth all night that they +need not clothes: and besides these, they haue others for summer; +and their kitchins neere them, where they make fire and bake +their bread: and they haue barbacoas wherein they keepe their +Maiz; which is an house set vp in the aire vpon foure stakes, +boorded about like a chamber, and the floore of it is of cane +hurdles. The difference which Lords or principall mens houses +haue from the rest, besides they be greater, is, that they haue +great galleries in their fronts, and vnder them seates made of +canes in manner of benches: and round about them they haue +many lofts, wherein they lay vp that which the Indians doe giue +them for tribute, which is Maiz, Deeres skins, and mantles of the +Countrie, which are like blankets: they make them of the inner +rinde of the barke of trees, and some of a kind of grasse like +vnto nettles, which being beaten, is like vnto flaxe. The women +couer themselues with these mantles; they put one about them +from the wast downeward; and another ouer their shoulder, with +their right arme out, like vnto the Egyptians. The men weare +but one mantle vpon their shoulders after the same manner: and +haue their secrets hid with a Deeres skin, made like a linen +breech, which was wont to be vsed in Spaine. The skins are +well corried, and they giue them what colour they list, so perfect, +that if it be red, it seemeth a very fine cloath in graine, and the +blacke is most fine: and of the same leather they make shooes; +and they die their mantles in the same colours. The Gouernour +departed from Toalli the 24. of March: he came on Thursday at +euening to a small Riuer, where a bridge was made whereon the +people passed, and Benit Fernandez a Portugall fell off from it, +and was drowned. Assoone as the Gouernour had passed the +Riuer, a little distance thence he found a towne called Achese. +The Indians had no notice of the Christians: they leaped into a +Riuer: some men and women were taken; among which was one +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page574">[pg 574]</span><a name="Pg574" id="Pg574" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +that vnderstood the youth which guided the Gouernour to +Yupaha: whereby that which he had reported was more confirmed. +For they passed through Countries of diuers languages, +and some which he vnderstood not. The Gouernour sent by +one of the Indians that were taken to call the Cacique, which +was on the other side of the Riuer. Hee came and made this +speech following: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Right high, right mightie, and excellent Lord, those things +which seldome happen doe cause admiration. What then may +the sight of your Lordship, and your people doe to mee and +mine, whom we neuer saw? especially being mounted on such +fierce beasts as your horses are, entring with such violence and +furie into my Countrie, without my knowledge of your comming. +It was a thing so strange, and caused such feare and terrour in +our mindes, that it was not in our power to stay and receiue your +Lordship with the solemnitie due to so high and renowmed a +Prince, as your Lordship is. And trusting in your greatnesse +and singular vertues, I doe not onely hope to be freed from blame, +but also to receiue fauours: and the first which I demand of your +Lordship is, that you will vse me, my Countrie, and subiects as +your owne; and the second, that you will tell mee who you are, +and whence you come, and whither you goe, and what you seeke, +that I the better may serue you therein. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour answered him that hee thanked him as much +for his offer and good will, as if hee had receiued it, and as if hee +had offered him a great treasure; and told him that he was the +sonne of the Sun, and came from those parts where he dwelt, +and trauelled through that Countrie, and sought the greatest +Lord, and richest Prouince that was in it. The Cacique told +him; that farther forward dwelt a great Lord, and that his +dominion was called Ocute. He gaue him a guide, and an +interpretour for that Prouince. The Gouernour commanded his +Indians to bee set free, and trauelled through his Countrie vp a +Riuer very well inhabited. He departed from his towne the first +of Aprill; and left a very high crosse of Wood set vp in the +middest of the market place: and because the time gaue no +more leasure, hee declared to him onely, that that crosse was a +memorie of the same, whereon Christ, which was God and man, +and created the heauens and the earth, suffered for our saluation: +therefore he exhorted them that they should reuerence it: +and they made shew as though they would doe so. The fourth +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page575">[pg 575]</span><a name="Pg575" id="Pg575" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +of Aprill the Gouernour passed by a towne called Altamaca, and +the 10. of the moneth he came to Ocute. The Cacique sent +him two thousand Indians with a present, to wit, many conies, +and partridges, bread of Maiz, two hens, and many dogs: which +among the Christians were esteemed as if they had been fat +wethers, because of the great want of flesh meate and salt, and +hereof in many places, and many times was great need; and +they were so scarse, that if a man fell sicke, there was nothing to +cherish him withall: and with a sicknesse, that in another place +easilie might haue been remedied, he consumed away till nothing +but skinne and bones were left: and they died of pure weaknes, +some of them saying, If I had a slice of meate, or a few cornes +of salt, I should not die. The Indians want no fleshmeat; for +they kill with their arrowes many deere, hennes, conies, and +other wild fowle: for they are very cunning at it: which skill the +Christians had not: and though they had it, they had no leasure +to vse it: for the most of the time they spent in trauell, and +durst not presume to straggle aside. And because they were +thus scanted of flesh, when sixe hundred men that went with +Soto, came to any towne, and found 30. or 40. dogs, he that +could get one and kill it, thought himselfe no small man: and +he that killed it, and gaue not his Captaine one quarter, if he +knew it, he frowned on him, and made him feele it, in the +watches, or in any other matter of labour that was offered, +wherein hee might doe him a displeasure. On Monday the 12. +of Aprill, the Gouernour departed from Ocute. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Cosaqui. Patofa.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Cacique +gaue him two hundred Tamenes, to wit, Indians to carrie burdens: +hee passed through a towne, the Lord whereof +was named Cofaqui, and came to a prouince of an +Indian Lord, called Patofa, who, because he was in +peace with the Lord of Ocute, and with the other bordering +Lords, had many daies before notice of the Gouernour, and +desired to see him: He came to visit him, and made this speech +following. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Mightie Lord, now with good reason I will craue of fortune to +requite this my so great prosperitie with some small aduersitie; +and I will count my selfe verie rich, seeing I haue obtained +that, which in this world I most desired, which is, to see, and +bee able to doe your Lordship some seruice. And although the +tongue bee the image of that which is in the heart, and that the +contentment which I feele in my heart I cannot dissemble, yet is +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page576">[pg 576]</span><a name="Pg576" id="Pg576" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +it not sufficient wholly to manifest the same. Where did this +your countrie, which I doe gouerne, deserue to be visited of so +soueraigne, and so excellent a Prince, whom all the rest of the +world ought to obey and serue? And those which inhabite it +being so base, what shall be the issue of such happines, if their +memorie doe not represent vnto them some aduersitie that may +betide them, according to the order of fortune? If from this +day forward we may be capable of this benefit, that your Lordship +will hold vs for your owne, we cannot faile to be fauoured and +maintained in true iustice and reason, and to haue the name of +men. For such as are void of reason and iustice, may be compared +to brute beastes. For mine owne part, from my very +heart with reuerence due to such a Prince, I offer my selfe vnto +your Lordship, and beseech you; that in reward of this my true +good will, you will vouchsafe to make vse of mine owne person, +my countrie and subiects. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour answered him, that his offers and good wil +declared by the effect, did highly please him, whereof he would +alwaies be mindfull to honour and fauour him as his brother. +This countrie, from the first peaceable Cacique, vnto the Prouince +of Patofa, which were fiftie leagues, is a fat countrie, beautifull, +and very fruitfull, and very well watered, and full of good Riuers. +And from thence to the Port de Spirito Santo, where wee first +arriued in the land of Florida, (which may bee 350. leagues little +more or lesse) is a barren land, and the most of it groues of wild +Pine-trees, low and full of lakes, and in some places very hie and +thicke groues, whither the Indians that were in armes fled, so +that no man could finde them, neither could any horses enter into +them. Which was an inconuenience to the Christians, in regard +of the victuals which they found conueied away: and of the +trouble which they had in seeking of Indians to bee their guides. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XIIII. +How the Gouernour departed from the Prouince of Patofa, and +went through a desert, where he and all his men fell into +great distresse, and extreme miserie. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In the towne of Patofa the youth, which the Gouernour +carried with him for an interpretour and a guide, began to fome +at the mouth, and tumble on the ground, as one possessed with +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page577">[pg 577]</span><a name="Pg577" id="Pg577" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the diuell: They said a Gospell ouer him; and the fit left him. +And he said, that foure daies iournie from thence toward the +Sunne rising, was the Prouince that he spake of. The Indians +of Patofa said, that toward that part they knew no habitation; +but that toward the Northwest, they knew a Prouince which was +called Coça, a verie plentifull countrie, which had very great +townes in it. The Cacique told the Gouernour, that if he would +go thither, he would giue him guides and Indians for burdens; +and if he would goe whither the youth spake of, that he would +likewise giue him those that he needed: and so with louing +words and offers of courtesie, they tooke their leaues the one of +the other. Hee gaue him seuen hundred Indians to beare +burdens. He tooke Maiz for foure daies iournie. Hee trauelled +sixe daies by a path which grew narrow more and more, till it +was lost altogether: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Two swift Riuers.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He went where the youth did lead him, and +passed two Riuers which were waded: each of them +was two crossebowshot ouer: the water came to the +stirrops, and had so great a current, that it was +needfull for the horsemen to stand one before another, that the +footemen might passe aboue them leaning vnto them. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Another greater Riuer.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He came to another Riuer of a greater current and +largenes, which was passed with more trouble, because +the horses did swim at the comming out about a lances length. +Hauing passed this Riuer, the Gouernor came to a groue of +pinetrees, and threatned the youth, and made as though hee +would haue cast him to the dogges, because he had told him a +lie, saying it was but foure daies iournie, and they had trauelled +nine, and euery day 7. or 8. leagues, and the men by this time +were growne wearie and weake, and the horses leane through the +great scanting of the Maiz. The youth said, that hee knew not +where hee was. It saued him that he was not cast to the dogges, +that there was neuer another whom Iohn Ortiz did vnderstand. +The Gouernour with them two, and with some horsemen and +footemen, leauing the Campe in a groue of pinetrees, trauelled +that day 5. or 6. leagues to seek a way, and returned at night +very comfortlesse, and without finding any signe of way or towne. +The next day there were sundrie opinions deliuered, whether +they should goe backe, or what they should doe: and because +backward the Countrie whereby they had passed was greatly +spoiled and destitute of Maiz, and that which they brought with +them was spent, and the men were very weake, and the horses +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page578">[pg 578]</span><a name="Pg578" id="Pg578" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +likewise, they doubted much whether they might come to any +place where they might helpe themselues. And besides this, +they were of opinion, that going in that sort out of order, that +any Indians would presume to set vpon them, so that with +hunger, or with warre, they could not escape. The Gouernour +determined to send horsemen from thence euery way to seeke +habitation: and the next day he sent foure Captaines, euery one +a sundrie way with eight horsemen. At night they came againe, +leading their horses, or driuing them with a sticke before; for +they were so wearie, that they could not lead them; neither +found they any way nor signe of habitation. The next day, the +Gouernour sent other foure with as many horsemen that could +swim, to passe the Ose and Riuers which they should find, and +they had choice horses the best that were in the Campe. The +Captaines were Baltasar de Gallégos, which went vp the Riuer; +and Iohn Danusco, downe the Riuer: Alfonso Romo, and Iohn +Rodriguez Lobillo went into the inward parts of the land. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The great increase of swine.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour brought with him into Florida thirteene +sowes, and had by this time three hundred swine: +He commanded euery man should haue halfe a pound +of hogs flesh euery day: and this hee did three or foure daies +after the Maiz was all spent. With this small quantitie of flesh, +and some sodden hearbs, with much trouble the people were +sustained. The Gouernour dismissed the Indians of Patofa, +because hee had no food to giue them; who desiring to accompanie +and serue the Christians in their necessitie, making shew +that it grieued them very much to returne, vntill they had left +them in a peopled Countrie, returned to their owne home. Iohn +Danusco came on Sunday late in the euening, and brought +newes that he had found a little towne 12. or 13. leagues from +thence: he brought a woman and a boy that he tooke there. +With his comming and with those newes, the Gouernour and all +the rest were so glad, that they seemed at that instant to haue +returned from death to life. Vpon Monday the twentie sixe of +Aprill, the Gouernour departed to goe to the towne, which was +called Aymay; and the Christians named it the towne of Reliefe. +He left where the Camp had lien at the foote of a Pinetree a +letter buried, and letters carued in the barke of the pine, the +contents whereof was this: Dig heere at the foot of this pine, +and you shal find a letter. And this he did, because when the +Captaines came, which were sent to seeke some habitation, they +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page579">[pg 579]</span><a name="Pg579" id="Pg579" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +might see the letter, and know what was become of the Gouernour, +and which way he was gone. There was no other way to +the town, but the markes that Iohn Danusco left made vpon the +trees. The Gouernour with some of them that had the best +horses came to it on the Monday: And all the rest inforcing +themselues the best they could, some of them lodged within two +leagues of the towne, some within three or foure, euery one as +he was able to goe, and his strength serued him. There was +found in the towne a storehouse full of the flowre of parched +Maiz; and some Maiz, which was distributed by allowance. +Here were foure Indians taken, and none of them would confesse +any other thing, but that they knew of none other habitation. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">An Indian burned for his falsehood.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour commanded one of them to be +burned; and presently another confessed, that two +daies iourney from thence, there was a Prouince that +was called Cutifa Chiqui. Vpon Wednesday came +the Captaines Baltasar de Gallégos, Alfonso Romo, and Iohn +Rodriguez Lobillo: for they had found the letter, and followed +the way which the Gouernour had taken toward the towne. +Two men of Iohn Rodriguez companie were lost, because their +horses tired: the Gouernour checked him very sore for leauing +them behind, and sent to seeke them: and assoone as they came, +he departed toward Cutifa Chiqui. In the way three Indians +were taken, which said, that the Ladie of that Countrie had +notice alreadie of the Christians, and staied for them in a towne +of hers. The Gouernour sent by one of them to offer her his +friendship, and to aduertise her how he was comming thither. +The Gouernour came vnto the towne: and presently there came +foure canoes to him; in one of them came a sister of the Ladie, +and approching to the Gouernour she said these words: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Excellent Lord, my sister sendeth vnto you by me to kisse +your Lordships hands, and to signifie vnto you, that the cause +why she came not in person, is, that she thinketh to do you +greater seruice staying behind, as she doth, giuing order, that +with all speed, al her canoes be readie, that your Lordship may +passe the Riuer, and take your rest, which shall be presentlie +performed. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour gaue her thankes, and she returned to the other +side of the Riuer. Within a little while the Ladie came out of +the towne in a Chaire, whereon certaine of the principall Indians +brought her to the Riuer. She entred into a barge, which had +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page580">[pg 580]</span><a name="Pg580" id="Pg580" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the sterne tilted ouer, and on the floore her mat readie laied with +two cushions vpon it one vpon another, where she sate her +downe; and with her came her principall Indians in other barges, +which did wait vpon her. She went to the place where the +Gouernour was, and at her comming she made this speech +following: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Excellent Lord, I wish this comming of your Lordship into +these your Countries, to be most happie: although my power be +not answerable to my wil, and my seruices be not according to +my desire, nor such as so high a Prince, as your Lordship, +deserueth; yet since the good will is rather to be accepted, then +all the treasures of the world, that without it are offered, with +most vnfaileable and manifest affection, I offer you my person, +lands, and subiects, and this small seruice. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And therewithal she presented vnto him great store of clothes +of the Countrie, which shee brought in other canoes; to wit, +mantles and skinnes; and tooke from her owne necke a great +cordon of perles, and cast it about the necke of the Gouernour, +entertaining him with very gracious speeches of loue and courtesie, +and commanded canoes to be brought thither, wherein the +Gouernour and his people passed the Riuer. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Cutifa-Chiqui.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Assoone as hee was lodged in the towne, she sent him another +present of many hens. This Countrie was verie +pleasant, fat, and hath goodly meadows by the Riuers. Their +woods are thin, and ful of Walnut trees and Mulberrie trees. +They said the sea was two daies journey from thence. Within +a league, and a halfe a league about this towne, was great townes +dispeopled, and ouergrowne with grasse; which shewed, that they +had been long without inhabitants. The Indians said, that two +yeere before there was a plague in that countrie, and that they +remooued to other townes. There was in their storehouses great +quantitie of clothes, mantles of yarne made of the barkes of trees, +and others made of feathers, white, greene red, and yellow, very +fine after their vse, and profitable for winter. There were also +many Deeres skinnes, with many compartiments traced in them, +and some of them made into hose, stockings and shooes. And +the Ladie perceiuing, that the Christians esteemed the perles, +aduised the Gouernour to send to search certaine graues that +were in that towne, and that hee should find many: and that if +hee would send to the dispeopled townes, hee might load all his +horses. They sought the graues of the towne, and there found +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page581">[pg 581]</span><a name="Pg581" id="Pg581" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +fourteene rooues of perles, and little babies and birdes made of +them. The people were browne, well made, and well proportioned, +and more ciuill then any others that were seene in all the +countrie of Florida, and all of them well shod and clothed. The +youth told the Gouernour, that hee began now to enter into the +land which hee spake of: and some credit was giuen him that it +was so, because hee vnderstood the language of the Indians: +and hee requested that hee might bee christened, for hee said he +desired to become a Christian: Hee was christened, and named +Peter; and the Gouernour commanded him to be loosed from a +chaine, in which vntill that time he had gone. This countrie, as +the Indians reported, had beene much inhabited, and had the +fame of a good countrie. And, as it seemeth, the youth which +was the Gouernours guide, had heard of it, and that which he +knew by heresay, hee affirmed that hee had seene, and augmented +at his pleasure. In this towne was found a dagger, and beades, +that had belonged to Christians. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">This towne was but two daies iourney from +the hauen of Santa Helena. In the yeere 1525. It is 32 degrees 1/2.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Indians reported that +Christians had been in the hauen, which was two +daies iourney from this towne, many yeeres agoe. +Hee that came thither was the Gouernour, the +Licenciate Lucas Vasquez de Ayllon, which went to +conquer this countrie, and at his comming to the +Port hee died; and there was a diuision, quarrels +and slaughters betweene some principall men which +went with him, for the principall gouernment: And +without knowing anything of the countrie they +returned home to Hispaniola. All the company thought it good +to inhabite that countrie, because it was in a temperat climate: +And that if it were inhabited, al the shippes of New Spaine, of +Peru, Santa Martha, and Tierra firme in their returne for Spaine, +might well touch there: because it was in their way; and because +it was a good countrie, and sited fit to raise commoditie. The +Gouernour, since it was his intent to seeke another treasure, like +that of Atabalipa Lord of Peru, was not contented with a good +countrie, nor with perles, though many of them were worth their +weight in gold. And if the countrie had been diuided among +the Christians, those which the Indians had fished for afterward, +would haue been of more value; for those which they had, because +they burned them in the fire, did leese their colour. The Gouernour +answered them, that vrged him to inhabit, That in all the +countrie there were not victuals to susteine his men one moneth; +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page582">[pg 582]</span><a name="Pg582" id="Pg582" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and that it was needfull to resort to the Port of Ocus, where +Maldanado was to stay for them: and that if no richer Countrie +were found, they might returne againe to that whensoeuer they +would: and in the meane time the Indians would sow their fields, +and it would be better furnished with Maiz. He inquired of the +Indians, whether they had notice of any great Lord farther into +the land. They told him, that 12. daies iournie from thence, +there was a Prouince called Chiaha, subiect to the Lord of Coça. +Presently the Gouernour determined to seeke that land. And +being a sterne man, and of few words, though he was glad to +sift and know the opinion of all men, yet after hee had deliuered +his owne, he would not be contraried, and alwaies did what liked +himselfe, and so all men did condescend vnto his will. And +though it seemed an errour to leaue that Countrie, (for others +might haue been sought round about, where the people might +haue been sustained, vntill the haruest had been readie there, +and the Maiz gathered) yet there was none that would say any +thing against him, after they knew his resolution. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XV. +How the Gouernour departed from Cutifa-Chiqui to seeke the +Prouince of Coça; and what happened vnto him in the +way. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour departed from Cutifa-Chiqui the third day of +May. And because the Indians had reuolted, and the +will of the Ladie was perceiued, that if she could, she would +depart without giuing any guides or men for burdens, for the +wrongs which the Christians had done to the Indians: (for there +neuer want some among many of the base sort, that for a little +doe put themselues and others in danger of vndoing.) The +Gouernour commanded her to be kept in safegard, and carried +with him, not with so good vsage as she deserued for the good +wil she shewed and good entertainment that she had made him. +And he verified that old prouerb which saith; For weldoing I +receiue euill. And so he carried her on foot with his bondwomen +to looke vnto her. In all the townes where the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page583">[pg 583]</span><a name="Pg583" id="Pg583" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Gouernour passed, the Ladie commanded the Indians to come +and carrie the burdens from one towne to another. We passed +through her Countrie an hundred leagues, in which, as we saw, +she was much obeyed; For the Indians did all that she commanded +them with great efficacie and diligence. Peter the youth +that was our guide, said, that she was not the Ladie her selfe, +but a neece of hers, which came to that towne to execute certaine +principal men by commandement of the Ladie, which had withheld +her tribute: which words were not beleeued, because of +the lies which they had found in him before: but they bare with +all things, because of the need which they had of +him, to declare what the Indians said. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Chalaque seuen daies iournie from Cutifa-Chiqui.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +In seuen +daies space the Gouernour came to a Prouince called +Chalaque, the poorest Country of Maiz that was seene +in Florida. The Indians fed vpon rootes and herbes +which they seeke in the fields, and vpon wild beasts, which they +kil with their bowes and arrowes: and it is a verie gentle people. +All of them goe naked, and are very leane. There was a Lord, +which for a great present, brought the Gouernour two Deeres +skins: and there were in that Countrie many wild hennes. In +one towne they made him a present of 700. hennes, and so in +other townes they sent him those which they had or could get. +From this Prouince to another, which is called Xualla, he spent +fiue daies: here he found very little Maiz; and for this cause, +though the people were wearied, and the horses very weake, he +staied no more but two daies. From Ocute to Cutifa-chiqui, +may bee some hundred and thirtie leagues, whereof 80. are +wildernesse. From Cutifa-chiqui to Xualla, two hundred and +fiftie, and it is an hillie Countrie. The Gouernour departed from +Xualla toward Guaxule: he passed very rough and hie hilles. +In that iournie, the Ladie of Cutifa-chiqui (whom the Gouernour +carried with him, as is afore said, with purpose to carrie her to +Guaxule, because her territorie reached thither) going on a day +with the bondwomen which lead her, went out of the way, and +entred into a wood, saying, she went to ease her selfe, and so +she deceiued them, and hid her selfe in the wood; and though +they sought her they could not find her. She carried away with +her a little chest made of canes in manner of a coffer, which they +call Petaca, full of vnbored perles. Some which could iudge of +them, said, that they were of great value. An Indian woman +that waited on her did carrie them. The Gouernour not to discontent +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page584">[pg 584]</span><a name="Pg584" id="Pg584" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +her altogether, left them with her, making account that +in Guaxule he would ask them of her, when he gaue her leaue to +returne: which coffer she carried away, and went to Xualla with +three slaues which fled from the Campe, and one horseman +which remained behind, who falling sicke of an ague went out of +the way, and was lost. This man, whose name was Alimamos, +dealt with the slaues to change their euill purpose, and returne +with him to the Christians: which two of them did; and +Alimamos and they ouertooke the Gouernour 50. leagues from +thence in a Prouince called Chiaha; and reported how the +Ladie remained in Xualla with a slaue of Andrew de Vasconcellos, +which would not come backe with them, and that of a certaintie +they liued as man and wife together, and meant to goe both to +Cutifa-chiqui. Within fiue daies the Gouernour came to +Guaxule. The Indians there gaue him a present of 300 dogges, +because they saw the Christians esteeme them, and sought them +to feed on them: for among them they are not eaten. In +Guaxule, and all that way was very little Maiz: The Gouernour +sent from thence an Indian with a message to the Cacique of +Chiaha, to desire him to gather some Maiz thither, that he might +rest a few daies in Chiaha. The Gouernour departed from +Guaxule, and in two daies iournie came to a towne called Canasagua. +There met him on the way 20. Indians euery one laden +with a basket full of Mulberries: for there be many, and those +very good, from Culifa-chiqui thither, and so forward in other +Prouinces, and also nuts and plummes. And the trees grow in +the fields without planting or dressing them, and are as big and +rancke, as though they grew in gardens digged and watered. +From the time that the Gouernour departed from Canasagua, hee +iournied fiue daies through a desert; and two leagues before hee +came to Chiaha, there met him 15. Indians loaded with Maiz, +which the Cacique had sent; and they told him on his behalfe +that he waited his comming with 20. barnes full of it; and farther +that himselfe his countrie, and subiects, and al things els were at +his seruice. On the 5. day of Iune, the Gouernour entred into +Chiaha: The Cacique voided his owne houses, in which he lodged +and receiued him with much ioy, saying these words following: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Mightie and excellent Lord, I hold my selfe for so happie a +man, in that it hath pleased your Lordship to vse me, that +nothing could haue happened vnto me of more contentment, nor +that I would haue esteemed so much. From Guaxule your +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page585">[pg 585]</span><a name="Pg585" id="Pg585" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Lordship sent vnto me, that I should prepare Maiz for you in +this towne for two moneths: Here I haue for you 20. barnes full +of the choisest that in all the countrie could be found. If your +lordship bee not entertained by mee in such sort, as is fit for so +hie a Prince, respect my tender age, which excuseth me from +blame, and receiue my good will, which with much loyaltie, truth, +and sinceritie, I will alwaies shew in any thing, which shall +concerne your Lordships seruice. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour answered him, that he thanked him very much +for his seruice and offer, and that he would alwaies account him +as a brother. There was in this towne much butter in gourds +melted like oile: they said it was the fat of beares. There was +found also great store of oile of walnuts, which was cleare as +butter, and of good taste, and a pot full of honie of bees, which +neither before or afterward was seene in all the countrie. The +towne was in an Island betweene two armes of a Riuer, and was +seated nigh one of them. The Riuer diuided it selfe into those +two branches two crossebow shot aboue the towne, and meeteth +againe a league beneath the same. The plaine betweene both +the branches is sometimes one crosse-bowe shot ouer. The +branches are very broad, and both of them may be waded ouer. +There were all along them verie good meadowes, and many fields +sowne with Maiz. And because the Indians staid in their towns +the Gouernour only lodged in the houses of the Cacique, and his +people in the fields; where there was euer a tree, euerie one +tooke one for himselfe. Thus the camp lay separated one from +another, and out of order. The Gouernour winked at it, because +the Indians were in peace, and because it was very hot, +and the people should haue suffered great extremities, if it +had not bin so. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The desert of Ocute, chap. 14.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The horses came thither so weake, that +for feeblenesse, they were not able to carrie their masters: +because that from Cutifa-chiqui, they alwaies trauelled +with very little prouender, and were hunger-starued and tired +euer since they came from the desert of Ocute. And +because the most of them were not in case to vse in +battell, though need should require, they sent them +to feed in the night a quarter of a league from the Camp. The +Christians were there in great danger, because that if at this time +the Indians had set vpon them, they had been in euill case to +haue defended themselues. The Gouernour rested there thirtie +daies, in which time, because the Countrie was very fruitfull, the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page586">[pg 586]</span><a name="Pg586" id="Pg586" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +horses grew fat. At the time of his departure, by the importunitie +of some, which would haue more then was reason, hee +demanded of the Cacique 30. women to make slaues of. Hee +answered that hee would conferre with his chiefe men. And +before hee returned answere, one night all of them with their +wiues and children forsooke the towne, and fled away. The +next day the Gouernour purposing to goe to seeke them, the +Cacique came vnto him, and at his comming vsed these words +vnto the Gouernour: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Mightie Lord, with shame and feare of your Lordship, because +my subiects against my will haue done amisse in absenting +themselues, I went my way without your license; and knowing +the errour which I haue committed, like a loyall subiect, I come +to yeeld my selfe into your power, to dispose of mee at your +owne pleasure. For my subiects do not obey mee, nor do any +thing but what an Vncle of mine commandeth, which gouerneth +this Countrie for me, vntill I be of a perfect age. If your +lordship will pursue them, and execute on them that, which for their +disobedience they deserue, I will be your guide, since at this +present my fortune will not suffer me to performe any more. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Certaine townes.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Presently the Gouernour with 30. horsemen, and as many +footmen, went to seeke the Indians, and by passing +by some townes of the principall Indians which had +absented themselues, hee cut and destroyed great +fields of Maiz; and went vp the Riuer, where the Indians were +in an Island, where the horsemen could not come at them. +There he sent them word by an Indian to returne to their towne +and feare nothing, and that they should giue him men to carrie +burdens, as al those behind had done; for he would haue no +Indian women, seeing they were so loth to part with them. The +Indians accepted his request, and came to the Gouernour to +excuse themselues; and so all of them returned to their towne. +A Cacique of a Prouince called Coste, came to this towne to +visit the Gouernour. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Mines of copper and gold in Chisca toward the North.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +After hee had offered himselfe, and passed +with him some words of tendring his seruice and curtesie; the +Gouernour asking him whether he had notice of any +rich Countrie? he said, yea: to wit, <span class="tei tei-q">“that toward +the North, there was a Prouince named Chisca: and +that there was a melting of copper, and of another +metall of the same colour, saue that it was finer, +and of a farre more perfect colour, and farre better to the sight +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page587">[pg 587]</span><a name="Pg587" id="Pg587" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and that they vsed it not so much, because it was softer.”</span> And +the selfe same thing was told the Gouernour in Cutifa-chiqui; +where we saw some little hatchets of copper, which were said +to haue a mixture of gold. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Chisca is directly North from Cutifa-Chiqui +which is within two daies of Santa Helena.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +But in that part the +Countrie was not well peopled, and they said there +were mountaines, which the horses could not passe: +and for that cause the Gouernour would not goe +from Cutifa-chiqui directly thither: And hee made +account, that trauelling through a peopled Countrie, +when his men and horses should be in better plight, +and hee were better certified of the truth of the thing, he would +returne toward it, by mountaines, and a better inhabited +Countrie, whereby hee might haue better passage. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Two Christians sent from Chiaha to seeke Chisca.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +He sent two Christians from Chiaha with certain +Indians which knew the Countrie of Chisca, and the +language thereof to view it, and to make report of +that which they should find; where he told them that +he would tarrie for them. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XVI. +How the Gouernour departed from Chiaha, and at Coste was in +danger to haue been slaine by the hands of the Indians, +and by a stratageme escaped the same: And what more +happened vnto him in this iourney, and how he came to +Coça. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +When the Gouernour was determined to depart from Chiaha +to Coste, he sent for the Cacique to come before him, and with +gentle words tooke his leaue of him, and gaue him certaine +things, wherewith he rested much contented: In seuen daies he +came to Coste. The second of Iulie he commanded his campe +to be pitched two crossebow shot from the towne: and with +eight men of his guard he went where he found the Cacique, +which to his thinking receiued him with great loue. As hee was +talking with him, there went from the campe certaine footemen +to the towne to seeke some Maiz, and not contented with it, +they ransacked and searched the houses, and tooke what they +found. With this despite the Indians began to rise and take their +armes: and some of them with cudgils in their hands, ran vpon +fiue or sixe Christians, which had done them wrong, and beat +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page588">[pg 588]</span><a name="Pg588" id="Pg588" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +them at their pleasure. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A wise strategem.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour seeing them +al in an vprore, and himselfe among them with so few +Christians, to escape their hands vsed a stratagem, +farre against his owne disposition, being as hee was very francke and +open: and though it grieued him very much that any Indian +should be so bold, as with reason, or without reason to despise +the Christians, he tooke vp a cudgel, and tooke their parts +against his owne men; which was a meanes to quiet them: And +presently he sent word by a man very secretly to the Campe, +that some armed men should come toward the place where he +was; and hee tooke the Cacique by the hand, vsing very mild +words vnto him, and with some principall Indians that did accompanie +him, he drew them out of the towne into a plaine way, and +vnto the sight of the Campe, whither by little and little with good +discretion the Christians began to come and to gather about them. +Thus the Gouernour led the Cacique, and his chiefe men vntill +he entred with them into the Campe: and neere vnto his tent, +hee commanded them to be put in safe custodie: and told them, +that they should not depart without giuing him a guide and +Indians for burthens, and till certaine sicke Christians were come, +which he had commanded to come downe the Riuer in canoes +from Chiaha; and those also which he had sent to the Prouince +of Chisca: (for they were not returned; and he feared that the +Indians had slaine the one, and the other.) Within three daies +after, those which were sent to Chisca returned, and made report, +that the Indians had carried them through a countrie so poore of +Maiz, and so rough, and ouer so hie mountaines, that it was +impossible for the armie to trauell that way; and that seeing the +way grew very long, and that they lingered much, they consulted +to returne from a little poore towne, where they saw nothing that +was of any profit, and brought an oxe hide, which the Indians +gaue them, as thinne as a calues skinne, and the haire like a soft +wool, betweene the course and fine wooll of sheepe. The +Cacique gaue a guide, and men for burdens, and departed with +the Gouernours leaue. The Gouernour departed from Coste the +ninth of Iulie, and lodged at a towne called Tali: the Casique +came foorth to receiue him on the way, and made this speech: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Excellent Lord and Prince, worthie to be serued and obeyed +of all the Princes in the world; howsoeuer for the most part by +the outward phisiognomie, the inward vertue may bee iudged, +and that who you are, and of what strength was knowne vnto +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page589">[pg 589]</span><a name="Pg589" id="Pg589" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +mee before now: I will not inferre hereupon how meane I am in +your presence, to hope that my poore seruices will be gratefull +and acceptable: since whereas strength faileth, the will doth not +cease to be praised and accepted. And for this cause I presume +to request your Lordship, that you will be pleased onely to respect +the same, and consider wherein you will command my seruice in +this your countrie. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour answered him, that his good will and offer was +as acceptable vnto him, as if he had offered him all the treasures +of the world, and that hee would alwaies intreate, fauour, and +esteeme him as if he were his owne brother. The Cacique +commanded prouision necessarie for two daies, while the +Gouernour was there, to be brought thither: and at the time of his +departure, he gaue him foure women and two men, which hee +had need of to beare burthens. The Gouernour trauelled sixe +daies through many townes subiect to the Cacique of Coça: and +as he entred into his Countrie many Indians came vnto him +euery day from the Cacique, and met him on the way with +messages, one going, and another comming. Hee came to Coça +vpon Friday, the 26. of Iulie. The Cacique came foorth to +receiue him two crossebow shot from the towns in a chaire, +which his principall men carried on their shoulders, sitting vpon +a cushion, and couered with a garment of Marterns, of the +fashion and bignes of a womans huke: hee had on his head a +diadem of feathers, and round about him many Indians playing +vpon flutes, and singing. Assoone as he came vnto the Gouernour, +he did his obeysance, and vttered these words following: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Excellent and mightie Lord, aboue all them of the earth; +although I come but now to receiue you, yet I haue receiued you +many daies agoe in my heart, to wit, from the day wherein I had +first notice of your Lordship; with so great desire to serue you, +with so great pleasure and contentment, that this which I make +shew of is nothing in regard of that which is in my heart neither +can it haue any kind of comparison. This you may hold for +certaine, that to obtaine the dominion of the whole world, would +not haue reioyced me so much, as your sight, neither would I +haue held it for so great a felicitie. Doe not looke for me to +offer you that which is your owne: to wit, my person, my lands, +and subiects: onely I busie my selfe in commanding my men +with all diligence and due reuerence to welcome you from hence to +the towne with playing and singing, where your Lordship shall +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page590">[pg 590]</span><a name="Pg590" id="Pg590" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +be lodged and attended ypon by my selfe and them: and +all that I possesse, your Lordship shall vse as it were your owne. +For your Lordship shall doe mee a verie great fauour in so doing. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour gaue him thankes, and with great ioy they both +were conferring together, till they came to the towne: and he +commanded his Indians to void their houses, wherein the +Gouernour and his men lodged. There was in the barnes, and +in the fields, great store of Maiz and French Beanes: The +Country was greatly inhabited with many great townes, and many +sowne fields, which reach from the one to the other. It was +pleasant, fat, full of good meadowes vpon Riuers. There were +in the fields, many Plum trees, aswell of such as grow in Spaine, +as of the Countrie: and wild tall vines, that runne vp the trees; +and besides these, there were other low vines with big and +sweet grapes; but for want of digging and dressing, they +had great kirnels in them. The Gouernour vsed to set a guard +ouer the Caciques, because they should not absent themselues, +and carried them with him, till he came out of their Countries, +because that carrying them along with him, hee looked +to find people in the townes, and they gaue him guides, and men +to carrie burdens: and before hee went out of their Countries, +he gaue them licence to returne to their houses, and to their +porters likewise, assoone as he came to any other Lordship, +where they gaue him others. The men of Coça seeing their +Lord detained, tooke it in euill part, and reuolted and hid themselues +in the woods, aswell those of the towne of the Cacique, as +those of the other townes of his principall subjects. The Gouernour +sent out foure Captaines, euery one his way to seeke them. +They tooke many men and women, which were put into chaines: +They seeing the hurt which they receiued, and how little they +gained in absenting themselues, came againe, promising to do +whatsoeuer they were commanded. Of those which were taken +prisoners, some principall men were set at libertie, whom the +Cacique demanded: and euery one that had any, carried the +rest in chaines like slaues, without letting them goe to their +Countrie: neither did any returne, but some few, whose fortune +helped them with the good diligence which they vsed to file off +their chaines by night, or such as in their trauelling could slippe +aside out of the way, seeing any negligence in them that kept +them: some escaped away with the chaines, and with the burdens, +and clothes which they carried. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page591">[pg 591]</span><a name="Pg591" id="Pg591" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XVII. +How the Gouernour went from Coça to Tascaluca. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour rested in Coça 25. daies. He departed from +thence the 20. of August to seeke a Prouince called Tascaluca: +hee carried with him the Cacique of Coça. He passed that day +by a great towne called Tallimuchase, the people were fled: he +lodged halfe a league farther neere a brooke. The next day he +came to a towne called Ytaua, subiect to Coça. Hee staied +there sixe daies because of a Riuer that passed by it, which at +that time was very hie; and assoone as the Riuer suffered him to +passe, he set forward, and lodged at a towne named Vllibahali. +There came to him on the way, on the Caciques behalfe of that +Prouince, ten or twelue principall Indians to offer him his seruice; +all of them had their plumes of feathers, and bowes and arrowes. +The Gouernour comming to the towne with twelue horsemen, +and some footemen of his guard, leauing his people a crossebow +shot from the towne, entred into it, hee found all the Indians +with their weapons: and as farre as he could ghesse, they seemed +to haue some euill meaning. It was knowne afterward, that they +were determined to take the Cacique of Coça, from the Gouernour, +if hee had requested it. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Vllibahali walled about.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour commanded +all his people to enter the towne, which was +walled about, and neere vnto it passed a small Riuer. +The wall, aswell of that, as of others, which afterward wee saw, +was of great posts thrust deepe into the ground and very rough, +and many long railes as big as ones arme laid acrosse between +them, and the wall was about the height of a lance, and it was +daubed within and without with clay, and had loope holes. On +the other side of the Riuer was a towne, where at that present +the Cacique was. The Gouernour sent to call him, and hee +came presently. After he had passed with the Gouernour some +words of offering his seruices, he gaue him such men for his +cariages as he needed, and thirtie women for slaues. In that +place was a Christian lost, called Mançano, home in Salamanca, +of noble parentage, which went astray to seeke for grapes, whereof +there is great store, and those very good. The day that the +Gouernour departed from thence, he lodged at a towne subiect +to the Lord of Vllibahali: and the next day hee came to another +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page592">[pg 592]</span><a name="Pg592" id="Pg592" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +towne called Toasi. The Indians gaue the Gouernour thirtie +women, and such men for his cariages as he needed. Hee +trauelled ordinarily 5. or 6. leagues a day when he trauelled +through peopled Countries: and going through deserts, he +marched as fast as he could, to eschew the want of Maiz. From +Toasi, passing through some townes subiect to a Cacique, which +was Lord of a prouince called Tallise, hee trauelled fiue daies: +He came to Tallise the 18. of September: The towne was great, +and situated neere vnto a maine Riuer. On the other side of the +Riuer were other townes, and many fields sowne with Maiz. On +both sides it was a very plentifull Countrie, and had store of +Maiz: they had voided the towne. The Gouernour commanded +to call the Cacique; who came, and betweene them passed some +words of loue and offer of his seruices, and hee presented vnto +him 40. Indians. There came to the Gouernour in this towne a +principall Indian in the behalfe of the Cacique of Tascaluca, and +made this speech following: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Mightie, vertuous, and esteemed Lord, the great Cacique of +Tascaluca my Lord, sendeth by me to kisse your Lordships hands, +and to let you vnderstand, that he hath notice, how you iustly +rauish with your perfections and power, all men on the earth; +and that euerie one by whom your Lordship passeth doth serue +and obey you; which he acknowledgeth to be due vnto you, and +desireth, as his life, to see, and to serue your Lordship. For +which cause by me he offereth himselfe, his lands and subiects, +that when your Lordship pleaseth to go through his Countrie, +you may be receiued with all peace and loue, serued and obeyed; +and that in recompence of the desire he hath to see you, you +will doe him the fauour to let him know when you will come: +for how much the sooner, so much the greater fauour he shall +receiue. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour receiued and dispatched him graciously, giuing +him beades, which among them were not much esteemed, and +some other thinges to carrie to his Lord. And he gaue licence +to the Cacique of Coça to returne home to his owne Countries. +The Cacique of Tallise gaue him such men for burthens as he +needed. And after he had rested there 20. daies, hee departed +thence toward Tascaluca. That day when he went from Tallise, +hee lodged at a great towne called Casiste. And the next day +passed by another, and came to a small towne of Tascaluca; and +the next day hee camped in a wood two leagues from the towne +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page593">[pg 593]</span><a name="Pg593" id="Pg593" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +where the Cacique resided, and was at that time. And he sent +the Master of the Camp, Luys de Moscoso, with 15. horsemen, +to let him know how hee was comming. The Cacique was in +his lodgings vnder a Canopie: and without doores, right against +his lodgings, in an high place, they spread a mat for him, and +two cushions one vpon another, where he sat him downe, and +his Indians placed themselues round about him, somewhat +distant from him, so that they made a place, and a void roome +where he sate: and his chiefest men were neerest to him, and +one with a shadow of Deeres skinne, which keept the Sunne +from him, being round, and of the bignes of a target, quartered +with black and white, hauing a rundell in the middest: a farre +off it seemed to be of taffata, because the colours were very perfect. +It was set on a small staffe stretched wide out. This was +the deuice which hee carried in his warres. He was a man of a +very tall stature, of great limmes, and spare, and well proportioned, +and was much feared of his neighbours and subiects. +He was Lord of many territories and much people: In his +countenance hee was very graue. After the Master of the +Campe had spoken with him, hee and those that went with him +coursed their horses, pransing them to and fro, and now and +then toward the place where the Cacique was, who with much +grauitie and dissimulation now and then lifted vp his eies, and +beheld them as it were with disdaine. At the Gouernours +comming, hee made no offer at all to rise. The Gouernour +tooke him by the hand, and both of them sate downe together +on a seate which was vnder the cloth of estate. The Cacique +said these words vnto him: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Mighty Lord, I bid your Lordship right hartily welcome. I +receiue as much pleasure and contentment with your sight, as if +you were my brother whom I dearly loued: vpon this point it is +not needfull to vse many reasons; since it is no discretion to +speake that in many wordes, which in few may be vttered. +How much the greater the will is, so much more giueth it name +to the workes, and the workes giue testimonie of the truth. +Now touching my will, by it you shall know, how certaine and +manifest it is, and how pure inclination I haue to serue you. +Concerning the fauour which you did me, in the things which +you sent me, I make as much account of them as is reason to +esteeme them: and chiefly because they were yours. Now see +what seruice you will command me. +</p> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page594">[pg 594]</span><a name="Pg594" id="Pg594" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernor satisfied him with sweet words, and with great +breuitie. When hee departed from thence he determined to +carrie him along with him for some causes, and at two daies +iournie he came to a towne called Piache, by which there passed +a great Riuer. The Gouernour demanded canoes of the Indians: +they said, they had them not, but that they would make rafts of +canes and drie timber, on which he might passe well enough. +And they made them with all diligence and speed, and they +gouerned them; and because the water went very slow, the +Gouernour and his people passed very well. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From the Port de Spirito Santo to Apalache, which is about +an hundred leagues, the Gouernour went from East to West: +And from Apalache to Cutifa-chiqui, which are 430. leagues, +from the Southwest to the Northeast: and from Cutifa-chiqui to +Xualla, which are about two hundred and fiftie leagues, from the +South to the North: And from Xualla to Tascaluca, which are +two hundred and fiftie leagues more, an hundred and ninetie of +them he trauelled from East to West, to wit, to the Prouince of +Coça: and the other 60. from Coça to Tascaluca from the North +to the South. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hauing passed the Riuer of Piache, a Christian went from his +companie from thence to seeke a woman slaue that was runne +away from him, and the Indians either tooke him captiue, or +slue him. The Gouernor vrged the Cacique that he should giue +account of him, and threatened him, that if he were not found, +he would neuer let him loose. The Cacique sent an Indian +from thence to Mauilla, whither they were trauelling, which was +a towne of a principall Indian and his subiect, saying, that he +sent him to aduise them to make readie victuals, and men for +carriages. But, (as afterward appeared) hee sent him to assemble +all the men of warre thither, that hee had in his Countrie. The +Gouernour trauelled three daies; and the third day he passed +all day through a peopled Countrie: and he came to Mauilla +vpon Monday the 18. of October. He went before the Camp +with 15. horsemen and 30. footemen. And from the towne came +a Christian, whom he had sent to the principall man, three or +foure daies before, because he should not absent himselfe, and +also to learne in what sort the Indians were: who told him that +hee thought they were in an euill purpose: for while hee was +there, there came manie people into the towne, and many weapons, +and that they made great haste to fortifie the wall. Luys de +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page595">[pg 595]</span><a name="Pg595" id="Pg595" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Mauilla walled.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Moscoso told the Gouernour, that it would bee good +to lodge in the field, seeing the Indians were of such +disposition: and hee answered, that he would lodge +in the towne, for hee was wearie of lodging in the field. When +hee came neere vnto the towne, the Cacique came foorth to +receiue him with many Indians playing vpon flutes and singing: +And after hee had offered himselfe, hee presented him with three +mantels of marterns. The Gouernour, with both the Caciques, +and seuen or eight men of his guard, and three or foure horsemen +which alighted to accompanie him, entred into the towne, and +sat him downe vnder a cloth of estate. The Cacique of Tascaluca +requested him, that hee would let him remaine in that +towne, and trouble him no more with travelling: And seeing he +would not giue him leaue, in his talke he changed his purpose, +and dissemblinglie fained that he would speake with some principall +Indians, and rose vp from the place where hee sate with +the Gouernour, and entred into a house, where many Indians +were with their bowes and arrowes. The Gouernour when he +saw he returned not, called him, and he answered, that he would +not come out from thence, neither would he goe any farther then +that towne, and that if he would goe his way in peace, hee +should presently depart, and should not seeke to carrie him +perforce out of his Countrie and territorie. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XVIII. +How the Indians rose against the Gouernour, and what +ensued thereupon. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour seeing the determination, and furious answere +of the Cacique, went about to pacifie him with faire words: to +which he gaue no answere, but rather with much pride and +disdaine, withdrew himselfe where the Gouernor might not see +him, nor speake with him. As a principall Indian passed that +way, the Gouernor called him, to send him word, that hee might +remaine at his pleasure in his Countrie, and that it would please +him to giue him a guide, and men for carriages, to see if he +could pacifie him with mild words. The Indians answered with +great pride, that hee would not hearken vnto him. Baltasar de +Gallégos, which stood by tooke hold of a gowne of marternes +which hee had on; and he cast it ouer his head, and left it in +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page596">[pg 596]</span><a name="Pg596" id="Pg596" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +his hands: and because all of them immediatly began to stirre, +Baltasar de Gallégos gaue him such a wound with his coutilas, +that hee opened him downe the backe, and presently all the +Indians with a great crie came out of the houses shooting their +arrowes. The Gouernour considering, that if hee tarried there, +hee could not escape, and if hee commanded his men to come +in, which were without the towne, the Indians within the houses +might kill their horses, and doe much hurt, ranne out of the +towne, and before hee came out, hee fell twice or thrice, and +those that were with him did helpe him vp againe; and he and +those that were with him were sore wounded: and in a moment +there were fiue Christians slaine in the towne. The Gouernour +came running out of the towne, crying out, that euery man +should stand farther off, because from the wall they did them +much hurt. The Indians seeing that the Christians retired, and +some of them, or the most part, more then an ordinary pase, +shot with great boldnesse at them, and strooke downe such as +they could ouertake. The Indians which the Christians did +lead with them in chaines, had laid downe their burthens neere +vnto the wall: and assoone as the Gouernour and his men were +retired, the men of Mauilla laid them on the Indians backs +againe, and tooke them into the towne, and loosed them presently +from their chaines, and gaue them bowes and +arrowes to fight withall. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Al the clothes and perles of the Christians were lost.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Thus they possessed themselues +of al the clothes and perles, and all that the +Christians had, which their slaues carried. And +because the Indians had been alwaies peaceable +vntill wee came to this place, some of our men had their weapons +in their fardels and remained vnarmed. And from others that +had entred the towne with the Gouernour they had taken swords +and halebards, and fought with them. When the Gouernour was +gotten into the field, hee called for an horse, and with some that +accompanied him, hee returned and slew two or three Indians: +All the rest retired themselues to the towne, and shot with their +bowes from the wall. And those which presumed of their +nimblenes, sallied foorth to fight a stones cast from the wall: +And when the Christians charged them, they retired themselues +at their leasure into the towne. At the time that the broile +began, there were in the towne a Frier, and a Priest, and a +seruant of the Gouernour, with a woman slave: and they had +no time to come out of the towne: and they tooke an house, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page597">[pg 597]</span><a name="Pg597" id="Pg597" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and so remained in the towne. The Indians beeing become +Masters of the place, they shut the doore with a field gate: and +among them was one sword which the Gouernors seruant had, +and with it he set himselfe behind the doore, thrusting at the +Indians which sought to come into them: and the Frier and the +Priest stood on the other side, each of them with a barre in their +hands to beate him downe that first came in. The Indians +seeing they could not get in by the doore, began to vncouer the +house top. By this time, all the horsemen and footemen which +were behind, were come to Mauilla. Here there were sundrie +opinions, whether they should charge the Indians to enter the +towne, or whether they should leaue it, because it was hard to +enter: and in the end it was resolued to set vpon them. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XIX. +How the Gouernour set his men in order, and entred the +towne of Mauilla, +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Assoone as the battell and the rereward were come to Mauilla, +the Gouernour commanded all those that were best armed to +alight, and made foure squadrons of footmen. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">A consultation of the Indians to send away their Cacique.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Indians, seeing how he was setting his men in order, +concluded with the Cacique, that hee should goe his +way, saying vnto him, as after it was knowne by +certaine women that were taken there, that he was +but one man, and could fight but for one man, and that they had +there among them many principall Indians verie valiant and +expert in feates of armes, that any one of them was able to order +the people there; and forasmuch as matters of warre were +subiect to casualtie, and it was vncertaine which part should +overcome, they wished him to saue himselfe, to the end, that if +it fel out that they should end their daies there, as they determined, +rather then to be ouercome, there might remaine one to +gouerne the Countrie. For all this hee would not haue gon +away: but they vrged him so much, that with fifteene or twentie +Indians of his owne, hee went out of the towne, and carried +away a skarlat cloke, and other things of the Christians goods; +as much as hee was able to carrie, and seemed best vnto him. +The Gouernour was informed how there went men out of the +towne, and hee commanded the horsemen to beset it, and sent +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page598">[pg 598]</span><a name="Pg598" id="Pg598" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +in euery squadron of footemen one souldier with a firebrand to +set fire on the houses, that the Indians might haue no defense: +all his men being set in order, hee commanded an harcubuz to +bee shot off. The signe being giuen, the foure squadrons, euery +one by it selfe with great furie, gaue the onset, and with great +hurt on both sides they entred the towne. The Frier and the +Priest, and those that were with them in the house were saued, +which cost the liues of two men of account, and valiant, which +came thither to succour them. The Indians fought with such +courage, that many times they draue our men put of the towne. +The fight lasted so long, that for wearinesse and great thirst +many of the Christians went to a poole that was neere the wal, +to drink, which was all stained with the blood of the dead, and +then came againe to fight. Thie Gouernour seeing this, entred +among the footemen into the towne on horseback, with certaine +that accompanied him, and was a meane that the Christians +came to set fire on the houses, and brake and ouercame the +Indians, who running out of the towne from the footemen, the +horsemen without draue in at the gates again, where being +without all hope of life, they fought valiantly, and after the +Christians came among them to handy blowes, seeing themselues +in great distresse without any succour, many of them fled into +the burning houses, where one vpon another they were smothered +and burnt in the fire. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The death of 2500. Indians.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The whole number of the +Indians that died in this towne, were two thousand +Indians and fiue hundred, little more or lesse. Of the Christians +there died eighteene; of which one was Don Carlos, brother +in law to the Gouernour, and a nephew of his, and one Iohn de +Gamez, and Men Rodriguez Portugals, and Iohn Vasquez de +Villanoua de Barca Rota, all men of honour, and of much valour: +the rest were footemen. Besides those that were slaine, there +were an hundred and fiftie wounded with 700. wounds of their +arrowes: and it pleased God that of very dangerous wounds they +were quickly healed; Moreouer, there were twelue horses slaine, +and seuentie hurt. All the clothes which the Christians carried +with them to clothe themselues withall, and the ornaments to +say Masse, and the perles, were all burnt there: and the Christians +did set them on fire themselues; because they held for a +greater inconuenience, the hurt which the Indians might doe +them from those houses, where they had gathered all those goods +together, then the losse of them. Here the Gouernour vnderstood, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page599">[pg 599]</span><a name="Pg599" id="Pg599" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Port of Ochuse sixe daies iournie from Mauilla.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +that Francisco Maldonado waited for him at the +Port of Ochuse, and that it was sixe daies iournie +from thence; and he dealt with Iohn Ortiz to keepe +it secret, because he had not accomplished that which +he determined to doe; and because the perles were burnt there, +which he meant to haue sent to Cuba for a shew, that the +people hearing the newes, might be desirous to come to that +Countrie. He feared also, that if they should haue newes of +him without seeing from Florida neither gold nor siluer, nor any +thing of value, it would get such a name, that no man would +seeke to goe thither, when he should haue neede of people. +And so he determined to send no newes of himselfe, vntill hee +had found some rich Countrie. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XX. +How the Gouernour departed from Mauilla toward Chicaça, +and what happened vnto him. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +From the time that the Gouernour entred into Florida, vntill +his departure from Mauilla, there died an hundred and two +Christians, some of sicknesse, and others which the Indians +slew. He staied in Mauilla, because of the wounded men, eight +and twentie daies: all which time he lay in the field. It was a +well inhabited and a fat countrie, there were some great and +walled townes: and many houses scattered all about the fields, +to wit, a crossebow shot or two, the one from the other. Vpon +Sonday, the eighteenth of Nouember, when the hurt men were +knowne to bee healed, the Gouernour departed from Mauilla. +Euery one furnished himselfe with Maiz for two daies, and they +trauelled fiue daies through a desert: they came to a Prouince +called Pafallaya, vnto a towne, named Taliepataua: and from +thence they went to another, called Cabusto: neere vnto it ran +a great Riuer. The Indians on the other side cried out, +threatning the Christians to kill them, if they sought to passe it. +The Gouernour commanded his men to make a barge within the +towne, because the Indians should not perceiue it: it was +finished in foure daies, and being ended, he commanded it to be +carried one night vpon sleds halfe a league vp the Riuer. In +the morning there entred into it thirtie men well armed. The +Indians perceiued what was attempted, and those which were +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page600">[pg 600]</span><a name="Pg600" id="Pg600" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +neerest, came to defend the passage. They resisted what they +could, till the Christians came neere them; and seeing that the +barge came to the shore, they fled away into the groues of canes. +The Christians mounted on horsebacke, and went vp the Riuer +to make good the passage, whereby the Gouernour and his +companie passed the Riuer. There was along the Riuer some +townes well stored with Maiz and French Beanes. From thence +to Chicaça the Gouernour trauelled fiue daies through a desert. +Hee came to a Riuer, where on the otherside were Indians to +defend the passage. He made another barge in two daies; and +when it was finished, the Gouernour sent an Indian to request +the Cacique to accept of his friendship, and peaceably to expect +his comming: whom the Indians that were on the other side the +Riuer slew before his face, and presently making a great shout +went their way. Hauing passed the Riuer, the next day, being +the 17. of December, the Gouernour came to Chicaça, a small +towne of twentie houses. And after they were come to Chicaça, +they were much troubled with cold, because it was now winter +and it snowed, while most of them were lodged in the field, +before they had time to make themselues houses. This countrie +was very well peopled, and the houses scattered like those of +Mauilla, fat and plentifull of Maiz, and the most part of it was +fielding: they gathered as much as sufficed to passe the winter. +Some Indians were taken, among which was one whom the +Cacique esteemed greatly. The Gouernour sent an Indian to +signifie to the Cacique, that he desired to see him and to haue +his friendship. The Cacique came vnto him, to offer him his +person, countrie and subiects, and told him, that he would cause +two other Caciques to come to him in peace; who within few +daies after came with him, and with their Indians: the one was +called Alimamu, the other Nicalasa. They gaue a present vnto +the Gouernour of an hundred and fiftie conies, and of the +countrie garments, to wit, of mantles and skinnes. The Cacique +of Chicaça came to visit him many times; and sometimes the +Gouernour sent to call him, and sent him a horse to goe and +come. He complained vnto him, that a subiect of his was risen +against him, and depriued him of his tribute, requesting his aide +against him, for he meant to seeke him in his countrie, and to +punish him according to his desert. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">An Indian stratagem.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Which was nothing els but a fained plot. For they determined +assoone as the Gouernour was gone with him, and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page601">[pg 601]</span><a name="Pg601" id="Pg601" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +the campe was diuided into two parts, the one of them to set +vpon the Gouernour, and the other vpon them that remained in +Chicaça. Hee went to the towne where he vsed to keepe his +residence, and brought with him two hundred Indians with their +bowes and arrowes. The Gouernour tooke thirtie horsemen, +and eightie footemen, and they went to Saquechuma (for so was +the Prouince called of that chiefe man, which he said had +rebelled.) They found a walled towne, without any men: and +those which went with the Cacique set fire on the houses, to +dissemble their treason. But by reason of the great care and +heedfullnesse, that was as well in the Gouernors people which +hee carried with him, as of those which remained in Chicaça, they +durst not assault them at that time. The Gouernour inuited the +Cacique, and certaine principall Indians, and gaue them hogges +flesh to eate. And though they did not commonly vse it, yet +they were so greedie of it, that euery night there came Indians +to certaine houses a crossebow shot from the Camp, where the +hogges lay, and killed, and carried away as many as they could. +And three Indians were taken in the manner. Two of them the +Gouernour commanded to be shot to death with arrowes; and +to cut off the hands of the other; and he sent him so handled to +the Cacique. Who made as though it grieued him that they had +offended the Gouernor, and that he was glad that he had executed +that punishment on them. He lay in a plaine countrie half a +league from the place, where the Christians lodged. Foure +horsemen went a straggling thither, to wit Francisco Osorio, and +a seruant of the Marques of Astorga, called Reynoso, and two +seruants of the Gouernour, the one his page called Ribera, and +the other Fuentes his Chamberlaine: and these had taken from +the Indians some skinnes, and some mantles, wherewith they +were offended and forsooke their houses. The Gouernour knew +of it, and commanded them to be apprehended; and condemned +to death Francisco Osorio, and the Chamberlaine as principalls, +and all of them to losse of goods. The Friers and Priests and +other principall persons were earnest with him to pardon Francisco +Osorio his life, and to moderate his sentence, which hee +would not grant for any of them. While he was readie to command +them to be drawne to the market place to cut off their heads, +there came certaine Indians from the Cacique to complaine of +them. Iohn Ortiz, at the request of Baltasar de Gallégos and other +persons changed their words, and told the Gouernour that the +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page602">[pg 602]</span><a name="Pg602" id="Pg602" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Cacique said he had notice how his Lordship held those +Christians in prison for his sake, and that they were in no fault, +neither had they done him any wrong, and that if he would do +him any fauour he would set them free. And he told the +Indians; That the Gouernour said, he had them in prison, and +that he would punish them in such sort, that they should bee an +example to others. Hereupon the Gouernour commanded the +prisoners to be loosed. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">March, 1541.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Assoone as March was come, hee +determined to depart from Chicaça, and demanded of the Cacique +two hundred men for cariages. He sent him answere, that hee +would speake with his principall men. Vpon Twesday +the eight of March, the Gouernour went to the towne +where he was, to aske him for the men; Hee told him, he would +send them the next day. Assoone as the Gouernour was come +to Chicaça, he told Luys de Moscoso the Camp-master, that hee +misliked the Indians, and that he should keepe a strong watch +that night, which hee remembred but a little. The Indians +came at the second watch in foure squadrons, euery one by it +selfe, and assoone as they were descried, they sounded a drum, +and gaue the assault with a great cry, and with so great celeritie, +that presently they entred with the scoutes, that were somewhat +distant from the Campe. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Chicaça set on fire by the Indians.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And when they were perceiued +of them which were in the towne, halfe the +houses were on fire, which they had kindled. That +night three horsemen chanced to bee skouts, two of them were +of base calling, and the worst men in all the Camp, and the +other, which was a nephew of the Gouernour, which vntill then +was held for a tall man, shewed himselfe there as great a +coward, as any of them: for all of them ran away. And the +Indians without any resistance came and set the towne on fire; +and taried without behind the doores for the Christians, which +ran out of the houses, not hauing any leasure to arme themselues: +and as they ran hither and thither amazed with the noise, +and blinded with the smoke and flame of the fire, they knew not +which way they went, neither could they light vpon their weapons, +nor saddle their horses, neither saw they the Indians that shot +them. Manie of the horses were burned in the stables, and those +which could breake their halters gat loose. The disorder and +flight was such, that euery man fled which way he could, without +leauing any to resist the Indians. But God (which chastiseth his +according to his pleasure, and in the greatest necessities and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page603">[pg 603]</span><a name="Pg603" id="Pg603" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +dangers sustaineth them with his hand,) so blinded the Indians, +that they saw not what they had done, and thought that the +horses which ran loose, were men on horsebacke, that gathered +themselues together to set vpon them. The Gouernour only rod +on horsebacke, and with him a souldier called Tapia, and set +vpon the Indians, and striking the first he met with his lance, the +saddle fell with him, which with haste was euill girded, and so +hee fell from his horse. And all the people that were on foote +were fled to a wood out of the towne, and there assembled +themselues together. And because it was night, and that the Indians +thought the horses were men on horsebacke which came to set +vpon them, as I said before, they fled; and one onely remained +dead, and that was he whom the Gouernour slew with his lance. +The towne lay all burnt to ashes. There was a woman burned, +who, after shee and her husband were both gone out of their +house, went in againe for certaine perles, which they had forgotten +and when she would haue come out, the fire was so great at the +doore that shes could not, neither could her husband succour +her. Other three Christians came out of their lodgings so cruelly +burned, that one of them died within three daies, and the other +two were carried many daies each of them vpon a couch betweene +staues, which the Indians carried on their shoulders, for +otherwise they could not trauell. There died in this hurlieburlie +eleuen Christians, and fiftie horses; and there remained an +hundred hogges, and foure hundred were burned. If any +perchance had saued any clothes from the fire of Mauilla, here +they were burned, and many were clad in skinnes, for they had +no leasure to take their coates. They endured much cold in +this place, and the chiefest remedie were great fires. They spent +all night in turnings without sleepe: for if they warmed one side, +they freesed on the other. Some inuented the weauing of +certaine mats of drie iuie, and did weare one beneath, and another +aboue: many laughed at this deuice, whom afterward necessitie +inforced to doe the like. The Christians were so spoiled, and in +such want of saddles and weapons which were burned, that if the +Indians had come the second night, they had ouercome them +with little labour. They remooued thence to the towne where +the Cacique was wont to lie, because it was in a champion +countrie. Within eight daies after, there were many lances and +saddles made. There were ash trees in those parts, whereof they +made as good lances as in Biscay. +</p> + +</div> + +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page604">[pg 604]</span><a name="Pg604" id="Pg604" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XXI. +How the Indians set againe vpon the Christians, and how the +Gouernour went to Alimamu, beyond which towne in +warlike sort they tarried for him in the way. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon Wednesday the 15. of March 1541. after the Gouernour +had lodged 8. daies in a plaine, halfe a league from the place +which he had wintered in, after he had set vp a forge, and +tempered the swords which in Chicaça were burned, and made +many targets, saddles, and lances, on Tuesday night, at the +morning watch, many Indians came to assault the Campe in +three squadrons, euery one by themselues: Those which watched +gaue the alarme. The Gouernour with great speed set his men +in order in other three squadrons, and leauing some to defend +the Campe, went out to incounter them. The Indians were +ouercome and put to flight. The ground was champion and fit +for the Christians to take the aduantage of them; and it was now +breake of day. But there happened a disorder, whereby there +were not past thirtie or fortie Indians slaine: and this it was: +that a Frier cried out in the Campe without any iust occasion, To +the Campe, To the Campe: Whereupon the Gouernour and all +the rest repaired thither, and the Indians had time to saue +themselues. There were some taken, by whom the Gouernour +informed himselfe of the Countrie, through which he was to +passe. The 25. of Aprill, he departed from Chicaça, and lodged +at a small towne called Alimamu. They had very little Maiz, +and they were to passe a desert of seuen daies iournie. The +next day, the Gouernour sent three Captaines euerie one his way +with horsemen and footemen to seeke prouision to passe the +desert. And Iohn Dannusco the Auditor went with fifteene +horsemen, and 40. footemen that way that the Gouernour was to +goe, and found a strong fort made, where the Indians staied for +him, and many of them walked on the top of it with their +weapons, hauing their bodies, thighes and armes okered and +died with blacke, white, yellow and red, striped like vnto paines, +so that they shewed as though they went in hose and doublets: +and some of them had plumes, and others had hornes on their +heads, and their faces blacke, and their eies done round about +with strakes of red, to seeme more fierce. Assoone as they saw +that the Christians approched, with a great crie sounding two +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page605">[pg 605]</span><a name="Pg605" id="Pg605" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +drummes with great furie they sallied foorth to receiue them. +Iohn Dannusco and those that were with him, thought good to +auoid them, and to acquaint the Gouernour therewith. They +retired to a plaine place, a crossebowshot from the fort in sight +of it, the footemen, the crossebowmen, and targetters placed +themselues before the horsemen, that they might not hurt the +horses. The Indians sallied out by seuen and seuen, and eight +and eight to shoote their arrowes, and retired againe: and in +sight of the Christians they made a fire, and tooke an Indian, +some by the feete, and some by the head, and made as though +they went to cast him into the fire, and gaue him first many +knocks on the head: signifying, that they meant so to handle the +Christians. Iohn Danusco sent three horsemen to aduertise the +Gouernour hereof. He came presently: for his intent was to +driue them from thence, saying, that if he did it not, they would +be emboldened to charge him another time, when they might +doe him more harme. He made the horsemen to alight, and set +his men in foure squadrons: The signe being giuen, they set +vpon the Indians, which made resistance till the Christians came +neere the fort, and assoone as they saw they could not defend +themselues, by a place where a brooke passed neere the fort, +they ran away, and from the otherside they shot some arrowes: +and because at that instant we knew no ford for the horses to +passe, they had time enough to get out of our danger. Three +Indians were slaine there, and many Christians were hurt, +whereof within few daies, there died fifteene by the way. All +men thought the Gouernour to bee in fault, because he sent not +to see the disposition of the place on the other side of the Riuer, +and to know the passage before hee set vpon them. For with +the hope they had to saue themselues by flight that way, when +they saw none other meanes, they fought til they were broken, +and it was an incouragement to defend themselues vntill then, +and to offend the Christians without any danger to themselues. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XXII. +How the Gouernour went from Alimamu to Quizquiz, and from +thence to Rio Grande, or the great Riuer. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Three daies after they had sought some Maiz, whereof they +found but little store, in regard of that which was needfull, and +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page606">[pg 606]</span><a name="Pg606" id="Pg606" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +that for this cause, as well for their sakes that were wounded, it +was needfull for them to rest, as for the great iournie they were +to march to come where store of Maiz was: yet the Gouernour +was inforced to depart presentlie toward Quizquiz. He trauelled +seuen daies through a desert of many marishes and thicke +woods: but it might all be trauelled on horseback, except some +lakes which they swamme ouer. Hee came to a towne of the +Prouince of Quizquiz without being descried, and tooke all the +people in it before they came out of their houses. The mother +of the Cacique was taken there: and he sent vnto him by an +Indian, that he should come to see him, and that he would giue +him his mother, and al the people which he had taken there. +The Cacique sent him answere againe, that his Lordship should +loose and send them to him, and that he would come to visit and +serue him. The Gouernour, because his people for want of Maiz +were somewhat weake and wearie, and the horses also were leane, +determined to accomplish his request, to see if hee could haue +peace with him, and so commanded to set free his mother and +all the rest, and with louing words dismissed them and sent them +to him. The next day, when the Gouernour expected the Cacique, +there came many Indians with their bowes and arrowes with a purpose +to set vpon the Christians. The Gouernour had commanded +all the horsemen to be armed, and on horsebacke, and in a readines. +When the Indians saw that they were readie, they staied a crossebowe +shot from the place where the Gouernour was neere a brooke. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">An olde prophecie.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And after halfe an houre that they had stood there stil, there +came to the Camp sixe principall Indians, and said, they came +to see what people they were, and that long agoe, they had +been informed by their forefathers, <span class="tei tei-q">“That a white people should +subdue them: and that therefore they would returne +to their Cacique, and bid him come presently to obey +and serue the Gouernour:”</span> and after they had presented +him with sixe or seuen skinnes and mantles which they +brought, they tooke their leaue of him, and returned with the +other, which waited for them by the brookeside. The Cacique +neuer came againe nor sent other message. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Another towne, Rio Grande, or Rio de Espiritu Santo.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And because in the +towne where the Gouernour lodged, there was small store of +Maiz, he remooued to another halfe a league from +Rio Grande, where they found plentie of Maiz: And +he went to see the Riuer, and found, that neere vnto +it was great store of timber to make barges, and good +situation of ground to incampe in. Presently he +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page607">[pg 607]</span><a name="Pg607" id="Pg607" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +remooued himselfe thither. They made houses, and pitched +their Campe in a plaine field a crossebow shot from the Riuer. +And thither was gathered all the Maiz of the townes, which they +had lately passed. They began presently to cut and hew down +timber, and to saw plankes for barges. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Aquixo, a great Lord on the West side of Rio grande.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Indians came presently down the Riuer: they leaped on shore, and declared to +the Gouernor, That they were subiects of a great Lord, +whose name was Aquixo, who was Lord of many +townes, and gouerned many people on the other side +of the Riuer, and came to tell him on his behalfe, +that the next day he with al his men would come to +see, what it would please him to command him. The next day +with speed, the Cacique came with two hundred canoes full of +Indians with their bowes and arrowes, painted, and with great +plumes of white feathers, and many other colours, with shields in +their hands, wherewith they defended the rowers on both sides, +and the men of warre stood from the head to the sterne, with +their bowes and arrowes in their hands. The canoe wherein the +Cacique was, had a tilt ouer the sterne, and hee sate vnder the +tilt; and so were other canoes of the principall Indians. And +from vnder the tilt where the chiefs man sat, hee gouerned and +commanded the other people. All ioyned together, and came +within a stones cast of the shore. From thence the Cacique +said to the Gouernour, which walked along the Riuers side with +others that waited on him, that he was come thither to visit, to +honour, and to obey him; because he knew he was the greatest +and mightiest Lord on the earth: therefore he would see what +he would command him to doe. The Gouernour yeelded him +thankes, and requested him to come on shore, that they might +the better communicate together. And without any answere to +that point, hee sent him three canoes, wherein was great store of +fish and loaues, made of the substance of prunes like vnto brickes. +After he had receiued al, he thanked him, and prayed him againe +to come on shore. And because the Caciques purpose was, to +see if with dissimulation he might doe some hurt, when they saw +that the Gouernour and his men were in readinesse, they began +to goe from the shore: and with a great crie, the crossebowmen +which were ready, shot at them, and slue fiue or sixe of them. +They retired with great order: none did leaue his oare, though +the next to him were slaine; and shielding themselues, they +went farther off. Afterward they came many times and landed: +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page608">[pg 608]</span><a name="Pg608" id="Pg608" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +and when any of vs came toward them, they fled vnto their +canoes, which were verie pleasant to behold: for they were very +great and well made, and had their tilts, plumes, paueses, and +flagges, and with the multitude of people that were in them, they +seemed to be a faire armie of gallies. In thirtie dayes space, +while the Gouernour remained there, they made foure barges: In +three of which hee commanded twelue horsemen to enter, in +each of them foure; in a morning, three houres before day, men +which hee trusted would land in despight of the Indians, and +make sure the passage, or die, and some footemen being crossebowmen +went with them, and rowers to set them on the other +side. And in the other barge he commanded Iohn de Guzman +to passe with the footemen, which was made Captaine in stead of +Francisco Maldonado. And because the streame was swift, they +went a quarter of a league vp the Riuer along the bancke, and +crossing ouer, fell downe with the streame, and landed right ouer +against the Camp. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">They passe ouer Rio Grande.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Two stones cast before they came to land, +the horsemen went out of the barges on horsebacke to a sandie +plot very hard and cleere ground, where all of them landed +without any resistance. Assoone as those that passed +first, were on land on the other side, the barges +returned to the place where the Gouernour was: and +within two houres after Sunnerising, all the people were ouer. +The Riuer was almost halfe a league broad. If a man stood +still on the other side, it could not be discerned, whether he were +a man or no. The Riuer was of great depth, and of a strong +current: the water was alwaies muddie: there came downe the +Riuer continually many trees and timber, which the force of the +water and streame brought downe. There was great store of fish +in it of sundrie sorts, and the most of it differing from the freshwater +fish of Spaine, as hereafter shall be shewed. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XXIII. +How the Gouernour departed from Aquixo to Casqui, and from +thence to Pacaha: and how this Countrie differeth from +that which we had passed. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Hauing passed Rio grande, the Gouernour trauelled a league +and an halfe, and came to a great towne of Aquixo, which was +dispeopled before hee came thither. They espied thirtie Indians +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page609">[pg 609]</span><a name="Pg609" id="Pg609" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +comming ouer a plaine, which the Cacique sent, to discouer the +Christians determination: and assoone as they had sight of them, +they tooke themselues to flight. The horsemen pursued them, +and slue tenne, and tooke fifteene. And because the towne, +whither the Gouernour went, was neere vnto the Riuer, he sent a +Captaine, with as many men as he thought sufficient to carrie +the barges vp the Riuer. And because in his trauelling by land +many times he went farre from the Riuer to compasse the creekes +that came from it, the Indians tooke occasion to set vpon them +of the barges, and put them in great danger, because that by +reason of the great current, they durst not leaue the shore, and +from the bancke they shot at them. Assoone as the Gouernour +was come to the towne, hee presently sent crossebow men downe +the Riuer, which came to rescue them; and vpon the comming +of the barges to the towne, hee commanded them to bee broken, +and to saue the iron for others, when it should bee needfull. +Hee lay there one night, and the day following, hee set forward +to seeke a Prouince, called Pacaha: which hee was informed to +bee neere vnto Chisca, where the Indians told him there was +gold. He passed through great townes of Aquixo, which were +all abandoned for feare of the Christians. Hee understood +by certaine Indians that were taken, that three daies iournie from +thence dwelt a great Cacique, whose name was Casqui. Hee came +to a small Riuer, where a bridge was made, by which they passed: +that day till Sunset, they went all in water, which in some places +came to the waste, and in some to the knees. When they saw +themselues on dry land, they were very glad, because they feared +they should wander vp and downe as forlorne men al night in the +water. At noone they came to the first towne of Casqui: they +found the Indians carelesse, because they had no knowledge of +them. There were many men and women taken, and store of +goods, as mantles and skinnes, as well in the first towne, as in +another, which stood in a field halfe a league from thence in +sight of it; whither the horsemen ran. This Countrie is higher, +drier, and more champion, than any part bordering neere the +Riuer, that vntill then they had seene. There were in the fields +many Walnut trees, bearing soft shelled Walnuts in fashion +like bullets, and in the houses they found many of them, which +the Indians had laid vp in store. The trees differed in nothing +else from those of Spaine, nor from those which we had seene +before, but onely that they have a smaller leafe. There were +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page610">[pg 610]</span><a name="Pg610" id="Pg610" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +many Mulberrie trees and Plum trees, which bare red plums like +those of Spaine, and other gray, somewhat differing, but farre +better. And all the trees are all the yeere so fruitfull, as if they +were planted in orchards: and the woods were verie thinne. +The Gouernour trauelled two daies through the Countrie of +Casqui, before hee came to the towne where the Cacique was: +and most of the way was alway by champion ground, which was +full of great townes, so that from one towne, you might see two +or three. He sent an Indian to certifie the Cacique, that hee +was comming to the place where he was, with intent to procure +his friendship, and to hold him as his brother. Whereunto he +answered, That he should be welcome, and that he would receiue +him with speciall good wil, and accomplish all that his Lordship +would command him. Hee sent him a present vpon the way; +to wit, skinnes, mantles, and fish: And after these complements, +the Gouernour found all the townes, as he passed, inhabited with +people, which peaceablie attended his comming, and offered him +skinnes, mantles, and fish. The Cacique accompanied with +many Indians came out of the towne, and staied halfe a league +on the way to receiue the Gouernour, and when hee came to +him, he spake these words following: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Right high, right mighty, and renowned Lord, your Lorship is +most hartilie welcome. Assoone as I had notice of your Lordship, +of your power, and your perfections, although you came +into my Countrie, killing and taking captiues the inhabitants +thereof and my subiects: yet I determined to conforme my will +vnto yours, and as your owne to interpret in good part all that +your Lordship did: beleeuing, that it was conuenient it should +be so for some iust respect, to preuent some future matter +reuealed vnto your Lordship, and concealed from me. For well +may a mischiefe be permitted to auoid a greater, and that good +may come thereof: which I beleeue will so fall out. For it is +no reason to presume of so excellent a Prince, that the noblenesse +of his heart, and the effect of his will would permit him to +suffer any vniust thing. My abilitie is so small to serue you as +your Lordship deserueth, that if you respect not mine abundant +good will, which humblie offereth all kind of seruice, I deserue +but little in your presence. But if it bee reason that this be +esteemed, receiue the same; my selfe, my Countrie, and subiects +for yours, and dispose of me and them at your pleasure. For if +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page611">[pg 611]</span><a name="Pg611" id="Pg611" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +I were Lord of all the world, with the same good will should +your Lordship by me be receiued, serued and obeyed. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour answered him to the purpose, and satisfied +him in few words. Within a while after both of them vsed +words of great offers and courtesie the one to the other, and the +Cacique requested him to lodge in his houses. The Gouernour, +to preserue the peace the better, excused himselfe, saying, that +hee would lodge in the fields. And because it was very hot, +they camped neere certaine trees a quarter of a league from the +towne. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The chiefe towne of the Cacique of Casqui.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Cacique went to his towne, and came +againe with many Indians singing. Assoone as they +came to the Gouernour, all of them prostrated themselues +vpon the ground. Among these came two +Indians that were blind. The Cacique made a speech: to auoid +tediousnesse, I will onely tell in few words the substance of the +matter. Hee said, that seeing the Gouernour was the sonne of +the Sunne, and a great Lord, he besought him to doe him the +fauour to giue sight to those two blind men. The blind men +rose vp presently, and very earnestly requested the same of the +Gouernour. He answered, That in the high heauens was he +that had power to giue them health, and whatsoeuer they could +aske of him, whose seruant he was: And that this Lord made +the heauens and the earth, and man after his owne likenesse, +and that he suffered vpon the crosse to saue mankind, and rose +againe the third day, and that he died as he was man, and as +touching his diuinitie, he was, and is immortall; and that he +ascended into heauen, where he standeth with his armes open to +receiue all such as turne vnto him: and straightway he commanded +him to make a verie high crosse of wood, which was +set vp in the highest place of the towne; declaring vnto him, +that the Christians worshipped the same in resemblance and +memorie of that whereon Christ suffered. The Gouernour and +his men kneeled downe before it, and the Indians did the like. +The Gouernour willed him, that from thencefoorth hee should +worship the same, and should aske whatsoeuer they stood in +need of, of that Lord that he told him was in heauen. Then he +asked him how far it was from thence to Pacaha: He said, one +daies iournie, and that at the end of his Countrie, there was a +lake like a brooke which falleth into Rio Grande, and that hee +would send men before to make a bridge whereby he might +passe. The same day that the Gouernour departed thence, he +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page612">[pg 612]</span><a name="Pg612" id="Pg612" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +lodged at a towne belonging to Casqui: and the next day hee +passed in sight of other townes, and came to the lake, which was +halfe a crossebow shot ouer, of a great depth and current. At +the time of his comming, the Indians had made an end of the +bridge, which was made of timber, laid one tree after another: +and on one side it had a course of stakes higher then the bridge, +for them that passed to take hold on. The Cacique of Casqui +came to the Gouernour, and brought his people with him. The +Gouernour sent word by an Indian to the Cacique of Pacaha, +that though hee were enemie to the Cacique of Casqui, and +though hee were there, yet he would doe him no disgrace nor +hurt, if he would attend him peaceablie, and embrace his friendship; +but rather would intreate him as a brother. The Indian, +which the Gouernour sent, came againe, and said, that the +Cacique made none account of that which hee told him, but fled +with all his men out at the other side of the towne. Presentlie +the Gouernour entred, and ran before with the horsemen, that +way, by which the Indians fled; and at another towne distant a +quarter of a league from thence, they tooke many Indians: and +assoone as the horsemen had taken them, they deliuered them +to the Indians of Casqui, whom, because they were their +enemies, with much circumspection and reioycing, they brought +to the towne where the Christians were: and the greatest griefe +they had, was this, that they could not get leaue to kill them. +There were found in the towne many mantles, and Deere +skinnes, Lions skins, and Beares skinnes, and many Cats skins. +Many came so farre poorely apparrelled, and there they clothed +themselues: of the mantles, they made them cotes and cassocks, +and some made gownes, and lined them with Cats skins; and +likewise their cassocks. Of the Deeres skinnes, some made +them also ierkins, shirts, hose and shooes: and of the Beare +skinnes, they made them verie good clokes: for no water could +pierce them. There were targets of raw oxe hides found there; +with which hides they armed their horses. +</p> + +</div> + +<div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"> +<h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Chap. XXIIII. +How the Cacique of Pacaha came peaceablie to the Gouernour, +and the Cacique of Casqui absented himselfe, and came +againe to make his excuse, and how the Gouernour made +them both friends. +</span></h3> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +Vpon Wednesday, the 19. of Iune, the Gouernour entred into +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page613">[pg 613]</span><a name="Pg613" id="Pg613" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +Pacaha: He lodged in the towne, where the Cacique vsed to +reside, which was very great, walled, and beset with towers, and +many loopeholes were in the towers and wall. And in the +towne was great store of old Maiz, and great quantitie of new in +the fields. Within a league and halfe a league were great townes +all walled. Where the Gouernour was lodged, was a great lake, +that came neere vnto the wall: and it entred into a ditch that +went round about the towne, wanting but a little to enuiron it +round. From the lake to the great Riuer was made a weare by +the which the fish came into it; which the Cacique kept for his +recreation and sport: with nets, that were founde in the towne, +they tooke as much as they would: and tooke they neuer so +much, there was no want perceiued. There was also great store +of fish in many other lakes that were thereabout, but it was soft, +and not so good as that which came from the Riuer, and the +most of it was different from the fresh water fish of Spaine. +There was a fish which they call Bagres: the third part of it was +head, and it had on both sides the gilles, and along the sides +great pricks like very sharpe aules: those of this kind that were +in the lakes were as big as pikes: and in the Riuer, there were +some of an hundred, and of an hundred and fiftie pounds weight, +and many of them were taken with the hooke. There was +another fish like barbilles; and another like breames, headed +like a delicate fish, called in Spaine besugo,<a id="noteref_127" name="noteref_127" href="#note_127"><span class="tei tei-noteref"><span style="font-size: 60%; vertical-align: super">127</span></span></a> betweene red and +gray. This was there of most esteeme. There was another fish +called a pele fish: it had a snout of a cubit long, and at the end +of the vpper lip it was made like a peele. There was another +fish like a Westerne shad; And all of them had scales, except +the bagres, and the pele fish. There was another fish, which +sometimes the Indians brought vs, of the bignes of a hog, they +call it the Pereo fish: it had rowes of teeth beneath and aboue. +The Cacique of Casqui sent many times great presents of fish, +mantles, and skinnes. Hee told the Gouernour that he would +deliuer the Cacique of Pacaha into his hands. He went to +Casqui, and sent many canoes vp the Riuer, and came himselfe +by land with many of his people. The Gouernour with 40. +horsemen and 60. footemen tooke him along with him vp the +Riuer. And his Indians which were in the canoes, discouered +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page614">[pg 614]</span><a name="Pg614" id="Pg614" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +where the Cacique of Pacaha was in a little Island, situated +betweene two armes of the River. And fiue Christians entred +into a canoe, wherein Don Antonio Osorio went before, to see +what people the Cacique had with him. There were in the +Isle fiue or six thousand soules. And assoone as they saw +them, supposing that the Indians which were in the other +canoes were also Christians, the Cacique, and certaine which +were in three canoes, which they had there with them, fled +in great haste to the other side of the Riuer: The rest with +great feare and danger, lept into the Riuer, where much +people was drowned, especially women and little children. +Presently the Gouernour which was on land, not knowing +what happened to Don Antonio, and those that went with him, +commanded the Christians with all speed to enter with the +Indians of Casqui in the canoes, which were quickly with Don +Antonio in the little Island, where they tooke many men and +women, and much goods. Great store of goods, which the +Indians had lain vpon hurdles of canes, and rafts of timber to +carrie ouer to the other side, draue downe the river, wherewith +the Indians of Casqui filled their canoes: and for feare lest the +Christians would take it from them, the Cacique went home with +them downe the Riuer, without taking his leave of the Gouernour: +whereupon the Gouernour was highly offended with him: and +presently returned to Pacaha, he ouerran the Countrie of Casqui +the space of two leagues, where hee tooke twentie or thirtie of +his men. And because his horses were wearie, and he wanted +time that day to goe any farther, hee returned to Pacaha, with +determination within three or four daies after to inuade Casqui. +And presently hee let loose one of the Indians of Pacaha, and +sent word by him to the Cacique, that if hee would haue his +friendship, he should repaire vnto him, and that both of them +would make warre upon Casqui. And presently came many +Indians that belonged to Pacaha, and brought an Indian, in stead +of the Cacique, which was discouered by the Caciques brother +which was taken prisoner. The Gouernour wished the Indians +that their Master himselfe should come: for hee knew very well +that that was not hee, and told them, that they could doe nothing +which he knew not before they thought it. +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">The Cacique of Pacaha cometh to the Gouernour.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The next day +the Cacique came, accompanied with many Indians, and +with a present of much fish, skinnes and mantles. +He made a speech that all were glad to heare, and +concluded, saying, That though his Lordship, +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page615">[pg 615]</span><a name="Pg615" id="Pg615" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +without his giuing occasion of offence had done him hurt in his +Countrie and subiects; yet hee would not therefore refuse to bee +his, and that he would alwaies be at his commandement. The +Gouernour commanded his brother to be loosed, and other +principall Indians that were taken prisoners. That day came an +Indian from the Cacique of Casqui, and said, that his Lord +would come the next day to excuse himselfe of the error which +he had committed, in going away without licence of the Gouernour. +The Gouernour willed the messenger to signifie vnto him +that if he came not in his owne person, hee would seeke him +himselfe, and giue him such punishment as he deserued. The +next day with all speede came the Cacique of Casqui, and +brought a present to the Gouernour of many mantles, skinnes, and +fish, and gaue him a daughter of his, saying, that he greatly +desired to match his blood with the blood of so great a Lord as +he was, and therefore he brought him his daughter, and desired +him to take her to his wife. Hee made a long and discreet +oration, giuing him great commendations, and concluded, saying, +that hee should pardon his going away without licence, for that +Crosses sake, which he had left with him: protesting that +hee went away for shame of that which his men had done without +his consent. The Gouernour answered him, that hee had +chosen a good patrone; and that if hee had not come to excuse +himselfe, hee had determined to seeke him, to burne his townes, +to kill him and his people, and to destroy his countrie. To +which he replied saying: +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +My Lord, I and mine are yours, and my countrie likewise is +yours: therefore if you had done so, you should haue destroyed +your owne countrie, and haue killed your owne people: whatsoeuer +shall come vnto me from your hand, I will receiue as from +my Lord, as well punishment as reward: And know you, that +the fauour which you did me in leauing me the Crosse, I do +acknowledge the same to be a very great one, and greater then I +haue euer deserued. For you shall vnderstand, that with great +droughts, the fields of Maiz of my countrie were withered; and +assoone as I and my people kneeled before the Crosse, and +prayed for raine, presently our necessitie was relieued. +</p> + +<p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +The Gouernour made him and the Cacique of Pacaha friends; +and set them with him at his table to dine with him: and the +Caciques fell at variance about the seats, which of them should +sit on his right hand. The Gouernour pacified them; telling +<span class="tei tei-pb" id="page616">[pg 616]</span><a name="Pg616" id="Pg616" class="tei tei-anchor"></a> +them that among the Christians, all was one to sit on the one +side or on the other, willing them so to behaue themselues, seeing +they were with him, that no bodie might heare them, and that +euery one should sit in the place that first hee lighted on. From +thence he sent thirtie horse men, and fiftie footemen to the +Prouince of Caluça, to see if from thence hee might trauel to +Chisca, where the Indians said, there was a worke of gold and +copper. They trauelled seuen daies iournie through a desert, +and returned verie wearie, eating greene plummes and stalkes of +Maiz, which they found in a poore towne of sixe or seuen houses. +From thence forward toward the North; the Indians said, That +countrie was very ill inhabited, because it was +very cold: +</p><div class="tei tei-marginnote tei-marginnote-margin"><div class="tei tei-marginnotetext"><span style="font-size: 80%">Great store of Oxen toward the North of Pacaha. This is +like Quiuira.</span></div></div><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"> +And that there were such store of Oxen, +that they could keep no corne for them: that the +Indians liued vpon their flesh. The Gouernour seeing +that toward that part the countrie was so poore of +Maiz, that in it they could not be sustained, +demanded of the Indians, which way it was most inhabited; and +they said, they had notice of a great Prouince, and a verie +plentifull countrie, which was called Quigaute, and that it was +toward the South. +</p> + +</div> + +</div> + +</div> + +</div> +<hr class="doublepage" /><div class="tei tei-back" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 6.00em"> + <div id="footnotes" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em"> + <a name="toc83" id="toc83"></a> + <a name="pdf84" id="pdf84"></a> + <h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Footnotes</span></h1> + <dl class="tei tei-list-footnotes"><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_1" name="note_1" href="#noteref_1">1.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Marginal note</span></span>. Euseb. in his +Ecclesiasticall historie, testifieth how that +Constantine the great did enlarge his dominions by subduing of Infidels and +Idolatrous nations. Eusebius lib. I. de vita Constant. cap. 4. et cap. 9. +Euseb. cod. lib. cap. 39.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_2" name="note_2" href="#noteref_2">2.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Montezuma.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_3" name="note_3" href="#noteref_3">3.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Marginal note</span></span>.—Clothiers. +Woolmen. Carders. Spinners. Weauers +Fullers. Sheermen. Diers. Drapers. Cappers. Hatters, &c. and many +decayed townes repayred.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_4" name="note_4" href="#noteref_4">4.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Equator</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_5" name="note_5" href="#noteref_5">5.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Louis Cadamosto, a Venetian, +born about 1422, sailed from Madeira in +1455. under the auspices of Dom Henry, son of King John of Portugal. He +discovered Senegal, Cape Verd, and Gambia River. In a second voyage, in +1456, he pushed as far as the Saint Dominic River. On his return to his +native land in 1464, he published an account of his travels.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_6" name="note_6" href="#noteref_6">6.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Vasco +da Gama was the first to double the Cape of Good Hope. Died +at Cochin, 24th December 1525.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_7" name="note_7" href="#noteref_7">7.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Alonzo, Duke of Albuquerque, an +illegitimate descendant of the Kings of +Portugal, established the Portuguese power on the East Coast of Africa, in +Arabia, the Persian Gulf, further India, the Moluccas, etc. As Viceroy of +the East Indies, his justice and chivalrous nature won the love and respect of +all, and many years after his death, which happened in 1515, the natives used +to make pilgrimages to his tomb to pray for justice against his cruel successors.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_8" name="note_8" href="#noteref_8">8.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Ceylon.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_9" name="note_9" href="#noteref_9">9.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Marginal note</span></span>.—The ewer +of metal brought by M. Fromisher, caused two +seuerall supplies, the two yeeres next following; whereof the latter was of +thirteene tall ships.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_10" name="note_10" href="#noteref_10">10.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This page refers to Vol. III. of the Edition +of 1812. For Jacques Cartier's voyage, see farther on.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_11" name="note_11" href="#noteref_11">11.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">A very curious account of the +Unicorn is to be found in Goldsmid's Myths +of Ancient Science, 1886.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_12" name="note_12" href="#noteref_12">12.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Probably a Shark.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_13" name="note_13" href="#noteref_13">13.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Blank in original.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_14" name="note_14" href="#noteref_14">14.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Blank in original.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_15" name="note_15" href="#noteref_15">15.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Blank in original.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_16" name="note_16" href="#noteref_16">16.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Blank in original.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_17" name="note_17" href="#noteref_17">17.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Sous.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_18" name="note_18" href="#noteref_18">18.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Blank in original.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_19" name="note_19" href="#noteref_19">19.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Gulf of Mexico.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_20" name="note_20" href="#noteref_20">20.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Near Boulogne, between that town and Calais.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_21" name="note_21" href="#noteref_21">21.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Turnips. (French, +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Navets</span></span>).</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_22" name="note_22" href="#noteref_22">22.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This +may refer either to Lake St. Peter or Lake Ontario; I should think the latter.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_23" name="note_23" href="#noteref_23">23.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Hedgehogs.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_24" name="note_24" href="#noteref_24">24.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Query, Mount Logan.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_25" name="note_25" href="#noteref_25">25.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Cape Gaspe.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_26" name="note_26" href="#noteref_26">26.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Chaleur Bay.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_27" name="note_27" href="#noteref_27">27.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Filbert.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_28" name="note_28" href="#noteref_28">28.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Saguenay River really rises in Lake St. John.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_29" name="note_29" href="#noteref_29">29.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">The word <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Canada</span></span> in +the native tongue meant, as we have seen above, a town, and is +probably the modern Rimouski.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_30" name="note_30" href="#noteref_30">30.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">The name <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Norumbega</span></span> +had a different meaning at different periods. First, +there was the fabulous city of Norumbega, situated on the Penobucot. +Secondly, there was the country of Norumbega, embracing Nova Scotia and +New England, and at one time reaching from Cape Breton to 30 deg. in +Florida. Subsequently it receded to narrower limits and embraced only the +region on both sides of the river above named. (Woods, Introduction to +Western Planting, p. lii.)</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_31" name="note_31" href="#noteref_31">31.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">The Bay of Fundy +is probably here alluded to.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_32" name="note_32" href="#noteref_32">32.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">He was only knighted +some time between December 1584 and February 1585.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_33" name="note_33" href="#noteref_33">33.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Public +Record Office. Dom. Eliz. Addenda, Vol. xxix., No. 9. This letter +was printed in full in the Maine Historical Society's +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Documentary History of the State +of Maine</span></span>, Vol. ii.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_34" name="note_34" href="#noteref_34">34.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">See the Introduction by Leonard Woods +to the Reprint of Hakluyt's Discourse +for the Maine Historical Society.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_35" name="note_35" href="#noteref_35">35.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">A +great collector of Rare Books, who died in 1770, and whose library was sold +in 1815.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_36" name="note_36" href="#noteref_36">36.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This <span class="tei tei-q">“last edition”</span> is +evidently the limited one of Hakluyt's Collection of +Voyages of 1809-12, 5 vols. 4to, edited by R. H. Evans and printed by Woodfall.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_37" name="note_37" href="#noteref_37">37.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Stevens's Historical and Geographical Notes, p. 20.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_38" name="note_38" href="#noteref_38">38.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Estavan Gomes, a Portuguese pilot, sailed +with Magellan on his famous voyage in 1519, but deserted with his ship and crew. +In 1525 (<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">not</span></span> 1524) he +sailed from Corunna. He coasted Newfoundland as far south as 40 deg. +Here he took on board certain Indians and carried them to Spain. (C.D.)</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_39" name="note_39" href="#noteref_39">39.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Born 1478. His +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Historia general de los Indias</span></span> was not published in its +entirety until 1851-55. (C.D.)</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_40" name="note_40" href="#noteref_40">40.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">It +appears from a passage in Chapter xvii. of this Discourse that Hakluyt +had seen an original manuscript account of Cartier's second voyage in the +Royal Library at Paris.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_41" name="note_41" href="#noteref_41">41.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This title was conferred on +Henry VIII. by Leo X. by a bull dated the +fifth of the Ides of October 1521, for his book <span class="tei tei-q">“Assertio Septem Sacramentorum +adversus Martin Lutherum,”</span> etc., printed by Pynson, 1521.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_42" name="note_42" href="#noteref_42">42.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Friar Luys Cancel +of Balvastro was, with other friars, sent to Florida by +Philip II. in 1549, where they were massacred and eaten. (See Eden's +version of Gomara's Historia general, cap. xiv. Woods.)</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_43" name="note_43" href="#noteref_43">43.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">For an account of this +earliest colony of Protestantism in America, +consult Bayle's <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Dictionnaire</span></span>, Art. +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Villegagnon</span></span> and <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Ricker</span></span>; +Cotton Mather, <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Magnalia</span></span>, Book I., Southey's History +of Brazil; De Thou, Maimbourg, etc.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_44" name="note_44" href="#noteref_44">44.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Dr. Woods thinks Hakluyt is mistaken in +saying ministers went out with Ribault to Florida. It is indeed hardly +likely that Coligny would have thus alienated the sympathy of Charles IX.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_45" name="note_45" href="#noteref_45">45.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Master Wolfall was the name +of the minister who accompanied Frobisher, (see vol. xii. of this edition, p. +81), and Master Francis Fletcher was with Drake in his voyage round the world +in 1577-80. His notes of the voyage were republished by the Hakluyt Society +in 1854.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_46" name="note_46" href="#noteref_46">46.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">See the accounts of Voyages to Barbary +given in Vol. xi. of this Edition.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_47" name="note_47" href="#noteref_47">47.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">See Vol xi. of this Edition.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_48" name="note_48" href="#noteref_48">48.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Hakluyt was chaplain +to the English Ambassador in Paris for five years.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_49" name="note_49" href="#noteref_49">49.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Russye.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_50" name="note_50" href="#noteref_50">50.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This is Ivan +III., surnamed <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">the Great</span></span>; he asked Queen Elizabeth in +marriage in 1579.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_51" name="note_51" href="#noteref_51">51.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">When +Hakluyt speaks of Florida, he means not only the peninsula so +called now, but as far north as 36 degrees. The most northerly European +colony in 1584 was situated south of the present town of Savannah. It was +probably St. Augustine.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_52" name="note_52" href="#noteref_52">52.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">The work alluded to is Ribault's <span class="tei tei-q">“The +whole and true discoverye of Terra Florida.... Prynted at London by +Rouland Hall for Thomas Hacket. 1563.”</span> A copy is in the British +Museum. The French version is one of the lost books of the world.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_53" name="note_53" href="#noteref_53">53.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This +<span class="tei tei-q">“Joyfull Newes”</span> was a translation by Frampton of the <span class="tei tei-q">“Historia +Medicinal ... de nuestras Indias,”</span> (1574), of Nicholas Monardes, a +learned Spaniard, who died in 1578. The English version was published in +1577. (C.D.) A copy is in my library.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_54" name="note_54" href="#noteref_54">54.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Probably +Jean Parmentier, of Dieppe.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_55" name="note_55" href="#noteref_55">55.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Not improbably the old seaport of +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Brouage</span></span>, near La Rochelle, now +deserted. This appears to be the only notice extant of an expedition by de La +Roche in 1584. For an account of his later expedition, consult Parkman, +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Pioneers of France</span></span>, pp. 210-212.—C.D.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_56" name="note_56" href="#noteref_56">56.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">The full account in English of de +Coronado's travels is given by Hakluyt in this collection. Hakluyt +probably was ignorant of Spanish, as be always quotes the French +or Italian versions.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_57" name="note_57" href="#noteref_57">57.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Captain Richard +Whitbourne, of Exmouth, in his Preface to "A Discourse and Discovery +of Newfoundland," London, 1620, says he was an eye-witness to Sir H. +Gilbert's taking possession of the countrey—C.D.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_58" name="note_58" href="#noteref_58">58.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This work was reprinted in full by Hakluyt +in this collection. <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">See ante.</span></span></dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_59" name="note_59" href="#noteref_59">59.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Also reprinted in full in the collection. +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">See ante.</span></span></dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_60" name="note_60" href="#noteref_60">60.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This +voyage of Cortereale took place in 1500.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_61" name="note_61" href="#noteref_61">61.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">In all these Italian quotations, +the edition by Dr. Deane has the word <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">e</span></span> or +<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">ed</span></span> spelled <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">et</span></span>, a curious blunder.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_62" name="note_62" href="#noteref_62">62.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">In a <span class="tei tei-q">“True Discourse of the late +voyages of discoverie,”</span> written by George Best, +who accompanied Frobisher, London, 1578, and reprinted by +the Hakluyt Society.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_63" name="note_63" href="#noteref_63">63.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This +is a lost book. Emden was the capital of East Friseland. With +reference to the removal of the English merchants at Antwerp to Emden, +consult Strype's Life of Grindall, Oxford, cap, ix.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_64" name="note_64" href="#noteref_64">64.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">No less than +seven editions of Sleidan's <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">De quatuor monarchiis</span></span> were +printed by the Elzeviers alone, a proof of the popularity of the work. An +English translation by John Daus was published in London in 1560.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_65" name="note_65" href="#noteref_65">65.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Reprinted in Hakluyt's <span class="tei tei-q">“Divers Voyages,”</span> 1582.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_66" name="note_66" href="#noteref_66">66.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">See +Myles Phillip's Voyage, <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">post</span></span>. Also consult +Nicholas, <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Pleasaunt Historie of the Conquest of +the Weast India</span></span>, 1578, pp. 378-9.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_67" name="note_67" href="#noteref_67">67.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Utrecht.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_68" name="note_68" href="#noteref_68">68.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">These baseless +assertions of complicity on the part of Phillip in the +attempts on the life of William of Nassau, only prove the bitter prejudices of +the Protestant party. I am surprised to find Dr. Deane, in a note on this +passage, endorsing Hakluyt's unfounded charges.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_69" name="note_69" href="#noteref_69">69.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Marnix de Sainte Aldegonde was born at +Brussels in 1538. Died 1598. He was at one time Ambassador to +England.—See Motley's United Netherlands, I. 145.—C.D.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_70" name="note_70" href="#noteref_70">70.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Golfo Dulce.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_71" name="note_71" href="#noteref_71">71.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">No such river was ever cut.—C.D.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_72" name="note_72" href="#noteref_72">72.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Off the cost of Venezuela.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_73" name="note_73" href="#noteref_73">73.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Port-au-Prince.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_74" name="note_74" href="#noteref_74">74.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">It is strange the Hakluyt +should omit St. Vincent, Dominica, Guadeloupe, +etc., and mention such small islands as Marigalante. The other two islands +named are probably Urala and Curasoa.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_75" name="note_75" href="#noteref_75">75.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This quotation is from the English +translation, <span class="tei tei-q">“The Spanish Colonie,”</span> London, 1583.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_76" name="note_76" href="#noteref_76">76.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Hakluyt here refers to his +<span class="tei tei-q">“Divers Voyages,”</span> published in 1582.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_77" name="note_77" href="#noteref_77">77.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This +is not the case.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_78" name="note_78" href="#noteref_78">78.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">See the translation of Zeno's Voyages, +printed by the Hakluyt Society, and edited by Major.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_79" name="note_79" href="#noteref_79">79.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">See Introductory note.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_80" name="note_80" href="#noteref_80">80.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">The +illegitimate son of the Infant Don Luiz and Violante Gomes. +Consult Froude, <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Hist. of England</span></span>, vol. ix.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_81" name="note_81" href="#noteref_81">81.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">See +Vol. xii of this collection of Voyages.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_82" name="note_82" href="#noteref_82">82.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">See +Lamartine's <span class="tei tei-q">“Columbus”</span> in my <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Bibliotheca Curiosa</span></span>.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_83" name="note_83" href="#noteref_83">83.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Evidently +memoranda added to the Manuscript from time to time.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_84" name="note_84" href="#noteref_84">84.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This +is the voyage that was taking place while Hakluyt was writing his Discourse +on Planting I have given above.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_85" name="note_85" href="#noteref_85">85.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This is the +same Sir Richard Grenville whose heroic fight in the <span class="tei tei-q">“Revenge”</span> +is so well known.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_86" name="note_86" href="#noteref_86">86.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Should be 24th.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_87" name="note_87" href="#noteref_87">87.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Off Smith's Island.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_88" name="note_88" href="#noteref_88">88.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Probably Lake Matimuskeet.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_89" name="note_89" href="#noteref_89">89.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Pamlico Sound.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_90" name="note_90" href="#noteref_90">90.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Chesapeake Bay.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_91" name="note_91" href="#noteref_91">91.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Albemarle Sound.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_92" name="note_92" href="#noteref_92">92.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">River Meherrin.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_93" name="note_93" href="#noteref_93">93.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">River Appomatox?</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_94" name="note_94" href="#noteref_94">94.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">James River?</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_95" name="note_95" href="#noteref_95">95.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Night surprise. So called from +having been made by horsemen with +white shirts over their armour so as to recognise each other in the darkness.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_96" name="note_96" href="#noteref_96">96.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">See the different account given +above by one of the colonists.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_97" name="note_97" href="#noteref_97">97.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This is no doubt, +that most useful vegetable, the potato.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_98" name="note_98" href="#noteref_98">98.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Of +course, this is an error.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_99" name="note_99" href="#noteref_99">99.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Thanet</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_100" name="note_100" href="#noteref_100">100.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This is quite different +from the Indians of South America, who <span class="tei tei-q">“rarely attacked in the +night.”</span> (Prescott, <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Conquest of Peru</span></span>, II, cap. X.)</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_101" name="note_101" href="#noteref_101">101.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">One of the Virgin Islands.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_102" name="note_102" href="#noteref_102">102.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Now called Crux Bay.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_103" name="note_103" href="#noteref_103">103.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Littlehampton.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_104" name="note_104" href="#noteref_104">104.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Probably Dingle, County Kerry.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_105" name="note_105" href="#noteref_105">105.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Novassa, south of the Windward Passage.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_106" name="note_106" href="#noteref_106">106.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Or Florida Keys.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_107" name="note_107" href="#noteref_107">107.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">The Gulf Stream.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_108" name="note_108" href="#noteref_108">108.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">This is +either the Core Bank or Hatteras Bank.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_109" name="note_109" href="#noteref_109">109.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Heave to.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_110" name="note_110" href="#noteref_110">110.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Between 1587 and 1602 +Raleigh sent out five expeditions to Virginia. +To the last be firmly believed in the future of the country.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_111" name="note_111" href="#noteref_111">111.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">North-East.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_112" name="note_112" href="#noteref_112">112.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Marginal note</span></span>.—The +chiefe things worthie obseruation in Florida are +drawen in colours by Iames Morgues painter sometime liuing in the Black +fryers in London.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_113" name="note_113" href="#noteref_113">113.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Pierced.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_114" name="note_114" href="#noteref_114">114.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Marginal note.</span></span>—The +great zeal of Elizabeth Queene of Castile and +Aragon in aduancing of new discoueries tending to Gods glory.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_115" name="note_115" href="#noteref_115">115.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">[Marginal note: The kings of Poartugal +had neuer aboue ten thousand of their naturall subiects in all their +new conquered dominions.]</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_116" name="note_116" href="#noteref_116">116.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Belle à voir.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_117" name="note_117" href="#noteref_117">117.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">The masacre of +Huguenots at Vassy had taken place on March 1st 1562; +the battle of Dreux was fought in December.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_118" name="note_118" href="#noteref_118">118.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">The +temporary Peace of Amboise.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_119" name="note_119" href="#noteref_119">119.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Pine Apples.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_120" name="note_120" href="#noteref_120">120.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Marginal note</span></span>.—The +pillar set vp before by Ribault crowned with garlands of Laurell +and inuironed with small paniers full of corne, worshipped by the Sauages.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_121" name="note_121" href="#noteref_121">121.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Marginal +note</span></span>.—Peter Martyr writeth cap. 1. decad. 7. that the +like flocks of pigeons are in the isles of the Lucayos.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_122" name="note_122" href="#noteref_122">122.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext"><span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Marginal +note</span></span>.—The Riuer Seloy or the riuer of Dolphins but 8 or +10 leagues ouer land from the fort: but it is thirty doubling the Cape by sea.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_123" name="note_123" href="#noteref_123">123.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">See an account of these cotton +breastplates in Prescott's <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Mexico</span></span>.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_124" name="note_124" href="#noteref_124">124.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">For a full account of +Herrera and his writings, consult Prescott's <span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Mexico</span></span>.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_125" name="note_125" href="#noteref_125">125.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">From this preface it is clear that +Hakluyt interested himself in Virginia even after Raleigh's disgrace.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_126" name="note_126" href="#noteref_126">126.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext">Marginal note: Erua +babosa Mameia, an excellent fruite.</dd><dt class="tei tei-notelabel"><a id="note_127" name="note_127" href="#noteref_127">127.</a></dt><dd class="tei tei-notetext"><span class="tei tei-q">“Pez +muy comun en los mares setentrionales de Espana, de un pie de +largo, comprimido, de color por el lomo azul claro, y por el vientre bianco.”</span> +(<span class="tei tei-hi"><span style="font-style: italic">Diccionario de la Academia</span></span>.)—Probably the +Sparus of Pliny.</dd></dl> + </div> + <hr class="doublepage" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 5.00em; margin-top: 5.00em"> + <div id="pgfooter" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 4.00em; margin-top: 4.00em"><pre class="pre tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em">***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PRINCIPAL NAVIGATIONS, VOYAGES, TRAFFIQUES AND DISCOVERIES OF THE ENGLISH NATION. VOL. XIII. AMERICA. PART II.*** +</pre><hr class="doublepage" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"><a name="rightpageheader85" id="rightpageheader85"></a><a name="pgtoc86" id="pgtoc86"></a><a name="pdf87" id="pdf87"></a><h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">Credits</span></h1><table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr><th class="tei tei-label tei-label-gloss">May 29, 2008 </th></tr><tr><td class="tei tei-item"><table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item">Project Gutenberg TEI edition 1</td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><span class="tei tei-respStmt"> + <span class="tei tei-name"> + Produced by Karl Hagen, David King, and the Online Distributed Proofreading + Team at <http://www.pgdp.net/>. + Page-images available at + <http://www.pgdp.net/projects/projectID3ebc02446f92c/> + </span> + </span></td></tr></tbody></table></td></tr></tbody></table></div><hr class="doublepage" /><div class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"><a name="rightpageheader88" id="rightpageheader88"></a><a name="pgtoc89" id="pgtoc89"></a><a name="pdf90" id="pdf90"></a><h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">A Word from Project Gutenberg</span></h1><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">This file should be named + 25645-h.html or + 25645-h.zip.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">This and all associated files of various formats will be found + in: + + <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/5/6/4/25645/" class="block tei tei-xref" style="margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><span style="font-size: 90%">http://www.gutenberg.org</span><span style="font-size: 90%">/dirs/2/5/6/4/25645/</span></a></p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Updated editions will replace the previous one — the old + editions will be renamed.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Creating the works from public domain print editions means that + no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the + Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United + States without permission and without paying copyright royalties. + Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this + license, apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works + to protect the Project Gutenberg™ concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered + trademark, and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, + unless you receive specific permission. If you do not charge + anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the rules is + very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as + creation of derivative works, reports, performances and research. + They may be modified and printed and given away — you may do + practically <em class="tei tei-emph"><span style="font-style: italic">anything</span></em> with public domain eBooks. + Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially + commercial redistribution.</p></div><hr class="page" /><div id="pglicense" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 3.00em; margin-top: 3.00em"><a name="rightpageheader91" id="rightpageheader91"></a><a name="pgtoc92" id="pgtoc92"></a><a name="pdf93" id="pdf93"></a><h1 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 3.46em; margin-top: 3.46em"><span style="font-size: 173%">The Full Project Gutenberg License</span></h1><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"><em class="tei tei-emph"><span style="font-style: italic">Please read this before you distribute or use this + work.</span></em></p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free + distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing + this work (or any other work associated in any way with the + phrase <span class="tei tei-q">“Project Gutenberg”</span>), you agree to comply with all the terms + of the Full Project Gutenberg™ License (<a href="#pglicense" class="tei tei-ref">available with this file</a> or online + at <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.gutenberg.org/license</a>).</p><div id="pglicense1" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">Section 1.</span></h2><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">General Terms of Use & Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ + electronic works</span></h2><div id="pglicense1A" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">1.A.</span></h3><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ electronic + work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to + and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual + property (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree + to abide by all the terms of this agreement, you must cease + using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic + works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a + copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not + agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may + obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom you paid the + fee as set forth in paragraph <a href="#pglicense1E8" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.8.</a></p></div><div id="pglicense1B" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">1.B.</span></h3><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"><span class="tei tei-q">“Project Gutenberg”</span> is a registered trademark. It may only be used on or + associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be + bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you + can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works even without complying with the + full terms of this agreement. See paragraph <a href="#pglicense1C" class="tei tei-ref">1.C</a> below. There are a lot of things you can + do with Project Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this + agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ electronic + works. See paragraph <a href="#pglicense1E" class="tei tei-ref">1.E</a> below.</p></div><div id="pglicense1C" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">1.C.</span></h3><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (<span class="tei tei-q">“the Foundation”</span> or PGLAF), owns a compilation + copyright in the collection of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the + individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the + United States. If an individual work is in the public domain in the + United States and you are located in the United States, we do not claim + a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, + displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as all + references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support + the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting free access to electronic works by + freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ works in compliance with the terms of this + agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can + easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in + the same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when you share it + without charge with others.</p></div><div id="pglicense1D" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">1.D.</span></h3><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern + what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in + a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check + the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement + before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or + creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg™ work. + The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status + of any work in any country outside the United States.</p></div><div id="pglicense1E" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">1.E.</span></h3><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:</p><div id="pglicense1E1" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.1.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate + access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear prominently whenever any + copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work on which the phrase <span class="tei tei-q">“Project Gutenberg”</span> + appears, or with which the phrase <span class="tei tei-q">“Project Gutenberg”</span> is associated) is + accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + </p><div class="block tei tei-q" style="margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 0.90em"><span style="font-size: 90%">This eBook is for the use of + anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it + away or re-use it under the terms of the Project + Gutenberg License included with this eBook or + online at </span><a href="http://www.gutenberg.org" class="tei tei-xref"><span style="font-size: 90%">http://www.gutenberg.org</span></a></p></div></div><div id="pglicense1E2" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.2.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is derived from the public + domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is posted with + permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied and + distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees or + charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work with + the phrase <span class="tei tei-q">“Project Gutenberg”</span> associated with or appearing on the work, you + must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs <a href="#pglicense1E1" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.1</a> through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for + the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ trademark as set forth in paragraphs + <a href="#pglicense1E8" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.8</a> or 1.E.9.</p></div><div id="pglicense1E3" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.3.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted with the permission + of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply with both + paragraphs <a href="#pglicense1E1" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.1</a> through 1.E.7 and any + additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will + be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works posted with the permission + of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.</p></div><div id="pglicense1E4" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.4.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ License terms from + this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any other work + associated with Project Gutenberg™.</p></div><div id="pglicense1E5" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.5.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this + electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without + prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph <a href="#pglicense1E1" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.1</a> with active links or immediate access + to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License.</p></div><div id="pglicense1E6" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.6.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, + compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including + any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access + to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format other than + <span class="tei tei-q">“Plain Vanilla ASCII”</span> or other format used in the official + version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ web site (http://www.gutenberg.org), you must, at + no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a + means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon + request, of the work in its original <span class="tei tei-q">“Plain Vanilla ASCII”</span> or + other form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg™ License + as specified in paragraph <a href="#pglicense1E1" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.1.</a></p></div><div id="pglicense1E7" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.7.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing, + copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works unless you comply with + paragraph <a href="#pglicense1E8" class="tei tei-ref">1.E.8</a> or 1.E.9.</p></div><div id="pglicense1E8" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.8.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to + or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works provided that</p><table summary="This is a list." class="tei tei-list" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em; margin-top: 1.00em"><tbody><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label">• </th><td class="tei tei-item"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method you already use to + calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the owner of the + Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has agreed to donate royalties under this + paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days + following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to + prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly + marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in <a href="#pglicense4" class="tei tei-ref">Section 4, <span class="tei tei-q">“Information about donations to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”</span></a></p></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does + not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You must require such + a user to return or destroy all copies of the works possessed in a + physical medium and discontinue all use of and all access to other + copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.</p></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">You provide, in accordance with paragraph <a href="#pglicense1F3" class="tei tei-ref">1.F.3</a>, a full refund of any money paid for a + work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the electronic work is + discovered and reported to you within 90 days of receipt of the + work.</p></td></tr><tr class="tei tei-labelitem"><th class="tei tei-label"></th><td class="tei tei-item"><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div id="pglicense1E9" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.E.9.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work or + group of works on different terms than are set forth in this agreement, + you must obtain permission in writing from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael + Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set + forth in <a href="#pglicense3" class="tei tei-ref">Section 3</a> below.</p></div></div><div id="pglicense1F" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h3 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">1.F.</span></h3><div id="pglicense1F1" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.F.1.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable effort to identify, + do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread public domain works + in creating the Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ + electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may + contain <span class="tei tei-q">“Defects,”</span> such as, but not limited to, incomplete, + inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other + intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other + medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be + read by your equipment.</p></div><div id="pglicense1F2" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.F.2.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES — Except for the <span class="tei tei-q">“Right of + Replacement or Refund”</span> described in <a href="#pglicense1F3" class="tei tei-ref">paragraph + 1.F.3</a>, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any + other party distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, + disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including + legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT + LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE + PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK + OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO + YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL + DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.</p></div><div id="pglicense1F3" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.F.3.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND — If you discover a defect in + this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a + refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written + explanation to the person you received the work from. If you received + the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with your + written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the + defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a + refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity + providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to + receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy + is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further + opportunities to fix the problem.</p></div><div id="pglicense1F4" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.F.4.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in + <a href="#pglicense1F3" class="tei tei-ref">paragraph 1.F.3</a>, this work is provided + to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR + IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR + FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.</p></div><div id="pglicense1F5" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.F.5.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or + the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any + disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of + the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be + interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by + the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any + provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.</p></div><div id="pglicense1F6" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h4 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em">1.F.6.</h4><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">INDEMNITY — You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the + trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone + providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance with this + agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, promotion + and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all + liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly + or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: + (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, + modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any + Defect you cause.</p></div></div></div><div id="pglicense2" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">Section 2.</span></h2><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™</span></h2><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic works + in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including + obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the + efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks + of life.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the + assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™'s goals and + ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will remain freely available for + generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a + secure and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future generations. To learn + more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see + Sections <a href="#pglicense3" class="tei tei-ref">3</a> and <a href="#pglicense4" class="tei tei-ref">4</a> and the Foundation web page at <a href="http://www.pglaf.org" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.pglaf.org</a>.</p></div><div id="pglicense3" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">Section 3.</span></h2><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation</span></h2><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit 501(c)(3) educational corporation + organized under the laws of the state of Mississippi and granted tax + exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or + federal tax identification number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter + is posted at <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf</a>. Contributions + to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. + federal laws and your state's laws.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. + S. Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are + scattered throughout numerous locations. Its business office is + located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) + 596-1887, email business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date + contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and + official page at <a href="http://www.pglaf.org" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.pglaf.org</a></p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">For additional contact information: + + </p><div class="block tei tei-address" style="margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><span class="tei tei-addrLine"><span style="font-size: 90%">Dr. Gregory B. Newby</span></span><br /><span class="tei tei-addrLine"><span style="font-size: 90%">Chief Executive and Director</span></span><br /><span class="tei tei-addrLine"><span style="font-size: 90%">gbnewby@pglaf.org</span></span><br /></div></div><div id="pglicense4" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">Section 4.</span></h2><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation</span></h2><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without wide spread public + support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the number + of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed in + machine readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment + including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are + particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the + IRS.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating + charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United + States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a + considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up + with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where + we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND + DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state + visit <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate</a></p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we + have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition + against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who + approach us with offers to donate.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make + any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from + outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation methods and + addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including + checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please + visit: <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate" class="tei tei-xref">http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate</a></p></div><div id="pglicense5" class="tei tei-div" style="margin-bottom: 2.00em; margin-top: 2.00em"><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: left; margin-bottom: 2.88em; margin-top: 2.88em"><span style="font-size: 144%">Section 5.</span></h2><h2 class="tei tei-head" style="text-align: center; margin-bottom: 2.40em; margin-top: 2.40em"><span style="font-size: 120%">General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic + works.</span></h2><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em"><span class="tei tei-name">Professor Michael S. Hart</span> is the + originator of the Project Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that + could be freely shared with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and + distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer + support.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed editions, all of + which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. unless a copyright + notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in + compliance with any particular paper edition.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's + eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, + compressed (zipped), HTML and others.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Corrected <em class="tei tei-emph"><span style="font-style: italic">editions</span></em> of our eBooks replace the old file + and take over the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file + is renamed. <em class="tei tei-emph"><span style="font-style: italic">Versions</span></em> based on separate sources are treated + as new eBooks receiving new filenames and etext numbers.</p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search + facility: + + <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org" class="block tei tei-xref" style="margin-bottom: 1.80em; margin-left: 3.60em; margin-top: 1.80em; margin-right: 3.60em"><span style="font-size: 90%">http://www.gutenberg.org</span></a></p><p class="tei tei-p" style="margin-bottom: 1.00em">This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg™, including how to + make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and + how to subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.</p></div></div></div> + </div> +</div> +</div> +</body></html> |